ii^

Cransacttons
OF

THE SOCIETY
Biblical Archeology,
9,

CONDUIT STREET,

W.

VOL.

III.

LONDON
LONGMANS, GREEN, READER, AND DYER,
PATERNOSTER ROW.
1874.

HARRISON AND SONS,

PRINTERS IN ORDINARY TO HER MAJESTY,
ST.

mabtin's lane.

CONTENTS OF VOL.

III.

PAGE

Synchronous History of Assyria and Judea. W. BOSANQUET, F.R.A.S

By

J.

I- 82

The Third Sallier Papyrus, containing the Wars of Ramses II against the Cheta. By Professor LUSHINGTON, B.A
Observations on the Assyrian Verb Basu, as com-

^3-103

pared with the Hebrew Verb n^H,

was."

Hdyd "He
104-109

By Professor William Wright, LL.D.

Account

an Egyptian Altar in the Museum at Turin. Drawn by Joseph Boxomi and described by Samuel Sharpe
of

110-112

Translation of the Hieroglypbic Inscription on the Granite Altar at Turin. By S. Birch, LL.D....

11

3-1 17

Revised Translation of the Descent of Ishtar, with

a further
F.R.S.,

Commentary.

By H. Fox

Talbot,

&c
les

118-J35
Ecritures Cuneiformes.

Nemrod

et

Par Josef
136- 44
J

Grivel

The Astronomy and Astrology of the Babylonians,

with Translations of the Tablets relating to these subjects. By Rev. A. H. Sayce, M.A
Translation of a
relating to

H5-339

Fragment of an Historical Narrative the Reign of Tothmes III. By C. W.

340-348

Goodwin,

M.A
By
C.

Translation of a Fragment of an Egyptian Fabulous

Tale, "

The Doomed Prince."

W.

Good-

win,

M.A
of Ishtar."

349-356

Addenda to Paper on the "Descent H. Fox Talbot, F.R.S

By
"..

357-360

IV

COXTEXTS.
pa(;e

On Fragments

an Inscription giving part of the Chronology from wliich the Canon of Berosus was copied. By George Smith
of

361-379
380-388

On Four Songs
the British

contained in an Egyptian Papyrus in

Museum.

By

C.

W.

Goodwin, M.A.

On

the

Phoenician Inscription generally

known

as

the "MelitensisQuinta."

By Professor William
3^9-399

Wright, LL.D
Calendar of Astronomical Observations found in Royal

Tombs of
Renouf

the

XXth

Dynasty.

By

P. Le Page

400-421

On

the Cylindrical

Monument

of Nechtharhebes in

the

Museum

of Turin.

By

Joseph Bonomi

422-424
425-429
&c.

Translation of the Hieroglyphic Inscription upon the

Altar of Nechtarhebes.

Assyrian Notes. No.

I.

By S. Birch, LL.D By H. F. Talbot, F.R.S.

430-445

Account of Recent Excavations and Discoveries made on the Site of Nineveh. By George Smith

446-464
465-4^5

The

Languages of the Cuneiform Inscriptions of

and Media.

Elam

Inscription of
S.

By Rev. A. H. Sayce, M.A Haremhebi on a Statue at Turin, Birch, LL.D., &c

By
486-495

Four New Syllabaries and a Bilingual Tablet. Edited, with Notes and Remarks, by H. F. Talbot, P.R.S., &c

496-529

The Eleventh Tablet of the Izdubar Legends. The Chaldean Account of the Deluge. By G. Smith
Society of Biblical Archaeology.
of the Proceedings during

530-596

Condensed Report
the Third
Session,

November, 1873, to July, 1874

Index to Vol. Ill
List of

597-605

606-628 629-639

Members

TRANSACTIONS

SOCIETY
Vol. III.

OF

BIBLICAL ARCHEOLOGY.
JUNE,
1874.

Part

1.

SYNCHEONOUS HISTORY
OF THE EEIGNS OF

TIGLATH-PILESER

..

akd

.. ..

SHALMANEZER SARGON SENNACHERIB

By
J.

..

..
..

,.

AZARIAH. JOTHAM. AHAZ. HEZEKIAH.

Trom

B.c 745 to 688.

W.

BosANQUET, F.R.A.S,, Treasurer.

Read

Uh

3Iai/,

1874.

In continuation of the subject of date of the Fall of Nineveh"

(vol.

my
ii,

last essay

p. 147),

in

on "the which T

and astronomy demand that the common reckoning of the reigns of the kings of Judah
pointed out
history

how both

should be lowered throughout to the extent of 25 years, thus reducing the date of the first year of Uzziah, or Old Date. New Date. Azariah, who reigned 52 years, from B.C. 810 to B.C. 785 758 734 Jotham 16 742 718 Ahaz 16
Hezekiah

29

726

702.

I now propose to examine the various contemporary records and published inscriptions, cuneiform or otherwise, which bear upon the period between B.C. 745 and 688 and to show how, by adherence to the principle of accepting
:

Vol.

III.

Synchronous History of Assyria and Judea.

it is

the evidence before us as

will

written,

and not too readily

it

allowing the idea of corruption in the text to interpose,

be found that Assyrian and Hebrew records are agreed, when the reigns of the Idngs of Judah are lowered to the extent of 25 years, as proposed and how, on the other hand, Assyrian monumental evidence is wholly irreconcilable
:

with the HebrcAv records when arranged according to the

common
In
great
all

reckoning.
cases of intricate inquiry, where the theory of in-

terpretation has to be tested

is

by

facts,

we

are

all

aware how

the tendency, on the occurrence of

difficulties, to

tamper with the evidence rather than to abandon the theory and this common frailty of criticism has been exhibited to extreme excess in connexion with the particular period under inquiry. For instance, Assyrian records attest, as we have seen, that Menahem, king of Samaria, who only reigned ten years, became tributary to Tiglath-Pileser about the eighth
year of that king's reign, B.C. 738, when according to the common reckoning Menahem had been dead just 24 years. To any reasonable inquirer this might appear to be a On stumbling block in the way of the received opmion.
the contrary, however, it is supposed to be easily removed by the simple suggestion that the Assyrian scribe was ill informed, and that he has written ignorantly, on the tablet

containing the

list

of tributary kings

who

did

homage

to

Tiglath-Pileser, the

name

of

Menahem

instead of Pekah, one

of his successors.

Again, the manifest tendency of the Assyrian Canon or of archons throughout, is to lower the current history of the kings of S}Tia and Palestine between 20 and 30 years,
list

which should be mconvenient and perplexing one might suppose to the upholders of the common reckonuig. Not so, however: for the late Dr. Hincks^ and Dr. Oppert,^ no mean critics, have not scrupled to accuse the Assyrian scribe of blundering to that exact extent which will suit each of their theories, by the omission of from thirty to forty names from the consecutive list of eponymous archons of Assyria.
*

Journal of Sacred Literature, January, 1863.

"

The compiler

of the

Canon

was a blunderer." - Kevue Archeologique, December, 1868,

p. 387.

S)/))chronous History of Assyria

and Judea.

Again, the prophet Isaiah,

the events of his

who wrote

as an eye-witness

own

days,

and whose words are adopted

by the writer of the Book of Kings, has related that Sennacherib king of Assyria came up against Jerusalem in the 14th year of Hezekiah's reign, that is in the year B.C. 713, according to the received reckoning while the
:

Assyrian Canon attests that Sennacherib had not even been associated on the throne till some years after that date, that is till B.C. 705. This decisive contradiction to the common theory it is proposed to remove, simply by assuming corruption in the

Book

Hebrew text, and by substituting in Isaiah and the of Kings the 28th instead of the 14th year of Hezekiah. Lastly, the most able interpreters of Assyrian inscriptions,

taking for granted the correctness of the ordinary dates, and yet unable to find room for the reign of Jotham king of Judah, when arranging the evidence of the inscriptions in connexion with those dates, though Jotham according to native history

reigned not less than sixteen years between Azariah and Ahaz, have been com2:)elled to assume corruption in the Hebrew text, and either double the reign of Jotham over that of Uzziah and Ahaz, or eject it wholly from the list of kings. The only just conclusion to be derived from this continuous necessity for settmg aside the evidence, in order to

maintain the system is, that the system as it stands is untenable and worthless. Fortunately this inevitable conclusion is not to be deplored, but greatly to be rejoiced at. For it is in consequence chiefly of this false arrangement of Scripture chronology that some of the most instructive and important parts of Sacred Scripture have been pronounced
in these Transactions (vol. ii, p. 324), has admitted the necessity for lowering the current dates to the extent of ten years as regard the death of Pekah king of Samaria, and pronounces
witli

by emuient critics to be spurious and unhistorical, Mr. George Smith, in a recent publication

much emphasis "I cannot doubt

for

one instant that the

Hoshea king of Israel" (who slew Pekah) "was about the year B.C. 729," instead of 739, which is the common date. He does not however refer to the Assyrian authority
accession of
for this assertion.
fifteen

years

and

We
if

still differ

therefore to the extent of

ia

my

interpretation of the records

Synchronous History of Assyria and Judea.

correct, the
B.C.

death of Pekah will have yet to be loAvered from

729 to 716, as I shall presently show. There is no question amongst Assyriologists, including
Smith,
that

I\Ir.

according

to

monumental

testimony

Menahem

king of Samaria paid tribute to Tiglath-Pileser,

;

in that king's eighth year, B.C. 738

which year was conaccord-

current wdth the 49th year of Azariah, B.C. 738,^

:

ing to the new reckoning nor that Sennacherib in his third campaign, in B.C. 701, imposed tribute upon Hezekiah when he came against Jerusalem in that year. Now be-

tween 738 and 701 there is an interval of just thirty-seven and according to the Book of Kings, thirty-seven years
:

years counted from the 49th year of Azariah lead

down

to

the second year of Hezekiah, in which second year therefore we ought to find in the Hebrew annals that Jerusalem had been attacked by Sennacherib. Now I have abeady pointed out elsewhere^ that the Second Book of Chronicles (ch. xxix,

XXX, xxxi) relates with

did in the
first

much minuteness all that Hezekiah year of his reign, B.C. 702 according to the
is

new

reckoning, that

in the " first

month," in the

"

second

month," the "third month," and on to the "seventh month" of that year and how ch. xxxii begins thus " After these things and the establishment thereof, Sennacherib king of
:

Assyria came and entered into Judah, and encamped against

the fenced
is

cities,

and thought to win them

to himself," that
I

to say, in Hezekiah's second year, B.C. 701.

have also

pointed out that the description given in Chronicles of the

determined resistance of Hezekiah at that time, and of his

l)uilding

up

" the wall that

of the wall " up to the towers,

was broken," and of the raising and another wall without,"

well agrees with what Sennacherib himself describes in his

*

" Depuis fort longtcmps, on connait

un passage d'une

texte do Teglathii

plialasar, verifi6

par deux examplaires, que, dans sa huitifeme anne,

recut

les

ti"i-

butesde
Sir

Menachem de Samarie." Oppert, Revue Archeologique, Dec, 1868, p. 384. Henry Rawlinson also remarks that this tribute from Menahem to the
is

king of Assyria "

assigned to his eighth regnal year in a most important frag-

ment of an

inscription found in the south-west palace at

p. xxvi,

Nimrud."

Outhnes of
January

Assyrian Ilistory,

1852.

Mr. Smith confirms

18G9, p. 12.
-

this conclusion.

Zeitschrift

fiir

.3gypt. Spr.,

Appendix

to Smith's Assurbanipal, p. 374.

Si/)ich)vnoHs Histonj of Assi/ria

and Judea.

annals as having been done by Hezekiah at Jerusalem in the

having " shut himself up in his royal city, Jerusalem, like a bh-d in a cage he built to"wers of defence over it, and strengthened and rebuilt the bulwarks of his great gate."' This is unquestionably the time when " he rebelled agamst the king of Assyria, and served him 7iot'^ : that is to say, some time afte.j' his first year (702), as collected from the Book of Chronicles, and some time before his fourth year (699), as described in the Second Book of Kings (xviii, 7, 9). So that as regards the interval of thirty-seven years between the 49th of Azariah and 2nd of Hezekiah, it appears that in the first year of that period (738), and in the last year (701), Assyrian and Hebrew
year
B.C. 701,

that

is

to say, of

liis

records are agreed, according to the

so,
it

new reckoning. But if would seem strange indeed that the same records

should be found at variance to such an extent within the

interval, that the

whole reign of Jotham should have to be and that the reigns of Ahaz, Pekah, and Hoshea should have to be so much raised, as to make the dislocated contents of the Books of Kings and Chronicles
extinguished,
utterly worthless as history at
tliis

period.

Happily there

is

an unusual abundance of monumental

and historical evidence still extant, of the highest character and authenticity, bearing upon tliis period, by which these questions may be set at rest, and by which to arrange the true chronology and sequence of events during these reigns. I will therefore first enumerate the several documents which I have consulted, and then proceed to analyse their contents. I. There is Sir Henry Rawlins on's Assyrian Canon, containing the names of the eponymous archons of Assyria in unbroken series from the first year of Tiglath - Pileser
(B.C.

745) to the year 688, or 17th of Sennacherib.

n. The well-known Babylonian Canon, based on astronomical data, beginning in the year B.C. 747, and recordmg the names and reigns of the kings of Babylon down to the same date.
in.

The annals

of the

first

seventeen years of the reign

1 I follow Mr. Fox Talbot's early translation, which differs slightly from that given in " Records of the Past," p. 39. Both agree in representing that Hezekiah

at this

time closed his great gatCj and bid defiance to Sennacherib's attack.

Si/nchronous History of AsKi/ria and Judea.

i\Iiisenn),

reign of Tig-lath- Pileser, from tablets in the British

beginning in the year 745, and containing two, if not three, successive lists of tribntary kings of Syria and Palestine

who owned
the years
IV.
B.C.

the supremacy of the king of Assyria between

745 and 727.

of Sargon king of Assyria from
]\Ij\I.

The annals

B.C.

722

to 705, translated

by

Oppert and Menant from inscrip-

tions at Khorsabad, entitled " Fastes de Sargon."

V.

Chronicles, in duplicate copies,

histories of the kings of

The well-preserved annals of the Books of Kings and Hebrew and Greek, containing
Judah and
Israel in

connexion with

the neighbouring kingdoms of Egypt, Assyria, and Babylon

and the writings and prophecies of Amos, who wrote two years before the earthquake in the days of Uzziah of Jonah, who wrote in the days of Uzziah of Hosea, who wrote in the days of Uzziah, Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah of Micah, in the days of Jotham, Ahaz, and Hezekiah and of the great prophet Isaiah, who lived and wrote in all these reigns. VI. There is the history of Josephus, containing a valuable extract from ]\lenander's translation of the Twian records, relative to a siege of Tyi-e which lasted five years in the reign of Shalmanezer, when Eluleeus was king ot Tyre also a precious extract, from Clement of Alexandria, from the Jewish historian Demetrius, fixing with precision the time of the carrying away of the ten tribes from Samaria by Shalmanezer in February, B.C. 695 and the retreat of Sennacherib fi'om Judea (the second time) in February and Karaite records of the date of the captivity of B.C. 687 the ten tribes, preserved in inscriptions on ancient tombstones in the Crimea and in ancient manuscripts, fixing the year of
; ; ; ;

their captivity

m B.C.

696.^

VII. Lastly, an extract from

Herodotus, showing that

when Sennacherib invaded

'

Palestine,

Sethos was

still

on
may

Concerning these inscriptions and manusci'ipts, Ewald writes

"I

remark, that the attempts to reject these inscriptions as spurious, Hke that to cast suspicion on the Karaites and their ancient manuscripts of the Bible, seem
to

me

entirely gi-oundless."

Hist,
-will

of Israel, Appendix, p. 299.

Facsimiles of
St-

the inscriptions by Neubauer

be found in

vol. v,

Melanges Asiatiques,

Pctersburgh, 18G4

Chwolson's paper, in "Memoirs of the Imperial Acac^emy," St. Pctcr.-iburgh, 1865 ; Adolph Keubauer's " Gescliichtt? dcs Karacrthums," Leipsig, 1866 and Bosanquet's Preface to "Messiah the Prince," 2nd edit. 1869.
;

in

Synchronous History of Assyria and Judea.

:

the throne of Egypt a few extracts from Polyhistor and Abydenus, copied from Berosus, relative to this same period and the legendary history of the Book of Tobit, who was of the tribe of Naphtali, and was carried away to Nineveh by Shalmanezer (called Enemessar), and made purveyor to that king and who was actually living within the walls of Nineveh at the time when Shalmanezer died and Sennacherib took the throne. Such a mass of evidence, chiefly contemporary, is scarcely to be met with in connexion with any period of ancient history and there ought to be no difficulty in coming to very exact and definite conclusions in conformity with it,
: :

either for or against the

common

reckoning.

And

if

we

are

content to accept the evidence of the documents as

rejecting the orthodox reckoning as impossible.

it is

written, I ventm-e to say that no difficulty will be found in

Let us

first

take the facts recorded in the

fi-om the reign of

Hebrew

annals,

and trace them down

Azariah to the reign

new reckoning. there read that " in the 52nd year of Azariah king of Judah
of Hezekiah, following the dates of the

We

Pekah the son of Remaliah began to reign over Israel in Samaria, for twenty years" (2 Kings xv, 27), that is to say, from the autumn of B.C. 735 to 716, when he was slain by About the same time Azariah appears to have Hosliea. been struck with leprosy, and being compelled to dwell in a house separately till the day of his death, Jotham his son took possession of his palace, and began to reign in association with his father, that
2
is

in B.C. 734 (2 Chron. xxvi, 21

Kings XV, 27-32).

Now
we

after the accession of Pekah (735), Tiglath-Pileser are told " took Ijon, and Abel-beth-maachah, and Janoah,

and Kedesh, and Hazor, and Gilead, and Galilee, all the land of Naphtali, and carried them captive to Assyria." And again "In those days (that is in the days of Jotham after 734) the Lord began to send against Judah Rezin the king of Syria and Pekah son of Remaliah," from which it appears that the king of Damascus, Rezin, still maintained his independence after that date, and was powerful enough to carrywar into his neighbour's dominions, say about B.C. 730.

"

St/)U'hro)ious

History of Assyria and Judea.

Such is the history contained in the royal records of the What do the contemporary kings of Judah and IsraeL prophets, Amos, Micah, and Isaiah write concerning the conquest of Syria and Palestine, which the king of Assyria had

now determined
B.C.

to carry into effect.

Amos

about the year

765 had named the cities of Damascus, Hamath, Calneh, Tyre, Samaria, Graza, Ashdod, and Ascalon, as still flourishing and independent, though threatened with foreseen invasion

and captivity
in Samaria

in 746,

and Pul king of Assyria had levied tribute from Menahem, nine years before Tiglath-

Pileser received his

homage

in 738.

Micah, in the reign of Jotham, speaks of Samaria and Jerusalem as suffering from invasion, that is after B.C. 734 and with reference to Samaria says "Her wound is incurable, He (the king of Assyria) is for it is come even unto Judah. come unto the gate of my people, even to Jerusalem (chap, i, 9) while Isaiah, whose first vision is dated "in the

year that king (Jzziah died," that is to say in the reign of Jotham, some eight or ten years perhaps after 734, describes with much minuteness the distressed and miserable condition to which Judea had been reduced in the years preceding

your cities are burned with fire, your land strangers devour it in your " and the daughter of Zion is left as a cottage in presence," a vuieyard, as a lodge in a garden of cucumbers, as a besieged
his death, thus

"your

country

is

desolate,

Such was the abject state of Palestine city" (chap, i, 7, 8). and Jerusalem about the year B.C. 732.' Tiglath-Pileser's army had at this time made its appearance before the gates
of Jerusalem.

Let us
B.C.

now

turn to the Assyrian monuments.

first

We

have

already ascertained that the

745.

year of Tiglath-Pileser was Mr. George Smith has met with fragments of a
list in

Syrian tribute

the British Museum, which he places in

:

the 3rd year of Tiglath-Pileser's reign (743) from which we learn that the cities of Carchemish and Tyre, and the district
'

this description of tlic state of

Mr. Birks, who follows the common reckoning, does not scruple to transfer Judea from the time of Uzziah to the reign of
it.

Hezekiah, because he can find no other place for

the sacrifice of evidence to theory.

This

is

another instance of

Birks' Isaiah, 1871.

S_i/iichronous

Hwtorij of AHf^yria and Judea.

of Hamatli were yet governed

tributary vassals to the king of

by
is

their

own

local kings, as

x^LSsyria.^

The next
referred,

list

of tributaries
of

that of the 8th year of

Tiglath-Pileser (738), to which

we have
Syria,

already frequently

of Samaria, Hiram king of Tyre, Pisiris king of Carchemish, Eniel king of Hamath, Zabibi queen of the Arabs, and twelve

when Rezin king

Menahem king

other kings acknowledged the supremacy of the Assyrian

king: showing the progress of the extension of the empu-e towards the west. (Cuneif. Insc, vol. iii, p. 9.) Again, in the loth and 14th years of Tiglath-Pileser, that is in B.C. 733, and 732, when Jotham was on the throne of Judea, and Uzziah leading the life of a leper, we learn from the Assyrian Canon that two expeditions were made towards Damascus, where we may assume that Rezin had thrown off his allegiance his name not appearing amongst the tributaries and on a tablet^ in the Museum we find that twenty-five kings

as vassals of read the name of Pisiris king of Carchemish, and IMetenna is now king of Tyre, Eniel is still reigning over Hamath, Pekah is on the throne of Samaria, Yalm-Kazi is king of Judah, Vassarmi king of Tabal, Metinti king of Ascalon, Hanun king of Gaza, and Samsi is now become queen of the Arabs. Thus Jerusalem for the first time appears to have come under the yoke of Assyria in B.C. 732, and the frontier of the empire had become
Assyria.

of Syria and Palestine are

now

registered

Amongst the

tributaries

we

still

still further extended towards the west, Damascus and Carchemish being yet ruled by their own local kings. The date of this tablet is very accurately fixed by its contents. For in the 15th line there appears the name of the Chaldean king Nabu-u-sabsi,'^ probably the same as Nabius in the Canon of Ptolemy, who reigned two years, that is 733, and 732, who was now put to death in the 23rd line appears the name of Kinzh-us,'' the successor of Nabius at Babylon, in 731, though not yet styled king in the tablet;

and in line 42 is the name of the Tartan, Assur-danin-ani, who was archon eponymous in B.C. 733. Nothing can be more
1

Zeitschrift

fiir

Mg.

Spr., July, 1869, p. 92.

i,

Cuneif. Insc, vol.

ii,

p. 67.

G. Smith, Trans. ,'voi.

p. 84.

Babylonian Canon.


10
precise.

St/uchronous History of Axsyria and Judea.

It

tliat in most of the conquests in this tablet the same expresmentioned of Tiglatli-Pileser sion is used as in Isaiah, the cities " were burned with fire." In the years B.C. 729 and 728, Tiglath-Pileser is described in the Assyrian Canon, as performing religious ceremonies in honour of the god Bel, the expression being translated " the king took the hands of Bel," evidently marking a known And in the following year (727) we read religious epoch. " Shalmanezer sat on the throne" that is to say he was associated on the throne with his father, having been ap-

may be

observed also

pointed, as usual in the East, his ciiosen successor before his

father's death.

Just sixty years, or one soss, after the year

is in B.C. 667, the same process of selecting a sucwas gone through by Esarhaddon " on a fortunate day, the festival of Bel,^' when Assurbanipal was seated on the

727, that

cessor

throne of Nineveh- in association with his father,- before his father's death. Again, sixty years before the year 727, that is
in the year B.C. 787, a

new temple was

erected to the god Nabo,

and the year before that (B.C. 788) is marked in the Canon as the termination of a hharru or cycle. From all which it

may

be inferred that Shalmanezer,

who we may assume was

the legitimate or adopted son of the usurper Tiglath-Pileser,

was merely

associated with his father on the throne in the year of the periodical renewal of the great sixty-year Cycle of Bel or Belus, in B.C. 727. There is no evidence whatever to

show that Tiglath-Pileser ceased

contrary, the evidence
till B.C.

to reign in that year.

is

that Ahaz,
at

who did not

On the begin to reign

More-

718, visited

him

Damascus

after that date.

over, the usual appointments of Tartan and Prefects, which accompanied the accession of a new king of Assyria, did not

take place
^

when Shalmanezer was

{vol.
ii,

thus seated on the throne.

governor of Kirruri."

Mr. Smith

p.

330)

reads " sa-nat Kir-ruri,

1 Sargon tells us that in the year B.C. 709 he entered the sanctuary of Bel at Babylon, " and took the hands of the gi'eat god Merodac." B.C. 709 was probably the end of the second " Yu-mu cycle of 19 years counted from B.C. 747. See also Mr. Sayce, p. 15

I suggest as possible, sa-nat

iljU? Khar-ru-ri, year of Cycle

rait-Kharru," day of Cycle, or 30th day of the month.

to

From

the verb "T^^,

move
^

in a circle.

Arabic,

ingyrum

ambivit.

Geseuius as Norris.
:

first

pointed out by E;uvlinson.

Kara, in

Smith's Assurbanipal,

p. 4,


Si/nchroiious History of Assi/ria

and Jadea.

11

Let

me now

offer

a few words in digression concerning

the great chronological epoch of the bnilding of the tower of Belus, with the view of showing that the year B.C. 727 was

The era of Belus we know truly a year of cycle in Assyiia. commenced not long after the period of the flood, that is to say, some few years before the invasion of Babylonia by Kudurnan-hundi or Kudurnan the Hindoo,' and the establishment of the dynasty of the Medes or Elamites in Mesopotamia in B.C. 228(3 (vol. ii, p. 173). The earliest and most simple account of the building of Babylon and the Tower of Babel is found in the 11th chapter of Genesis, immediately after the history of the flood, having been written

nearly fifteen hundred years before the birth of Christ.

are there told that one
after the flood,
" the

We

named Arphaxacl was born two years

in the time of his great

Peleg,

scattered,

that city

grandson and the people being " left off to build the city " and that the name of was called Babel. The writer then goes on to
earth

and that

was

divided,"

say, "these are the generations of Shem'";

"

Shem begat
2 year.s

Arphaxad two years

after the
...

flood "
...

Birth of Arphaxad Birth of Salah Birth of Eber Birth of Peleg

...

...

35

34 30
101

So that Peleg,

in

whose

lifetime the dispersion of languages

took place, was born 101 after the flood, and before the time of the dispersion the city and tower had of course been many
years in building.

Again, these are the sons of

Cush

Ham

Nimrod
)

...

" In the be-ginning of his [Nimrod's]

kingdom was Babel,

and Erech, and Accad, and Calneh."

'

" De Astronomia.

Illis

temporibus quibiis turris condebatur quidam Indus

extitit,

ex stirpe Arphaxad, sapieiitise laude, et astronomiae cognitione clarus,

nomine Andubarius."
Andubarii.
-

(Eber?)

Chronicon Pascbale,

vol.

i,

p. 64.

Qu. tempore

With regard

or successor, see

Lord Arthur Hcrvey's

to the use of this BibHcal term " begat," as Hneal descendant " Genealogies of our Lord," p. 49.

12

Si/nchroiious Historic of Assi/ria

and Judea.

no nnimportant fact that the text of tliis early sacred record was revised and re-established about 500 years before Christ, one thousand years after it had been written, on the settlement of the Hebrew Canon by "Ezra the priest, the scribe," and the men of "the great synagogue":^ men not brought up in any secluded spot such as Jerusalem, but all recently returned from a long sojourn at Babylon, the
it

Now

is

seat of learning in the East,

where they had become

ac-

quainted with the wisdom of the wise

men

of Babylon, as

Moses had become learned in the wisdom of the Egyptians, and where the records of the creation and the flood we are told were preserved on tablets with the greatest care and
reverence.

Haggai, Zechariah, Malachi, Zerubbabel, Mordecai,

obscure persons.

Ezra,

Jeshua, and Nehemiah, were not

of

them had moved in the courts of Babylon and Shushan, and must have been well versed in the literatiu'e of Assyria and Babylon such as it was in those days, and had seen no doubt the sacred tablets while the tablet writers clearly had become acquainted with the record of Moses.

Some

Two hundred years later than Ezra, Berosus copied these Babylonian tablets for the information of the Greeks and according to the evidence of Polyhistor, confirmed by the
:

contents of one of the tablets (vol. ii, p. 213) lately discovered and translated by Mr. Smith, there is much similarity between the sacred record and that of the Babylonians as

regards the flood.

of these tablets

Mr. Smith

is

of opinion that the original

be traced as high as the 17th century Nevertheless, the B.C., that is before the time of Moses. The one accounts are perfectly distinct and independent. comes down through the degraded race of Ham, the other through the race of Shem, through whom the world was to be blessed. There is hardly a trace of sunilarity between the the mythical and revoltmg records of creation Hammite story, and the gi-andeur and simplicity of the

may

naiTative of Moses.
interval of years

It

would be

in vain also to attempt to

reconcile the fragmentary notices of the reckoning of the

between man's creation and the flood, as given in the one account, with the distinct reckoning of
'

Chronologia Sacra-Profana, David Ganz,

p. 56.


Synchronous History of Assyria and Judea.
13
primaeval

Moses of 1656 years from

Adam

to the flood.

The

mode

of counting years for days, and days for years, throughis sufliciently

out the period, however,

apparent.^

wish particularly to di'aw attention to the fact, that after the flood the reckoning of Berosus and the sacred reckoning are exactly one and the same still however coming
I
:

But

down through two

different families of the sons of

Noah.

We

learn through Moses that after this earth

had existed for many ages " -without form and void," Jehovah in human form descended on the earth, created man in his own image, and
little lower only than grown, childlike, godlike being was formed, seven lofty lessons concerning his creator's works were at once impressed upon liis pliant mind,

made

him, as Talmudic Paul asserts, a

the angels.

Again, that

when

this full

words for ever after to be retained, thoughts towards God, and lead the mmd of man to worship the creator of all things around him
in metaphoric form, in
lift

to

his

Of light and darkness, night and day. 2nd. Of air and sky. 3rd. Of dry land and sea. 4th. Of time to be computed by suns and moons. 5th. Of living creatures in the sea. 6th. Of living creatures, male and female, on dry 7th. Of rest from labom' on the seventh day.
1st.

land.

"

And God
it

blessed the seventh day, and sanctified

fi-om

it,

because

that in

he had rested

aU

his

work which God had

made."

Now
for

the subject of our treatise

is

the fourth and seventh did not, could not, rest

of these lessons given to man.

God

wearmess from labour. But in these emphatic, allegoric words he taught, and in after ages so was it fully understood, that all time on earth should be evolved in periods of seven.

seventh day, a seventh year, a seventh period of 1,000

^

120

saroi,

of 3,600 each, are said to represent 432,000 years, instead of so

many

days,

1,200 years, whicli latter

is

no doubt the true

fjfiepai fieri

interjiretation.

Syncellus writes

6 yovv Trap'dvTois adpos Xeyofievos

The same word

rpiaxiXiat Kal

e^aKoaiai, k.t-X.
years.

saros was applied to 3,600 days,

and 3,600

Tlie tablets of Berosus lately discovered

may perhaps

set this question

at rest.


14
Synchronous History of Assyria and Judea.

God create the sun and moon and single one day but graciously revealed to starry sky within new-born man that thenceforth " seasons, days, and years" should follow in succession the revolutions of those heavenly bodies, and that the perpetual calendar of time should be marked and measured by the " signs" of visible conjunction of sini and moon in the heavens, as long as time endured. And thus we learn that the fu'st year of man on earth was reckoned as a sabbath by divine decree and thus again we learn that 6,000 years when counted from creation should end iu a period of sabbath of 1,000 years by the same decree. Now the actual series of sabbatical years observed by "the holy people" in accordance with tins command is already sufficiently well known and if we thence could fix with certainty the date of the last sabbath of the 6,000 years,
years of rest.^

Neither did

we should know of course the date of the creation. Or if we knew the date of the creation, or of the flood, we should also know the date of the last sabbatical year, and period of final rest. I propose therefore to state briefly how we may obtain
the actual date of the sabbath of creation through Berosus

and how the date of the final sabbath is ah-eady chstmctly and emphatically fixed in Sacred Scripture. To Moses was revealed the history of things "mi the

To Daniel, not less favoured, was revealed the heginningy " tlie time history of things pertaining to of the end" " " my lord," he exclaimed, what shall be the end of these
things
?

And

he

said,

go thy way Daniel

^^7/

for the

words

are closed up and sealed,

the time

of

the end.^'

"And from

shall be taken away, and the the time that the daily abomination that maketh desolate set up, there shall be a thousand two hundred and ninety days. Blessed is he that

waiteth and cometh to the thousand three hundred and five

and
shall

thirty days" (xii, 8,

9, 11, 12),

And

again,

"when he

have accomplished to scatter the power of the holy

all

people,
1

these tilings shall be finished"

(y. 7).

subject,

See Elliott's Ilorae Apocalypticae, toI. iv, pp. 252, 253, treating fully on this with quotations from Eabbi Eliezer, Barnabas, Irenseus, Cyprian,
following 6,000
yiVffi

Lactantius, and Ambrose, showing

sabbath
"Ektj]
(V

years

the universal expectation of a millennial from the creation. Plato quotes Orjjheus
deibfjs.

KaTUKdvafi.

Koafios

Si/nchronous Illstor}/ of Assyria and Judea.

15

Now
that the

I will

not stay to prove, as

desolating

I have done elsewhere,^ power here described by Daniel which

out of one of the four divisions of Alexander's kingdom; the "king of fierce countenance, and understand-

should

rise

destroy Avonderfully," and mighty and the holy people," who should cast down the truth to the ground, and by whom the daily should be taken away, and the place of his sanctuary cast down, was Mahomet and JMahometanism and that this profanation of the holy land must therefore be dated either from
" destroy the
;

ing dark sentences,"

who

should

"

the year of the Hejira, A.D. 622,

for refuge to

when
:

the false prophet fled

Medina from Mecca or from the sabbatical year A.D. 629, immediately after which he conquered Mecca, and established his power, after having scattered and destroyed with much cruelty the Jewish people, driving them from their refuge in Arabia, and casting down the place of the sanctuary,
the holy land even to this day.

The

last

of these years,
is

the date of the triumph of Mahometanism,

date to be preferred
;

of course the

and

,335 full years counted from the

end of

A.D.

therefore

by counting backwards

629 lead to the final sabbath in A.D. 1965, and 6,000 years lead also to

B.C. 4035 as the first sabbath of creation. Let us now refer to the passage from Polyhistor already quoted from Eusebius (vol. ii, p. 171). Berosus, from whom

the year

Polyhistor copies, writes

" After the flood Evexius held the

Evexius

territory of the Chaldeans for a period of four ners."

take for granted was Arphaxad, and he having held the territory for four ners of days, that is 2,400 days, or nearly seven years, " after hun his son (Noah's son ?) Comos-Belus

we

held the empire for a period of four ners and five sosses," that is till after seven years counted from the flood. ^ Comos-

Kham, or Ham the lord, that is begun the foundations of the tower and city. " But from Xisuthrus, and from the time of the flood, to the time when the Medes took Babylon, Polyhistor
Belus, or Khemosh-Belus,
Baal,

may

therefore have

reckons
'

altogether

86 kings," or

"33,091 years."

Now

See " Messiah the Prince."

Polyhistor here makes Khemos-Behis a descendant of Shem, instead of Khem or Ham his brother, which must be an error. It matters not, however,
2

as the

whole period

is

afterwards bridged in 93 years.

ii;

Synclironaus History of Assyria

sarri,

and Judea.
saroi

86 kings, or

should

think

be read 86

of

added to the fonr 30,960 360 days,^ ners and five sosses of Kham, or Comos-Belus = 2,700 days, counted from the flood, make together the great period of 33,660 days in round numbers. This is a period The figiu-es of rather more than 93 years of 360 days. of Polyhistor, of which however there are higher readings, thus altered make rather more than 92 years of 365 days from the flood to the Medes. Whether however we add
or
days,

which

93 years to

B.C.

2286, or 92 years to B.C. 2287, the beginning

of the Cycle of Belus,

we

arrive at the year B.C.

2379 for

and adding the 1,656 years of Moses between the flood and the creation, with which probably the reckoning of Berosus coincided, we come again to the same figure B.C. 4035, as the great sabbatic year in which God pronounced His gracious ordinance of weekly rest. When Epigenes recorded that astronomical observations had been carried on at Babylon for 720,000 years, which
the date of the flood
:

figure represents the exact

2,000 cycles of 360 days each, he

number of days equivalent to was undoubtedly recording

the fact that Berosus, the priest of Belus in the days of

Philadelphus, in his treatise on Chaldean astronomy, written

say about the year B.C. 287, had spoken accurately of 2,000 Chaldean years of observations counted from the Cycle of Belus, B.C. 2287, when astronomy commenced with the
Babylonians.

Cycle of Belus.^
B.C.

Synchronous History of Assyria and Judea.

17

This far-reaching Hammite Cycle, which

tablets

we infer from

the

was accompanied by a

daily record of the position of

the heavenly bodies throughont the period, tlii'ows into shade

the minor cycles of the Olympiads, the era of Nabonassar, and
era of

Rome

and

is

Chinese astronomy, reaching to the year

years before the flood of Noah.^

exceeded only by the sixty-year cycle of B.C. 2637, or 258

But

in addition to this

Hammite

Cycle, there

is

also to

be taken into consideration a

nearly concurrent Semitic Cycle of far greater interest and

importance in framing the outline of the history of the world.

As the two heathen races counted

in periods of sixty years,

so God's holy people were distinguished from all other races

on the earth by comiting as they were commanded in periods of forty-nine years, or seven weeks of years and as the Babylonians used the inultiple of 10, producing thus the Neros
:

of 600 years, so the times of the holy people

in cycles of ten times 49, or

were

laid out

490 years, or "seventy weeks" of years. This latter cycle, running throughout the history of the Israelites, is coeval with the promise made to Abraham and Isaac, and must be carefully attended to in laying down " Lift up now thine the outhnes of Biblical chronology. eyes, and look from the place where thou art, northward, and southward, and eastward, and westward for all the land which thou seest, to thee will I give it, and to thy seed for ever"" (Gen. xiii, 14, 15). "Unto thy seed have I given this land, from the river of Egypt unto the great river, the river Euphrates" (xv, 18). This temporal promise of possession of the land of Canaan, which cannot be broken or forgotten, was confined exclusively to the literal seed of Abraham. The spiritual blessings we know were to be extended to all the nations of the earth.
:

Now

the Cycle of the Jubilee had reference solely to the

;

occupation of the land

the Jubilee.

this cycle, according to the

they bought and sold their land in remaining number of the years of

Those who had alienated their land came into repossession in the year of Jubilee, and by those alone were the first fruits of repossession devoted to God, as in the
See Mr. John Williams' Treatise on Chinese Chronology nomy, 1871. Introductory Kemarks, p. viii.
'

and Astro2

Vol.

III.

18

Synchronous History of Assyria and Judea.

sabbatic year.

The Cycle

of the Jubilee of 49 years, and of

ten periods of Jubilee, or 490 years, could not, of course,

commence commence

before the donation of the land.

precisely with the perpetual grant,

But they did

the Chaldees, before

sixty-five years of

Abraham dwelt
:

in

made in Ur of Haran, when about

age

fom- hundred

and seventeen years

after the flood, of B.C. 2379.

Cycle of the Jubilee

of 49 years

and of Ten
Tlie Call of

Jubilees, or

Seventy Weeks,
in

or 490 years.

Abraham, when dwelling

Ur of

the Chaldees,
....

B.C.

before he dwelt in Charran, at about the age of 65

1962 1472

490 years from thence to the appearance of Jehovah to Moses on Moimt Horeb .... .... .... .... .... 490 years from thence to the dedication of the temple of

Solomon
490 years from thence to the
first

982
year of Darius son of

Synchrojious History of Assyria

and

Jxidea.

19

B.C. 2287, and the Cycle of the Jubilee commencing in the autumn, and counted upwards from the birth of Christ 3-2, cross each other once, and only once, within six months in the cyclical year B.C. 787-6: that is to say, just sixty years before the accession in Assyria of Shalmanezer IV in B.C. 727, and in the year preceding the accession in Judea of Azariah,

year

or Uzziah.

And

thus

it

should be.

For as the year

or

B.C.

787 of the Cycle of Belus, which

is

is

concurrent Avith the sabbatical year 787-6,

exactly 49 years,

one Jubilee, before the years

B.C.

738,

which we have
ii,

already ascertained was the 8th year of Tiglath-Pileser and

concurrent with the 48th year of Azariah (vol.

it

p. 153),
B.C. 785,

appears that the 47th year before that date, or

the second half of the cyclical year of Jubilee, must have

been concurrent with the

first

year of the reign of Azariah.

reckoning.

And

so

it is

set

down

in the

new

cyclical year of Jubilee year of Azariah, then must the 49th year of Azariah have been concurrent with the cyclical year of Jubilee B.C. 737-6, and the next following year of
if

Again,

Oct. B.C. 786-5

first

was the

concurrent with the

Jubilee, B.C. 688-7, must have been concurrent ^vith the 15th and 16th years of Hezekiah, as also appears in our reckoning. To recapitulate I have observed that, after the flood, the reckoning of Berosus and the sacred reckoning are exactly one and the same. I have said that when Polyhistor speaks of Evexius, or Ephexius, and Comos-Belus, he refers to the names Arphaxad, and Ham in the Book of Genesis though the parallel goes no further than the names. In fact the con-

fused account of Polyhistor

Nevertheless,

is

irreconcilable with Moses.

Polyhistor,

under various readings,

has

preserved the reckoning of Berosus between the flood and the invasion of the Medes, as between 33,000 and 34,000
days, or 93 years.
in then*

And

thus Berosus and Moses are agreed

reckoning.

Berosus.

Era of Belus

B.C.

2287

92

Flood

B.C.

2379.

Moses.
Cycle of the Jubilee
B.C.

1962

417

Flood

B.C.

2379.

20

Synchronous History of Assyria and Judea.

But it may be asked, how is this period of four hundred and seventeen years collected from the Book of Genesis ? Archbishop Ussher and Mr. Fynes Clinton, two high and independent authorities, have laid down the reckoning, and the principal feature of agreement between them is, that the "Birth of Abraham was in the 130th year of Terah."
After the Flood.

Synchronous History of Assyria and Jiidea.

as representing
in
vol.
ii.
:

21

p.

328,

and accordingly Ahaz, son of Jotham we read " B.C. 734-732. Expedition
Israel,

of Tiglath-Pileser against Damascus,

tribute of Yaliuhazi (Ahaz) king of Judah."

and Philistia, But if Ahaz

B.C.

were on the throne of Judah as early as

years of Jotham
:

732,

his

reign of sixteen years would take the place of the sixteen

and

as

the reign of Uzziah cannot be

raised, the history of these reigns

would thus become con-

tracted and thrown into a state of absolute confusion.

We

may, however, safely and decidedly reject the historical arrangement of these eminent philologists in this instance The chief element in this name as written as untenable. but in the cuneiform inscription is Yahu, or Jehovah On the there is no such element in the name of Ahaz.
:

Yahu is contained both in Jotham QHr, and Uzziah ^il^'^J^. Jotham is written in the Septuagint loadafx,
other hand,

and the cuneiform character yr^, which forms the last syllable of Pekah, and the first syllable of Hamata, may possibly have had the softened value, Ath, while >-TT"i<^

was sometimes sounded, Im.

may

possibly have intended to represent

atli-im.

So that the Assyrian scribe Jotham by YahuSuch an interpretation would be consistent with and

corroborative of the

new

reckoning.

Nevertheless) I do not

think that

it

is

the true solution of the difficulty.

Yahukazi

was, I thmk, the same

reversing the syllables.

called

name as Khuzzi-yahu, or Uzziah, The leprous father of Jotham was

the age of sixteen as Azariah

to

the throne at

(strengthened by Jehovah), and he was generally known to the

Assyiians in his contests with Tiglath-Pileser by
as pointed out
It is highly
tliis

name,

by Mr.

Smith.^

But he was

called Uzziah

only throughout the priestly

liistory of the

Book of Chronicles.

improbable that he should have borne both these names at the same time and if we will follow his history as written in the Book of Kmgs, we find that the name is there
:

written throughout his reign of fifty-two years Azariah, with

one singular exception in his 39th year, the year when Pid king of Assyria was in the land, " but stayed not there." In
'

\\. A. Ins. 9, 3, 4, 33.

22

Synchronous History of Assyria and Jiulea.

name is written both ways, Kings xiv, 13 and 17). In his 50th and 52nd years, when Pul Avas dead, he is again called Azariah. But Jotham his son is invariably called son of Uzziah. There is no one instance, either in the Book of Kings or Chronicles, of his being styled son of Azariah. From all which I should infer that Azariah was not permanently called Uzziah (power of God) till the end of his reign, and that his name was changed from time to time, according
that particular year only the

"Uzziah," and "Azariah"

(2

First, his 39th year, not improbable that he became tributary to Pul, that is to say, in the same year that Menahem paid ti-ibute, thoiigh there is no record of the fact, and that Kazaryahu was then changed to Khuzzi-yahu. A second time the degraded name was forced upon him by the priests, when

to the vicissitudes of his fortunes.

B.C. 748,

when

it is

Jehovah had smitten him," and he became a leper, " and they thrust him out," m B.C. 734, and " Jotham son of Uzziah ruled his kmgdom." Still li^ang on, and nommally king, he reached the year B.C. 732, when Jerusalem having become as a "besieged city," and tribute havmg been exacted by Tiglath-Pileser from Judah, his name was finally changed in the Assyrian tribute-roll from Kuzzi-yahu to Yahu-kuzzi. Two instances of this custom of changing the name in token of subjection are met with in after days, when Pharaoh Necho having " put the land to a tribute," Eliakim's name was changed to Jehoiakim,' and when Nebuchadnezzar, having made Mattaniah king, changed his name to Zedekiah.^
"

Yahu-kazi, therefore,

is

and Hebrew and Assyrian records

to tack

not Ahaz, but probably Kuzzi-yahu, at this point do not conIn

fact,

tradict but rather confirm each other.

the attempt

on Yahu

to Ahaz,

is

another instance of tampering

with the text to support an untenable theory. One thing is certain, Ahaz had not yet come to the throne in B.C. 732, according to the Assyrian records, that is to say, ten years
after his accession according to the

common

reckoning.
let

Having thus disposed of

this difficulty,

us proceed

was

with the history, as written in the Hebrew annals. Uzziah sixty-eight years old when he became a leper, and pro'

2 Kings

xxiii, 33,

34.

Ibid, xxir, 17.

Spichronous History of Assyria and Judea.

23

bably lived
of Uzziah

many

years after

B.C. 734.

"

The

rest

of the acts

and last," that is from 734, when he became a leper, to " the year that king Uzziah died," were written by Isaiah,^ and this year of his death, which is the date of
first

the sixth chapter of Isaiah, did not probably precede by

many

years the date of his next chapter, seven, which was

in the reign of Ahaz, B.C. 718.

Uzziah

may have

lingered

out his leprous

Isaiah

life

even

till

the year

B.C. 724, at

which time

Judah should "be wasted without inhabitant, and the houses without man, and the land be utterly desolate." All which literally came to pass about the year 718, when Pekah king of Samaria "carried away captive (from Judah) of their brethren 200,000, women, and brought the spoil to Samaria" sons, and daughters and when Rezin placed the Sja'ians (2 Chron. xxviii, 8) in Elath, and together with Pekah endeavoured to take
foretold that the cities of

may have

Jerusalem.

and Damascus in both powerfid kingdoms. But in the year 717, remained records their downfall with much precision. Isaiah marks the date of A child is born to the prophet about the 2nd year of Ahaz, and he is told that " before that child shall have knowledge to cry my father, and my mother, the riches of Damascus and the spoil of Samaria shall be taken away before the king of The king spoken of we know was Tiglath-Pileser, Assyria." who came to the assistance of Ahaz, took Damascus, and and Pekah his associate was slew Rezin (2 Kings xvi, 9) slain about the same time by Hoshea, in what is called the 20th year of Jotham, B.C. 715. The date of the fall of the two kmgs is thus precisely marked as somewhere between
to the year B.C. 718, Samaria
:

Up

717 and 715.

After
this,

say in

B.C. 714, "

meet Tiglath-Pileser "

last

(2

Ahaz went to Damascus to Kings xvi, 10), and this is the

is

time that Tiglath-Pileser

named

in the history.

He

had been on the throne some thirty-two years, and was probably old and infirm he may possibly have passed his latter days in Damascus. Meanwhile Shalmanezer his son, as far
;
1

2 Chron. xxvi, 22.

24
as

Si/nch)-0)i02is

History of Assyria mid JmJca.

can judge in the absence of liis annals, had not proved himself equal to the great exigencies of the erapu-e, and accordingly a vigorous warrior, Sargon, who fixed his palace at Khorsabad, at the north of Nineveh, had come upon the

we

a certain portion of kingly power, ranging over Nineveh, and commissioned probably to hold good the northern frontier, as early as B.C. 722. In 712 he appears to

scene

^\\t\i

have been raised to the throne of the empire in association ^vith Shalmanezer, Tiglath-Pileser having died in B.C. 713; and this latter date is fixed by a passage in the Fastes de Sargon, where, after taking possession of Babylon in B.C. 709,

Sargon speaks of that year as the third year of his reign, Many as distinguished from the years of his campaigns. he before Sargon military exploits had been performed by raid usurped the imperial throne. In B.C. 721 he made a upon Samaria, took the city, and carried off " 27,290 captives, men, women, and children" a somewhat small affau-, but one in which he proved himself more than a match for Pekah. This victory, however, by no means broke the power of Samaria. For in B.C. 720 we find that a confederacy was formed, consisting of the people of Hamath, Arpad, Samaria, and Damascus, to throw off the yoke of Assyria, and the Egyptians and Ethiopians at the same time showed their Sargon in that year captured Yahubi'di, or hostility. he then Ilubi'di, king of Hamath, and flayed him alive went down towards Egypt, and fought the battle of Rapliia, conquered the Egyptians with Sebec, or more probably Sethos priest and kiug of Egypt, as their leader, and placed Carchemish, however, an Assyrian governor in Hamath. did not fall to the Assyrians till the year 717, in which year
:

an Assyrian colony was fii'st placed in Damascus.^ It v/ill be remarked that Sargon gives no account of this overthrow of Rezin at Damascus, because, as the Book of Kings informs us, it was under the leadership of TigiathPileser himself that Rezin was slain, and the people of Damascus carried to Kir (2 Kings xvi, 9). But in the year B.C. 715, Sargon having taken twenty-two cities of Armenia,
also
'

See Fastes de Sargon, and Zeitsehrift, July, 1869, p. 98.


Synchi'onous History of Assyria

and Judea.

25

and having also conquered the Arabians, transported his captives and placed them in Hamath and Samaria, where Pekah had been overthrown the year before. And thus the words of Isaiah were literally accomplished, that before the child which was born to Isaiah in 717 should know to cry my father, my mother, the spoils of Damascus and Samaria should be carried away.
It is quite clear from the evidence of these different contemporary witnesses that Tiglath-Pileser, Shalmanezer, and Sargon must all three have been associated together on the throne of Assyria in the year B.C. 717 by some state arrangement which has not yet been explained, for want of the

annals of the reign of Shalmanezer. the writer of the Second

And

the expression of
is

Book

of Kings (xxviii, 16)

most accurate, when he says

indeed

"

At that time did king

Ahaz send unto the kings of Assyria to help him." Again, it must have been withm the few last years of TiglathPileser's reign that Isaiah writes

Assyria
Is

" He

concerning the king of

princes
altogether kings
?

saith,

are not
?

my
not

not Calno as Carchemish

Is

Hamath
;

as

Arpad ?

Is

(Isaiah ix, 10 x, 8, 9). For which kings of Assyria are spoken of in the plural, could not have been written before the fall of Carchemish in B.C. 717. From chap, xi to chap, xxiii a series of miscellaneous pieces of Isaiah are put together apparently without chronological arrangement, containing " the burden "the burden of "the burden of Moab" of Babylon" Damascus" "the burden of Egypt" "the burden of Tyre," &c., in the course of which two illustrative passages occur Fust, " In the year that king Ahaz died," that is in B.C. " Rejoice not thou, whole Palestina, 703, " was this burden" because the rod of him that smote thee is broken for out of the serpent's root shall come forth a cockatrice, and his
this passage, in

not Samaria as Damascus ?"

fruit shall

be a fiery flying serpent."

Now
:

Sargon, the rod

which smote Palestine, died m 705 and his fruit was Sennacherib who invaded Palestine in 702, as we have seen, like a flying serpent. The Hebrew and Assyrian annals here are well agreed. Again, "In the year that (the) Tartan

came against Ashdod"

(xx, 1), that

is

to say in B.C. 711 accord-


26
iSi/)ichrououii Historij

of Assyria and Judea.

in the original of this

ing to Sargoii's annals.

The words

passage, which are not quite literally translated in the authorised version, are very illustrative of the regal state of Assyria
in B.C. 711.

Tiglath-Pileser was no longer li\dng. Shalraanezer

was

legitimate- king.

Sargon was reigning at Khorsabad.

:

The passage runs

"im^ Tj^n \'\T)D

thus

niiiti^st \rr\n

in^ nStrs
'

^n

n:m

Tartan came unto Ashdod, on the sending toith him, and he fought against Ashdod and took it." Sargon in his annals claims to have taken Ashdod "s\ath his own hands, and the Hebrew annals
of Sargon king of Assyria

" In the year (the)

here declare that

it

fell

before the Tartan.

They add howif sent,

ever that Sargon was sent with the Tartan, and

there

must then have been a kmg supreme who sent him. Again the Hebrew and Assp-ian records are agreed. That Sargon was king of Assyria in B.C. 711 rests on the authority of his own inscriptions. That Shalmaneser must also have been still with liim on the throne is attested by the contemporary prophet Hosea, who mentions Shalman as For associated with Sennacherib even fifteen years later. on the final destruction of the kingdom of Samaria, after Hoshea had reigned nine years, in B.C. 696, the prophet writes "As Shalman spoiled Beth-arbel in the day of battle" so " in a morning shall the king of Israel be cut off." The

Beth-aven " shall also be carried unto Assyria for a Now Shalman present to king Jareb" (x, 5, 6, 14, 15). unquestionably represents Shalmaneser, and Jareb " king of
calf of

Assyria"
thus

is

"without doubt Sennac-jareb,

the sixth year of Hezekiah

it is

who was reigning in when Samaria fell in 696. And

quite certain that Sargon's raid on Samaria in B.C.

721 could not have taken place so late as the reign of Hoshea, and that Samaria was not finally destroyed till just

25 years later than that date.

JHcs
"I]^^
wiili
sutr.

Shalmaneser (Enemessar)
B. Davidson's Analytical Lexicon.

"in company
6.

Avitli,"

" witli him,"

Gen. xxxiv,

-.A-r.'^;'^-

Jewish- Gf^avestone

in

the Crimea

':

Si/HcJifuuoas

HUtory of Assipia and Judea.

21

according to the evidence of Tobit, reigned at Nineveh, or Nebbi-yunas, and when he died " Sennacherib his son reigned in his stead" (Tobit i, 15). Now Sennacherib we know was son of Sargon, who had died in B.C. 705. The fact of his
thus calhng himself son of Shalmanezer, as also that in his

name of his father Sargon, tends to show that he was more proud of his connexion with the
annals he suppresses the
legitimate line of kings than of his descent from one who apparently was merely an accessary to the throne and it is not unreasonable to assume that he may have actually become
:

king,

son of Shalmanezer, by marriage with the daughter of that and succeeded to tlie throne as sole sovereign of the empire in B.C. 688, when he took the title Assur-acherib, and
fii'st

then

appointed the Tartan and other prefects of his court. have thus disposed of the two kings Tiglath-Pileser and Sargon, the first having probably died in B.C. 713, the latter certainly in B.C. 705. Throughout this period Assyrian and

We

Hebrew records are accurately agreed, when the reigns of the kings of Judah and Israel are lowered to the extent of twenty-five years while on the other hand they are at variance at every step with the common reckoning. Though
:

not yet in possession of the annals of Shalmanezer, there

seems to be sufficient evidence to show that he reigned from B.C. 727 to 689, that is to say for thii-ty-eight years and I will close this part of the subject by referring to the direct testimony to the fact, that Samaria was indeed taken by Shalmanezer in the sixth or seventh year of Hezekiah,
text says the sixth year, Josephus have already referred to the Jewish historian Demetrius, who states that the ten tribes were carried away in February, B.C. 695, from which we infer that the capture of the city was in the preceding year 696 and I will now add a few words with regard to the Karaite manuscripts and sepulchral monuments which bear testimony to the same eifect. " The old gravestones in the Crimea," writes Neubauer, "which are now recognised as genuine by all men of learning,
B.C.

697-6.

The Hebrew
I

says the seventh.

'

Geschiclite des Karafi'thums, p. 29.

28

Synchronous

IJistorij

of

Assi/)-ia

and Judea.

attest that there

early as the year A.D.

were Jewish communities in tlie Crimea as 6" "and that the Jews there held

Three themselves to be descended from the ten tribes." different eras are recorded on these monuments, as well as in

many

ancient manuscripts of the Karaites.

First, the era of

the captivity of the ten tribes,

B.C. 696, 121117^7.

n'^^!^''^, B.C.

Second,
Third,

the Karaite era of the creation,

3911.

the era according to the reckoning of the inhabitants of

Metarcha, that
B.C.

is

the

common

Rabbinical era of creation,

3760.

Facsimiles of three of the gravestones, out of

several which have been carried

up to

St. Petersburgh, will

be sufficient to certify the date of Shalmanezer's capture of Samaria, or the commencement of tlie era Ligaluthenu.
*

No.

1.

nirh

n'W ^

This
priest
:

is

the tombstone of Buki, the son of Izchak, the

rest be in

may his
6).

Eden, at the time of the salvation

of the years
of

of
(

Israel.

In the year 702

our Exile

= A.D.

No.

2.

Rabbi Moses Levi died (=A.D. 30).

'

in the year 726

of our Exile

A full account of the discovery of these interesting monuments, taken from Chwolson's work, will be found in the Preface to " Messiah the Prince." The
mode
in

which the year

B.C.

696

is

deduced I have also there explained.

Dr.

Geiger of Frankfort writes in support of their genuineness.

Tischendorf and

Olsliausen are also in favour of their antiquity. See also references, p. 6, and Addenda to Ewald's " History of Israel," English translation.

\"^J^Zr.''r:'i^A-'

rnyi
V.

^'i

n'v^-^'J

J
\

,J

'-

)H/.

\^

Jewish Gravestone

in

the Cf(imea.

Synchronous History of Assyria and Judea.

29

No.

3.

Zadok the

Levite,

son of Moses,

died 4000 after the

creation, 785 of our Exile

I

(=a.d. 89).

have thought

it

expedient to dwell thus briefly on the

recovery of this obsolete era of the captivity of the

Tribes, or

Ten

Shanim Lk^aluthenu
Years of our Exile from
B.C. 696,

as in itself an interesting fact in Biblical Archaeology,

and as

confirmatory of the
addition to
its

new reckoning

at several later dates, in

of the

fall

that this

on the matter in hand, the date For it appears to me sufficiently clear era must have been made use of by the wiiters of
special bearing

of Samaria.

two books appertaining to the ten tribes of Israel, viz., the Book of Tobit and the Book of Judith. When the writer of the first of these books relates, according to the Greek
Ecbatana at the age of 127 and before he died heard of the destruction of Nineveh which was taken by Nabuchodonosor and Assuerus," that is by Nebuchadnezzar and Cyaxares, in
translator, that Tobias died at

(which

is

absurdj, "

B.C. 583 new reckoning, we can hardly doubt that the words in the original, derived either from his tombstone or from some family document, were wi'itten " shanath 127, shanim Ligaluthenu " ( = B.C. 569), as on the tomb of Buki

son of Izchak.^
>

And

again, that

when Judith

is

said to
Book of

As

a matter of Biblical archaeology

it

may

be observed that the

Tobit has preserved an interesting reference to a passage in the prophet Jonah, not now found in our copies. " Go into Media, my son, for I surely believe those
things which Jonas the prophet spake of Nineveh, that
it

shall be

overthrown

Media and that our brethren shall be scattered in the earth from that good land and Jerusalem shall be desolate, and the house of Grod in it shall be burned, and shall be desolate for a time And that again God will have mercy on them, and bring them again into the
and that
for a time peace shall rather be in
:

land, where they shall build a temple, but not like to the

first,

until the time of

. .

30

Synchronous

Tlisfori/

of

A-'^fi/iia

and Jndea.

age of 105, the words on her monument 105, shanim Ligaluthenu" (= B.C. 591), that is twelve years before Jehoiakim first became subject to Nebuchadnezzar. Thus the date of the Fall of Samaria by the hand of Shalmanezer, the particulars of the history of which as related in the Assyrian records still lie buried with the annals
liave lived to the

originally ran

"moth

of Shalmanezer,
1st.

is

securely fixed

By

the prophet Hosea, as occurring within the

B.C.

reign of Sennacherib, and after the year

705

2nd.
3rd.

By
By By

the Books of Kings and Clu-onicles,

. . .

new
.
.

reckoning, as in

G96 G96
(396

Demetrius as occurring in the year

4th.

the most ancient Jewish gravestones in

. .

the Crimea, as occurring in

. .

On

the other hand,

]\Ir.

Smith, taking

uj)

what he conceives

an impregnable position (vol. ii, p. 323), in his assumed identification of Ahaz and Yahukazi, looks with much satisfaction upon what he calls "the close agreement between contemporary Assyrian records and the Bible chronology," and deduces from thence
to be

The The

Fall of Samaria hi B.C. 720

Illness of

Hezekiah in

712

Both events being thus assumed to have taken place before Sennacherib had come to the throne. Nevertheless he has with perfect fairness called attention to two points which may throw doubt, in his opuiion, on his own deductions for he writes (vol. ii, p. 327), "It is doubtful whether Tirhakah king of Ethiopia, who came to assist Hezekiah, com:

raencerl

his

reign so early as

B.C.

701

and, second, in

the palace buried under the mound of Nebbi-Yunas there (ire records of a later campaign of Sennacherib in FaleMine about
that age be fulfilled
captivity,
in
it

and afterward they shall return from all places of their and build up Jerusalem gloriously, and the house of God shall be built
:

for ever, with a glorious building, as the prophets

all

have spoken thereof.

And

nations shall turn and fear

tlie

Lord God

truly,

and

sliall

bury their

iflols." Tobit xiv, 4, 5.

iin man

II

'mm

im

Jewish

Gravestone

in

the Cf^imea

Synckronoiis Hi><tory of Assyria and Judea.

the

31

year B.C. 690,"

and

again elsewhere he

Avi-ites

"

It is

evident that this second campaign to Palestine could not take place before B.C. 690, while it might be a few years later."

Now this is the discovery for which I have been looking forward for the last twenty years, as may be seen by the Jom-nal of the Royal Asiatic reference to an article

m
I

have never swerved from the conit was on the 11th January, Hezekiah began that to recover from his sickness, B.C. 689, " signs " promised to man, celestial those that one of and which dot the Sacred Calendar of time, was then exhibited to the king while stretched on his dying couch, towards the end of liis 13th year, to strengthen his faith, on the approachmg flood of invasion which threatened the entne extinction of
Society, 1854, p. 277.
viction then expressed, that

the

kingdom of David.

On

the actual arrival of the

army of

Sennacherib before the walls of Jerusalem, in the autumn of B.C 689, another ^' sign" of much chronological significance

brought to notice, the bearing of which we will first we enter on the subject of the remarkable "sign" exliibited on the steps of Ahaz. The sabbaths we know were a perpetual and peculiar " sign " between Jehovah and the seed of Abraham of favoui' and protection promised to them as the selected people of God. When threatened therefore with destruction by the Tartan, the Rabsaris, and the Rabshakeh, at the head of the army of

was

also

consider before

Assyria, Isaiah

is

sent to declare that the

army

of Sen-

nacherib shall be turned back.

"And

this shall be a sign

unto thee, ye shall eat

this year (689) such things as grow of themselves, and the second year (688) that which springeth of the same, and the third year (687) sow ye and reap "

These are the very words used in Leviticus (xxv, 5, 11, 12) with reference to the celebration of the sabbatical year and also of the year of Jubilee, and the use of them here implies that two successive years of fallow should then be kept by the people of Judah, whether by
(2

Kings

xix,

29).

constraint or otherwise, as a sign that Jerusalem should yet

be saved,

for the

honour of Jehovah himself, and also

for

the sake of his servant David (2 Kings xix, 34). Now the year B.C. 689-688 was sabbatical according to the regular septennial series and 688 was a cycHcal year of
:

32

Synchronous History of Assyria and Judea.

Jubilee, as

we have

just ascertamed, according to the Cycle

of the Jubilee.

Two

years of fallow in succession could

fifty years,

only thus come together once in

or after this date.
tlierefore,

and Hezekiah
years before

could not possibly have been hving either

If,

fifty

the words have reference,

as

of sacred years of sabbath and Jubilee,

every reason to assume, to the appointed calendar B.C. 689-8 ought to be the year determined by the sign.

we have

We now
solar

come to the consideration of the remarkable phenomenon exhibited to Hezekiah during liis illness

on the steps of Ahaz, in assurance to him of his recovery from his sickness and of the prolongation of his life for a
fm'ther period of fifteen years.
It

may
laid

perhaps be remembered that, in

vol.

i,

p. 252,

upon tlie fact, that the new reckoning of the reigns of the kings of Judah is established by reference to three successive solar echpses, each of which has the same effect of lowering the reigns to the exact extent of twenty-five years and have argued that the inference from
I

have

much

stress

thence

is irresistible,

that the date of Hezekiah's illness, about

the fourteenth year of his reign, must have coincided with

the year of the eclipse in

B.C. 689.

I find,

however, that certain

observations of the Astronomer Royal, recently communicated

to the Astronomical Society, with reference to the lunar theory

as bearing on the subject of ancient eclipses in connection

^vith liistory,

have had the

effect of

shaking the faith of many

in the truth of the historical inference thus arrived at,

though

otherAvise inclined to
t(j

be convinced.

propose, therefore,

now

which has hitherto been announced by astronomers, has in any way tended to distm-b the accm-acy of the historical conclusions which have While, on the other hand, I venture to been advanced. maintain firmly, and I trust not presumptuously, that the luicertainty into which astronomers confessedly have fallen with regard to the correctness of then- theories, owing to the yet imperfect data upon which they have to base their calciilations, Avill be in great measure removed by attention to tliis most accurate of all accurate astronomical observations, taken and recorded fi'mn tlic sick-room of Hezekiah in the

show

as briefly as possible, that nothing

year

B.C. 689.

Synchronous History of Assyria and Judea.

33

by Isaiah, is very shortly but Hezekiah was sick unto death, and Isaiah came to liim with the fatal message, ''set thine house in order for thou shalt die and not live." Hezekiah then turning h.\s, face to the ivall, for he was confined to his chamber and to his couch, prayed earnestly that he might recover from his sickness and before Isaiah was gone out into the middle court, that is, the middle court of the palace, he was commanded to return and say to Hezekiah, " Thus saith the Lord," " I will add unto thy days fifteen years and I will dehver thee and this city out of the hand of the king of Assyria," " and this shall be a sigji unto thee," " Behold I will bring again the shadow of the steps ivhich has gone down on the steps of Ahaz, ten steps backward. So the sun returned ten steps, by which steps it was gone doion^^ (Isaiah xxxviii, 1-8). The two expressions, " shadow of the steps," and " gomg down
original story, as told

The

precisely given.

the steps," are sufiicient to

here spoken of were

part of the palace,

show that the degrees or steps an ascent to some upper and not divisions of some graduated scale;
literal steps of
tnij-l

and

in fact this 'Hipper chamber of Ahaz,''

ilvj^ was a

well-known place in the palace (2 Kings xxiii, 11, 12), on the top of which were altars to the sun, approached, no doubt, by " the steps, or staircase, of Ahaz," rising from north to south, and turned away from the meridian or southern

mark the length of shadow at noon-day. This chamber " probably was a gallery running at right angles to the staircase towards the east, and led to " the entering in of the house of the Lord by the chamber of Nathan-melech the chamberlain," where we read in the same passage that the " horses " and " chariots of the sun " were
sun,

to

" upper

'

my

I have lately heard a reverend gentleman, a Fellow of Trinity College, in neighbourhood enforcing on his congregation, that the effect on the Dial of
result of

Ahaz could not possibly be the

according to the authorised translation the choice was

any natural phenomenon, because left to Hezekiah vvhether

the shadow should go foi'ward or backward. But it will be observed that Isaiah was not commissioned to make any such offer. The shadow had already "gone down." And if the reverend gentleman had consulted the Hebrew, he would have found that the translation of the passage in Kings, where the supposed
choice
is

given,

is

not justified by the original. 3

Vol.

III.

34
placed,
himself,

Synclironoxis Hisforij of Assyria

and Juden.
to west.^

dmnng as it were from east we may assume, was lying

Hezekiah
chamber,

in a lower

shaded from the sun, either looking- on to the staircase court, where he viewed the motion of the meridian shadow on the steps in open air, or more probably ^^thin a closed chamber into which a ray of light was admitted from above, wliich passed from winter to summer up and down an apparatus in the form of steps for I have elsewhere shown that such enclosed chambers were in use in Eastern observatories for the pm-pose of taking meridian shadows even as late as the middle of the last century.^ The Dial of Ahaz was no doubt a scientific instrument and, if so, the gnomon was so placed as to cast its shadow on the shortest day in the year (28th December) at the foot of the lowest step, that is to say, at an angle of somewhat less than 34 41', which was the extreme altitude of the upper rirc of the sun's disc at noon on the day of the winter solstice. It would of com-se be impossible here to enter fully into the subject of dials, as used amongst the Babylonians. Herodotus, however, seems to have summed up, in the two words "pole" and " gnomon," the cliief principles of dialling
:
:

as

and thence transmitted to the Greeks.^ These two principles were applied to instruments of many different forms and shapes, either fixed or portable
to the Babylonians,

known

the pole being placed parallel with the axis of the earth towards the sun to the south, and marking the hours of the day, the gnomon upright markuig the length of shadow from day to day, to the north from the summer to the winter solstice. The gnomon had been used from the very earliest days for the purpose of fixing the time of the solstice, by means of meridian shadows. Laplace has published, in the Connaissance des Tems, of 1809, p. 303, a most interesting article on gnomons from a manuscript of Pere Gaubil, showing that the Chinese had in the city
'

As

in the Place St.

Mark

at Venice,

where the Horses of the Sun have

their faces towards the west.

-

See " Messiah the Prince," p. 180

also

Note B,

in Appendix, p. 48.
kcli

Herodotus
f]jj.fpr]S,

ii,

109.

ILokov

fitv

yap,

km
ol

yvafiovOy

to dvaSeKU fiepea

rijs

Trapa

Ba^vXaviaiv

epadoi/

^EWrjvfs.

Synchronous History of Assyria and Jadea,

of Loyang,

35

in Honan, as early as the year B.C. 1100, determined roughly by means of a gnomon eight feet The pole was a dishigh the obliquity of the ecliptic.^ covery of a more exact and scientific character. The invention of the pole and gnomon combined, producmg an instrument perfect in itself for all observations connected with the sun's shadow, was probably associated with the rectification of the Babylonian Calendar in B.C. 747, nineteen years before the accession of Aliaz. Numa Pompilius also, who came to the throne at the same time as Ahaz (B.C. 718), in the beginning of his reign corrected the Roman Caleiidar, adding two months to the year, having been instructed by some barbarian philosopher.^ The nature of the astronomical term "pole" maybe gathered from the sarcastic description of the word given by Pistheteerus, in the play of the Birds by Aristophanes,'^ in whose days Athenian philosophers were wild upon astronomy. And from this description it appears to have been neither more nor less than the pole or axis of the earth, parallel with which, and

fixed on the meridian, the styles or gnomons of all dials must necessarily be placed, as instanced in the great equatorial and equinoctial dials of Delhi and Benares, in the common garden dial, and the old church dial, all which

are placed parallel with the axis of the earth.

Again, the testimony of Herodotus

(ii,

141)

is

most

valuable as to the time of Sennacherib's invasion of Egypt,

and of the

retreat of his vast

army

fi-om

Pelusium in the

year of this phenomenon exhibited on the steps of Ahaz, as

'

his "
-

Mr. Draeh has drawn my attention to four valuable notes of Laplace Systeme du Monde," bearing on the same subject, p. 455.
Plutarch's Life of

in

Numa.
?

PisthetjEBUS.

" Come, what d'ye see

Hoopoo.
PlSTH.
IIoop.

The

cloiids

and sky

that's all.
:

WeU, that we call the pole and atmosphere And woiild it not serve you birds for a metropole
Pole
?

is it

called a pole

PiSTH.

Yes

that's the

name.
:

Philosophers of late call it the pole Because it wheels and rolls itself about,

As

it

were in a sort of roly-poly way,"

Translation of John HooJcham Frere.

3o

SpicJironons

Hhiory of

Assyj'ia

and Judea.

priests of Vulcan.

being in the reign of S ethos king of Egypt, the last of tl e And Lepsius, who has identified Sethos with Zeet, has I think correctly fixed the last year of Zeet's
B.C. 686.

reign in

The remark
was
:

of Herodotus

is

most accurate,

that Sennacherib

at this time king of the Arabians as

well as of the Assyrians

shall

yet this valuable observation has

not hitherto been understood.

When Mr. G. Smith, however, have made good the proofs of his great discovery from Ass}Tian inscriptions, that Sennacherib made a second expedition into Palestine about the year B.C. 689-8, just twentyfive years below the common reckoning, and that at that time he conquered Hazail the king of the Arabians the queen (?) of the Arabians declaring that " her seat was not
:

with the people of Arabia,"

" to Assji-ia she

took the road,"

the

accuracy and importance of Herodotus' remark will

appear.

Assuming then,
tliis
it

I say,

that Mr. Smith will establish

B.C.

the fact of
689, I take

second expedition into Palestine about

granted that the " sign " Avhich is said to have proceeded from the sun, and which was witnessed by Hezekiah on the Dial of Ahaz, w^as no other than the movefor

ment of the shadow dm-ing the solar eclipse of the 11th January, B.C. 689, which was visible at Jerusalem and which
:

being only fourteen days after the winter solstice (28th December), would have had the effect of causing a shadow

from the south, cast on a staircase, sloping downwards towards

the north, and lying nearly parallel with the steps of the
staircase, to recede

to the extent described in the history,

even

''

ten steps," and that ^\ath a deHberate motion not to

be mistaken, extending over twenty minutes. So great an effect could not have been produced on the steps at any
other period of the year
:

nor could the alteration of the

west by means of the " pole," or southern ascent of the gnomon, have produced any more than a trifling motion of inches, such as could hardly have been looked upon either as " a sign," or as " a wonder done in the land." The shadow, therefore, did not proceed from
either east or

shadow exhibited

the pole of the

dial.

The extreme
January,
B.C. 689,

altitude

of

the

sun's

disc

on the 11th

was 35

27' at

noon:

while the altitude

iiSrs.;c

rwiSoftiaA.

'.iNOMOIl

'.

THE DIAL OR STEPS

'jF

AHAZ LEADIHG TO THE UPPER i.'HAMBER

Noonday shadow U^Jaiuiaiy B.C. 689.


Synchronous History of Assyria and Judea.
of the

37

descended, whether the

court

gnomon over which the ray of Hght would have gnomon was an erection in the inner of the palace, or formed by an opening in the wall of

the chamber of the king, would have stood at an angle of 34 41'.

have to observe, and what with all due I wish to maintain, is, that the astronomical observation here recorded by Isaiah fixes the place of central conjunction of sun and moon on that day, within the narrow limits of sun's declination N. 35 27' and 34 41', as viewed from Jerusalem and also fixes the time of central conjunction as somewhere about twenty minutes before, noon. For the phenomenon could not have been exhibited before the sun had risen above the gnomon at about half-past eleven o'clock. Time must be allowed for the exhibition of the rise and turn of the shadow downwards on the steps, and then again for the passing away of the phenomenon before the sun had reached its extreme
I

Now what

deference to astronomers

altitude at noon.

"The

shortest day in B.C. 690 was Dec. 28 (Julian). The meridian altitude of the sun at Jerusalem on that
.... ....

day was Ten days later (or Twenty days later

Thirty days later

earlier)
(ditto)

(ditto)

"The

altitude of the

Sun on the 11th January,

:

at each ten minutes

before and after 12 o'clock

H.


38
Synchronous History of Assyria and Judea.

obligations for
tions far

many

astronomical calculations and

ob."-erva-

inquiries "The eclipse of

beyond

my own

reach, wrote thus in reply to

my

B.C. 689, January 11, Avas annular,

and the annulus Ayas rather broad. The sim's apparent semidiameter was 16' 13'', and the moon's (in the neighbom'hood of Jerusalem) was 15' 3". "The course of the central line of shadow, Avith Greenwich Elements, is defined by the following points
:

Longitude E.

To

fojcf

p{U}t38

Eclipse

of

ThaJes,

^sV'Ma.jB

C-

585.

RAifse of

HezekiaJi, 11 U' .leni

B.C. 689, wh^n the

shadow went down

ien

steps on the steps or dial of

Ah

SytLchronous Ilistori/ of

A fssi/ria and

Jadea.

o9
in

Now

this

computation of the Astronomer Royal, made

to

the year 1854, before the introduction of Hansen' Tables,

be invaluable first, because it entirely accords with the facts deduced from Isaiah's history and, second, because it is based upon Greenwich Elements, that is to say, upon Elements deduced from observations made at Greenwich, and ranging over a period of one hundred years. From the same Elements, Sir George Airy had, in a paper read before the Royal Society in 1853, laid down
appears to
:

me

the paths of two other solar eclipses, that

eclipse of Agathocles in B.C. 310,

is

to say, of the

and of the eclipse of Thales B.C. 585, and both the lines of shadow so laid down appear to me to be also strictly in accordance with history the fundamental argument then being, that Agathocles on his passage from Syi'acuse to Africa, sailed north, not south, of Sicily. This fundamental fact I take to be indisputable as also the definite conclusions as to time and place, or longitude and latitude of central conjunction of sun and moon during the eclipse observed by Hezekiah in B.C. 689, which are in agreement with this fundamental fact.
: :

Nevertheless, in 1854 the idea of coupling the year B.C. 689 with the 14th year of Hezekiah was then pure matter of speculation, apparently opposed to all authority, and not therefore to be taken seriously mto account in scientific discussion of the lunar theory. Unfortunately, also, about the same time Hansen's Lunar and Solar Tables were completed, and adopted in this country, and printed at the expense of oiu' Government. By these supposed improved tables, frequently trimmed to suit exigencies, the course of Agathocles was driven by computation to the south of Sicily, and the
eclipse of

Hezekiah entirely put out of the question.

In 1866 Hansen's final corrections placed the central path of the eclipse of Agathocles (August, B.C. 310) one degree and a half below Cape Passaro, the south-east point of Sicily,
that
is

to say,

of the fleet

some three degrees below the probable position of Agathocles which beheld it.^ And in 1871,

Mr. Hind, reviving the almost discarded eclipse of Hezekiah, computed, in accordance with Hansen's " last value of the
1

Monthly Notices

of R. A.

S.,

Feb. 186fi, p. 186.

40

Synchronous History of Assyria and Judea.

moon's secular equation," that the edipse of B.C. 689 was central and annular at Jerusalem in lat. 31 47' thus placing the shadow between 3 and 3^ below the recorded position according to observation. No one of course can find fault with jMr. Hind for not travelling beyond the most approved I thought it, however, necessary at the tables of the day.
:

time to protest against the deviation fi-om actual observation

resulting fi-om his computation, feeling confident that sooner

or later

it

would be

set aside.^

And

such indeed appears

now

to be the result.

Monsieur Delaunay, who died in 1873, had come to the

conclusion that, as regarded the theory of the moon's secular acceleration, astronomers for a time would have to be

dependent entirely on the records of ancient eclipses, and Sir George Airy has very recently expressed his conviction "that
there
is still

some

serious defect in the lunar theory."^

With

regard to " Professor Hansen's

the progress of the science,"

gives his "reasons for almost omitting

Theory and Tables," he also them from a view of and for considering the intro-

duction of his theory "as in fact a retrograde step."^

Now

this in fact is

merely repeating the conviction of

historians

and chronologists already expressed. It must be obvious to every reasonable inquirer, and I have no hesitation in pronouncing it to be a truth, that no lunar theory of acceleration can be correct which necessarily implies tliat Agathocles took his course to Africa by a southern route from Syracuse and, with submission to so great an authority as a ]\Iathematician and Astronomer as Sir George Airy, I argue that tlie same certainty of error may be deduced from the recorded phenomena connected with the eclipse of
:

January,
I will

B.C. (389.

now close these observations with a few remarks on the voyage of Agathocles to Africa, \x\i\\ the view of showing that his fleet must have taken a route north of Sicily and that the total eclipse of the sun wliich took place on the second day of his voyage must have been seen 3 north of where Hansen puts it.
: '

Appendix to Smith's Assurbiinipal, p. 3 16. Monthly Notices of R. A. S., Nov. 1R73.

Ibid. Jan. 1871.

Synchronous History of Assyria and Judea.

41
that of a

The

history of AgathocleM, prince of Syracuse,

It is

is

great military genius.

generally considered that the

bold idea, afterwards put in execution by Hannibal, of invading Italy with the view of diverting the Roman armies from the overthrow of Carthage, was derived from this original conception of Agathocles of delivering Sicily from
subjugation by the Carthaginians by carrying the war into In that year Agathocles was Africa, in the year B.C. 310. shut up in Syracuse, the Carthaginians having obtained
possession of almost the whole of Sicily with the exception of that city, and Gela to the south, which Agathocles had

taken from them by stratagem.

The Carthaginian

fleet,

which

far

outnumbered any ships which Agathocles could

bring against them, closely blockaded the port of Syracuse and the city was becoming short of provisions. In this

extremity Agathocles announced to his army that he had discovered a way to victory, but communicated his plan to

no one, excepting possibly to

his

two

sons.

Justin observes

that his silence concerning his sclieme Avas as admirable as the conception. Having built sixty vessels in the port, he

kept them constantly manned, and assuming that each vessel on the average contained from 100 to 150 men, his army may be computed at from 6,000 to 9,000 men. His idea was to convey this small army from Syracuse, in safety and without
diminution, to the shores of Africa, notwithstanding the pre-

sence of the superior fleet outside the port, which was capable of destroying his whole force in detail before reaching its
distant destination.

We do not

read that he lost a single

man

while carrying his scheme into execution. He chances so nicely, that according to Diodorus he delayed his expedition till the most favourable time for navigation the

calculated his

month of August
voyage,
it

and from the reading of the story of his may almost be inferred that he had taken into
:

calculation the darkness of the nights, his time of sailing being

on the day of Ihe new moon. On that day, being the 14th August, a fleet of provision ships is seen to appear in the offing, coming to the relief of the city and these ships, we may assume, had come from the friendly port of Gela, from the soutJi, from whence alone
:


42
iS>^iic/i)vnuuti

HLstury of Ai^syria and Jutlea.

Ag-athocles could command supplies. The Carthaginian fleet immediately quitted the port of Syracuse, and with its whole
force

went out

in pursuit of the provision ships, which, if

informed of the Prince's wishes, would of course have retreated towards the south.
iu'ly
Iree,

Meanwhile x\gathocle, being

prepared for the event, finding the entrance of the port issued forth with his fleet and army all provisioned for a

voyage, with great speed. The Carthaginians, who by this time, it is said, had reached the relieving ships, seeing the exit of the Sicilian fleet from the harbour, hesitated and

drew themselves up

for battle.

But when they perceived

that the fleet of Agathocles took a direct and steady course

away, no doubt along the eastern shore of Sicily towards The convoy of provisions the north, they turned in pursuit.
the Carthaginians could

then entered safely into the port of Syracuse, and before come up with the Sicilian fleet,
darkness came on, suddenly

for

there

was no

twilight

assume that the darkness did not prevent Agathocles from pursuing his bold and pre-determined course. Guided by the stars he struck off fi'om Sicily out into open sea in the direcThe course which he was taking is not tion towards Italy. indeed mentioned by Diodorus. But the words of the concise and accurate Justin bring the whole scene before our eyes. For Justin writes that Agathocles, " accompanied by his two adult sons, Archagathos and Heraclidas, directed his course towards Africa, no one in the army being acquainted with the point of destination. AVhen (cum), that is. wliile proceeding on their course, they all thought that they were either on a marauduig expedition to Italy, or that they were bound
pursuit.
for Sardinia," that is to say,

and saved them from

We may reasonably

they

first

thought that their

was Italy, because they rowed towards Italy, they then rowed towards Sardinia, which description can only imply a northern course. " Having landed, however,
destination
safely in Africa, Agathocles then for the first time explained to his
'

army

his design of attacking Carthage."^

vi. 5.

This bold

Justin, xxii.,

" Septimo igitur imperii anno, comitibus duobus adultis

Archagatbo, et Heraclid^, nullo militum sciente quo Teheretur, cursum. in Africam dirigit. Cum, omncs aut in Italiam pra?datum se aut in Sardinam ituros
filiis,

r
Eclipse of Agathocles
.

Aiigt B.C. 310.

^e of A^aliodes -om Syiiuouse ie AB-ica. wiih an

army of 9000 men.

Synchronous History of Assyria and Judea.

43

and ingenious scheme

territory
is

for carrjong the

war

into the enemies'

strikingly similar to

the

deep-laid scheme of

Napoleon

I. for the mvasion of England with 40,000, in boats prepared in the port of Boulogne in the face of a superior force. The one, however, was entirely successful, the other

failed by the breaking of a single link. The Enghsh fleet had been inveigled to the West Indies, according to scheme, but the French fleet failed to take the opportmiity of

occupying the Channel. Diodorus now takes up the history and says, that "on the following day, August 15th, there was an eclipse ot the sun, the stars appeared in every direction, and everything had the appearance of night'^ (lib. xx, p. 735). The

word
fleet

" night " is the indubitable sign of a total eclipse.

The

must have been in the centre of the shadow, at between eight and nine o'clock in the morning and considering the exertions which had no doubt been made on the first setting ofi' of the expedition, the fleet could hardly have proceeded
:

less

than seventy miles, or one degree north. They then then- jom-ney unpursued for "six days and as many nights," when at the dawn of the seventh day they came suddenly in sight of a Carthaginian fleet, as they were approaching the place on the coast called "the stone quarries," XaTOfjuias, a well-known spot, as pointed out by Sir G. Any, on the west of Cape Bon.^ The fleet of the Carthaginians being inferior to that of Agathocles, the army

contmued

was
it

safely landed,

may

be observed
his

and the ships destroyed. And here again how Agathocles had so planned his

voyage that
be

approach towards the African coast should

dumig

the darkness of night.

Now

southern route,

the distance from Syracuse to the quarries, by the is 200 nautical miles and by the northern
:

route about 330 miles, so that the rate in one case would have been about thirty-three miles per twenty-four hours

by the other fifty-five miles. The northern course on this ground therefore also is to be preferred. But the absence
crederent, turn

primum, exposito in omnibus aperit."

1

Africae

littore

exercitu,

consilium suimi

Philosophical Transactions, 1853,

p. ISS.


41:

Si/nchivnoui^ HiKtorij of Assyria cnid Jtu/ea.

of any hostile fleet in pursuit dnring five days of the journey seems to me quite decisive on the point. The central path, therefore, of the shadow of the eclipse, August, B.C. 310, must have crossed the Straits of Messina in lat. about 38 N., not And as the in lat. 35 N., where Hansen's Tablets put it. echpse of B.C. 310, and that of 689, in the days of Hezekiah, were both at the ascending node, the shadow of the latter would have been affected in the same direction, and to rather a greater extent northward of the position computed by Mr. Hind from Hansen's Tables, owing to the greater
obliquity of the
AAanter
ray.

The exact

position of the

shadow on the earth during the

B.C.

eclipse of the 11th January,

689, cannot be laid

down except by
ISir

the finished cal-

G. Airy and Mr. Hind. Of this, hoAvever, we may be certain, that the motion of the sun in declination was nearly stationary on that day, for forty minutes about noon at Jerusalem, about the altitude of 35 27', which agrees exactly with the recorded observation
culations of such astronomers as

And as regards the moon, on that day. disencumbered of Hansen's being now Theory the Lunar fall back into the position to rejected term, would seem deduced from Greenwich observations in 1854, which also was in agreement as far as I can judge with the Jerusalem
at Jerusalem
observation.

Thus, then,
1st.

have endeavoured to show

is

no reason as yet to be derived Astronomer Royal for doubting eclipses of B.C. 763, 689, and 585, solar three that the said, that the common have combine to prove, as I reckoning of the reigns of the kings of Judah should be

That there

from the words of the

lowered to the extent of twenty-five years

contrary.

but rather the

of Ahaz with does not therefore and Yahukazi is certainly and that it is certain interfere with this new reckoning also that Ahaz was not on the throne till after B.C. 732.

2nd.

That the supposed

identification

incorrect,

That from the thirty-eighth year of Azariah, B.C. from the eighth year of Tiglath-Pileser, B.C. 738, and 738,
3rd.

SifitcIiro7iOi(!i

TTistory of Afmyria

and Jndpo.

45

to the second year of Hezekiah, B.C. 701,

and

to the third

campaign of Sennacherib,
4th.

B.C.

701,

Assyrian and

Hebrew

records are agreed throughout.

That the sixth or seventh year of the reign of when Samaria was taken by Shalmanezer, thus reduced to the year B.C. G96, falls as it ought within the reign of Sennacherib, in agreement with the prophet Hosea, Demetrius, and the Era Ligaluthenu, or era of
Hezekiah,

Samaritan
5th.

exile.

That the

14th year
B.C.

of the

reign

of Hezekiah,

thus reduced to

689, coincides with the

date of the

second campaign of Sennacherib in Palestine, as announced by Mr. Smith in vol. ii, p. 327; and also with the sabbatical year B.C. 689, reckoned upwards from three recorded
sabbatical years.

Lastly.

That

Biblical

Chronology thus arranged leads

recovery
of

with

precision

to

the

the

Cycle of

the

which necessarily commenced "^vith the donation of the Holy Land to the seed of Abraham, which thus appears to have begun in B.C. 1962, and from thence with the same precision leads up to the date of the Flood of Noah, showing agreement between the records of Moses and of Berosus as regards the Flood.
Jubilee,

The true principles of the reckoning of time from the beginning will not be perfect till astronomers shall have settled the yet open question of the theory of the motions
of the Moon, or exact Cycle of Conjunctions of

Sun and

from the remotest times which great desideratum it is hoped may be ere long accomplished by the hand of Sir George Airy. Nor yet again till this astronomical Cycle shall have been brought into unison with the astronomical Cycle of the Era of Belus, and also with the sacred Cycle of the Jubilees, and the Sothiac Cycle in Egypt. Meanwhile I trust that the foregoingobservations, touching upon the whole period from Creation to the end, will at least have placed beyond dispute that the deplorable system of dogmatic chronology hitherto
in the Ecliptic
:

Moon

46

Synchronous History of Assyria cduI Jadea.

tauglit throughout
fall

Europe

in connection vnih. the rise

and

of the dynasty of David, which indeed consists of

little

than one series of contradictions between Sacred and Profane history, must be set aside, as I have long contended,
less

as leading to untruthful

and unsatisfying interpretations of

Holy

Scriptures.'

'

See Ewald's distressing observations on Daniel and Esther, History of

Israel,

Book

V., 1874; and especially his observations .concerning the duration

of the Exile, which he could not have conceived had he been aware of the error
of 25 years in the

common

reckoning.

Pusey's unsatisfactory interpretations

Birks' confused Exposition

of Daniel and the Minor Prophets, 1866 and 1868.

of the Clironology of Isaiah, 1871.

Synrhronoiis History of Assyria and Judea.

47

APPENDIX.
Additional Notes to page
34.

Note

A.

In illustration of the early use of Gnomons for meosnring

Meridian

A Ititudes.
p.

CoNNAissANCE DEs Tems, 1809,

393.

"Dfs

Oinhres Meridiennes du

Gnomon

ohserve'es

la Chine,

"De
Roleil

tout tems les Chinois ont observes les ombres du

a

a midi et

d'autres

tems,

mais

la

plus ancienne

observation qui reste, est celle de Tcheou-koung, frere de

Vou-vang, daus la ville de Loyang. " Premiere observation. Selon la tradition, un gnomon de 8 pies donnait a midi I'ombre d'un pie 5 pouces au solstice d'ete. Cette ombre est dans I'ancien livre Tcliiouli et ailleurs, et les auteurs des Hans supposent cette observation incon-

testable.
"

Loyang
15".

est la ville de

Honanfou dans

la

Honan

selon

I'observation
341
4(3'

du

P. Regis cette ville

est a la liauteur de

"Un

pie 5 pouces d'ombre

34**

donne un latitude de
I'ecliptique

22',

pour un gnomon de 8 pies, en supposant la declinaison de

c'est lui qui fit batir

de

23''

29'.

Tcheou-koung gouvernait I'empire

;

pour son neveu,

le palais

I'an

1100 avant J.C, et

une seconde cour de I'empire de Tclieou: si on admettait une declinaison de 23^ 55' au tems de I'observation, on aurait une latitude de 34'' 48' 51", ce qui est remarquable. C'est encore une tradition qu'au solstice d'hiver Tcheou-koung observa avec la meme gnomon une ombre de 13 pies (cette tradition n'est pas si sure que la premiere), cette ombre donnerait une vraie
imperial a
c'etait

Loyang

Hauteur de centre Contour d'ete

. .

31*1

18'

42"
11

79
Difference

47i 45' 29"

moitie

23^

52' 44" 30'" serait I'obliquite de I'ecliptique ce

qui est digne de remarque."

48
Si

SynclironQiis History of Assyria

and Jwjea.

on

calculait seule I'ombre dii solstice d'liiver en sup-

posant

la cleclinaison

de

23'^

29',

on trouverait une latitude

bien plus grande que par la hauteur solsticeal d'ete.

Loyang, Lat. 36
46' 15"

Winter.

Note

B.

In illustration of the action of a Ray of Light or Shadoiv cast by a Gnomon into an enclosed Chamber for measuring Meridian
Altitudes.

Du Halde's

China.

Folio, 1741.
tJie

Vol. 2, p. 131.
ancient Instruments
cit

Account of their Astrnnomi/, description of

the Ohservatory^ Pekin.

The Gnomon.
" They had contrived " (continued P. le Comte) " a gnomon in a low room close to it " (a court before mentioned, of no particular use). " The slit which the ray of the sun came through was about 8 feet above the floor, is horizontal,

and formed by two pieces of copper borne up in the air; which, by turning, may be set nearer to or farther from each
other, to enlarge or contract the aperture."
"

whic'h

Lower is a table, with a brass plate was drawn a meridian line 15 feet
are small channels round
it
;

in the middle,

long, divided

on by

transverse lines, which are neither finished, nor very exact.

"There
trivance

tlie

table, for

holding

water, so as to level

and

among them,

or

was the most tolerable conthat could be of any use to a skilful

this

observer."

Synchi'07\ous History of Assyria

and Judea.

49

Page
"

135.

There was in the observatory a square column of brass same metal 18 feet long, two broad, and an inch thick. This table, from the base of the column was divided into 17 feet each foot and each inch into into 10 parts, which they call inches Quite round along the edges minutes. called 10 lesser parts, brass, about half an inch was a small channel made in the broad, and of the same depth, wliich they filled with water,
8 feet 3 inches high, erected on a table of the
;

in

order to bring the table to a parallel position.

This
at

machme
but the

formerly served to determine the meridian shadows,

pillar

was then much bended, and did not stand

right angles "with the table."

Pekin, Lat, 39 59

Anaximander, according to Laertius, was the fh-st Greek the use of gnomons, and placed them on the Sciothera of Lacedsemon, for the purpose of indicating the tropics and equinoxes. In Italy a simple form of Heliotropion may yet be seen in several churches. In Milan Cathedral a meridian line is marked on the pavement upon which an image of the sun is cast through an aperture m the southern wall like the slit in the wall of the Observatory at Pekin. and on which it travels backwards and forwards at noon-day from solstice to

who adopted

solstice.^
^

See also reference to a passage in the Odyssey, in " Messiah the Prines,"
edit., p.

2nd

179, concerning the turnings of the sim as exhibited in the island of

Syra.

Vol. III.

50

Synchronous History of Assyria and Jiidea,

Chronolosrv of the Kinjis of

Eemarks, &c.
Judali.
Israel.

788

12.

Jeroboam

The 27tli year of Amaziah is fixed and equated with the Cyclical
year B.C. 788-7. Because this Cyehcal year is 50 years before B.C. 738-7, or 8th year of TiglathPileser, which 8th year is equated \vith the 9th year of Menahem, See p. 4. B.C. 738-7.

27.

Amaziah

13.

787
28.
14.

SabbaticaP year begins in Tishri.

786
29.

Year of
p. 18.

5th Jubilee of Jubilee.the 3rd Cycle of 490 years. See

15.

785
" All

the people of Judah

took

1.

Azariah orUzziah

Azariah who was sixteen years old, and made him king instead of his father Amaziah." 2 Kings
xiv, 21.

16.

784
Azariah, or Uzziah, brake down the wall of Gath, and the wall of Jabneh, and the wall of Ashdod,

and built cities about Ashdod, and among the Philistines.

783

17.

And

him against the and against the Arabians that dwelt in GurGrod helped
Philistines
baal.

2 Chron. xxvi,

6, 7.

18.

See Leviticus, xxv, 2, 4. In the year of Jubilee it is said that " ye shall Ibid, xxv, 8, 9, 10, 11. return everif man into his possession." Every man here of course means only every man dispossessed of his land. The fallow of the Jubilees did not affect the whole So that the year of Jubilee nation, but only eveiy man who returned to his land. was a year of fallow for the few, but of cultivation for the many.
1

Synchronous History of Assyria and Judea.

51

Chi'ouology of the Kiugs of

Assyria.

Eponymous
Archons.

Remarks, &c.

23.

Iva-lush
Bin-lihliis

31.

..
.

O.
S.

Sil-Istar
Rubu-Assuritu

O.
S.

Karru/ or

Vul-nirari

Cycle, being the last year of the 25th Cycle of the Era of Belus. The original word is

yn?
Kar
24.

Balatu

Beginning of the sixth Soss, of the

third Neros, of the Cycle of Belus.

A new
Vul-upallif.

temple erected to the god Nabo, and the beginning of the

Cycle.

26.

Marduk-sar-usur.

27.

Nabu-sar-usur.

28.

mip-nazii*.

' In the year " B.C. 788, the word cycle (Karru) is noted in the Canon." " Karru," in the year B.C. 788, translated Jubilee by Dr. Oppert, marks the last year of a Cycle. Dr. Haigh, Zeitschrift-^gypt. S^jrache, July, 1870. Eawliuson, Athenaeum, Sept. 7,

1867.
*

Cuneif. Insc, toI.

ii,

p. 52,

1.

30.

52

Synchronons History of Assyria and Judea.

Chronology of the Kings of

Remarks, &c.
Jiidali.

Israel.

782
Uzziali built towers in Jerusalem at the corner gate, and at the
Talley gate.
v. 9.

18 Jeroboam
4 Azariah orUzziah

19
781
Uzziali

men

of valour and under their hand an 2,600 army 307,500.

:

mighty

had an host

of

fighting

men

20

rso

And his name

spread abroad

for he was marvellously helped v. 15. till he was strong,

Sabbatical year,
"70

1.

21

23

24
77 <;

This 10th year of Azariah was just 87 years before the 14th year of Hczekiah, 689, when Sennacherib threatened Jerusalem and attacked Sethos^ in Egypt, who reigned tiU 685.

10

' Sethos, the priest of Vulcan, was king of Egypt when Sennacherib king of the Arabians and Assyrians attacked Egypt witli a great army. The whole inilitnry force of Sethos forsook liim on this occasion. From wliiclifact it may be inferred (hat his power was at an end, and that H.c. 689 was towards the close of his reign.

Herod,

ii,

141.

Synchronous History of Assyria and Judea.

53

Clironology of the Kings of

Assyi'ia.

Eponymous
Archons.

Eemarks, &c.

29 Iva-lash

Il-va-liha.

1 Sallirn

manu

Sallimmanu-usur
tlie

uzur III.

king.

Samsi-il the Tartan

Marudiit
ani the
turi.

sallim

Eabbi-

Bilsidi

Prefect of the palace.

Nabu

abaci

ukin

the Tiikuhi.

Inu- assur-emur

B.C.

776,

First year of

the

first

Olympiad.

Petubastes

(" t0' ov

'OXvfiTrtag ijx^r] irpuTyf ) begins to reign in Egypt about this time,' i.e. in 774, the third year of the first Olympiad.

Petubastes Osorclio

40 10

B.C.

Psammus

Zet or Sethos 31

774 734 726 715

to

Afri

685

89 years.

54

Si/nchronoHS History of Assyria

and Judea.

Synchronous History of Assyria and Judea.

55

Chronology of the Kings of

Remarks, &c.
Assyria.

Eponymous
Archons.
Ilu-alik-paui-ikmis

7.

Sallim

manu

38th year of Sheshonk

IV in Egypt.

uzur
13

Assuritu-duri.

14

Petubastes begins to reign in Egypt

in B.C. 774.
i>

))

Manu-ki-Tul

Expedition to Damascus.

15

10

Assur-bil-uznr.

16

Assur-dayan III.

Assur

dayan the

king.

17

Samsi-il the Tartan

18

Bil-ilai.

19

'

56

Si/nchronons History of Assyiia

and Judea.

Chronology of the Eings of

Remarks, &c.
Judah.
Israel.

768
18 Azariah or Uzziah

Jeroboam

33
767
19

34
766

20

Sabbatical year,

3.

35

765

^\jnos prophecies " in the days of Uzziah king of Jiidah, and in

two years the days of Jeroboam. before the earthquake." Amos i, 1. Not long before the death of
.

21

Jeroboam.

36

764

"

Jeroboam shall die by the sword, and Israel shall surely be led away captive." Amos rii, 11.
See B.C. 760.

22

37
r63

cause the sun to go down at noon, and will darken the earth in the clear day." Amos viii, 9. Shall not the land tremble for this ? ... It shall be tossed up wholly as a flood, and cast down and subside like the flood of
I will

23

38

Egj'pt.
'

viii, 8.

Earthquake
Uzziah.
"

in

the

days
xiv, 5.

of

Zechariah

21 39

ARGUMENT
Amos
hei-e

:
(

speaks of a total eclipse of tlie Sun accompanied by a great earthqnal before the death of Jeroboam. The only total eclipse of the Sun in this part the world, within fifty years, touching both Samaria and Gozan, is that of tl 15th June, B.C. 763, and that was accompanied by earthquakes.

Synchronous History of Assyria and Judea.

57

Chronology of the Kings of

Remarks, &c.

Eponymous
Archons.

4 Assurdayan III.

Paliya.

Grardi-assnr.

Musallim-ninip.

Ninip

- mukin nisi Archon of Kirmr.

-

Zit-qi-il.

Bur-sagale Archon
of Gozan-

Total eclipse of the Sun, 15th June,

central

shadow through Gozan.

An earthquake-

in the city of Assur.

10

Tabu-bil

An

earthquake in the city of Assur.

See Vol. II, Part

1,

p. 152,

concerning this total eclipse of the Sun in the

^T to tremble, with the

month

n.
-

Zik-hu or Sik-hu.

Compare

if

"^

moveable.

Q-esenius.

58

Si/nchronOHS History of

Assyna and Judea.

Synchronous History of Assyria and Judea.

59

(iO

Si/nchronoufi History of Assyria

and Jadea.

Si/)icJiro)toi!S

Hi-^torv of Aft.iyna

and

Jiidea.

r>i

Chronology of the Kings of

Kemarks, &c.
Assyria.

Epo;iymous
Archons.
Ninip-sezib-ani.

18 Assurdayan III

The

capital

removed from the

city

of El Assur. Pul becomes king of Assur, and Assur-nirari king of Nineveh (?).

1 Assur-lihliis

O.
S.

Assiir

nirari the

Assur-nirai'i

king.

Samsi-il the Tartan.

Maraduk

sallim

anni Prefect the Palace.

of

Bildayan the Rabbituru.

Samas-ittalik the Tukiihi.

sum

Yul

bil

ukin the

Prefect.

02

Spichronov-i

Hhtory of

Asi^yria

and Jwha.

Chronology of

tlie

Kings of

Remarks, &c.
Judah.
Israel.

741

" Shallum the son of Jabesli began to reign in the nine and tliirtietb year of Uzziah, and he reigned

39 Azariahor Uzziah

Zechariah

full

month."
thii'tieth

"In the nine and

year

of Azariah king of Judah began Menahem to reign over Israel ten years." 2 Kings xv, 13, 17.
7-16

Shallum.

Menahem.
Pul the king of Assyria came against the land, and Menahem
gave
Pill

40

1,000 talents of silver

that his

to confirm the

hand might be with him kingdom in liis

2 Kings xv, 19.

hand."

745
41

Sabbatical year, 6.

744
42

743
43

742 44

741 45

Synchronovs History of Assyna and Judea

63

Olironology of the Kino;s of

Remarks, &c.
Assjria.

Eponymous
Arclions.

Babylon.

7 Assur-uirari

Sin-sallim-anui.

Nabonassar.

Nergal-uazir

Earthquake in
Calah.

the city of

Tukulti-pal-zara
1 Tiglath-PUeser

Nabu-bil-iizur.

Tiglath

- Pileser sits on the throne on the 13th day,

2nd month,

B.C. 745.

Campaign
Bil
- dayan Archon of Calah.

in

Babylonia in

7th month.

Tukulti-palzara the king.

N'abudanm-auni
the Tartan.

)i

Bil-karran uzur.

bil-

()4

Synchronous History of Assyria and Judea.

Cliroiiologj of the

Kings of

Remarks, &c.
Judali.
Israel.

7J0

46 Azariah orUzziali

Menahem

739

738

48

Sabbatical year,

7.

Menahem
737

pays tribute to Pileseri in B.C. 738-7.

Tiglatli-

49

Year of Jubilee. of 490 years,

736
lu

6tli of

3rd Cycle 50

10

p. 18.

the 50th year of Azariah Pekaliiah began to reign two 2 Kings xv, 23. years.

Pekahiah.

735

51

2
1 Pekah.

734
In the 52nd year of Azariah Pekah began to reign 20 years, xv, 27. In the 2nd year of Pekah Joth.im son of Uzziah king of Judah began to reign, xv, 32.

1 Jotliam.

'

ARaUMENT

Menahem

2 : gave Pid 1,000 talents of silver in his first year. Tiglath-Pileser succeeded Pul in the year B.C. 745. Menahem pays tribute to Tiglath-Pileser in his eighth year, in B.C. 738-7. B.C. 738-7 ^^as thei'efore concurrent with the ninth year of Menahem.

Synchronous History of Assyria and Jiidea.

^h

Chronology of

tlie

Kings of
Remarks, &c.

Assyria.

Eponymous
Archons.
Nabu-etur-aiini the Rabbi-tuni

Babylon.

r,

Tiglath-Pileser

8 Nabonassar

Sintaggil

the

Tukulu.

Vul-bil-nkin

10

Bil-emin'-anni

11

Tribute taken of Minikim, or Menahem, of Samarina, Rezin king of Syria, Hiram king of Tyre, Pisiris king of Carcliemish, Eniel king of Hamath, Zabibiqueenof the Arabians.'

Ninip-ilai

12

10

Assur
anni.

sallim

13

11

Bil-dayan 12

14

E.^pedition to Palestine (Pilisti).

Osorkon begins to reign in Egypt in B.C. 734, for 8

years.,

'

See

Annals of Tiglath-Pileser by George Smitli.

Zeitschrift

J5gypt.

Sprache,

66

Sunchronous

Hif^tori/

of

Asi^xiria and. Jiidea.

'

Synchronous

Ilistori/

of Assyria and Jiidea.

67

Chi'onology of the Kings of

Assyria.

Eponymous
Archons

Ethiopia

Sidon

Eabylon.

and
Egypt.

and
Tyre.

13 Tiglath. Assur-danin anni Pileser

Nabius 2 Osorcho 4 Ihileus

ci5

Nahu-beluzur
14

Nergal-u baUid
15

Kinzirus and Po' rus

Bel-hi dari

16

Nap-har-ih

1r
Dur-assur
18
kk

419 Tiglath- Bel-BTarran pUeser beliizTir

Soss 7.

kk

1- W
1^

Neros

3.

Shalmanezer
1

Cun.
that

Ins., vol.
is,

The war between Kinziru, or Chinzurus and Tiglath-Pileser is contained in and Yahukazi, named in line 61, then paid tribitte, ii, p. 67, lines 23, 25
;

See Transactions, vol. i, p. 85. about the year B.C. 732, or 731. Merodac Baladan,sonof Yakin, paid tribute in B.C. 731, and was probably the father of "Merodac Baladan eon of Baladan" in the days of Hezckiah, B.C. 688.

68

Sifnchronous History of As.<ip'{a

and

Jiulea.

Chronology of the Kings ot

Eeinarks, &c.

Ascalou

and
Tabal.

Damascus and
Carchemish.

Judah.

Israel.

726

9 Jotham and

Pekah

Uzziah

cj

-a

10

725

10

pel

11

724

" In the year that king Uzziah died .... G-o and tell this people,

11

Hear ye indeed but

understand not .... Until the cities be -wasted without in.

12

723

habitant

and

the

house

-without

man
utter-

and the land be

ly desolate."
vi, 1,

Isaiali

11.

13

722
13

14
721

14
AAA

^
15

720
15

16
P5

^ And this is -what is written in the Archives concerning Shalmanezer king of One whose name was Elulcus reigned 36 years this king on the revolt oi Assyria. the Citteans reduced them to submission. Against tliese did the king of Assyria send an army, and in a hostile manner overran all Phenicia, but soon made peace and returned. But Sidon, and Aea, and Palsetyrus revolted, and many other citice delivered themselves up to the king of Assyria when the Tyrians would not submit,
:

Synchronous lliatory of Asspia and Judea.

B9

Chronology of the Kings of

Sidou
Babylon.

Eponymous
Ardions.

and
Tyre.

Arabia.

Hamath.

Gazu.

20 Tiglath
Pileser and Shalinanezer'

Maruduk
bel-uzm*

1 Ilulueus

11 Eluleus

O
aD3

12

Assur-Kalli

13

23

Sallimmanuzur the king

1-4

\
2i
Ninip - ilai Sargon receives a throne
15

kk

kk

^1
ik
1

T
k

kkk

Nabu-taris

Mardoc- 16

U^
- (M

empadus

S R
OS
CO

O
Assur-izka

danin

w
furnished him with 60 ships, and 800 men to row them. Then the fyrians came upon them in 12 ships and took 500 men prisoners. And the reputation of the citizens of Tyre was increased. But the king of Assyria returned, ind placed guards at tlie rivers and aqueducts to hinder the Tyrians from drawing
;he Plioenicians

water.

clrauk of the waters

This continued for five years. Nevertheless the Tyri:uis bore the siege, and out of the wells they dug. Joseijhus, Ant. is, xiv, 2.

70

Synclironons

Jrlifitory

of Assijria mid Jndea.

Chronology of the Kings of

Remarks,

tc.

Tabal

and
Ascalon.

719

ij

j3

718

'And it came to pass in iTie dai/s

" The head of of Ahaz" is Damascus, and the head of Damascus is Rezin nit h in 6 5 y ears shall E i^hraim be broken, that it be not a

Syria

people." Isaiah vii, 1, 8. "For before the child shall have knowledge to cry, mj father

and my mother, tlie riches of Damascus and the spoil of Samaria shall be taken away
before the king of Assyria."
viii, 4.

716

Sabbatical year,
''

3.

For he

saith (i.e. the king of Assyria) are not my princes altogether kings?" x, 8.

715

'Is

not Calno as Carchemish Hamath as Ai-pad Is not Samaria as Damascus ? Shall I not, as I have done unto Samaria and her idols, so do to Jerusalem and her idols." x, 9, 10, 11.
Is not
:'
>

714

'And king Ahaz went to Damascus to meet TiglathPileser king of 2 Kings xvi, 10.

Assyria."

713

Synchronous History of

A ssyria

and Judea.

71

Clu'onology of the Kings of

Assyria.

Eponymous
Arclions.

Babylon.

Egypt.

Ai-abia.

Hamath.

Gaza.

27 Tiglath
Pileser,

Sargina the king

3 Mardoc-

empadus
P o
tiD
J

Shalmauezer,

and
3

Sai-ffon

rH

CO

28

Zii'u-baui

03

.rt

29

Tabu assiu'

sar-

the

great Tu-

kulu

M
O

go CO

Tabu-zilhzara prefect of

Assur

31

Taggil-ana
bil ]5refect

fl

u
lA

of Nazibira

-s

O
32
Assurituduri prefect of

it'
:3

Arba^a
^
I

^ M

[H

33

Assur-bani
prefect of

Xalki

tf

Oj

CT'OQ

n'etait pas legitime maitre du trone laoubid d'Hamatli auparavant II eicita centre moi et empie, il avait convoite la royaute d'Hamatli. " pad, de Simyra, de Damas, et de Samarie
'

homme

Me

les villes

72

St/nchronoHS History of Assyria and Jiulea.

Chronology of the Kings of

Remarks, &c.

Ashdod and
Ascalon.

Judah

Israel.

712
7 Ahaz

711

In

year that the Tartan came Ashdod, on the sending of Sargon king of Assyria with him, and he fought against Ashdod and
tlie

to

c3

took

it."

Isaiah xx,

i.

710

Vj -w

OS-" S o C SM ^^
fi

CO

7O0

o o
Sabbatital year, 4

r^

10

S "^ H
'3
<B

^J O CO _y
^-5
;-'

fl

an

i^
4>

2
"^

708
11

-s.i|

707
12

706

" In the twelfth year of Ahaz, king of Jndah began Hoshca the son of Elah to reign in Samaria nine years." Hoshea the Assyrian governor of Samaria, supported by Sabaco or
So,
is

Iloshea

13

set

up

as king.

Sipichronous History of Assyria and Judea.

73

Chronology of the Kings of

Remarks, &c.

Eponymous
Assyria.

Archous.
Sarru-emnranni

Babylon.

Egypt.

16

ezer

Shabnanand Sargon

10 Mardoc- 4 Bocchoris

empadus
1

17

Ninip-alik-pani 11

18

Saiuas-bil-usur

12

19

Mannu-ki-assur
liha

1 Ai'che-

anns or
Sargon.

Sabaco the Ethiopian having captm-ed Bocchoris burns him alive.

Manetho.
Sabaco So 20
Samas-upaxxii*
prefect
1

or

of

Yeh-uri

21

Sa-assur-gubbu
prefect

of

Tusxan

Miitaggil-assur of jjrefect

10

Gozav

Si/ Itch 10 no us

llutory of Assyria audJadea.

Chronology of the Kings of

Remai'ks, &c.

Ashdod and
Askalon.

Judah.

r05

704

703

'

In the year that ting Aliaz died was this burden. Rejoice not tliou, whole Palestina, because the rod of them that smote thee is broken (that is because Sargon the rod of Assyria is dead) for out of the ser.
. .

702

" pent's root shall come forth a cockatrice (that is Sennacherib the son of Sargon). Sabbatical year, 5. ' In the first year of his (Hezekiah's) reign, in the first month he opened the doors of the house of the Lord and repaired them.'' 2 Chron. xxix, 3. "And there assembled at Jerusalem mucli people to keep the feast of unleavened bread in the second month." xxx, 13. " In the third month they began to lay the foundation of the heaps" till tlie seventh

701

month, xxxi, 7. " After these things, and the establishment thereof, Sennacherib king of Assyria came, and entered into Judah,' and encamped against the fenced cities." xxxii, 1. Hezekiah now stopped all the fountains.
"

Why

should
find

the kings of Assyria

come and
700
'

much water?"

v.

t.

And the king of Assyria found confor he had sent messpiracy in Hoshea sengers to So king of Egypt." 2 Kings
:

XTii, 4.

699
'

And it came to pass in the fourth year of king Hezekiah, which was the seventh year of Hoshea son of Elah king of
Israel."

K^pichf'OJioKK Jlistori/

of Assyria and Jndca.

Chronology of the Kings of

Assyi'ia.

Ejionymous
Archons.
Pa%irrabil

Remarks, &c.
Babylon.

Egypt.

23 Shahnan
ezer

5 Arclie-

and

anus

4 Sabaco or So

Sennacherib

24

Nabu-dani
ipus

1 Inter-

12

"

regnum

Ganrubai
prefect of

In the beginning of my {i.e. Sennacherib) reign I defeated Merodac Baladan king of Babylonia" 89 large cities and royal dwellings, and 820 small towns in the neighbourhood I assaulted, captured, and cari'ied
off their spoils."

Bellino's Cy-

Quazi

linder.

26

Xabu-lilia prefect of

1 Belibus

14

The
der,

inscription

written

on Bellino's Cylinin the year when

Arbela

Nabuliha was Archon, speaks of

Belibus
B.C.

being
:

made

king,

in

703

and of

his second ex-

pedition in 702 against Chaldea the Kassi, or people of Susiana. Nothing is said concerning Palestine or Hezekiah.'

and

27

Xananu

15

Sennacherib's third campaign against Hezekiah, in the year K.c. 701, is described on Taylor's Luliah, or Elulseus Cylinder.^ is pvit to flight. 46 of Hezekiah' s strong cities are taken and he pays 30 talents of gold

28

Mitunu
prefect of

16

Isana

and 800 of silver. In Sennacherib's fourth campaign Merodac Baladan fled to Beth-Yakina, and to the sea
" On (Persian coast Gulf). my return," says Sennacherib, " Assur-nadin-mu, (Apro-nadius)

29

Bel-saranni prefect of

1 Apro-

10

>,

17

uadius

my

eldest son, I seated

Kurban

of his Taylor's Cylinder.

throne

on the kingdom."

This inscription is translated by Mr. Fox Talbot in vol. i, p. 25, of Records of the Past. - The inscription relating to the third campaign is translated by Mr. Fox Talbot, vol. i, p. 35, of Records of the Past.
1

76

Si/iic/u-O/ioun

Hktovy of A,ssi/na and Judea.

Remarks, &e.

" Shalniaiiezer king of Assyria came lip against Samaria and besieged it. And at the end of three years theii (that is the kings Shalmanezer and Sennacherib) took it " 2 Kings

xviii, 9.

" even iu the sixth year of Hezekiah,

that is the uinth year of Hoshea king of Israel, Samaria was taken."'
V.

10.

"

And the king of

Assyria did carry

away them

Israel into Assyria, and put in Halah and in Habor by the

river of Gozan,

and in the
11.

cities

of

the Medes."

v.

Sabbatical year, 6.

ST

?^

..^

-i^

m^
?
ai

< CO
.

6D

o :s".^"P
-
IE

"S

bd ^ C IH

^
=

-P 05 i

OS

&c
.5

90

_^-5^.5

,,"

::i

5^

p^S

<!.=

Synchronous History of Assyria and Judea.

11

"

7.S

Synchronom

Ilistorrj

of Assyria and Judea.

Chronology
B.C.

Eemarks, &c.

of the

Kings of Judah.

691

12 Hezekiah

690

"

689

In those days Hezekiah was sick unto death." " Then came the word of the Lord to Isaiah, saying, Go and I will add say to Hezekiah, thus saith the Lord and tliis shall be a unto thy days fifteen years Behold I will bring again the shadow of sign the steps, which has gone down on the steps of Aliaz, ten steps backward. So the sun returned ten steps by which steps it was gone down." Isaiali xxxviii, 8.* " Now in the 14th year of king Hezekiah did Sennacherib king of Assyria come up against all the fenced cities of
Judah."
Sabbatical year, 7.

13

14

"

Thus
save

saith the
it

688

for

"And

tliis

I will defend this city* to 2 Kings xix, 34. shall be a sign unto thee, ye shall eat this

Lord

my own

sake."

15

year such things as grow of themselves.

Year
687
"

of Jubilee, 7-

16

And

in

the second year that which springeth of the

same."
"

The princes of Babylon sent unto Hezekiah of the wonder that was done in the land." *

to inquire

686

17

685

18

ARGUMENT

:
is

Tlie 14t)i year of Hezekiah

fixed

bv the solar eclipse of

'

B.C.

ARGUMENT 9

689, Januar\- 11.

The Sabbatical year and Jubilee came

togetlier once only in fifty years.

in succession, in B.C.

words of the prophet imply two fallow years

And the 688-687.

Synchronous History of

A ssyna

and Jndea.

79


80
Synclironous Historii of Assyria and Judea.

In conclusion

The result of our reasoning

B.C. 688, or

is

That the autumn of the year

Hezekiah,
is

15th year of
as

fixed

with

astronomical

certainty

the

commencement

of a central year of Jubilee, from which all

other years of Jubilee

may be computed.
fi-om that

That counting upwards

exactness at the year
B.C.

date

we

arrive with

1962, as the

commencement of

the

first cycle of 490 years, or ten periods of Jubilee, or 70 weeks of years, being the year of donation of the land of Canaan to Abraham and his seed, as a perpetual possession.

That the tenm^e of that land was the pecuhar subject of the institution and the provisions of this sacred cycle, which, as J. G. Frank has truly observed, was an Astronomical
Cycle, forming the foundation of
all clu-onology.'

That countmg again upwards from B.C. 1962, the time of the Flood of Noah becomes fixed, as we have seen,^ to the
year
B.C.

2379.

And

the date of man's creation, according

B.C.

to Moses, to the year

4035.

That couplmg this Astronomical Cycle with the Cycle of

we are led by Berosus, the priest of same year B.C. 2379, as the date of the Flood. That counting downwards from the central year B.C. 688, we are led to the autumn of B.C. 492, or first year of Darius son of Hystaspes, "as set over the realm of the Chaldeans" at about the age of 62, as the commencement of a notable period of Jubilee, when the Jews retm*ned into possession of their own land, after exclusion for 70 years, and laid the
Belus, also astronomical,

Belus, to the

second temple in the second year of Darius = B.C. 492-1 this year being spoken of by one of the earliest Je^v^sh wi-iters, Rabbi Eliezer, as a year of Jubilee.^
foundation of their
:

And

thus

we

are brought

down

into the days of Daniel

the Prophet, and Minister of Darius, and to the

in

Book which

bears his name, containing marvellous computations put forth

both these forms of Cycle, concerning events of future days. It has been the vain boast of modern criticism to have
it

proved, as
'

believes, that the

Book of Daniel

is

neither more

Novum

Systema Chronologiae fundamentalis, Cyclo jubilaeo-Biblico Detectse,

Gottingen, 1778, quoted by Dr. B. Zuckermann in his Treatise on the Sabbatical Vorst's Latin translation, anno 1644. Cycle, and the Jubilee, p. 22.
*

Page

19.

See pi^ke of Rabbi Eliezer, p. 101.

Synchronous History of Assyria and Judea.

81

nor less than a forgery of the days of Antiochns Epiphanes,

and that he therefore who assumes the character of prophet in that Book was one of the most daring of impostors that ever came into the world. The genuineness, or otherwise, of the Book, is one of the most interesting and vital questions in Biblical Archeeology mooted in the present day and I trust that this Society may be the means of disposing of many of the objections which have been raised against it and of showing from ancient monuments and records brought from the country where Daniel professes to have lived and to have written, that he was acquainted with minute details of history which have reached us from no other historical source, proving that he lived indeed m the days of which he speaks. I suggest that when the Book is looked upon as a Liturgy, compiled from the writings of Daniel, in the days of Epiphanes, with its Hymn of the Three Children attached,
: :

as in the Greek, together with a chapter of pure secular

history, applying

one of the great prophecies of future days

to

current events in the reign of Epiphanes, with

some

appearance of probability, though by no means so intended to be foretold, that the whole of the most weighty difficulties fiill at once to the ground.^ I would now desire to impress on those who are willing to undertake the study of Daniel's
prophetic numbers, that having been brought up in Babylon

he has adopted the practice of the Babylonians of computing distant times in periods of cycle, using throughout days for
years, ^ as the priest of Belus,
for

we have

seen, spoke of years"'

sometimes writing in Hebrew, sometimes in sometimes computing in the Sacred Cycle of tlie Jubilee in periods of 7, 49, and 490 years sometimes in the Babylonian cychcal period of 360 days, or years. One of the most wonderful and accurate of Daniel's periods, is computed from the completion of the second temple, chap, ix, 25 from the " going forth," or execution of the decree of Cyi'us, in the month Adar of the sixth year of Darius,^ B.C. 486, counted from his accession to the throne
days
:

Chaldee

This view

There

is

is fully discussfid in " Messiah the Prince." one instance only of the expression " weelis of days."
*

Chap,

x, 2.

See p. 16.

See

p. 15.

Ezra

vi,

14, 15.

Vol. III.

82

Si/nchronous History of Assyria and Judea.

of Babylon in B.C. 492-1. And this date falls within the reign of Xerxes then associated Avith his father on the throne,

under the

plishment of

His words foretell the accomweeks of years to the bii-th of Messiah in the Sabbatical year B.C. .3-2, and enable us to fix the end of the 70th Week or 490th year from that date in a.d. 5-6. From which again we compute the remaining series of sacred cycles of 490 years from the time of Christ to beyond the
title

Artaxerxes.

<59

present time.

Cycle of the Jubilee of 49 Years

Jubilees of Seventy Weeks, or 490 years.

and

of

Ten

The

Call of

Abraham when

dwelling in

Ur

of the Chaldees
B.C.

before he dwelt iu Charran, at about the age of 65

1962
1472

490 years from thence to the appearance of Jehovah to Moses on Mount Horeb .... .... 490 years from thence to the dedication of the Temple of

Solomon
490 years from thence to the first year of Darius, son Hystaspes, at Babylon at the age of about 62
"
of
....

982
492
quoque hie

Postquam autem devastatum

fuit

fuifc

temphim (primum)
terra relicta
fiiit

periit

computus, quia abolitus

exstructum

fiierat. Hinc tempium secundum

deserta 70 amiis, et

Anno

vero septimo ab ijediiicatione

ejus ascendit Ezras, ae secundo reduxit vel restituit (illam aeram Jubilseam) atque

ab
13

illo

anno

(b.c.

486) exorsi sunt supputare aliam a;ram, et constituerunt aiuium

i.e.

seraj

templi secundi sabbaticum."

B.C. 472-1.'

Cycle of the Jubilee of 490 Ye^vrs, Under the Second Temple.

490 490 490 490
490 years from b.c. 486 to years from thence to
years from thence to years from thence to
.... ....

a.d.
....

....

...

....

....

....

495 985
1475 1965

years from thence to

is

...

he that waiteth and cometh to the thousand three hundred and five and thirty days", or years = A.D. 1965.Dan. xii, 12.
'

" Blessed

.Maimouidcs de Sheiuitha

cfc

Jubilaso.

See

p. 15.

83

THE THIRD SALLIER PAPYRUS,

CONTAINING THE WARS OF RAMSES
II

AGAINST THE CHETA.

Translated

ivith

Notes

Professor Lushington.

Head

Qth January, 1874.

Papyrus contains portions of a triumphal record, which was also engraved on several monnments in various parts of Thebes, and of which a somewhat differing version is found at the rock temple of Abusimbel. The sculptured scenes of battle, rout, and triumph, are as usual accompanied by a description of the events carved in hieroSallier

The Third

glyphic characters;

their

common

subject

is

the victory

gained by Ramses II over the Cheta prince and his allies, who had first succeeded in separating him from the main divisions of his army, and forced the king's troops to give

way
fii'st

before them. The inscription on the west side of the pylon of the Ramesseion, in its northern half, relates at length the deception practised by two spies employed by

the Cheta prince, and more briefly the partial success of the
Cheta, followed

by

then* entire defeat

and submission
3,

a tale

which

is

repeated in almost identical phrases throughout at

its

the Great Cave of Abusimbel (Leps. Denk.

153 and 187). eulogy of Ramses, contains sentences corresponding with minute verbal

The same pylon, on

southern

half, in a shorter

accuracy to several which occur in the larger Ramesseion and

Abusimbel inscriptions (Leps. Denk.

3,

The monumental records

Thu'd
text,

tallying

161 and 165). most closely with the

Sallier Papyi'us are

but preserved in a state of deplorw^all

able mutilation.

They

are the following of

found on the south

1st. The Karnak Ammon's Sanctuary at

:

84
Carnak, of
wliicli

Tlie

Third Sallier Papyrus.

is

part

Monuments Egjptiens,"

given by Brugsch iu liis " Recueil de Forty-six fragments pi. 29 to 32.

of vertical columns or lines, of which the lower portion had become invisible, are here published we learn from the
;

late

Vicomte de Rouge ("Recueil de travaux relatifs a la philologie et a Tarcheologie Egyptiennes et Assyriennes," Paris, 1870) that ]\I. Mariette has by removal of rubbish
discovered the remains of 73
fections.
lines,
still

defaced by imper-

In spite of this deficiency the publication of this rescued portion must be eagerly awaited by all interested in Egyptian studies. 2nd. The Lu.ror text, on the north face of
the Pylon of Ramses the Second's Temple at Luxor (Brugsch,
" Recueil," pi. 40-42), has fragments

of 57 lines similarly

incomplete.

Here, too, the researches of M. Mariette are

said to have partially restored to light 90 lines, but the ends

still remain buried. Brugsch's extract comRamesseion and Abusimbel inscriptions, ^vith the date, " Year 5, Epiphi day 9, reign of," &c., and, for the first twenty lines at least, keeps pace with these rather than with the Papyrus. 3rd. A still more fragmentary relic, on the south face of this Luxor Pylon, is given by Brugsch, "Recueil,'' pi. 53, 16 lines. M. Mariette has again the credit of having recovered some additional fragments. Our papyrus, as published by the Trustees of the British Museum, contained eleven pages (Select Papyri, 24-34). An additional page has recently come to light, Avhich immediately preceded the first page as before known, and is computed by De Rouge to have been the second of the papynis when complete. Having been the property of M. Raifet, from whose family it past into the possession of the Louvre, it is entitled the " Raifet Papyrus." A facsimile and translation are given by De Rouge in the " Recueil de travaux," &q. Many of the lines are still so imperfect that some readings must remain doubtful, and can only be supplied by conjecture. He there expresses his conviction, founded on comparison of the difierent texts, that our papyrus is a very bad copy of an excellent original, full of inaccuracies. It is to be hoped that the edition of all the fragments, announced as about to form part of his Chrestomatliy, may be shortly rendered

of the last lines

like the

mences


The Tldrd
accessible to students
inheritor of the
Sallier Papyrus.

"

85

by M. Jacques de Rouge, a worthy

eminence.

name which his father's ability raised to such The first, and it is believed also the last, critical

treatment of this document at large are both due to Dfe Rouge, who in 1856 translated a large portion of what was then

known

to exist, and has again given a version of the whole, with some mtroductory remarks and short notes, in the " Recueil de travaux," above mentioned. Mr. Goodwin, in a

memorable

article of the

Cambridge Essays

for 1858, also

Copious quoted in various works of Brugsch, Mariette, and Diimichen. In the " Revue Archeologique for 1858, M. Chabas translated, with analytical comments, the inscription of Abusimbel, supplementing it by the aid of the Ramesseion text. The author of the following version gratefully acknowledges his obligation to those eminent scholars without guidance such as theirs, he could not have ventured to undertake his present task, which he knows too well is veiy
of the papyrus.
extracts have been
;

translated a considerable part

imperfectly accomplished.

The Poem of Pentaur

composition
;

is

name

fi-equently given to this

I have abstained from using it, as I have met with no evidence adduced to show that it was written in metre. Notwithstanding its imaginative and highflown expressions, I fully assent to the justice of Mr. Goodwin's view, that " some such occui'rence as that which it represents really took place." How far the victory won over the Cheta was due to the single-handed heroism of Ramses we are no more entitled to inquire than to demand from Homer his authority for the number of foemen whom Achilles slew. A picture not wholly unlike in some features, of a peril which encompassed the Achilles of a later day, may be cited, in conclusion, from authentic history, recorded by a great

writer of prose epics

"Nearly all the European officers were now slain or wounded, and several times the Sepoys, wanting leaders, slowly receded but the general, a skilful horseman and conspicuous from his peculiar headgear, was always at the point of greatest pressure, and then manfully the swarthy
:

86

Tlie

Third

Sallier

Papyrus.

Once he was assailed by was at his side and slew the Sirdar .... At another period of the fight he was alone for several minutes in the midst of the enemy they stalked around him with raised shields and scowling eyes, but whether from some appearance afiecting their minds for the Beloochs are very superstitious or from some other cause, none lifted sword against him, and he returned to his own people unhm-t. The 22nd soldiers, seeing him thus emerge from a crowd of foes, called to him by name and
soldiers recovered the lost ground.
chief,

but on the instant Lieut.

]\I.

the battle."

gave him a cheer heard distinctly above the general din of Napier's " Conquest of Scinde," 1845, p. 313.

LINE
1.

Raifet Fragment.

2.

3.

was in the town Ramses Miamon moving northward he reached the border of Katesh then marched onward like his father (Mentu, towards) Hanruta (Orontes). The 1st brigade of Ammon, that brings victory to King Ramses (accomSeveral days after that King Ramses
;

4.

5.

6.

7.

8.

panied him), he was nearing the town then the vile chief of Cheta came he gathered (forces) from the margin of the sea to the land of Cheta cam all the Naharina, the Ah-atu, the ]\Iasu, the Kashkash, the Kairkamasha, the Leka, Kafuatana, Katesh, Akarita, Anaukasa, the whole jMashanata likewise, nor left he silver or gold in his land, he stript it of all its treasm-es (which) he brought with him. The vile chief of Cheta with many allies accompanying
'

9.

(of Katesh).

him lay ambushed to northwest Now King Ramses was all alone, no other with him, the brigade of Ammon marching after him
;

the brigade

Ra ?) at the dyke west of the town Shabutana the brigade of Ptah in the centre, 11. the brigade of Set on the border of the land of Amairo.
10. (of

Then the

vile

Cheta chief made (an advance)

The Third

Sallier Papyrus.

87
1.

Third Sallier Papyrus.

LINE
1.

Page
;

2.

3.

horses numerous as sand they were 3 men they had joined with every champion of Chetaland, equipt with all war gear, they did not .... they lay in ambush hidden to north-west of the town Katesh then they charged the brigade of Ra Harmachis

with

men and
car,

on a

in the centre, as they

were marching

on,

and feared

not to
4.

fight.

Foot and horse of King Ramses gave way before them they then took Katesh on the western bank of Hanruta 5. this news was told to the king, then he rose as Mentu, he seized his arms for battle, he clutched his 6. corselet like Bar in his hour the great horse that bore him, " Victory to Thebes " his name, from 7. the stable of Ramses Miamon, within the van. The king drew himself up, he pierced the line 8. of the foe, the vile Cheta he was all alone, no other with him. When he advanced to survey 9. behind him, he found there encircled him 2,500 chariots stopping his way out. Every champion 10. of the vile Cheta and abundant lands with him, of Airatu of Maasu, of Patasu, of Kashkash,
;

Page
1.

2.

of Iriuna, of Kat'uatana, of Chirabu, of Akarita, Katesh,

Leka, they were 3

2.

men on

a car

they

made

(a charge)

3.

was no chief with me, no marshal, no captain of the archers, no officers fled were my troops and horse. was left alone of them to fight the foe. Then said king Ramses, "What art thou, my father Ammon? what
;

there

father denies his son

4. for

? ?

have

done aught ^thout thee

have

not stept or

staid looking to thee ? not transgressing the decisions

of thy mouth, nor passing

5.

far astray

from thy counsels? sovran lord of Egypt, who makest bow down the peoples that withstand thee, what are these Amu to tliy lieart ? Ammon brings

; :

88
XINE
6.

The Tldrd

Salller Papyrus.

low them who know not God.

Have

monuments very many

spoils? built thee
7.

filled

I not made thee thy temple with my

houses for millions of years, given treasures to thy house,

dedicated to thee
all

lands, enriched thy sacrifices? I

have
8.

slain

to thee 30,000 bulls, with all

wood

of sweet scent,

good

incense coming from

my

hand.

The making

of thy

court completed, I have built thee great towers

9.

of stone above thy gate, groves everlasting: I brought

thee obelisks from Elephantine

stones carried
10.

'tis

who had

eternal

guiding for thee galleys on the sea, conveying to thee

labours of
all

lands.

When was

it

said such

happened

in other time ?

Page
1.

3.

Shame on who opposes thy

proves thee
heart of love

counsels, well to

who
is
;

ap-

Ammon what
;
;

thou hast done

from a

I call

on thee

my

father

Ammon

2. I

am amid multitudes unknown, nations gathered against me I am alone, no other with me my foot and horse
:
;

3.

me. called aloud to them, none of them heard I cried to them. I find Ammon worth more than millions of

have

left

soldiers,

100,000 cavalry,

4. 10,000 brothers, striplings,

were they gathered

all

in one.

5.

6.

7.

many men avail, Ammon against them Ra, by the counsels of thy mouth Lo, have I not done not overstepping thy counsels. homage to the farthest ends of the land?" My cry rang imto Hermonthis Ra heard when I called, he put he called to me behind I was glad his hand to me " Ramses Miamon I am with thee, I thy father Ra my hand is with thee. I am worth to thee 100,000 joined in one;

No works

of

I attain that

am

sovran lord of victory, loving valour

if I

find

courage,

my

heart overflows with joy;

Tlie LINE
8.
all

Third Salliev Papyrus.

I

89

my

doing

is fulfilled."

am
like

as Meiitu, I shoot to the

right, I seize

on

my

left,

Bar

in his fury against

them
9. I find

2,500 chariots, I

am

overthrown before
10. his

my

steeds

amidst them, then were they not one of them found

;

hand to fight, their heart shrank within them hands all dropt, they knew not how to shoot

their

Page
1.

4.

2.

they found no heart to grasp spear; I made them fall into the water as fall crocodiles they tumbled headlong one over another I slew them my pleasure was that none of them should look behmd him, nor any return
: ;
:

3.

4.

5.

whoever falls of them he must not raise liimself up. Then the vile chief of Cheta stood amid liis army to see the prowess of King Ramses. The king was all alone, no soldiers with him, no horse he turned in dread of the king. Then he made his mighty men go in numbers, each one of them with cars, they brought all
;

war-harness, the chief of Airatu, the chief of Masu,

6.

the chief of Iriuna, the Leka, the chief of Tantani, the Kashkash, the chief of Kairkamash, the Chirabu,
allies of Cheta all banded in one, 2,500 chariots. Charging the midst of them fiercer than flame I rushed upon them I was as Mentu I let my hand taste them in a moment's space, I hew at them to slay them in their

7.

the

8.

9.

10.

seats; each one of them called to his fellow, saying, No mortal born is he whoso is among ns, Set the mighty of strength, Bar in bodily form verily whoever comes close to him, his hand droops through all his frame, they know not
:

11.

how to grasp bow nor spear when they have

seen him.

Coming

to tlie

junction of roads, the king pm-sued them as a grhfin.

1.

Page 5. was slaying them, none escaped me I gave a call my foot and horse, saying, Be fii'm, be firm in heart,
:

to

90
LINE
2.

Tlie

Third SalUer Papyrus.

3.

my foot, my horse behold my victory. I was alone, Tum (Ammon) my support, his hand with me. Now when Menna my squire saw me thus encircled by many chariots,
;

he cowered,
4.

his heart quailed,

great terror entered his limbs, he said to the king,

"My

gracious lord,

prince

revered,

valiant

exceedingly,

protector
5.

of

Egypt
foe,

in

day of

battle, verily

we

stand alone amid

the
G.

how make

a stand to save breath to our

how

rescue us.

King Ramses,

my

gracious lord ?"

mouth ? The
and

king said
7.

to his squire "

I will pierce

Courage, courage,
as a

my squh'e,

them

hawk

I will

slay

hew them,
8.

cast

them

to the dust.

AMiat
brings very
his

forsooth to thy heart are these

Amu ? Ammon

low them who know not God, who brightens not face on millions of them." King Ramses
9.

dashed into the van, then he pierced the foe, the caitiff Cheta, six times, one and all, he pierced them. I was 10. as Bar in his season, prevailing over them 1 slew them, none escaped. Then the king called to liis archers
11.

and cavalry, likemse to

"

his chiefs

who

failed to fight.

Naught

profits full heart ^ in you.

Is there

Page
1.

G.

one of them

who

did his duty in

my

land

Had
I

not

stood as royal master ye were downstricken. princes of you always. I set

2.

make

son in his father's estate

quit your service

if

any

evil

comes on Egypt ye

3.

4.

b.

pay regard Never any royal master did for his soldiers what King Ramses has done for you, I let you sit in your houses and your towns; ye have not performed my bests, my archers and cavalry. I have given them a road to their cities

Whoever comes
to his claims.

to

make

petitions I always

'

" Full heart,"

ineiiiis, 1

suppose,

" devotion to me."

Tlie
LINE
G.

Third SaUler Papyrus.

all

91

Lo, ye have played cowards

together, not one of you

to fight.

stood to aid

me

while

had

Blessed be

7.

Animon Turn, Lo I am over Egypt of them to observe

as my father Ra; my commands

there

was not one

8.

in the land of Egypt.

noble feat
:

for consecrating

images in Thebes, Ammon's city

act
9.

great shame on that

for lo, I

of

my

foot

and

horse, greater than to

tell,

achieve
10. there

my

victories
soldier

was no

with me, no horseman; every land

beholds the path of my victories and might.

Page
1.

7.

was

all

alone,

no other with me, no

tell

chiefs behind,
officers,

no
all

marshals, no captains of the army, no

2. all

people saw and will

If

my name

to limits of

lands unknown.

any

warriors, relics of

my

hand,

remain,
3.

they

will turn at seeing

me

if

10,000 of them

come

upon me their feet whoever would

4.

will not stand firm, they will fly

shoot straight at me,

down
I

di'opt their arrows,

even as

5.

they approached me." my foot and horse saw,

strong sword of Ra,

Now when
was addressed
father,

as Mentu, the

my

6.

was with me
straw before another

in time of need,

who he made

all

peoples as
after

my
at
I

horses.

They were marching one

;

7.

to

the

camp

eventide

they found

all

the

tribes

through
8.

whom

pierced strewn in carnage,

whelmed

amid
their

their blood, with all brave fighters of Chetaland, with children and brothers of

9.

chief Morning lighted the field of Katesh space was found to tread on for their multitude.

no

10.

Then my soldiers came glorifying our names what was done, my cavalry likewise

to see

92

Tlie

Third

Sallier

Papyrus.

Page
LINE
1.

8.

extolling

my

prowess.

lii-m in heart,

" What a goodly deed of valour thou hast saved thy army, thy cavalry,

son of Tiun,
2.

3.

Chetaland by thy victorious sword, royal conqueror, none is like thee. King fighting for his host on day of battle, thou great of heart, first in the fray, thou reckest not

framed by

his arms, spoiling

for all peoples

banded together, thou great conqueror

before thy army, in the face of the whole land.

4.

No

gainsaying.

Thou guardest

Egj-pt, chastisest lands

of thy foes, bruisest back of Cheta for ever."

Then

the
5.

kmg
:

addressed his foot and horse, Ukewise his chiefs who " Not well done of one of you, your failed to fight
leaving

me
foe
:

alone
there
I

0.

amid the
all

came no

chiefs, ofiicer or

captain of

host to aid me.

7.

fought repelling millions of tribes

alone.

'

Victory in Thebes' and 'Nehrahruta' (my

all I

horses) they are

found to succom* me.

eat corn before
:

was

all

alone in the midst

8.

of foes.
I

I Avill let

them

Ra

daily,

when

am

m my royal
of

palace

these are they found in the

midst
9.

of the foe, and

officers

my

my

marshal Menna my squire, with the household who were near me, the
fall

witnesses
10. of conflict

who saw them

before the king

all at

with vic-

torious strength he felled 100,000

once by his

sword of mifflit." ^&'

Page
1.

9.

At dawn he joined

2.

of battle he went terrible to with pointed horns he rose against them as Mentu ordering the fray, alike valiant in entering battle, fighting fierce as a hawk,
in
fi^"ay
;

fight, as a bull terrible

The Third
IINE
3.

Sallier Papyrus.

93

4.

overthrowing tliem as Sechet who sends flames of fire in the face of thy foes as Ra in his rising at the front of dawn, shooting flames npon the wicked one man among them calls to his fellow^ "Mark, take heed, verily Sechet the mighty
;
:

5. is

with him she guides his horses her hand with lum." Whoever approaches sinks to ruin: she sends fire to burn their Hmbs, they were brought to
is
; :

kiss the dust.

6.

7.

8.

King Ramses prevailed over them, he slew them, they escaped not, they were overthrown under his steeds, they were strewn huddled in their gore. Then the vile Cheta prince sent to do homage " Thou art Ra to the great name of King Ramses. Harmachis, thou art Set mighty of strength, son of Nut, Bar
himself: thy terror
is

9.

over Chetaland brought low: thou

to the

hast broken back of Cheta for ever and ever."

10.

Then came a herald bearing a scroll in his hand great name of Ramses, " To soothe the heart
King,

of the

Page
1.

10.

Horus, conquering bull, dear to Ma, Prince guarding thy

2.

army, vahant with the sw^ord, bulwark of his troops in day of battle, king mighty of strength, great Sovran, Sun powerful in truth, approved of Ra, mighty in
victories,

3.

Ramses Miamon

my
4.

gracious lord, fair son of

The servant speaks to tell the Ra Harmachis,

king,

truly thou art born of

Ammon,

issue of his

body, he

gives thee

all

lands together, land of

ofl"er

Egypt and land

of Cheta, they
5. their

service beneath thy feet to thee, Ra, prevailing over

6.

them. Yea, thy spirit is mighty, thy strength weighs heavy on Chetaland is kill thy servants ? thou exercisest thy might
;

it

good

to

7.

upon them; art thou not softened ? thou camest yesterday and slewest 100,000 of them thou art come to day
;

94
LINK

Tlie

Third Sallier

Pcqji/rus.

victorious long, spirit glad in battle, grant us

breath of
9.

life."

Then the king rose in life and strength, season. Then he bad summon all the
and
horse,

as

Mentu

in his

leaders of foot

10. his

all assembled in one place to let them hear the message sent by the great chief of Cheta

army

Page
1.

11.

to

King Kamses.

They answered, saying

fall

"'Tis very good to let

lord,

to the King, thy wrath, prince, sovran

3.

who can soothe thee in thy day of anger ?" Then King Ramses gave assent to their words he gave his hand in peace, returning to the south, passing in peace to Egypt with his chiefs,
:

4. his

foot

lands.

and horse, in life and strength in sight of all Dread of his might is in every heart, he pro-

tects his army,

5. all

lands

come

to the great name, falling

adoring his noble countenance.

fort
6.

down and King Ramses reached

Ramses Miamon

great image of

Ra Harmachis

reposing in the royal

palace in Thebes, as the Sun's orb on his two-fold Ammon (or the Gods) thi'one
;

7.

hailed his form, saying, " Glory to thee, son loved of us,

Ramses Miamon
8.

(to

whom

are destined)

festivities for ever on the throne of thy father Tum. he has All lands are overthrown under his feet
:

quelled
9.

(all enemies).*'
7,

Written in the year

month

Payni, in reign of

King

Ramses Miamon
1()

giver of

life

for ever like his father

Ra

To

the head guardian of the royal writings .... by the

royal scribe Pentaur.


The Third
Sallier

Papyrus.

95

NOTES.
Raifet Fragment.
Line
5.

^"^ k <=>^^^ "W ^

\.

l^^,
^^^
,

to

the Chetaland,

apparently answering to <=> iM 1L

but the following

words would more naturally seem

whole Cheta peojjle came
is

to refer to the Cheta, " the

"

and

so

De Rouge
^

takes
|

it

if

<=>
not

rightly read before

if Yk

W.

^-^^

I tlo

see

how

it

can have

this construction.

Third Sallier Papyrus.

Page
Line
2.

1.

If the text is right,

and nothing-

omitted, no rendering seems possible but they did not do or

act,

but this seems strange just before they defeat part of

suspect an error.

the king's army.

Line

7.^ l'-JiPii!]^lI'
'' ^^

-B^g^ch (Worter-

word spring" hound"; it seems to me rather to answer in meaning to Homer's idXr], oifiTjaev Be aXei?, squaring or gathering up the body before a spring. In the passage quoted from the campaign of Thotmes it may
buch, 62) explains this
fitly

describe the confused flight of troops packed together,

;

rolled up, in their rout

elXo^ievwv, el'Xet he, k.t.\ shows the same word used by Homer with this double application. In his Addenda, p. 1715, Brugsch gives as the original sense,
,

"go on

all fours."

Page

2.

^^

completed'''' is

1545),

the meaning given by Brugsch (Worterbuch' which seems more in accordance with the context

OG

T]ie

Third Salller Papyrus.

than a negative sense of

Avord detracting from the grcatiitvss of

Amnion ?
it

It

would Ramses say a what he has done for miglit perhaps he rendered did I not complete ? if
,

m.

_^^_^^^

were clear that

J

Ijk

could thus be put interrogatively

as

and

^.
Page
3.

Line

4.

"Brothers

a?ir/

children"': oris
iD>i ?

3)4,

Line Carnak

4.

At

S this line

<?

commences the

parallelism with the

1,)

text,

(Brugsch, "Recueil," 29,

with the words

Line
read
^^' ^^^

6.

This

passage perplexes me.

Sallier

seems to
"Recueil,"

(Brugsch,

iK.

Does
it,

this

mean
.

being face to face

to

u-ith thee.

De Rouge

gives

"/ come
.

qrdclhj

thee"

the

determinatives after
;

f
,

in Sallier

seem to point to

a verb of motion cf. Brugsch, Worterbuch, 986, where the passage referred to is one that occurs in Mariette Abydos I, pi. Add, and appears to mean "the heart of Horus leaps,

moves

to

and
7, 8.

fro."

Lines

Where
clause

does

Ammon's speech end ?

*
IT M*'
'^'^"'

We
heart

might suppose the words

fj^\k

^ ^Ggin

the king's narrative of himself,

rejoices."

"I take cdurage,

my

The

me

better suited to the

.^C jw^ll^ ^^^^ T ^'^^^'^ *o mouth of Amnion, as the concluding-

" whatever difficult to accept De seems It I do attains completion." identified as Rouge's vicAv, that the god and the king are or that of M. Mariette, who continues Ammon's speakers

words of

his speech, affirming his omnijiotence,

address to p.
all

4, line 3.

"whoever

falls shall

not

rise,"

making-

that comes between a prophetical assurance,

viglitly.

if I

under-

stand Jiim

('Aper9U," p. 42, Paris, 1867.)


The Third
Sallier Papyrus.

97

Page
Line 10.
effect,

4.

At

this

point

" Recueil," 30, 10)

inserts

Carnak text (Brugsch, a Hne not found in Sallier, to the

the
"

"hurrying before him seek

breath,

whoever comes

we our life, De Rouge inserts

taste
it

we
his

in

translation.

Page

5.

Line 2. Here a singular discrepancy of arrangement is found between the Papyrus and the Carnak text, which at this
point (Brugsch, "Recueil," 30, 13) introduces the reproachful speech of Ramses to his officers, beginning ." the land ? Had
. .

not stood," &c.,

till

Sallier p. 6, 1.
p. 7,

The two

texts then keep

alongside

Sallier,

= Brugsch,

" Recueil," 30, 22,

where the Carnak text inserts the episode of the Squne's dread and his Master's daring, to col. 26 = Sallier, p. 7, 10, from which points the two threads are again united. De Rouge remarks that the Sallier order is best. Something contained in Papyrus, p. 9, 7 p. 10, 3, seems omitted or shortened in Carnak text, "Recueil," 32, 38-40.
;

Line

8.

'"^Amnion brings low doivn themicho knoic not God,"

2,

corresponds to page

line 6

AJ

1
^^^^

if <=>

w -w^

%k

^k 11
to

'

-^^

Rouge says the other texts

Unfortunately no other text is comparison as to these words the words immediately preceding in Brugsch, " Recueil," 31, 23, exhibit
different reading.

have a

known

me

for

the variety

i^^*
his

^ "^
cites

for

U ZZ
'tf

^^ \ ^^f
(P-

Brugsch in

grammar

%k

J"'

^^) ^^

the reading in Luxor,

this

col. 23. Does he mean Carnak, or is one of the hitherto unpublished discoveries ? This is one of many cases in which the translator feels himself

necessarily at a great disadvantage, from having no

Vol.
III.

means
7

98

The Third
tlie

Salller

Fapyrm.
If the

of knowing what

restored fragments contain.

reading and my interpretation is correct, we have <=> iised with causative force as according to Brugsch it certainly is
;

in

some verbs

(see

Worterbuch, 838-9) corresponding to

in

several well-known expressions.

Bnt

have not found

this

usage often noticed by other scholars, and must speak with Dr. Stern finds an instance in three hesitation about it.
almost identical inscriptions,
Leps. Denk.
is it

3,

175a,

200 c7,

2\M

(Zeitsch. Aegj^t., 1873, 135), but

too bold a con-

jecture that the true reading here

a fi'equently recurring

may

be
?

<=>
<=>
j^

c.

-^
'^i^

mode

of expression
^z,r-\

v\

might be compared with <=>

but the arrangement
peculiar,

,
^

"

1^ '?^'
seems to

^'^i

<=>

^^

'W

me

where

or ^-a>-

the subject
scholar.

may

receive illustration from

would be more usual. Perhaps some more learned

Page
Line
2.

6.

The
.

text here
^ ^

is

very obscure.

can only
^'^

make

of

it

Jl(^)
14,

Brugsch, "Recueil," 30,

has

IT k^C fA TT. ^V^^^^T^"^

to keep in

^L

,..? ^

" I give

you possessions
^||k

yom- hands
I

"

but generally

^M, means take from.

doubt

if

my

reading of Sallier can be right.

" I

Can a negative come

not to

in

anywhere,
away."
Line
5.

have given you possessions

be taken

Here again the words are

""
^^^ ^"^ ^^'^'^

difficult,

-^^v

r^

^_

1:0

jV ^~~''
up

them ready

alike,

day and hour,

version.

to stand

to battle."

This seems

De Rouge's

The Third

Sallier PcqyyvKs.

i-O

see Brugsch, 1060-1148,

Tlie word,
(

and De liouge's Abr. Gram,

b9.

whether more
'

connected with the idea of height

(

M ahke, seems
'"^ )

^"

^ measure

possibly with both

to be used with tiic relative force, such, as

qualis,

and

like

talis,

&c.,
this

jectional force;

and

might naturally acquh-e an interseems appropriate both here and

Jioio

great^

here ironically.

Page
Line
its
6.

7.

becomes possible, as far as fragmentary condition allows, to compare the Luxor

this point it
pi.

From
before

text given, Brugsch, " Recueil,"

40-42.

T\\e first exact,

Sallier, p. 7, 6,

correspondence occurs at
"

pi.

41, col. 27

whelmed

my

horses,"

and seems

to be continued to
" Recueil,"

the end.

The
pi.

extracts from the 3rd

Luxor text (Brugsch,

53) are too scanty to afford

;

much

help in the comparison

so line
"

of different records
"

what we can read there corresponds

;

rather to the Abusimbel text than to the Papyrus

5,

he fled before the king

sitting to

when he

heard," line

9,

King
well

Ramses was

speak with his

chieftains,"

as

as other phrases, occur in the inscription, but are not found in

it, nor in De Rouge's restoration from the recovered monumental texts. Two striking instances of discrepancy may be worth noticing between the Abusimbel and Ramesseion texts (which I call and 6). In each the former has an omission which destroys

the Papyrus as

we have

("Travaux,"

p. 3)

\|r

the sense.

t.i3.-T-i^<kP^y:

ir

100

The Third

Sallier

Pajoyrm.

few

letters

seem wrongly copied

iu Leps.

Denk.)

would look as if the carver of the inscription had before him an original to copy, in which two consecutive lines ended
It

in the first

passage with
case,

''^J

in the

second with

and in each

coming back
it,

we may

fairly call

his

fi'om the stone to his MS., as eye shpt and missed a whole line

by mistake.

Page
Line
7.

8.

lK

Apparently the ^ ^^ "

IT
1

second name should be read

pleased,"

"

^^^^^^^^'6

explained by

De Rouge, "Noura

is

pleased."

meaning
now
at

fo,-

li^^\^|^l
"laid
low,
"

^"t with

^i^i\^|;7^
Is
it

rest,

follows

should

overthrown": but from what have expected it to be an epithet to

^^ \k 11"^^
^jd^

y '^^^

c)f

giving."

certain that

"/ will give" ? A ^'^^ ^^ itself mean simply Formes de la Conjugaison," &c., p. 23, quotes M. two instances for this usage the First Sail. 3, 8, 5, 6, seems inexplicable otherwise the second is from a Carnak text of

Vw

M^

Maspero, "

this inscription

imknown

to

me.

; "

Tlie

Third

Scdlier Papi/)'us.

101

Page
Line !

9.

^
;;;

1^
I

^ "V
-2-L

^
*

^
(so
it

^,

<^

fiO

^^ S " ^

Brugsch, "Recueil,"

32, 35,

V ^ ^ J^ \ ^
is

seems to read) answers to

^
?

\.

^^^

]|^

>^-

Which reading

to be prefei-red
is

Neither poets nor farmers in our island, as far as

to me, describe the bull as a ferocious

known

enemy

to ducks or
different

geese.

But Pentaur's experience may have been

and

it is

possible to conceive that, in a season of drought,

thirsty bulls

may have

rushed to the water so impetuously

its

as to scatter the affrighted birds on

surface in a confusion

Goats appear to have been Diun. Hist. liable to a similar panic {cf. Champ. Mon. 3, 217 Ins. II, 47, 24). Travellers in Eastern parts may be able to At the same time, throw light upon these expressions.
;
I

that would justify the simile.

of the Carnak text, a phrase applied to a bull with

sharpened or set for battle (e.g. Diim. Hist. Ins. I, 18, 13 and 26 cf. Brugsch, Worterbuch, 1206), is so appropriate that one might be tempted to guess a careless confusion
liorns
;

somewhere between

''-^^^^

\^

t^

"^'^^^

haAvk would more naturally be introduced in the company of tame villatic foAvl, as it appears in the two passages cited above, where the fierce onset of the king's men and horses is likened to the charge of bulls on goats and hawks on
feeble birds.

Perhaps after

all

my

reading of the hieratic

text
I

may be wrong.

Dr. Birch, to

whose constant kindness

intended
J

am

greatly indebted for the pains he has taken in revising

this paper, suggests that the Avord

may

be either
(Brugsch,

"iw

\k*

- equivalent to

f^^

svl

Worterbuch, 374) or
plain."

-^?

(Worterbuch, 1330) "on the

Every suggestion from so high an authority has the

;

greatest weight

still, from the tone of the description, it seems to me a more forcible phrase than " on the plain might be expected either an epithet adding to the picture,
;

such as

1,

or the mention of the animals against

whom

102
the bull's fury
is

The Third

Sallier Papyrus.

directed, as iu both passages referred to

.

is

found after

The

difficulty is
^

much

increased by
in the

the obscurity of the Avords following J

line.

^L

next

The word
terror,

is

well

known

in the sense of dread,

similar
]\I.

and Brugsch (Worterbuch, 984) renders a phrase to what occurs Sail., 3, p. 1, 8, in.^piriny dread. Chabas has. I think, sufficiently shown that it must some-

times contain the

lie in wait readi/

meanmg
;

of prepare for, or make an attack,

for action

and

this

seems to

suit the con-

text better both here and above. Line 2. Papyrus has thou art as Mentu, according to the most natural rendering and again, line 3, thi/ foes. Is there

a confusion of persons here by the neghgent copyist, or must

we admit
the case
?

^^^^ to be equivalent to ^^^i\fc^, as

is

sometimes

This
w

line,

near the beginning, certainly seems to

'

have

T^

^^^^ ^^

seems impossible to take

first

it

as ''thou

art.'"

Both Carnak and Luxor here give

;

person.

Brugsch, " Recueil," 32, 35

Lines
2, 3.

42,41.

Query words after

out
is

J
.

certainly

make

^j^ (?) all that I can De Rouge says there is

I

a large gap here.

Lines

8, 9.

am

not sure what follows Bar, but

^
^

suppose

nearly as in

4, 10,

Vk j^

Page
Lines
7. S.

10.

The

gap here De Rouge proposes

to supply

it " there will

be none left to become

tity subjects''

on the last

word and some

Ser. 3,
1.

similar forms,

compare Chabas "Melanges,"

14.

the words seem legible, but

is

their

meaning plain?
jitf

De
"

Rouge,

"

do not execute thy designs."

2,

occurs above,

4 (without

determinative of motion, or

'

The

Tliird Sallier Papiirus.

103

of speech or thought).
is 9.

the force

Line

-This
1
'

^ ^ in neither passage over-clear to me.

Again

'

*^'

'

^^^

the Papyrus.

passage is somewhat obscurely written in The corresponding portion of the Luxor text

given by Brugsch, " Recueil," 42, 52, reads

J

^'-'^

^ ^ %W T

Assuming

this

to

be correct, the mo&t

natural translation of

(on which word Mr.

Le Page

Renouf has written a very interesting essay in Zeitsch. Aegypt., 1872, p. 91, et seq.) would seem to be " returned," and so De Rouge understands it. But Dr. Birch suggests
that the true reading

may

be

instead of

and

this

phrase which occurs twice above (pp. 1, 5 and 9, 1) appears every way suitable, and would remove much difficulty. It

seems too early in the narrative for the return of Ramses to be mentioned here and Mr. Renouf 's explanation "replied" lies open to the objection that except the words "I am as Mentu," no reply follows; a brachylogy scarcely to be imputed to Ramses. De Rouge indeed thinks that at this point several words are wanting to the Papyrus. What they are must be learnt, if ever, from further discoveries at Luxor.
;

Pa^e
Line

11.

2.

latter

words

cited

and translated by Brugsch,

(Worterbuch, 1558). The meaning of the former is obscure De Rouge says the passage is much disfigured in to me.
the Papyrus.

Line

4.

The words look

for

like

'<

"m

<=> T^
I
is

front of

all his lands, peoples,"

but

M III\ x < am not sure there

i

<?

ir

seems hardly room

but there

certainly

an '^-.

104

OBSERVATIONS ON THE ASSYRIAN VERB BASU AS COMPARED WITH THE HEBREW VERB Tl^Tl, TT
'

HAYA, ''HE

WAS."'

By Professor William Wright, LL.D.

Head 2rd March, 1874.

Without
one of the languages
tongues.

professing any special knowledge of Assyrian

I

and Babylonian,
fii-st

must confess that

it

appears to

me

that

study of these is a thorough mastery of the other Semitic The labours of Rawlinson, Hincks, Norris, Oppert,
conditions of a successful

Smith, and other scholars, have laid the basis of a correct understandmg of the Assyrian cuneiform. We are certain that the language with which we have to deal is Semitic we are acquainted with the outlines of its grammar; we know the meaning of a considerable proportion of its ordinary vocabulary. But the details of the grammar have yet, it seems to me, to be thoroughly worked out and the meaning and derivation of many a word in the published texts are still doubtful or wholly unknown. It is with regret, therefore, that I observe that some of our recent students of Assyrian seem to be but imperfectly acquainted with the cognate languages and hence the results of their work are open to criticism on the part of those who are more familiar with Hebrew, Aramaic, and
; ;

Arabic.

By way

of illustration

shall briefly

examine part of an
of the Trans-

elaborate article published in a recent

actions of this Society (vol.
i,

number

which the author treats of the Assyrian word hasu, and identifies it
part
2,

p. 281), in

'

See Transactions of the Society of Biblical Archaeology,

vol.

i,

part 2,

pp. 281-288.

Observations on the Assyrian Verb " Basu.'^

105

etymologically with the

form,
ri^il,
hcivd.

Hebrew

H^Il,

hclyd, or, in
is

an older
the

This identification

efiected in

following manner.
(1.)
it is

The initial

pf,

h is

dispensed with, on the ground that

is

lost in Syriac,

where the word

said to be written looi,

and

to be

pronounced vo or wo
1,

(p. 285).
is

(2.)

The medial

v or

lo,

of the form T\yn

b,

assumed

to be interchangeable with 1,

because, according to Fiirst

(notoriously the least competent

recent

Hebrew

lexicographers,

and least trustworthy of and from whose errors those

signification lies in

of the author are evidently in part derived), the fundamental an alleged Talmudic verb ^'2!n^ " to
^

breathe" (pp. 285, 287).

(3.)

The

final

A of

nin

or

TTn

is

said

(p.

287) to

be

" retained, as if it

were inscribed with mappik, although

it is

not so inscribed." Consequently, it " is not a substitute for another letter," viz., 1 or "i, "but is an original element of the stem"; and is therefore (p. 288) capable of being
s

represented by the

of basu.

To
Syriac,
initial

these assertions I must express

my dissent. The
117

first

ooi

is

lost in

only in modern Syriac that the h altogether disappears. In ancient Syriac this elision
is

inaccurate.

It is

takes place only in certain cases,

auxiliary, has almost
it is

where the verb, as an become one with the word to which

annexed. The Syrian spoke ]AlkLD ]ooi wiOioAa] Aa.ma*pO,

ithau

wo

(for

ithauM hdioo)
n

^JUjCLi (OOI

^^O, Myern

ivd

(for

17
too

ko'emhawS); and Vr^^ (OOI ^'f, shari

(for sharri haivo)

',

but he also spoke k^ouooi y

'

]lCDj 50^k5, 16 hdio6i{ioY hnivvihi);

Not being deeply read

is

in the Talmud, I cannot say for certain whether this

It appears,
;

verb

one of Fiirst's inventions, or not.

amid much attendant

p.

nonsense, in his Chaldaische Grammatik, 171

in his

in his
>

Concordance,

294; and

Hebrew and Chaldee Lexicon,

art.

''^'^

but without any references to

prove

I find no such verb in Buxtorf s Lex. Chakl. Talmud, et Rabb., its use. nor in the reprint by Fischer, 1866-72 ; nor in Levy's Chaldaisches 1639 Wbrterbuch, 1867; nor in a fine manuscript of the 'Ariich in the University
;

Library of Cambridge.

'

lOG

Ob.$evvatio)is

on the Ass^yvian Verb

'''

Basur
^CH IAiaSICD,
?

]ZjQj!1j

1>^

_o

looi,

liau-6

den; llj)

Zol

"ZoOl

lidwoth Lewuth aro;

1^9

ZuOOl ^Q*-

i>QL Aj|,

Yeshu

hdwait

The first radical ; and not loo den, 16 icoi, tcuth, icait. has not, therefore, even in Syriac, '"been mnte for perhaps two thousand years" (p. 28(3) and as vre know ()f no such
;

ehsion in

Hebrew

or in BibHcal Aramaic,

we

shall not

be

justified in assuming,
tion,

with the
"

\triter of the article in ques-

that the first syllable of the

Hebrew

root niJl

'"

may

be non-existent in Assyrian
interchangeable with

(p. 286).

is

The second statement that the medial 1, v or iv, of rTiri ^ b, is equally unestablished by the ilirT and ^1^, "he was," are, in my examples adduced.
^\'ith

opinion, not identical

pp. 2S4:, 285.

n^H' "

^^^ lived,"

as maintained on

"cognate words" (^5^, etc.), enumerated on p. 285, have in reality nothmg to do with one another, unless it be on the dubious principle that any given consonant may be exchanged for any other. ^1^, with its cognates, has been well handled by Gesenius, in the Thesaurus and in the Handicorterbuch (5th edit., by Dietrich, p, 227). The substantive verb has, in most cases, developed its abstract signification out of a concrete one.
so-called

The

The Arabic .Ji, Jcdna, Ethiopic kon, is properly " erectus stetit"
" exstitit, evenit, factus est, fuit"

^ona, Phoenician ^^ p, (Hebrew rad. ]13), then

:

(compare Spanish estar=

seer, is sedere).

Latin

.sfa?v,

whilst
:

ser,

more anciently
is

The
be

Ethiopic

UA
"

hallawa,

not improbably to be compared

for hcncala,

with the Arabic JU^

hdla,

"to

turn,

shift,

changed
j^acJlZj).

(compare

verto

and

versor,

Syriac

^01
^j^i^,

and

And

similarly the

Hebrew and Aramaic Hin,

haicd,

^l^i

^y^-> ]oa\-> ^s originally

"cccidit" (Arabic

"decidit"),

then "accidit, evenit''

fall,

(compare Arabic J ,

wakaa, " to

happen

"),

" factus est, fuit."

f^^i/^^^h
01'

As
^n),

to

n^ri' Ai"^^*^*^

.r-^i^

c^

hca'i/a

(Hebrew
hdyo,
its

Ethiopic rhjS0

h'ayica,

Aramaic ^^^H^

h*-^

Obt<ervations on the Assyr'uDi Verb

^^

Busu.'^

107

fundamental signification is that of " di'awing oneself together, drawing oneself np, shrinking, contracting," as opposed to that of "stretching" or "extending oneself,"

which

implies

death

(Arabic

l:u.,<

" extendit,"
,

Ethiopia ^-f: mota,

est").

Hebrew HQ, Syriac A^io

5tli edit.,

uuLo "mortnns
;

See Gesenins's Handivorterbuch,

pp. 272, 273

F.Bottcher, Proben alttestamentlichen Schrifterkliirnng, p. 83, foil. Fleischer in the Berichte d. Konigl. Siichs. Gesellschaft
:

d.

Wissenschaften, philologisch-hist. Classe, for 1863, p. 175. The medial v or to has been preserved in the Hebrew subTT^T},

stantive
" to

and

in the

Arabic transitive verb ^>-

hawa,

draw together,

collect, contain."

The verb H^H,

author, a Tl'h

"

he was,"

is,

as rightly observed
(p. 287),

by the

is not conjugated like ordinary D'^^ verbs, for the H is retained, as if it were inscribed Avith mappik, although it is not

verb,

"but," he adds

"it

so inscribed."

This statement

is,

much

regret to say,

incorrect, if not indeed the reverse of fact.

n is treated as in every other ri'^T* be " an original element of the steiu."

misleading term "
is

In rT^n the final verb, and therefore cannot

n'^T'

It is a pity that this verbs " (to wdiich the author's error

strictly speaking, like

niil' n^i,
;

no doubt partly traceable) remains in use. n'^T' verbs are, such as have mappik in the final letter,

whereas those commonly called

Tl'^h

are in

reality either V';; or ^"7.

final

The Ethiopic has preserved the

\

instrument, to sing," ^'Y?

:

consonant intact, as in rhAP: halaya, "to play on an sati/a, "to drink," 0/J0: warawa, "to throw," rh^0 haywa, "to live"; whereas the Arabic,
trisyllabic
lo,

Hebrew, and Aramaic have contracted the

into a dissyllable.
If the third radical
alif,
is

form

the Arabic
baclci

grammarians write the w^ord with

hadawa),
is y,
\j},

as

\si

(for

ghazd (for ghazaioa)

it

but

if

the third radical

is tlie

they write

with yd, though the pronunciation

e.g.

same
ramd

as in the former case,

(for

^^^-^ jard (for

jaraya\
Write in

^.
"all

ramaya).

The Hebrews, however,

108
cases
rr,

Observations on the Assyrian Verb " Basu."

merely as a vowel-letter to indicate the sound

!>. jald), "^^^

as

H7il gdld^ for galaya, galawa (Arabic

fur

shdbhd,

shabaya

(Arabic

^<r.^

sabd)}

The Aramaean

uses

b^

for the

same pnrpose,

as \ci shebhd for shabaya,

hayiya, Ethioj^ic

]j.m hdyo

for

hayiwa (Arabic
In
tliis

^rs.

^ P0

haywa).

way

the three propositions, on which rests the

identification of the Assyrian basu witli the

Hebrew

hdyd,

have been, I think, proved erroneous. I may be allowed to add that, even if the final h of H^n had really been an integral part of the root, it would not have availed anything. Grammarians are agreed that su and si are the Assyrian
equivalents
of
is
i^'^Tl,

001,

^i*,

and

t^'^rr,

^Ol,

^a,

and

that safal

the usual representative of the

Hebrew

hif'il.^

But be it observed that the s is in these cases initial. It by no means follows that an Assyrian medial or final s could become^ A in Hebrew in the middle or at the end of a word. The fact that the Sanskrit sarva, " all," is identical with the Bactrian haurva, does not justify us in assuming that a Sanskrit s may be represented in every position by a
Bactrian
'

A.

The same use of

a

final
j~J
,

J~f

as a

mere
that

vowel-letter, to iiicliente the sound d,

is

appears in the so-eallcd

locale,

to say the old accusative singular,

ending

in

e.g.

mQ
is

" seaward,

westward,"

'jP

>

iTn '3.,

" into the

house of Joseph."
^

This phenomenon

not confined to Assyrian.

One

dialect of the ancient

Himyaritic exhibits the pronominal sufiix of the third person masculine in the

form

y^

or ^1, plural

Q^,

whilst the other has

"^pj,

plural

yf^^

and

in tlio

former we see the saf'al conjugation, whilst the latter has the haf'al.

The

pronominal form with

Mahri,
in

initial s

has partially survived even to the present day in

d.

which we
p. 200),

find,

according to A'on Maltzan (in the Zeitscliiift

D.M.G.,
(halu)
tlio

Bd. XXV,

the third person masculine singular hr, plural /itm,

plural sen
;

feminine singular

se,

the corresponding suffixed forms being, for

ex,

masculine, he, hum, and for the feminine,

3

seiin.
is

say " become," because

think that in the cases cited the .s-fonn

really

the older.

Assyrian su, Himyaritic '^^,

'v^

^, precede Hebrew ^^n> Aramaic

OOl

hu,

certain cases

OOl u

and just so the original snlclala appears as

;iii(l

Assyrian salclal, Himyaritic saktal

Elliio]iic

hdklnl,

Hebrew

hiklil

(for

haktal)

anJ Arabic aktala, Ar;niniic

rtX/t"/

(as well as skaklel).

Observations on the Assyrian Verb

'^

JBasii."

109

Having taken
lip

so mucli pains to overturn the hypothesis

it is
;

of a fellow philologist,

but
I

fair

that I should try to set

therefore be allowed, in
is

another in

its

place

and

may

conclusion, to point out what, I think,

the probable origin

of the

word

basu.

Though used

as a verb,

and

exhibiting,
ibsi,

according to Assyrian scholars, the inflections ibsu or

ibassi, usabsi,

the word has a most unusual form

nor does

any other Semitic language possess a verb hasd with any

approximate shade of meaning. I believe therefore that Schrader has hit upon the correct explanation, when he says (Zeitschrift d. D.M. G., Bd. xxvi, p. 304, note) that basu was not originally a verb, but a preposition with a pronominal
suffix,

ba-su,
:

corresponding exactly to the Ethiopic

fi;

bo.

both " he is," " there is," and "he has," and may be construed with an accusative (see Dillmann's Grammatik d. Athiopischen Sprache, 167, 1, b,
This
bo (for ba-Jm) signifies

176,

h,
:

192,

1, b,

and

his Lexicon, col. 481).

Its

negative
(see

is

^AP

al-bo,

in

which ^^
col. 717).

Hebrew ^^,

" not "

Dillmann's Lexicon,

110

ACCOUNT OF AN EGYPTIAN ALTAR MUSEUM AT TURIN.

Drawn

IN

THE

by Joseph Boxomi, and dksckibed by Samlel Sharpe.

Head May,

hth

187-i.

This monument, which is perhaps an altar, is wrought of grey granite, and is, if the base on which it stands is part of Both pieces are of the same it, three feet three inches high. materiah It has an hieroglyphic mscription, arranged in five
columns, wliich are marked in the Plates as A, B, C, D, and Each column, except A, had originally twenty-one lines E.
of hieroglypliics.

The
King

inscription,
is

although

it

bears an early name, that of

Pepi,

yet probably of a late date, perhaps of the age

representation of the sacred

of the Ptolemies, or even later.

The column A begins with the

tured

barge, Baris, like that carried in the processicm

which

is

sculp-

the great court of Medinet Haboo.

The next com-

partment of this column is surmounted by a broad line, the two ends of which terminate in points inclined downwards, signifying the heavens, the usual significant margin of the upper part of a pictui'e or relievo. The sculpture contained in this second compartment of A is of a different character to
the rest of the monument, the hieroglyphics are

much

larger

and it contains the name of Mu-a, who is styled the "Priest, approved by This Pasht, and beloved by Pthah, the god of Memphis." name has been cut over some former work, as the level of the cartouche is considerably below the general surface of the compartment, and hence there appears good reason to

and deeper,

as signified

by the thicker

lines,

d(jubt the antiquity of

this part of

the inscription.

The

next compartment

contains a figure of Thoth, the

Lord of


Accoimt of

171

Egyptian

Alta7'' at

Turin.

Ill

Oshmonnayn,

in simple outline.

The

style of the

drawing

of this figure resembles that of the figures on the of the Ptolemies.

monuments

The

fourth and last compartment contains

in the attitude of declaiming.

the figure of the son of a king, in the dress of a priest, and He is " approved by Smotef,"

one of the four gods of the dead.

deeper, as
is

This figure
line,

is

considerably
the true

signified

by the thicker

and

is in

Egyptian style of relievo, but unfortunately much injured by the decay of the surface which affects the whole of the lower part of this monument, probably from the contact of the nitrous eartli wliich encumbers the lower part of all the

monuments
Mira

in situ.

may be the Moeris

of Herodotus,' probably a tributary

sovereign or chief priest of Memphis,

when

that city

was

under the rule of Thebes. Herodotus places him nine hundred years before his own time, or about B.C. 1300.^ But as this name is not part of the original inscription, it gives us no clue to the date of the monument, which was made at a considerably later epoch, and in the decline of Egyptian art.

The following

portions of the inscription are

:

all tiiat I

can certainly identify

Column Column
gods
1.
:

A,

is

either the first or the last of the

columns
chief

of writing.
B, lines 1 to 12, contains the

names of the

Apis, spelt

2.
3.

by means of the animals head APE, and T H U. Horns, and Aroeris, a second Horus. Mo, Truth, and Daphne, a Greek name for Pasht,

Chem,

spelt

being shortened from Tape-hanes.^

4.
5. 6.
7.

Osiris, or

8.

and Neith, the Queen of Heaven. perhaps Horus, Isis, and Nephthis. Horus " of the Temple." Ra, with the word " year," " blessed for ever." Life, Permanence, and Happiness (?), personified as
Seb, the Crocodile,

three deities.

'

Euterpe.
^

Sliarpe,
;

Chronology of Egypt.
xliii. 9.

city in the Delta

see

Jerem.

112
9.

Account of an Egyiotian

Altar' at Turin.

Thoth.

10 and 11.
12. Osiris.

second form of Thoth

(?).

The
and
6,

rest of

tliis

column, with columns C, D, and E,

4, 5,

contain the names of the gods peculiar to the several

cities of

Egypt.

In conclusion, some attention should be directed to the peculiar shape of the monument, which, although e-sndently

an altar, is of a more elegantly curved form than found in early Egyptian art.

is usually-

PLATE

TURIN.

'

r^

Js,

Co

'^

DO

NSCRIPTION UPON AN EGYPTIAN ALTAR

AT

TURIN

DO

O
'Irtri

It

RIN

PLATE

II

INSCRIPTION

UPON AN EGYPTIAN ALTAR

AT

TURIN.

PLATE

111

URIN.

INSCRIPTION

UPON AN EGYPTIAN ALTAR

AT TURIN.


113

TRANSLATION OF THE HIEROGLYPHIC INSCRIPTION ON THE GRxVNITE ALTAR AT TURIN.

By
S.

Birch, LL.D.

Read hth May, 1874.

The
an

granite moniiraent at Turin

is

really the base of

and the inscription contains the names of the different gods for whom it was made and dedicated. At the last side, PL E, line 7, is " the making of libations and addressing the table of offerings " {Tehhu), followed by two columns descriptive of the altars and of the objects offered. The fii'st side contains the title and names of Pepi of the Vlth Dynasty, in whose reign the monument was made and as great prominence is given to the worship of the god Ptah, it was probably one of the altars of the Hephsestseum or temple of that God at Memphis. It is therefore interesting, as showing the names of the principal deities then
Altar,
;

worshipped.

The

text

is

as follows
I,

Plate

Col. A.

The ark
on
'

its slip,

of the god Sekar or Socharis, called the Iiannu mafekh ; of the inscription above, hannu en sekar

of Sekar,^ the latter two words only remain. Beneath is Osiris Tat' or Osu'is The Tat or established' and his box or coffin. In the next compartment are the name and titles of Pepi " The good god Pepi the giver of life, beloved of Ptah "who is (the chief) of Southern wall, approved of Sekhet."
'
'

The ark

Sekhet was the wife of Ptah and mother of Nefer-Atum. These three gods formed the Memphian Triad,
In the third compartment
standing, and his speech,
'

is the god Thoth, ibis-headed, The speech. Oh gods of the

South, oh gods of the

A'oL. III.

West bring

offerings, give

them,
8

say

114

Translation of the Hieroglyjyhic Inscription

the lord of Sesen, give sepulchral food of bread, beer, oxen,

geese to the great gods approved of the South.'

Sesen is Eshmoun or Hermopolis, the Nome over which Thoth presided and of which he was afterwards Eponymous. The mention in this portion of the gods of the South and West shows that the lists refer to them. In the fourth compartment is the god Petmutf, "who
dwells in the houses or places of the

Manu "

or Ocean.
is

He

appears under his usual form of a youth, and

'

styled

approved of Sekhet.'

The

rest of the inscription is wanting.

Plate
LINE
1.

I,

Col. B.

List of Gods.

2. 3.

Satemi ('Hearing'), Turn [Tomos]. Khepera, Kheprer [The Scarabaeus].

Shu, (Sos) Tefnu.

4. Seb,
5.
6.

Nut.

Osiris, Isis, Set,^

Nephthys.

Har

in the great palace.

'

7.

Ra
'

or

The
Life,'

Sun,'

Renpa
'

'

the year,' Het

'

an

age,'

Geta

Eternity.'
'

8.
9.

Ankh

Tat

stabiHty,'

Aut

'

Triumph."

10. 11.

Thoth in the satp house [place of Thoth at the balance.

selection],

12.

The Maa

great one of the five in Api-sekhet.

'

Sight,'

Satem

'

Hearing,' in Absi.

Abotis in the Hypselite nome.

13. 14.
15.

16.
17.

18.

Tebi (Apollinopohs Magna or Edfu). in the city of Apant. The eye of Harmachis coming out of liglit. The Eye of Horus, mother of the gods.
in

Sebak Sebak Sebak Sebak

in the

town of Aa

(Letopolis).

in the city of Shet.

19. 20.

Quite obliterated.

Plate
1.

II,

Col. C.

Khnum
The name

2.
'

The dweller

[Chnoumis] in the 4 pools above. in the West, Osiris in Abydos.

Set has been anciently erased
:

it is

the oldest mention of this

god.

on the Granite Altar at Turin.

LINE
3.

115

4.
5.
6. 7.

8.
9.

Khebkheb [door openers] in the Temples. The obehsk in the Temples. Har [Horus] in the great palace. Har in the House, chief of the palace. The two lion gods in Paha. The Boat in the city of Shet. Justification in Pa sekar.

10.

11.

12.

14.

The adorers in the city of Kat. The riches in the Treasury. The weapons in the city of Pa-kar The chiefs in the city of Aat Aat
near Memphis].

(arsenal, or battle city).

[" great house," place

15.

The

four born of

Horus [The four genii of Karneter or

16.

Uta [Listener]

Hades] in the Temples. in Pa-ka, (The place of the Bull, or Apis,

or else Athribis).
in

17.

Har [Horus]
South].

the

town of Sebekh-res [Door of the

18.

The great god

North].

19.

in Karneter [Hades or Gournah]. [Anup, Anubis] in the town of Sebekh-meh [Door of the

20.

[some god] in the town of Senen

[city of Registers].

Plate
1.

II,

Col. D.

Isis in Pa-ft.

2.

3.

4.
5.

Har [Horus] in the town of Pa-snatem, those born of Har [Horus] in Pa Those born of Har [Horus] in the city of Panaham. Set in the city of Panaham.
. . .

Kartek [Spark holder, a form of the goddess Ta-ur or Thousris] in Patek the place of Sparks.
Kar-tes [Flint bearer] in Pa-tes [place of Flint, of Flint

6.

7.

8.

9.

10.

weapon]. Athor in the town of Mensa [city of pots or vases]. Api tu s [she who is on the Hill] the city in Tuaa [of the Oxyrhynchite nome]. Ra at his setting, Ra Harmachis on the good throne. Ptah in the Sebti-hut (city of white walls akropolis of Memphis) on the East.
;

IIG
LINE

Translation of the Hieroglyphic Inscription

11. 12.

Anup
Har

[Aniibis] in the

in the

town of Sep [oxyrbynclius]. town of Rumakhu^ [one of the Nubian

his place, in the city of

cities

13. 14. 15.

16.

under Egypt]. The one attached to

Sankh.

Har [Horns] Har [Horus] The dweller

in the city of

Ru-en-kau.

in the city of
in the city of

Meng. Ment in the white

palace.

Nushim, lady of the city of Au-kaf. 18. Mentn Har in Uas [Western Thebes Hermonthis]. 19. Atlior mistress of An aa [Tentyris, Denderah]. 20. Bast [Bubastis] in Pabast [Bubastis].
17.

Plate
3.

III,

Col. D.

Mutilated or wanting.
[Terrible face, a

Har shaf

the upper and lower world dwelling in the

surname of Khnum], king of town of

Suten khen (Heracleopolis). Athor, mistress of Apikaut [Athribis].

Neith, Sebak,

Har [Horus]

in the

Town

of

Tena

[This].

The making
offerings.
I.

of libations, and the titles of the table of

II.

9.

The great Table The stand

Four pots Fom- pints of water
Four mugs of water Eight pints of water

Heads of ...

two hands.

a vase of libation. a jar for washing

10.

11.

which

is

on

the

washing

basin (refers to 10, II).

12.
13.

eight jars of sea water, a pot of Southern wine,

14.

great Altar
little

15.
16. 17.

The

Altar

Four stands

two pots of Northern wine. two jars of wine of three jars of wine and spirits.
"VAane

The Altar

of Bau.-

18.
19.

Two
Ten

great pans of water

basins of water

wine of Fishermen. two jars of wine of Anhu.

20, 21. Mutilated

'

and illegible,

Or, Euau, a city mentioned in the campaign of Una.

an unrleteruiined site over whicli Brnjsch, Oeoffraphisch. Inschrifl, Tab. LVI, No. I7t8.
*

Or, Bau-en-Har,

Klinum

presided.


on the Granite Altar at Turin,

117

This monument mentions several towns either hitherto unknown or not identified. Unfortunately, however, it gives

no clue to their position beyond the vague expression, of West and South.'

'

gods

There are
j(P
.

also a

few new words in

this inscription, as

.
,

ill

C, line 12,
It is

meaning the

'things,' kliet or 'riches'

in the Treasury.

found in the form

khet in the

tomb of Merkat, Lepsius, Denkm., Abth. II, Bl. 22 a, in the sentence mcta Mei a?i^ saten-a, "Inspection of things brought
to the royal house."

Most of the words

^^^^^

in E, lines 9-19,
t

unexplained are new, as

7nab or ab

1 I

tena

'

a stand.'
/-"-'^

a kind of

'

vase

'

basket-shaped. ^
4H*'

menga.t 'a pot' or 'mug.'

S^ wm^ ^Zj mensa 'a pear-shaped

hau
ti

vase' holding about half a pmt, often found in alabaster.

<^^c
'
'

kamt 'an ampulla'

or little vase.

<S^ \fc

a stand, holding a vase.' a bottle

'

m
-

m.

-n

kakanti or ka en

ka

or small vase of wine, perhaps a variant of kat or

s.

kata,
^.

Brugsch, Worterhuch,
I

1520, or oi kai a pint, ibid. 1506.

[=zz=i

ahsh

'

an

olla,'

showing that the form arp absh

one absh^ or
olla,

does not

mean 'white

wine,' but 'wine

colour.^
is

which was perhaps of a white

'

Some account

of

this

monument

given by

Orcurti,

Catalogo

del

monumenti

Egizii di Torino.

8vo. Torino, 1852, p. 80, No. 24.

118

REVISED TRANSLATION
OF

THE DESCENT OF ISHTAE,

WITH A FURTHER COMMENTARY.
By H.
F. Talbot, F.R.S., &c.

Read

May

5,

1874.

Since

my

translation of this

Legend was submitted

to

the Society I have been enabled to unprove it in various ways. In this I have been much aided by a translation

which Mr. G. Smith published in the Daily Telegraph of 19th August last, which throws much new light upon the Legend. From my translation it differs in various particulars
one
of the chief being
I
this,

that the

word
^^

^^T

Nin^

rendered ^'Lord" Mr. S. renders Lady.'' In order to explain how tliis difference could arise I must observe that the word Nin has both meanmgs. I will give proofs of

which

Appendix to this paper. Now, in the present Legend the word Nin is in one passage (Col. I, line 24) exchanged for Sarrat (Queen) which therefore removes all
this in the

ambiguity.

Mr. Smith has also discovered in the British

as

Museum a

Small very valuable, for it clears up the sense of the beginning of the Legend, by giving us the ends of several hnes which are broken off in the original tablet. This duplicate copy differs from the original in that Ishtar relates her story in the first person. The scribe has therefore expunged lines 2 and 3 of the legend as superfluous, viz. ^^Ishtar daughter of the Moon-god San resolved to go there."
it is, it is

small fragment of a duplicate copy of the Legend.


Revised Translation of the Descent of Ishtar.

119

The
>

following

is

a copy of the

new fragment

^m Sig mm
N.B.

Wmm

-TT<T
II
I
I

^E <T* ^ETf

Hf< -^ sl^Idl ->f

-ET
T?

cw

-IT?

-ET

tv^
T?

tTTIT?

-ET !TTT

-IT-

^-

'
.

iSiS --IT -^IIT -^ -TIT= "T^ -TTI- e=TT iiiS -II -^T EI I? ^11? <^ -^I <W ^I im use tv^ ^ -Til ^Iwmm E^iT - ^i? 111=1 --T< s --T
The beginniags
in order

of

all

the lines are broken

oft".

The
differ

figures denote the lines of the original tablet

which
also a

somewhat

from the other one.

proper place.

There

is

small but useful fragment belonging to the second column,

w^hich I will notice in
its

A
and

correct translation of this difficult legend

is

a thing

not to be obtained at once, as witness the diverging explanations which have been given of portions of
others.
If the tablet
it by Lenormant But the difficulties become solved by degrees. were not so much fractured, the task would

have been much

I believe the

easier.

most convenient way

will

be for

me

to place

and afterwards in an Appendix to give the reasons for the alterations which have been made^ and an explanation of certain difficult words and passages. I have seldom added the cuneiform text, because it has been for the most part correctly given in my former memoir. And of the former commentary a considerable part
translation of the
first,

my new

Legend

is left

unaltered.

Revised Translation.

Column
1.

I.

To

the land of Hades, the land of her desire,

2.

Ishtar daugliter of the

Moon-god San turned her mind,

: ! :

120
3. 4.

Revised Jranslatiun of the Descent of hlttar.

and the daughter of San fixed her mind \to go there'] to the Honse where all meet the dwelling of the god
:
:

Irkalla
5.
6. 7.

the the
the

House which those who enter it, never come out Road which those who travel it, never return House which those who enter it, are deprived
;

of

8.
9.

10.
11.

Light where Earth is their food then* nourishment Clay Light is not seen in darkness they dwell Gliosts, like birds, flutter their wiugs there
; :

upon the gate and the gate-bars the dust

turbed.

lies

undis-

12.

When

Ishtar arrived at the gate of

Hades

13. to the keeper of the gate a word she spoke keeper of the entrance open thy gate 14. "
!

15.

"Open thy

gate, I say again, that I

may

enter

thou openest not thy gate, and I enter not, I will break down the gate 17. " I will assault the door 18. ' 1 will attack the entrance I will split open the portals 19. "I will raise the dead, to be the devourers of the living!
16. " If
:

20.
21. 22.

"Upon the living, the dead shall prey Then the Porter opened his mouth and
!

"^

spoke,

and

said to the great Ishtar,

23. " Stay,

Lady

24. " I will go,

25.

do not shake down the door and tell this to the Queen^ Nin-ki-gal."
!

26. "

27. 28.

entered, and said to Ninkigal These curses thy sister Ishtar \_utte?'sY blaspheming thee with great curses" [ When Ninkigal heard this [ ]

The Porter

29. she
30. she
31.

grew

pale, like a flower that

is

cut off:
:

trembled like the stem of a reed "I will cure her rage, she said, I will cure her fury
very violent language
is

'

Tliis

evidently introduced by

llie

writer uf this

Legend,
-

in

order to justify the subsequent wrath of Ninkigal.

b) tlie

Ninkigal answers

Proserpine of the Latins.

lines is

Her name moans

off,

"goddess of the great region" i.e. Hades. ^ The end of this and several following
translation uncertain.

broken

which makes the

"

Revised Translation of the Descent of Jshtar.

32. " these curses I will
33. "

121

repay to
!

lier

Light up consuming flames light up blazing straw 34. " Let her doom be with the husbands who deserted their
!

wives!
35. "

Let her doom be with the wives who

husband's side departed
I

from their

36.

"

Let her doom be with the youths who led dishonoured

lives

37.

" Go, Porter, open the gate for her,

38. 39.

"but

strip off

her jewels, like those of former people."'

40.

41.

The Porter went and opened the gate. " Enter, Lady of Tiggaba city It is permitted will come to meet thee!" "The Sovereign of Hades
! !

42.

The

first

gate admitted her, and stopped her

off
!

there

was

taken
43. "

the great

Crown from her head.

off

Keeper
from

do not take

from me, the great Crown

my

head
! !

"
!

44. " Enter,

Lady

for the

Queen of the land demands her

treasures

45.

The second gate admitted

!

46.

her, and stopped her there were taken off the earrings of her ears. " Keeper do not take off from me, the earrings of my
:

ears!"
47. " Enter,

Lady
!

for the

Queen of the land demands her

treasures

48.

The

49.

50.

third gate admitted her, and stopped her: there were taken off the precious stones from her head. " Keeper do not take off from me, the precious stones " from my head " Enter, Lady for the Queen of the land demands her
! ! !

treasures

'"

'

Whose

jewels were not carried to the

tomb

where Ishtar was now of her

own

free will descendin':;-

" "

: :

122
51.

Revi!<ed Tn(itt>latwu of

flie

J)e><cent

of Ishtar.

gate admitted her, and stopped her: there were taken off the small lovely gems from her forehead 52. "Keeper! do not take off from me, the small lovely gems " from my forehead
fom-tli
!

The

53. " Enter,

Lady

for the

Queen of the land demands her

treasiQ-es !"
54.

The
"

fifth

gate admitted her, and stopped her

off the central girdle of
!

there

was

taken
b'^.

her waist

Keeper

do not take
!

off

from me, the central gfrdle of

hv.v

my

waist

56. " Enter,

Lady
!

for the

Queen of the land demands

treasures
57.

The

58.

59.

sixth gate admitted her, and stopped her there were taken off the golden rings of her hands and feet "Keeper! do not take off from me, the golden rings of my hands and feet " " Enter, Lady for the Queen of the land demands her
: ! !

treasures
<)().

The seventh gate admitted her, and stopped her was taken off the last garment fi'om her body
"Keeper! do not take " from my body
!

there

61.

off

from me, the last garment

02. " Enter,

Lady
!

for the

Queen of the laud demands her

treasures
63. After that
64.

65.

66. 67.

mother Ishtar had descended into Hades, her, and derided her to her face. Ishtar lost her reason, and heaped curses upon her. Ninkigal opened her mouth and spoke to Namtar her messenger a command she gave
Ninkigal saw
:

68. "
69.
'

Go, Namtar .... [^some words "Bring her out for punishment
tliis
;

lost]

"'

The end of
is

line

is

lost,

and

all

the remaining lines of Col. 1 are

similarly mutilated

I will therefore give their to

afflict

meaning

in

an abridged form.

Namtar

commanded
to

Ibhtar with dire diseases of the eyes, the side,

the feet, the heart, and the head.

The

story then says that after the goddess of

felt

Love had descended

as these lines are

Hades, the world soon omit them here.

the loss of her influence.

But

much

broken, and are better preserved in the Second Column,

where

tliey are repeated, I

Reoised Trandation of the Descent of Ishtar.

123

Column
1.

II.

The

divine messenger of the gods lacerated his

face

before them,^
2.

He

tore his vest.

Rapid words he spoke.

:

3. 4.
5.

The Sun approached he joined the Moon his Weeping they spoke thus unto Hea the king
" Ishtar

father.

descended into the earth

and she did not

rise

again,
f).

"

7.

"

and since the time that mother Ishtar descended into Hades the bull has not sought the cow, nor the male of any
animal the female.
.

8. 9.

10. 11. 12.

13.

\_some ivords lost'] The slave and her master " The master has ceased from commanding " The slave has ceased from obeying." Then the god Hea in the depth of his mind laid a plan

"

he formed,
"

for her escape, the figure of a

man

of clay.'

Go
of

to save her,

Phantom present
!

thyself at the portal

Hades

14. " the

1.5.

seven gates of Hades will open before thee,

will see thee,

"Ninkigal

and

16.

"When
"

her mind shall be

will come to meet thee. grown calm, and her anger

17.

shall be worn off, awe her with the names

of the great gods

18. " 19. "

Prepare thy frauds

On

deceitful tricks fix thy

!

mind

The

chiefest deceitful trick

Bring forth fishes of the

^
!

waters, out of an

empty

vessel

20. " This thing will astonish

Ninkigal
fail.

21. " then to Ishtar she will restore her clothing.

22.
'

"A
A

great reward for these things shall not

sign of violent griei in the East.

Forbidden in Deut.

xiv, 1,

Lev. xix,

28.

The bleeding face betokened a Messenger of Evil News. " The original has Assinnu, which I have derived from the Chaldee word Sin clay.' But this is a mere conjectiu'e. The meaning evidently is that Hea moulded a figure and breathed hfe into it. Hea was the god to whom all clever "Lord of deep thoiiglits" was one of his most usual inventions were attributed.
'

titles.
3 The present legend was probably a kind of Miracle Play, which was actually performed in one of the temples. Juggling tricks, which have been known in the East from time immemorial (vide Pharaoh's magicians) were probably mtroduced for the amusement of the audience. Only one is related here, but there may have been many more.

"

124
23. "

Revised Translation of the Descent of hhtar.

Go

save her, Phantom, and the great assembly of the

!

people shall crown thee

24.

" Meats, the first of the city, shall be thy food

25. " Wine, the 26. 27.

28.

most delicious

in the city, shall

be thy drink

"A "A

royal palace shall be thy dwelling!

throne of state, shall be thy seat

"Magician and garment

!

Conjuror shall kiss the

hem

of

thy

29.

30. to 31. 32.

33.

34.

35. 36.
37.

NinkigaP opened her mouth and spoke Namtar her messenger a command she gave " Go, Namtar! clothe the Temple of Justice!' ^' Adorn the seats and the " Bring out Anunnak Seat hhn on a golden throne " Pour out for Ishtar the waters of life, and let her depart " from my dominions Namtar went, and clothed the Temple of Justice, he adorned the seats and the he brought out Anunnak on a golden throne he seated
;
:

him,
38.
39.

he poured out

for Ishtar the

waters of

life,

and

let

her go

Then

the

first

gate

let

her forth, and restored to her

the
the

first

garment of her body,

let her forth,

40.

The second gate The The The The

and restored
feet.

to her

ornaments of her hands and

41.

third gate let her forth,

and

rtn^tored to her

the
the

central girdle of her waist.

42.

fourth gate let her forth, and restored to her

small lovely
43.
fifth

gems
let

of her forehead.

gate

her forth, and restored to her

precious stones of her head.

44.

sixth gate let her forth,

and restored

to

the her the

the

earrings of her ears.

45.

The seventh gate let her forth, and great Crown on her head.
The things coniinanded
This seems to be
are

restored to her

'

now supposed

to liave been successfully performed.

tlie final

scene of the Play, representing a magnificent hall

or palace.
^ j

Genius,

who

is

often mentioned.

Here

lie

seems to

act

llie

part of a

ud;;e,

pronounoinj; the absolution of Ishtar.

Revised Translation of the Descent of Ishtar.

125

Appendix of Notes and Explanations.'

Column
Line
the end
1.

I.

By

the help of the "fragment"

we can
its

restore

meaning is mean that resolved doubtful. It may she to go "to the land of Hades, the land of her beloved,'' viz. Thammuz-Adonis, who was detained in Hades by Proserpine. If so, idi must
of this hne kakkari idi-sha.
Or,

But

be from the Heb. "^T^ idid dilectus amicus root IT^ dilexit. it may only mean, " to the land of Hades, the land of
:
:

her desire" viz. the land she desired to visit.

Line

4.

Hades
spirits

is

here called

i^]]]]

i^]}

KT?-

^Iy

Bit Edi or Bit Hedi,

TTW
all

r\"^1,

" the

House of Assembly,"
In the Syriac
'

because the
there.

of

past generations are assembled

Heb.

THV

coetus,
is

conventus, turba.

N. Test, t^rni^ assembly.

Similarly in

continually

used

for

Ecclesia

'

the

Job xxx, 23 Hades is called li?'!^ ty^l the house of assembly,' to which is added '^n hlh of all living.' " locus quo omnes hommes conveniunt Gesenius says For the same reason, in Homer's hymn (dicitur de Oreo)." to Ceres, Pluto has thenames (not mere epithets) of noXvSeKTT]^ and noXuSeyiuLcov "he who receives many." Considering this Eastern usage of the word JJedi Tll^^, I think it probable that the Greek Hades is derived from it.
'
'

'

'

The 'fragment' in this line appears to read Bit Aditi >-TT >-<Y<, The meaning however would be the same. At the end of line 4 the name of the god Trhalla is supplied
from the fragment. Lme 5. The syntax
is
:

Ana
To

bit

sha
those loho

eribu-su,
enter
it,

la

atzii

the house \which~\

never

come out of it.

and following

'

N.B. Ti^e

cuiieiforni text of tlie

whole

is

in vol. 2, p. 187,

pages.

126

Revised Translation of the Descent of Ishtar.

7.

Line
to the

similar

Ana-bit
house \_which^
niu'a
light

syntax sha those who

:

eribu-su,
enter
it,

zummii
are deprived of

Nura is supplied from the fragment. Zummu, Heb. ^^2J sitivit avide desideravit
:

(Ges.)

zwmnu

nura, tbey thirst for light.

Line

8.

Buhut-zun
a famine

'tlieir food.'
is

So

in

Tiglath-Pileser,

col. viii, 85,

called zunka bnhuta

(want of food)
This word
I^'^IO

hhusakha (necessary).

lUd.

^^
9.

^^T
last

!!)EJ

Dltthu, 'clay.'
It
is

is
:

restored from
argilla.

the fragment.

the

Heb.

lutum

Line

The
'

word

is

taken from the fragment

nu^*i to

'-^y Ashha

they dwell.'
last

Heb.

dwell.

Lme
in the

10.

The
;

fragment

word in this line is >-yjJ ^']>- Kappi from whence it is manifest that the other
Jr"^
-^y^-

copy (the one lithographed) read

Avas broken, of
is

gap-pi before

it

which only ^V" now remains.

This line 10

curious and important.

^TT?

JI

ET

<SyT
kima
like is

^T

t>S^
izzuri
birds

-TT<r

t^S ^ -^
zuziz
flutter

*T-

Kal-su-ma
and
their (jhosts

gappi
their ivings

The

hrst

word

Kal

'

a ghost.'
:

Schindler's Lex. p. 543

7^n spectrum phantasma uocturnum (Arabice). Dictionary p. 105 and 555 has Khayl Arabic Catafago's imago chea. Sir G. Wilkinson in his Thebes p. 581 has Khidl a shadow.' Richardson's Arabic Dictionary has KJiaydl
says, h^^\ or
:

'

'

a ghost.'

Zuziz gappi
of Heb.
2n!J
'

'

flutter their wings.'

Zuziz
'

is

a conjugation
'

to flutter,'

Lex.) connected with til 'motus celer (animalium).'

'

whence ^uz and

!J*t2i

a A\dng

(see Fm'st's

which are explained Another form is the Heb. 2J2?]3

t'^t

ziz,

volavit,'

which easily drops the initial N. Gappi 'wings' is the Ch. and Syr. t^Q)! gapa. a wing.


Revised Translation of the Descent of Ishtar.

'

127

Zuziz

is

written

-jV^
ciz.
>-<

>-<.

The sign
:

>-<

is

very

fre-

quently employed for

written

Example
""^Tf^

Lizziz-zu sometimes

>-^^T<y

trj

sometimes

>-^^Y<Y

^
"^^

^yy^
^
fry

'-^]].
11.

See

vol. 2 p.
'

351 of the Transactions.

J:y

Line

i'^'t-'^

npon,'

^\<\^

'

the

gate

^yyrif=^

*-^^

(^ saMul)

and the gate-bars

-<^>->-yyy

sabukk, lles at rest, V-jy

is
:

^T^

ihru,

the dust.

Sakkul
of a gate

probably the same as sakkur.

Ch.

I^D

the bar

repagulum.
is

Sabukh
Ibru
'

dust.'

the Ch. and Syi\ plti? relictus est. Heb. "^QJ^ pulvis. In the oblique case
*"TI^^it

it

makes ibri tIJ city and reduced

utirru.

to dust

They destroyed that : and desolation," ana ibri u karmi

Example
"
til

This

is

instead of the usual phrase ana

u karmi.

4R

34, 33.

Line
'

12.

As

kasadi-sha on her arrival;

(36,

Kasad means

to arrive at a place,' ex. gr. Behist. line

" I sent troops to

aid Hystaspes and," arkhi sha

after the forces

uku ana eli Ustaspi iksudu, had reached Hystaspes [he was enabled to
or

conquer his enemies].

Line 16.
adverb.

>^*^ ^f Summa 'if

Usilld I will raise.
i.e.

'when'

frequent

Line
to rise
will
:

19.

Sha conjugation of Tlh^

" to raise."
Usilld mituti, I

" to cause to rise,"

awake the dead. In 41127, 9 we read ardata antakisha usillu, the girl awoke her mother [to escape from some danger]. In this passage the word antaki is unknown to me, but the Accadian version has ^y>*fy XI ^n^ her mother.'
'

have therefore so translated it. Another example from the Bellmo cylinder hne 50, xdtu mami uscla-mma " and I raised it

up above the waters," written J^yyy^

Line 20.

"^ij^

^*"^TT ^T
I

Imahidu

is

a doubtful word.

from the Chald.

shall

t^l^^ praeda,

Heb.

1^;,

would derive it and so render it "they

"Ijr

prey": compare Genes, devour the prey.

Line 23.
Tziz

xlix,

27,

73h^"^

he

shall

stay

or stop

Ziz

is

" stare" to stand

still.

128
Ibid.

Revised Translation of ihe Descent of hhtar.

La
and

tanadassi,

do not shake

it

down

root Heb.
: '

Tli niid agitavit.

Hithp. hue illuc agitari.

Furst says

to

move

to

fro.'

Line 24. Lidlih mukilu sa anni ana sarrati Ninhigal, I will bring word of this to the queen Proserpine. Mukilu a Avord or saying. Arab. muqCd, a saying. CataMiojalah, a speech, fago's dictionary {qal to say qil it is said.
:

Schind. Lex. p. 1599.

Line 26.
oi'

Mie

Y>-

^YI are probably

curses,*

from Ch.

"^^'^

This verb is used in the sense of exsecratio Tlty^ juravit. blasphemia (Buxtorf, p. 95(3).
Ibid.

Akhata, sister.
-A^A:a^^?<

Lme27. ^^ Tj "^^T
from Ipi maledixit.
Kippi, curses.
is

Cursmg

or Blaspheming,

Schindl. Lex. p. 1156.

the same as Hp^.

'

Av^ord is Kiihie

the same root 2!lp to curse, which Another Assyrian form of the same curses,' which I have given in my Glossary

From

No. 453.
Gesenius.

And

see the verb

Up

maledixit, exsecratus est, in

Line 29.

<Igf tf

X^i-^^^t^
nilds
isbi
floicer

fclff

^JT[ Cl^:^)
iru(ku)
pale.

Kima
TAke
A'^ikis
'

cut

off

she
'

f/rew

cut

off.'

The phrase

niki.'<

kakkadu

the decapitated

head' occurs frequently in the annals of Assurbanipal.

Isbi

a flower or green herb. Heb.

l^I^i^

herba.

Ch.

^^Itl^i^.

See

art.
3,

115 of

my

Glossary.
< |Y

The word
Ishbi.

Khors.

27 written

occurs also in 0pp.

Iruku, she grew pale, Heb. pl^ pallescere, used in of paleness of the face caused by sudden emotion.

Hebrew

And

so

also in Assyrian, ex. gr. panu-ka val urrak thy face shall not

grow pale (from

page 125
:

fear, in

the battle)
-jV lu-rak.

annals of Assurbanipal
-m<]
izli

written

]J^

Line 30.

<IEJ ET

V <V
sapat
stent

lj :s: CS: tT
kunini
a.

Kima
TAke
the

of

reed

she

iras

shaken.

Revised Translation of the Descent of Ishtar.

129

Sapat a rod or stem. Heb. lOltl? virga, scapus. Gesenius compares the German Schaft, the stem. Kunini appears to be a form of Heb. Hip Lat. Canna a
reed.
Jzli

from Heb.

"s^f zelel, quassavit concussit

also

'

con-

tremuit' (Gesen.).
nir izlu

We

frequently find in the inscriptions

jugum

excnsserunt.

Line 31. Mind libha the line is broken off.

'

mind

kab^at-sa).

The end

of

Mind a remedy' occurs several times on the tablets. Lihha (the heart) and Kabat (the liver) are very often used together, as here see my Glossary No. 500 where I have collected many examples of this usage. Both words are continually used, by a metaphor, in the sense of rage'
: '

or

'

anger.'

Upla '1 bring' or Line 32.

Itti

'

I will bring.'

Mie curses? see very frequently means

line 26.
'

against.'

think

it

has that

sense here.

Lines 33, 34, 35, 36.

in

my

I have fully considered these lines paper "on the punishment of the wicked" printed in

vol. 2 p.

346 of the Transactions, to which

I refer.

Line 38.
'jewels,'

dz
who
:

>->X-y-<^^

Faniii

signifies

'treasures'
:

or

which are Paninim

>->?is fully

D'^J^iQ in

Hebrew
'

see Schindl.

Lex. p. 1451
rfz

renders the word by

gemmos.^

explained in the Syllabary No. 346 and

347 as follows

from whence
Billudu.

we

see that

signified Garza, Parzu,

)->f-

and

Now,

I shall

proceed to show

that each of these

three words signifies " treasure."

In the first place Garza is the same as Chald. Ganza, Gr. and Lat. Gaza, a word which seems to have been widely Garza seems only a difi"used throughout the Eastern world.

broader pronunciation of Gaza.

In the second place Pa^^zu has the
Vol.111.

same meaning.
a

The

130

Revised Translation of the Descent of Ishtar.

in the plaral >+col.
i,

word occurs
where he
is

^^YT Parzi

'

treasures' in the

annals of Asliurakhbal

24 in the following passage,

called " the just sovereign,

who

for the pro-

tection of the treasures of the temples of his land took in-

cessant care."

And

here

it

is

very remarkable that the

in the

other copy of the inscription does not read jyarzi but panni
rfi >->^ }-< being exactly the

word employed

legend

of Ishtav. In the third place, B'dludu likewise signifies " treasure,"

see Bellino line 37.
"

A splendid

place, a storehouse of every

kind, a building of safety for

all theii'

treasures they erected

within
hilludi
is

it."

Here the plural word

'

^^^^1 JgJ <y^ ^}

this

expresses

treasures.'

Another example of

word

'' found in Sir T. Phillips' cylinder, col. ii, 1. 51. The splendid diadems and golden jewels of Ishtar^ of X, the lady

place and gave

which Avere most valuable, I restored to their them to X city." These valuables had been plundered by some former king from the temple of Ishtar. The word 'jewels' in the above passage is in the original
of
city,

hilludi

il^^y
gold.'

][^Ty
is

<^y:^

i=\].

The word which

y-~<^i
'

have
hom.

translated 'golden'

Tg ^\ >t^ ^III^
it

kutmuti,
'

^HD
12np
'

'

But perhaps

rather

means

ancient

from

ancient.'

'jewels,'

Hence we have a triple proof that panni here means and kima panni labiruti 'like former jewels' or, 'like

the jewels of former people.'

Line 40. Irbi, enter! The verb 1"^^ is so frequently used in Assji-ian in the simple sense of to enter' that I have adopted it here as the most probable rendering. I have
'

likewise reverted to

my

city," finding that Ishtar

oiiginal translation of " Tiggaba was worshipped there and probably

with especial honours.

Ibid.

lAresha,

it

is

permitted
:

it

is

lawful,

(liceat tihi)

from the Chald. t^U?'^ ficuit ei potestatem habuit. Line 4L (The sovereign of Hades) likhdu as pani-ki,
'

will

have put

X for the name

of the citj, not being certain of the pronuncia-

tion.

Revised Translation of the Descent of Ishtar.

131

cnme
of

to

meet

thee.

At

first I

supposed likhdu was a tense

think
it is

rnn
ii,

to be glad, but 1

now

a tense of

Tjl"^

to

meet, join, unite (in French se reunir).

See likhdu again in

cob
or

15.
I

Line 44.
'

have

fully explained

Pa?mi to mean 'jewels'

treasures' in

^][By li

my note ^^^ Kiham

Dan.
vi, 8.

to line 38. or

regium

ex. gr.

Kiam 'a decree' Ch. Qip edictum Sometimes it means in Assyrian a

I

speech, or a

mere sentence, but

Sihhu taktu, the

think only when

it is

a Royal

personage loho speaks.

Line

54.

central gu'dle.

Taktu from
mulieris.

Heb. ^Tin tuk the middle. Line 60. Zubat, a Veil.

Bulti >-^yi^ *~^y^

Heb.
bulti,

^'^'^"^

velum

^
is

^^ Assyrian form

of the

Hebrew

Busti

in\Z73,
'

'

pudor.'

Zubat

velum pudoris.
eam.
Imur-si.

Zumri the body'

Line
Ibid.
64.

a very frequent word.

KI*"*
t:

J:^

-'^^
nudam

^^iclit

C^

<^*->^

>=f

Iralmb, she derided her, aspani-sha,

irrisit ei).

to her face.
dilatare.

(scil.

videns

Heb.

IHl

rahab

Gesenius quotes Ps. Ixxxi,

11, irahib

pi lateaperuit

08 (in

quendam) quod
65.
:

est irridentis et deludentis.

Furst

agrees in this explanation.

Line
or

Val immalik, -<^>W- ^| TJ>^T she lost her reason ^

judgment
Ibid.
Ibid.

from Ch. malik

^yy^T

\772 consilium.

Usbi, she swore.

Elinu-ssa, against her.

Heb. i^lti? juravit. She uttered imprecations

upon

her.

Line 69. Suza-ssi ana sulim, bring her forth for punishIn col. 2, 33 ^T tJ Suza ment. This verb is frequent.
bring forth (the spirit
Ibid.
Suli7n
TyT'll^

Anunnak

!)

punishment.

Heb.

72hl2? or

^17U^

retributio

and verb
it

rependi, retribui.

Line 75
reads
!

is

so

much broken
'

as to be doubtful, but perhaps or 'on her person' gabbishd-ma,

Ana shasa, on herself,'

Heb. \I?^^ pedibus conculcavit (Gesen.). Sed forsan ti^DD hoc loco eo sensu sumendum quo in Esther vii, 8. The rest of this column is so broken that I pass it over
tread

and proceed

to the second column.

132

Revised Translation of the Descent of Ishtar.

Column
Line
1.

II.

"J^i^ "^T

^^

""^T

guddut, he tore, appa-su his foce,

panu{ssun) before them.

incidit

This verb is the Chald. "T"TJ gududy seipsum usque ad sanguinis eifiisionem (Schindler It is the verb used in p. 277) or, laceravit in luctu camera. the story of the Priests of Baal cutting themselves with
knives, 1 Kings xviii, 28.

Line
tear.

2.

Karru

^^"^y^

^])

'

he tore'
tit

is

the Heb.

y^p

to

Gesenius says, disrupit,

discidit,

vestes in luctu.

Labish '-^j ^yy< 'his vest' is the Heb. 'C?17 vestis. Malie, words. Heb. Ty712 verbum. The broken word na was perhaps nahu Heb. t^l3, Ibid. which Gesenius renders ebullivit : copiose effudit serraonem, ut
Ibid.

Ibid.

faciunt qui

cum animi ardore

vel divina

mentis permotione

loquuntur.

It is nearly the same, he says, as J^13 ebullivit which is similarly used of excited speech. Line 3. The broken word at the end of this line may

have been J:^

unite
:

^ ^^^Y
^T
Ty

ikhid,

he joined.

Heb. IPT^ to

join,

which verb occurs elsewhere

4.

in this legend.

Line
mavit.

^^^
f^lfyt^

Dimd, weeping.

Heb.

y}2il lacri-

Line
descend.

5.

^HI

^^'^'-^^

she descended.

Heb.

I'l'^

to

In the next line

we have

the pluperfect tense

:|yyt: *^yy<y

^y

undu she has descended.

a heifer.

Line
bahurti,

7.

Burti,

^^

>~<y<

Gr. nopTt<;

for

p.

from "^pQ vacca. Ibid. Isukkhit Heb. t^pU?. Buxtorf p. 2332 and Schindler 1811 say that l^p^ and "yVi^ are the same verb (per
is
'

metathesin) and 'TTU?

Ibid,
j-yyyj_

copulavit conjuges.'

^y^
^X:]]
is

any animal.
Heb.

-^

>^y^ i*s female.

Usara

^
9.

rr\\D prurivit.

Schindl. p. 1946.

Line
to stand

^S^y

"^ Itdz, stopped or stayed.

at the end
is

Hithp. of

2:1^

still.

The broken word

il^C^y

i^Vi y>-

a command.

Revised Translation of

tlie

Descent of Ishtor.

133
p.

Line

10.

In akhit-sha, in

lier

obedience.

See Ges.

439

riHiT obedience.

Line 11.
Nimiki.

-<^4^ I^II

-^^^^^

i^

profunditas, the

same as
the tan

From

pt2^ profundus.

The next verb

is

conjugation of "^ni, to select, clioose, or approve. Line 12. Assinnumaj be a figure of clay from theChald. Sin clay.' Or perhaps it means powerful,' from the Syriac
' '

TDTl potens, i^;3"^Dn praspotens

for,

the figure was powerful

as a magician, and Syr. )^y has nearly the same meaning. Line 15. In pani-ha likhdu, she will come to meet thee

from

in"'

to

meet

see the

same phrase
lihba-sa

in col.

i,

line 41

likhdu as pani-ki.

Line
line 31.

16.

Here again we have

'

and

^'a5af-sa
:

joined
1,

together in the sense of

Ibid.

her rage and her fury'

see col.

Inukkhu,

shall

have

grown calm.

Heb.

TX)2

quiescere.
Ibid.

Ippisiddu fi'om tStTQ to remove.

18.

Line
reshi,

Sukin reshi-ka, prepare thy tricks

i^tTI deceit.
assemi-slia,
>-

*pyY

^
;

y-<^

from Heb.

Line 20.
astonish
her,'

Annitu

"^

^^^

'

^^'^^^

"^il^

Line 21.

from D^tlJ to astonish. Takhash ur-sha, nuditatem ejus velabit

from

HDS

texit, vel operuit.

Ibid. Ibid.

Ur,

Heb.

HV
TJ>-T

'

nuditas,' occurs frequently.

*-C^][^

Tassuka

^T

she will cover or veil.

:

whence in see Furst p. 935, from 103 to cover or veil veil, nasuk a and to veil or Isaiah xxv, 7 we have n3D?2 cover. The passage is r:r\^n h'2 hv HDIDiH HlDD^n 'the veil which covers all people.' Tassuka uban-sha, she will clothe her with her Ibid. clothes. Uban clothes linen. Heb. ^^'^y linteum (Schindl.
:

p.
i,

1294).

12

it

in Hebrews Q^J^ convolutus, vel involutus fuit means involvere sicut amictum seu pallium.' Furst
: '

to enwrap or veil.' Uban has a verb liy much the same, nasikkan, princes.' cities is a plural, like alan Line 23. I will here notice another small fragment which
' '
'

'

has been found in the Museum.

Instead of T^JJ

>-^^

lu-zir

'

134
it

Revised Translation of the Descent of

fsJitar.

reads

(I^U)

Y^'^y<y
;

^^

luzzur

The sense however

" the great assembly of the people shall remains the same crown thee " give thee a civic crown as a public benefactor. Zir is related to the Syriac zira torques, a chain of honour

root

1"1T.

Uzzur to Nazir^ a crown.

Izra raha

But these words are

is,

all

related.
Ibid.

^J ^X^\ ^*-

fy

the great assembly

Heb. TTS^V concio popuh, iravrjjvpis. Ges. of the people. elsewhere called in the Assyrian inscriptions the Haga tsira or great Festival (Heb. T^ Festum). y{ iz]]]^ ^^yy ^::yy See Tigiath Pileser i, 21. The five optatives in lines 23, 24, 25, 26, 27 namely,
lu-zir-ka,

lu-akal-ka, lu-maltit-ka, lu-manzaz-ka, lu-mushabu-ka, correspond to each other.

and

Line 27.
'

gTs.?;

^y
':

jj^ *"^^y

osguhbat

'

a couch,'

from Heb. l^U? cubare, to recline. the hem of the garment. Line 28, Zulit. Heb. Sul Buxt. fundum, vel imum rei. Schindl. extremitas vestis.' Furst the hem or lower edge.' Gesen. ora vestis.' Authorized version in Ex. xxviii, 83 where it occurs twice * Upon the hem round about the hem of it (the robe)
throne,'
'

seat of honour

hw
'

'

'

'

'

'

thereof
Ibid.

Uslkha

'

shall kiss,'
is

from

ptDi to

kiss,

fut.

pQ^'^,

Or perhaps the verb

niltl? se prostravit, a verb frequently

employed. Line 31. Mahhash, probably means clothe adorn the tegumentum, vestimentum, i.e.
'

! '

'

Heb. HD^^ temple with

hangings

Line 32. J:^ I^II V*^ ^^^ may be seats or couches, for Mr. Smith in his phonetic values No. 130 makes it equivalent to asgubbu.

Line
or,

34.

Lika-ssi hedii-ya

let

her go from

my

palace,

from
'

my

dominions

Lika, the hiph. of

\7T\ to

go

means

to send away.'

Hedri.
dicitur de

Heb. "lin habitatio, penetralia Prov. vii, 27, Oreo r\1?2 "^"nil Gesen. (as in the present passage).
:

Line 35. Line 38.

Inikhash, he clothed, or
Jlka-ssi,

adorned with hangings.

Hiph. of "T/H as before

he

let

her go.

Revised Translation of the Descent of Ishtar.

135

The legend proper ends with

ments.
of

line 45,

when
all

Ishtar has

past the seventh gate and has received back

her orna:

The
is,

them

which follow are mostly obscure the first think, some direction given to the actors of this
lines
la

Miracle -Play.

thou knowest not her liberation [f.e. a song so called, which ought now to be sung?] nakkan-ma then play on the harp (p3 nagan psallere)
napdiri-sha
taddi,
if

Summa

ana shasha-ma tar-ma, and to some joyful tune strike the

strings
!

think that
is
'

^ ^

shasha

is

the Heb.

tl^tl?

gaudium, and that Tar Napdiri liberation

'

the Arab. "^H^ cliorda. is from the Heb. "i:03 to liberate.

M. Lenormant has recently published a revised translation

of this legend {^Premieres Civilisations, vol.
2, p.

84-93).

He

adopts the majority of the changes proposed by Mr. G. Smith and myself,^ so that there is now little difference of opinion
tenour of the events related
lines
1

with regard to the general meaning of the legend and the always excepting the passage

is
p.

100-108 in which there

In Eecords of the Past
(vol.
i,

a great variety of translation.

143-149) and the Daily Telegraph.

136

NEMROD ET LES ECRITURES CUNEIFORMES.

Par Josef Gkivkl.
Read
1th April, 1874.

Les

inscriptions cuneiformes trouvees dans la

Mesopo-

tamie. nous

ont revele les

noms

de plusieurs rois antiques

appartenant aux premieres dynasties de rempii-e de la Chaldee. Mais aucun de ces noms n'a encore ete identifi^ avec ceux qui nous sont connus par la Bible ou par I'histoire
profane.

Le nom meme de Nemrod,

le

fondateur de la dynastie des

Coushites, n'a pas ete reconnu sur les briques retirees des

mines des villes ou fut le commencement de sa domination. C'est ce que constatait Mr. E. Schrader, I'annee derniere,
dans son savant ouvrage, Les
Testament, pp. 16 et 17.
ecritures cuneiformes et

VAncien
qu'k

Cela ne paraitra pas surprenant

si

Ton

reflechit

r^poque ou fiu'ent ecrites les plus anciennes inscriptions trouvees en Chaldee, Nemrod devait deja appartenir aux temps lieroiques de son pays, comme Assur, le fondateur de Ninive, qui, pas plus que le premier roi de Babylone, n'a laisse des monuments ecrits de sa domination. Aussi bien n'est-ce pas sur les briques deposees dans les fondations des temples et des autres edifices de I'ancienne Chaldee, que Ton pent esperer de retrouver les traces du premier conquerant il faut les chercher dans les legendes et dans la inythologie des Babyloniens et des A.ssynens. Dans I'appondice, tire a part, d'un article paru dans la Revue de la Suisse catholique en Aofit 1871, sous le titre,
;

Le

plus ancien Dictionnaire, j'avais

eiiiis

I'idee

que

le

nom

de Nemi'od se trouvait dans I'ideogramme

>--Y

^^^^'^T
le

Ainar-ud, par lequol les textes cuneiformes expriment

nom


Nemrod
et les

Ecritures Cuneiformes.

137

du dieu Merodach et qu'en consequence, celui-ci n'etait autre que le fameux Nemrod, mis au rang des dieux dans le pantheon assyro-babylonien. Ce qui n'etait alors qu'une conjecture pour moi, etant devenu une conviction, je veux soumettre a I'appreciation et
a
la critique

de nos maitres en assyriologie, les considerations

sur lesquelles elle s'appuie.

Le nom du dieu Merodach, Marduk et Maruduk, est de diverses manieres dans les textes cuneiformes.
:

ecrit

Mr. E. Norris a recueilli et note les suivantes, dans son Dictionnaire assyrien, p. 853
1.

>--y

^^ ^"^y
::yy^ ^.y^i^
T

phonetiq.

Amarud.
Marduk.
Su.

2.

^^y
>-*-y

3.

4-

-*^y

^m
II

faut

Mis,

sit,

<^c.

aj outer

5,

>->-y >-^y<y*-y

p ^^

phonetiq.

Silik mulvnkhi.

Cette derniere forme se rencontre dans des textes magiques et mythologiques, en idiome accadien, cites par Mr. F. Lenormant dans son interessante etude, Les sciences occultes chez les Chaldeens (Correspondant, Octobre et Novembre 1873). M. Lenormant fait remarquer que les textes magiques
^

cites n'appartiennent

et

pas a la religion primitive de la Chaldee que quelques-ims paraissent etre d'une epoque relativereceiite.
qualificatif,

ment
titre

Aussi I'expression Silik-midu-Khi, qui est un plutot qu'un nom dans le sens ordinaire,
la

n'est

pas la forme

plus

ancienne.

Dans

la

version

de ces textes, Silik-mulu-Khi est rendu par la premiere notation ^*^^ ^^ Amar-ud. Celle-ci apparait, pour
assyrienne
la

premiere
'

fois,

dans
la

les

inscriptions

de

Hammourabi
dans lequel sont

Ancien idiome de
I'liistoire et la

classe des langues agglutinatives,

rSdigees les plus anciennes inscriptions de la Chaldee, ot dont

M. F. Lenormant

a donn6

premiere grammaire dans

ses

Etudes accadiennes.

138

Nemrod

et les

Kcritures Cuneiformes.
les

dont I'existence, suivant

assyriologues,
ere.

remonterait k

que Ton rencontre dans renumeration des dieux que les monarques de Babylone et de Ninive invoquent dans leurs inscriptions. II ne parait done pas douteux quelle ne soit la plus ancienne et qu'elle ne couvre le nom antique du dieu qui a ete adore beaucoup plus tard sous le nom, etranger a la langue assyrienne, de Marduk ou Merodach. Dans ces
C'est aussi la seule

environ IGOO ans avant notre

invocations, les
ecrits

noms des

autres dieux sont, le plus souvent,

en ideogrammes, c'est-a-dire avec des signes dont la prononciation syllabique donnait le nom du dieu en langue accadienne, mais que les AssjTiens lisaient dans leur langue.
Ainsi le

nom du

dieu
;

Nebo
mais

est ordinaii-ement ecrit >->-y

les

>-]^

Ati-Ak, en accadien

Assyriens le

lisaient,

Nabium

dans leur langue.

identiques

Les syllabaires d'Assourbanipal et les variantes des textes ou paralleles nous ont fait connaitre les noms ass}T.*iens de ces dieux et nous ont permis de les identifier avec ceux que nous connaissons par I'liistoire sacree et profane, comme Oanes (Anum), Assur, Bel, Nebo, Samas,
Sin, &c.
>->-Y ^^^^ ^\ ^ mar-ud a pareillement ^t^ avec Merodach par la lecture du nom de Merodach-baladan qui est ecrit, Amar-ud-sena dans les inscriptions

L'ideogramme

identifie

cuneiformes et transcrit dans

la Bible

(Isaie xxxix, 1),

par

pi^^l
c'est

Tjlb^'l^D

Merodac-baladan.*

Mais Marduk n'est pas un

nom

assyrien, ni semetique

un nom purement accadien.

ainsi

que tons

les assyrio-

logues doivent en convenir. II devait done aussi repondre a un nom, a une forme assyrienne renfermee dans l'ideo-

gramme Amar-ud,
il

^*'"^'^T'

C'est

ce

nom

assyrien dont

s'agit

de recliercher
il

la lecture, I'expression vocale.

Pour

la trouver,

n'y a qu'a suivre le precede pbilologique em-

ploye pour decouvrir les

*

noms

assyriens caches sous

une
de

La

lecture

avarud pour amarud, parait aroir et usitSe ^ edt de

est

celle

Marduk.

Le nom d'Evil-merodak

rendu dans

le

Canon de Ptolem6e par

Illoarottdamou; enassjrien, Illu avaruda7n-pour IIlu aniarudu=

xTY \

comme Naadam^- naadu dans

les inscriptions

de NubuchoJouosor.

Nemrod

et les

Ecritures Cuneiformes.

139

forme accadienne ou ideographique, lorsqu'ils ne sont pas donnes directement par les syllabaires ou par les variantes. II consiste a substituer aux signes dont se compose I'ideogramme, les diflferentes valeurs syllabiques ou ideograpbiques
qu'on salt leur appartenir.
Ainei, lorsqu'on eut

decouvert I'obelisque dit de Nemrud,

on avait de bonnes raisons de croii'e qu'il etait de Salmanasar,

quoique
^Y jjA

le

/Y^
di

>f-.
lire

nom du roi y fut ecrit On decouvrit ensuite que le

Di-ma-nu-bar
premier signe

pouvait se
le

aussi sal et salim et le dernier ussur, on eut

done

nom

nuhar.
^*"^-^Y,

de Sahnanuussur (Salmaneser) au lieu de DimaProcedant de la meme maniere avec I'expression

nous trouvons au syllabaire No. 156 d'Assourbanipal,

que
et le

le

premier signe a la valeur syllabique accadienne de amar sens general de luire, lumiere ; en assyrien buuru, cor"^i-^n,

respondant aux racines

des
diflferents

*ini, "Til, (1*11, Vl'l, *1^^D, IJlD,

idiomes semitiques.

Ce

syllabaire est ainsi

No. 156 ]} tyy^

<::
signe

^
hu-

!=nrt
u

^jn

amar
Les Assyriens
de
lui

- ru.

ont encore donne la valeur syllabique

tsur (de "^li^ lumiere).

Nous pouvons done remplacer ce premier signe, nonseulement par son equivalent generique hum, mais encore par une autre forme de ce verbe, par son participe nibru, qui
est brillant.

Nous Savons

aussi par la tablette lexicographique 25,11, 61,

que amaru egale namaru ("^l^^i) luire, brjller, synonime de buuru. En rempla9ant amar par ce second equivalent, on obtient namaru, namru et nimru.

La

valeur ordinaire du second signe

clair, brillant II

-"^Y

est

ud avec

le

sens de

et de Soleil.

par extension celle de jour s' employe aussi en assyrien dans le sens de
("nil), et,

dans la meme forme, ud, udu, udii. II n'est done pas necessaire de lui substituer une de ses autres
clair, brillant, et

valeurs.

140

Nemi'od

et les

Ecritures CuntHformes.

au

Par ses substitutions nous obtenons, nihinid, ou nimrxid, lieu de amarud. Nibrud repond a la forme Nebrodes employee par I'liisto-

rien juif Flavins Joseph, et

Nimrud repond exactement au Xemrod

Genese
et
il

(T^^^)
le

de

la

signifie

la

lumiere brillante,
le 7'eheUe

magnifique,

splendide, illustre et

non

comme Ton

crut les

Com-

mentateiu-s de
II

la Bible.

est

vrai

dans

les textes

que le signe '^Y xit s'ajoute frequemment, en langue assyrienne, a un signe ideograla veritable prononciation, soit

phique pour en determiner

comme complement
ideogramme de
netique ut

phonetique.

Ainsi le signe

i^

kur^

nakar, se revolter suivi,

-^Y

du complement pholes

>^

se

lit

nakrut,

la rebellion,

rebelles,

Mais je ne j prthographique assyrien a un uom propre accadien. Mais lors meme que nous admettrions la lecture Nimrut ou Nihrut, qui serait justifiee par I'emploi de Nehrothes dans I'histoire d'Armenie de Mo'ise de Korene, on n'aurait qu une variante de plus de la forme Nemrod employee par la Genese.
crois

pas

qu'il

ait lieu

d'appliquer cet usage

Apres avoir etabli que I'ideogramme

'^Y

amarud,

pouvait etre lu Nimrud en assyrien, nous avons a prouver que ce nom est synonime de Marduk, en accadien.

Marduk
vermeil

est

compose de deux mots ou

entr'autre,

racines,

mar

et duk.
brillant,

Mar (=

mir) signifie

jeune,

beau,

mini {"S^^) immiru (de

"^^2) nihru (de

Til) khuru

{TH)
W.

admu (Dlt^)

Udu
1.

A., vol. II, pi. 30,

(IOdV). 29, et suivantes, et

pi.

(Voyez

Inscrip.
pi. 36,
1.

Cun.
47, et

suivantes, et uru, lumiere,

39

II,

(i3.)

Duk,

^Y][i^

(=
II,

JiJ.,

j[]^,

Grande

inscrip.

dAssour-

natser-pal, col.

41,

51) signifie avoir, posseder; cela est

admis par tous les assyriologues. Marduk, en accadien, signifie done possedant la beaute, I'eclat, la splendeur, ou autrement, le beau, le brillant, le splendide, comme Nimrud en assyi'ien. Ceci est confirme par les variantes du nom de Nabonid
:

qui est ecrit

Neinrod

et les

Ecritures Cum'iformei^.

141

>->-Y >-'Wf -i^^Tl^ JsJ-

<^n

ah-mir-duk (ou mur-duk), Accad.

'"^f -^"^"^T Assy., et ou Mirduk s'echange avec naldd, eminent, brillant,

splendide (arab. IHi).

et -'-y <^y

^ ^ny

S^I = Nahium-naldd,

Voyez Dictionnaire de Norris, pp. 466 et 961. Dans les tablettes astronomiques ou plutot astrologiques trouvees a Ninive, il est souvent fait mention de I'etoile de
Marduk,
soit

de Nimrud

^X~^<^'\'

Les assyriologues modernes Font identifie avec la planete de Jupiter. Le nom de Nimrud ou Marduk le brillant, dcnne a cet astre par les astronomes assyriens, justilie I'identification des assyriologues et en meme temps la justesse de mon interpretation. Chacun sait que Jupiter est la plus brillante
des y)lanetes.
L'identification de

Nemrod

et de

Merodach etant

justifiee

par I'analyse etymologique de ces noms, et I'identite de leur signitication, il reste a examiner, comme controle, si les
qualifications donnees a

Merodach dans

les

textes

cunei-

formes, repondent a celles que la Genese attribue a

Nemrod.

La Genese
"

(ch. x, 8, 9, 10) dit:

Et Cus engendra Nemrod qui commen9a a

etre puissant

" sur la terre.

" II fut

un
:

fort chasseur

devant Jehova.
le fort

De

la est

venu

" le dicton "

comme Nemrod,

Et le commencement Accad et Calne." Dans les textes etudies et cites par M. F. Lenormant, Les sciences occultes chez les Chaldeens, Silik-moulou-khi (?)
"

chasseur devant Jehova. de son regne fut Babel, Erek,

*-^y<y'-y
le roi

B^j^

-<^

est regarde

comme

fils

de Ea,

>:^]]]1 Iy,

des eaux, qu'on a cru pouvoir identifier avec Nouha,

Noe.

Noe au

Suivant cette interpretation, Merodach serait fils de lieu d'etre son arriere petit fils, suivant la Genese. Ailleurs Merodach est fils du Seigneur d' Ur-dhi (>-^Y{ -^)
(?)

Eridhu

-!

<:^*T
;

tf ^TT*
tur-sak

--TII
Bili
fils

<M -W
ki-ga-ge,

Amarud
en accadien

c'est-a-dire

Nimrud

aine

du Seigneur de

Eridhu (?) *-^yi'<^.

(Compar. 55

II, 64,

et 58 II, 74, 75).

142

Nemrod
tablette 56

et les

Ecritures Cuneiformes.

que ce Seigneur cle Ki-ga-ge, pere comrae Cus le pere de Nemrod. Mei"odac est souvent qualifie de riminu, le vainqueur (lieb. pi) dans les inscriptions de Nabuchodonozor, ainsi que dans la tablette 54 II, 53, qui I'appelle aussi Uru, le
II, 38, dit

La

de Marduk, a six

fils,

prince, I'eminent, le lutteur

(de

i<^"ltl}

d'ou Isra-el, luttant

avec Dieu).

Dans son

etude, Les sciences occultes chez les Clialdeens,

cite
:

M. Lenormant
suis le

'

appelle Merodacli

"

Je

un passage des testes magiques qui suis celui qui marche devant Ea je

"

guemer,
1.

le fils aine

de Ea, son messager."

(W.A.I.

IV,

pi. 30,

3.

Ce passage
" messager
"

serait identique a

celui de la Genese,
si les

le

fort cJiasseur devant Jehovah (Ja) ",

(plus

mots " marchant " et

:

exactement couriier, en assyi'ien Tin^sipri=. fameux chasseur qui a donne lieu k tant d' explications embarass^es et a des versions si differakhu) ne remplafaient le
rentes.

Les Septante ont traduit T^^^.i^J par geant chasseur.

La Vulgate La version syriaque La version arabe La version chaldaique

L'historien Joseph, qui n'a fait

par fort chasseur. par geant guenier. par geant temble.

par

homme

fort.

que copier et commenter la dans ses Antiquites juda'iques, appelle Nemrod violent et audacieux mais I'expression si caracteristique de chasseur
Bible,
;

ne se trouve pas dans son livre. La Genese ajoute que, fort chasseur devant le Seigneur^ comme. Nemrod, est devenu une locution proverbiale. Cependant cette locution ne se rencontre pas ailleurs dans FAucien Testament tandis que celle de marcliant devant le Seigneur y est frequente, ainsi que dans les inscriptions assyrionnes.
;

En
si

presence de ces divergences,

il

est permis de se deraander

une erreur n'existerait pas dans le texte hebreu actuel ou si T!i "Sl^ ne pourrait pas signitier autre chose qu'un grand chasseur, ou un homme fort a la chasse.
'

Les sciences occultes chez

les

Chaldecns, Corres23ondant, 25 Novcmbre,

1873, page 72t.

Nemrod

et les

Ecritures Cuneiformes.

143
il

Mais en aclmettant
exists

meme

rexactitude de cette version,

I'idee

encore assez d'analogie entre

d'un

Guerricr

marchant devant

Ea

et d'un

Gi^and chasseur devant Jehovah,

entre tin chasseur et

un

courrier a cheval (3Dl),

pour que ces

pu etre appliquees au meme individu par les traditions chaldeennes et hebra'iques. Le paralleKsme des deux passages cites n'en est pas moins frappant. La Bible dit ensuite, que Nemrod commen^a a regner a
deux
qualifications aient

Babylone
Chaldee.

et

dans trois autres

Aussi

villes

ou

territoires

de

la

Elle dit egalement qu'Assur partit de la et qu'il

le propliete Micliee, v,
6,

fonda Ninive.

appelle la

Babylonie, la terre de Nemrod,

terre d'Assur, ^TC^i^ y-^^^.

"P^^

V'^t^,

et I'Assyrie, la

La distinction entre les dieux Assur et Merodacb, I'un comme dieu special des Assyriens et I'autre comme dieu de
Babylone et de
la Chaldee, est aussi clairement etablie

par

les inscriptions cuneiformes.

Sur une tablette mythologique 59

II,

47, on

lit

<ii i^^?Hf <ii

(Dieu ou
roi)

-r

<::*!

de

Bahylone

Merodach.

nous I'avons dit (p. 137), le nom de Merodach pour la premiere fois, dans les textes du roi chaldeen, Hammourabi, et dans leurs inscriptions, les autres rois de Babylone, invoquent toujours Merodach comme leur
apparait,
ils

Comme

du ciel et de la terre mais ne par lent pas di Assur. Les monarques d'Assyrie, au contraire, reconnaissent Assur pour le premier de leurs dieux son ideogramme entre dans la composition de leurs noms royaux mais ce n'est que depuis Assour-natsir-pal (neuf siecles avant notre ere) que Ton trouve le nom de Merodach dans leurs invocations oil il occuppe toujours un rang inferieur a celui d' Assur. II y a done accord parfait entre la Bible et les inscripmaitre, la divinite supreme, le roi
;

tions cuneiformes sur I'individualite et les traits generaux

d'Assur et de
I'autre.

Nemrod

d'un cote,

d' Assur et

de Merodach de

Cette distinction est en opposition formelle avec I'opinion

des Commentatem-s qui, per suite d'une fausse interpretation

144

AVmrod
assur,

et let

Knitui^es Cunei formes.

du mot
II

etait aussi le

dans le texte hebreu, ont cru que Nemrod fondateur de Ninive et de rempire d'Assyrie.

serait possible d'entrer

le

dans

le

plus longs developpe-

ments sur
dans
les

sens des autres ideograrames du

nom de Marduk
semble que les

(p. 137), ainsi

que sur ses attributions textes cuneiformes.^ Mais il

et ses qualifications

me

considerations qui precedent sont plus que suffisantes pour

justifier
le

et

ma these, a savoir que Merodach n'etait autre que fameux Nemrod mis au rang des dieux par les Chaldeens les Assyriens, et qu'ainsi le nom de Nemrod, bien loin
:

d'etre

inconnu

dans

les textes cuneiformes,

s'y

rencontre

presque a toutes les pages.

Jos. Grivel.
Frihourg,
le

15 Decembre, 1873.

'

Comparez

ces qualifications avec celles de

Ahouramazda dans

le

Manuel

d'histoire ancienne

de Lenormaat, 2de

dit. vol. II, p. 311, 312.

145

THE ASTRONOMY AND ASTROLOGY

OF THE

BABYLONIANS,
WITH TRANSLATIONS OF THE TABLETS RELATING TO
THESE SUBJECTS.
By Rev. A. H. Sayce,

MA.

S.ead Februari/ 3rd, 1874.

The

claim of Babylonia to be considered the birthplace

is

of astronomy

so generally admitted that popular

works on

the science begin with a description of the advantages enjoyed

by the ancient Chaldasans

atmosphere.
belief.

for

stiulpng the heavens, owing to

its

the level natm-e of their country and the clearness of

Classical writers for the
it

most part confirm the

mentions the pretentions of the solar hero, Aktis, " the sunof Helios, to have been the first astronomers son beam," the Phoenicians sometimes asserted as much (V, 57) and the
Diodorus,
is

true,

Rhodians,

when governed by their

for themselves (Pliny,

N.H. V, 12; VJI, 57; Dionys. Perieg.

907-9); while Macrobius (Comm. in Spmn. Scip. I, 21, 9), S. Clemens Alexandrinus (Strom. I, 16, 74), Laetantius
(Div. Inst, n, 13), Diogenes Laertius (Prooem. 11), and Lucian (de Astrolog. 3-9), ascribe the origin of the science Diodorus tells us (I, 28, 29) that the latter to the Egyptians. people declared that they had taught astronomy to the Babylonians, in fact that Belus and his subjects were an Egyptian colony. Similarly, Pliny (N. H. VII, 56), Manilius (1, 40-45),

and Akhilles Tatius

Vol.
III.

(Isag.

I,

p.

73, ed.

Petav.), share the

10

146

The Astronomy and Astrology of

the

Babylonians,

honour of the discovery between the inhabitants of the Euphrates and the Nile and Isidorus (Orig. Ill, 24. 1) attributes astronomy to the Egyptians and astrology to the
;

Chaldasans.

The general

voice of antiquity, however,

;

makes

the Babylonians the earliest observers of the stars the author of the Epinomis (9, p. 987), Cicero (de Div. 1, 1), and Proklus
(in Tim. 277d), all assert this and Josephus, quoting from Berosus (Ant. Jud. I, 8, 2), declares that Egj-pt received its
;

astronomy from the Chaldseans. AVith this agrees the length of time during which astronomical observations are said to have been carried on for 720,000 years according to Epigenes (iip. Plm. N.H. VII, 57), for 490,000 years according to Berosus and Kritodemus (ib.), for 470,000 years according to
;

Cicero (de Div.

I,

19), for

270,000 years according to Hipfor 473,000 years before

(II, 31).

parkhus

(ap. Protel. in

Tim. 31c),

Alexander's invasion, according to Diodorus

writers state that

These

the observations had been recorded in

inscriptions has so

writing upon burnt bricks, a statement confirmed by modern

discovery

and the decipherment of the

thoroughly vindicated the trustworthiness of Berosus, that

number of years other by authors, as well given by as by the assertion of Cicero (de Div. II, 46), that the Babylonian system of astrological divination upon the births of children was verified by an experience of 470,000 years.
are inclined to credit the accui'acy of the

we

him, corroborated as

it is

Simplicius (ad Arist. de Caelo, 475b) indeed reports the porten-

tous
(ib.

number

of 1,440,000 years, although he says elsewhere

503a), on the authority of Porphyry, that Kallisthenes sent

Babylon a series of astronomical observations, which reached back for 31,000 years, or, as the Latin translation has it, for 1,903* years before the time of Alexander the Great. On the whole, we may look upon Berosus as accurately relating the belief of his countrymen upon the matter and though it is impossible to accept the prodigious antiquity which he assigns to their star-gazing, I have yet been much impressed by the great age to which the testimony of the astronomical tablets I have examined would throw back the beginning of a systematised and recorded astrology among the Babylonians. Thus, the event which followed each eclipse
Aristotle from

ivith

Translations of the Tablets,

^-c.

147

Moon, such as the death of the kuig of Elam, was noted down under the supposition that any other echpse which took place at the same time m the future woukl be accompanied by a similar occurrence. Now, the great astrological work which was drawn up for the Library of Sargon, of Agane, in the IGth century B.C., contains a list of eclipses for every possible day throughout the year and as each of these has some event
of the
or or a victory of the king of Accad,
;

Sim

attached to

it,

thus guaranteeing

its reality,

we may

easily

imagine to what an antiquity the records go back. It is probable that the work in question was used by Berosus we are told by Josephus (cont. Ap. I, 19) that he wrote on and Seneca (Nat. Chaldsean astronomy and philosophy
;

Quaest. Ill, 29) calls

him the
3).

translator of Belus,

named

"

the inventor of sidereal science"

who is by Pliny (N.H. VI,

safely consider

26) and Solinus (56,

As we may now

Berosus to represent the vicAvs of Babylonian astronomy, the fragments of his book that have been preserved become

extremely interesting.
Vitruvius (IX, 2)
sphere, half of
fi'om the

These are but few, the chief being

others.
is

those about the Moon, which have been quoted from him by

and which

That body was described

to be threefold,

as a

igneous, the light not being derived

Sun;
its

its

movements were said

UTCgular, one in longitude, one in latitude,

orbit
;

though and one in an

and

sion of the luminous

phases to be produced by the alternate converand the opaque sides to the Earth, these

conversions always coinciding with the Moon's conjunction

with the Sun

part
is

and a lunar eclipse happening when the dark turned towards the Earth. Phny tells us that Berosus
;

fixed the limit of

human

life

at 116 years, on astrological

grounds (N. H. VII, 50), and Seneca informs us (Nat. Quasst. Ill, 29) that he had stated that the world would be submerged by a deluge when all the planets met in the sign of Cancer, and destroyed by a conflagration when they all met the sign of Capricorn. This implies a belief in a great cosmical year. I think there can be but little doubt that the valuable information given by Diodorus (II, 30) on Babylonian astronomy also came from Berosus. We shall see that it is fully confirmed by the cuneiform tablets. The

148

The Astronomy and Astrology of

states
tliat

the Babylonians,

Greek writer

the five planets,

Saturn, Mars,

Venus, ]\Iercury and Jupiter, were called by the Chaldteans "interpreters" {epjjirjvei^). " They portend," he says, "certain events by their rising or their setting, and again by their colours sometimes they foretell the amount of wind or of rain or of heat that is impending. Also the appearance of comets, eclipses of the sun and mot)n, eartlupinkes, and in
;

fact

every kind of change occasioned by the atmosphere, whether good or bad, both to nations and to kings and
Thirty
stars,

private individuals."

called " the counsellor

gods," were ranged under the planets, 15 above and 15 below

went every ten days from the upper to the lower. Besides these there were 12 chiefs of the gods, one for each month and for each sign of the Zodiac. Through these pass the Sun and Moon and Planets. With the Zodiac were also associated 24 stars, named "judges," 12 beiug north and 12 south.
the Earth, one of which
^

from the classical authors Birth portents were a special study of the Babylonians, and each person had a paronly not a fixed star, unless it formed one of ticular star

There

is little

else to be obtained

respecting the subject of this paper.

the Zodiacal signs

assigned
to

these, Saturn for instance,

World was supposed

Cancer, of the

Some of The birthday of the have been Avhen Aries was on the
to

him

at his birth.

was

sinister.

meridian, the creation of the

Moon being

coincident with

Sun with Leo, of Mercury with Virgo, of

Venus with
Sagittarius,
Scip.
I,

21,

Libra, of Mars with Scorpio, of Jupiter with and of Saturn with Capricorn (Macrob. in Somn. The planet Saturn was sometimes designated 24).

We

find

from the inscriptions that the

deities to

whom

the months were

dedicated were the following: (1) Nisan to Anu and Bel; (2) lyyar to Hea " lord of mankind" ; (3) Siran, to Sin, the Moon-god, " the eldest son of Bel" ; (4) Tammuz to Adar, " the warrior" ; (5) Ab to Allat, " the mistresis of the spear"

Elul to Istar; (7) Tisri to the Sun-god, "the warrior of the universe" Mvrfhesvan to Merodach, " ruler of the gods "; (9) Chisleu to Nergal, " the great hero" (10) Tebet to Pap-sukul, "the messenger of Anu and Istar" ; (11)
(6)
;

(8)

Sebat to Riniraon, " the chief of heaven and earth"

great gods.
in order to complete the scheme.

and

(12)

Adar

to the seven

Ve-Adar was assigned by the Assyrians

Apparently
it

to their national

god Assur

was without a patron divinity

in the Accadian Calendar.


icitli

Translations of the Tablets,

Sj-c.

149

the Sun (Simplic. ad Aristot. p. 499) and the names given to the constellations by the Chaldasans differed from the Greek
;

according to Akhilles Tatius (39), who also says that the substitution of Libra for the Claw of the Scorpion was imported

Alexander Polyhistor avers that Pythagoras and however much the Samian sage and his travels may belong to the domain of myth, the name of his teacher is correct enough. This is also the case with the Chaldeans, Kidenas, Naburianus, and Sudinas, Avho, according to Strabo (XVI, 1, 6), were held by The sun-dial, the Greeks to have been eminent in science. Herodotus assures us (II, 109), together with the division of the day mto 12 parts, casbumi, or asli, as we now find them to have been called, was the mvention of the Babylonians and the dial of Ahaz seems to have been the fruit of interGeminus (15) ascribes course between Judah and Assyria. the discovery that eclipses of the Moon recur after 223 lunaand tions, or 18 years, to the dwellers upon the Euphrates observations series of Ptolemy mentions that a continuous of lunar eclipses was in exist(mce in his time up to the era of Nabonassar, B.C. 747 (Magn. Synt. Ill, 6), referring elsewhere to the five earliest Babylonian eclipses known to Hipparkhus, The inference drawn from of 721, 720, 621 and 523 B.C.

from Egypt.

was

instructed at Babylon by Nazaratus

Ptolemy's words by Sir G. C. Lewis (Astron. of Ancients, the series of recorded eclipses did not ascend beyond B.C. 747, is overthrown by the single fact that the
p. 288), that
official

archives of the Assyrians note the solar eclipse of the

B.C. 763.

15th of June,

The general
writers in the

result

of the

statements

reviewing is to bring out the belief of

we have been Greek and Roman

Whether

it

great antiquity of Babylonian astronomy. were older than the less developed science of the
it
is

Egyptians,

impossible to say.
it

that the one people borrowed

We need not suppose from the other indeed,

;

wherever a calendar has to be constructed, a native independent astronomy will take its rise. It is hardly necessary to refer to what the Old Testament has to say upon the subject. In Isaiah xlvii, 13, the prophet
says to Babylon, "

Thou

art vvearied with the multitude of

150

The Astronomy and Astrology of

:

the Bahylonians,

thy astrological consultations

let

now

the dividers of the

heavens, the star-gazers, the monthly prognosticators stand up" and the Book of Daniel abounds with references to the
:

astrologers and magicians.

Perhaps the comparison of the king of Babylon to the morning star in Isaiah xiv was suggested by the same
It is
fact.

be thrown upon the matter by the numerous tablets relating to Babylonian astronomy and astrology which have been brought to the

now

time to see what light

may

British ]\Iuseum.
difficult,

Their interpretation
life,

is

for the

since not only are the terms obscure

most part and removed

from those of ordinary

is

written ideographically.

but a large portion of the tablets The astrological information they

contain had to be concealed from the uninitiated, and accord-

grammar -is Semitic, the words are in great measure Accadian. Sometimes, however, these are Assyrian and the mixtm-e of the two vocabularies considerably iningly, while the

creases the difficulty of decipherment, as

it is

often uncertain

whether the characters are to be read phonetically or not. Moreover, the same ideograph is not unfrequently used in totally different senses in fact we may say that, whereas an ordinary Assyrian inscription endeavours to make itself in;

telligible to the reader, these astrological

legends are intended

to conceal their

meaning as much as

possible.

So

far as I
is

know, the only attempt

to interpret these tablets

Dr.

Oppert's admirable paper on the Astrological and Portent

Tablets, an abstract of which,

by M. Mold,

is

published in the

Journal Asiatique, 1871, vol. 18, p. 67. Dr. Oppert's acuteness and learning cannot be too highly spoken of; the translations he has given,

and the

identifications of stars that

he

has made, have opened the

way

to other students in this

department of research.

I shall

his discoveries in the course of this

have frequently to monograph.

refer to

The standard astrological work of the Babylonians and Assyrians was one consisting of 70 tablets, drawn up for the Library of Sargon, king of Agane, in the 16th century B.C.
There were many editions of it, which varied in small details, as may be seen from the notes I have attached to my translation of a portion of the work in the Appendix. The whole

xcith

Translations of the Tablets,

Sfc.

151

series

or

was called Namar-Bili, or Enu-Bili, the "illumination" "eye of Bel"; and when we remember that Berosus is
of Bel,
" the inventor

called the interpreter

of sidereal

science," there can, I think, be little doubt that

we have

fragments before us of the very work that the Chaldean historian turned into Greek. This work, however, was but one out of many on kindred subjects which were possessed

by the royal libraries of Babylonia. A list of these, partly mutilated and partly undecipherable, is given in W.A.L III, 52, 3, the Colophon of which states that it had " been written and engraved by the hands of Nebo-car-ziltumu, son of So Munammih, the man of Lasanan, the great country." far as I can make them out, the different matters treated of are catalogued thus " (1) The following [are] the omens of tokens of rejoicing evil, and the contrary signs [of good] and of sorrow to the heart of men. (2) As follows the
:
;

I am not sure eldest born of silver, the interpreter of rain." " " " as to what is meant by the eldest born or chief of silver."

probably
silver

be a sort of meteorological instrument but more The heaven to which the it denotes the Moon. Assyrians looked forward is described as "the land of the
It
;

may

sky" in W.A.L

III, 'oQ,

19; and Censorinus (18) says

that the Chaldseans expected the same weather to occur in

good crops, famines and pestilences, which were thus made to depend upon the Moon The second work noted in (see Pliny, N. H. XVIII, 79). " The observatory of this city." the is upon the Catalogue " the House of tamarti, Bit Observatory, elsewhere called
cycles of 12 solar years, as well as

Observation" (W.A.L

III, 61, 6, 15), is

^^"^^^

here

(^^< ^^IT) might be applied to "a storehouse"; but

'^^^

^^

''^^

enclose."

named sig-gar-7^a The word

in the feminine form,

iigguratu (zigguratu in Babylonian),

lofty

it is specially used of the "towers" attached to the temples, on the top of which

was the altar of the deity. The Accadai, or " Highlanders," who had founded their creed in the mountams of Elam, believed that the gods only came down to the highest parts of the earth, and therefore raised artificial eminences, like the Tower of Babel, for their worship in the plains of

152

The Astronomy and Astrology of

the

Babylonians,

The gods were supposed to liave their seat on the "Mountain of the East," the "Mountain of the World," like the Greek Oljmpus, or the Hindu Meru (see Isa. xiv, 13) and
Babylonia.
;

in the account of the Deluge, Sisuthrus

altar, after

is

made
sacli,

leaving his ark, on the siggurat

to build his or " peak of

the mountain."

These towers would have been admirably adapted for observing the heavens, and then- sacred character would have harmonised with the astro-theology of Chaldea. The third work in the Catalogue treated of omens and prophecies derived from " birds of the sky, of the water, and of the earth." Apparently the interpretation was to be taken from the cries, appearance, and flight of the bhds, and the soothsayer was to stand on the south. Particular attention was paid to their appearance " in the city and its streams." The next series of tablets also relates to water- and sky- fowl, and to the omens derived from their notes. Something is
said about " the reed of a tablet," but I

am

quite unable to

translate the passage.

Tlie fourth
in

from burning something

work describes the omens the fire. The title of the fifth
is

may

be rendered, "

When

the appearance of a house grows

old for the inhabitant, the appearance

Then comes,
up."
library,
title

an omen of evil." one sets This would seem to allude to the description of a
" In the midst of the city clay tablets

of the 8th

and the indication of its position work is, " [In] the good
is

is

interesting.

The

city of the land the

liand of the warriors binds together [their] confederates," a

title

which

extremely obscure

but

it

was probably the

first line

The of the series of tablets to which it belonged. 9th work has two headings " The king of the country in
:

the great strongholds guards silver," and "

The king
^

of the

country in the great strongholds causes silver to be treasured

up"
ii).

(^sar

mati ina ma-kha-zi rabi caipa yuts-tsar

"

caspa yic-sar-

Next we have

The hen, the screaming

[consort] of the

land-bird, over the city

and its canals one .saw and heard," where omens, from the appearance and voice of hen-birds, are referred to. The following line is rendered obscure by the
mutilation of the tablet
(mitpanat) in the city
;

but
its

it

spealvs of " casting arrows

and

canals

away from

the earth."
I

What

is

left

of the 12tli

title

relates to dreams.

would

: ;

tvith

Translations of the Tablets,

Sfc.

153

doubtfully translate
fire
;

"

dream of bright

light [results] in

a dream of bright light [presages] a fire in the city." Then follows something about the association of " a great
;

beast" {umamu rahu) "with the bird of heaven " and after that we have, " 14 tablets of the signs of the earth according
to their

names

their

good presage [and]

their evil presage

the signs of the heaven along with [the signs] of the earth
are [next] registered."

Now begms

accordingly a hst of the tablets which re-

lated to the phsenomena of the sky, in the following order: " (1) The god that is fixed (perhaps the Earth) (2)
;

The Sun grows in size, and the star Gisru (the strong) by name (3) The planet Dilbat (Venus) in the sereti made (a rising) (4) The planet (Mars), of the 7 names, in .... (6) The ap(5) The balancing of the Moon and [the Sun] pearance of the Moon and [the Sun] (7) [The tablets beginning] From the 1st day to the 5th day the Moon (8) The star which before it has a corona, behind it a tail (10) The (9) The Ah--god produces, and his hand with Pole-star), which star Dayan-Same (the star Icu; (11) The
.
.

in the midst revolves."

It is

unfortunate that this part of

the Catalogue

is

so mutilated.

the following
far as

lines,

The same is the case with which sum up what has gone before. So

they run thus " Tablets [recording] the signs of the heaven, along with the star (comet) which has a corona in front and a tail behind; the appearance
they can be
out,
:

made

of the sky

The

signs which

come

forth from the earth

. .
.

." along with the heaven .... sky and earth .... stars The seven next lines are too fragmentary to afford any infor-

mation.

heaven

the words, " The sign which in mention various omens, and end with a This of notice of " the star which has a corona before it." much to be it is course, with its tail, must be a comet and desired that the tablets which recorded the appearance of It will be these heavenly bodies may yet be discovered. noticed that there were but elpven works bearing on the omens drawn from celestial phasnomena, "whereas the terrestrial had fourteen devoted to them. The reverse of the Catalogue is somewhat mutilated at

They begin with

seen,"

is

154
tlie

Tlie

Astronomy and Astrology of

its

the Bahylonians^

commencement, but

contents are worth reproducing

in full:

Istu

libitti

suati

ilammid-ma
:

alu

sarri
the king

From

this

omen one
1

learns the following

the city

of

< ^iffju
and
2
his

J! ^.

-M^

-<

nisi

-su ina kat naciri ibasu pagri

in the

< u (kbusakhkhu

jn

men

hand of

the foe are; corpses

[and famine']

.... ....
i=E
i

laj
-

-^U
ca
the
tablet

<^^

ina dibbi

on thy

-VY^ !TTT t^^ II mi - nam ta - gab - bi number {which) thou stalest

^I^ -
ci i

t^

1^-

-^H
ca
to -

ET
va

-gab- bu
shall

lie

state

thee

and

ivith

pukhkhur

25

dip

pi

da

sam-u

irtsi -

tiv

collection

of 25 tablets of the signs of heaven and earth,

I

V
sa
according

<T-^}
to their

-^

<
u

<MH
limutti

^
]

dunki -su-nu

-su-nu
[^presage

good presage and their bad

* <T-^:mT ET -ET libitti ma - la

The

- -]
ina
as in

^Vi

idj jy ^ttt^
ib
-

ina

same

su

omens

as

many

heaven

are,

and

on

<p{ ^tt
ii'tsi -

<^

^jn

tiv

izzacaru
recorded

earth

are

5-H^<
An -nu-u
77ws
[is]

-H'^-HTI
siptu
the record

loitli

Translations of the Tablets,

8fc.

155

12
Tioelve

arakhi months

to

sa sanat each year,

VI

sus

yiimi
days,

sa
in

(6x60 = ) 360

<t^
mi
-

^I
na
order
-

cT
at

tB<

-^ ina

Ml
kat hand

izzacaru

are recorded by the

bi

ib

li

urru
of
the

ni

ins deficiency

sa

during

the

middle

day

of

the

^]]] ^TT- ^J< ta

-

^^?H
cacab

Mf
yaiiu
star

mar
of

ti

......

sight

the

non-existent

8.

^
mit

^^
- kliar -

^y<
ti

"pyy^
ris

t^}..|
cacab

^ -y
Dil
-

sanat sa

gau

the aiyj^earance at the beginning

of the year of the star Icu,

< < !TTT ^IT" --J< *T D.P. Sin u D.P. Samas sa ina ta - mar - ti the sight of the Moon and the Sun which in
9.

-T

-T

V-

^ HJ ?K
ni - ip -klia

< <r- ^'^

u

H V -T <
sa D.P. Sin
the

<T-TT<T
ar

tamirti

-klii

The

risi7ig

and apjyearances of

Moon

during the month

^ITT- <T- ^211 gll pakad yu one

observes;

10.

m.
sit -

-<^ tETTT
kul
-

V
sa

^^r>-\
the

t-?-T <
u
and

H
D.P.
the

<
Sin

ta

cacabi
stars

The

balancing

of

Moon

^^

T
;

-t^TT
gub
and
-

"is^- <=-T'^

inatstsar-ma
one watches

bu

ul

the opposition

156

TJie

Astronomy and Astrology of

the Babylonians,

sa sanat of the year

its

arklii

sa

sa

arklii

yumi

-su sibru-va

months, of the months their days the announcement;

t^
sal -

-^
mu

tiyyp
-

yy ^^^ jr
te
the
-

pu

su

and of peace
12.

ynakimj

ty;
e

^ ey

ina

<y^

t^

y?

h <
+
ti

-^T

-^-^

Jm ^ir -

-nu-va

taniirti

D.P. Sin yu-niu

bu

Then

\_folloivs~\

at the

appearance of the Moon, during the day

-y<y<^
ibassi
7'ain

-^id -11 -T<

ca
;

li

falls

all

13.

cy;
e -

^ ey ^^ ^
nn-va ina
:

fcil
-

-e!T
li

^T
the

-^
day

Sw
ii-

*^-

bi - ib
the

yu-mu
of

bu

Next

during

middle

oxiin

-y<y^
ibassi
falls
;

-tu -E^n
ca
li

--t< -t<^^
- ti

ic

su

all

H.

^t]
\j.

::5i^

^ M -E^yy < --y-T ^*-T<

bi
>

ana
>

la - taq
*^'^'^''*

ib

li

na

an

mur

ti

for the

[discernment)

and the heavensV of the centre (of ' ^

'

the observation

^li^, -II
pulugti
of
the divisions

[-TIIT. matsarti

T^]

of the ivatches

1^-

<VM
va and
Or
'

"iTT ^El
sa
-

^%
-

(At^)
(klii - bi)

at

tuv

of

the

year

[the rest is ivanting'\

rnther, perhaps, " Tlic midcUo of the clay," 12 o'clock.


with Translations of the 7 ablets,
.6.
^-c.

157

<rr
12

^} 1^
arklii

>-

jy .^tl -KT
pi

^11?
- rib

]}

^T
-

ina idat

na

The 12 months

at the time of beginning [and] ending, according

^ETc^ ^Ih'lBla
-

taq

yumi

sib - ci

to the division

of the day generally

,T.

fcjn
sit
-

-<^ ^T< tth-]

kill
-

-y-]
and
the

<
u

--T
D.P.

<
Sin

ina

ti

cacabi

The balancing

of

the stars

Moon

according

to the

ida

pi

e
\_and~\

rib

tokens of beginning

ending.

'

^
as
-

-]}<]
ri

h < m\ mi t]
mi
-

ci

issabru

va

^T 1^ yumi
the

-^m i^
s'ami

The places of

setting are

announced; and

dark days.

lu -

baladha sallim
Life
[awcZ]

-ma
peace

'

>^
s
-

H
-

-^T

<
ci

!:w
-

T
-

<T^T -TI<T "iTT

di
its ri -

an - na dunng the year

establish

va thou; and
in

sa

continuance

su

ul

lim

perfect

Then

follows a

list

of the months, with a "

memorandmn
for

below" as to which of them are lucky or otherwise

military operations
:

158

The Astronomy and Astrology of

the

Babylonians,

20.

E0
Nisannu

loith

Translations of the Tablets,

^-c.

159

ilivu

IGO

The Astronomy and

Astrolo<jy of the Babylonians^

have translated and valuable not the least so, perhaps, the instruction which is given in line 2 about reference to the Library on the part of the reader or scribe. Lines 12 and 13 give the first words of the series of tablets which they catalogue, and w^hich were arranged next to one another on the shelves. The latter part of line 15 was obliterated on the tablet from which our present one was copied; and accordingly the fact' is noted, as is often the
I

After this comes the Colophon, whicli

above.

The

inscription

is

at once curious

case in these inscriptions.

The most important portion of the

w^hich
it

register

is

the accoinit

gives us of the Accadian year. This contained 360 days and 12 months, each of wdiicli is noted as being lucky or unlucky for commencing a campaign, attacking a city, and expecting prosperity for a fortified country and city. The names of the montlis, in Accadian and Assyrian, are to be found on other tablets, together with the intercalary Ve-Adar of the Jews, Avhich was needed with a year of only 3G0 days. The quotation I have made above from Censorinus would seem to show that the Babylonian Cycle was one of 12 }^ears. Reckoning the solar year at 365 days, 60 mtercalary days, or

two Ve-Adars, would be required during this cycle. Consequently a Ve-Adar would be inserted in the Calendar every sixth year. But it would be found that a year of 365 days only w^as too short by nearly a quarter of a day, and that the Calendar at the end of every sixth year would differ from the true year by about a day and 11 hours. Li 124 years the deficiency would amount to a whole month of 30 days, so that another intercalary month besides Ve-Adar would be needed. Accordmgly we find the Accadians making use of
a second Nisan, as well as of a second Elul
to say

whether these were full whether they were not intercalated whenever the priestly directors of the Calendar discovered that the disagreement between it and the true year had become a serious matter.

but it is difficult months of 30 days each, or

;

ta1:let

in

W.A.L

56, 5, gives

months ever known

in the

us all the three intercalary Babylonian reckoning of time,

together with the events which had happened in each, and

might, therefore, be expected to occur again.

The ideographs

xoith

Translations of the Tablets,

S)-c.

IGl

by which these are expressed are unfortunately obscure, and I can read with certainty only one or two of them. Thus Ave are told, " In the month EInl, the god makes the king prosperous," and then follows a notice of what will take place " in the second Elul." After this is added the statement that, " Thus from the 1st day of Nisan to the 30th day of Ve-Adar, head and tail completely, so-and-so lives head and tail to head and tail completely, so-and-so goes to destruction." In this tablet the fall name of the Accadian Ve-Adar is given, as Dir-se, se ( V) being Adar. It is called dr-l:]m ma~ak-ru sa Ad-da-ri in Assyrian, which Mr. Norris is
doubtless right in rendering, " the incidental

month

of Adar,"

comparing the Hebrew Hlp^, " chance." Addaru seems to be of Accadian origin. Z>i> (^yTTy) which distmguishes the name of the intercalary month, signifies in Accadian "purple," " dark blue," or " blue." A syllabary (W.A.I. II, 1, 177, 178) renders *>^TyTT by di-ri and ia-a in Accadian and
ad-ru and ki-a-mu in Assyrian. It is evident that the Assyrian words are borrowed from the old language of Babylonia.

Now
8,

Sa-a-mu, or si-a-mu as
is

it

is

also spelled (W.A.I. Ill, 59,

1),

common
W.A.I.

dark blue " stone, and is the Heb. DIlU^, enough in the inscriptions. In a list of colors in
" the 26, 44,
;

II,

et seq.,

we

find besides ki-a-rmi, ianduv

is

and ia-ma-nu
phere,"

and the ideograph

repeatedly used in the

"

astronomical tablets in combination with

and

y|[

<^Tr "water," to signify "cloud" and

atmos-

"mist"

("blue water") respectively. Adru or a-da-ru has the sense of " dark" in Assyrian thus in W.A.I. II, 48, 30, we have after a-ta-lu-u " an eclipse," a-da-ru sa sin " darkness of the moon," given as equivalent to an-ia-lu, the uncontracted form
;

of a-ta-lu (from 7DJ).

The month Adar would,

therefore,

denote "the dark" month of mists; and

only an explanation of the Assyrian

we thus obtain not name of the last month

month

of the year, but also an indication that the intercalary

belonged to the Accadian Calendar before the latter was borrowed by their Semitic neighbours. Now a slight inspection of the Calendar will

derived their names from the signs of the Zodiac.

show that the Accadian months The first

month,

called Ni-^a-an-nu

{y^ ^^ ^^\ ^)'

J^i^'^^^'

"^

Vol. III.

162

Tlie AstroiioiJii/

and

Astrologi/ of the Bahylonians,

Assyrian,

was

^Q^ ^^<

^" Accadian.

The

last

two

first,

characters are added as the explanatory complement which ordinarily stands by itself as the representative
of the

of the month ;^ and ^][^, in Accadian har, is the Assyrian paraccu and hammu '-altar" or "sacrifice" and ''incense." We are taken back to a time when the ram was the chief object of sacrifice, as in Gen. xxii, 13, and so can understand

how

Aries

came

to be the

first

sign of the Zodiac in later

(Jy

western astronomy.
or lyyar,
bull," or

The second month, ^i-m

<|y^y
!

jy -^TT),

was iz^^ *pyy

'^"'v

Si-di,

"

the prosperous

more usually ^:y-^, "the bull" alone. This of course answers to Taurus and it is possible that the Semitic Ai-ru (Tt^) comes from khar. one of the Accadian names of the bull. The third month, Sivan, *>:^yy ^y ^, Si-va-nu or
;

^^yy
is

iz^

I]y

Tsi-i-van

in

Assyiian, Avas the

(j[>=C^^^^

month

of

' bricks,"

mar i^X^^^^

or mur-ga

^in"^)'

"^^^^*^^

name
;

Another Twans" (kas ^) and in this we discover Gemini. Sargon calls the month "a royal" one, possibly because it was dedicated to Sm, the Moon-god, from whom the kings of Assyria and Babylonia traced their descent according to the same monarch. The fourth month was Du-u-zu C^}. ^yyy>^ ^\\) in Assyrian, answering to the Hebrew and Ai-amaic Tammuz. Tammuz, as we know from Ezek. viii, 14, was another name and Ibn Wahshiya makes him of Adonis, the Sun-god one of the primaeval inhabitants of Chald^a, whose death at the hands of the king was lamented by all the gods in the great Temple of the Sun. Now Tammuz is plamly
also the signification of the Assyrian
Siranu.
" the

of the month, however,

was that of

'

111

W.A.I.

II, 47, 48,

B^<

>-< "the god Bel," and The latter word is not Terj expUcable, unless it refers to the term in the next line namcuru "merchandise." Zig-gnr would literally signify in Accadian "right-making," and the name of the first month would therefore be that of " the sacrifice of Bel," or " of righteousness." The month was dedicated to Anu and Bel, and Phcjciiician mydiolugy told of the sacrifice by El of his only son.

>->-y
if."

"^ ^^yi {~ig-garra) is rendered by C^>^^ ^y ^nmma, "a sentence," "thus,"

"

In

II, 35, 55,

^Q"
)'12^^

^^^"^

paracci asirhtv, "tlic

Asirltiv
is

^^11

^*

L'xplaiiied

by the Assyrian

asih

frcqui'iifin-

of the altars" or "sacrifices of uprightness."

a-iHrrilu " blessed."

from

and mut be di-slinguishod iVom

"
;

with

Translations of the Tablets, Sec

163

Tam-zi, "'the sun of life," or morning, the hero of the Babylonian flood - story whom Berosus calls Sisuthrns. Tam-zi is the husband of AUat or Istar, who had descended
into

Hades
I

think, therefore, that both Du-zi and Tam-zi are regarded as variant forms of the solar hero. But Du-zi is clearly the prototype of the Assja'ian Duzu. The Accadian name of the month means "the seizer of seed"
to be

The and

son of Hfe." character of the latter agrees with that of Adonis

after her first husband, Du-zi,

" the

(j^l

'-A.^

*"^I)'

^^^^ ^^^

would seem
fire,"

to represent Cancer.

The

fifth

month

is

that " of

or " of fire that

title

makes
is

fire

(il^^^y ^T^^^Y

^},

Hud

its

Semitic

Abu

possibly

derived firom one of the values of the Accadian ideograph

which may have denoted "fire"

in a dialect of that language.

answer to the Babylonian name of the month, though the ideas of " fire" and "lion" are perhaps not very remote from one another. Elul, the Assyrian Ululu, was the sixth month, the Accadian hi
traditional sign of the Zodiac does not
gingir-na, the

The

month of the errand of Istar or Allat." The Semitic name may possibly have some connection with the name of the goddess, which appears as Alilat in its full form,
*'

while the goddess Alala

tablets.

is

mentioned in the mythological

is

The Virgo

of the Zodiac

of course Astarte.

The

seventh month, of the " altar" (^Tg), or more fully of " the holy altar" (^T^ /HV is the Tasritu of the Semitic Calendar.
Tasritu or Tisri is a Tiphel form of esritu " a sanctuary," the and the sign of the Zodiac which corresponds Heb. n'Tli?^^ with the month is of modern origin according to Akhilles
;

Tatius,

who

states that Libra

was

originally

denominated the
called

Claw of the Scorpion.

the Jewish Marchesvan.

The
Its

following

month was

Arakh-samna, "the eighth month" in Assyrian, which explains

Accadian name was apin

av-'a

(>-^y ^I^^
It

Y),

the

month of

" the prosperous (?) foundation."

;

but has clearly nothing to do with the Zodiacal Scorpio taken as M. Ernest de Bunsen has shown that Scorpio was
the starting-point of the primitive calendar
fact
;

and

it

is

this

which seems to be referred

Ci-ii-li-vu

to.

After Marchesvan
Cu-sal-lu in Assyrian.

conies Chisleu, written

and

1()4

The Astronomy and Astrology of

the Babylonians,

In

Accadian

its

appellation
(/!/^'^

was
or
^a??.

S:^ t:^
gan-tsn) the

*"^y

"^"

iz^^ iz^^ t*"^=

gfinna

month of

There does not seem to be any connexion between this and the Zodiacal sign SagitThe Aramaic Chisleu, however, appears to be contarius. nected with 7"^D3, " the giant," the Asiatic Orion and the month in Arabic is Cdm'm, in which perhaps we raa}^ disclouds" or "canals."
;

"many

cover the

p''^

of the Bible,

the

Caivanu of the Assyrian

Caivanu was Bel as the planet Saturn, and inscriptions. represented the Accadian Sakus, or "leader." The tenth month is termed ab-ha uddi or abba uddu, the meaning of Abba signifies "father," which is difficult to determine. also "old/' and "hollow" (kabu), and in the latter sense Uddu is joined with a, " Avater," to denote " the sea." meant to " go out" or " rise," and so " sunrise"; while udda Now in W.A.I. I, IV, is "light," and ud "day" or "sun." the ordinary name of the tenth Uddu) replaces Ud (for 75, month, which seems to imply that abba and uddu. have much

At the same time it is difficult to understand how it can have been called a month of light, as the inscriptions show that it was stormy and wet. The Assyrian Dhabitu (Tebet) is equally obscure, and nothmg can
the same signification.

be learned from the Zodiacal Capricornus. The next month, " of want and rain" SabadJm (Sebat) in If '^'^I)' Assyrian, answers naturally to Aquarius. Babylonia is still

(^

reduced to an impassable marsh by the rains of January, and it is a noticeable fact, to which Sir H. Rawlinson fii-st drew attention, that the Chaldean account of the Deluge discovered by Mr. G. Smith is the eleventh of a series of twelve tablets. Now, M. Lenormant has pointed out that this series is an old Babylonian Epic, pieced together before the 16th century B.C. out of a number of earlier mythological poems or ballads. The adventures of tlie solar licro Gisdhubar (" the mass of fire") are the connecting bond of the group of poems, like the siege of Troy in the Iliad or the wanderings of Ulysses The selection and arrangement of the in the Odyssey. originally independent legends which make up this early epic have been determined by astronomical reasons. Each story corresponds to a sign of the ZodiiU3, and consequently to a

irith

Translations of the Tablets,

Sf-c.

165

month

of the year which agrees with the character of the

Thus the story of the Flood is grouped under Aquarius and the "rainy" month, while the legend of the descent of Allat or Istar into Hades to seek her lost husband Du-zi " the son of life," the Tammuz or Adonis of Palestine, seems to belong to the sixth month "and the sixtk
particular myth.

month appears connected with the tale of the untimely death of this Diizi or Tammuz, cut off by the boar's tusk of winter and the conquest of the winged bull by Gisdhubar must be referred to the second Tammuz, it seems to me, is to be identified with tablet. Tam-zi " the sun of life" or " morning sun," the hero of the Deluge, who, like Duzi, was a husband of Istar. In fact the two are but different forms of the same legendary character, whose solar Jiature is sufficiently determined by the name of Tam-zi's father, Ubara-Tutu or " the glow^ of sunset." Tutu is but another form of Tu, who is said to be the god of death (in W.A.I. Ill, 67, 21); and Tutu, like Zeus, is called " the progenitor," the father of gods of men. Out of the primaeval chaos of darlaiess and death, according to the Babylonian view, came life and living things.^ The fact that the ancient Accadian epic was arranged upon an astronomicci principle shows how thoroughly the study of the heavens had penetrated the mind of the people and we are not surprised, therefore, at finding that sacrifices were offered to the stars,"' or that the gods were identified with the more prominent heavenly bodies. So far as I can see, the Chaldeean deities were primarily the powers of nature,the earth, the sun, or the sky. These developed into distinct personalities, and the numerous epithets which were applied to them originated a vast mythology and an endless array of divinities, each epithet becoming a separate personality. As in the case of other nations, the Sun had been the chief object of
Zodiacal sign.
Similarly the fourth
;

JJbara

is

rendered by

tlie

Assyrian

cididii

(W.A.I.
the

II, 2, 254),

which comes

from the root

Heb.
2

T)"T]3

ri"T^ lil^e cudiide " carbuncles," " a spark " or " flame."

Heb.

^^^3
{sa ina

and the

Tutu

is

said to "

speak" or

"

prophesy before the king"

pan

sarri'

W.A.I.

Ill, 66,

Kev. 13, 17.

160

The Asftroiwmv

ojui A-'^frohat/ of ihe Balnilonians,

tlie larger portion of the mythology accordingly grouped itself about the Sun-god and the numberless forms which he had assumed. The more I examme the Accadian mythology, the more solar does its character appear. But there was still another stage of transformation through which the Accadian Pantheon had to pass. Its several personages, mostly forms of the Sim, were identified with the planets and the stars, and so a curious artificial system of worship arose, in which the principal deities bore a double character, on the one side mythological, and on the other stellar. Thus Merodach, whose Accadian name Amar-ud or Amar-idu " the Circle of the Sun'^ shows his solar nature, became ]\Iercury as a morning star and Jupiter as an evening planet. A tablet

worship, and

(W.A.L

III, 53, 2)

informs us that ^lerodach

is

called Sxdpa-

uddu "the messenger of the rising sun" in Nisan; Ut-ul-tar "the light of the heavenly spark" in lyyar; Dilgan or Icu of Babylon in Sivan Dapinu in Tammuz Makru or Dir in Ab Sahnisa ui Elul Nibiru in Tisri Rabhu " the mighty " in Marchesvan A lam ''the shadow" or "image" in Chisleu ASarrw "the king" in Tebet G^r;/ " the great" in Sebat; and Kha Hea "the fish of Hea" in Adar. Now the last identification leads us back to the Calendar, and enables us to explain
; ; ;
;

the

name

of the last
tlie

kitar in

Accadian,

month of the year. This month " of the sowing of

is

Se or Se

seed,"

and

the connexion of the Zodiacal Pisces with

the

it is plainly due to which Merodach, as a star, bears during this month. The double month Adar and Ve-Adar would be the origin of

title

the double Pisces, thus suggesting that the signs of the

Zodiac were named at a later date than the months.

Dilgan, which
dach.
is

The star
peculiarly
]\Iero-

translated I-cu-u in Assyrian,

its

was

the star of Babylon, and therefore of

patron god

The

late

epoch, however, at which the Accadian

Pantheon became astronomical, is shown by the fact that whereas Merodach was the son of Hea and Dav-cina, " the earth" male and female, the star Icu was the son of Anu " the sky." This points to a time when the stars had begun to be worshipped as gods or else had been identified with
'

'

He

is also

called one of ilie nine servants of

Hea (W.A.I.

Ill, 68, 13).

^oith

Translations of the Tablets,

Sfc.

167

various mythological heroes, but before the elaborate transmutation of the popular religion into a stellar worship. Icu is given first in a list of 12 stars, called the 12 stars of the west and its rising in the west in March or April is therefore fixed. It was not Mercury, however, but Jupiter and the identification of Merodach ^vith both these planets is one
;

of the most difficult and intricate parts of Babylonian astrotheology.

be necessary before going further to determine the Chaldean names of the 7 planets, among which the Sun and the Moon were always reckoned. This has been the work of
It will

M. Oppert,

who may
The

claim this part of the subject as peculittle

Karly his own, and I have

conclusions.
7 luhat or dibbat, a

to do

beyond completing

his

planets were called

word which
Il,

is

by the Accadians the translated by the bibbu in

It

list

of animals (W.A.I.
or acilu)

6, 4).

wolf

(z'lbu

and the goat

brilliance

(atadu),

stands between the and perhaps signified

eyes.

the lynx,

from the

of

its

b^H

iu

later

Hebrew meant "the pupil of the eye" (like TXll iu the Old Testament), and this was no doubt the reason why the word was set apart to denote the most prominent of the stars. Jupiter, the brighest and reddest of the planets, is specially called Lubat (\N.k I. II, 49, 44) and bibbu (W.A.I. II, 48, 53; 49,44). The order in which the planets are arranged the Moon, the Sun, Mercury, Venus, is always the same Saturn, Jupiter, and Mars, the Moon-god takmg the lead, as
;

throughout the later Babylonian mythology, in accordance with the feelings of a nation of astronomers to whom the night and its luminary were matters of more consideration The Moon was called A-cu Q|[ f^Y) in than the day. Accadian, when spoken of astronomically and the Sun was designated Biseba, a name which is elsewhere translated M. Oppert would also identify tsalamu, "figure" or "mass." " the Moon ^vith the star of i\.nunit," which is said to be " the star of the Tigris" (II, 51, 58), in which case the Sun would be sinuntu, "the star of the Euphrates" but he cannot be
; ;

right in his ingenious conjecture that the Sun is denoted by the tlu-ee stars Bav-tabba-g algal " the doubly great," Bar-

tabba-dudn ' the doubly

little,"

and Bar-tabba

sa ina sid cacab

168

The Astronomy and Astrolorty of

star whicli

the Babylonians,

Sih-zi-anna " the double

depends on the star

Sibzi-anna,"

sbce the first-named

star is one of those of the

west.

J\Ioreover, in II, 49, 12, the star

Istar.

Anunit

is
is

identified
generally-

with

In the astronomical tablets the

Moon

represented by the symbol

of the month,
jiist

XXX,

derived from the thirty days

two Istars are XV, the half of XXX. The usual name of Mercury was Sulpa-uddu or Sulpa-uddna,
as the

"the messenger of the rising sun," as M. Oppert happily renders it. It was more especially the title of the planet during the first month of the year, as we have seen above, and is given as the equivalent of the star Ut-ul-tar in W.A.I. Ill, and of Dapinu m W.A.I. II, 48, oO, Ut-ultar and Dapinu being farther equated in W.A.I. II, 51, 62. M. Oppert translates Dapinu by " ambiens," but considering that the Avord is used of kings and given as a synonyme of emamu, the translation may be questioned. However, dapanu During the month Elul the title certainly^ means " a Avheel." of the planet was Sakvisa. This is clearly the Greek 5'e%es, which Hesyldiius states was the name of Mercury among the
Babylonians.

From the color of the planet was derived its which is appellation of " the blue star " (^^Y->-y ^TTIr)? called a luhat or planet in W.A.I. II, 4i), 9, and is rendered
isat

by macru, the name of

]\Iercury in the month Ab, and mikid "the burning of fire," in II, 49, 31. In W.A.I. Ill, 67, 28, Sulpa-uddu is called " the prince of the men of Kharran," a very remarkable reference to a city which was closely connected with Accad in race and history from very early times, and whose laws are conjoined by Sargon with those of Assur.

the

ancient prge-Semitic capital of Assyria.

is

The

astro-

nomical lore of the Kharranians

thus taken back to a

remote period. Sulpa-uddu is also called " tlie king of liglit" and "the king of ^((.s^wra" or /'woodwork," and he is connected with the gods Su]pa-cw'a^(?) and Pa-uddu, who, along with Tu or " death," are given as synonymous with Cxubbae-makh " the support of the mighty house." It is interesting
CO see

how
is

the Morning-star

is

associated Avith the

or

death, just as

Hermes the Vedic Stirameyas

risati " chief

god of Dogs of the

Dawn

the conductor of souls to Hades.

is ris

further title

of Mercuiy

of the beginning/' and like

with

Translations of the Tablets,

Sfc.

169

Venus he

is

called

cursor of the Sun.

Nahu or " proclaimer," as being the preVenus is ordinarily entitled Dilbat (>- ><^,
is

the Assyrian signification of which

stated to be nahu,

and the word is found in Hesykhius, who says that Se\ecf>d7 was the Babylonian Venus. The planet was of course identified with Istar, and the name of the goddess "as a star" was Nin-si-anna "Lady of the defences of heaven" (W.A.I. II, 59, 20). Istar and Bilat were much confused together, indeed they were originally but two forms of the same goddess and we are not surprised, therefore, at being told
;

(W.A.I.

Ill,
;

53, 36, 37),

"

Venus, at sunrise
is

is

Istar

among
As

the gods

Venus

at sunset

Bilat

among

the gods."

Finzi (Antichita Assira, p. 516) points out, " the Lord of the star" and " the Lady of the star" are each given as a musedd
or
"spirit"

(Heb.

III?)

of

Anu

W.A.I.

Ill,

^^,

31,

32-

According to II, 49, 12, the star of Anunit is Istar, as well as Dilbat and Arituv. A tablet, which I have translated in the Appendix, describes the phases of the planet during the year. Another name of Venus was mustelil " the brilliant." The fall name of Saturn was Lubat-sakus, which is given as a synonyme of Lulim in W.A.I. II, 48, 52. No"w lulim signified both " king" and " stag" (W.A.I. II, 6, 8, 31, 41) and sakus we are told in W.A.I. II, 32, 25, was the Assyrian Caivanu. Sakus is composed of two characters, which mean respectively "head" and "man," and accordingly we are informed that it denoted "top of the head" (saku sa risi), and "chief" or "first-born" (asaridu). It is in the latter sense that Caivanu is used, from the root pD. Caivanu is of course the Heb.
;

]VD (Amos V, 26), the Arabic Keiicdn or Saturn. The planet was also designated Sakus Utu {*->-^ '^TTjt py^ T >^>"Y ^T) " the eldest born of the Sun-god," as well as Gigi, explained as "righteousness and justice" (cittu u misar), and Mi ("the black") or Cus "darkness" (tsalmu in Assyrian). The dull feeble light of the orb when seen by the naked eye sufficiently accounts for this epithet. A further appellation of Saturn was Zibanna, in Assyrian Zibanitu; and in W.A.I. II, 67, 49, the star mi Zibanitu is erroneously given as the
equivalent of Jupiter (Lubat-guttav).
({i::]^
"

The Black Spark"

(W.A.I.
II, 49,

(tt)

is

said

to

be Pap-sukul

8).

"

170

The Astronomy and Astrology of

the Babylonians,

Papsukul was " the attendant of Anu and Istar," to whom the His titles were " the lord of month Tebet was sacred. " bliss," the lord of the earth,'' and " the strong," and his wife was " the queen of copper." Perhaps he is but another form of Du-zi, the son and husband of Istar, of whom I have at all events " the Yellow-green Spark already spoken
;

which is identified with Du-zi, is said to be "the Black Spark" (W.A.I. II, 49, 10, V2)} Next as same the Jupiter in the Chakhean system. Jupiter to Saturn came termed Lubat-Guttav ^^ (*^*^|) >=y-^ was properly (][^IJ "^f
(^/jrYi<

^K)

or '^y) ; but its size and brilliancy caused it to be singled out as pre-eminently the Lubat or Bibbu or "planet" (so in Guttav is explamed by the W.A.I. Ill, I, and above).

Assyrian pidnu sa same (W.A.I. II, 47, 21); and M. Oppert acutely interprets this " the fm-row of heaven," i.e. the
ecliptic, to Avliich

Jupiter

is

near.
in

The planet

is

also called

which we may recognise Mustarilu Arabs. A passage I have already referred the MoshtarJ of the to (II, 67,44, sqq.) makes this star identical with six others, Gan-gusur (p^] ^TE^^T) "the Hght^ of the hero,"
(in

W.A.I.

II, 47, 21),

" the star of Merodach"

(tt^^^^]
**~W
(>^JJ

^^ <^

"^1).

^%

(* j^tw!)' Kah-sidi
perity
"
;

T^
The

KT^D' "^^^
"j^l

creator of pros-

Entenamaslum

Mi-Zibanituv

((^^ >-]y^ ^^]

the preceding star
is

^ ^I^)^^^^
"-<

*"^I *T~ t^^)' ^^^ ^ut this is

certainly a mistake.

last star, as

we have

already seen,

was Saturn

translated by the Ass}Tian

khabatsiranu,
{sir etsen-tsiri.,
>

and explained
" the

to be

4-^
II,

t^*^^^^
49, 47)
;

Tip of the Tail")' (W.A.I.

is

In one place, however, Pap-sukul

called

But the two deities are distinguished from each other to Nergal, and Tebet to Pap-sakul.
2

Uguf, the usual name of Nergal. thus Chisleu was sacred

;

For the

signification of f/an as

"light" (Assyrian nahodhu), see W.A.I.

TI,

48, 36.
3

The word
it is

is

written
to

where
it

stated

be

>-JJ ""^J one of the

>L- ]>^X^1^
seven
it

i"

W.A.I.

Ill, 57, 55,

identifies

Itimaai.

Oppert
star

with Aldebavan,
>-<

though he wrongly renders

^^ gi^*^"

"the

of tempest.''

^_^^
word

>jC^^ i^^^^<
is

^^ ^

synonyme of ihe
is

" tail" in II, 44,17.

Khalatsi-rann

elsewhere written khahat.ii simply, and

probably the same

like a tail.

as khaiatsillu (Heb.

(n^^HPl)

" *^ ^i^Js

'

which grows up

xoith

Trnn.^httions of the
suciimt,

Tablets,

^c.

171

and Kak-sidi
which
is

is

rendered

and

is

said to be " a star of

II,

the west," along with Dilgan or Icu (W.A.I.

49, 48, 3),

name

of Mercury in the third month.

Dilgan was
II,

the patron star of Babylon according to W.A.I.

48, 57,

and
its

Marbuda was of Nipur, and this fixes identity with " the star of Merodach," which is elsewhere
III, 53, 2,

just as

(II, 51,

61) called

^:^X:] ^^^^^if
therefore,

5^"^"^?

" ^^^^ ^''^^^^

'^^ ^^^^

desert."

The

scribe,

who wrote

the passage in

question,
fied

must have misunderstood his copy, and have identiwith Jupiter a group of stars which were coupled with it

in

scribe

consequence of their proximity to the ecliptic. When the went on to identify this lubat \vith the god Adar, he

was doubtless right, and we may also accept the statement that the planet was further entitled " the star of the god
Nin-asu," the star Ra-di-tar-ta-khu, and " the star of the Eagle of Zamama," another name of Adar (II, 67, 53). The fiery

who was armed with the thunderbolt, and whose name was a synonyme of iron. The Phoenician title of Jupiter, we are told, was Gad " good fortune," to which a reference is made in Isa. Ixv, 11, and possiljly this 1^ is derived from (ruttav, with a change of the dental to assimilate the word to the Semitic gad,
color of Jupiter accords with the character of a deity
'

"luck."

was Mars, whose names were manifold. was termed Nibat-anu, the meaning of which is Nihat-Bel was the outer wall of Babylon, as disobscure. tinguished from Imgur-Bel, the inner wall and 7iibat seems
last planet
it

The

Ordinarily

"the lord of the house of death." Perhaps Nibat-anu is " the sanctuary of Ann," though the form Ann is Assyrian, not Accadian. HowIn W.A.I. ever, the star is sometimes called Nibat simply. II, 48, 54, it is rendered by ^imut, which M. Oppert translates " hostile," and elsewhere (II, 49, 7) it is identified with " the Wliite Star" {id ud or id pitsu). Another name by which it was known was Nu-mia, the Assyrian baluv, " the star which
to be the equivalent of the river Datilla,
is

not" or "is wanting," referring to the fact that Mars recedes

See Chwolsohn " Die Ssabier," II, p. 226, where quotations from the

Talmud

are given

172

The Astronomy and Astrology of

the Babylonians,

from the Earth until it is almost invisible. The Library of Sargon possessed a special treatise on its phases. It was These are also entitled - the star of the seven names." given as follows:^ (1) Ul manma cacah ahJiu (' the luminary reigning over the star of thu hyajna"), id nacaru ("the
hostile"), ul tsarru ("the

enemy"),

ul

khumkhwn

(" the sultry"),

ulkvru (" of the king"), ul zlhu (" of the wolf"), AuANihat-anu.

Elsewhere
or Lid-a
this case,

(II, 49,

35)

we
is

(j^T>^ f y)

are told that Lul-la (^^^>^ *"^I) to be rendered sai-ru " king " in

not to be identified with another star which was one of the constellations of the west, and though written

and

is

in the

same way

in

Accadian denoted some kind of animal.

is

Similarly khul

translated (II, 49, 32) (^y^jJ^-J) Assyrian khumlhum (|s:J: ^5=^) and ^^if^ '^*' ^^\

by the
^>y

nacaru

and sanumma ("hostile")

TJ*-!

(II, 49, 3(i, 37),

showing

that nacaini does not here

animal
(II, 49,

>^ B^ff
,j77

is

mean " changeable," while the represented by the Assyrian akhu

xiii,

38) the D^il^ of Isa.

21.

were

^^^

^^

^,

Jchahbatu

or

Other names of Mars the plunderer" in

'

and ^^^-^I 4:^ (^'i/)> ii^ Assyrian "agent of deaths" (II, 49, 40). A fragmentary planisphere places the star Lid (^^y>->-Y ^Tj=) in the lower half of one of the eight segments into which it is divided, immediately above seven dots, midt-r wliic-h " Bel who goes before the star" ('-^111 is ANTitten, >^W\
Assyrian
(II, 49, 34),

misallim mutani

It Ity ^I*" ^^T*^""!)' stars of Martu" or "the west,"

^ow
^

Lul was included among "the

and since

Tammuz

(June)

was

" the

month

of ]\Iartu,"

it

w^ould seem that the seven

dots represented Ursa

in a triangle

]\Iajor,

and the four dots arrangt;d

between these and the Ecliptic Pole would probably be Ursa i\Iinor. The words underneath would fix the day of the month to wliich the planisphere belonged, since
the revolution of the
the fifteenth day.
preters"
'

Moon was

called Bel from the tenth to

Diodorus states that the planets were called " Interand this is probably the meaning of the word
;

W.A.I, III, 57, 62-4. W.A.I. II, 49, 8. Nisan was the month of Accad, lyyar of Elam, and

Eliil

of Guti.

loitlt

Translations of the TaJdets,

Sfc.

17o

)-^y< '-y<yi^ ^y>-

which might be read by this name (II, 49, Seven stars go ticsi^ ticliv, or ticpi. 10-13; III, 50-52): Pap-nu (A^ <^'^^) "the hero of
or

^<

^y<yi^

"^y*^,

setting,"

i.e.,

Saturn according to Oppert;

Jupiter
;

Sai-

(>-:::

^^)
i.e.,

"of

the king,"
or
>-yT

i.e.,

Kltvsin or Klmsihain

{*~T[ **^\

*"^>W
Mars
:

*pyy *"^y >^^Sf^)

the star " of the chariot,"

Camus-ninahe
of the

(y^^\
z.e.

"^""III*^

H^
;

*"^IHI

^It)"'

"

^^^ niouth
" the
i.e.,

dog

di-inks,"
i.e.

the Sun
;

Gisle

{^ >-^^yy i^^)
" ^^^ ^^^^ (^)'"

exalted (?),"

Venus
Issi

Mas (^^yyy<)

" of the dog,"

^^'

Mercury
Moon.^

and

{^Z^^] **^]'^)

^^^

The seven names

;

of Mars, answering to

its

seven

phases, were supposed to correspond with, these seven inter-

preting planets

stars, called the

and there was a further group of seven seven lumasi or dih-masi (j^jj B| KI*") which Oppert is probably right in translating " chiefs of the They were reckoned as follows (III, 57, 53-6) Aveek."
Sugi

(^y ^yy^),
;

"of thehelm";^
Sib-zi-anna

Utxt-ca-gaha, the light

*"*"!

of the white face"

(5^1^11 '"IfV'

'shepherd of the heavenly flock"

the star

the
"

*"^y)
of

Assyrian

name

was
;

sa

ina kacci niakhtsu

he

who

fights

with

arrows
in

"

Kak-sidi

0^ *pyy ^yC^!}
;

" creator of prosperity,"

(*^II

Assyrian

Sucunu

JEntemasniur

"^y >t- Y>^^550

"the Tip of the Tail";

Idkhu

(^^

and Papilsak

(l^ ^I^^^y ^yyjj^)

^]l) "the Eagle"; which is given as a

*^^

synonyme
Gula).''
'

*-lV-^ M. Oppert wishes to identify Utu-ca-gaba

Its Assyrian

of the goddess

^^ ^^

Bahu
Mvith.

(i.e.,

Rigel,

Issi,

however, covild uothave been the Moon.

the beginning of which
,

a slight modification of Issi, and one of the Observatory Reports that

name was Ussi, we possess

(W.A.I. III, 51, No.

states that " the star

8),

is

unfortunately mutilated
seen.

the star Ussi, (and) the star Bilat-baladJd (Lady of

Life), these (were) in full view,

which had already been

it

Jupiter at the same

time we do not see."

-

So

Dr.

Oppert
I

translates
is

and

he

is

no

doubt

right,

since

^T
3

p-<y

fiT *^

1-^4

translated

"the front part of a

chariot."

Gida, "lady of the house of death," was the wife of Hea, the Earth, and so originally the same as Niu'cigal, "lady of the great earth," the queen of Hades.

AUat or Istar and the name Bahu is merely the Ipf^ of Genesis, the primaeval " wasteness " or chaos of night and the under world,
Nin-cigal was a form of
;

which appears

in

Sanchoniathon as Baav,

the primitive substance that was the

and probably mother of all the gods.

also

M6t

(for

Bw^),

; ;

174

The Astronoiny and

Avitli

Astroloyi/ of the Babylonians,

Sib-zi-anna

Regiilus, Entemasniur with Aldebaran,

and

Idkhu Avith the Southern Balance (Zuban-Edgenubi). king of the Broken Obelisk says of himself (W.A.I.
14), " In the

The
I,

28,

days of variable storms (and) heat, in the days of the rising of Kak-sidi, which (is) like bronze, he hunted" and as this was in the northern part of Nairi^ more probably

we have a slight basis identification of the star. attempt an upon which to There was yet another set of seven stars, called nulsu
nearer the Euxine than the Caspian,

M. Oppert has (III, 57, 57-61). (^y y^ J) "of the week" given the following ingenious explanation of them. The Sun

had three names, f:^

niul Bartabba-galgal
;

y^n-

>= *"**^|

^|

"^

^I*^)

" the star doubly great"

^^)

mid Bartabba-dddil (>^ i: *"*^I "the star doubly little"; and mul Bartabba sa
\>\>=

ina sid

mul sibzi-anna nazuzu

>^^|
T

*^

IfH ^M '\]^ --} ^]

star

\ |*^ ^^^j
-tl^' double

^TD
^T^)

which depends on Regulus"; then come mid Nin-Sar C^^li^*-) >^^]*zl\ "tlie star of Istar,"^ or the Moon; mul
{Z-t]^^] ^^]
;

an Ner-ra-gal

<^

tXi]\

"'

^lie

star of

Nergal " or Mars

of

mid an Fa

(^^][)->-y >^^)^

^)

" the star

Nebo"

or

Mercury; mul Sar

"

(^^lf*->~^ >-^^^)
(

"the star

of the

king

or Jupiter

7nul MustiUl

J:^y>->-T '^*~TyT^

"the star of brilliance" or Venus; and mul Zibanna or Saturn. There are difficulties, hoAvever, in the way of part of this explanation. Though the Sun might be called ''the star doubly great" it is hard to see how it could Moreover, the " star be called " the star doubly little." " constellations of the west," doubly great" is one of the and "the double star" is mentioned along with Kak-iidi and
>^y<
it

^^0

being in the ascendant in Tammuz (June), while cannot be said of the Sun that " it is fixed in the proximity of Sibzi-anna.''' There is no reason for supposing that the
Utu-ultai' as

first day of the Chaldaean week was dedicated to the Sun Dio Cassius asserts that our week-days came fi^-om Egypt, and the Babylonian Sunday might easily have been con-

Nin-sar

is

name

of Istar in W.A.I, li, 51, 19.

it signifies " Laclv of rising."

loith

Translations of the Tablets,

^-c.

17,5

secrated to some other god.^ Nergal was Mars, as we learn from W.A.L III, 57, 7, where Nibatanu is identified with the god Gallamta-uddua (--f ^] <<^yy ]]) " he who goes forth in strength." Now Gallamta-uddua is a

^
^^

^]W

^f

title

" the king of Cutha," of Allamu or Nergal, and Allamu or Almu is. like Sarrahu, another name of Sar-nerva

(>-C=^^

which Babylonian mythology went on developing deities out of epithets applied to old ones and then forgetting then.' original identity, that the same passage which tells us that Gallamta-uddua is Nibatanu, also states that Sar-nerra is Guttav or Jiipiter. The astral Sar-nerra has thus become confounded with Merodach. The whole of the tablet in question is worth quoting, although the ends of the lines are unfortunately lost (Til, 57, 47-52). " Venus in the month Tammuz, the Moon and Sar-nerra Gallamta-uddua close to the horn of the star The star of the double ship (*^yyy ^) also was seen and the third day they disappeared.Want of corn and barley in the country will result. Sar-nerra and Gallamta-uddua are Jupiter and Mars."
in
. .
.

way new

^^

^^11)'

-^^^ ^^

'^

remarkable instance of the

1 may perhaps be allowed to turn aside here and point out that the identification of the stars and the divinities was

The ideograph for " god" is an eightrayed star, showing that star-worship had already been introduced among the Accadians at the time of the invention
a gradual process.

and that the most natural symbol of a deity was thought to be a star. The stars themselves were represented as constellations by a group of three stars, and this would
of writing,

imply that not only individual

stars,

but groups of stars

also,

had already been named. The names, however, were not those of gods in most cases they were derived from the appearance of the heavenly bodies themselves, or from different
;
1

where

Bar-tabha is explained ilu cilallan " the god of it is apparently a title of SaiTabu or Nergal.

all

things " in III, 68, 68

- This star belongs to Tebet (December) in III, 53, 25, where it appears along nith Venus, just as in Chisleu, the star of Gula or Bahu, in Sebat Dilgan of

Babylon

(> Jf^T >=5-T

'"*"!

T"^)

and

in

Adar "the Fishof Hea"

are associated with Venus.


17G The Astrono)iiu and
Afitroloijy

of the JJahi/lonians,

olijeets of nature, so that

the stars could liardly as yet have

This must have been and when we find the planets called after the name of an animal up to the most modern times, we may infer how late the work was. Indeed, m instances like that above, where two separate stars are designated by the titles of the same god, which must have become divided into independent deities before such a fact was possible, although then- original identity was still remembered in the days of Assur-bani-pal, it is plain that the full development of astrotheology cannot have been much earlier than 2000 B.C.
Ijeeu invested
;

with a divine character.

a later work

From

the planets

we

pass on to the fixed stars,

to Diodorus 24 stars

all

of

which, so far as they were visible to the naked eye, were

named and grouped.

Accordmg

were

associated ^vith the Zodiac, 12 being north and 12

south.
I think,

Now

the points of the compass in this statement are,

given incorrectly.
events,

They ought

to be east

and west.

At

all

of 12

we find two classes of 12 stars in the tablets, one bemg called "the Stars of Accad" and the other
West."

set
set

Accad was Nibiru, the name of Merodach in the seventh month. The 12 stars of Martu or the West, to which reference has so often been made, were the following Dilgan or Icu (Jupiter) Mus (Mercury); Bartahha-galgal ; Nin-makh "the mighty lady"; Nlhatanu (Mars); Khuse-mahh ; Sugi ; Kak-sidi ; Bir ("vermilion"); Sar; Allul ; and Lnla (11, 49, 3-9). Allul, like Lula, occurs in a fragmentary list of certain stars which
stars of
: ;

" Stars of the

One of the

describes the occurrences to be expected after the appearance

of each, and is a good example of the astrological use to which the observation of the heavens was put. A copy will be found in W.A.I. II, 49, 4, and the following is a translation of this curious document
:

" If the star

Khuzaba

return, in ...

If the star of the Lion,

....

If the star of the Hysena, nasbavti .... If the star of the

If the star of the
If the star
(jf

Stag (Lula), rullati are in the land. Dog, forces are in the country.
is in

the Bear, misfortune

the land.

with Translations of the Tablets,

" If the star Biazi,

Sfc.

177

abundance of
is

rain.

If the star of the Fish, justice is in the land.

If the star Allul, peace

in the land.

If the star Tartakhi, they decree evilly in the land.

If the star of

Concealment QTT <T<)

house
is

destruction

is

in the

land.
If the star Cti-khia, the
purified.

If the star of Destiny, pestilences are in the country. If the star Irbie, blessing is in the land.
If the star of the Bright
If the star of the Rising

Body, strength is in the land. Day, misfortunes are in the land. If the star Dilme, happiness in the land they measure out.
If the star of the Stone of the

If the star of the stone Ahsia, prodigies are in the country.

Bronze Fish, possession

(?).
is

(?)

of

a good heart

there

is

peace

If the star of Alabaster, blessing

in the land.

If the star of Silver, regular provisions are in the land.

If the star of Gold, obedience

is

in the land.

If the star of Bronze, forces are in the land.

If the star of the Prophet

If the star of the If the star Sdsi,

(?), peace is in the land. Lion of the Sun, forces are in the land. inundation during the month ....

If the star Cahnati, inundation

If the star Uttedummari, inundation

If the star of the Flocks, the house
"

Less astrological and more astronomical is the followingdocument, which supplies us with the names of several more
of the fixed stars
:

cacab

Mar

bu

da

a- na
into

atala

The

star

Mar-lnida

(passed)

an

eclipse.

cacab
the star

A pin
of
the

na

sii'i

sur
r/ate

ri

Foundation portends a
'

to

he hegim

W.A.I. Ill,

53.

No.

1.

Vol. III.

12

178

The Afttronom}/ and Astrology of

tlip

Bahyloniann,

3.

J:;r

-V
the

rab -tis
fully;

^JC! < sur- rn -u

foundation

V
sa

-El
la
the

Jf= -^I<

--!
a

-M"^
siri

-pa-

ti

of

hinges

of

gate

il

lap

pat-va

begun.

And

cacab

rakh

ga -khii

na

makhii'a
a
fixed

The

star

Urakh-gahhu

i^ortends

cina
tariff

5.

~]

IeIJ

vTT^ s^T -E -^T ~T

iir
i

eT
and

Lu -bat- sak
Saturn

ba

an -va

intervenes,

6.

-?H
cacab

jHfell
Sib

-IT^
-

-I -^I
-

-^!
na
-

^T
du

mm
....

zi

an

na

The

star of the Shepherd of the

Heavenly Flock {was) clear

lea

mil

ibassi
iR

cacab

Tir
of
the

an

na

na

The

star

Life of Heaven for

zunnu izannm
rain
rains.

loith

Translations of the Tablets, ^c.

179

na

sa

pi

sa

zunni izanninu D.P.

rain

Tir
star

an

na

Increase

of

rains:

the

Tir-anna

mmm ^m h ^
y?
*
the

>v

zunni

la izannin

dropping of rain falls not.

' ^^f-i
cacab

-II

yy -^y -f !--

y?

-^i
-

a^
im
great

-yy*
sak
cloud

En
of

te the

na -mas-lnv
Tip
of
the

na
a

The

star

Tail

(i)

sak
on
;

kha

ru

-up -tav

brings

locusts (?)

.0.

tth-]
cacab

w - ^y
sa

I
-

^y
nazu
is -

--yy
zu
fixed,

c^f-y
cacab
the

ina
in

garni
its

su

The

star

which

horn

star

-II

yy -^y
the

i-^

-] <"^y
D.P. Maruduc

wmmrn^

En-te- na -mas-luv
of
Tail- tip,

Merodach

t tyr^ ^
i

m
kha
-

E-n
ra
-

^y^
pi

sak
on
or

brings

locusts (?)

u. <iEj
a

^yy t
small

Ecyy

Mh
cu-me
E^yy

-yy*
sak

rnmmm

makliira

zikhii-- ra

tariff

12.

tth-] ^-y jEyyy ^v

cacab

a^ -]V^ ^yyy^
elita
violent
^'

An-

ta -sur- ra

ana ruklia
'pf>'>'i^''^(l^

The

star of the

Upper Sphere

unnd

180
13,

The Astronomy and Astrology of

the Babylonians,

.^y
D.P.

'j^
Ln
-

^
bat

tj^
- gnit -

^f
tav

tt -^y ^-T T
i

ba

an

va

Jupiter

intervenes,

and

va
also

D.P.

Lu

bat

gut

tav

ina

lib

cacab
of
the star

Jiqnter

in the i^lace

4:t;4tI'pyT^
Papil
-

t;\

gy
and

sak
is

nazuz-va
fixed ;

Pajnlsak

15.

cth>.]
cacab
star

H
an

t^ITI
-

-V
-

E^TT E]
-

-ITf

ta

sur

ra

ma

ana sama

-TI? melav
rain

The

of the

Upper Sphere aforesaid fog

(ajid)

yuts

tsa- pa

caxises.

.6.

-f^^y
cacab

Dil
-

CmT fCF?
gan
of

"ITili

E!

^III?
fog

Bab

erib-va ana ^ama

sets,

The

star

Icu

Babylon

and

A-TT
(and)

-m
mist

--T

-W -TTv
^yy^
tib
-

urpati

yutstsapa
causes.

n.

::-;..y
cacab

jy^ ^gy
Lul
-

'^y

^^yy --f.^y
rdvhi

la

ana

ut

cacab

The

star

Bulla

foretells

a blast of ivind.

The

star

jTt
Lul

ty
-

-c^-y tHj jyt

cacab

la

Al

lab

Bulla (and) the star Allab

v
toith

Tranfilations of the

Tablets,

cjx".

181

18.

t.t.y-]

T^
stam

<y^ T*.
iniiamiru
t<een.

Tjy

^^^..1
cacab
the

ti<!
Al
-

Jjlab

cacabi
were
the

sa

though

star

A llab

khalabu^ -va

D.P. Gut-taviiia
hi/

lib

was

inisty.

and

itself (?)

Jupiter in the midst

^T

El

nazuz - va was fixed, and,

IB.

t^y>.]
cacab

j|r

Tf

-TIT?

^-

<tT^
ul

m <h
-

Lnl -a ana Tula

urpati

pii -

lu

- liv

The

star

portends

extended

mists.

cacab

Ni -bat-a-nu ana cacab

star

Gir

-tab dikliu
faces;

Mars

the

of

the

Double

Sword

ina
iji

mi 1ecali
the

-fflf

<

-T<T<T <T-.
ibas
-

rub-u-su
its

si

palace

master

is.

cacab

Ni -bat-a-nu ana cacab

the

Gir

-tab dikhu
faces.

Mars

star

of

the

Double

Sword,

--IT

<

<isi

m
itsab
-

-^
bat
it seizes.

.... ina saplit -

The Zodiacal sign by

22.

its loioer

part

xx.y^]
cacab

E5S
nis

IeI

5^1

^^y 4f
ab
-

akhu

ana

zi

The

star of the Foreigner portends flowing ivaters.

'

The

insertion

r^^

seems to be an error.

182

The Astronomy and Astrology of the Babylonians,

cacab

Sak

vi

sa ana
to

cacab
star
.

dikhu
.(is) opposite.

Mercury

the

sibir

mat

Accadi

The crops of Accad

24.

^tj^.y
cacab

A4f JT

D -^M
-

-^

^ 1^^

Im -su-gil

na

ana mu-rak
^jjorfewc?*

The
25.

star

Im-sugil-na

ixv^]
cacab

< ^i^ ^- ^- ^
Ci
-

wmm^
:

ib
is

bu

bu

icassid

The

star

Cih-huhu

in

the

ascendant

sallim

mu

and
26.

peace

^y^]
cacab

<:ry Ey
Zibi

-ii

^t -^i

^^^-'\
cacab

<z]t]
Zibi

ana
tempest.

The

star of the

Wolf portends

The

star of the Wolf,

-F-y t^^Vi-y^ ^^HI

cacab

H A-TKEERimmon
''

-11

Ni -bat- a -nu
Mars,
the

cacab
star

icabbid

Rimmon- is-terrihU.^

27.

-y^^y
cacab
star

^ ^^yy
Rimmon
^

<ee-

^yy

-h-]
cacab
that

t]

icabbid

sii-va ana
star

The

Rimmon- is -terrible^

for

6ama
mist

nrpati (?)

ibassi
is

(and)

tempest

'with

Translatiuiis of the

Tablets,

^-c.

183

2s-

^=?H <Z\
cacab
TJie
stai'

ET -<T< -EI
baladlia
the

T'r

-II

Zibi

-i- -^ tim-mu

of

Wolf

life

-T K4-T -lAT -^^-^

ilu

-^ITT
Gir
-

^ ^T
tab

:^
- bi

Is

si

cacab
of
the

ka

U^si the star

Double Sioord addresses.

-T
ilu

^
Ni
-

-<]}'^bat
-

^ni
is

^T
fixed

nu

ina

libbi izzaz -

EI va
;

Mars
29.

in (its) place

and

ccM -^I^ HI
cacab
pal
-

JI I -^?-I I? -III< dar - a sukhal D.P. Tiskhu ana cacab

Adar faces
the star

~T -V

The

star Pal-dara the messenger of

of

the

^^yyy
Gir

yy
In

^
the

^yyy s^^e
libbi

-< -II i^T -11?

-tab dikhu ina

anni

Double Sword.

midst of a cloud a storm 7'ages(?)

-w-^
ibassi

-m <
mist
;

A-Ti -ii-^TT-^ii
ala

*^^

m
-I

-<

sama u rukhu khu- su

and wind
i^

mata itsab-bat

There

is

the city {and) land seizes.

30.

-^^y
cacab

fill- -^ -^I< <-IT D.P. Nergal ti -suvsam Bar-tab- ba ana

--n

The Double Star portends

the despoiling

of the War-god.

31.

-?^^y
cacab

of

gy
Mars

c^m + cacab
the

--T

;^I
dildiu

Man -ma ana

to

Bar -tab- ba
(is)

The

star

Double Star

opposite

>m
the

-<

nunu imat
prince
dies.

184
5^-

The Astronomij and Astrology of

the Bahi/lonians,

-}-]

t-ET
-

-TAT
si

-^I^
pal

Nin cacab The star of Venus

33.

ana

-ET ^ gamra
life.

(?)

portends a complete

^^y i^t] *^T4T --T :ff= -^ T? "^ Ni -bat-a-nu ilu ^i Nin ill! Mars {and) Venus,

34.

t-JH
cacab
(a) the

t]

^^!
iki

^TT:^ TSak
-

V
-

y! sS5
^ar
:

man -ma ana star Manma to

vi

sa dikhi

Mercury

{are) opposite

the king of

sibri Accadi yulabbas-va Accad lives long, and the crops of

mati

esiru

the land flourish.

35.

--]--]

Vat

'^T
-

^T

^\
atsi

A-TT
windy

T?

-}

cacabi (ina)

Samsi

ana rukha
for

melav
rain

The
]}

stars

Sun-rise

{are)

-I

melav
{and) rain.

cacabi (ina)

Samsi
at

atsi

iz

mu -

ru

ina

The

stars

Sun-rise

rise;

during

^
that
37.

;^
year

y? ^>-y

<
u

yf tyy}

:^ j^
ibass'ii

<

sanat-suati zunni
rain

melav and flood

are.

t^^-y
cacab

MBibbii

IeII
lu
either

<TTT IeD
13
13
:?,:
-

<V ^%^}
14
arci

lu or

The
yj ??<

planets,

14 (times), after

y^

^T s<y y*<
itsu

<TgTiy ey
*

akhai
one
another

ni

-va
before.

had

risen.

As

with Translations of
38.

tJie

Tablets,

Sfc.

185

-^\^j\}^ .yiv tin

cacabi
siptu

T?

-']
-

A^

4f^

-TTT<
^

The
.39.

stars,

memora^idmn.

na rukha For xoind

self-sent.

(t^?H)
cacabi

T--

^H T^
izarra
rise
:

-TI ]} -^] -!T^^ -khii a- na tib

the

^-n
rukhi
loind.

The

stars

for

hloioing

of

cacab

bibbi
planets

ba

an

u - va
and

The

intervene,

Reverse.
1.

>mmmmmm^

^-yy
rukha

<ttt

-^y

abaca

a destructive wind'.

rukha

abaca

a destructive wind.
s.

m^mmmmmm MINT ^i >-^^i ^i

<i:c<<ry,<<Ty,-<<.i:',<<Ty,<'!.- <.<<-'.<

^yyyjt jtYyi

>^^l

>-|

yudannatu-va
it loill

linger,

4.

^r?M
cacab

mmmmm -i^n m ^ -vv eh<

su
di
-

and

nu

ic

car

The

star

judgment

is

estranged;

<m\
*
the

ts
zakhir

<iEin H< J?
*

palig
is

same

is

small ; the same

divided.

ilu

bibbi
'planets

u
and.

cacabi
the
fitted

sami
stars
their

zarakhi
risings

The

su

nu itsabbitu-va
take,

kha
duly

an -dis
are

la

innammaru
seen.

and

not

18(5

Tlie

Astronomy and Astrology of

the Babylonians,

cacab The star

7.

An

ta

ru

- I'u -

ba
a

rukliu
destructice

abaeu
icitid.

Anta-ruruba.

tth-1 T^ --T
cacabi

^T? ET sami ma-rab

in

th -V hrise,

izarrikhu - va

The
8.

fixed

stars

numbers

and

^mt
yii
-

i@j ^^y lEU

In

H H
^T
iiuri

^
iiia

<I- -^T
.si

D.P.
;

bibbi

- iia

^
la

rise

the planets

the lights {of the planets)

among them

kbalibi
{are)

va kha - an - clis innamaru unclouded, and duly {the planets) are seen.

Napkharis caeab
After all {the

tur
the

nabu

ar

cu

rest) the star

of

House of Best

{as) messenger

^
napiaru
y

<MT<T
ar
-

m
cu

^TTIT -TTT<7I

tui'

follows, or the daion follows the

House of Rest.

w.^

^^j..y tyyyy .yyy<7y e-yy

cacab

<^yy
ikhkliarrats is

Napldiaris

tur

ra

b] va

After the

rest the star

of the House of Rest

produced,

same
and
the sky

na
the

nap

kliar

for

wliole

of

-\

f=i?

<s:tt ^
it

isanii

ikhkliarrats
vs

"^m ....
....

Jieaven

produced

loith

Tratislations of the

Tablets,

Sfc.

187

^'T^<.<^7^'---^^<."-^'T^'>^7^<<^T^<.^v^

"*

na

bi -

nu - ut
of

To

the offspring

^y

cyj

cE
i

c^

:::

sami
heaven
it

-kab-bi
speaks.

Napkharis cacab

Ru

tur

A Itogether
cyi

the sta7'

of the Giver of Rest

m^]:^mmm
Sal
. .

14.

A^

Napkharis cacab
altogether
the

^^M |^S|^yyT^yyy^.yyy.^.y^^rE yu
kar
-

ga

-seto

pul

star

Sal-karga

causes

descend.

,5.

ty^ ^^y
Gut An
-

^y
-

^^ ^y^
se
-

^y
-

-yyy<7!
tarbats

JT
- sii

^T

~T

na

pi

id

atsu D.P.

The Bull of Heaven,

the arbiter of its setting, rising in the time of

^
.^

--T *y
the

SiiS
San

(#) ^T --I
cas
-

T?

Ann kbarran Samsi

Anil
(in) the

ut D.P.

path of

....

the

period of

A-nu Anu

16.

^
the

^y
^

tyy^
ris

^yyyy
Bit
-

^ryy^-y
tarbatsi
its

jy
-

ssgn

kharran D.P. Samsi

path of

su

the Sun, the chief

of the House of

Setting

^1
tarn

B]w
-ma -sa

mm

^1 < ut u

^m

-t- -<]<
buti

rib -

during the day

and

rains.

188

7 he Astronomy and Astroloyi/ of

the Babylonians,

'7.

ina

-::r{ tT^
arakli

tt^H -HIT ^
cacab Gir

< t^?-T
cacab

Aim

-tab u

In the month lyyai' the star of the Double Sivorcl and the star
^-~'C^^^v'^^i.c/^^;.^'/^.^;.C'^.^;.v'^

i-

kharrats

'produces.

18.

ina irakh

{-^ T? Sivaiiu D.P. Xi - bat - a uu

it:t^i\i

H^

^)

mmm

In

the

month Sivan

Mars

kharrats

2Jrodiices

6
Si<v

D.P.

M -bat-a -nu
Mars
jEii

(times)

20.

^ ^~;
In
the

-c?H A-jE c^?-f lElUH

cacab
the star

ina arakli Ululu

Bir

cacab
the star

Nii-u

month Elul

Bir

of the

Yoke

icsud- va
overtook,

and

21.

>ina

^~?

^y tth-]
cacab
the star

^
Kak

-==!!
- si -

<TcT
di

^^?-I
cacab

arakh Duzu

In the month

Tammuz

Kak-iidi the Doxible Star

Bar -tab- ba
(and)
the

cacab Utustar

al

tar

Utiv-altar

overtook,

icsudu-va nvd

with Translations of the Tablets,

Sfc.

189

22.

-f-T i-^-i
cacab

jrr^^i
cacab
the

tKj jyt
Al
liil

--?^^T
cacab

Sii

^fi

Gu-

la

Id -khu
of the Eagle,

The

star of Ghda,

star Allah,

the star

t^h-]
cacab
the

^r ^Kj Utu- al

-^ ^^)-\
-

-]w
Sak
-

Ivi
-

V sa

tar

cacab
{and)

ina
at

star

Utio-altar

Mercury

^y,
that

-II ^=?

IdJ
ip
:
. .

yumi-su
time

ET -se-va and
.
.

cacab

Al

- lul to

a
the

na
star

cacab
of
the

^ukh
Prolific

- birii

The
-.

star

Allul

Family

t^^ eT I? lEin^! ET JT < -ka-bi-va aiiir nia-su-u

speaks,

and

(is)

leader of the tveek(?)

24.

cacab

Mar

The

star of the

bu - da Long -Road

cal

sanat

iliac

all the year goes

m
ir

ET

r?

-E
i

^TT
-

-ma- a

ET T? lam -ma-a

approaches
25.

- -}
ina arakli
the

^^

^c?H ?f<

cc^^T JT^

I?

-}-]

In

Addaru cacab nuni cacab Lul- a cacab month Adar the star of the Fish, the star Lrda,

H
D.P.

ET

\^hovertake,

ET
and

cc?H
cacab
the star

<::*T
Maruduc

T?

--^T
to

Man -ma
Mars

icassidu-va

a- na

of Merodach

Gut-tav
Jupiter

-kabspeaks.

bi

190
26.

The Astronomy and Astrology of

the Babylonians.

\}

the

t]]}

ttM
the star

<::^T T?-^!

^=:M<^A

za-man ma-a

cacab Maruduc

At

same time
-Vi^"^

cacab Utali (?) a- na of Merodach to the star of Rest{?)

>->i^i^
i -

.^
- bi

>-^

kab

speaks.
27.

tth-\
cacab
star

V t<^;
sa
which
arci
after

e:<t

-^tt -h-'i J^^

cacab
star

-sunazii- zu
it

Sib
the

The

is

f.ved

the

of

-T^^ -T -^I
zi

-I

-yTT<

A-TT
im
-

-TT^T
sak

^T
e

-an
the

ua D.P. Pap-sukul

-cu

Shepherd of

Heavenly Flock, Pap-sukul portends a great wind.

Sill

tarbatsa ipakhkhir - va

cacab
the

Sib
star

zi-

The

Moon

sets,

and

Sih-zi-

an - na ina lib - sii izaz anna in its place is f, red. Crops

ina mati
(?) in the

clumki

land (are) good.

cacabu sa ina The star ivhich

zi in

ikh

si

id

cacab
the

the

neighbourhood

of

star

:<T

-^TT tth-)
cacab
the

A-B
Bir
the

tth-1 iBlIIgl
cacab
star
Nii'u
the

.... ....

nazu-zu
?.s

f.ved,

star

Bir,

of

Yoke,

cacab
the

Gu
of

la

cacab
the

cacab
(and) the star

star

Gnla,

star

Sukli

beru

of the ProUfu; Family.

infh Translations^ of the Tablets,

Sfc.

191

.30.

ct][H
cacab

tyyf,?

V
sa

>ina

-TT<T

--T --T -^!

^

Eratu

bii-it^

The

star of the

Pregnant

Woman

tohich in conjunction with

cacab
the

Si

- bi

cacab
the

A
of

niiv
is

izu

zu

star

Sibi

and

star

Anu,

fixed,

cacab
the

A
star

nuv

cacab
the

Lu

lim

Anu
El
Tr

star

Lidim.

31.

ct?-T
cacab

^r
- sii

V sa
ina

<Tpan

-T
D.P.
before

y?

<n
-

Maof

nuv

The

star

the

Week

which

Anu

izu
is

zu

D.P.

A-

nuv

cacab
the

Al

lul

fi.red,

Anu,

star

Allul

32.

^t^^y
cacab

^yyy?}

v sa ina

Eratu

<l- --TII pan Bil -

m <y ^l
(cit)
si -

id

The

star of the Prefpiant

Woman,

ivhich before

Bel on

rukh
the

sadi
east

^i -

kid

na
the

cacab
star

Su

gi

side

declines,

to

Su-gi

S=^ ^<^ >-^

i

-kab-bi
speaks

'

Mihanna, which the Syllabaries render by the Assyrian

"

biritu, is

not of un-

frequent occurrence in the astrological tablets.

Thus W.A.I.

Ill, 57, 40, 41,

we read
of the

The

star of the

Eagle, three stars (wanting)

Double Ship, the star Ner-zaTc-Zamama and the star two conjunctions the star of the Eagle
;

makes

(?)."

192
33.

The Ast7^onomy and Astrology of

the Babylonians,

^x:h-\
cacab

V
sa

5=i!E?
arci

^!
it

--IT ^^\-] -II

zu
fixed,

^!

-su izu
is

cacab
the

En-teEntena-

The

star

wJiic/i

behind

star

^y

+ ttt
:

cc?"T
cacab
the

-II

*4 -^!
-

+ !^- --M
the

na -mas-luv
masluv

En

te

na -mas-luv cacab
star

star

Entena -masluv,

Al

lab

Allab.

34.

tth-1 -SET
cacab
Erib

]}
-

-^ Bh hme
-

T?

---T
-

tth-l
cacab
the

gali

na
to

The

star

of the Descend of

Great

Waters

star

-^y
-

t^ t^ tE t^
tiir-tur
i

- bi

Bar -tab- ba
Doidily

-kab

Small

speaks.

Colophon.
The
tablet begins in the place

^tsyy
y

^ ^yyy -^-y
It goes

tyy-

..y <^^

" Tlie star Mar-buda portends an eclipsed

yctM-:wI--~?_Ea<T"-ITdoum
to

" The star Icic in the month JSisan was seen "

(the first line of tlie next Tablet).

Another tablet of much the name kind as this is lithographed in W.A.I. Ill, 52, 1. It describes the phases of Jupiter, and is interesting as containing a notice of an


ivith

Translations of the Tablets,

Sfc.

193

ancient Elamite astronomer,

tablet

showing that the study was

carried on in that country as well as in Babylonia.

is

The
:

unfortunately

much

broken.

It

runs as follows

cacabu izarrikh-va The star (Jupiter)

tsi
rises
;

ri

- ir
its

-su
body,

cima
like

m-ru
day,

and

the

na
is

mir

bright.

^.

]}

EcTT -TI<T
ri
its

ina tsa- ra

-su cima
like

OT -T<Ty nam
the

-f -T< -^TTT
-masof a
ti

In

body

blade

double

sword

zanba
a
tail

isaccit

in

forms.

'

<H:nT
libit

<T- tE <T-^{ si - i dumkatu

<-v
ul

-II
bil

-khi

m
Biti

et va

This omen

(is)

favourable ; rejoicing (of) the master of the house

sa mati ca and of the land

4.

- la

sa
it.

all

of

*^. ^y<y^ <y. 1 :p yj .ji .^ mati cali ibas - si enu-va bilu la ina At the same time a master not in the whole of the country

is.

rag

i- i-^ - gu

<H
{?) is

!?

^TII
cit
-

-EET
tu
is

-T<T.^
ibas
done.
-

<Tsi

^TT?

V-

ippalaq

dan

nu

Wickedness

divided.

Justice

strong one

fE
i

mU
^ar
-

-TT<T
ri

judges.
Vol.
Iir.

13

194

The Astronomy and Astrology of

the

Babylonians,

<--Wlh1}^^]

-II -TTIT
bil

^
IH
tas
-

<MlI t:m
va
sarri

^
suati

biti -suati

the

master of that house and that king

:.

^
iua

tyyy
cit

^y<
ti

t;^!
iz

^:Sl
-

-^ <
mu

<T^I

>^

in

-su

az

u sallim-mu ina and peace

by

his

nghteousness fixes.

Obedience

mati ibassi
the

land

is.

an

ni

u
(is)

sa

is

This

what

cacabu

rabu
Star

ul

tn

ti

ib
\jwrtherj}'\

The

Great

from

the

orbit

na

ti

ib
orbit

niklii

zululi

to

the

southern

1.

<^^<^
mi
si

A-m
-

<^TT -T<!^
cima

-T

ikh

-su

nam -mas-(ti) ....

. .

wmm
.

its

measureinent

[i.e., size~\

like (the

blade of a double sivord)

'^-

V
sa
-

ieii t^TiT
ki
above,

-TH
ri

-^rnmmm
tii

ta

returning

ina
in

li

in

ni

di

the

dwellings

with Translations of the Tablets,

Sfc.

195

1^-

-T
D.P.

-II -Ti! T
Bilu

-eeii
li

mawho

m mmm
-

lu

Bel

Jills

u.

~y
an
-

:s: < ni -u
(is)

V
sa

t^
pi
to
-

f^ -^TTi
i

mmm
the

cluppi

This

according

the tablet (s)

ci

D.P. D.P.
to

Nabu - cu

dur - yutsur mati Elami

Elamite

According

Neho-chadrezzar

V'e-lV^-^V^-^'

V^

>-(

Jul

>7.

^^f--!
cacab
Planet

MJ
Lu
-

-bat
in

- -^r
ina
the

.IT

<Tis

arakh
month

Duzu
Tamntiuz

innamar
seen,

The

[Jupitei'^

pagri
Corpses

ibassu
are.

^^-

t^r-}
cacab

-II

^T -^T *f
- te
-

!--

ina
at
its

1^!
atsu
rising
-

En

na

-mas

lum

su

The

star

TJntena-maslum

the

cacaba

itamm

ikli

Planet

holds.

19.

-pyy <i^y

^n
sibirri

<:ej

<ut -IT4
tariff
{is)

-^T

dumuk
Richness

makhiru
The

cinu
fixed.

of

crops.


19()

The Astronomy and Astrology of

the Babylonians,

Colophon.

an

nu

ti

sa
the

D.P.
of

Gut

tav

sa

D.P. D.P.
by

These

(are

phases)

Jupiter,

{7'eported)

Nabu - mu

se - tsi

Neho-iimsetsi.

The

favourite object of observation

among

the planets,

A long table of its however, was not Jupiter, but Venus. phases is translated in the Appendix, and numberless shorter tablets relating to this star are met with in the astronomical Here are one or two of them, beginniug with one library.
which records the various names under which the planet was known at various times and places.
^^^.A.I.

53:
" [In

24.

the

month

Chisleu]

Venus

{^*-\

*^ '^)

is

called the spark of

25. In the

Gula (^^\^ f^^

is

*'t\)-

month Tebet, Venus

the spark of the Double

Ship
26. In the

cy^
month

"pyyy ^). Sebat, Dilgan of Babylon."

The
or

latter star, called Icu

Mercury

in Sivan,

while, as

by the Assyrians, was Merodach we have before seen, it was

with Jupiter, and in W.A.I. II, 39, seems to We can only reconcile appear as a synonyme of Mars. these statements by supposing that it was the name of a fixed star which gave its title to whatever planet happened
also identified to

be

near
:

it

at a particular

time.

The

tablet

then

proceeds
27.
2-S.

"A

royal crown

it

gives (?) to

Merodach.
is

In the

month Adar the spark the Fish of Hea

third

29.

30.

Venus (and also Mercury). In the month Adar on the and in Nisan .... Venus is a femnlo at sunset.

day (Venus)

rises


icith

JraiisUitions of the

Tablets,

Sfc.

197

31. 32.

33.

34.

Venus is a male^ at sunrise. The spark Venus at sunrise (is) the Sun-god thus a male {zi-car sacnu) and the offspring of ... The spark Venus at sunset (is) the god Adar thus an androgyne and the offspring of ... The spark Venus at sunrise (is) Istar of Agane by
; .
; .

name.
35. 36.

The spark Venus at sunset (is) Istar of Erech byname. The spark Venus at sunrise (is) Istar among the stars
(by name).

37.

The spark Venus

the gods)

at sunset

(is)

Billat

Hi (Queen
^1^=

of

(by name).

38.

The
(is)

star

Dirrutimne

{y^]]]}

"^H

^^^T)
>->-Y

Venus.

A name

of Mars also

T*-^

JSZ

39. (This

40
41

hue I cannot translate.) Venus at appearance Saturn. makes an echpse."

The
tablet.

following three lines, which are

give the names of the two astronomers

much mutilated, who composed the

:

Other tablets relating to Venus are the following

W.A.I.
1.

III, 57,

:
forth a rising
('^*-fflf<

"

Venus drew
inisukh''^).

tK

^^T^

zir-kha

Misfortune.
it

2. 3.

In

its orbit

duly

grows

in size (iltanakaa).

Venus a

rising does not kindle.

its station it

Prosperity.

4.

Afterwards

3/?tcsa//ai'),

5.

Venus
-

rises,

makes to ascend (akhis cibirui-su and proceeds; and and the star Niru like a flag floated {cima
;

daqilu idgul)

'

The Assyrian word here

is

very remarkable,

zi-ca-rat,

as

if

we could

coin a term like "male-ess."'

It translates the

Accadian

^S-T

T*

^^Ml

"male-female."

Imsukh
with

" he

measured

" or "

drew forth "

is

connected on the one hand

^'yi>?2

n'tl^w

"measure" and on the other with

of
""t

"draw forth"

or

" extend."

The change

into J^ meets us in other words.


198
6.

The Astronomy and

the view
is

Asb-oloijy of the Babylonians.^

clear {amiru emuru)

hostile
;

the country

is

smitten

7.

rebelHon

is

cities

by arms are oppressed

8.

Venus and Mercmy arc iuconjmiction (J^ I^Of \***)'' and 9. Venus rises, and before the star Mar-huda goes, and '^ ^^^^ 10. the view is clear (]} ]^ "^J^l (J^ i\^)' third day it goes, and serrbn. 11. Venus before the star Sugi goes" ....
is

Here the tablet

follows
1.
:

broken,

and the Reverse proceeds as

2.

"Venus faces the star of the Gate Venus faces the star of the Fish a destruction takes
.

place.
3.

Venus faces the star -(^<2^ '^T'^ tK Sukh-biru, a and Venus faces the star of the Foundation
:

destruction takes place.

4. It
5.

faces Mars.
(?)

Extract

from

'

the Illumination of Bel,' concerning

a report according to a tablet no longer existing (supar pi sa pi duppi ydni),

6.

beginning

'

Venus drew

forth a rising.'

Palace of

Assur-bani-pal,
7.

great king, mighty king, king of multitudes, king of

Assyria,

8.

on

whom Nebo and

like (his) father

Tasmit have conferred have amply extended."

favor,

and

W.A.I.
1.

Ill, 57, 7

:
;

2.

the gods Sin (the in the month Tammuz Moon), Sar-nerra, (and) Gallamta-uddua are close to the horn of the

"Venus

planet.
3.

The star

of the Double Ship

is

seen with them

in the land.

and on

the thu'd day they move.

4.
5.
6.

Dearth of wheat and barley

is

The god Sar-nerra and the god Gallamta^-uddua the god Jupiter and the god Mars."

(are)

with Trcmdatioiis of the

1.

Tablets.,

Sfc.

199

"

Venus in the month Chisleu on the third day ajjpears.

{etic-sunuti)
.

in the

midst of the stars

2. 3.

Their passage

[it
.

makes].

The
"

stars to the planets.

."

1.

Venus

in the

the king.
2. rolls.
3.

month Tebet faces the Sun. The king ....

faces Saturn.
rises (?).

Good

to

Venus
in the

Venus

month Tebet

4.

The king

establishes his hostile

"

Rain at sunset. arms in the land. The

troops (march).
5.

Seven heads
"

at sunset

1.

Venus
in

in the

month Sebat (makes) a

rising {riipkha)

sereti.

2. 3. 4.

The

crops of the land flourish.

The son ....

5.

Venus with tails at sunrise is seen; and Venus in Sebat on the second and third days is in the ascendant and (is) on the horn of (the Sun ?) when it rises. In the month Sebat, the fu'st day, over
;

the horn of the siar Niru

6. it passes.
7.

Peace

in the

land
is

is

established.

8.

The same. The star of

All the laud

hostile.

the Double Ship.

The head

of the star

A<E4
9.

^lA

Tf<

Sukh-biru.

In the

10.

month Sebat, in front of the star -^^^-<^ >-T^ tK Sukh-biru (Venus) passes and Venus in the same month is seen and on the left of
;
;

it

there

is

seen .... Pregnant

women

11.

some of
on the
III, 59,

their children perfect.

12. Paleness (sipa) or mistiness.

13.
left

Mars

of

it

shows."

W.A.I.
1.

11

2. 3. 4.
5.

" Venus at sunset .... Venus at .... from the first day to the

thirtieth

day
of the land flourish.

at sunset disappeared.

The crops

Venus made a Ji-ved

station (?).


200
6.
7.

The Astronomy and Astrology of

the Bahyloniaiis,

The days
Justice
is

of the prince are long.

in the land.

8.

Venus from the sixth

j\foon's

to the

eleventh days of the

age

{ina cassut

D, P. Hea),

9.

[This line

is lost.]

10. ... to the

land of Palestine

11. [This line is also mutilated.]

12. 13.
14. 15.

The Moon set, and the stars in its place were fixed. Durmg this year women bear male children. The Moon set, and the star Sugi in its place is fixed. Dm'ing this year, troops of men
(conquest march?).

16. to

17.

(The report) of Istar-sum-esses."

Mars was nearly as favourite an object of observation as We have already seen that it bore no less than seven names and one of the works contained in Sargon's Library was devoted to the record of its phases. Here are some of the tablets wliich relate to this planet
Venus.
; :

W.A.I.
1.

III,

59

:
Elul,

"In the month

Mars
(is)

is

seen

and

2.

the crops of the land flourish.

S.
4.
5.

The The

heart of the land

good ....

planet Satm-n ....

Prosperity of

men

....

.
7.

Mars at

(its

appearance)

has a lofty (position?).

(Report) of Nebo-ikbi."
III, 59,

8.

W.A.I.
1.

:
(ictarab) the star Allul.
it

"Mars approaches
In
its

2. 3.

place

sets (etarab).

watch

kept.
it

After the

full

interval of time again, as

down
to the king

4.
5.

had gone, it rose, and .... when it had fully risen, an account of

it

my
1.

lord (I sent).

The

birds ^

belonging to the lord

is

my

king /k/(?).
is

'

This

translation

extremely

doubtful.

The Assyrian

issuri,

not

itstsnri,

"birds."

See further on the inscription quoted from III, 53,

3, line 21.

icith

Trans Idtio US of the Tablets,

c^J'C.

201

2.

Also the star

Manma
.

(Mars) faced the star

AUuL

prince in ...
3.

as he ruled, lives.

His strength (?)....

place.

4.
1.

numbering of Accad takes

The

birds belonging to the king mj" lord /k/ (?) ....

(?)

2.
o.

Also the star Venus

in the

midst of the

ski/

(?)....

The king
This
is

of Subarti ....
title

4.
0.

the

of the information (?)....

The king my
This
(is)

lord in his heart ....

title
:

1.

the

the Air-god

(is) line

with ....
the>

month Ab, the Air-god god rains. 2. A malady oppresses. Storms 3. Death in consequence of the 4 Famine is in the land.
1.

In the

(is) fine:

afterwards

in the

heaven

fall.

rain the Air-god sends.

1.

(The report) of Nebo-kullani."

defective state of this tablet renders its translation
difficult.

The

pecuharly

The following fragment, which speaks its designation of Manma, follows a list of the events consequent upon the conjunction of " the star
of the planet under
of Death" with other heavenly bodies.

W.A.I.

Ill, 57, 2

:
gan dikhu tamtu
The
sea

cacab

Man -ma ana

to
Icii

cacab
(is)

Dil

Mars

opposite.

D.P. Samas
the

Sim-god

2.

^th-]
cacab

ET
to

tth-]
cacab
star

-^T T- T-

Man-ma ana
the

Mars

Bar-tab- ba -gal -gal Doubly (is) Gr^eat

opposite.

dikhu dhabi Good to

sarri

the king

202

The Astt'onomy and Astrology of

the Babylonians,

cacab

Man
to

ma

ana
star

cacab
of
the

Nuni
Fish
(is)

dikhii
opposite.

Mars

the

Tmi

Eild ^IM
-

}?<,

AT?
fish

^^\
(is)

Vi<

T?

Idiir

tuv
of

nuni

mahduti
in
the

ina mati
land

nabu
reported.

The

])rese}ice

many

simmu
Plague

4.

-{H
cacab

El
-

-J--!
cacab
the

+ mm^ a
Bar
klii

Man
of

ma

ana
to

The

star

Mars

star

Bar

khi

yy
dikhu

Tn?t^mEi
abu

-tt*^

^i^:^mmm
sarru
the king

nm -ma

yuballadh-va

(w) opposite.

The father

ever lives,

and

.5.

tch-]
cacab

to

tth-]

-}-)

Man-ma ana

cacabi

;^I }}< I? ^^^ dikhu pulug mati

Mars

the stars (is) opposite.

Division of the land

sapikb
smiting

e.

ttj^^y
cacab

to

ey
Bel

^^y
D.P.

^n

y^^

.^^^

e^yy

^y
dikhu

Man-ma ana
the

Bel -mi -khi- ra

(is)

Mars
^yyy
lib

Confronter

opposite.

^
-

t^y
ab

mm
good
.
.

mati dh

The heart of

the land (is)

with TrcDtslatiouf^ of the

Tabletf<,

<^-c.

203

-.

tth-]

ET T -=^'I -HI JT- ;^1 ^jn cacab Man -ma ana cacab Al - lul dikhii ru -bat Mars to the star Allul (is) opposite. Increase of
y

tc?H
cacabi

EI T

^^?H
cacabi

wmm
....
-IT^T TSak - vi (is)

the star

Man-va Man-ma (^Mars)

{and) the star

c^?-I_
cacab

El
to

f ^{-I
cacab
Mey^cury

^I

In

Man-ma ana
Mars

sa dikhu ina

opposite.

mati-su
his

sarru yulabbar-va
the

land

ling

remains

and

....

'.>.

xxV-]
cacab

ET
to

^^J-T
the

-II -^I

-^T

Man-ma ana cacab

star

En

te -

i-^ na-mas-hiv
(is)

Mars

Entena-masluv

^y
opposite.

- V <m]A
^immi

"
isaccin

imm
.

dikhu casad sa

Attack of pestilence takes place

10.

-^^y
cacab

Ey
to

^ch-]
cacab
{is)

^ ^
Dil
-

^T

Man - ma ana
Venus

bat dikhu ina

Mars

opposite.

During

*^
sanni
this

)--<

TYY

r^
king

5^HPPf-

k
-

suati

ana
for
six

arkhi

^arru

su

year

months

the

aforesaid

yulabbar-va
remains,

and


204
Tht'

Astwiionuj and Astrologii of the BahijloKiani^,

cacab

Man-ma ana cacab

to

Bibbu dikhu abopposite.

ic

Mars

Jupiter

(is)

Overthrow

of

mati
the

land
is

Here the inscription

Avhich
is

broken

oft".

Bel the Confronter,

after

named elsewhere immediately

(III, 57, 69), is

the star of

Martu (or the West)

with the " Bel
to

perhaps to be identified
it

who goes

before the star " in the planisphere

which

have referred

before.

In this case

Avould denote

the Great Bear from the eleventh to the fifteenth days of the
just been

Moon's age. Very similar in character to the tablet I have quoting is another, recording the conjunctions of the stars of the Eagle and the Bird Urakhga with others. This again is shockingly mutilated but the Reverse contains
;

a colophon describing
tablet of Bel."

it

as belonging to " the fifty-seventh

What
:

is left

may

be thus translated

W.A.I.
1.

Ill, 52, 2

2.

The star Urakhga^ faces J\lercury .... The star Z7. set (ittanapla). Desertion {ezihu j^HI!)
"

in the midst
3. 4.

The The
The The The

star U.

on the south side set ....

star U.

had a halo around

:

it

the

tariff" (is)

fixed,

the crops of Palestine

5.

star U.

this star (is)

very misty

{malitis adru)

the crops
6.

star

U.

this star (is) not

misty

pestilences in

(the country are).

7.

star

U.: this star (is) greenish-yellow;

floods in

the channels
8.

The
its

star U.

in its place of setting (cibiru) the

god

head

lifts
:

J.

The

star U.

lifts

up

its
:

during that year the same. in its place of setting (the god) similarly head. Diu-ing this year floods descend.
;

up

10.

The

star U.

this star

is

like the

god of

Fire.

Much

rain falls.
'

Or,

Ukhulaga.

iclth

Translations of the Tablets,

<^-c.

205

11.

The

star U.

middle.

this star (is) like the god of Fire in the Three times the star a stoppage (sippakh)
:

[makes]
12.

The

star

U. faces
all

the star Prince of the Earth.

is.

Ganzi^ in
13.

the land

14.

The star of the Eagle faces the planet (Jupiter). Sowing of all plants (is) lucky. The star of the Eagle faces the planet. The Air-god
inundates.

15.

The
is

star of the

Eagle over the star Ukhulaga-khu

paramount

(ihil).

Wheat

(is)

flourishing.

Ki.

17.

18.

19.

Eagle in the place of the Moon is fixed. A mighty king smites. The star of the Eagle on the left horn of the Moon is fixed. The country (men cross). The star of the Eagle on the right horn of the Moon is fixed. The country is The star of the Eagle (is) misty. The cattle are

The

star of the

diminished
20.

the inhabitants

The The

star of the

Eagle measured a measure

{i.e.,

rose,

meshha imsukh).
21.

The planet
after birds;

stars
is

named

when

the star of the

Eagle

seen, inundations."

Another
or Mercury.

tablet, also

somewhat broken,

deals with Sakvisa

W.A.I. 59,
1.

3:
?)

"

Mercury approaches, and

occupies.
is

2.
3.

the place of the god (Gallamta-uddua

He

supreme

(hahil).

There

is

mist.

4.
5.
().

The land is high. The gods give peace to Accad.

;

Frequent rains are present. In Accad wheat and barley flourish and 8. The tariff is (lowered) the god a measure again gives. 9. The gods in heaven in their courses (nizzalti) go. 10. Their altars are resplendent (?). 11. Mercuiy diminished in serti
7.
;

Ganzi (pn-ixiin) W.A.I. I, 46, 23.

'

is

cmmecterl

with

giinzi

"cattle,"

vvhicli

is

foiiiid

in

206

The Astronomy and Astrology of

12. hostile

the Bahylojiians,

kings contend.

13. 14.

Mercury in serti (ictur). The king is prosperous the heart of the country
:

Id.

16.

17. 18.
19.

[This was lost in the original of the good. copy hence we find khibi " wantmg."] Mercury is supreme. The king goes to supremacy. Merodach the throne establishes. Mercury during the period of Anu is seen. There is fog, and the crops of the land (are) pros(is
;

perous.
20.

(The report) of Bulludlm."

to the Planets in importance was the Pole-star, Tir-anna or Dayan-same or " Judge of heaven," to
treatise

Next
called

which a special

Dayan-same was

also

is

-TTT^ Dayan Sicli " the favourable Judge," also termed " the crown of heaven" (*~*~^ ^^^ >?- >->-T ^V^).
associated with

_(H ^-Id

was devoted in Sargon's Library. named " the god Caga-gilgati" -IHT^ ^y< ^V.A.LII,58, l?), and

Dayan (^y>^Y *'>^^ Days or Lights of Assur" were Dayani (111,66,16,22), and the following: Samila,
Several of the divinities were called
or

"Judge"; thus "the

Xuscu,

divine

Ismi-carabu,
carabu,

are said to be

Ilpada, Tirru-casunu, and Sitammi" the names of the divine Judges

(IIL
(^G,

{Hi dayani) of the

Temple of Assur"
B.C.

1-9).

In the

second

millennium

the

Pole-star

would have been

Alpha Draconis.
Before leaving the
stars,

a small tablet must be noticed,

which deals with their conjunctions.

W.A.I.
1.

Ill, 57, 1

"

The

star Bir-va

2.
?).

Jupiter in the star of Gula lingers {yiidannat).

The

star

Bu-va

faces

(ittekhi)

the planet.

Corn

flourishes.
4.
5,

Jupiter in the star of Gula foces Saturn

The star mount

day)

Bir-va over the star Urakh-gakhu

(ihil).

is

para-

Corn

flourishes.

Abimdance
fifth to

of rain.

1.

The god Hea

(is)

(the

Moon from
Ganzi
is

the

the tenth

misty.

not flourishing.

with Trails lations of the Tablets, ^r.

207
^^^^^^-bii'ii

2.

Jupiter in the star

lingers,

-4^-<^

'^T'^

tK

and
of the Earth

3.

the star Prince

(rose).

measured a measure
is

The

crops ganzi of the hind arc flourishing.

4.
1.

Jupiter hke one disappearing duly

seen

and

the star Entenamaslum at

its rising,

the waves of the

sea (michikh) at the beginning of the

month Tammuz
is

over the country raises (nasi)

2.
3.

the crops of the land flourish, the tariff

Jupiter like one disappearing duly

the star Entena-maslum at
its

is

seen
is

good {iiahid). and

;

4.

rising

faint
is)

{ahil).

The crops
throw.
5.

(are) not prosperous.

(There

over(the

Jupiter, like one disappearing, a storm that

god

planet) in heaven crosses."

We may now pass on to the Moon, the prmcipal object of Babylonian worship and observation. As befitted a nation
of astronomers, the

Moon was

considered prior to the Sun,

and the originator of

civilisation.

The number
Moon,
its

of tablets

relating to the appearances of the

eclipses

and

conjunction with the Sun,

part of which I

very large. The great work, have translated in the Appendix, is wholly
is

concerned with the eclipses of the

luminaries, indeed, cannot be
"svell

Moon and

Sun.

The two

separated from one another

and the method of Babylonian observation and the events supposed to be portended by the various phsenomena observed can best be learned from a selection of the tablets which deal with this part of the subject. The months were lunar and were divided into two lunations and the days on which the quarters of the Moon began as well as the beginning of the second lunation were called days of sulum or " rest," on which certain works were forbidden. Each lunation was
;

fiu'ther

subdivided into periods of five days each, called cas-

sudi or times of " ascendancy," the first cassiid being given to

Anu, the second to Ilea, and the third to Bel. During the third period, however, it was only the orbit which was called Bel, the body of the orb being still termed Hea. The tablet which tells us this is the following.

208
W.A.I.

The Astronomy and Astrology of

Ill, 55,
1-

the Babylonians,

)
Sin

iua
at

<Tits

r
-

tamarti

su

The
2.

Moon
^T

appearance

v/
5

<^^
-

^T
tarn
-

^Id
khir
visible.

yu
five

mi
days

for

was

istu

yumi
the

6
sLrth

adi

yumi
tlic

10
day.

From

day

to

tenth

* --Id
ca
it

-E^TT
li

^m
-

tuv

(is)

full.

istu

yumi
the

11
eleventh

From
0.

day

v/
5

'^y

ict
-

Emu
agu
a

itj
yur
-

-TT<T
ri
-

A-ft
im
(it).

yu

mi
days

for

five

croicn

surrounds

'

-! <
D.P.

H
D.P.
(is)

T?

-^
Ann,

--Ml
D.P.

Sin

A-iiu

m
Bil
Bel,

The

Moon

D.P.

Hur
of

ci

the Protector

the

Earth,

-]
D.P.
{and) the

-"^T! zu Lord of waxing (and leaning)

Bil
-

-II

-I
The same

TT

<
Moon

(is) the

with Translations of the Tablets,

SfC.

209

istu

yiimi
the
first

adi
to

yumi
fifth

From
2.

day

the

day

>~^"

D.P.
(the

210

The Astronomy

and, Astrology of the Babylonians,

is broken off". The names of the seem to have been derived from the quarter of the heaven in which the Moon was observed, and which was assigned to the dominion of some special deity. Thus, in W.A.I. Ill, 56, 52, Ave are told that " on the fifteenth day the Moon and Sun draw near to Anu" {sin u samsu ana il A-nuv i-car-ra-bu). I will now give some specimens of reports of the conjunction of tlie Moon and the Sun. and the predictions derived from such an occurrence.

The end

of the tablet

several periods

W.A.I.
1-

Ill, 58, 1

^T

<

r/r

^^
day,

<
Sin
the

<

'B
itti

V,

]}<
-

'ti

yumu
The
sii'teenth

16

u Samsu

kha

Moon and Sun

icith

one another

inammaru
are
seen

sarra ana sarra

king
to

nucurti
hostility

yum -

ar

king

sends.

' se:w
savru

ina

-TTTT eThecali
in
his
-

T?

^T

su

The

king

palace

<I--TT<T
ar
-

A
khi

of

month

ya

ta

sar

sepi
feet of
the

nacri

a- na
to

mati-su
count 7y (go).

returns.

The

enemy

his

=.

E^
nis

A^

in

\^
his

iland

BJl
-

^T h^
nis

-nacri ina mati-su sal- dha

itallacu

The

enemy

despotically

march.

with Translations of the Tablets,

Sfc.

211

<

-:^l JT
Duzi
in the 7nonth

lEf
lu
-

<

*T

<

V !=^ MJ
14
the 14:th

<
-

Sin ina arkhi

The Moon

u yumu Tammuz, either

lu

day or

the

YT

^^

yumu
15th

15

day

7.

<;g ..y
itti

^y
Sun

^
la
is

D.P. Samsi
the

<y. t^ inamm- ir
not
seen.

ivith

^^:^
sarru

^^
ina

-mr
in
his

M ^m^
-su
palace

jsttt
-

slid
-

hecali

yu

ta

^ar

The

king

returns.

yumu

16

inammir-va clumku mat

it is

Subarti
land of Subarti.

The IGth day

>o.

seen,

and fortunate

{is) the

<MH
limuttu

^.^

M <
Accacli

<

<^

^TT- -EET
Akharri
of Palestine.
the land

mat

u mat

Unlucky

(is) the

land of

Ac cad and

''

^n
sa

-B
Nebo
of
-

-<^ -^T
kul
-

^
-

D.P.
rejyort)

la

ni

(The
W.A.I.
1.

Nebo-hdlani.

Ill, 58, 2

:
the

"The Moon in
day

month Tammuz
day

either the fourteenth

or the fifteenth

2.

3.

with the Sun is not seen. The king in his palace tiu'ns.

4.

The

sixteenth day the

Moon and

the Sun with one

another
5.

are seen.

King

to king

212
6.

The Astronomy and Astrology of

hostility sends (isappar).
for the space of a

the

Babylonians,
in his palace

The king

7.

8. 9.

10.

month turns. The feet of the enemy to his country go. The enemy in his country tyrannically march. The Moon the sixteenth day is seen, and
Accad, prosperity Smnai."
to

evil

to

Subarti.

(The report) of

W.A.I.
1.

III, 58,

:
in the

"

The Moon

month Ni^an,

either the fourteenth

or the fifteenth day,

with the Sun is not seen. The enemy to (his 3. There are (ihas-suv) soldiers. country march). 4. They will plunder (ihhahhatuniv) and the country .... 5. A crown in the land is ... 6. The sixteenth day the Moon and the Sun with one another (are seen). King to king hostility (sends). 7. king in his palace (turns). 8. The 9. (The feet) of the enemy (to his land go). 10. The enemy in his country tyrannically (march).
2.
.

11.

The
.

sixteenth day the

. .

Sun and the Moon

(are seen

.)

12.

The king

of Subarti

13.

(The report) of Istar-sum-esses."

Ill, 58,

W.A.I.
1.

:
the
(It is)

"

The Moon
lingered.

Sun overtook, and with

horned
(karndta).

it

had

2.

In the land is justice, and the son with his father justice determines upon.

3. 4.

Peace to multitudes. The fourteenth day the Moon and the Sun another are seen.

Avith

one

5.

The

ftice is

steadfast, the heart of the land good.

The
in the

gods of Accad
t).

for prosperity devise (ikhakdu).

Joy of heart

soldier

is.

with Translations of the Tablets,

7.

Sfc.

213

The heart
safety

of
in

tlie

king

is

8. in

the

desert

The cattle of Accad good. He down f/*^^^^^^ 5:1

irabhits^^^

W.A.I.
1.

III, 58, 5

:
are balanced
{sitculii).

"

The Moon and the Sun

country
is

The

established (ican).

Food

(atmu)

2. 3. 4.

continuously in the mouth of the people continues. The king of the land the throne perpetuates. The Moon and the Sun are separated (sutatuu). The

5.

king of the land enlarges (The report) of Sumai."

III, 58, 6

(his) ears (uznu yurappas).

W.A.L
1.

:
are balanced.

"

The Moon and the Sun

is

The country

established.

2.

3.
4.

Daily food (atmu cenii) is in the mouth of the people. The king of the land the throne perpetuates. The Moon and the Sun are separated^ (sutatuu). The

king of the country the ear

5.
6.

enlarges.

The fourteenth day the Moon and

another are seen.

the

Sun with one

7.

The

face

(is) firm,

the heart of the land good,

8.

the gods of Accad

prosperity
in the soldier's heart.

9. for

10. devise.
11.
12.

Joy

is

13.

The heart The cattle

of the king

(is)

good.

of Accad

14. in the desert safely lie

down.

15 (The report) of Istar-sum-esses."

W.A.I.
1.

: "The Moon and

III, 58, 7
(sitkulii).
is

the

Sun

{ilu

Sa-mas) are balanced

2.

Daily food

in the

mouth

of the people.
Hni*^ which
in

'

Job

xvi, 22, is

Literally, " caused to be gone," the passive Istaphel of used of the " passing away " of years.

214
3.

The Astronomy and Astrologi/ of

the Babylonians^

4.
5.
6.

The king of multitudes the throne perpetuates. The fourteenth day (the Moon) is seen. A favorable wind {rikhti dhihhi). Prosperity
to the king ray lord.

In the midst of a cloud

did not see
(it).

7. (the

Moon)

goes.
at its

We

8. 9.

The Moon

appearance in clouds was hidden.

10. 11.

12.

Rain comes down. There is fog (?) and movement {ilpu n a/acu). The Moon at its appearance piles the sky (with clouds). Rain falls.
;

13. In a thick (sapicti) cloud it is seen

and

14. (this is the report) of Nebo-akhi-erba."

W.A.I.
1.

Ill, 58,

:
day the Moon and the Sun

"The

(fifteenth)

2.
3.

with one another are seen.

strong

enemy
lifts

4. his
5.
6.

arrows in the land

up.

The altar of the great gods he digs up. The Moon and the Sun are not in conjunction yuci') and (the Moon) waxes (irhi).
Appearance of lions and hygenas. Report of Nebo-musetsi."

{la

7.

8.

9.

W.A.I.
1.

Ill, 58,

11

:
the

"The Moon
In the land

Sun overtook
(iddintu).

{icsudav),

and
^^^*^

witli

it

had lingered
2.
is

justice

Hyf

'"flV')'

'^^^'-^

^^^^

with

his father
3. justice

deterrames

(cifti

itamn).
;

4.
5.
6.
7.

The fourteenth day the sky is seen and the Moon and the Sun are separated (sutatiiu). The king of the country makes broad the ears. On the fourteenth day of the month (of the star) Ussu
the sky will be seen [in-nam-ma-ru).

8.

9.

The fourteenth day the Moon and the Sun with one
another are seen.

'

UHtli

Translatlon>< of the

Tablets,

cfx",

215

10.

The

face of the kind

(is)

firm

the heart of the land

(is)

good

11. the
12.

gods assign Accad to prosperity;

;

joy possesses the heart of the inhabitants

13. the cattle of 14. 15.

Accad in safety in the desert lie down. (The report) of Bel-sum-iscun, the chamberlain."
Ill, 58,

W.A.I.
1.

12:

2.
3.

" The Moon out of its reckoned-time is seen. The tariff is small. The twelfth day with the Sun it is seen, and

4.
5. 6.

contrary to their calculated time the

Moon and

the

Sun

7. 8.
9.

with one another are seen. strong enemy ravages the land. The king of Accad under the enemy is placed. The twelfth day with the Sun (the Moon) is seen the twelfth dtiy it is seen and evil to Accad,

and

10. prosperity to

Elam and
it (is).

Phoenicia.

11. Evil to
12.

Accad

(The report) of Balasi (Belesys)."

III, 58,

W.A.I.
1.

13

:
day the Moon and the Sun with one

"

The

fifteenth

another
2. 3.

are seen.
his

strong enemy
lifts

weapons against the land

up

(inassaa).

4.
5.
6.

The great gate of the city the enemy digs up. The star of Ann arose (meskha imsukli). The enemy the streams of water poisons {name me
ikhammits).

W.A.I.
1.

Ill,

51,

4:

2. 3. 4.
5.

The Moon the Sun does not face {layuci') and waxes. Appearance of lions and hyenas. The fourteenth day with the Sun it is seen, and
"

the

Moon

out of

its

reckoned time
of the city.

is

seen.

Inundation

(sapakli)

216
6.

Tlie

Axtronomy and AHrology of

the

Babyloidam,

The

7.

8.
9.

fifteenth day "with the Sun it is seen. Behind it in the month Tisri during the day it is full (yusallam).

(Report) of Balasi."

These extracts are taken from the great work on Moonis translated in the Appendix, and in which the observations and records of so many generations have been summed up for the use of Sargon's Library at Agane. It will be noticed that the Babylonians were sufficiently advanced in their astronomical knowledge to be able to predict a conjunction of the Sun and j\Ioon though their materials were not perfect enough to allow such predictions to be always verified. It will be seen that the same was the case with eclipses of the Moon. They had discovered the nineteen years' period, and had begun to predict eclipses long before the days of Thales. But here, too, theu' expectations were sometimes disappomted. A large part of their
portents, part of which
;

astronomical
the Apj)endix.

literature

consists

of

eclipse

observations.

Portions of the prmcipal

work on the few more detached

subject are given in

inscriptions

may be

added
W.A.I.

in this place.
58,

14

Sin

it

pal

limut
Evil

tiv
the

mati isac
country

an

The
2.

Moon

disappears.

visits.

T<
Sin
ina

;T

{tt
mi
-

^T

^T<

:^

tn

i-

la

loith

Translations of the Tablets,

c\'r.

217

4.

y
D.P.

^y

^
ina
the

*|

<^^
utala

yj

_y

^yy,^.^

Samsu

tammi

zuniia tarbatsa ipakhkhir

The Sun dunng

day darkness,

rain, (and) disappearance makes.

atala

Elamti
{in)

isac- an
it

An

eclipse

Elnm

causes.

6.

In

-::rj

j^^

^y

]gy
-

-^y<
ti

v
sa

<::::

ina arakli Cuzallu

the

ma

tsar

atali
eclipse

month Chisleu

the observation

of an

tarbatsu

sa

Samsi

il

mu -

{and) the disappearance of the Sun came on {r\w)

u
and
s-

sin
the

sa

it

ba

lu

Moon

ivhich

had disappeared

1?

-^i ET
-

m
-

-<v
ti

-I
the

<:^^

na

ma
the

tsar

atali

after

obse^'vation

of

eclipse

10.

-~{

jr^
Cuzalla

^^
in
is

-y<y^^

j^yy^
-

ana arakh

nam
seen.

mar

during the month

Chisleu

n. f:^
sarru

IgJ
lu hing
-

ct
nah
-

^y

ud

May
12.

the

be

glonous

^yyy
lib
-

:=;
bi
the

V
sa
heart

-S^
sarri

-^

i^
bil

^eT? ya
lord,

May

of the king,

my

218

Tlie Astyono)iu}

and

Astroloiji/

of the

Bu/)i//oiiuins,

111

dlia - a

bi

be

good.

H-

V
sa

-T<T <T- --T

Kill! si - ilu

--T
ahdu

V
sa

-^
sarri

<T- <
lini -

D.P.

(Report) of

Khmil

the servant

of the khuj, the eponyine.

W.A.I.
1.

59, 2

:
set {tarbatsa ipaUikhir)

"The Moon
place
is

and Mercury

iu its

fixed.

2. 3.

Military invasion of Phoenicia.

Or there

is

corn and there

is

no Avork

{ubbiisu).

4
5.

Accad returns. The day is clear. The Moon makes a river (iiahra ipakhkhir).
of p>lants (?) (iircitu in the country is.
se^inxi)

Verdure

G.

7.

Or rain

falls.

8.

The

star of

9. the star of

11.

The

star

Merodach sets, and Merodach rose again {iniskha im^ukh). of Merodach Jupiter

12. to its fixed position causes to return (ana inanzazi-su

yusatar\ and
13. increases (isakav, b^^tl?), 14.

and day ....

behind

it

(on) the fourteenth

15. (Report) ofBa(lasi)."

W.A.I.
1.

59,

5:

2.

3.

"In the month Adar, the fourteenth day the Moon makes an eclipse. In the month Adnr, the fourteenth day, in the evening watch, an echpse the ]\Ioon makes and his crown to the king of the
;

land
4.
5.

(is)

propitious.

Ur and Plioenicia he is given. During the eclij)se of the Moon, Mercury and Venus
(were not
visible).

nnth

TranslatloHfy

of

the

Tablets, Sfc.

219

H.

7.

month Adar the Moon is ecHpsed. The kmg Elam .... The month Adar the Moon is echpsed in the eveningIn the
of

watch.
8.
9.

The month Adar from

the
life

the

first

day

(to the

of the king hostihty (suffers).

10. If to

peace {swmna ana sallima) the king forms his

city
11.

and people,

during the year a flood descends and great waters

prevail.

12.

When the Moon has made

the king dwells quietly

(lit.

raised, issunu)

an echpse,

(ilan,

13. for a

long time

(aiia erikta)

\ ^f)? and good the king to the prmces

in

Accad
and
hostility no one (?)

14. will decree,

1 5.

will bring about.

16. (Report) of Nergal-edir."

W.A.I. 59, 6
1.

:
sets,
is

The Moon
in its place

2. 3.

fixed.

and the star of the King During this year

women male
beget.

children

4.
5.

(Report) of Nergal-edir."

W.A.I. 59, 7
1.

:
setting makes.
is

"

The Moon a dark

2.
3.

For a month rain

are kept

prevented {yucala), and clouds

4.

away (j/uctatsara). The Moon sets and Mars

place
is is

5. in its

fixed.

Scattering of cattle.

6.
7.

(Phoenicia)

reduced.

The Moon

sets,

8. in its

place

is fixed.

and the star of the King Dm-ing this year no pregnant

women
bear male children. 10. (Report of Nebo)-akhi-erba."
9.

220
W.A.I.
1.

Tlie Ast7'onomy

and Astrology of

the Babylonians,

59, 8

:
a misty (^Vanin) cloud in the sky

"

When

2. is

Kfted up {ittanassi

^^)i

during the day the

wmd

blows.
3.

(Report) of Nebo-akhi-erba."

W.A.I. 59, 12
1.

:
in its place makes.

2. 3.

the star of

"The Moon set, and Anu a halo

(The
for

.... in the country of the desert.

star Tir-)
;

4.

anna

in the place

where the Moon

set

5. is
6.

fixed

and

7.

in the place

two days omens of prosperity (?) where the Moon set are observed.

8.

(Report) of Nebo-akhi-erba."

W.A.I. 58, 8
1.

"

The Moon
day ....

the

month Tammuz, the

in the place of the

the

2.
3.

The fourteenth day

An

eclipse

it

causes to pass {yusetac),

Sun it is seen. and makes."

W.A.I.

54, 1

:
of this tablet arc destroyed.
sets

The
6.

first lines

"

The Moon

and the Sun

in the place

where the

Moon
7.

sets is fixed.

In

all

the country j ustice they decree.

decrees.

8.
9.

10.

The son with his father justice Peace among multitudes. The Moon sets, and Mars in its

place

is fixed.

11. Division of cattle in the

whole country.

12. Its corn (and) garden-stuff (are) not flourishing,

13.

14. 15.

16.
17.

and the land of Phoenicia is reduced. The Moon sets and two stars in the place where the Moon set are fixed. A life of long days. Mars and the planet (Jupiter) are visible and fixed.

prosperous revenue fi-om the land.

is fixed.

18.

Mars ....

20. (Report) of (Sum)ai."

wltli

Translations of the Tablets,

Sfc.

221

W.A.I. 54, 5
1. 2.

"This (is) tlie darkness. The Moon sets (and) Mercury and the star of the Double Sword (appear)
in its place.

3.

4.
5.

The Moon sets and Mercury in its place is fixed. The king of Accad returns home {yutasar). The Moon sets, and the god Nibiru in its place
fixed.

is

6.

7.

The The
(for)

troops divide the cattle in the desert.

star of

Merodach

at its appearance

8.

....

casjyu

(space of

Mercury two hours) increases in

size

9.

10.

(isakka), and Mercury in the midst of heaven is The Moon sets and the
its

fixed,

star of the

and Nibnu. Double Sword

the

in

place

is fixed.

11.

The Queen

of the

Gods

men

of the desert

are scattered.
12.
13.

Men
This

lions kill
(is)

and crocodiles enter the land.

is

what

recorded {izzacar T^Y ^^j^).

14.
15.

The Moon sets and Mercury in its place is fixed. The king of Phoenicia falls and an overtln-ow of the country his enemy makes.
This
(is)

16.

the report (akhi'a)

17. of

Nebo-musetsi."

W.A.I. 54, 6 :
1.

"The Moon out of its reckoned time is present

(ikhkhira)

2.
3.

4.

5.

(i.

7.

8.

and is not seen. Campaigns against many cities (tibe al cissati). The fifteenth day it grows in size (irahbi), and the sixteenth day with the Sun it is seen. Mars (and) the planet (Jupiter) together (?) (issana) are Corn is dug up. present. The star of the Bird Urakhga the path of the Sun attains. Ganzu is reduced. For the second time (sanis) a ricniu is made. This (is) the news (dibbi) for Accad. Mars Saturn

222
10.

The Astronomy and Astrology of

the Babylonians,

The number
I

that

was wanting {minu khidhdhu)

is

made.
the sixteenth day
is

11.

The Moon
Subarti

seen.

The king

of

strong

and
in its place
is

12. a rival
13.

has not
sets

{inaJchira la irassi).

The Moon
fixed.

and the planet (Jupiter)

14
15.

appear.

The Moon The

sets

and Mars
is

in its place
is

is

fixed.

16. Division

of cattle.

There

justice

(^

^jy*^).

desert again

reduced.

17. Its

corn and garden-stufi" do not flourish, and the land

of Phoenicia
is

reduced.
star Icu in its place
is

18.

The Moon

sets,

and the

fixed.

19.

No
The

rising of corn.
star Icu, the star of the Gate.

20.

21. (Report) of Balasi.

22.

Mars

in this place

23
24. In the

Saturn.

month

Nisan, the day

is

complete

(yusallam).'^

Records of eclipses for every day in the year were kept, which shows how frequently the Calendar must have been Thus we have a table of the events resulting out of order. from eclipses upon each day of the month Tammuz up to the middle of the month.
W.A.I.
1.

Ill, 56, 1

:
day
if

"On
in

the

fii'st

the south, ^

there is an eclipse, and it begins and (there is) light {nurit ^\)-,
die).

a great king (will

2.

In the month
light,

Tammuz,

the second day, an eclipse

it

happens, and in the north

begins,
?).

and (there

is)

kmg

with king (fights

Literally, " in tho first point of the

compass

"

-^^^rr

T )

T^^'^

order

of the cardinal points was south, north, east, and west, according to W.A.I.
IT, 29, 1-4.

ivith

Translations of the Tablets,

Sfc.

223

3.

In

Tammuz, the
in the east
it

third

begins,

day an echpse happens, and and (there is) light, rains and

floods (descend).
4.

In

Tammnz,
in

the fourth day, an ecKpse happens, and

it

the

west
the
is

begins,

and (there
?).

is)

hght,

in

Phoenicia the crops (flourish

5.

In

Tammuz,
Tammuz,
is)

fifth

day, an ecHpse happens, and the

is

Great Star
().

ascendant, famine

in the land.
(it

In

the sixth day, an eclipse happens, and

white, the

Moon
the

(receives) prayers (icribi).

7.

In

Tammuz,
(it

the seventh day, an eclipse happens, and

is)

black,

Moon

(sends)

food

(ziniiti)

to

Phoenicia.
8.

In

Tammuz,
(it is)

the eighth day, an eclipse hapjDens, and

dark-blue, a plot of ground

and

field

(are

sold?).
9.

In

Tammuz, the
is)

ninth day, an eclipse happens, and

(it

greenish-yellow, (there results) spoiling of the

enemy's country.
10. In

Tammuz,
is)

the tenth day, an eclipse happens, and

(/a^?/ (is

(it

pale-yellow (*>^y^t), Accad

reduced ?)

11.

In

Tammuz,

the eleventh day, an eclipse happens, and

(the Sun) the lord of

Hght

(^>^JJ
(is

'^y)

goes his way,

the treasure of the country

12.

despoiled).

In

Tammuz,

the twelfth day an eclipse happens, and

(>^JT

the watch ended

13. In

*-TyTy}

(yustanikh) ....

Tammuz,

the thirteenth day, an eclipse happens, the fourteenth day, an eclipse happens,
fifteenth day,
.

and southward moves

14.

In

Tammuz,

and northward moves.

15.

In

Tammuz, the

an eclipse happens, and

eastward moves
Provision

."
. .

was even made

55,
16),
it

for

an unexpected
that

eclipse.

Thus

(in III,

is

said

"if in the

month

Tammuz an
the heart
is

eclipse

happens which has not been calculated,

established
is

general prediction

("^ ^)-" Immediately before this a hazarded as to what might be expected


224
fi'om

Astrologi/ of the Babylonians,

The Astronomy and

an eclipse in

this

month

" In

Tammnz, from
tlie

the

fu'st

to the thirtieth day, (if)

an ecHpse happen,
cities are

altars are

destroyed (^(p < Y }<^-, the the king (inclines) not."

to the Sun.

reduced, and to peace

The next two tablets which

what
is left

I shall

quote refer exclusively

lost,

Unfortunately the opening lines are

runs thus
:

but

W.A.I.
1.

III, 59,

14

:
before
it

2.
3.

" The Sun rose (ippukha ^^ and The king of multitudes lengthens In the month Adar, the Sun in

was a

his life.

serim goes

to rest

(tarhatsa

ipakhkhir).

During

the

same month

4. floods
5.
6.

descend, and the sky rains.

it (is).

In the midst with Mercury

(There

is)

a favourable breeze
(is) ^^dth it,

(rikhti dhibbi)

7.

Avhen (the Sun)

and

8. it

portends rains and flood."

W.A.I. 59, 15, Obverse

1.

:
double
(is)

"The Sun in

its size sets

(>-

A
2.

^J^

I IT

I Tt)'

threefold dark-blue
is

(its) light.

The king

of

the land

divided.
is

The Sun
are
its

in its size

enlarged
J

(^^
I*"

>-^yy^.

Fourfold

colours

(J][

]Mll^
"

f^

'^V]^ [f^])'

3.

fourfold increase

Reverse
1.

"

The Sun
(Uakhkhip

at

setting

JJ).

among the The king ....

stars

goes down

2. 3.

The Sun The Sun

in full size sets

and Jupiter ....

4.
5.

An

and draws water.^ sets (^^ J), eclipse of the Sun takes place and it di-aws Avater.
>-^YYYy)

The Sun sets and in its place {inanzazi Moon is fixed. The land ....
Sun
is

the

'

Literally, " tho wiiter of the

collected,"

me Samsatuv ippakhk/iaru


icitli

Trandations of the TahleU,

eclipse of the

^-c.

225
, .

j>.

During the

Sun

(the

Moon

.)

7.

The Sun
fixed.

sets

and

in its place the star ^lar-buda

is

8. 9.

Din-ing the eclipse of the

Sun

(the

Moon

....).

The Sun
fixed.

sets

and

in its place tlie planet

Dapinu

is

10. 11.

During the

eclipse of the
sets

Sun
it

(the

Moon
the

....).
star Khawtfsi

The Sun

and
is

in

place

(Entena-maslum)
12. In the 18. Tlie

fixed.

month Tisri, the Sun is eclipsed. Sun sets and in its place the star of

tlie

Left-hand

14.

15.

The Sun sets and in its place the star of tin- Double Sword is fixed. In the month Nisan tlie country of the king endures.
(It is) fortunate.

16.

17.

According to the words of a tablet no longer c-xisting, beginning (as above). Tlie palace of Assui-bani-pal king (of Assyria)."
of the stars also

The disappearance

was

noticed.

Thus

we have

a tablet relating to the star called "the

Great Lion"

(Iiyf t*"^ *"BT)' ^^^ ^^'^^ ^"^ lines of which are too nnicli broken to admit of translation, but which then goes on as
follows
:

W.A.I.
3. " 4.
5.
().

Ill, 59,

13

The star of the Great Lion (is) dark. The heart of the land is not good. The star of the King (is) dark.
()inihii'i'ii)

Rule

(in) the

palace of the master.

7.

(Report) of Nebo-musotsi.''
of the Moon's
crescents, or of a halo

The appearance
round
It
its

body, were supposed to forbode

this subject.

many

occurrences.
i]isci"i})tions

may

be worth while to quote some of the

which bear upon

W.A.I.
1.

Ill, 58, 3 : "The Moon at

its

appearance put on a

lialo

(///,

crown)
Vol. III.

{agii ippir

^nTEJ

fy "^f ^fff )*
15

226
2.
3. 4.

The Astronomi/ and Astrology of

the Bahi/Ionians,

The king

to

supremacy goes.
yus-sab).
at) its

On

high

lie sits (jid-hur-ris

(The Moon halo, and

the

appearance (namuri-su) put on a

appearance,
its

5.

Moon

at

its

right

horn

(y^]]
6. 7.

B^<

I)

t^e sky ....

?)

The

8.

In the land (is peace Production (na^cun) of corn in Phoenicia. On its right horn the sky (is dark ?). (which) they had called,
tariff (is) firm.

10. in tlie

11.
12.

sky covered {ikJiallup), and was not dark cloud covered the horn.
at its appearance, towards) Phoenicia.
its

visible (?).

The Moon The Moon

perous.

right

horn (was.
is

13.

the

first

day

is

seen,

and Accad

pros-

14.

(There

is)

a numbering of

Elam and

of the aforesaid

Phoenicia.
15.

The Moon,

tlie

fourteenth day in the place of the Sun

16. is seen. 17. (Report) of Nebo-akhi-erba."

W.A.I.
1.

Ill, 51, 5

"

2. 3.

The Moon the first day is seen. The face (is) steadfast, the heart The day according to calculation
of long days.

of the country good.

is

long

{eric).

4.
5.
6.

A life
rains

That night (musu anniu

^XX^

*^*^T >jpf- >:YTT>:)

7. 8.
9.

descended {rlhi ernhu). In the month Tebet rain descended {eruh

in the city of his

J=t^).

The king

In the month Tebet

enemy sits {yusab f^Y S:t:Y). down (saplu <|^) it dotscended.

is

10.

The

palace of the prince

overwhelmed and the ruins

descended.

11. 12.

go to destruction. During the night down During the day ....

it

13. (lieport) of the chief astrunoiucr."

loith

Translations of the Tablets,

^-c.

227

W.A.I.
1.

Ill, 51, 6

:
day is seen.
(is)

"

The

]\Ioon the first

The

face

(is)

stead-

fast.
2.
3.

4.
5.

The The The The

heart of the Land

good.

Moon

at its ajDpearance

wore a

halo.

(3.

king went to suj)remacy. Moon at its appearance has its right horn long and its left horn is clear (ikka). The king of the land supremacij (?) his right hand
obtains.

7.

The Moon
iralhi).

at

its

appearance

is

very large (marah

8.
9.

An

eclipse happens.

10. 11. 12.

The Moon at its appearance is very large (?). The crops of the land flourish. The day according to calculation is long.
Lives of long days.

13.

The

thirtieth

day

is

complete (yusallam), and

of

14. in the

month Elul the Moon

eclipse.

Elam

15.

makes an

16. (Report) of

Merodach

"

W.A.I.
1.

III, 51, 7

:
{ezih

The Moon departed

{barariy suffered

5=) and in the evening

(ittaksi)

2.
3.

an
(is)

eclipse.

The king of Accad overshadowed.

its

4.

Out of
in the

calculated time

(ina la
it

(a)danni-su)

the

twelfth and thirteenth days

5.
6.

suffered eclipse,

and
I
its

evennig watch the eclipse took place, and

its

the eclipse crossed on

>-^yi^^.

right

(*^>~T

^^^
f>^^y

B-^^<

Thereupon there

failed the

view of

centre {nin-nu ezib a-ma-ru lihhi-sa

If
'

ET

^jn

H V)name

*^ i^VlVl

This

is

borrowed from the Accadian hara

It gave its

mtriiru " covered."

tablet,

to the

(,^7* } which is interpreted evenmg watch. In hne 3 of this

we

are told that bara might be

;

lacking") ov bari
evening,"
is

read lala (? = lalum, Heb. ^^j and adannu "a season," more especially "the season of given as its synonyme.

228
7.

The Astronoimj and Astrology of

the BabylonianK,

Afterwards (ullanumimi) on
place,

its rig-ht

the eclipse takes

and
it

8. 9.

the whole of

(gah-M-sa) obsciu'es {ir-khap)

its

the eclipse on
fails)

right

settles (?).^

and Thereupon (there

:

10. tlie

^^ew of its centre.

its

11. 12.

On

right the eclipse

its centre.

(is

ronipleted).
enti<;
off"

The

eclipse (on) its right

{innrcis

>->^)

the

view of
13.

On

its

right the eclipse

(is

completed)."
hrohen
off.

Here
W.A.I.
1.

the tahlet is

Ill, 51,

:
in the nioiith

"The Moon
under

Ve-adar at
'^^

its

appearance
is)

2.

in enclosui'es

(]0

\^**)

fixed.

(The eonntry

(snpil)

3.

4.
5.
().

7.

8.
i>.

10.
11. 12. 13.

is in want (iUiai^i/ih ^p). extended (jMsisv '^*"^]]'\ ]*~)The Moon at its appearance wears a Jialo. The king to supremacy goes. The ^[oon the first day is seen. The face (is) firm. The heart of the land (is) good. The Moon its firm position (?) {ciifJuf-sn dim) fixes. Smiting (urcii'u) of rain. In the month Ve-adar, the fonrtefiith day the ]\Ioon with the Sun is seen. (Report) of Nergal -edir.''

a strong prince and the land

(It is)

W.A.I.
1.

Ill,

51,2:
first

"The

jMoon at its appearance as the twenty-eighth day is seen.

day

(so) the

2.
3.

Evil to Phoenicia.

The Moon the twenty-eighth day

is

seen.

4.
5.

Prosperity to Accad. evil to Phoenicia.

(Report) of the chief astronomer."

'

signify

The first cliaracter "adweUiug."

is lost, b\it

the t^TO

followiiifr

(^^| T *~>^TTT

i^fi-rum)

witli

Translations of the Tablets^

^'c.

229

The "chief astronomer'' the astronomer royal, as we should term him is called ^y>- Jy ^^^ "chief of the abir The word aba is of Accadian extraction, and is formed fi'om the Accadian ab " month " by postfixing the relative

^^^

ending a, so that the name literally signifies " he that has to do with the month."' It is clear that ab "the month" has the same source as ai '' tlie Moon," b being a common suffix in Accadian. Now the ofiice was a very old one. In a list of court officials (W.A.I. II, 31, 65) the aba mat Armai or "the astronomer of the Accadians" follows the aba mat Assurai or "astronomer of the Assyrians." Accad was called Urn-ma or Ur-ma " Ur-land," from its ancient capital Uri or Ur. Every Babylonian temple had its ziggarrat or ' tower," on the top of which was erected the altar of the deity, smce the gods were supposed not to condescend to come down so low as the plains. In this plainly appear the religious notions of a mountainous people, such as the Accadians originally were and it is noticeable that the peak on which the ark of Tamzi is said to have rested is called the ziggarrat of the mountain of Nizir. Here was built the first altar of the regenerated world, and from this cradle of population and civilisation the first astronomer could watch tlie rising and the setting of the heavenly bodies. Observatories were to be found in all the great cities of Chaldea, and though there might be but one "astronomer royal" hr the empire, there were several official astronomers in a subordinate capacity, who were required to send in theii* monthly
;

reports to the king.

Such, at

least,

was the

case in Assyria,

where there were imperial observatories, not only at Nineveh, but also at Assur and Arbela. We still possess many of the
mostly belonging to the reign of Assur-bani-pal and the following will serve as specimens of the rest.
reports,

W.A.I,
1.

m,

51, 1

2.
3.

sixth day of Nisan. the day and the night were balanced {i.e., equal f<itkuln).

"The

4.
5.

(There were) six

(and)
.six

ka>^pu of

day

kaspn of night.

2oO
6.
7.

The Astronomy and

Astrologii of the Babylonians,

May Nebo and

to tlic king

]\Icrodach
lord

my

8.

approach
51.

(licrnbu).'"

W.A.LIII,
1. 2.

2:

'"The fifteenth day of Nisan

the day and the night

3.

4.
5.
(i.

were balanced. There were six kuspu of day

(and) six kaspu of night.

May Nebo and Merodach

to the king

7.

my lord
approach."
Ill, 51,

8.

W.A.I.
1.

:
ni-lt-ta-tsar).

"

watch we observe {ma-tmr-tu

2.
3.

The twenty-ninth day the Moon

4.
5.
(3.

we see (ni-ta-mar). May Nebo and Merodach

to the king

my

lord

approach.
(Report) of

7.

Nabua
('^]]]

8.

of the city of Assnr

III, 51,

^t]])-"

W.A.I.
1. "

:
keep.
{la

The twenty-ninth day

2. 3.

a watch

we

4.
5. 6. 7.

The Moon we did not see May Nebo and Merodach

to the king

nimar).

my

lord

approach.
(Report) of
of Assur."
Ill, 51, 5

Nabua

8.

W.A.I.
1.

:
IstaT-(iddin-pa]),

2.
3.

"To the king my lord, thy servant (ehed-ca >^^T '^^tj) one of the chiefs (rahute),
of Arbela.

4.
5.

May

there be peace (la sallimmv)

with Ti-anslations of the

6.

Tablet!--,

^-c.

231

to the

king

my

lord.

'

7. 8.
1).

May Nebo

(and) Merodach

(and) Istar of Arbela

to the kmg'

my

lord

10. 11.

approach.

On we

the twenty-ninth day

keep.

12. a

watch

13. 14.
15.

16.

The Moon we saw not. In the month Tammnz, the second day dnring the eponymy of Bil-suuu [B.C. 647]

17. prefect of the city of Kliindana.'"

W.A.I.
1.
"'

Ill,

51, 6

2.

To the king my lord thy servant Istar-iddin-pal

one of the chiefs
of the astronomers,

3. 4.
5.
(>.

of Arbela.

May

there be peace

7.

to the king

my

lord.

8.
9.

May

Nebo, Merodach

(and) Istar of Arbela,

10. to the

king

my

lord

11. approach.
12.

On

the twenty-ninth day

keep.

13.

a watch

14.
15. 16.

we

17.

18.
19.

The observatory^ was covered A^dth cloud (^>^TT '^^TTTt)The Moon we did not see. The month Sebat, the first day, the eponomy of Bel-kharran-sadiia."^
is

'

This

Mr. Smith's
"house

date.

Bel-suuu was

Eponyme
^

in the latter part of

Assur-bani-pal's reigu.
"

Literally

of observation"

bit

tamurti

^>^^T ^>-TTT

"*

Bel-kharran-sadria's
it

Eponymy

fell

during the reign of Assur-bani-pal.

Mr. Smith places

in B.C. G^9.

232

Tlie

Astronovuf caul

Afitrolo<ji/

of

the Babi/louicois.

W.A.I. HI. 51, 7:

1.

2. 3.

To the chief goveruor' my lord thy servant Nebo-siim-iddin,

of the cliiefs,

one
of

4.
5.
<3.

Nmeveh. May Nebo (and) Merodach

to the chief governor

7.

my

lord approacji.

8.
9.

The fonrteenth day a watch

10.

11.

Moon we keep. The Moon an

for the

eclipse

12. suffers.

W.A.I.
1.

Ill, 53,

2.

3.

4.

"To the Idng (my lord) thy servant Rimmon .... May there be peace to the king (my lord). May Assur, the Moon-god, the Smi-god, (Nebo, and
Merodach)
the great gods of heaven (and earth)
to the
for

5.
(i.

king

my

lord

7.

ever
licfuha).

and ever

be propitious

{udannis

adannis

8.

The Moon
saw

the thirtieth day

9. I

(atamar).

Such

(is)

the report

("^
(is)

l^H

Tt)

10. of

the thirtieth day.

11. In

accordance with (iwi pi

{ci sa)

itti)

what

the report

12.

when

the second day

13. it is fixed
14. so (tiumina) before the

king

my

loi-d

15. it

is

visible {imtkhir).

16. Before the city of

Assur

'

Literally

"the man of

tlic

foundation"

or

"of buildings"
and
llie officer is

(^^jr*.

>->-*-T).

The words would be pronounced

ui-i-inffar,

probablv

the same as the mw? na-gi-ru of Sennacherib,

tlic nis-

who

says that. Khuniba-undasa was

nagiru of the king of Elam. See

li^acan for istacan.

my

Assyrian Grrammar, page 32.

with

Tran.'ilations

of the Tablets,

^'c.

233

17.
18.

may may

the king trust {lid-gnl

(?) {klia-ra-mi),

^^

^tr<~Y)

the omens the

fix (lucin)

and
tlie

19.

kmg my

lord dining

day

20.

21. the issuri.

king
(la

my

lord
(at-ta)
)."

22. the country (nulta) 23. didst

thou

not

tapru

The rest of the inscription is too mutilated for translaThe first characters only of the last seven lines are tion.
left,

vatory."
is

beginning with anacu (bit-nuinarti) "'I the obserAnother report, lithographed in W.A.I. Ill, 51, 9, happily better preserved. M. Oppert has already given a
the
first
it

translation of
solar eclipse

in the Jour. Asiatique, lb71 (xviii, 67).

was expected, but did not take place, and the appearance of the new Moon marked the beginnmg of the month Tamnniz. The report seems to have been handed in to Assur-bani-pal, and it is interestmg to find that at that time astronomical scioice was sufficiently advanced to be
able to vcntm'e on the prognostication of a solar ecHpse, even

though the calculations did not invariably turn out to have been accurate.

na
the

sarra
ki)i(j

bil -

ya

ebed
thi^i

ca

To
^-

mi/

lord

senxint

sf -!
-

<v/

IeII
lu

<

<w
be

-^

D.P. Abil

D.P. Istar
Maij

-u-sallim-mu
peace

AMI- Istar.
3-

there

T?

-^T
the

sarra

-II
bil

w -I

*
^jn
-

<
li

-T

<::^T
Aferodarh

a- na
to

-ya D.P. Nabiu

D.P. Maruduc

king,

)nif

lord.

May Nebo and

!?

-^!
the

kiiii/,

-II
)nij

W IH
lie

V-

a- na
to

sarra bil-ya
lord,

ru

bu

be propitious.

234

The Astrono)in/ and

^L-<tjvluiji/

of (he

JJahi/lojiians,

^T T- <T-II<T
yii-mi
Loini

m
-

^^T
-

im -i- ^-^
dhii
-

ur
day,^,

cu

te

ub

siri

xoiuidncxs

of

flesh

<T-:lJ -I<I ^T *TTr kliu - lul lib va

and
joji

S
l)i

H hili

EI-

1-

vabi

of

heart

niai/

the

great

gods

Ti

^!
-

-II 7/

1 im
lis -

m
-

^i

27th

'v 27

-B

na
to

sarra bil -ya

^/<e
/.'Mif/
7y;_(/

ru

cu

yumu
Hie

lord,

grant.

day

8.

^^1
D.P.
the

<
Sin
is

j.y

][f

jr^
az

^y

;;;;

j.^

iz-zafixed
(i.e.,

yumu

28

Moon

disappears).

The 28th day,

0.

^T

2'dth

vH 29

^B

^T

<

^B
day,

Bl
a

gr
watch

^T

yumu
the

yumu
{and)
the

30
'60 fh

raa-tsar-tav

day,

'

"glT
sa

-!
an

<^^
eclipse

-]
of

^^T

J?^
ni
-

^I
it -

t^TTI
ta
-

m
tsar

atal

D.P. Samsi
the

for

Sun.

loe

keep.

u. pyyyc tyy ^y< .y<y^ -.y

Sara
si ti

<-

^ey
la

^yy -y^^.yyy
is
-

ic

atala
the
eclipse

cun
pass.

The
12. '^y

Sun

behind

did

not

c^
1

.^y
D.r.

<
Sin

^y ^^
na
is

'^y

-^^

yumu
(On)

mur

yu-mu

the \st

day

the

Moon

seen in the day-time.

3.

Ely
sa

-}
iyakli
the

jy

IeJ ^yyyt
-

-^
-

Dvizu cu

nu

During

month

Tammuz

current

w'dJi

l)uitslationi<

of the TabUu,

Sfc.

235

"

- <--H
ilia

cc^-y
cacab

^VA
Sak
-

y-

eli

vi - sa

ahoi^e.

Mercury

15.

^fy
sa

ina

*^
pa
-

^
ni
-

^y<
ti

of
16.

lohich

already

yj

^y
-

na
the

sarra
king

.II v/ bil - ya

gE
as
-

EV
pur

H
an

:fi=
-

ni

to

my

lord

hare sent

tlns^

.T.

^
nu
-

tvK ^
uc'

# jy ^y
cas
-

.^

y?

ci]

account.

ud D.P. A - nuv During the period ivhen the Moon is Anu,'

ina

su

ina gag- gar

in the orbit

cacab

Sib

zi

an

na

of the star the Sheplierd of

the

Heavenly Flock,

IS-

^y
it
it

^yyy ^yy-

v
sa
-

^T- ^.^rr
pi
il

ta
is

mar
seoi

declining.

20.

ina

.yy<y
ri

idi ^yy -bi

-

A-iyr
ikli

<sir
rav

ib

karnu
the

la
hor'ii

- klii -

Owing
21.

to

rain

toas

not

visible

.y<y^ <y^y
ic
cli

- bi

ce < gy y? u-ma-a
i

i'<ery

clearly

(?).

Thus

22.

^
ina

:^ ^y
cas
-

^y
-

H
i.e.,

n
A

<:ry jy
-

^yyT^^
-

su

ud D.P.

nuv
is

su

dunng

the

'penod ichen the

'

Moon

Ami

aforesaid-

a " special."

From

the 1st to the 5tli duy.

2H0
23.

Tlie

Astronomi/ and Ai<trob(jy of the BaJxilonians,

^y.
pi
-

^tl
kliir
itx

Tf
a
-

-^I
na

sarra

-II
bil iini

-su

V; ya
lord

as {^i-egardx)

conjunction to the kiutj

T?

5tIdJ E^TT ^ITT^ ET

-

Tf

sap
a)n

ra
sendhiii.

-mallius

/
2-

^T
id
//

^TT? tHTTT

??<

^!
it

^^

<^TT

-dan

ta

-kh'a
itself

-takh- rav
was
visible

e.ctended

and

!sa})

la

cacab
star

Rucuiji
the

helotv

the

of

Chariot

27.

>ina

JMT
tch-\
cacab
the

^^TII
D.P.
tJie

fTIT
Bili

^T
iz -

}}

-S
-

cas-su -ud

za

az
f.red
;

during the j/eriod when

Moon

is

Bel^

it is

28.

y?

^]
ivuiid

-]Bm< -T<T^
Rucnbi
of
the

-TH A-TT
ri
-

a- na

ki

-n-

ic

ini

star

Chariot

it

circled.

29.

^]^
pi
-

5t]
khir

I
- ,sn

^S^
nc
-

t^TTI j^TTT -ET ET

ta
-

ta
;

la

va

fts

conjunction

teas

prevented

hut

30.

<T-IeII ^I- slid I j)i - khir -sii va

nevertheles.s
its

ElI
sa

-h-}
cacab
with

-T^T Sak -vi- sa

Mercury

hW

eo)ijnnctio)i

31.

Ell
sa

"
ina

^ JT
'

^T --T caw-sn-nd D.P.

]]

CI}
nuv

A-

irhirh {took place)

during the j>eriod irhcu the

Moon

is

Ann,

From

the lOtli to

llie

151

li

dav-

loitli

Translations of the Jahlets.

SsC.

237

32,

!!
,sa

^
ina

^
pa
-

Cf^ ^T< TI
ni
ti

-^!
-

sarra

a
to

na

-II bil-ya
lord

of
33.

inhirli

alreadji

the

f>'>nci

my

^
as
-

^V
pur
this

H^
an
-

ni

/
.34.

sent

(accoiint),

^El
la

r^ir
nc
KXi-^

jtyyy
-

jtyyy
-

.^y
-

ta

ta

la

not

prevented

,:,.

sarrn Uil-

^
i

IeD <
In
-

<T::T

u-sallim

May
'I'lie

tlie

k'uKi

my

lord hor.e peace.

reports

(juotcd

a.l)(jve

wliicli

refer to

the

vernal

equinox, establisli the tact that that period of the year corre-

sponded with Aries.

Hrst

The Accadian

(Calendar
;

so as to suit the order of the Zodiacal signs

was arranged and Nisan, the

month, answered to the tirst Zodiacal sign. Now the Sun still entered the first point of Ai'ies at the vernal equinox in the time of Hipparkhus. and it would have done so since 2540 B.C. From that epoch backwards to 4698 B.C. Taurus, the second sign of the Accadian Zodiac and the second month of the Accadian year, would have introduced the
spring.
ti.N.

The

precession of the equinoxes thus enables us to

the extreme limit of the antiquity of the ancient Babylonian Calendar, and of the origin of the Zodiacal signs in
that country.
It is

difficult

to say

when

the Assyrians borrowed

tlie

Like the Jews, Calendar Calendai' before the Babylonian who possessed a native Captivity, with months called IJul, Ziv. and Ethanim. the Assyrians certainly had oiiginally one of their own. The
of

their Accadian

neighbom-s.

native

names of some of the months have been preserved. Thus Sargon terms Sivan the * royal month" {arakli sarri),
and Rimmon-nirari the son of Pndil
(in B.C.

1320) dates the

238

Tlie

Astronomy and Astrology of

the Babylonians,

monolith whicli Mr. Smith brought from Assyria in the The borrowed month mnkhur-ili "the gift of the gods."
the Arama3ans, just as

Calendar must have come to them thi'ough the medium of it came to the Jews, since the names

of the months Nisan, lyyar, &c., are not Accadian on the one hand, nor are they Assyrian on the other. 'J^he uncertainty of the spelling of many of them, Cnzallu, or CUilivu, Siva7iu or Tslvan, for instance, proves the latter point as much as the
peculiar

name

of the eighth

month proves the

former.

The
the

Arameeo-Accadian Calendar, however, was

in use

among

Assyrians at least as early as the reign of Tiglath-Pileser I

thrown upon the culture and relations of the Aramaean tribes in the opening days of the Assyrian Monarchy. Along with the establishment of a Calendar came the settled division of the day and night. The old rough division of the night into three watches, which we find also in the Old Testament, remained long in use but although the astrological works of Sargon's Library do not know of any other reckoning of time, it was gradually superseded by This was by hashu or hashumu a more accurate system.

and

so a

new

light is

(^"if^*" ^' ^^^*"K^->^) ill ^^t'cadian, as/i in Assyrian.' connects ashi with the Aram. 7tl?^^, " cord," !M. Oppert Arab. AJlS "a measure of Bassora of 60 cubits"; and the word was certainly transferred from ground -measure to
time-measure.

The

cashu

was equal

to

two

of our hours,

and was divided

into GO degrees.

we break off where we began, with the division Babylonian astronomy may have been rude and superstitious; it may have had little that we hold to be

And

so

of time.

scientific in it

ages.

And

but so also was the alchemy of the middle just as out of the alchemy of our forefathers
;

has arisen chemistry, so out of the astrology of Chaldea came not only the observaticnis which rendered possible the astronomy of (Ireece and modern Europe, but also the formation of a Calendar
;

and

tliis

one practical discovery

discovery

it

was

fin-

is

sufficient to secure to the star-gazers of

Accad the respect and gratitude of succeeding generations.

'

W.A.I. Ill, 29, E, 20.


icith

cj-c.

Translations of the Tablets^

239

APPENDIX.
Table op Portents (W.A.I.
Col. 1.
Ill,

60)

Obverse.

First five lines lost.

:

Of the

six following lines

only the ends remain

(8) " of
(1 1)
''

king of Elam,"

(6) " service," (7) " hand and face," (9) " to his men," (10) " his years,"

the cattle divided."

tablet proceeds
:

Then the

yumu
On
the lC)th

16

ataln

issacan

sarrn

iniat-va
dies,

day an

eclipse taJces jAace.

The king

and

iii
[ap]
the
-

* tin
pa
-

-^ITna
the
-

^Tf ^T
e

tSE

ru

mi -

ikhagilu
io'rigate.

7narc]ies

streams

"

[T

^T
the

sjE] -I
eclipse

<t^

>:?

ina

yumu
On

20 20th day an

atalu

issacan sarru

>*T I cu^sa-sn
his throne

happens.

The king on

"^i IS! iddut-va man -ma ina cussu itstsa-bat is slain, and, a nobody on the tlirone seizes.

flv^^y

B]

yumu
On

21

atalu

issacan ....

marrati
of
the sea

the 2\st

day an

eclipse happens.

The

ivaves (?)

ippalagat- va
are divided,

marratu and the sea

ap
the

pa

ru

khigalla
canals

marshes (and)

ircits

itti

nu - khu - us
loith

innndates

fertility.

'

240

The Astronomy ami Astiologii of

the Bahylonian.%

ina arkhi

Sivanii

yimm

14
dai/,

atahi

if^sacan-va

In the uHDifh Sh'oii, on the lAth

cm

eclipse happens,

and

ina riikbi
in

sadu
east
it

izaiikli-va ina rukhi

/>egi)is,

akharni
the

the

and

in

west

igacUi
it

e)u/s.

'

iua
In

-II -ITT!
matsaiti
the
nijihf

<H?
tnitcli
if

--T
heiiins

ElH
<intl

ET

-II -TTTT
niatsarti

ga])liti

izarikh-va ina
in

the morni)i(i icati-h

^T

^ -^TT
sattnn'i'-

^T IeJ
igadli
it
r)i</y.

^-TT
vnklni

\^ E^IT
sadu
(at the

[- JT
ina idi^
time

/'Jaxfini/'d

of

-tU
]ti

-iT

^^TTf]

eril^
(<ni(l)

appeantnrc
>-.

cessation)

-cH^T
tsalmu
i/s

<T/y
si,'cn
:

ET
ami

sESS =^IL<<^ <

sar

-.sii

innaniii'-va ana
to the

Ni-tnc])ilniini

ci

uzzi

s/nn/ofc

kina of

the croirn

innadan
is

sar

Ni

-tiic - ci

ina
irith

klii -

sa ilabbar

qiven.

The king of JJilmnn

'''

the croicn*

grows

old.

'

^1

iP~\

^'^pl:*'"'"^^

^\V

f/iidtiii,

a word of Aoradiaii origin, signifying

" end."
- The Accadian par zal-li or par zat-la becoming." The Assyrian satlurrit (W.A.I.

is

Jiterally

" day "

or

" light

II, 39, 13.)

may

be for sad'urri
"first")

"lord of light."

GablHu "middle"
was

is

a translation of the Accadian de-ba.

The evening
^
"*

-vvatcli

called Ixirarifn in Assyrian, aii-la

"upper"

{i.e.

or an-dhnr in Accadian. Idi or idat

may

also

mean

" omens."
IT. 25, 17.

Khi-i-sw

is

given as a synonyme of ofiv -'crown " in

with Translations of the Tablets,

SfC.

241

T ^T < yiimu

W -^ -I <tc V
15
atalu
issacan

tE:;^ r^:
sar

m <i^

On

the 15th

day an

eclipse takes place.

Ni -tuc- ci The king of Dilnmn

with the

A V WE jr ET

EI

yy

ina khi- sa

idacu- su-va man- ma ina cussu itsab-bat crown they slay him, and some one on the throne seizes.

M
-

-^

yiimu

16

atalu

issacan

sar

na

du -su

On

the l&th

day an

eclipse takes place.

The king

his eunuchs'^

WE JT ET
idacu- su-va
slay

-EI
and

?{<

fli-,II
as
-

the

^I

MJ seizes.

la -kliahis

^u
on

ina cussa itsab-bat

throne

him

jiephew^

20.

^y

t^ H<t- V
20
atalu

I?

--I

I^

ina

yumu
On
the

issacan

zunni

^I? sami

20th day an eclipse happens.

Rains in

heaven

meli
floods
in

ina nakbi illacuni

the

channels flow,

2>-

^i

y-sH<- V
21

t^m -n^ Afl t^iE'

-

yumu
On

atalu issacan ta

zi

im

tuv

the 21si dxiy,

an

eclipse takes place.

Devastation

<TgrTj >yyy

-^yy ^^^yyy
-

^rg
-

....
or
22.

ta

zu

ukh

tuv

rapine

x^

^y<y^
is.

^"^ ^
pagri

\< ^y<y^

y^

ina mati ibassi

in the country

ina mati

ibassu

Corpses in the country are.

Nadu

is

a synonyme of nacartuv, adu, and

" a plebeian,"

am

" an eunuch " in II, 25, 2. I should prefer " an

intelligent."

'

I scarcely think this translation can be supported.

uneducated one,"

from the negative la and khasasu "

Vol.

III.

16

242

The Astronomy and Astrology of

the Babylonians,

issacan-va 14 ataki Ina arkhi Duzu yumu happens, and the 14<A day eclipse an In the month Tammuz on

- ^fl -IT^! seH

ina rukhi
ill

EI

- A4f -^M.IeU
suti
in
the

akliarri
loest
it

izarrikli-va ina rnldii

hecjins

the

and

south

itti

riiklii

iltani

and
24.

north

cf
it

M
ends;

"
ina
in

-II
the

-Tm

H
ends.

4^
it

md
begins

ET
and

in

igadh

matsarti
evening

barariti
icatch

izarrikh-va ina

-II -TUT
matsarti
the

E<H? --I
gabliti
icatch
it

^T IeI
igadh

A^

-n- -eT

ina

night

rukh akliarri Westward at

the

JT
idi

--H
pi

-ElT -IT?
erib
\_and~\

time of appearance
25.

disappearance

--n^f jy

^y y tsabnu - su innamar-va ana and to its shadoio is seen ;

<y-

5^;^
sar
the

i^^
gn
-

^y
ti

^t
i

king of

Gutium

< >f
uzzu
a crown
26.

eE?
innadan
is

given.

'^I^ .fc t^^ ^y< t Gu - ti - i ru - tim (Jutinm The forces of

ina
in

tf

]^

^T<y^
ibassu
are

tucnlti
service

ilT.-H'<^^5sy
mi ic
-

V ^<T^
sa
the

nil -

us of

id

di

submission

troops.

loith

Translation IS of the Tablets, ^x.

243

yumu
On. the 15th

15

atalu

issacaii

zunni

ina

sami

day an

eclipse takes place.

Rains in heaven

meli
floods

ina mati
in
the

evubu
descend.

khusuklikhu

ina
in

land

Famine

mati ibassi
the

land

is.

yumu
On
the
16i/i

16

atalu

issacan
takes
pilace.

nesti

day

an

eclipse

Women

^m

^ITT
-

<h
si -

^\
na
do

^
la

<T^

H
Abu Ah
D.P.

libbi
their

isallima
pjerfect.

offspring

not

yumu
On
the

20

atalu

issacan ina arkhi

20th day an eclipse happens.

In the month

Ramanu Rhnmon (the

30.
j[

pi

su

ida

va
sets
;

ilu

iccal
the

weather) his mouth

and

god

eats.

^Tgf >^
arcu

^^y

^jff
Ramanu

-y^ ^Ig
pulu
cattle

^-yy
irakhkhits

sanati D.P.

For

year

Rimmon

the

inundates.

yumu
On
the 'iXst

21

atalu
eclipse

issacan Sarru

mati -su
lands

day an

happens.

The king

tivice his

-^V]^\
revolt

ET

JT-*r!^I
nacri

Vh-

ipalcatu -su-va ana kat

-su isaccinu-su
his foes deliver him.

from him, and

to the

hand of

244
32.

The Astronomy and

Astrologi/ of the Babylonians,

^ ^
Ina
In
the

]f

:r^st

arklii

^y < Abu yumii

V -jE
14

--! <cc
atalu
eclipse

V
;

!
and

i8sacan-va

month Ah,

the lAth day,

an

happens

ina ruklii
in
the

suti

izarrikh-va ina rukhi

begins,

sadi
east

south

it

aivd

in

the

igadh
it

ends.

,s.

^
ina

.II .yyyy
matsarti
the

..y

t>^ <j^^
ivatch

>ina
the

^H

^yryy

barariti

In

evening

va and in

matsarti
7norning

^T i^ mat

-E^TT
-

^H
begins,

ET

-W M -T< EI
Sam
at
-

-I

m
i

nrri
it

izarrikh-va

su

- ti

-ma igadh
it

ivatch

and

Sun-rise

ends.

34.

4i4f -sWIeIJ
rukli
suti

- il -^H -EEy^tyyj ^-n^y

ina idi
pi
erib

tsalam -su
disappearance

Southward

at the time of appearance

{and)

El I innamar-va ana
its

<y

tEPs i -nil
sar
;

^i <^
-

< *f
uzzu

Ab

nun

na

ci

shadow

is

seen

and. to

die king of Mullias a crown

EE?
innadan
is

given.

35.

.yy^
life

^y

^}

gnn

napis-tu tsabi

<y.igii ^\ va tsabi

-^

.y<y^ ^y

j^

sanat

tuculti
(in) battle

The

of

the soldier

.... and the soldiers for a year

loith

Translations of the Tablets,

Sj-c.

245

in

nan

- cUia -

ru -va

nisi

ina

tuculti

are

seen;

and

men

by

arrows

idacu
are slain.

yumu
On
the 15th

15

atalu issacan sarru imat-va

eclipse

zunni
;

day an

happens.

The king

dies

and rains

ina
in

sami

meli
in

ina nakbi
the

erubi

iba

si

heaven, jioods

channels descending are.

3T,

^T

<R? -eE
16
\Qth day an

H
ina

<==

V
issacan

!?w
sar

1?<^
Accadi

yumu
On
the

atalu

eclipse takes place.

The king of Accad

imat D.P. Nergal

dies.

mati

ical

Nergal

(i.e.,

war) in

the country feeds.

38.

^y

.^
20

_y<^::

^ ^;^
sar

-^<

{{<

^Ey^y<
- ti

yumu
On
the

atalu issacan

D.P. Kha-at

20th day an eclipse happens.

"-^

The king of

the Hittites

<TETTy 5:;s
....
or
the

\}< T?

-T<
ti

-TT^ t]
iballidh-va

>ina
the

sar

D.P.
of

Kha-athe

king

Khati

lives

and

on

vy
cu^si throne

IeU -<
itsab-bat
seizes.

245
so.

Tlie

Astronomy and Astrology of

the

Babylonians,

^I

^
li

yumu

H
-

<tt

V
V-

H
*.^

tiSS
sarra

^B h

21

atalu

issacan ilu

On the '21st day an eclipse happens. The (jod the king persecutes {?)
<T-IeII va and

-m^
a

AH
all
-

<MeII sEss
va and
sarra
the

bu

mata

Jiame

the

land

king

li

li

bu -u

will

devour.

Ina

arklii

Ululu

yumu

14

atalu

issacan-va ina

Tn the month Elul, the l^th day, an eclipse takes place and in

rukhi
the

iltani

izarrikh-va ina rukhi

it

suti
the

north

begins,

and

in

south

^'-

[<T-] IeU va and the

A4f
rukhi
east

V
it

KTT
sadi

-T

m
in

ina
the

-II

-im

igaclli

matsarti
evening

ends;

[H]

t^ EiH
it

ET

-II
in

-m

E<2Kf --T
gabliti
ivatch

baraiiti
ivatch

izarrikh-va ina
begins,

matsarti
the

and

night

^1
igadh
it

ends.

rukh

iltani

ina idi

pi

erib

tsalam -su
its

Nortliward at the time of appearance (and) disapj'>earance

<^

ET T

l:s;I -Tin -^I <!&<-!. e?

Ab - nun
to the -

innamar-va ana sar shadow is seen ; and

na

ci

uzzu innadan
is given.

king of Mullias a crown

with Translations of the Tablets,

^-c.

247

sar ana To the king

khi

sa
(is)

libitii -

va
;

sarra

atalu

the throne

an omen

and

the king

darkness

te

ti

ik

su

zuniii

ina
in

sami
heaven,

passes

over

him.

Rains

meli
floods
in
the

ina nakbi

erubu

kh.usTikh.khu

ina mati
country

channels flow.

famine

in

the

ibasi

248

The Astronomy and Astrology of

the Babylonians^

sar
or
the

U.P.
of
the

Kha

ti

is^akh

king

Ilittites

plunders,

- va ina and on the

^ ?^ ^l cussi itsab-bat
throne
47.
seizes.

y}

..y

^
ina

..y

^y^,

y; ^yy?

>-

-^ y^
erubu

Zunnu
Rain
48.

sami

meli

ina nakbi

in heaven;

floods in the channels descend.

^y

t^
20
20th
the

..y <^^
atalu

^
issacan.

y}

_y y^ ^
Zuuni
Rains
ina
in

ynmu
On

day

an

eclipse

hapj?ens.

-T-T?
sami

!?^m
meli

- ^ .y^
ina nakbi

^-

^^

erubu matu ana matu

Country with country

heaven; floods in the channels flow.

-kha- ag -va
heeps festival,

sallim-mu issacanu and peace they make.

*y

yetE
21

--M- v
atalu

^M-^}} -^
cussu

<t]i
ul
the foe

yumu
On
the 2\st

issacan

nacru

day an

eclipse happens.

The throne of

yu -lab -bar
lasts not.

sar

ramanu- cinu ina mati

ibass'u

king self-appointed in the land shall he.

i<^^,
arcu

..y

^4f
'J

E^yy

<TEny
.
.

^iss
^ar

ina

sanna D.P. Raman irakhkhits ':' a year Rimynon inundates; \. After J J

I.e.,

after a year

\
j

on the kinq -^

cu^^a

ul

yu

lab

bar

mat - su izakhkhir
is

the throne does not last.

His country

made

small.

loith

Translations of the Tablets,

<^c.

249

Ina arkhi Tasritu yurau

In the month Tisrl
tlte

14 an

atalu issacan-va
eclipse ha^Dj^ens
;

14:fh day,

and

- ^4f -tM
ina
in

IeU
it

eeH
begins,

rukhi
the

suti
south

izarrikli -

EI va and

ina
in

An'f
riikh
the

sadu
loest
it

igadh
ends

=2-

ina
in

-II -TTTT
matsarti
the

-I E>f^ ^^H
barariti
ivatch
it

El
and

ina
in

-II
the

^Tm

izzarikh-va
begins,

matsarti
night

evening

E<2 f .-^T
gabliti

^r

^4f -^M
rukh Southward
suti

m
the

ina
time

jt
idi

igacUi
it

watch

ends.

at

of

pi

erib

appearance (and) disappearance

S3,

-cm.] Ml
tsalam
its

<Tseen
;

ET
and

sE5?i<nET <!&<+
sar
the

su innamar-va ana
is

Elami
of

uzzu

shadow

to

king

Elam a crown

_^?

'On-^-iv <:rTET<iEr

innadan ru - tim Elami is given. The forces of Elam

54.

ty
in

^
nisi
his

.y<y^ ^El
la are.

^HT
ta
-

<MM -TH
ar
return
-

<%^
sallim-

^
i

ina tuculti ibassi

service

ri

No

of

peace

-mi^
-

ana
to

su

men.

250

The Astronomy and Astrology of

the Babylonians,

^T

< V/

-^

yumu
On
the loth

<^c

V
issacan

^
nacrii

-TT'^ T
is^akli-va

15

atalu

day an

eclipse hapi^ens.

The foe ptlunders, and

sibirri

mati

yacal

va

the coim of the land devours

yakhaz va mata and seizes, and the country

yu

si

padh
over.

tyrannizes

^T

< !R -jE
1()

yumu
On
the IQth

H
-

<^^.

-^I^
pal

??< T?

^S^
sarru

atalu

issacan

-kha-a

day an

eclqyse takes place.

Suddenly

the king

imat pulug sarrut

dies.

^u

Division of his kingdom.

yumu
On
the

20

atalu

issacan
happens.

ii

20th day an

eclipse

ah - bu mata The flame the land

- la -

all

ib

erat

libbi

- si -

na

consumes.

Pregnant

women

their

offspring

la

isallima

do not perfect.

yumu
On
tJie

21

atalu issacan tib -ut

eclipse takes j^lace.

itstsuri-maliduti

'list

day an

A Jlight

of

many

birds

\^ -T<T^ <T\- <TE!T! T ana mata .... ana matuti ibas - si

T
to

a country, or

to oountnes,

happens.

loitJi

TrcDLslations of

tlie

Tablets,

Sfc.

251
11,

Lines 59 and 60, at the beginning of Column

are lost.

[na]
his

du -su
eunuchs

due

slew

him,

cu-sn-va and

t]

^]

M-<
itsbat

man -ma

ina cussa

some one on

the throne seized,

....
.

atalu
eclij)se

issacan bi
happeiis.

... an

- ib - lu mati yub- ba The heart of the land is cast

In

doion.

V -y<y^ nin
ina
in

5f^
zal-

^y y^
te

Nothing
o^-

the

grajiaries.

WM M] <^^ V
.... .... an
atalu
eclipse happens.

- ^
In
the

t-

<^T

tt

issacan ina mati nacratu

land

.... nalidu
or bright

(is) hostility,

D.P.
the

Samsu

ibassi
is.

Sun-god

"'

im [Ikl
milca
the king

-^11 h- EEHw] -^]

aiyai
lions

in

na

appear,

2IT dha - ru and

^
-

El va

mat) icabbidu

of the country overp)Ower.

65.

^ ^
Ina
In the

ttT

^1

<

V -^

arklii

Dhabitu yumu 14 month Tebet the l^th day, an

<^^

V
;

ET
and

atalu

issacan- va

eclipse takes place

252

71ie

Astronomy and Astrology of

^-^^

the,

Babylonians,

- A4f
ina
in

E-TT
it

liH

rukli
the

sadi
east

izarrikli

ET -va ina begins, and

- A^
rukli
in

^TT- -eeT
akliarri
the

west

igadh
it

ends.

eo.

^
ina

.II
the

.^

..y

E^:^ |H
it

ey
and

^
ina
in

^n
the

.yyyy

matsarti
evening

barariti
icatch

izarrikli -va
begins,

matsarti
night

In

E<H? --I
gabliti

-T
ends.

A-yr
rukh

^-^

^^^

jt

-^h
pi

igadh
it

sadi

ina idi

watch

Eastivard at the time of ajopearance

-EET

m
-

erib

(and) disajjjiearance

tsalam
its

su innamar-va ana
is

^ar
to

An
king

du

an

- ci

shadoio

seen;

and

the

of Assan

va
and

Su

zin

ci

uzzu
a

innadan
is

Subarti

crown

given;

^8.

cy

m
]]
Su
-

se:s
6ar
the

-\ ^T
An
king
-

--T
-

^!^
-

<MeIJ
va

a;alli
(Jiis)

du
of

an

ci

servants

Assan

and

t*^^} <iEi
zir
ci

^]
yus
to
-

<y.
si
-

<v
padli

Subarti

causes

rule.

with Translations oj the Tablets,

Sfc.

253

69.1

^f

<m
15

ttE

-M- V
atalu

sE^
sarru

.^
imat

yumu
On
the

issacan

15th day an eclipse takes place.

The king

dies

la -kliahis

as

sn
the

ina cussi itsab-bat

throne
seizes.

nephew^ on

'0-

^T <!R

^B
day an

yumu
On
the IQth

H
the

<^^_

W i-^-

''\

-T<K
is.

16

atalu issacan nacratu ina mati tabassi

eclipse

happens.

Hostility in the land

bi -

ib

lu

mati yub
land
is

ba

lu

sa

-pa- ac

The heart of

cast down.

Pouting out of

sibri ina

zal

te

corn in granaries.
7,.

^y

tfc
20
the

--T

<^ V V
eclijyse

yumu
On

atalu

}\< eT issacan sa-kha- lam -ma^ ina

takes jylace.

<W\

20th day an

Distress in the

mati ibas
country
is.

si

sibir mati D.P. Ramanu irakhkh-its The corn of the land the Rain-god inundates.

yumu
On

21

atalu

issacan
happens.

ta

a^

su-

the 2\st

day an

eclipse

Plundering

ukh

tuv
in
the

ina mati tabas-

si

country takes place.

'

I suppose the

man-ma from the

'

word to be lakhad. It may, however, be a synonyme of negative Zaand khas{a)su " intelligent," meaning "uneducated,"
I believe,
is

plebeian,"
'

Sakhalamma,

a shaphel derivative of

qSH*

254

The Astronoviii and

Astroloffi/

of

the Babi/loiiifms,

nascunu sakalu The tanff is fixed

-<
ilabbir
is

iiia

sadad-

ii\s

pal
life

sarri
the king

at

its highest,

or the

of

si^m A-ff -TTA

sar

iiia

X\-V]'^<h
mati
the

ramanu

cinii

ibas
land.

- si
is.

long.

king self-appointed in

Ina
In
the

arklii

yumu

14

atalu

issacan-va
;

ina
the

month Sehat,

the 14//* day,

an

eclipse takes place

and in

A^
rukli

-IT <r^T
iltani
it

lild
begins,

E!
and

A-TT
rukli
in
the

-11- -eeT
akharii
loest

izarrikh-va ina

north

^TTgf
igadli
it

ends.

^-

ina

-II
the

-nn E<2if 7^T Eiid

gabliti
it

ET
in

the

-II

-rm

niatsarti

izarrikli-va ina
hegins,

mataarti

In
'^y

night-icatch

and

mornnng

Iff

-ETi
it

sadurri
uiatch
76.

^] igadh

m A-ii
rukh
^

-IT

<w ^

JT --Id
pi

iltani

ina idi

ends.

Northicard at the time of appearance

^EET

cyy}

^-Tj^ jy
tsalam
its

erib

(and) disappearance

t] <T] s^:?^ innamar - va ana ^ar shadoiv is seen ; and to the king of
-

su

i^TT-

-EET
-

<

m}

-Ull-t^ si:?S
sar

-TT eet
Mar - tu

uzzu iddanan ru - tiv Phoenicia a crown is given. The forces of

tu

Mar

the king of Phoenicia

ty lEy ^y<y^ < ina tnculti ibass - u

in
service
are..
.

loith

Translations of the Tablets,

Sfc.

255

T7.

^T

<

'tV

^e
15

<t^^

V
iiia

tinS --7 ^T
na -dii-8U The king his eunuchs
-^

yumu
On
the 15th

atalu
ecli'pse takes

issacan sirra
place.

duy an

-<ET^
iducu

^T

^T

^T

laj
seizes.

-sii-va

mau-ma

cussi itsab-bat

Mil him, and a nohody on the throne

7-

^T < !R

^B -] <^^ V
16

-TT

- BV Again famine
-"

yumu
On

atalu issacan gur-ruv khnsuklikliu

the IQth

day

a}i

eclipse hajjjwns.

m
seizes
;

SET

0B dura
atalu

E^
;

!:w
^arru

iin
opptresses.

it8tsa.b- at

ina- kar

mata icabbid
land

the fort one

undermines

the ling the

79.

^T

^B -T
20

<^^

V
V -

:::
-

fclj
ib
-

IeU
lu

^^
mati

yumu
On

issacan bi

the 20th day an eclipse happens.

The heaH of

the country

ti^ -^T
yub
is

mw
-

ba

lu

sa

-II pac

js:

yy

'H-

sibri ina

zal -

to

broken down.

Pouring out of wheat in

the granaries.

80.

^y

ytfE -]<tc
21
atalu

w
issacan

-]V^ ^]
tib
-

-W^^]
itstsuri

yumu
On
the 21st

ut

day an

eclipse takes place.

Flight of

many

birds

\^ x^^ y Ay'r mahduti ana matati

to

i:^
sar

A-yf
ramanu

-yy^
oinu
in

ina
the

the

lands.

king

self-appointed

\^
mati
land

>-V\\
ibassi
is.

25Q

The xistrononiy and Astrology of

tlie

Babylonians,

Ina arkhi Adaru yiirau

In
the

14

atalu

issacan-va
;

month Adar,

the 14:th day,

an

eclipse

happens

and

ina rukli
in
the

sfiti

izarrikh-va ina rukh

it

iltani

south

begins

and

in

the

north

igadli
it

ends.

8,.

^
ina

.jj .yyyy ..y

matsarti

4:^
it

^^y
and

gy ^^ .jj .yyyy
matsarti
in
the

barariti

izarrikh-va ina
begins,

In the evening loatch

morning

sadurri
loatch
it

igadh
ends.

rukb
Southward

suti
at

ina
the

idi
tiine

pi

of ajypearance
t-]]]

83.

.iy

^cTT^T JT
tsalam
its

orib

su

ET T <rinnamar -va ana

^

5S5
^ar
king of

(and) disappearance

shadow

is

seen

and

to the

<m AE^TT <+

ci

eE?
iddan
was

^tm V
-

H<

"U]

El

-sar- ra
Cisurra^
a

uzzu

in
given.

sa-kha- lam -ma

Disaster

crown

Ur
(to)

lab

ci

Ur
C'lswrra

was the

" waste-laud of the desert."

with Translations of the 2 ablets,

Sfc.

257

Su

ug

gur
its

duri
forts
is
;

su ibassi
{is)

sibri ina

sapic

IHgging np of

corn,

in

the outpouring

??<

^:;r -^i
-

<
u

^T <T.
na
-

ti?
-

kha - rab

ba

si

e - su
it.

of devastation and carrying away of

yumu
On

15

atalu

issacan ana

^arra

khi- sa
a crown

the 15th day,

an

eclipse happens.

To

the king (is)

ru

tim zabbi - su

ina

tuculti

ibassi

the forces of his soldiery in service are.

s*^-

-^T

<?R
l{]th

^B -Ht^ W
16
atalu

^TII ^^EB
ta
-

>-^!T
-

yumu
On
the

issacan
happens.

as

^u

day an

eclipse

Plundering

ukh

tuv
in

ina
the

mati
country

ibas
is.

si

^arru

The

king

t^\^V^\
bi -lat his
i

-^T^ h^
ippalcatu
-

-su

su

subjects I'cvolt

from

him.

yumu
On
the

20

atalu

issacan

sar

20th day an eclipse happens.

Accadi - ci The king of Accad

imat matu
dies.

la

khul

tuv

yus
one

si

-padh

The

Ixind

uninjured

rules

over.
]

Vol.

III.

258

The Astronomy and

Astivloiji/

of

the Babi/lonicuis^

yuniu

21
21st

atalii

issacan

sa-kba- lam -ma

Disaster (to)

Ok

^/?e

day

an

eclipse

happens.

KS^ K il 'lEl Ur
-

-tid
pa

fig

H <
y
1

lab

ci

ina

.... D.P. Sin

Ui% according to the jjrediction (?) of the Moon-god.

89.

^yyy
Uuppu

yy t^
22

^y

-^y ^-yn ^ yyy

D.P.
Bill

^]
siis

D.P.

namar

The 22nd

tablet of " the Illwnination of Bel,'' seventy-

12
second

sum minuti
title

suat

im

of

this

collection.

"o-T

s^TTT
Istu
the

-!W
ris

>^
sanat

t^m
istu

-
the

S
Ni^anim
Nisa)i,

arkhi

From
i^"

beginning of the year;

from

month

E
day,

H
an
-

cETTT
ta
-

EIEJ
111

-^TII
D.P.
the

i^TT
Sin
Afoon

an

eclipse

of

V
issacan
tahes

-TIT'u
-

^JH ^-T
ru
-

Tt
-

^^M -

'-'^

ba

tiiv
the

ina
hostile

mati nacri
land

place.

Deserts

in

ibassu
a7'e,

and

va ma.tu izzakbar ^arru the land is made small; the

iinat

king dies.

Istu

yumu
the

15

atalii
eclipse

issacan
takes

kliii-

sukli

-kliu

From
tyjf

15th

day an

ptlace.

Famine.

y^ csy^<y.^y
abli
their
si
-

<jpy -^yyy^y^
imacciru
sell.

nisi

na ana caspa
for
silver

Men

sons

with Translations of the Tablets,

cj-c.

259

yumu
[On]
the IQtth

1(3

atalu

issacan rukliu

limiiu

etik

day an

eclipse happens.

A destructive loind crosses

\^

\^ El mata va
the land,

--T

^-<]]'^
Mars
is

ET

-]A t^IE
pulu and the cattle

[cacabii] ni -bat-a-iiu icassid-va

[the planet^
in the ascendant,

and

ikhkhalak
are
scattered.

^^-

^I

-S
T

TTI

ITT -^

^^] mi
tin ^T
icbu-ud

^i^

yumu
[Oii] the

20 sarru ana sarra nu -cur-tav yum- ar 20th day [an eclipse happens']. King to king hostility sends.

4.

^T

-^
eclipse

^IT

yumu
[On]
^/te

21

21s^

day \an

gur-ruv* happens]. Again

there is oppression.

5.

j^yn
Istu

TI 2

-::^J
arkhi

t?;!!!
istu

^T

<W ^^
14
14:th day,

yumu

^yTT' cit -mas- tuv

+ ^1=
-

In the 2nd month [lyyar] on the

an insurrection

^-vv
ibassi
-

1 -!='/- -iy va ub - bu - tu
and a

vy^
giri

ey yyy va sarru imat

and
the king dies.

takes place,

destruction of enemies,

86.

^y

< v/
15th

^B
day

yumu
lOn]
the

15

m
king
ti

]&
to

yyy

t-

ieii
:

^y

sarru ana sarra

king

nucurta yumar-va
sends

hostility

and

!TT
sar
the

<2I ^TT
CIS
-

^J< .^
dies.

sa

imat

king of multitudes

'

variant edition (III, 62) lias

otlier edition ivads

j J-

'

The

*"*~b

an-bar-ti, " a defection " (from

"^^V)-

260

The Astronomy and

Astrohcjt/ of the Bahglonians,

yumu
[On]
the

16
16^/i

^ar

]\Iartu

ina
in

tuculti
battle

day
*^^

the

king

of

Phamicia

/JII
is

ET
and

-]]
su
is

??<

T?

icabbid-va
defeated,

mat-

ikhkhalak
divided.

his corintry

98.

^y

tfc
20

^TTT
istu
the tlirone

=T !-^
cussi

\]

\^

s
-

yumu
[0?*] the 20th

mat

su

day ; on

of his country

\_Phoenicia\.

yumu
[On]

21

tihamtu
day, the sea
is

ippalcat
crossed

va
its

sa
leaves are

the '2\st

and

YY/ TT\

Y^
IT

ikhkhalak
divided.

100.

Ina
In
the

arkhi

yumu
(^Sivan),

14
the

zunnu
day,
rain

ina
in

3rd

month

lAth

-I

'A}

T'r

A\]

- --t^^]^ -1 44f
ina nak-bi
illacuni

same

melu

D.P.

Raman

heaven, flood in the channels tnll go.

The Rain-god,

irakhkhits tsab
inundates.

mat- tuv ikhalliku The men of Accad the country divide.

Accadci

'

The other

edition lias

C^C^l'^T.

In the other edition

Apparently

>-> T^

i.s

erroneously oiniltod.

with Translations of the Tablets, ^c.

>oi.

261

^T
yiimu

<
the

'A'

^^
15

TIT
^arru

IB
ana
to

W<
sana
king

-^

^^

mu-cur-tav
hostility/

\_0){\

15th

day,

king

ET yumar-va
sends,

mil

TTT
^arru
the

<H
cis
-

^TT -!<
sa
ti

-^
imat
dies.

and

king

of multitudes

"M yumu <W^jE

'^T
1

(A
(khi
-

^y
bi)
-

ET va

TTT
sarru

El

man - ma

[Ow]

the

16th day, (wanting), and as king a nobody

cussa
the

itsabb-at
seizes.

throne

'03.

^T
ymiiu
[On]

-B
20
the

w< -r
^arru

^s

(A t^y
(khi
- bi) -

M
su

an

abil -su

20th day,

the king to his

son {loanting) his

ana

sima

for a 'weighed 2)rice.

>4.

^T

]-B -n
21
^i
-

sgjfff -s^
in

!m
ta
-

-^tt

(^

yumu

-nu

su -(khi-bi)

[On"| the 21st day, invasion [cmd^ plund\ering'\ {wanting)

mati nacri

ibassi

of the hostile land takes place.

The

text from which the variant edition was copied was not defective here,
T
!

but reads
^

[^^

^^ J^

sarru iddac

"the king

is

slain."

Omitted

in the variant text.

^
"*

Here again the variant text has

.<^

yf

"his crown (gives)."

Instead of this the other edition has

T *"*"[

r^^

sunni "rains."

262

Tlie

Astronomy and Astrology of

the Bahylonians,

Ina
In the
4:th

4 arklii yumu month (Tammuz),

14

zimnu ina

same

the 14^/i day, rain in heaven,

meli

ina nakbi
in
the

ib

ba

lu

floods

channels fall.

100.

H A4f
D.P.

E^TT

i^T

Raman

iraldikh-its

-II ^^]^}}}\ -M khu- sakh -kliii

-VV

t]

ibassi-va

The

Rain-god

inundates.

famine

ensues,

and

raatu rabu- tuv

ana mati

zikliir- ti
loill

iccassa-

du

a great country hy a small country

he conquered.

107.

^f

<

m t^
15
the

yr

_y ^ _y
ina
in

.yr

y, .yy,

_
ina
the

yumn
[O/i]

zunnu
rain

same
heaven,

melu
floods
in

loth day,

-_

H
ib
-

--I lEIJ
ba
-

nakbi

lu

X\ -T<T^ -TI ^^-\}}} -TI khu- sakli -khu ina mati ibassi A
famine
in
the

channels

fill.

land

is.

108.

^T <

;??

-^ -TI ^^?::?Hf -TI

kliu-

yumu
\_0n']

IG
the

sakh
a

^<^-<V -khu sat- ti

a

^
year

-T<T^
is.

ibassi

IGth

day,

famine for

109.

^y

ttE
20

^jn -i^'
ru
-

TTT
^arri

<
u
hi.<<

^?
soldiery

yumu
[Ow]

tim

zabbi-.su

the 20th

day

the foj^ces

of the king and

4-

^lE

:s;^y<y^
ibassi
are.

cabit- tuv

numerous

Tlip variant

texf lias

<T<

ivith

Translations of the Tablets,

Sf-c.

263

yumu
\_Oii\

21
the

D.P.
day,

Raman
a
sti'ong

gis

su

icabbid

va

21 si

tcind

rages,

and

tihamtu
the

....
its

sa

ikliallik
divides.

sea

waves

Ina
In

5
the

arkhi
5th

yumu

14
the
14:th

zunnu

ina

month (Ab),

day, rain in

same

meli

ina nakbi

illacu

- ui

heaven, floods in the channels will come.

sibir

mati

si

ir

^arru ana
;

sarru sallim-ma
king to king peace

The corn of

the country is exported

yum

ar

sends,

113.

'^y

<v
15

t=E

<^Ty -c$l
yacal

-^ y<*
pagri

ina

yumu
[0?j] the

D.P. Nergai

15th day, the War-god devours.

Corpses in the

mati nacri
hostile

ibassu

land are.

The other

text

reads

T.

Literally " one exports," from "^^D.

264

Tlie

Astronomy and Astrology of

the

Bahylomanx^

yuinii
\_0)i]

16
the

ri

-a

tuv

libbi
their

- si

na

liMh

day pi'egnant women

offspHng

isallim

perfect.

115.

^y

jr^
20
the

]]y ^jElI
aiyai
day,
lions

I^

^;^
in
-

yumu
[0]

20th

nan

- dlia

ru

va

namsuklii
(are)

cabitti

appear

and

crocodiles^

numerous.

yumu
\_0n']

21
the

a -sa
21st

ga

ru

tuv
the

day

hurricane'^

waves

tihamti

ikhallilc

of the sea

divides.

Here the larger tablet is broken off, and we have to supply the lacuna from a small and partly mutilated tablet (PI. 62), which contains the text beginning at line 90.
HT.
T

!Tn
Ina.

!R
6

-:^f
arkhi

^T

<V
1

^jE

[-TIT]
[^i^"]

-f

^li
tuv

yumu
the

i^a!^-

In the

6th

mon/h (Khd)

Wth day an

insurrection

The Syllabaries render u-du by milcu "prince," and ara ("cuuuch"). it must signify some kind of noxious animal and since the characters are literally " wutcr-going-through," it would seem to be an aquatic creature.
'

Here

See line 6

This, according to the Syllabary (W.A.I. II, 130)

is

the Assyrian form of

*"|

the Accadian asagara, represented by the

compound ideograph

TTT tt^

(?" prince of fish").

Ana-gam may

signify literally "place-making."

uiith

Translations of the Tablets^

^-c.

2<).o

^l<y^
ibassi
takes place.

^]
tsabu

.^<
zir
-

^g
tuv
is

ana

??< T? ikhkliallak

The

soldiery into hostile factions

divided

v-TTT< Tzir

m:m -VY^
in
-

\B)\ ^JH]
cliia

-mi

nan

ru

serpents
lis.

appear

^y

<\7sEItJ-SIIT-E:w-T<I*^BFjnEl
15
the

yumu
\_0n'\

aryai
15th

in lions

nan -dha-ru-va
appear

day

and

namsukhi

cabitti

crocodiles (are) numerous.

n9.

^y

<

!;j

t^E
IQth

matu
day,

<?-????
sul
the
-

^^

yumu
l_On']

16
the

^y c<:g pu -ut- tnv

injury (?)

.... ....

country

120.

^y

yy

j.^
20

^^
abil

yyy
^arri

-^y
aba
-

[I

j^<E
idac
-

yumu
\_0n~\

su

^y va
and

the

20th day, the son of the

Mng

his father slays,

>ina

IeIJ
itsab
-

^]
bat

cussi

on the throne

seizes.

yumu
\_0i{\

21

sarru
the

cussa

yu

lab -bar

the ^Ist day,

king the throne perpetuates.

'22.

jEiyy Ina
the

^ -^,
7 1th

j^yyy
ina
(Tisri),

^y

<v ^^
14
day,

^?

h-

arkhi

yumu
the

tsabi
soldiers

/n

month

lAth

jyyy
istu

<^^
irtsiti

^^
however,

*yyy

m
icalj -

--i
ba
-

^t
tu

nacri labba

from a
'

hostile

land the heart (of the country) ovetpoicer.

" to (their) tents are distributed."

This

may mean,

2G6
123.

The Astronomy and Astrology of

the Babylonians,

^y

<

ymmi
\_0n'\

V? 15

t^

'^

^T -T<I^ -TIT*
assaputi

StT*^

casad-tu

the 15th

day, jjossession of the oracle

napalcii
(^are)

tuv

rehelUous.

i2*-

^^

<

;?}

-^

'I&
irtsi -

-^T<
ti

-^K
ipalcat

>iiia

-T i-5
cu^si
the throne

\\

yumu
[0]

16

the \^th day, the land rebels.

On

Tn
sarru
as

king

m
yas
-

-tf
ab
sits.

man -ma

a nobody

125.

^y

j.^ j^^
20

^- ina

-yy x^
zumm- mati

-y<y^

;)nimu

nagab-bu

ibassi
vt.

[On'] the 20th day, devastation in the body of the land

<m}A
^immu

s^TTI i-^
ta
gii

(A

t^)

(khi- bi)

A
126-.

pestilence (rages) {loanting).

^y

^^
21

^y

^3
gar
-

bi

^?
tsabu

^
ana

ymnu

casad-tu

\Ori\ the ^Ist day.

Conquest of the interior.

The

soldier to the

\^

/-.^

!^T

mat- a
la n d will

icassa-du
penetra te.

127.

^yyy
Ina
the

;fff

-\
arkhi

^]]\
ina

^y
yumii

<v ^S
14
lAth
the

if

~y

8
^fh

zunnu
day,

Tv

month (Marchesvan),

rain

with Tram^Iafiovft of the

Tahlets^,

Sj'C.

207

HIT
dha
-

<rlim

-^
sanat

tjE Jfr -T<T^

1

^ HJ !-bi
-

ibassi
is.

ib - luv

continuously

for one year

The

silt

of the

mati
land
is

ub

bal

brought down.

.28.

yj

<^ i^
-

< <y-f ET
and
jyeace

>~

r?^yyy
ecil

-y<y^

ci

-luv

u sa]lim-ma-nu ina
in
the jylaces

mati ibassi
the

Food

of

land are.

'u

ru

ba

tuv

'

issacanu
;

va

The
'^i*-

deserts

are

inhabited

and

TTT
^arrn
the king

elT <-^Id
sa
eli
{is)

'-^

iT
gimilla

^ ^yil^
dhaba

-<
yulabbar

mata

who

over the country good benefits perpetuates.

>3o.

^]

<v/t^
15

A^
....

n^^T-^T
tamtu
of

?f<Tf
ikhkhalak

yumu
[Ow]

the 15th day, the leaves

the sea are divided.

.3..

^y

<;r

^^e
16
the

^yyy^
'u
-

^jn -^!
ru
-

T?
-

^m
-

yumu
[On]

ba

tuv

IQfh

day,

the

deserts

dan

nat

ibassa
are.

populated

32. y

^y

tfc j:s 20
^arru

^T

^ITT *T
icb
-

yumu
\_0n'\ the

ina

tuculti

ud

20th day, the king in service was strong.

268
,33.

The Astronomy and Astrology of

the Babylonians,

^I yumii

T -B
21

^}
tsab

TTT
sarri

?I<
klia -

i^
am
-

T- ^T?

me

e - su

[0;*] the 21st day, the soldier of the king his

134.

tEyyy
Ina
In

?w
9

^yyy
ina

^y

<v
the

^Ee

y;

h-

arklii

yumu

14
14:th day,

zunni
rains

the dth

month

(Chisleii),

- -T
ina

-T? Vi ^IT?
meli
in

y^
the

-^

:::

\^

y^

Ct^
ibassi
are.

same

ina nak- bi
channels

mati
the

in heaven; floods

of

lands

135.

IdJ IeD tl^ .i^y^ jai ey

bi
-

y?

cj y^
(?) (?)

ib - lu
is

yub

bal
doivn
;

The heart

cast

va ina aladi and among children

lu
-

khusuklikhu
(is)

famine.

.36.

<ig <^yy '^I^

makhiru
The
icb
tariff
is

^y
ucl

tt]tv,}} ^yi khu sukh -kbu

-

yi

^y<y^
ibassi

high.

famine

occurs.

137.

^y

< v/ !=tE
15
the

0B h^ eehw -^y
duri
in
the
-

eyyy^
-

^m
-

yumu
[0?i]

na
are

ga

in

15th

day,

forts

dug

up;

matu yub
the

bu

ud

iliac

land

is

destroyed.

with Translations of the Tablets^

i3-

Sfc.

269

^I <J!J yuniu 16
\_0n]
the

t^

yTT
sarru

\<

>-^TT
su

-^^tETTT
pal
- dlia

t]

mat-

-ma

16th day, the king his country by familie.^

^ ^T -tE ikhallik ymnu 20

r?
:

Tf

-T

^in ^et ^jn

Lib

zmmi
The

aba

idi

divides.

[On] Me

20i^A day, rains.

child the father knows.

t.]

T^ ^^yy t^y
im
gin
Trees

^y
-

etsi

na

(inir)

the loind overivhelms.

139.

^y

yj.^
21
21
st

<|g?4H - V -I<M^
simmi
iua mati
ibassii

"<^

ymnu
[0]
i//e

mata

day, sicknesses in the land are.

The land

^yy^
etsi
[cindl

H
D.P.
trees

4-TT
Ramanu
the

-Ei^nT-^KWM A-T
i

ta

na

ar

-klii-its

Bain-god

inundates.

"0-

jrHI <T
Ina
11

-}
arkhi

!TIT
ina
(^Sebat),

^T
yiimu

<V -B
14

eT-

sarru rabu
a great king

In the 11th month

the 14:th day,

imat
dies.

ziinni

ina
in
\-<

same
heaven
ivill

itallicu - ni

sallim-mu
Blessed

Rains

descend.

<y.^j

^ ina

V
issacan

dumku

matati

peace in the lands prevails.

141.

^y < 7/

1^

-ET
la
;

'tI<

^iEE -^Tf
-

*^T

^eT

yumu
The

15
15th

-kba- as
a
plebeian

su
on

ina cussi itstsabat

the

day

throne

seizes.

270

The xintrunomy and

Aslrolotjy of ike Ualit/loniaii.s^

yumu
7 he

16
IGth

kha
day;
a

ag;

duri
the

festival- keeplmj

forts

ill

na

ga

ru

are
143.

dug

up.

^y

^tE
20

i<,m<^ ^
sar Acacia- ci
the

yumu

The 20th day ;

ET imat-va bi king of Accad dies, and

^ tU Ml
-

ib

lu

the lieart

\\
mati
of

tit
yub
-

-^T^
bal

the country is cast doicn.

yinnu

21
:

matu

iiia

pi

ili

matu

rabu

77ie 21st day

the country (is) before the god.

great country

ikhklialak
is

divided.^

>.
In

j^TIT
Ilia

<n
12

-^
arkhi
tsal)-

t^ITT
iua

^I< V ttE Si! '^- JT

yumu
day
14
;

it

bu

su

the 12th

month (Adar),

the lAth

(inen) loorked {and)

ig

ru

ra

ti

D.P. Ramaiiu irakhkhits

dug;

far

and

ivide

the

Bain-god

inundatea.

nisi

kliir tlie'ii-

ri

- si

na ana ca^pa
for
silver

imacaru
sell.

Mc}i

divelli)igs

^
is

Tf,

liowcver, also represents 7]ahi, hiiiahi

" the country by the

,-

and the sentence may

great country

therefore be translated

mouth of the god a

p:oclaimed."

with Translations of the Tablets,

i)-c.

271

'

}\< <WEIJ -TT<T A-!T ^I yumii - im (?) 15 klia (klii- bi) va ri The 15th day ; a festival (wanting) and exaltation {?).^

<W -^

iA ^)

yumu

1()

casad
;

(khi-bi)
lie

yus -si-padli
causes to rule.

The H)th
14..

dai/

conquest (icanting)

^y

s^
20
"lOth

"giT
sa
-

A-IIT
akli
-

yumu
The

M
lu
-

^^lE ^T<
uk
ti

day

destruction

bit

^amulli of
the

ibassi

of

the house

image takes place.

yumu
The
^Ist day

21
;

pal
the life

^arri
is

ga
cut
off.

ti

mat

of the king

Hie country

yiy tts sarri yub

of

^^
-

^y
-

t^^'Q
ill

bu

ud

ac

the king goes lo destruction.

!=>

^yiy t^-^.]]
Istu
saiiiti

ey y ana nia
to
this,

ina

^y

<v/

^B ina

yumu

15

From
^y

the

2nd time

on the 15th day, on the

i^B
20
day,

ina

'^y

^b i
an
eclipse

<--

v
issacau

yumu
20^A

yumu
21st

21
day,

atalu

on

the

takes place.

Vj< y?

(A ^)
(khi
- bi)

?{<

]}

-B
ag

pulug

klia - a -

<mi u
....

Division

(ivanting)

festival

and

Perhaps the

c-hai'acters are to

be read iiabadh sami " brightness of skj."

272
52-

The Astronomy and Astrology of

the Babylonians,

t^TTI
ilia

-T
la
there
is

!?

^n?
nielu
rain,

^
iii

\]

-m w<
aniiu ^arru
the

-su

When

no

man;

fog

king

(4itZ)
(klii - bi)

^JHET
ru

^^
bi

va

dn

(ur/ntinfi)

153.

^
Ina

. zB
?

jTTT ^I

-tE
1

-II
to

^I

< ttE
30

arklii

Nisanni istu

yumu

adi yiimu
the oOth

In the 7nonth Nlsan, from the 1st day

day

an

ta

lu

it

tab

- lini

up

pu

tu

an

eclipse

failed.

Defeat

V
sa
,54.

!hS
sarri

V <Tsa
-

^^ !-^ elTIT
^

t^
izakliir

lim

se- g'u

um

of the king.

Peace {and) liappiness are diminished.

..y ^.yy
the

.^H
ca
(is)

^^n

<W ^^H^ITI
se-gu-um
happiness

euuva D.P, Ramanu

-siifine,

ru sallim

When

Air-god

peace (and)

^S
izaklikh
a7'e

^
ir

small.

'".

^
enuva

-yy<y ^^t
ri

v- ^e
-

^jii etc
-

j^:;^
^arru
king

v
mat
his
-

-^yy
su
land

bu
lias

ru

ub
the

When

rain

descended,

-i^v
ippalcat revolts

--^^

tt?
-

JT- j^Ie si^m tc] jyt

pakh
-

8u nap from him.

tuv

in

nap

pakh

rising

takes

place.

ivith

Translations of the Tablets,

Sfc,

273

i5.

A-TT

>m

<\

A
is
-

-Til

Tf-yy^ zunni
iiui

eimva rakhu makliar mati

khup

When

the loind the face

of the land

sioeeps, raiJis in the

mati

erubn

cou7itry descend.

157.

^ .

cT.^

-yiy

^y

c^

^n < ttE
adi

istu Ina arkhi Airu yumii 1 /n the month Tinjar, from the 1st day

to the oOtli,

oO day

anan

ta

lu
teas

it

-tab-lim sibru ina

wanting.

sal -te

eclipse

Co7m

in

heaps

ru

ur
^

(one) .58.

burns.

..y
TF/ig?i

^.yy
Ramaini
^/ie

.^y
ca
-

"M
-

^
pa
the

--!
-

-^T<
ti

eimva D.P.

su

ru

an

Air-god

(is)

fine,

faces

4^
o/
159.
tlie

El-

ina

If

^TIT

-r
ki

-TT <rty
dnniki

T-

asariti

ekili

first-born in the field are not fortunate.

^
enuva

^yy<y j.^
ri
i

-^^
-

^^ ^jH
i

j^!^
-

ff<
klia

>^:;r
-

ina
in

bu
has

ru

ub
a

rab
(?)

When

rain

descended,

sword

tani

mi

....

(those)

days ....
pi'obably

nararu and arur, by which Mix is common enough in the Semitic languages. In Hebrew we have "^^ "light," "^"l^H "fui-nace," 1")"^'^ "to bum," possibly "^^^ " light," and in Arabic nTira, nahara " to shine,'
'

This

is

connected with

" heut " or " light " is translated.

The

root

'arra " fire."

Vol.

III.

18

274

The Astronouiji and Astrologij of

the Babijlonian^^

uo.

^
enuva

^.yy
riikliu

4:^
niakhar

x^
mati

ty
is -

.yn
khiip

.-^
sanat

<tfc
10

Wheii the icind the face of the land sweeps for 10 years,

\-

<y^y
di

- bi its

^y^y <y^
ri

mm
y

matu
the

si

land

pastures

(?)

...

^::rf
Tn
the

Ina arkhi

i^tii t^yyy ^7 Sivanu istu yuiun

month
Sivan,

^^
1

-\\
acli

^y
yuina
the

from

the

Ixt

day

to

<

s^
30

H
an

sTri
-

m Si! ^
-

<T- jSTII
sibirri

I?

ta

lu

it

-tab-lim

30?/i

day,

an

eclipse

failed.

The crops of

mati

la

dumki
not good.

the land (cire)

62.

-..y

4i4f

.ti<y
ca
[{]

"Siy

^^f-^^yyy^^
se-gu- um
ina
the

enuva D.P. Ramanu

-su- ru
fine,

When

the

Air-god

prosperity.

On

niduti
high
2:)laces

ablu
the

rn

\\x

son

is

burnt.

i.3.

^
enuva

^yy<ytEy^ tE^jIItic ^1;^;

ri

^S^KI^I
sehis

bu
has

ni

ub

^ami
the

ed

- di

When

rain

descended,

king

ancient

labari

sn

gal

domains

gladdena.

u'ith

Translations of the Tablets, ^x.

275

enuva ruklm
TFAen
i^/ig

makhar
^Ae

rnati

is -

khup sanat

t<7Mi(?

face of the land sweeps, for 3 years

sar
the

mata
king

iiia

di

- bi -

ri

id

(din)

of the land

to

jyastures (?)

gives.

165.

the

^i!

ef j^TIT

Ina arkhi
hi

Duzu

istii

^I 1 yumii

=^
1

-II
adi

'^I

<

^^

yuma

30

month Tarnmuz, from

the 1st

day

to the

30th day,

an

ta

lu

it
is

tab

liin

sibru

an

eclipse

wanting.

Corn

^
la

-IT

<y^T

diimku.
good.

not

u,.

^ y 44f
enuva D.P. Ramanu

.^tJ
ca
-

^JH
-

^^^]^
sibru
corn

<
u
and

sn

ru
jiiie,

When
-cfcl
ca
-

the

Air-god

{is)

i^z

B]

-^
la

lum -ma

vyy [<y-y] dumku

garden-stuff

not flourishing.

167.

^
enuva

^yy<y
ri

tg -^^
i

ce
i

'^Ir[
-

tit
-

c;^cy ^jn
aibu
the

bu
has

ru

ub

When
-1^^ 7 L L.
'jTi^^
/

rain

descended,

wicked

^^ -I --^ --/^^ -1^^ -- /> -.r/>^L^^w ^ / ^^^ /

/

1,

1^

/ C.

-..

--:

27(3

The

Astronoi))!/

and Astrology of

the Babi/Iou>a7is,

res.

^.yy

,^

^^

ty
is -

.yn

>^

yyy

^.^
3

enuva rukhn

makhar mati

klmp sanat
siceeps,

Whe)i the wind the face of the country

for 3 years

--T
D.P.
the

A^ ^
Ramanu mata
Air-god
the

--ST
yacal

< ^^^^^^^^^
u

Icmd devours, and

.69.

- ^] t^cy
Ina
In
arklii

>yyy
istu

*y
yiimu
1st

^^e
1
to

-ll
adi
the

Abu
A/>,

the

month

from

the

day

^y

<^B
30
day,

-Tt^riTElgf
an
an
-

B2i]
it

^
-

<T-

yiima
30^/4

ta

In
teas

tab

lim

eclipse

wanting.

:Id
ca
-

icE ey lum -ma

-v
zirn

s.:..

Garden-stuff (and) seed

\_not

good^.

no.

..

..y
//'

^.yy

.^y
ca
p.s]

^JH

I?

-I

<
u

Tf ^TT?

enuva D.P. Ramanu

the

-su- ru
fne,

zunnu
rain

melu
flood

Air-god

and

.^ y^
enibuni
loill

y^
sib;

^yy<y
ri

^
\_are']

>pyy <y-y

-sii-nu

dumku
prospei'ous.

descend

their crops

171.

^
enuva
ff

-yy<y
ri

^t v^i

^t
i

till
-

n^
-

s^^s
^ar

^^
mati

bu

ru
the

ub
of

rain

has

descended,

king

the

countrii

-^yy
su
-

t!??

\ <T- -ITun -gav yunam- mar

sees.

imprisonment

icith

Translations of the Tablets,

^-c.

211

172.

^
If

^^yy
the u'ind the

4^
-^

\<

cy

.yn

ht<- ili

eiiuva rukhu

makliar mati

is-kliup

iua

face of the land sweeps, the

cfods in the

-yy
zumur

x^

W y^
5

j.^

fn.

mati sanat

yulabbaru

heart of the country for five years remain.

.73.

y^
Ilia

.
In
the

lEii

arkhi Ululu

^yyy ^y yt^E^I ^] <^^ adi yunia istu yumu 1 30

the 1st

month Elul, from

day

to the ZQtli

day,

H^niEiEi S3iyt<i- -yy<ysii--i^iE

an
-

ta

hi

it

-tab-lim
ivanting.

ri

it

ba

tiiv

an

eclipse

tvas

The

increase

la

diimkatu
not

good.

174.

^
If

..y
the

^fl
Ramanu
Air-god

.^tl
ca
[is']

-mi
ru

]]

"I
^c?

<
u

eiiuva D.P.

-sn-

ziimm
^'"<

fi^-,

me

- liiv

mur

bu

flood {will)

come doivn.

175.

^
enuva
If

-yy<y
ri
-

^t "^i

^B
i

bn

^JII ^t^ - ru - ub
the
Icing

^^^ v
sar

mati
land

rain

has

descended,

of

the

su

un

gav yunam- mar

sees.

im2orison7nent

278
17(1.

The A>tfronomy and As^trohcfy of

the

Bahyloiuam^,

.^^yy

4:^

1^^

ty
i^
-

-yn
kliup

.^^
sanat

;r

t^
6

enuva riikbu

luakhar mati

// the wind the face of the land

siveeps,

for 6 years

V -^yT--m
matu
the

khusukhklm
country

<Tyunam

-]h
-

mar

famine

sees.

nr.

^
Ina
In

^
the

<fEy^
Tasriti
Tisri,

jtyyy
istu

^y

.^
1

.jj
adi

arkhi

yumu
the
1st

month

from

day

to

^y

<t -it^mEi^T sv! 30

30th

<T-

y;

-t

yuma
the

an
day,

ta

lu

it

-tab-

Km zunnu
Rain

an

eclipse

loas

wanting.

ey ^yii ^^^ -^ -yy <y^y dmnku erubu -va sibir mati la u melu and flood descend, and the corn of the land not fjood.

<

y? ^yy'r

--y-

,78.

^
//

..y

^4f
the

.^H
ca

^jn

y{

^yy?
meli

y-

enuva D.P. Ramanu

-su- ru
[is']

Air-god

fine,

floods

^y<y^y<^
ibassu

\^e\x^
sibru

^
la
\is\

^y<ycy
dumku
not good,.

take place.

Wheat

179.

^
enuva
If

.yy<y
ri

ce
i

v-

ce ^jn tft
i

^yn
sibir

*.^

bu

ru
the

iib

mati
land

rain

has

descended,

corn

of

the

-yy <yty
dumlcu
flourishes;

i-

-t^

y-

xL'ith

Translations of the Tablets,

Sfc.

279

180.

^
//

4^4f
the

,p4
makhar
the

\<
mati

j.y
is
-

^]\\

>^
sanat

]]]}<M
3

eniiva rukliu

klmp

wind

face of the land

siveeps,

for 3 years

gar

lit

nakri mata

yu -saland

ats

-tsa-ka

invasions

of the foe the

devastate.

i.

- -^}

-ST

^m

^T

-B
1

-II
to

'^T

Ina arkhi Arakh-samna istu

yumu
the

adi yiima

In the month March^svan, from

\st

day

the

< t^E --T

30
30^A
day,

t^TIT
-

m ^T -

<T-

<M -II
di -kliu

an
an

ta
eclipse

lu
roas

it

-tab- lim

wanting.

Opposition

ina
in

mati
the

ibas

is.

si

land

,S2.

^
//

..y
the

^4f
Ranianu
Air-god

.^y
ca
[is]
-

^jn
-

I?

m
main
and

<
u

enuva D.P.

su

rn

fne,

flood

bu

ti

ic

tuv

ilia -

can

loater-courses

come.

183.

^
enuva
//

^yy<y
ri

^t ^^i

^t ^jn ^i^
i

\^

*^ >r
for

bn

ru

ub
the

matu
land

rain

has

descended,

<

t^ V
30
sa
-

J?=

<I-IT<!
-

pa

ar

30 generations

(?) [/s]

prosperous.

280

The Astronomy and Astrology of

the Bahylonians,

enuva rnkliu

makliar

iiiati

is -

kliup

sibir

mati

If the wind the face of

the land sioeeps, the corn of the land [is]

-PiKM
dumku
good.

<^

^m^
lib - bi
icith

4-m^
dliabi

^^^^
itaUae
goes.

matu ina
The
country

good

heart

,s..

t^ ~;
lua
arklii

t^E c=;m
Cuzallu
istii

^^I

!^S
1

-II
adi
to

^T

<-^
30

yuinu

yuma

In the month Chideu, from the \st day

the SOth day,

anan
ISO.

ta

hi

it

-tab-lim
wanting.

calbi

yulabbaru
groio
old.

eclipse

was

Dogs

^y
D.P.

<^yy
Nergal

:^
ni
-

<y^
si

--gj
yacal

The
'"

War-god men devours.

^ -I A4f
enuva D.P. Ramanu
]f
the

--Id
ca
[is]

^M - A-n
ina ruklii
loind
[o/u/]

I?

-y

-su- ru
in
the

zunni
rain

Air-god

fine,

yy<y .yr<y

r-yyy^

-lAJ^Is
puln
the
cattle

-W^
ibassi
are.

rakliatsi

inundating

188.

^
enuva
If

^yy<y
ri
-

^t
i

"4^-

^t
i

^JII
-

n^
-

bu

ru

ub
the

-T manzaz
fortress

tV

rain

has

descended,

ti:w
^arri

^jn<ity
issallani
is

of the king

co miActed.

icitli

Translations of the Tablets,

S^c.

281

enuva rukliu
If
the

makliar
the

niati

is -

kliup
siceeps,

makliii-u
the tariff

wind

face of the

land

zakliiru
{is)

ana

pan

mati
the

dir

tu

erubu

small;

against

land the troops descend.

190.

>-

^~f -f
month
Tehet,

>B\]
from

'^]

ItEE
1
\st

-II
to

-^I

<tS
30

Ina arkbi Dhabiti istu

In the

ynmn
the

adi yiima

day

tlie

oOth day,

--] t^in eiej

an
-

s^i
it

j= <i-tab-

-\]^ ^r -T<r^^?
-ut
itstsuri
\_and~\

ta

In

an

eclipse loas loanting.

Km tib An invasion

of birds

??<
nuiii

^!II
sibir

'i*

tS

mati izakbkliir

fish the crops of the land impoverishes.

enuva D.P. Ramanu

Tf
the

ca

-sii-

ru

yumi
for

sallin-ma-nu
days
peace

Air-god

[zs]

fine,

nasaku
arises
:

li

bu
is

ibas
rain.

si

there

192.

^ ^]Y]^t^enuva
If
ri

^t'^M^ii

5^^ ^
sarru
into

--11
ali

bu

ru

ub
king

ina
the

rain

has

descended,

the

city

nacri

yus

ba
to go.

of an enemy causes

282

The Antronoyny and Astrology of

the Babylonians,

eniiva riildiu

makliar niati

is

-khup ana

If

the

loind the face of the land sn-eep, to

sanat
for 2

sarra
the
kinfj

ili

kul

hi

years

the

gods

dishonour.

.94.

]^^]
Ina
arklii

In the

;yyy ^y -II ^! <ttE adi yuma 30 Sabadhi istu yumu 1 month Sehat, from the \si day to the SOth day,

s
lu

]^b

an

ta

it

-tab- lim
failed

(klii-bi)
(icanting).

an
,95.

eclipse

^
If

..y
the

^.yy
Ramanu
Air-god

.-tJ
ca
[/x]

ennva D.P.

till I -su- ru
fine,

A-IT-ITN
urpatu
a
cloud

...'..... va

bitat

ena
go
to

klin

and
196.

houses

ruin.

^
enuva
If

^yy<y
ri -

ts v^^
i

tE
i

^ja. tfc
-

bu

rn

nb

e?}< gar
of

-JI!
-

rit

rain

has

descended,

invasions

an

^
nacri

^]<]^
take

\^

ibassa
place.

enemy

enuva rnkliu makliar mnti is-ldinp

If
the loind the face

niatn

.... tab-bar

of

the

land sweeps, the land

-^
sanat
for

iK

c=E
(>

'^yyy

-t^
la

a^w.^
dliabu

lib - bi
{is)

6 years the heart

not good.

with Translationf< of the Tablets,

.88.

cfr.

283

1^
Ilia

-^
Addari

jxyyy ^y
istu

yt^E
1

-II
adi
to

^T

<-tE
30

arklii

jumii

yuma
the

In the month Adar, from the 1st day

SOth day,

anan

ta

hi
failed.

it

-tab-lim

iiia

yu-mii
day

melu

eclipse

During

the

a flood

iba

-va

niie

rabi
ivaters

yu
makes force

-bat- tak
their

comes,

and great

way.

199.

^
If

..y
the

^.yy
Ramanii
Air-god

^tU
ca
ps]
-

"m
-

'^T

enuva D.P.

su

ru
the

yumi
days

fine,

HI ^I- -m
ip - tal - sid -

-^I -]
-

4^^
-

du - va na and {there

an

dhnr

Ifcl -B\l aryu

lion(s)

is)

an appearance of

<
u
ajid

IfcJ

>f E^TT
akliii

hycena{s).

200.

^
enuva
Tf

-yy<y
ri -

^^ -^^
i

^^ ^jn
i

jrj^
-

^{;f<

^jn
rit

bu
has

ru

ub

gar

rain

descended,

invasions

nacri

ibassa
occur.

of
201.

the foe

A-ft

.f^
niakhar

\^^
mati

ty
is

^yii
-

\-

suatu
is

enuva rukhu

khup matu

Tf the wind the face of the land sioeeps, that land

284

The Astronoinii and Astrology of

the

Bahylonians,

^i^ ^^yub
-

ETI
-

<T-ItJ <Tkliul
- liv

-^Id
ca

-iy<T ^Tf
li

bu

da

destroyed.

Misfortunes

the

fortresses

oj

mati
the

ri

ik

ka

land

desolate.

202.

^yyy
Ta
-

<mi

y;
-

^%
-

-\

t^ni
eli

^Ih
-

^I?
e
ichen
-

^
nu
-

tuv
circle

tuv

t] va

(/)

the

the

vpper

the

<

-^

M -:sK
-

!in
-

V
rnake^

-j^

--T !-
ili

V
sa

Sin bat- In

ng

ta
shall

isacci-nn
the

Moon

section

gods

of

sami

irtsiti

heaven and earth

203.

tn

tjn
dearth

yif

ip - lit

y^ -mia
of

m
In
-

-<]<
ti

-eet ^^- <-T^

tn
-

-3^

bn

nl

-su

nu

men
E!

[_and^

their

overth 020

!=E
i -

<y^
si

4-1!
-

iv
;

-va
and

bring

about

204.

^y
an

t^yyy
-

tm
-

-n<T A--TII
ri

t-^
-

A^ t-s
mnr
-

ta

In

ilvh

tsu

tsn

eclipse,

inundation,

sickness,

>^^

-<Ig mn-tnv
death

-^y y^ y^^
galli
the

^y^
great

y^

;?;

;::;

rabi

sa1)-bi
spirits

seven

toith

Translations of the Tablets,

Sj-c.

285

205.

Ey

4g=
- kliar

H
D.P.
the

<
Sin

^^]
it

j^yyy
-

-?

-yi<T
ri

m
-

ma

ta
are

-nap-

cu

before

Moon
y

broken.

206.

^yyyyyyt^
dnppu
23
tablet

^y

^^yueny T5?!<y{H
Bilu
1 sus
^

Namariof

10

Twenty-third

the Illumination

of Bel.

Seventieth

sum minnti
title

suat

im

of

this

number.

207.

^ ^~{ ES
Samsu
ina arklii Nisanni
in the

^y

f
1

^
its

<y^ y-

yumu

ina tamarti-su

The Sun

month

Nisan., the \st day, at

appearance

>-\]

<y^T

-Tr<T

^rn?
samu
{is)

a-it -ith
m"pat
:

^t
-

zumur
the

tu

body

dark

cloud

ina

yumi

during the day

208.

^E
i

J{

JET

<MEU va
and
at
its

53il

i^l
izzuz

<
u
and

-tsa-ad
seizes,

ina

garni -su
teas

extremity

fxed

A4f
rukli
-

*^^

E^TT

:^T
izzuz

ina

-^,?
arklii

E& Kisanni
ijja

eastward

sadu was

fixed.

In

the

month Nisan during

1
yumi
the

day
upriglit

'

The
is

wedge cannot

signify a man's

name

in

tliis

passage, since the

book

elsewhere called simply Bel (W.A.I. Ill, 52, 27).

286
209.

The Astronomif and Astrology of

the Bahyloniann,

i]

!!?

c^
the

'^y

!!;

28 yuniu The 28th day,

yuniu

t?E '^I <c^ -I<^atalu yumu 30 29

IWi

day, the oOth day, an eclipse of the

jj

^1

^^Y /-: ^^iv^^;^

atali the eclipse

Samsi issacan - va ina Sun happens, and during

210.

>~ -:r:? :::: -g;;^ ^I <y-ig[j ina arkhi Sivani sarru imat - va va and in the month Sivnn the king dies, and

^S
his
son.

abil -su

ina

cussi itsabbat seizes,

on the throne
2.1.

va matu and the land

^HT
lib

^\
mati

At-t-]
dh - ab
the

M
ilu
[is^

Tf-IH
znnni
-

<IIET
ci -

su

ma

The heart of

land

good.

The god his rains

like

KT V
nin
-

-E -^y -IT
i

gar
canal

na

si

(?)

sends.

212.

Samsu

>^

^j ea
^y

^T

^b 1

<T-

T";

ina arkhi Nisanni

in the

yumu

ina tamarti-su
at
its

The Sun

month Alsan,
::;:^y

the 1st day,

appearing

^y
arkutu
yellowness
213.

/
u

^^^^::^^i^^^

urru

and

light

^
ina

>-]
arkhi

Sivani
iV

^y

<tc

V
issacan

atahi

t] -va

t*^
irti

<Tits

pan-su
face

In the month Sivan, an eclipse takes place, and before

><w

^l
arkutu

r /

>

<**T

[< u

^T
apd

^TI]
light

wmmm
^'~/\\'^"/^\'c>^^LC/^

uriu

velloime""


with Translations of the Tablets,
Sfc.

287

W.A.I.

Ill, 61, 2.

Where

the tablet

first

becomes

legible,

we

read:

M<<<
Sill

^T

i'^^
18
lB>tJi

yumu
the

The Moon,

El innamar-va nucurtu dwj, is seen ; and hostility <Tinnamar

is

<y

^^

mm
^-^

M<
Martu
Phoenicia

^T

<;;;-tE

19 Sin yiimu The Moon, the \^th day,

seen

ET <T-*} - va dumkii and good luck

mat
[to~\

3.

i<
Sin

^i ymxiu
the

The Moon,

Ei <T-^? innamar-va dumkn mat Acada- ci 20 ^Oth day, is seen; and prosperity (to) Accad,

^B iy

'^^

m% <

<T-IfcJ

^]y
;

^IT^ ET
iba
-

ge
^.^

limuttu mat Martu nacru

adversity [to] Phoenicia

va mata .... an enemy comes and the land \_spoils'\. ET innamar - va is seen; and

4.

<
Sin

^T

w
2^
the

^cE

<T-

yumu

<T-^} dumku
prosperity

mat
[to]

The Moon,

2Sth day,

%l < <T-m
Acada
-

*^^

WT-]
Martu
West.

ci

limuttu
adversity
[to]

mat
the

Accad,

5-T<
Sin

^T

ijit^
^

<Tseen
;

yumu
the

29
\^th
day,

innamar
is

The Moon,

ET va and

<V^}
dumku
prosperity

\^ mat
[to]

Acada-

M ^^
ci

<Vm
limuttu

"-'

mat
to

^TT- -EET Mar - tu Phoenicia.

<^
ci

Accad,

adversity

288
0.

The Astronomy and

y

Astrologij of

tlie

Bahylonians,

<
Sin

^y
yiiinu

< t^E
^

<Tis

30

iuuamar

The Moon,

the

oOth day,

ET <y-ifcj va limuttu seen; and adversity

-

v^

mat
[to']

AcadaAccad.

ci

Sin

yumu
the \st

The Moon

innamar- va dumku day is seen ; and prosperity

1

mat
\to~\

Acacia-

ci

Accad.

Ina la
Contrary

miimti -su-iiu Sin u

calculated time
tlie

to their

Samsu itti a -khaMoon and the Sun icith

one

<h

-TT? -7^
-

innamaru nacru dan

another are seen.

\' nu mata

^
i

-IT
si

A"T
-

strong enemy the country spoils.

8-

^:m
sar

Acada
king

M <
ci

- '^ -sm ^,
ina
saplit
his

V -T
pfocec?.

nacri-su issac- an

The

of

Accad

under

enemy

is

^T

<TI-tE
12

<
itti

<V

ynmn
The 12th day

Samsi innamar
{the 3foon) is

tcith the

Sun

Ey va seen ; and
-

^T

<Tr-^<
12

<

the

^10
itti

??<

H<M-i

yumu
lyie

Sin u Saiusu

a -klia-

imiamaru

12th day, the

Moon and
}}<
]}
-

Sun

icith

one another are seen.

-<

-^T^
pal

eyj? y^*
nisi

f^
D.P.
^^'^

^
din
-

t<^
daki

enuva Then

-klia

a
(pf )

suddenly

'>^^c^^

executioner

eyy^y^
kakkada
the

^^y
ice - is

head cuts of.

loith

Translations of the Tablets,

Sfc.

289

yumu
The

13

pu

la

ciim
steadfast
:

milic
the king

I2>th day, the same.

The face not

of

^^
mati
the

^
la

<T=I

<^
saplis

^
the

-I<T^
is.

dumku

nacra ibassi
foe he

land not prosperous.

Under

nacru ina The foe in

mati
the

ynsab

land stays,

n. y ^T <

V stE <MI -^H

14
the

-IT

A -^! m ^
cinu
;

yumu

....

pu

lib - bi
the heart

The 14th day,

same,

llie face ps] steadfast

of

V Act]
mati idh-ab
the

HIili

t^

M^
ci

mat Acada-

ana

i-<I-^'T dumka

land

is

good.

The gods Accad unto prosperity

^^ ^^
i

^ ^TI
-

-kbas- sa
determine.

su

12.

-II

^1

^ni::: ti{IIlib - bi

-I -lA^'M
pulu

\^

kliu-nd

nisi

issac-au
results.

mat
of

Joy of

the

heart

Acada- ci Accad
i'^-

M <B
^]
15

of men

The

cattle

'^
in

^W
safety

-nis ina
in

t'^ ^I
zeri
the

<^^ ^I
irabb
lie

par- ga

-its

desert

down.

<V/f

<TEIIT
....
the same.

yumu

^III-s^ nacinidan-nu

^
A

^mh-l
galli

-su

The 15th day,

T
li.'^

strong enemy his servants

-11'^

=^

t^?

El-

-^

- E^
1&

ana mata isapr - av baba raba mu-nacciru ina- gar to the land sends ; and the great gate the enemy undermines.
Vol. UI.

200

The Astronomy and Astrology of

the Babylonians,

'M
The

*T

<!Jr'

^^
the

<IeJIT
....
same.

!5S
^arni

sEhS
king

!- ^.
nucurti
hostility

yumu
\&th

16
day,

ana ^arra
to

King
^TTTT

IeII

^i^ tEHft
-

ina

ty

^an

!a

yum

ar

^arrvi

ecalli

-eu ana

minuti

sends.

The king

in his palace for the period of

ark hi

yu

ta

^ar

month
>=

7'eturns.

<
sepu

^.\ I T I nacru ana mati-su issac-an nacru ina mati-su

land
is set.

\\

The

hostile foot against his

The foe

in his land

tsal -

B11
dha
-

nis

^T'hittallicu

tyrannically

march.

.6.

^r

< ? i=tE
17
the

<IT
....

<^
sepu

<n
saku

<*

yumu
The 11th day,

ana

mata

same.

The

lofty foot [goes'] against the land.

-^^
lisanu

Hi

D
over

-!<
ti

*^^

-II i-TII
eb
is

^a -kliap-

mata
land

il

An
n.
I

insolent tongue

the

lord.

^T

t=E
20

yumu
The 20th day,

<m
paracci

^?

STT -n*^
da'
idac

^--^

.... tsabu

man-

T va mata

the satne.

The soldier barbarian smites, and the land

11 MIT
eb
il

tBh-

-!> tWili

-TI^T^
na^^ukhi
away.

rabi

rtdes.

The

altars of the great gods are taken

'

The word

is

probably of Accadian origin.

It is applied to Teispes the

Kimmeriau.

with Translations of the Tablets,

Sfc.

291

>

-^Tii
Bel

D.P. Bilu ana

<::t EI mat Num-maElam to

'^ ^^ -^H ^TTI^

ci

iliac

cibitta

goes.

At

last

ina

< -^ T^
30
sanat

E
duk the

-tB] cTII- ^T
tu
-

^
-

-Sn

u
arc

yut

tar - ru

after

30

years

smitten

7'estored.

-T

h*<
The

tVhrabi
great

<ll
itti

-E f
i

^m

ili

su-nu
vnth

-tur- ru
return.

gods

them

Arkhu
The month

Cuzallu
Cisleu,

arklm
the

Dhabitu
Tehet,

urkhu
the

Sabadhu

month

month Sehat,

^TT
karan
the horn of the

<
Sin

TT

<
Sin
;

nanitu
ps] double

T' main

ET
-

<
itti

va

Moon

the

Moon

[u-]

fdl, and with

asthe

ri

nit-

ukh
rest

-klm-ut

di - e

[holy) places

from

sacrifces.

20.

V ^ .? H --T ^ -<V
sa 3

^T <
yuniii

V -^ --T <lgf
1

arkhi
these

an
3

nu -

ti

samu
i/iis

For

months,

[on] ^Ae 15^/< rfay,

heaven

an - nu innaraar
is

Ba on

yumu
the

30

la

urpati
mists.

seen

SOth

day

no

21-

<

^
its

ET
and
the

;^I

ET
the

f^ <0
ill

Sin kharrana-su

esir-va Samsu

im-ma

ac

The Moon

path

directs,

Sun during

day

goes.

292

The Astronomy and Astrology of

the Babylonians,

<IEITT
....

^Tir^ yu same

-tm
iiac
-

EH<
car

t^TIT
istu

^1
yumii
the

<
15th

Vr'

^B
day

15

The

changes

from
-II
acli

W
sa of
the

-^}
month

-SET
Marchesvan

arkhu Arakh-samna

^T yumi
the

<'tV
15

-B W
sa

to

Ibth

day

of

the

arkhu
month

Cuzallu
Cisleu.

22.

<The

<- ^l
mi
-

-T<
ti

'^"
sadadii
reckoning

m] -M^
ibassi

musu ana

na

-su
to
its

night

according

long

is.

rukli

iltanu
ivind

iliac

^ar

Acada

- ci

jumi
days

The

north

blows.

The king of Accad,

{his)

sadadi
[are]
long,

lib

nisi

idhab

the heart

of

(his) people is good.

23.

<^n
....

<-musu

<- ^!
mi
-

^T<
ti -

STT

ana

na

su

sadadu

The same.

The night according

to its

reckoning ps] long.

A-!T
rukh
77i-e

-IT <T^T :^I

iltanu
iliac
bloivs.

BS^
^ar

<lB
ci

Acada-

^T T- I yumi -su
his

north wind

The king of Accad,

days

sadadi
[nre"]

pal
his
life

is

su yulabbar
extended.

long,

with Tra7islations of the Tablets, ^c.

293

2*-

<

^
its

>f

Sin urukh

su

esir -

The Moon

loay directs

ET ^T cl va Samsu im - ma ill and the Sun during the day

E{?<

^ -a
-

ac

goes.

m} -w -m
....

-sm
istu
the

yu
same

nac

car

^i yiimu
15th

<

w ^^
15

v
sa

The

chayiges.

From
^T

day of

the

-}
month

t^y
Tehet

ii
to

<

W t^ V
15
sa

-:^?
arkliu

^
Sabadhu
Sehat.

arkhu Dhabi tu adi

yumu
the

15th day of the month

25.

<cc

<t^ -^T
-

musu ana mi

na

-^T< I ti -su sadadu ibassi

time
is lotig.

V- -VV A4f ^]y

rukh-sadu
The
ivest

The night according

to its stated

wind

^]
ill

-0 ^Xm
-

ac

sar

-ITMartu
[Ai's]

^I T-

*^"

h ^m
lib

yumi

sadadi

blows.

The king of Syria,

days [arg] long.

The heart of

nisi
the 2^^'Ople

dliab

is

good.

^-

<mn
....

<tt
musu

<^c
mi
-

^]
na
-

^i<
ti

I
-

t^n

ana

su

sadadu

The same.

The night according

to its stated

hours ps] long.

rukh
The

sadu
wind

ill

ac

^ar

Martu
\_his~\

yumi
days

loest

blows.

The king of Syria,

sadadi
\_are]

pal

su
is

yulabl)ar
extended.

long.

His

life

294

The Astronomy and Astrology of

the Babylonians,

Ni

ib

dliu

ana ua
at

pa

akh
of

D.P. Samsi
the

A
H'T<i
ipp
arises,

bright

light

the

rising

Sun

^-m ET
-

- h ^ET
nisi

-IT T
itar-va
is,

mim

aldi

-va ina kal

and

in the assembly of the peojyle

and

28.

^Y

T^

^YYYY
rubi

^mmmmm^
\)

Yumi
the

days of the i^rince

are

long~\.

29.

Samsu

-.<
^

Ef

-JH
cacabu

^lEl?
arcu
it

5f<T <I::T eT
Peace

icassid- va
ascendant,

-su emid sallim-ma

appeal's.

The Sun

is

and a

star after

itti

ivith

sa

sinimi
p)estilence

mitkliaris exceedingly,

va
and

nisi

of

men

31.

Samsu
is

Ey

^-TT

-ITT?
iirpati

}^

^'^ m^
yuraaklikharu ....

icassid-va

The Sun
32.

in the ascendant,

and clouds are present ....

[I]

-:=?
Arkliu

^B
Cuzallu

^T

^B
20
it

-^Id
pa
[itsi

EI

yumu

isaccin-va

[/n] the

month

Cisleu, the 20th day,

makes

appearance, and

ina nalidi
in clearness the

Sin

Moon

roith

Translations of the Tablets,

SfC.

295

W.A.I., PI.

64. Obverse.

Sin iua

ta

marits

ti

-su ina D.P. Samsi

appearance
at

- atsi

The

Moon

at

Sun-rise

^T -m ^)h H hit is

^T
icli

<^

iland

<MfcI
to

tan

mar

ili

mati ana
of
the

limutta
evil

seen.

The

gods the

plains

^\hikhassasu
assign.

-^ril^TTT -^T T EPS "iv EEffcECw D.P Bilu idluti ana D.P. nacra inadd-in
Bel
strength
to

the

enemy

gives.

ina D.P.

SamsiSun-set

eribi

D.P.

Sin
is

innammar-va
seen
;

At

the

Moon

and

iVm va
also

H
ta
its

^T

J^T -11'^
eribi
is

H <
D.P.

\^

ST

iaa D.P. Samsi-

Sin icassid-va

at

Sun-set the

Moon

in

the

ascendant;

and

s-

<
Sin

ina

^TTT ^TTmar
-

-<1< I
ti

at

H
sanat

-su ina D.P.

^T *T ==^T Samsi - atsi

(is)

the

Moon

at

appearance

Sim-7'ise

<TI

-^K :^
pal
sarri
life

-<
yulabbar

-^ T^

HI ^F
ip
-

natkliu
imperfect.

pi-

The

of

the king is long.

\For'\ years is

-TT<T -T<T^
ri

rsib (his)

*^bu
diadem.

JTI

--m

-TT?
lab
-

--T
ba

ic

khusukhkhu
Excessive

broken

famine

inna - mar
is

seen.

296
4.

The Astronomy and Astrology of

the Babylonians,

..|

^y

t\ ^lY^
eribi
the

<
is

<Tand

ET
ivith

<!&
itti

Samsi

iua D.P. Samsi-

Sin innamar-va
seen,

At

Sun-set

Moon

the

Sun

eruv-va
sets,

ul

la

nu

um -ma

ina
at

D.P.

and

or

afterwards

SamsiSun-set

eribi
the

Sin
ps]

^amu
misty.

Moon

5-

<
Sin

tETTT
ta
-

-TF -T<
mar
ti

tJie

<^IT
Sun

H
t-ET
nin
to

^!
Sun

-su ana Samsa cim

D.P. Samsi
like the

The Moon

[at'] its

appearance against

^H A-m
izarr rises.

!:s
^arru
king
in

ina
his

A ^W
dliab

ikh

-su
a

ana
the

The
-7^

goodness

wife

ESS
D.P.

^T
gives.

^m
in

>-

^
Sun-set

-Jf^

nacra inadd

ina Samsi -

eribi

enemy

At

<
Sin
the

<Tinnamar
is

ET
:

va
and

Moon

seen

0.

<

t^ni ^]h -T<

ta
at
its

I
-

^y

B]i -^n
-

h "m
mi
-

Sin ina
the

mar

ti

su

urrut
its

^u

ru

Moon

appearance,

light

the

sight

-^m<Mai^i&
va
pierces
itti

ET Samsi innamar-va
it

<h

and with

the

Sun

is

seen

and

with Translations of the Tablets,

SfC,

297

7.

<

D ^ <IT ^^H ^J;H ^

cim
horn
cacabi
like

^!

-tffl

IH
-

Sin ina gar-nu

the

su-ut- ru
stars
[is]

ur

Moon

in

(its)

the

tvhite^

D.P.

Bilu ana

mata ana
the

limutta
land
to

yn
enmity

^ar
turns

Bel

against

>-]]t
tibu
-

t]
te

^}
tsabu

man

STT
-

^^

da ana mata

-T<T^ T ibassi - va
is
;

the invasion

of

the soldier

barbarian against the land

and

mata-suata
that

yus
land

si

padb

cacabi

he

rules.

Of

the

stains

ca

li

tuv
there

atalu
is,

issacan-va khartsu

total

eclipse

and

the

obscurity

-tid -EMIT ^Ie

ca
li

tuv

(is)

complete.

at

<Tits

V ^^
sa
-

ina tamarti-su

ku
the

ET <T- <MeIJ -mainnamar va

is

<]^
itti

appearance

tip

seen,

and

with

the

ET <TSamsi innamar-va Sun it is seen : and

^

Sutruru has the same root as saruru "the bright firmament," which

is

given as a synonyme of niplchu "the dawn," sibulu "the bright sky," namri
aru,

milammu,
" blue,"

samu

>_TyTl which is usually translated by birbirru, a.nd icidisu. and sometimes by kJialahu " white " or " covered," has also the
it.

rendering sutruru attached to

But

see p. 227, note.

298
10.

The Astronomy and Astrology of

1

the Babylonians,

<
Sin

ina
at

trTTi -yyta
the
-

-^y<
ti

-:^t
arkhi

h
the

-]}

mar

samu
heaven

The Moon

heghming of

the

month

V
sa
-

^y^ ^y<I^
pi
-

^
:

^>-\ j:T}

-gyy
sa
is

^pu

H -V
rain

ic^

samu
:

piles

{loith

clouds)

the

shy

ichite

with

V -sa
-

1]
is

iv <^-m <^
va
ivith
itti

, ^

<yseen
;

T
and

ku -ma innamar
tip

Samsi innamar-va
it

the

seen

and

the

SuJi

is

''mm ^ V
.... ....
ina
in

*miv
-

A-yy
a

-yyy?
-

^bu

Sa
its

pa
clond-rach

sa
(?)

ralia

cloud

V -^^ tyyyt v
^

A-yy
a

-yyy?

ina

A-yy_
the

-yyy?

sa

- pii -

u
is

issacan

urpatu
rain-cloud

urpati
white

white

formed;

on

V ^- -y^
sa
-

<y-

pa

ti
is

clond,

innamar-va and seen ;

>2.

[y

<]
Sin

ina

s^yyy ^yy- ^y<

ta
at
its

h
like

+ sy
iron

^
iliac

mar

ti

-su cima-barzillis

the

Moon

appearance

goes.

-^yii ^yyy ^yieyy^D.P. Bilu

J3el

Ehs
the

e?

mm
in
gives.

cacci
his

-su ana D.P. nacra inaddto

'weapons

enemy

V ^s y
sa
-

<y^

<y-iEU <i&
va
the
itti

<y_
^

T
and

ku

va innamar
;

Samsi innamar-va
;

The

tip is seen

and with

Sun

[the Moon"] is seen

'

The ideograph used

tablet,"

and " a

for this is ^^TTT, which also meana "to stick" from the clay being kneaded by the hands.

with Translations of the Tablets,

Sj-c.

299

13-

[I

<]
Sin

- <T-r
at
its

H+
like

ET

<r-

^^e-^<

ina tamarti-su

parzillis

innamar nucur - ti
Hostility (J) of

the

Moon
^<^

appearance

iron

is seen.

\^

VH
it

ina

T?

H
of rain

matati isaccan
countries
causes.

zunni
(?)

Abundance

'

<

>-

<h r
at

Sin ina tamarti-su

The

Moon

its

^TTT^ -ITT- -TTT^ eT ju - sam - sav -va appearance up lifts T T <<<<? - va ina gabil
in
the

<T-M
va
and

tTTTyu

:m^
ses
(its

V -<^
-

--T

^^T?

se

rav

sami

directs

path),

and

midst of heaven

t;<^

->] ixx
atalu

ET

-T T^
ili

:::;

j^TT

-^ --T
ar- ba

izzaz
is

issacan-va

kliarrana

fixed.

An

eclipse happens,

and

the gods the

four quarters

ETEJT^
idallakhu
disturb

15.

^^g:y^
or reduce.

^
At

El ^yyy^ .yyy. tlTTt ET

V^I^^ET
sa -

irakbkhiru enu-va

yu

sam

sav

va

ku -ma
the
tip

that time (the

Moon) removes and

ET innamar enu - va
is

<h

^T

<TT-jE
12 12 th

Wt^t]<B
sa
-

yumu
the

ku
tip

va

itti

seen.

Then

day

the

with

the

Sun
is

<]seen
;

ET
and

Samsi innamar - va

'

300
ic.

The Astronomij and Astrology of

the Babylonians,

<
Sin

>~
ina

iY r
tamarti
-

E<2I?
gabil

-!

^]\

\^
ics -

su

same

^T ud

The Moon

at its appearance the middle of heaven attained.

-m
rubu
1^-

idi -n<T -']

ip
ri -

ni -

ua

iiiamsees.

<\- -ITmar

The
T

prince

affiiction

<
Sin

- <V r

"gTI
sa
-

^^

ina tamarti -su

'^ El <Tku -va innamar nacru

.

TJie

Moon

at its ajyj^earance, the

upper part

is seen.

An

enemy

ina mati
(is)
ill

isab

ba

- sin -

ni

the land

campaigns

18.

<
Sin

^
ina

<y-

tamarti -su

<I& ^TIT t] <Ici ta -ma innamar

_

^r
nacru

The Moon

at its appearance, the lower

part

is seen.

A foe

ina

<^

-^T<

^I& -^T <-- ^<2<If

atalu
gabli
-

-^T<
ti

mati

isab

in the land campaigns.

An

eclipse

of

the

middle part,

19.

<
Sin

^
ina

^T
jnimu
on

<
the

^B
80
30///

<h
innamar
day
is

t]
-

H
D.P.

va

The

Moon

seen,

and

<]t.V,}}

^
-

Sul

pa

^T ud

^IT
is

<TIt

<m
ci -

t^TTT
ta
-

ET

da

innamar su
in

ma

Mercury

seen.

the

loioer

part

i^t]
naz
is

the

>-::=.}

- iz

ina arkhi Sivani

pM

<-t

ET
and

Jss
^ar

atalu

issacan-va

fixed.

In

month Sivan an

eclipse occurs,

the king

of

Acada -

ci

imat
dies.

A ccad

ivith

Translations of the Tablets,

Sfc.

301

20.

<

>~

iy r

^T

< ^tE <

30
ci -

!TTI ET
ta

Sin ina tamarti-su

yumu

-ma

The Moon

at its appearance, the 30th day, in the loioer part

.<!-

innamar - va is seen ; and

2,.

<^
Sin ina

^y

ytJE
I

H>f ET
parzillis
like

yumu

^
nazuz
is

<MH-!limut
Evil
-

tiv

the

Moon, on

the \st day,

iron

fixed.

{to)

\- piy?;::; issacan matu calu

all the land
i^esults.

V ina
the

-:=?

^T

T^S
1

arkhi Nisanni

yumu
the

In

month Nisan,

1st

day^

elutu
the

upper part

innamar -va is seen ; and

22-

<
the

\^

eiT SIT
sa
-

^ m^ ^ eeh -^iii -ht

I
-klii-su
its

Sin ina

da
at

yn -se-

sar

Bilu

Moon

festival

returns.

Bel

tE ^y ty ty ^^ ^^yyy^
i

^y

<yyt^
12

ana mata

-tam-ma-va

la

yumu
(?) not.

for the land decrees, and lightens

^1

yumu
a7id

m^
13
days

The 12th

<m
itti

<T-

Ey

<T-iEn
va
also the

13th

ivith

the

Samsi innamar -va Sun it is seen, and

^y

iv-E
28

yumu
28^/t

day

it

^y Ey innamar-va yumu is seen, and the 29th

^wttE
29 day
at

>ina
the

jtyyy ^yy- ^y< ta - mar - ti

dawning of
the

^~?
_

<T-

arkhi innamar
it

ET va

month

is

seen

and

302

The Astronomy and Astrology of

the Babylonians,

ina

yumu

20

Samsn

is

- inib

iua

lib

Sin

on the 20th day the Sim glowed.

In the place of the

Moon

tarn izarrikh
again
it

pal

yumi
life

sadadi

yumu

12

rises.

A
<T-

of long days.

The 12th day

<B
itti

ET
;

Samsi innamar - va

with the

Sun

it

is

seen

and

24.

^^

ET

-7^
la

fjn 1^
minati
its

I
-

Sun

\- *T
attained.

ina

nalbar-same ina
the zenith

su

Samsu ics-ud

of heaven out of

reckonings the

In

^111
lib

H-I?
sami

-IT
it

-V -^T^

taru izarrikh pal

again mounts.

^T T-yumi

D STT
sadadi

T*^

the midst

of heaven

life

of long days.

^KTT^jE
yumu
The
12
12th

^T

<TTT^E:H<^ -T
13
loth

<Tinnamar
seen.

yumu
and

samu
days
the

sky

is

25.

<

"s^ tJII

Sin ina la

t <I- T^ <i&f minati -su innamar makhii'u zakhT^

I

^TT

m
ir

The Moon conti^ary

to its

reckoned time

is seen.

The

tariff is

small.

*T

<n-jE
12

^T

<TTTf^<I&
13
ivith
itti

it

<Tis

ET
and

yumu

yumu

Samsi innamar-va
seen
;

The 12th and IZth days

,6.

the

Sun

< - 7^ tjn
Sin
ina
la

T<

<^^

V
isc -

^TH
im

E[T]
-

minati -su
its

atalu

va

[to] the

Moon, out of

reckoned time an eclipse occurred; and

with Translations of the Tablets,

Sfc.

303

sa

6 6

arkhi
no

la
clear

sutrursky
;

u
[on]

va
the

/or

months

and

^T
yumii

<

TT

'^T

<
c?a?/s

TTT

^~

H
<ris

<cx

et
and

12

yumu
13f/i

13
a?i

atalu
eclipse

issacan-va
place;

\2th

and

takes

2r.

<

at

-5^
la

If

m^
-!-

<iEf <;tyT

Sin ina
the

a-dan-ni

-su

innamar
seen.

makhiru
The
tariff

Moon

an unexpected time
^.^

-
is

^ <MH
ii-

JP

1}^

VH
issac-

!TIT
istu

zakh-

limut
Evil

tiv

mati
the

cali

an

small.

all

land

befalls.

From

ip

-tar-dhu
division

pa-

ra

dhu
{f).

yumu
The
14:th

14

division

day

la
it

innamar
not
seen.

yumu
The

15
Ibth

yumu
and

16
days

is

IWi

innamar
it

va
and

is

seen

28.

<

-j^
la

^T
si

ET =??

<Tseen.

A-iE A^-nr
sap
-

Sin ina
the

-maits

ni -su

innamar

ikh

Moon
^T

out of

time

is

A
ET va
and

smiting

of

tTT
ali

il?

-B
the

<
Moon

<Tis

yumu

29

Sin innamar
seen;

the city.

The 2dth day

304
29.

The Astronomy and Astrology of the Babylonians,

<

the

"^

*^TT t]
^i

^
of
its

^-T!T
ikli

A ^<^ ^T
-khi-

Sin ina la

-ma-

ni -sii
time

rav

-va

Moon

out

tvas

present,

and

innamar
is

ti

- bi -

al

- cis(sati)

yumu
:

15

seen.

Campaigns against many

cities

the 15th

day

<m
itti

<Tit is

ST
and

Samsi innamar- va
seen;

with the Sun

Sin ina la
the

^i

-maof

ni -su
its

ikli

-khi-

rav

-va
and

Moon

out

time

was present,

<ris

<HEU
va
and
the

^T

<

?J?

e <
itti

innamar
seen;

yumu

16

<T- ET Samsi innamar- va

^ ^

IQth day with the Sun

is

seen;

and

3i-

<
the

<T-

Sin ina tamarti-su

-TT -TT ^ karunu

horned

-y<^ sE:Si T^
ibassi
is.

^an"i

Moon

at its appearance

The

kings of

V j^y^mati
all the

^'himatu
die.

V
sa
the

^y

<Vf^<;^
14
itti

cali

yumu
l^th

land

On

day

with

the

Sun
32.

Samsi

y
la
is

<y^

innamar
not
seen.

it

<
Sin

^
at

<T. yits

tyy
(is)

.^yy

^yyy?

]] ^yy?

ina tamarti-su

karunu

adru
dini.

melu
Floods

The Moon

appearance

horned (and)

icitli

Translations of

tJie

Tablets,

Sfc.

305

illi -

cav

sa

yumu
the
14^/i

14

itti

Samsi innamar

descend.

On

day with

the

Sun

it

is

seen.

f If <T^r
e
fli

w
-

r
sapal

Tf

ET ^jii
-

ru

ma -

ru

Light^
33.

before

daybreak.

^y

<

t^
14

c^

^y
day

^TI -^TI
tJieir

^
-

If

?f<

Vi

yumu
TVie

urrul;

^u

nu

a-khatogether

14^A

light

EI innamar - va
is

<y

seen

and

34.
I

<
the

Sin Samsa la

-EI tllft <-Bi]tmt^ yu - ci -va ir -bi

Sun does not face, and

-^I

>-I

>f^J?:
dhur

na -an-

Moon

the

groivs.

Appearance of

ifci

-SI Iaryai
lions

<
u

HI -f

my
va
not
seen
;

"in
sa

^i< V ^^
yumu
14
14:th

aklii

and

hycenas.

On

the

day

<m -i^ih
itti

<hm "
is

-) ^Ts^Mi^
Samsi -eribi
at

Samsi
the

la

innamar -

ina D.P.

2vith

Sun

it

and

Sun-set

<
Sin
the

tB]} tEl ^I4il El ya -'adh- dhar - va Moon is on the right ;^ and

a conjecture.

'

This

is

lu W.A.I.

II, 25, 60, adiiruv is given as a

synouyme

of namarnv, and aduruv

may

belong to the same root as ediru in this passage.

the protecting ")

Ediru, however, usually signifies " arranger" or " government."

a
- I take this from Sjllab. 724., where nadhru synonyme of " the right hand." Vol. III.

("

is

given as

2C

306
35.

The Astronomy and Astrology of

y

the Babylonians,

<
the

Moon

cyyyc

<H
-

Sin Samsa

yu
the

ci

tT va
faces

^ti ir

-T
D.P.

bi

ina

Sim

and

groivs.

At

Samsi

- eribi

abu
Great

rabu
Father

urra
light

isaccin

Samsu
Sain,

Sun-set

the

makes

The

yumu
the
l?>th

13
day,

innamar-va
is

seen;

and

36.

^yt^yy >-^yy < Sin n Samsu urrut - su -nu the Moon and the Sun their light

<

=;<y

^h
combine.

-TTT^ <^

m:m <
^arru.
itti

^-^

<

mat-sii u

J?? -T?? !<- I 4f diku. nisi -su

W
Ss

The

king with his

land and his men are smitten.

On

yumu
the

14
14^/i

samu
day
the clear

la
is

innamar
not seen
;

heaven

va ina and in the

yil
gabal

-] <
arkhi

<

<tt

V
issac -

--y y
an
;

middle of the

u Samsu atalu month of the Moon aiid Sun an

Sin

eclipse occurs

va and

3'umu
the

15

Samsu

icsud

ina

lib

sami

\bth day the Sun has readied the midst of heathen.

<
Sin

rr-im
^amu
[vV]

^T
jS'^miu

<v^
14
14:th

-7^
la
it

<rinnamar
not
seen.

The Moon

misty.

The

day

is

yumu

1
it

The 15th day

innamar - va i'< seen and

;

witli

Translations of the Tablets,

(^-c.

307

su yut
his

- takli

kha

ats

limuttu
Evil

he

has

fought.

^-W^
ibassi
results.

^T

<m'^
13
the

<I&
itti

<T-

yumu

The Vdth day with

Samsi innamar-va Sun {tlie Moon) is seen; anc

''

mrnmsmm =^^t
ipp
'

^-]v jMii ^
-

ikli

sibir
the

mati
[is]

it

arose.

The corn of

land

-IT dumliu
floumshing.
*

<W

^T

<

V t^ <m
14
itti

yumu
The
14:th

day with

the

Samsi innamar-va Sun (the Moon) is seen ; and

ir

<T-

wmmmm'^
the

<;tiT makhiru zakh-

-ejs

^t

<t,-^
15

yumu

tariff is small.

The 15th day

<^ _/Titti
ivith the

ET Samsi innamar-va Sun (the Moon) is seen ; and

yumu

15

atalu
eclipse

issacan-va
;

The 15th day an

happens

and

^T matu yuballidh yumu

the

^ -M^m
lives.

iW^B'B
14
loith the
itti

-^
.

<!-

land

The lAth day

Samsi la innamar Sun (the Moon) is not seen.

yumu
The

16
16^/t

itti

day with

the

Samsi Sun

<]ET innamar- va it is seen ; and

308

Tlie

Astronomy and Astrology of

the Ba/n/Ionians,

yumu
The

14
lAth

ymmi
and
loth

15
days

ilia

li

ka

bi

The remaining

lines of the

Obverse are obliterated.

Reverse.

Dayan
[a setting] the star

same

ippakhkhir va

Ruler of Heaven gathers, and

<Heii -m?
YSi
i'Ava -

^m-^^^wm
ut
. .

ina tuculti
in
service

....

also

mistiness

. .

....

2-

liimi<dark
is

E^^^T-lTTT^T
tarbatsa'
fixed.

c-H-M^-^II

tsalmu izz -iz

cacab Nam - makli A setting the star of Mighty Destiny

<
u
and

-{H
cacab
the

T?

A - nu -

^ =f? \^m mm
ni -

ta

....
....

star of

Anwiit [make]

va
a)id

cacab
the

Al

lab

ina
its

lib

-su izziz
is Ji.red.

star

Allah in

place

^ar Acada- ci The king of Accad

na

....

'

Tarhalsu

is

from the root V^*^ "

to lie

down," or "

rest."

with Translations of the Tablets,

^-c.

300

mmm mh
mar
the
-

e-tt
ra
-

^ig
tuv

tar
ipakhkhir

< seum u
Corn and

sea

collects.

V ^T =f^
sibru
barley

^TT- E^TT

^Ie -T
-

mar
from

ra
the

tuv

v^UfSf Dayan

H -^I
-

same

sea

(through)

Dayan-same.

-m r^]
tarbatsa

H ^^?fu H -^i
Dayan
D.
-

CD
makes.

iii
....

same

ipakhkhir ....

A
'

setting

S.

mmm
The

-b
day

-m <7t
tarbats
the darkness

h
of an

<^^
eclipse.

-i -^^^
Dayan
-

[yumii] 1
1st

atali

Dayan-

same
same

yumu
the 1st

tarbatsa

iddin- ni
gives.

tarbatsa

day

rest

setting

tamma

ipaklikliir-va
it

zunnu izanun

va
;

yumu
the 5th

during the day

makes, and rain rains

and

day

-Tin
a

<i7T

CD ie
_

tarbatsa

ipakhkhir ....
yyiakes

setting

....

tarbatsa
great

raba itsabbit
seizes,

va
and
a

tarbatsa
setting

darkness

la

urpata
without

va
;

iua
at
its

tsit

-su

tarbatsa
darkness

cloud

and

risinq

310

Tlie Astronoiin/

and

Astroloiiii

of

the Bahylonians,

ipakKkhir-va
contracts,

va
also
the

yiimii

ipakhkhir
it

and

5th

day

contracts,

vu and

<ym -Mv^
also

-ym<7i^
causes

T
^

atalu

tarbatsa ipakhkhir -va

an

eclipse

darkness.

ina
in

yumu
former

ruku
times

tarbatsa a
setting

ipkliar
;

iua
in

produced

tammi

arcuti

sa
the

arkhu Duzii

arkhu
the

future times,

dunng

month Tammuz

Abu u month Ah and

-^}
arkhu
the

m
Ululu
{it ivill

month Elul
>i

be the same).

s.

[i<]
Sin

^~?
arkhi
in the

V - <hr
Adari iua
tamarti
its

I
-

-mhT!
tarbataa

su

The Moon

month Adar at

appeai'ance a setting

ipakhkhir -va

cacabu

Ri'u

but

same

iua

makes, and the star Shejjherd of the Flock of Heaven in

m
lib
its
..

-su izzaz iua

is fixed.

- -^]

--T

<- V

--T

arkhi Sivaui

atalu

issac- an

place

In the month Sivan an eclipse occurs.

[y

<
The

^ ^]^
tsit

TT
2

>m:^ Vkarni
2
crescents

<r
va

Sin ina

-su
ith

Moon

at

Hsing

and

the

with Jranslations of the Tablets,

<^c.

311

utal
shadoio

urpati

yunia ipaklikhir
the

atalu

of a cloud du7ing

day makes.

An

eclipse

issac -

an

va

ina
in

sal -

te

seum
corn
is

ir -

ru

ur

occurs

and

heaps

blighted

^i^
up
-

^pu
-

M
lu
is

V
issacan

a destruction

made.

yumu
the

13
13^/i

lu

yumu
the

14
l^th

day

or

day

-T
an
these
-

^
nu
-

-A<
ti

-TUT
setting

<'7T

D
ipakhkhir
-

tarbatsa
makes,

eT va

<STT
kharats

{days)

and

the

appearance of

atalu

ta
eclipse

kliarrats

an

creates.

ina

arkhi

Ni^anni

yumu

27

tarbatsa

In

the

month Nisan,

the 27th

day, rest (disappearayice)

-cH-ey ^I<^^
ca
- la

CD
makes,

im

mi
it

ipaklikhir

ET va

H<^^^ V
atalu
eclipse

issacan
occurs,

all

the

day

and an

ul

-se-

edli
(?)

It does not

move quickly

312
12.

The Astronomy and Astrology of

the Babylonians^

^ ^~?
Ina
arklii
the

<^!
Tasriti
Tisri,

^T

W -^
28
day,

-TTr<*^T
tarbatsa

yumu
the

In

month

28th

disappearance

ca
all

- la

im-mi
day
it

ipaklikhir-va
inakes

atalu
eclipse

issacan
occurs.

the

and

an

^u

bu

ra

ipakhkhir mala

rapasta
{and)

ala
city

darkness

causes.

A
^

large

laiui

s in

H
ut
rii

A^^
smite

T^
:

wmmm

-tut
tJie

^i

nisi

ipassikhu

tarbatsu
setting

men

su

ru

(is)

white.

'^-

mm^ ^....
....

tn.
-

d
ina

ei a-tt-^ittt igj
rukh
and
suti

^u

bu

ra

ij^aklikhir-va
contracts

darkness^

southwards

izzaz
is

il

(i)

mati

tab

kliu

fixed.

The gods

in the land

^u

bu

ra

ipaklikliir contracts^

va
and,

cacabi

darkness

many
-titt

AM ^. ^^mmim^
ah
-cbi
-

i?

-i -y
rain

ma-

tuv

zunnu
tJie

izanuii
rains.

stai'S

'

Literally " a failing" or " eclipse."

is

Subura seems to be of Accadian

origin*

and

identical with sahura, one of the value s of

"'

^y***,

YYVY

wliich

Ls

rendered

bj the Assyrian eiihu

to leave" or " fail."


icitli

7ranslation,^ of the

Tablets,

c)*c.

313

....
(^The

lu

Samsu

^
lu
the

tarbatsa

lu

subiira

Moon) or

Sun

either

a setting or darkness

D.
causes,

ET

-mr^TiiiiET
tarbatsa
setting

if-y -w -im

ipaklildiir-va

and a

va zunnu izza- nun and rain comes doivn.

>'

<<< Sin

<MeII
va
-

=mK|iA -mToTiliii^
siibura

tarbatsa
setting

The
yr

Moon

darkness^

and

(causes)

....

_y

^
la

^^
izza
-

^yyyy

zunnu

nun

the 7'ain does

not rain.

Sin

tarbatsa

yumu
the

yumu
day,
the

14
day,

The

Moon a

rest^

1th

lUh

-^T

yumu

tjE ^T yumu 21
the

the 21st day,

E! <SIT vv f tE 28 ipakhkliir - va kharats ^^th day caiises, and the appearance of

CD

atalu

ta
eclipse

khav

ra

ats

an
'

creates.

< -mT<7!
Sin

ET
and

c^M

tarbatsa ipakhkhir-va cacabu

setting makes,

^TTT^ Cus

<^[^T]
-

Marduc

The Moon a

the star

Brother of Merodach

.... ....

ru -su izzaz
is

pa-nu
market

acalu
(is)

acalu

yum

- cur

fixed.

In

the

food : food

(is) sold.

The Accadian usage is here adopted of prefixing the conjunction. Aecadian value of the ideograph is amas.
'

The

The "rest" would here seem

to

mean

" a holiday."

314

The Astronomy and

Astrolor/i/

of the Babi/lonimis,

Sin

tarbatsa

ciin
setthuj

anaka
like

ipaklikhir

va

The

Moon

lead

makes

and

D.P. Raniauii
the

la iraklikhits

mata

es

rit

Air-god does not inundate

the land [itndl the sanctuaries.

Sin

tarbatsa
setting

utsurati ipakhkhii-

seum
loheat

The Moon a

on the horizon makes

<
11

^JW
in
-

"^
nu

and
22
y

barley.

^
Sanisu ina

^yyy
lib

.yyyy<7y
tarbatsi

<
Sin

::;<y

-^ y?

izzaz

matu
All

calu
the

The Sun

in the 'place where the

Moon

set is fixed.

land

cit

-tav
justice

ta

mi

ordains.

Sail

ini
to

cis

sa

ti

Sin

tarbatsa
setting

Peace

multitudes.

The Moon a

tarbatsu

izzaz

ma

A
24.

rest is fixed accord'uigly.

<<< >-

<y.T

y? -pyyyf

v,
makes

m^m

eT

Sin ina tamarti -su

urpata

isaccin

The Moon

at its appearance mist

va ina and on

cu^^i

la

isallal

the throne he does not seize.

loitJi

Translations of the Tablets, ^c.

315

Colophon.

Duppn
The

Sin

ina

tamarti

-su

sa-

pa

1st tablet {beginning) "

The Moon

at its appearance lohiteness

2.

<^ tE ^y cE
ci i

^T
D.P.
the

^gefT
li

.yi
of

m
si

^-yn
diippi

-^ -!I<!
gabtablets
ri

pi -

-kliu-

According

to

papp'i

the

old

Bab

ili

of Babylon.
3.

..y

.0

yy ^:=; tit ^yy^

-

^y y?

Ina D.P. Nabiu zu

Through
Nebo,

kn
the

up

gi
pillar,

na -a D.P. D.P.

frm

c: ^y
*

-^

-.ty
-

V E^
-

y?

-^y
-

Maruduc - mu

ba

sa
the

nis

ba

Merodach-mubusa,

astronomer,

T?

^I !m
-

na
for

ta
the

^TTmar sight

H<]
ti

I
-

<MeIJ
va
and

<T- s^TTT
hi
-

sn
himself

ta

of

his

a^

^i

sn

p>eople,

T{

-^T
for

a- na

ET -TTza- mar-ru an -ma his own person

]}

^E

-TT<T
has

^JT

raised.

31 <)

The Astronomy
^'

aiu/ Astrologi/

of

the Bahi/loitians,

'

Obverse.

The
is

first line is

gone

only the latter part of the second

preserved.

D.P. Nin
the

^i

sami

it

pal

-va
and

]'>Ianet

Venus

disappeared

^T

TT

^^ -I
2

t-ET
Nin
day

^TA!
^i

yumu
the

H
-

--'!
-

D.P.

an

na

2nd

Vemis

3-

miMMm T^ -^
Sana
fo7'

-T<T^

-it
ub

y-

-m
-

ibassu

bn

tu

a year are.

destruction

V
4.

-I]
an

issac -

takes place.

Ina
/?i

-:=,?
arkhi
^//e

JT
Duzii

^T

yumu
laminuz,

V/ 25
the

^^
25th
day,

H
D.P.

month

Nin-

si

-an-na
at

ina D.P. Samsi-eribi

Sun-set

it

-pal

Venus
,,

disapjyeared.

^y

{j;

.t
7

^
ina

..| syT
Sami
in
lieaven

^_yyy
ikli
it

rr^

.^;^
rav
;

yumu
Tlie

-khais

gy -va

1th

day

visible

and

>ina
in

^~f
arkhi
the

c^^I
Abu
month
Ah,

^T

TT
2
the

-^
2nd

-T
D.P.
day,

yumu

t-ET "^TAT
Nin
si

"T -^T
-

an

na

Vfinus

loitli

Translationi< of the

Tahlets,

S^-c.

317

,.

^
at

..|

^y ^y
Samsi
is

t^y
atsi
seen.

^y^

j,-^

yr

y^
in

^
the

.^.

ina D.P.

ittamar
Waters

mie

ina mati land

Sun-rise

-VV T^
ibassu
are.

-i^
up

y-

-EET
-

V
sa

Mi
mi.

pu

tu

Beating

of

7.

>Ina
/w

^}
arklii
the

^^
month

^T
Adar,

w f^
25
the

H
D.P.
day,
-

Aclaru yuniu

25th

Niii -

^i

an

na ina D.P. Samsi-atsi

at

it

pal

Venus
8.

Sun-rise

disajypeared.

ty lEj <}} -TTA -TIT^ sana tucultu issacan khuratsu Gold is exchanged F'or a year service continues.

-^

WSm
(?)

9.

In

-::!{ ii ^T

<I
. .
,

Ina arkhi
the

yumu
.

^ -!
D.P.

^ET
Nin
-

-!<^!
^i

-T -^I
-

11
the

an

na

month

llth day,

Venus

>ina
at

-]
D.P.

^T
Samsi-

Tf

^I
it -

-^T^
pal

III

-::!?
arkha
mo?ith,

eribi

9 ^th

Sun-set

disappeared.

The

^y

y e^ ^
4
4:th

^y
in

ty?

AHIT
ikh
it

H<
-klia-

N^
rav
;

yumu
the

ina
day,

same
heaven

was

visible

T va and
-

10.

^ ^] ^
ina arklii
in
the

^T < Adaru yumu

month Adar,

w c^ 15
the

H
at

^y ^y siy
Sun-rise
it

ina D.P. Samsi - atsi

15th
day,

<]is

^^
seen.

^ss
sarru

-S^ <M
^arra
king
to

ET

ittamar

ana

sallim-ma
peace

m n^
yum sends.

ar

King

318

The Astronomy and Astrology of

the Babylonians,

Ina
In

arkhi
the

Arakh
month

samiia

yuniu
the

10
liWi
day,

D.P.

3farchesvan,

Nil!

si

an

na

ina
at

U.P.

Samsi

- atsi

lenus

Sun-rise

it

pal

arkliu

yumu

ina

sanii

disappeared.

The 2nd month,

the (\th day, in heaven

iklikhur
it

appeared.

Ina

arklii

Dhabita
tnonth

ynmu
Tehet,

IG
the

ina D.P. Samsi-eribi

\Qth
day,
at

In

the

Sun-set

ittamar
it is seen.

mati esiru sibiiThe crops of the land [arg]

prosperoiis.

13.

>-

-
In

ill
Ulnlu

^T
yinnu
Elul,

the

II?

t^ -r
D.P.
day,

Ina

arkhi
the

26
2Gth

month

t-ET -I AT -I
Nin
si -

-^I
-

- -T
at

^T
Sun-set

H?

^I -^^
it -

an

na ina D.P. Samsi-eribi

jml

y^enus

disappeared.

ynmu
Tlie

11

ina

Sami
it

ikhklmr
ajjpeared.

WtJi day in lieaxrn

loitli

Translations of the Tablets,

(^'c.

319

H.

^ ^ Ml
?

TT

Ina
In

arklii
the

Ululu
second

sanitu
Elul,

^T yuniu
the

V ^^ 7 1th

--T
D.P.
at

ina
day,

^1
Samsi-

I Tf
eribi

<I-

1^

^TII
lib

<^

[4
the

^W^

ittamar
seen.

mati

dhabu
land ps] good.

Sun-set

it is

The heart of

Ina
/m

arkhi
^Ae

Nisanui

yumu
the

D.P,
dav,

month

Nisan,

Qth

Nin

si

an

na

it

pal

Venus

disapjyeared.

arkliu

yumu
month,
the

16
16th
day,

ina
in

Sami
heaven

The

5th

ikli
it

klia -

rav

va

reappeared ;

and

.6.

^ ^} mi
ina
in
arklii
the

^T

W t^ 25
the

H
at

^I

1 1?

Ululu
month

yumu
Elul,

ina D.P. Samsi-eribi

25th

day,

Sun-set

<h -^
ittamar
it is

^ITT
lib

[^^^

^ i^TIW
dhabu
land
p-s]

mati
the

seen.

The heart of

good.

17.

T^.~fty^
Ina arkhi
J71

^y

mt-Tt-l-T^I-I-^I
5

Airu

yumu

D.P. Nin
the

^i

an

na

the

month

lyyar,

5th

day,

Venus


320
Tlie Afttronotin/ an J Ai<ti'olo(jy of the Jiahylonians,

ilia

H
at
-

^^T
Sunset

11}
is

<r-^
ittamar
seen

D.P. Samsi-eribi

mm

- h^t?
ina
in

Sami
heaven

it

^T va appeared ; and
ikhkhur

ina D.P. Samsi

at Sun-7'ise

atsi
seen.

ittamar

sibir
the

mati

esiru

it is

The crops of

land [are] good.

<-<.<<--'><-':.<

>
10

s~/.<<t:^,<

yumu
l_The
10.

ina D.P. Samsi

],

atsi

....
....

month

the 10th day, at Sun-rise

>-

^^] ^y ^y t^^
Samsi
Sun-rise
-atsi
it

^1 .i^y^
it

^y

<
15th

m
15

^^^
day

ina D.P.

pal

yumu
The

At

disappeared.

ina
in

Sami
heaven

....
....

ina arkhi Sabadliu

yumu

11

In

the

month Sebat,

the 11th day,

>-

--!
at

^T
Sun-set

I Tt

^^^^

ina D.P. Samsi-eribi

20.

^ ^
Ina
/?i

[^]cy
Abu
mojith

^y

<
10th

^B
10
day,

-T
D.P.

arkhi
the

yumu
the

Ah,

t~y

-^m --]
si

-^)
-

- -y
ina
at

^y

JSIiii -

an

na

D.P. Samsi

mmm
[disappeared~\.

Venits,

Sun-

y^~f
1

^y

<?[?ftjE]Slii
1(5

arkliu
1st

yumu

The

inojif/i,

the IGth day, [it reajypeared'].

with Translations of the Tablets,

Sfc.

321

21.

- -^?
In
the

-m

^T

iW ^^ 2(>

H
at

^T
^

Ina arkhi Arakli-samna

yumu
the

ina D.P. SamsiSun-set

month Marchesvan,

2ikh day,

eribi
it

ittamar
is

zunui
Rains

ina mati
in
the

ibassu
are

.... ....

seen.

land

ina arakh

yumu
the

20
20th

D.P. Nin

si

an

na

/n

the

month

day

Venus

ina
at

H
TYY

^T

^I
it -

-^-T^
pal

IT
2

-^}
arakh
month,

^T

Samsi

- eribi

yumu

Sun-set

disappeared.

The

'2nd

\
the

'^>^

<:r:^i:^~'>i

16
l^th day

23.

^ ^-J
ina arakh
Fn the

^y Y ct n yumu
...
. .

^
ina
at

^y^y
Sun-set

yr j

<y.
is

>^

Samsi -eribi ittamar

it

month

the

4^A

day,

seen.

yj^yy^
zunni Mains

in

\<

-W}*^
ibassu
land
are

^mmB
Nin
-

ina matti
the

24.

\^^^m
ina arakh
.
.

^r
yrnnu

IR^tE
6 Qth
the

-T t^T-TAI-!^T
D.P.
day,
si

-an

na

In

the

month

Venus

ina D.P. Samsi- eribi

at
Voi.. III.

it

pal

yumu
The
loth

15

Sun-set

disappeared.

day
21

322
25.

The Astronomy and Astrology of

,ina

the Babylonians,

arakli

m yumu
^T
,

t^ 20
20th
day,

--I

ina D.P.
at

^T^ Samsi

n?
- eribi

In

the

month

the

Sun-set

ittamar
it

zimni
Rains

ina
in

sami
heaven,

milammi
floods
in

ina
the

is

seen.

nakbi

ibassu

channels are

26.

^ ^
In
the

^
month

^T

;]7

-B
2Qth

-T i-f ^TT
D.P.
day,

ina arakli

Addari

yumu
Adar,

26
the

Nin

- ^i-

Venus

an

na

ina
at

D.P.

Samsi
Sun-rise

atsi

it

pal

disappeared.

*
3

'

TYY

>
9

's-^<s(i\<,<

arakhu

yumu
the 2th

The 3rd month,

27.

day

>-

^}
In
the

ina arakh

i^tiii Sivan
month

^f

t^
20
the

^^ ^^y
day,

^y

yj

yumu

ina D.P. Samsi-eribi

Sivan,

20th

at

Suii-set

ittamar
it is

ru -tiv

tsab

man- da ippakhkharu ....

soldiery are collected

seen.

The forces of barbarian

....

28.

na
In

--^^
arakli
the

^T Addari yumu month Adar,

^^

<I
11
the

-^
11th
day.

D.P.

icith

Translations of the Tablets,

S,-c.

323

i-ET
Nin -

-KT
si
-

--I

-^1
-

at

-I ^T
Sun

Si [^I -i^M
it
-

an

ua

ina Samsi ....

pal

Venus

....

disappeared.

yumu
The
29.

4
Ath

ina

sarai

day

in

heaven

"^^m^^Wm^m^W^

,3TTT
sibirri

<r^

Yf

;::TY

<Y-Y

ii'tsiti

esiri

The crops of

the earth flourish.

m
lib
30.

\\
mati
the

A
cUi
-

T
ab
(is)

The heart of

land

good.

>f^ gab

^^tm^^^mmmiMm^

<t<

^ttt

ti

din

rakhatsu
inundation,

zuunu
rain^

sal-gu

snow

31.

>ina

^:r:f
arakh
the

eq
Nisanni

^T

tT
2

-^
day,

--T
D.P.

yumu
the

In

month

Nisan,

2nd

Nin

si

an

na
at

ina D.P. Samsi -atsi

Sun-i'ise
is

ittamar
seen,

\enus

m- ^jn
u
-

--^T ^1^ ru - ba - tuv ina

in
the

'-^

-T<T^
are.

mati
land

ibassa

Deserts

324

The Astronomy and Astrology of

the

Babylonians,

adi

yuma
to

G
6^/t

sa arakh

Up

the

day of
AY

the

Cuzalli ina D.P. Samsi-atsi month Chisleu at Sun-iise

<y

J. -

V?I
az

YYY ?J^

^T

>^>^Jr^

V
YYY

>-*^Y

>^>~-

izz
it is

ynmu
The

sa
1th

arakli

Cuzalli
Chisleu

fixed.

day

of

-tab- bal -va

disappears,

3
after

araklm ina
3
montlis
hi

sami
heaven

it

and

ikh
it

-kliaappears
;

rav

-va yiimu
the

sa

and

8th

day

of

the

arakh month

>-]

t-El
Nin
-

-TA!
^i

>-T

-^T
-

at

-!

^T
Sun-set

I T?

Addari D.P. Adar,

an

na

ina D.P. Samsi - eribi

Venus

izarrikhrises
;

va

^arru

ana
to

^arra
king

nucurti
hostility

yum

ar

and

king

sends.

ina arakli Airi

yumu
. .

D.P. Nin
day,

^i

an - na

In the month lyyar, the

Venus

^T. IT? >-T ina D.P. Samsi- eribi

at

<r-t^^
ittamar
seen.

t-^H
nacarati

ina mati

Sun-set

is

Hostile bands in the land

ibassa
are.

until

Translations of the Tablets,

SfC.

325

[adi

yuma
to

7
the

sa]

arakh
the

Dhabiti

ina
at

D.P.

\_Up

1th

day

of]

month

Tebet

^T

I Tf

=^T
izz
is

^SlL
-

^r

HH
The

^iE
8
Sth

V
sa

-}
arakh
of

Samsi-eribi
Sun-set
it

az
jijced.

yumu

day

Dhabiti
Tebet
it

-tab-

bal
;

va

disappears

and

36.

[^y

???

f
7

^
ina

..| s=y?]
saiui]

^.^ny
ikh
it

??<

s=<^
rav
;

[yumu
[the

-khaappears

ey -va

1th

day

in

heaven']

and

V
yumu
the

15
15th

HT
Nin
-

-TAT
si
-

--T

-^T
-

an

na

Venus

3T.

[^
[cit

>.y

^y^|]
Samsi]
-

:;<y
atsi
oises

^y
izarrikh
;

ty
-

_^yii
sibirri

\mati

[ina D.P.

va

Sun-]rise

and

the crops

of the land

"pyKy^y
esiri

*yyT
lib

^\
mati

A
dh
-

^^T
ab

(are) flourishing, the heart of the land (is) good.

38-

[T

- -}
ina In
the

i^m
Sivani
Sivan,

^T

V]
4
Ath

^B -1
D.P.
day,

arakh
month

yumu
the

326

The Astronomy and Astrology of

the Babylonians,

Niu

si

an

na

ina
at

D.P.

Samsi

- atsi

Vemis

Sun-rise

<^ t^
ittamar
is

^TT<T -TT<!

-W
sa

.^T

t] cEf ^T<

rakliatsu

ina(?)
in

ma-

at

ti

seen.

An
f???

inundation

the

land.^

38-

HI
[adi

^T
yiima
to

-^ V
8
8th

-:^f
arath
the

m
month
8 8th

- -\
Sehat]
at

Sabadlii] ina D.P.

\_Up

the

day

of

Samsi

- atsi
it

izz is

az
fixed.

yumu
The

sa

arakh
of

Sun-rise

day

Sabadlii
Sebat
40.
it

it

-tab- bal -va

disappears;

and

[yyy]
[3]

. ^
f

^^y ^y?
sami
in

a-TTT
ikh
heaven

f?<

^<^
-

arakliu ina

-kba

rav
;

after

months

appears

T va and
-

^y

jw

t^ V
9

-:^?
the

^T^^

-I

yumu
the

sa arakh

Airi D.P.

i-t] Nin-

^41 >-! ^!
^i

-an- na

Qth

day

of

month lyyar

VeJitis

[ina] D.P.
at

Samsi -eribi
rises;

izarrikh-va

nacarati

ina
the

Sun-set

and

hostile

bands

in

X<
mati

.y<y^y^
ibassa
are.

country

> Or, eriv-va abu i/uhalladh, "collects and the father liyes " rakhatsut matLi " inundations of the land."

or more eiinply,

loith

Translations of the Tablets,

^-c.

327

ina arakh Diizi

yumu

5
the 5th

D.P. Nin
day,

^i

an

na

In

the

month Tammuz,

Venus

- -\
at

^T
is

I T?

<T-

^^

i-

T*^

the

'^^_

ina D.P. Samsi-eribi

Sun-set
seen.

ittamar
Hostile

nacarati ina mati

bands in

land

-T<^ h
ibassa
are.

Mil
sibirvi

^v"

^TT <T^T
esiri

mati

The

crops of the land flourish.

^3.

-II
adi

^T

??5

-B V -^f ^ - -]
9

^T
at

I Tf

yuma
to

sa
9th

arakh Adclari ina D.P. Samsi-eribi

the

Up

the

day of

month Adar

Sun-set

ti]
izz it is

t^
az
??!

^r

< 5=^
10

-^\
it

*^

<^T

yumu

sa arakh Addari itabbal -va

disappears;

fixed.

The 10th day of Adar

>ina

and

44.

'^y ^T

tfc

^^y tyf
sami
in

^.^HT
ikh
it

?f<

N^
rav
;

T
-va

-kha-

day

heaven

ajopears

and

^y

jntEV
7

-::=!
the

Ht-El -!A! -I ^T
si

yumu
the

sa arakh Addari D.P. Nin

-an- na

1th

day of

month Adar

Venus

328

The As^tronomy and Astrology of

Reverse.

the Babylonians,

[ina
\_Jn

arakli]
the

Abi
month']

yumu
Ab,
the

6
6th
day,

D.P.

HT -^W -] -^T Nil! ^i -

--T

an

na

ina D.P.
at

^T ^T Samsi - atsi
is

^ <h ^
ittamar
seen.
-

Venus

Sun-7nse

ibassu
are.

ub

bu

tu

beating

loith

Translations of the Tablets, ^r.

329

[ina]

arakh
the

Ululi

yumu
Elul,
the

D.P.
1th

In

month

day,

t-T
Nin
-

-TAT --T
^i
-

^T -

--T
is

^T
seen.

I T?

<T-

an

na

ina D.P. Samsi-eribi ittamar

Venm

at Sun-set

The crops of

Mil
sibirri

\\
mati

-TT <T=T ^TTT

esiri

^-^

A
-

-^T
-

lib

mati dh

ab

the land flourish.

The heart of

the land {is) good.

-II
adi

^T

<
the

-^ V '^}
sa

yuma
to

11

arakh

tT^ --T ^T I T? Airi ina D.P. Samsi-eribi

Sun-set

Up

11th day of the month Jyyar at

T
izz
it is

-Sii
-

^T

<TT
12

-^ V -^]
sa

tT^
Aii-i

az
fixed.

yumu
The

arakh
of

12 th

day

Jyyar

^
i

it

t= .i^y^ ey -tab- bal -va disappears ; and

?j?

^T

<tt
7

ina

--y ty?
sami
in

A-TTT
ikh
it

?f <

t<^
rav
;

yu- mi

-kha-

T va

after

days

heaven

reappears

and

-^T

i;;

-EE
9

W -~} ^T^ M t-ET

sa arakh Airi D.P.

-TAT -T
-

^T
'<\

yumu
the

Nin

^i

-an- na
Venus

9th

day

of

the

month

lyyar

>-

H
are.

^T^Ji^T
rises;

.^H
and

ET

i-'^W nacarati

ina D.P. Samsi -atsi

at

izarrikh-va
hostile

ina mati
country

Sun-rise

hands

in

the

ibassa

330
0.

The Astronomy and Astrolociy of

the Babylonians^

- -:=f <B
ina arakli Tasriti
the

^T

ffJf

^E -I t-em^iT-r-^T
8
Sth

yumu
the

D.P. Niuday,

^i

-au-

i^a

In

month

Tisri,

Venus

ina
at

D.P. Samsi-atsi
is

ittamar
Hostile

nacarati

ina mati
the

Sun-rise

seen.

hands

in

land

-VV}<^
ibassa
are.

Mil
sibii-ri

'-^
mati

-T<W
e^iri

The crops of

the land flourish.

10

II adi

^T

<IT^E
12

V -^, Itm sa arakli

>-]

^I^I

yuma
the

Up

to

12th day

of

the

Sivani ina D.P. Samsi-atsi month Sivan at Sun-rise

K<T
izz it

-S^
az
fixed.

^T

<TTT
13

yumu
The

V
sa

-}
arakli

i^tii
Sivani
Sivan

is

\?>th

day

of

-tab- bal
disappears;

it

-va and

3
after

arakh ina
3

sami
in

ikh
it

-klia-

rav

months

heaven

reappiears;

-va and

yumu
the

<TTTtE
13
13i/i

V
sa

-:rx? IeII
the

-T

HI -T4KI^T
Niu
-

arakli Ululi D.P.

^i

-au- na

day

of

month

JElul

Venus

2-

>- --T ^T I If EI ina D.P. Samsi-eribi izarrikh-va

;

EiH

.^III
sibirri

^^
mati

-II <I^I
e^ii'i

at Sun-set rises

and

the crops

of

the

land (are) prosperous

^m
lib

'-\

A -^i
(is)

mati dh- ab
of the land
good.

the heart

with Translations of the Tablets^

Sfc.

331

13.

ina arakli-samna

yumu
the

9 9 th

D.P. Ninday,

si

-an- na

In

Mai^chesvan,

Veniis

ina D.P.
at

Samsi-eribi
is

ittamar

Sun-set

seen.

mata nestu dannatu The land a strong woman

tatsab - bat
seizes.

" -II
adi

^T

<
to

ITT

yuma
Up
the

^
\?>th
is

V
sa

-:^} =^-T
arakh
of
the

- -1
ina D.P,

13

day

Abi month

Ah

at

^y^ysiy
Samsi-atsi
Sun-rise

ti]^-^
izz
it

^y
jnimu

<v/ t^E
15

V
sa

-^}
arakli

az

fixed.

The

15th

day

of

4^1
Abu

^E
i

^ -^^
-tab- bal
;

El
-

Ab
15.

it

disajypears

va and

^y

?5?

c^ ^
7

..y ty?
sami
in

4iHTT
ikh
it

yumn
the

ina

f?< -klia-

^^k]^
rav
;

1th

day

heaven

7'eappea7's

eT -va and

^y <

t^ V -^\
sa
arakli
the

yumn
the l\th

11

day of

Jr -I t-ET -lAT ^I Duzu D.P. Nin - ^i -an- na month Tammuz Venus

^T
^-^

u.^
at

..y

^y^y::;<y
rises

igy
;

Ey

t-A-H nacarati
in
the

ina D.P.

Samsi-atsi izarrikh-va

ina mati

Sun-7'ise

and

hostilities

land

-y<y^yibassa
are.

^yn
sibirri

\-^
mati
the

^yy<M
e^iri

The crops of

land flourish.

332
ir.

The Astronormj and Astrolocni of

the Babylonians,

r^
In

^ c^
f

^y

<tg..y{.Ey.^y^y..y^'y
10 D.P. Nin
10th day,
i\

ina arakh Cuzalli

the

yumu
the

-an- na

month

Chisleu,

Venus

ina
at

^^y
D.P.

^y^ysiy
Samsi-atsi
Sun-7'ise
is

<y^
seen.

jyy
Want

-tm ^
sibri

ittamar khusukhkhu
of

corn

<
u

^^
in

*/-

in

"^"^

-T<I^ <Tibas
is.

-nu
barley

ina mati
the

si

and

land

adi

yuma
to

14
the
14^/i

sa

arakli

Abi
month

ina D.P.

Up
^y ^y

day

of

the

Ab

at

^y ^y
izz it

^^
az
fixed.

^y

<;

y -^ ^
15
sa
15th

^r
arakh
of

Samsi-atsi
Sun-rise

yumu
The

is

day

Abu

tab

bal
;

va

Ab
19.

it

disappears

and

.?
araklii
after

yyy
3

^
ina

'^T?

A-TTT
ikli
it

?f<
-klia-

f<^
rav

sami
in

T -va

months

heaven

reappears;

and

yumu
the

15
loth

sa arakh-samna D.P. Nin

^i

-an- na

day

of

2farchesvan

Venus

20

-y

^T
;

1 1}

eeh
the crops

et

j^tii
sibiiri

^v^

-it <i^r
e^iri

ina D.P. Samsi-eribi izarrikli-va

at Sun-set rises

mati

and

of the land (are) prosperous.

with Translations of the Tablets,

SfC.

333

21.

ina

arakh
the

Dliabiti
Tehet,

yumii
the

11

D.P.
day,

In

month

Wth
^T
I Tf

HT
Nin
-

-TAT -T -^T
si
-

at

<Tseen.

an

na

ina D.P, Samsi-eribi ittamar

Sun-set
is

Venus
-^< ^TT
sibirri

<T^T

ma+i
the

esiri

The crops of
22.

land flourish.

-II
adi

^T

<v/
15
the

E V
sa
15th

-?

mi
Ululu
ina

yuma
to

arakh
of
the

D.P.

Up
^T

day

month

Elul

IT?

334

The Astronomy and Astrology of

the Babylonians,

ina

arakli
the

Sabadhi

yumu
the

12
12th

D.P.
day^

In

month

Sebat,

Nin -

^i

- ail -

na

ina D.P.
at

Samsi

- atsi
is

ittamar
seen.

Venus

Sun-tise

sibirri

mati

e^iri

The crops of

the land flourish.

28-

-II
adi

^^

<
the

?!?
_

-tE

V
sa

-:^f
arakh
of
the

<!
month

Tisri

H
D.P.
at

yuma
to

16
16^/i

Tasriti ina

Up
^y ^y

day

^y
it

:^y
is

^^
az
fixed.

^y

<

?;;

jr^
11 th

v
sa

-~f
arakh
of

Samsi- atsi
Sun-rise

izz -

ynmu
The

17

day

Tasritu
Tisri
it

-tab-

bal
;

va

disappears

and
f

27.

TIT

-} - -I ^T? A-TIT
sami
in
ilih

f?<

<^
rav
;

T
and

^T

3 arakbu ina
after

-khait

-vayumu

months

heaven

reappears

<
the

!j?

V -==?

i^^T

t-El -I AT
6i

-I -^T
-an- na

17

sa arakh Dhabitu D.P. Nin

Tebet

11th day of the month

Venus

28.

T I ][ tEid ^T izarrikh-va ina D.P. Samsi -eribi

at

- -T

mrnm

Sun-set

it

rises

and,

loith

Translations of the Tablets,

Sfc.

335

29.

ina

-==?
arakh
the

^
Addari
month

^T

<
the

TTT

^
day,

H
D.P.

yumu

13
13fA

In

Adar,

Nin

^i

-an- na

ina
at

D.P.

Samsi-eribi ittamar
is

Venus

Sun-set

seen.

^arru

The king

adi

yuma
Up
to

17
the

sa

arakJi -

samna

ina D.P.
at

nth

day

of

Marchesvan

^T

Tf

s:^ tSir
izz
is

^T

<
l^th

)]]}

^tE
of

V
sa

Samsi-eribi
Sun-set
it

az

yumu
The

18

fixed.

day

arakh

samna

D.P.

Nin

si

an

na

Marchesvan

Venus

^y

r,?

t^
7

.- ^>-]^y,
ina

4iHTT
ikb
it

ff<

t<^
rav
;

T
-

ynmu
the

sami
in

-kha-

va

1th

day

heaven

reappears

and

^T

W
25
25th

ynmu
the

^
day

V
sa

-^f
arakh
of
-

-tET
samna

-T
D.P.

Marchesvan

HI
Nin
-

'^]A]
^i -

-]
an
-

-^]
na

Venus

336
3..

The Astronomy and Astrology of

the Babylonians,

^^ ..y
ilia

^y
^

yr
I

^gy
and

^y
the

<.

j^

.yyyr

.yyy^

D.P. Samsi-eribi izairikh-va mata nestu

Sun-set
ibises ;

dannatu

at

land

strong

woman

mi
[tatsab
-

-<]
bat]

\_seizes^.

33.

<yy
12

<^
ci

ty

^jn
-

^tyyy
ta

^y E-yy<:E
gab- ra
-

v
sa

H
DP.

-its- ru

tuv

Twelve

ancient

observations^

of
^

i-ET
Niii -

^AI
si

H
au
-

-^T
na

t*^

-IM ^^} KTT

ri

gab -

Babili

Venus

from

Babylon.

34.

^
ina

^11
Ululu

yy

ts n
2
Elul,

arakh
the

In

2nd

Nin

si

an

iia

Venus

^!
it 3.^.

[-^^
[pal
;

ET]
-va]

disappears

and

^T

<

\Y-^ 15
15th

-Is^Tf
heaven
it

yumu
the

ina sami

ET ittamar-va
is

::

- -~f
ina
in

arakh
the

day

in

seen

and

Ululi
^.nd

yumu
the

17
11th

D.P. Nin
day,

^i

-an

[na]

Elul,

Venus

'

Literally "collections" or "bodies of observations,'' from "^2?^.

loith

Translations of the Tablets,

^-c.

337

30.

^..y^y^yti^y <|.-^
ina D.P. Samsi-atsi
at

<y.

*.

ittamar namartu ina mati

Sun-rise

is

seen.

prodigy in the land

Hr<y^
ibassi
is
:
:

^
ina
in

tyyyy

^y

t-^
gu

WSSm
m t^
25
the

ecalli
the

palace

37.

^ .-f
ina
araldi
the

i^^^,i
Sivani

^y

^^y
D.P
day,

yumu
Sivan,

In

month

25th

Nin

^i

an

na

ina
at

D.P.

Samsi

- atsi

Venus

Sun-rise

^T -i^T^ m
it

pal

disappears

38

yy

^
f

^y

;;;

t^
6

>ina

^]]

c^:
seen

ET

2 arakliu

ymnu

sami
it is

ittamar -va ina

;

after 2 months, the Gth day, in heaven

and

in the

^ Ul
arakh
month
38.

^\

V
24
24^/i

[f tE]

Elnli
Elul,

yumu
the

day,

H HT -lATH
D.P.

--^
na

- -]
at

^T

11?, <Tis

Nin

^i

an

ina D.P. Samsi-eribi ittamar

Sun-set
seen.

Venus

lib

mati

dli -

ab

The

heart of the country (is) good.

22

A'oL. III.

338
40.

Tlie

Astronomy and Astrology of

the Babylonians,

^
ina

^^
arakli
the

bB
Nisanni

"^T

m
26
the

-E
day,

--T
D.P.

yumu
Nisan,

In

month

2Gth

Nil!

^i

an

na

ina
at

D.P.

Samsi-eribi
Sun-set

Venus

it

pal
;

[va]

disappears

\_and'\

41.

^T

'r

-^ - H-y?
7
7

4--yyy
ikh
it

?{<

-<^
rav
;

sy
-va

yumu
after

ina

sarai

-klia-

days

in

heaven

reappears

and

>-

-
the

ty^ ^T

yyy

tg
3

-y t-ey -^y^y -y -^y

D.P. Nin
si

ina arakli Airi

yumu

-an- na

month lyyar,

the

^rd day,

Venus

42.

..y ^y ^y
at
Sx.n-rise

j^
is

<y.

t- ;v y-

*-"
^

-y<y^ yibassa

ina D.P. Samsi-atsi ittamar nacarati

seen.

ina mati

Hostile bands in the land are.

^yii
sibirri

^-\
mati

-yy<y^y
esiri

The crops of

the land (are) prosj)erous.

D.P.

Nin

^i

an

na ina
at

Venus

--] ^y ^y

^^

^y -^y^
it

mi
-

D.P. Samsi-atsi
Sun-rise

pal
;

[va]

disappears

and

until

Translations of the Tablets,

S)-c.

339

[ina] arakli
\iii\

Addari

yumu
the

28
2S th day^

the

month Adar,

D.P.

Nil! -

^i

an

na

Venus

^arru
king

ana
to

^arra
king

nis - carara

yiisapp- ar

an ambassador sends.

The two
broken
off.

following lines, which complete the tablet, are

Addenda.

TaSukhtu

is

synonyme
47 10.

of talidtu "offspring'

or "produce," in W.A.I.

II,

340

TRANSLATION
OF A

FRAGMENT OF AN HISTORICAL NARRATIVE RELATING TO THE REIGN OF TOTHMES III.

From
a Papyrus in the British Museum.

By

C.

W, Goodwik, M.A.
1874.

Read 3rd March,

Amongst

the papyri lately acquired

by the

British

Museum

from Miss Harris, is one of which the contents are of more than ordinary interest. Unfortunately it is imperfect at both It is written ends, and is besides much rubbed and broken. contauiing eight pages of from ten on both sides, each side The handwriting is neat and careful, and to sixteen lines.
belongs probably to the XlXth dynasty. The side which best written, and the least worn and frayed, and which
shall call the fi-ont, contains songs, principally of
is

an amatory

character, forcibly reminding us of the style of the

Song

of

Songs.
of

The

first

three pages on the back are the conclusion

of an historical narrative, relating to an incident in the reign

Tothmes III. The remaining five pages on this side form the commencement of a tale of wonder in the style of the
story of the

Two

Brothers.

Were

this papyi-us perfect,

we

have a magnificent addition to our store of old Egyptian literature. We must content ourselves for the present with the fragments wliich have escaped destruction, and with the indulgence of a hope that some other portions of the papyrus may hereafter tui-n up, which is quite possible. Tlie present paper is devoted to the first three pages on the back of tlie papyrus, which relate to the reign of
should

Tothmes

III.

Translation of a Fragment.

341

We

appear to have before ns the account of the taking

I I ^jk ?
|

of a fortress belonging to a people called

l^^j

Imu, a name which has not to elsewhere in Egyptian texts.

our papyrus four times,
distinct;
is

my

knowledge been met with This name, which occurs in

in

but

if

my

reading be right,

no case perfectly complete and it would seem to be

of a powerful tribe

identical

with

Dp"^^il,

Emim, the name

ii,

who

anciently inhabited the country in later times occupied

10,

These people are men11). having sustained a defeat at the hands of Kedor-laomer, the king of Elam. According to Deuteronomy they had disappeared at the time of the migration of the Israelites into Canaan, and their country had

by the Moabites (Deut.

tioned in Genesis xiv,

5,

as

fallen to the children of Lot, that

is,

the Moabites.
all

In the

first

page the beginnings of

is

the lines are wanting,

so tliat the thread of the narrative

find

completely broken.

We
who

mention made of a certain Tahutia

;

J "^"^

relations

ofiicer but we find him in close with the Imu, apparently in their fortress, and in The story ends in his betraying the city their confidence.

appears to be an Egyj)tian

and

its

inhabitants into the

power of the king of Egypt.

is

In this page also mention

.=

made
as

of the people called

1 ?

*^

k.*>j>
I

Apura,

known

a subject race, em-

late as that of

ployed in quarrying stone in the reign of Ramses II, and as Ramses IV. These people are considered by M. Chabas to be no other than the Hebrews, whose name, D'^"!"^^? coincides almost exactly, the only change being that
of

into

pp. 42

p (See Chabas, Melanges Egyptologiques,

is

1862,

54).

This highly plausible identification, although

certainly en-

not definitively accepted by Egyptologists,

titled to great consideration
;

and,

if correct, it
it

the interest of our papyrus.

Unfortunately

adds much to is not possible

to determine completely the part played

longing to this people who is whether he was in the service of the Imu, or of the king of Egypt.

by the individual bementioned in our papyrus, and

We

find

also

in

the

first

page mention of an object


342
Translation of a Fragment of an Historical
-->~^

called the great -

<?

Cmnnu of King Tothmes

III,

wbich
1

bad a
1

special surname, of
]

which only the

remains.

latter part

%k

ta

em

nefer^

The meaning

v/as, perhaps, "

adorned with beauty." The word occurs elsewhere (see Chabas, Voyage d'un Egyptien, p. 119), and thought to mean a
flexible stick,

used for castigation. The from which such sticks were cut, and which was a product of the land of Kharu or Syria. We may suppose the great dunnu of King Tothmes to have been a rod of more than usual dimensions, carried, perhaps, ^vith the armies of the conqueror, as a symbol of the castigation which his enemies might expect. This narrative is written in a prosaic and easily intelligible style, which makes its fragmentary state the more regretable. A few new and obscm-e words occui', of which the meaning can be only guessed approximately. I shall place my remarks
is

name was

also that of the tree

upon these

m the notes

appended to the

translation.

Harris Papyrus

500, vt:rso.

Translation.

Page
UNE
]

1.

as

was done

to the barrels (1)

Tahutia (2) .... the audi (3) of the king against them. Now it came to pass that after their hour of di'inking, (4) Tahutia said to

with the women and Do thou conduct the

their fodder
;

children of thy

own town.
Apura
ride

or else let one of the

out (5)
6
let

the horses be tethered, (6) let fodder be given

to them, let
7

King Men-Cheper-Ra (Tothmes III) and report .... Now it came to pass
said to Tahutia
:

let

them go

"My

desne

is

to see the great

Rod (7)

of

King Men-Cheper-Ra

Narrative relating
LINE

to the

Reign of Tothmes IIT.

343

9 "

(adorned) with beauty by name."

(He replied

?)

By
"

the

name

(8) of

King Men-cheper-ra, thou

;

shalt

to-day
10
11

He
his

did accordingly

he brought the Rod of

King Men-cheper-ra
garment. (9) He stood raising it up, saying, at me, ye base 12. (Imu) .... King Men-cheper-ra, the furious lion, the son of Se;)^emt, whom his (father) Amen has placed he shall smite and cut down the base Imu, he 13
"

Look now

shall fall

upon

Page
1
2. 3.

2.

before

him

He
base Imu."

the skins (10) the works (11) of the

He put

the

teb (12)

of four jars (13) in the

mouth of his magazine. (14)

4.

He caused

to be

the 200 vessels, (15) which he had put ....

He

brought caused

5.

6.

the 200 soldiers (16) to mount upon them. They filled their pockets and collars they bound them with bonds there were given to them
; ;

(17) with cords

their khabu (18)

together with their

7.

garlands of flowers.

They accoutred all the good soldiers

8.

9.

with them .... to (?). It was said unto them, " When ye come to the town, ye shall liberate your companions, (19) so that I may seize upon all the men bonds who are in the town, and ye shall put them

10. at once." (20)

It shall
is

be said to the lieutenant of the

base Imu, " Fallen

11. lord,

thy

say to thy comrades, (21) 'May it please you, (22) let us give up (?) Tahutia, with his wife and

go

now

his children.'"
12. Behold, it

happened, they performed as was desired, (23) with regard to the 200 vessels which were full of

men

344

Translation of a Fragment of an Historical

13.

and

collars

and

cords.

He went

before tliem to conciliate

his comrades,
14. saying, "

Let us seize upon Tahutia."

They opened the

fastenings of the

town

before the soldiers.

Page
1. '\^^len 2.

3.

they came to the town, they

;

liberated their companions

3.

town, both small and great.

4.
5.
6.

they seized upon the They put on the cords and collars immediately. The

7.

8.

mighty power of the King seized upon the town (where) Tahutia lay. He sent a message to Egypt to King Men-cheper-ra, his lord, saying, " May it please thee, Amen thy good father hath given unto thee the
base

9.

Imu and
town.

all his

men, as well as his

10.

11. in

Send now men to take them charge, and fill the house of thy father Amen, king of
gods,

12.

with men-servants and woman-servants. prostrate beneath thy feet

May

they be

13. for ever

and

ever."

Finished happily, and dedicated to

14. the Scribe

The The

dedication

is

unfortunately imperfect.

It

would
piece.

have given us probably the name of the author of this

itself sufficiently to

narrative, although obscure in details, will explain

the reader, and I can add nothing to

make

it

more

clear.

Narrative relating

to the

Reign of Tothmes

III.

345

Notes to Translation of Harris Papyrus

Pp.
1,

500, verso,

2,

3.

(1) Barrels.

The word

is

fl-

hotepu,

an Egyptian

dry measure.
(2)
officer,

Brugscli Lex.

p.

1008.

Tahutia.

J ^"^h

the

name

of
of
or

the
the

Egyptian
narrative.

who appears The name might be

to

be

the hero
Tetia,

transcribed

Thotha, but

we know now

that the real

phonetic

spelhng of

-^

which the Greeks transcribed QoiO, Qcovd, and Te^, was

^|\(3)

Tahuti.

Audi.

W-J

I i

S^

V' ^"^

'

a class of employes

whose functions are not exactly defined. See remarks upon this subject in Chabas, Melanges Egyptologiques,
3rd Series,

Tome

i,

p. 14.
<?

(4) Drinking.

W-i.

This word probably means

(1
Sail.
7,

bathing as well as drinking.

decide which sense
(5) Ride out.
it

7.)

One cannot

has here,
senni.

^""^

The Senni were mounted The verb

to be
I
senni,

troops,

to

who were employed as scouts. make an excursion on horseback.

(6) Tethered.
is

means

The word appears

to me,

X^fiu,

which

unknown

and of which

only guess

the sense.
(7)

Rod.

^;'-'-

dunnu.

See Chabas, Voyage d'un

Egyptien, pp. 116, 119.

(8)

By

the

name., &c.

>

^^^^

form of

oath.

See Brugsch, Lex.

p. 345.

34:6

Ti'anslation of a

Fragment of an Histoiical
to be ^ J J v

iS))

Garment.

The word seems

1

a garment

of some kind, the nature of which has not yet been deter-

mined.

It

occurs 4 Anast.

3,

Auast. 23,

4,

and

elsewhere.
(10) Skins,
^mt.
I
<?

>?

taJierau.

Brugsch Lex. 1656.

The hides of
(11)

animals, used in

some warlike operation.

Works. Ahalf obliterated word; perhaps

ii^
kind.
ISee

meaning possibly agricultural labours of some

2 Sail. 4, 9
;

Anast.
I

1, 8.

(12)

7eb.

cannot make out the determination of this

is

The word and the reading teb is uncertain. article pa. From what follows, the having masculine, conjecture it to be some warlike implement.
word
;

(13) Ja7's.

The word

is

yv
or jar.

nemms, determinative

imcertain.
line 20.

It

means a pot

Brugsch Lex.
to be

p.

767,

(14) Magazine.

The words appear

Concerning
tehlm,

Ijjk

J 5

em
or

ra

tehhu-f.

magazine
in

of

warlike
9.

meaning a collection implements, see Brugsch in

translation

Zeitschrift,
is

1871, p.

The

of this

passage

the highest degree

is

uncertain.

All

that

one

can

be sure of
stratagem.
(15)

that

it

describes

some military operation or

Vessels,

m^

<?

ta')(husata.

The word

occurs again, same page, line 12.

a vessel or bmidle of
Asiatic one
;

The determinative indicates some kind. The Avord looks like an

of these objects mentioned
is

a verbal form, perhaps, from tT^n, khahash, to

bind up.
certain,

The number

un-

but seems to be 200 or more.

<?

(16) Soldiers.

Vj'^'^i

lulu.

A word
<=>
cither

of fi-equent

occurrence;
or

perhaps a foot-soldier.

Bi-ugsch says, officer

-fl

captain.

The phrase
their mouths,"

ni

1|^

i i

lit.

"

fall

upon

nriy

mean

mount upon

Narrative relating

to the

reign of Tothncs III.

347
exactly
is

them,

or

enter

into

tliem.
it is

Without knowing

what the tayhusata were,

meant.
(17) Pockets.
__^

impossible to say what

__^

(?

(?)

kaiiau,

lit.

bosom,

lap,

cords
^

J^

"V y

7naxa.

See 5 Anast.
is

17, 1.

Collars

J'^IIT Jiv
Inscription
7,

kaha.

This word
Edfn,

fomid in the Horns

Myth

from

published
.

by M.

Naville,

plate XV, col. "

spelled thus
to

j ^

The word means

the

wooden

collars,"

be

fastened

round

necks of

The word niayii or maycvi is also used in the Horus Myth for the cord with which Horus binds his
prisoners.

enemy.
(18) Khahii.

The word appears

is

to be

(?

but
is

the

first

letter

highly doubtful.

Some implement

meant.
(19)
J

Companions.
\

1 ?

'

^^^^^

V
,

I I

'

'

^
to

"^^-

"^^^^

word

^""

to open,
ari,

seems to

mean

Hberate from bonds.

Copt. neTeit

Naiu-teu
epR-^-.
It

may mean
to the

'one another."

would appear

that these soldiers were sent bound, as

if captives,

enemies'
release

They were to town by way of stratagem. one another, and then fall upon the townspeople
At
f
once.

and bind them.

(20)

<o
i

can suggest no better meaning,

be right.
is

but have grave doul>ts

if this

the usual

word

for " at once."

(21)

Comrades,
or

"^"^ ik* i I I
shennut,

*^i'

^"*"^' *^'""<^-

The
shennu

word

sennut

perhaps

identical

with

(Brugsch Lex.
figure

p. 1396). is

here determined by the female

J, and

appears to be a collective noun, meaning the

whole body of sennu or comrades.

348

Translation of a Fragment of an Historical Narrative.

(22)
I

May
1
,

it

please you.

Thus

I translate

the expression
line
7,

^k

Avhich

occurs

again,

page

3,

and

is

literally
gefdlligst.

" gracious,"

" kind,"

used just like the

German

(23) Desired.

The

translation here
I
j

is

very doubtful.
i

The
I

words appear to be ^ <=>

->-

<?

'j^

<?

349

TRANSLATION
ov

A FRAGMENT OF A FABULOUS TALE.

From an Egyptian Papyrus
By
C.
in the British

Museum.

W. Goodwin, M.A.
1874.

Read 3rd March,

The
taken

Harris

Papyrus 500, from which

fragments
relating

have ah'eady

the historical
of a tale of the

to

Tothmes

III,

contains in the last five pages,

on the reverse

side, a frag-

ment

same

class as that of the

Two

Brothers,

which has long been familiar to Egyptologists, The style is that of a child's book, quite prosaic and unadorned, and remarkably easy to translate. The period to which the tale relates is quite vague. A king of Egypt and a prmce of Naharanna or Mesopotamia
are mentioned, but without the least hint of thendates.

names or

Egypt, sometimes in Mesopotamia, but there seems no intention to fix anything definitely, any more than there is in the faerie tales of our own times. This story and that of the Two Brothers, are the protot}^es of the prose romance, a mere string of marvelin

The scene Hes sometimes

lous adventures, destitute of

this

all

poetic colouring.

Whether

kind of composition was first produced in the XlXth dynasty, that is about the time of the Hebrew Exodus, or whether earlier specimens existed, we have no materials at present for determining. But certainly their style is far less
elevated than that of the story of Saneha, and the tale of the Injured Gardener, which belong to the Xllth dynasty, and they read like the productions of a less serious and poetical
age.

The

story I

am

about to translate

is,

as before said, a
is

mere fragment, contained in

five pages,

and one

led to

350

Translation of a Fragment of a Fahnloits 7 ale.

upon the original length. The story of the Two in nmeteen pages, but I doubt whether the present tale can have been equally long. The ]Aot is simple. A young prince is born, of whom the Hathors or fairy godmothers, who attend his birth, foretell that he will die by one of three deaths, either by means of a crocodile, a serpent, or a dog. The young piince is immured by his father's order, with a view of shielding him fi'ora danger, but he one day This desire catches sight of a dog, and wishes to have one. is granted, rather imprudently it would seem, but probably the dog provided for him was one considered of a species not dangerous, and this animal became his faithful comj)anion. AVhen arrived at manhood, he petitions to be alloAved to go out and see the world. The king accedes to this, and the young man goes with his dog to Mesopotamia. The king or
speculate

Brothers

is

prince of this country has an only daughter,

whom

he has

shut up

in a lofty tower, of
;

which the window was many

ground the sons of all the neighbouring princes have been mvited to scale this tower, with the promise that whichever succeeds in reaching the princess's Avindow shall have her as his wife. The young Egyptian joins this band of suitors, and eventually proves successful. The process by which the window was reached is rather
cubits firom the
<? pui, a word Avhich obscure the word expressing it is ^ | occurs elsewhere with the determinative of a bhd's wing, and
;

then means

" to fly."

Here

it

appears to be determined only

_-*_ by a vague difBcult believe that it is to the As wliich moans nothing. young princes had flying apparatus, I have preferred to venture upon the word " climb." If the papyrus were not mutilated here, we might perhaps decide with certainty. The Egyptian prince talks about using enchantment, or invoking the aid of some god, perhaps Thoth, and it is not

sign,

perhaps answering to the hierogli^-phic

impossible, in a marvellous tale of this kind, that flying

may

be really meant.
the princess's
his

Whether by climbing or flying, he reaches window, and after some difliculties arising from

supposed obscure parentage, he marries her. After this he goes to EgA^^t to hunt, and meets AAath an adventure with a crocodile and a giant, the nature of wliich it is impossible

Translation of a Fragment of a Fabulous Tale.

351

to determine, but

tlie

prince escapes without hurt

he next

runs in danger of a serpent,

while he
lies

who approaches
is,

to bite

him

however, despatched by After this the crocodile and giant are introduced his wife. again, but here unfortunately the manuscript breaks off"; one cannot help guessing that after all the faithful dog will be the cause of his death. Considering the rapidity with which the story is developed in the five pages which we have, it may be presumed that not more than five others would be needed to bring about the catastrophe. The seven Hathors who attend at the birth of children, and predict their future fate, are mentioned also in the tale of the Two Brothers, where they unanimously foretell a violent death to the woman who was formed by the creator Chnum to be the wife of Batau. These mysterious beings are the prototj^ies of the Parcae or Fates of the ancients. In the CXLVIIIth chapter of the Book of the Dead, they are represented as cows, and their names are given at length.
asleep
;

this

enemy

Harris Papyrus

500, verso.

Translation.
the text

[The toords in parentheses supply ihe lacuncB of

from

conjecture.^

Page
JINE

4.

1.

It is told (that

offspring.

there was once) a king, who had no male (He prayed for an heii-) and the gods

listened to his request.

2.

They decreed

that one should be born to him. He lay with liis wife in the night, and behold (she became) pregnant. She completed the month
\^^len the Hathors (Parcse)
birth,

3.

of parturition,

and then brought forth a male child. came to greet him at his

ihey said

4.

that he

would
it,

die either

by a

crocodile, a serpent, or

by

a dog.

When

the people

who were

about the child

heard
5.

things to His Majesty.

they went (and told) these His Majesty was exceedingly grieved at the evil tidings. His Majesty gave orders (to shut the child up in) a house

352
LINE
6.

Translation of a Fragment of a FahuJous Tale.

in the country,

provided with attendants and

fi'om the king's palace,

all

kinds of

7.

and that the child should not go out abroad. (Now it came to pass after some time) when the child grew big, he ascended to the roof of the house, and he saw a dog, which was
following a person

good things

who

8.

was going along the road. He said to his attendant, who was beside him, "A^Hiat is that which (follows the
person going along) the road."

He

9.

said to him, " That is a dog." The cliild said to him, " Let one be brought to me like it." The attendant

went and repeated these things

10. to His Majesty.

His Majesty

said,

liim a boar-hunting dog, to

"Let there be got for run before him." Then

after this, the

they got for him

11. a dog.
cliild

Now

it

came
like

to pass

some time
all his
is it

became
I

a prince, in

limbs.

He
remain

12. sent to

his father, saying,

"Why

that

I still

shut up.

am
)

destined (to

die

by one of three

deaths
3

Let God do whatsoever pleases him."

He went

and

Page
1.

5.

all

kinds of weapons

to serve him.

The man

2.

3.

4.

conducted him to the East. He said to him, "Go now whithersoever thou wilt." He went off) and the dog with him. He went up to the country according to his will, he lived upon the best of all the beasts of the field. He arrived at the country of the prince of Mesopotamia (Naharanna). Now there Avas no child of the prince of Mesopotamia, excepting one daughter. He had built a house for her, of which the window was distant cubits from the ground. He had sent for all the sons of all the princes of the land of S}Tia (Chara), and said to them,

G.

"Whoever
shall

shall scale the

It

window
to pass

of

my

daughter, she
this,

be his ^nfe."

came

many days after

Translation of a Fragment of a Fabulous Tale.

riNE
7.

353

while they were engaged in then- daily occupations, the youth rode up to them. They
received the youth into their house, gave fodder to his
horse, they did
all

8.

washed him, they

9.

sorts of things for the youth.

They

lodged (?) him, they shod (?) his feet, they 10. brought him to their they said to him in the way of conversation, " Whence comest thou, 11. thou good youth?" He said to them, "I am the son of one of the horsemen of the land of Egypt. My mother
died,
12. father

and

my

took another wife, a step-mother. Thereupon she hated me, and I fled from before her." He
silent (?).

13.

was

They

kissed him

He

said to the

14. youths, "

" (they tell do him about the daughter of the king of Mesopotamia).

What

shall I

Page
1

6.

to scale the

window

of the tower.

Now

it

came
2

to pass

many days
deity?).

after this

he said to them, "

(or conjure

Do ye go
I will

out

I will call

some

go

to climb

3.

4.

They went to climb, according to their The youth stood afar off looking on. The maid-servant (?) of the daughter of the prince of Mesopotamia was upon it
you."

among

custom every day.

(the tower?).
this,
5.

Now

it

came

to pass

some time

after

the youth went to climb with the children of the princes he climbed

6.

7.

and he reached the window of the daughter of the Prince of Mesopotamia. She kissed him, she embraced him in all his Hmbs Some one went to congratulate her father, and said to him, "A man has scaled the window
of thy daughter."
"

8.

The

prince inquired about him, saying

is it

The son

of which of the princes

?"

They
23

said

to him.
Vol. III.

354
IIXB
y.

Translation of a Fragment of a Fabulous Tale.

" It is the

son of a horseman,

who

has run away from

the land of Egypt, (from the face) of a step-mother."

The
10. prince of

11.

Mesopotamia was exceedingly angry. He said, can I give my daughter to a runaway from Egypt. Let him go back again." They went and said (to the youth, " Go back) to the place from whence
"

How

12.

thou earnest." But the girl clung to him.

She swore by God, saying,

13.

14.

(if I am prevented) from keeping him Avith me, I will neither eat nor drink." She was on the point of dying. A messenger went to announce all that she had said to her father.

By

the

name

of the Sun, Horus,

The
15.

prince sent

men

to slay

him (the youth).

He was
is

in his house.

The

girl said, "

By

the Sun,

if

he

slain

I will die too,

16. I will

not pass an hour of life (without) him."

all

One went
(The prince

(and told
him).

these things) to her father.

of Mesopotamia causes the youth to be brought to

Page
1.

7.

2.

(The result is favourable) The fear of him came upon the prince. He embraced him, and kissed him in all his limbs. He said to him, "Behold thou art
unto

3.

me

as a son."

He

replied to him, " I

am

the child
died,

of a horseman of the land of Egypt.

My mother
I

my
4.

father took

to himself another wife

she hated me.

ran

away from
wife.
5.

before her."

He gave him

his daugliter to

He
it

(gave him a handsome establishment.) Now pass some time after this, that the youth
said unto his wife, " I

came

to

(3.

am

predestined to one of three

deaths

either

7.

She said to (some precautious be taken)." cause my dog to be killed.

by a crocodile, a serpent, or a dog." him, " Let

He

How

replied, " I will not should he do it ?"

Translation of a Fragment of a Fabulous Tale.

LINE
8.

355

The woman (urged) her huKband

greatly.

He would

9.

not allow him (the dog?) to go out alone. (He goes a journey to some place) in the land of Egypt
to catch birds.

10. (probably a sacred animal),

Behold a crocodile he was at the door of

his

11.

house in the village, in wliich the (youth had formerly dwelt). Behold there was a giant by him. The giant did not suffer him to go out.
(he shut up) the crocodile.

12

The

giant

went

out to walk.
13.

Now when

the

dawn
every day for the

14.

appeared (the youth) went space of two months. Now came to pass some time after

it

this,

that the youth

his house.

was
it

and making a happened that

sitting
15.

feast

in

Now

when night approached,

the youth lay

down upon

his

mat, and sleep overcame his limbs.

Page
1.

8.

His wife was engaged in (some occupation connected

2.

3.

(There came a serpent) Behold his wife was sitting beside him she was not reposing. Then the (servants came and presented something, probably wine) He drank of it to intoxication. He lay to the sei-pent. down overcome. (The woman kills him and throws

with the bath).

fi'om

a hole to bite the youth.

;

him)
4

5.

Then they awoke her husband into her bath. (and told him what had happened). She said to him, Behold thy God hath given one of thy dooms into thy hand. He proceeded to make
offerings to

6.

God, to worship him, and exalt

his presence,

every day.
7.

Now it came
He
did not

to pass

some time

after this,

the youth went out to walk, at a distance from hia

dwelling.

8.

Behold his dog followed him. (some animal)

His dog seized the head of

356
LINE
9.

Translation of a Fragment of a Fabulous Tale.

He began

to

run

(after) him,

he approached (a place near)

crocodile.

the sea.
10. the

He proceeded

to the

to

dog was standing (near) the where the giant was

after thee

He

led

him

11. the crocodile (said) to the

youth " I

am

thy doom,

am
(?)

come
12 thee 13
if

with the giant. But, behold,

thou mayest bewitch

I wall

remember

me

(like) the giant.

But
(the

thou seest

"

14

Now

it

came

to pass after

two months that

youth) went

[Ilere ends the fragment.^

357

ADDENDA TO PAPER ON THE "DESCENT

OF ISHTAR."
By H.
F. Talbot, F.R.S., &c.

I stated in the first page of this article that the word Nin meant both Lord' and ^Lady,' as I have ah-eady exof which I will plained in my Assyrian Glossary No. 419 offer a few proofs. In 2 R 58, 56 the god )->J^ ^V\Vi Ty ^' ^^^ ^^ called the Nin (or Lord) of the Bright Face (or Bright Eye) (1^^ <^}}.
^ ;

Nin being written Syy^ ^gi>m in Another title of the same

'jV^Y ^is^T ^y>- Nin-it-gal
'

col. 1,

but "jV^T in
(in

col. 2.

god

line

58)

was

Lord of the strong hand.'

He was

usually, he

when he had this epithet. More was the god of the Ocean, and in that quality he was called (see line 62) Nin bubu, where Nin is written
the " god of battle,"

J^

t^5f^

in col. 1, but "jV^Y in col. 2.

This

is

explained

in col. 4 to

mean

^'

the

god of

sailors,"

where
^*^Y

sailors are

called (as in other passages)

^^S* ^TYT

^Y

"

men

who go

in lines 63, 67, 73.

Other similar titles are attributed to him Hence it is evident that Nin signified a Lord. Besides, we have the great deity Nin-ib whose name probably signifies Lord of brightness.' He was the Assyrian Hercules and sometimes the Meridian Sun. I now come to
in ships."
'

the opposite meaning of Nin,

'

a Lady,' which as far as I

It occurs >-TT Bil

have observed,
quently.
It is

always written j;V^Y. often put in opposition to

is

very

fre-

(Dominus).

Thus in my glossary No. 367 I have mentioned the Bil and Nin (god and goddess) of knowledge. But on some of the
tablets are long lists of deities, given in pahs, the Bil

and

the

Nin of each

kind.

358

Addenda

to

Paj^er on the

^'Descent of

Is/itar.'"

j;V^y also means a

died.

A^'ife.

Ex.

gr.

Tarkii king of

Egypt
" after-

ArMnu Urdamani

tar nin-su as guza-su usib,

wards Urdamani the son of

(Smith's Assurbanipal, p. 47).

his wife sat

upon

his throne."

j;V^y or Xin
palace

is

sometimes a
all

"

Woman,"

ex.

gr.

Nin

khimkhfi hekali-su nialabasu,

{ibid. p.

the favom'ite

women

of his

200).

In col. 1, Kne 20 I have translated ^^ ^Y <^*->fimahidu they shall prey,' from the root ^'1^ j)roeda. In confirmation of this see the cylinder of Esarhaddon col. 1,
'

^^

23,

where the word

is

used agam.

[All the treasures of his

palace] I carried off as

my

spoil,

ana muhadi

aslula,

written

In col. 1, 34 and the two following lines, lupki may be from n^n to weep, howl, lament flere, ejulare. " Let her lament, along with other spirits in torment." In col. 2, line 1 Dr. Schrader^ thinks that the messenger
:

of e\al news only prostrated himself before the gods, and

that he did not lacerate his face taking the word guddut to This opinion is very be the Hebrew lip and not Tl^. probable, because Tip is followed by 72'^Q^ " the face," just as in our present passage we read guddut appa-su.
:

In

col. 2,

line 7 Bm'ti

'a

Cow'

is

correctly referred

by
'

which Fiirst renders a heifer, or young cow,' and compares it to the Greek TropTis, as I had done before consulting his work. In the same line Dr. Schrader reads S^yiy^: ^^yy as ugarra and not usara. In this he is doubtless right the verb is the Chald. 1J or ^^;i gur, coire. See Schindler's Lex.
Dr. Schrader to the Heb.
TTyQ,

p. 300.

And

in the

same

line the

verb isuhkhit

is

probably

In formed from sukhit, Heb. ilpTC^ desiderium, libido. Genesis iii, 16; iv, 7 and Cant, vii, 11 we find the derived Root p1\2^ noun tasukJiit Jlplli?]! of the same meaning. concupiscere, Gesenius p. 990. The verb which is found in lines 42, 43 of col. 1, ittabul 'it was taken off': tatbul 'thou takest off,' requii'es fm-ther
'

Uollenfahrt der

Islitar, p. 45.

Addenda
examination.
I

to

Paper on
it

the " Descent

of

Ishtar.'^

359
of,'

believe

is

tabul

'

to take possession

which is possibly another form of the verb Ml to conquer, or become master of. I will give several examples of the verb tabid from other mscriptions.
p.

The Prayer for the King, line 11 (see Transactions, vol. i, mshes prosperity ana tabbuli-su to his Rule (or Government). The word is written 5z ^>-- >-^^Y<y.
109)

In the inscription of Esarhaddon col.

2,

47

mention
of

is

made

of

a tyi'ant

"
*^^

who had

taken possession

(itbalu

^2^y

*"*^T

I^U)
is

lands belonging to the inhabitants

of Babylon

and Borsippa."
derived

And hence
a Ruler,
e^i:

>^
"

^^

^^

1^]

""^T

niiittabbUnt

The great gods who are the gr. Tigl. i, 15, Heaven and Earth." In line 43, Ammini tatbul, why takest thou from me ? Here, ana ma for what ? why ? is contracted into anma, amma. Thence ammi-ni why from me ? see Schrader's observations on tlie word (p. 35). The name of Hades, in this legend, is "^^^ ^A ^*~TT-<^ If which is generally admitted to mean " the Land of No Return." But I am not aware that any direct proof has been adduced of the truth of this translation. I was therefore glad to meet with the following gloss in 2 R 32 last column
Riders of
line 19.
irtsit la tarat ^ippp ^^11 *^^Y ^!3^| *'^T|T *\y which means in Assyrian " the land of no return," and opposite to this was written the Accadian translation, which I cannot doubt, was ^^ *^ ^^TT-<^ Tt ^^ i^ 'th legend

of Istar:

but unfortunately the word

is

fractured in the

middle,
perfect
(return)

and only the

state,
differs

first
"*l'^

and

last

letters
Y!.

remain in a
tarat

thus

'i-fif^'i^'i^-^iPi.^i'>i:

The word

very slightly from the

*^^YTY
Tt Tt
*^TT*^

tah'at of

the legend

which
In

is

written
6.

see page 119 of this

volume, line
col. 1,

line 54,

y>-

"^>'

Sibbu 'a girdle,'

encircle.'

is

derived

from the Heb. root 21D

cu'cumdedit,
cinxit.

to

Gesenius says
I

In

proof of which

may

refer to

'

360
2

Addenda

to

Paper on
-^^j-

the

^^

Descent of

Ishtar.'"

R 34,

65 where y^-

sibbu stands

next to

^ *-^^

V''-

sababu.

In col. 1, line 11, I have translated iz^ **^TI^ ""^ Sakkul "the gate-bars," and said that it was probably the I same as the Chald. "^^D the bar of a gate, repagxdum.

have since found the word again line 54, where the Accadian word
the Assyrian >-yy<y >-^^y daltu
the Accadian
11

in 4

16,

52 and also in
is

fij *^|<y-6

rendered by
;

'B:

door'

(Heb. r\bf)

and

*v=yy^ *^^
(

sakkul
:

by the Assyrian

I^

"tin sikkuru

Heb. y)^D)

and these were barred,

>-^y jj^

as appears from the epithet

'

la jy'^dari

>^|

*"|

PI

not openable.'

Sakkul

is

therefore an Accadian word, but

evidently related to sikkur in Assyrian

(Heb. "S^O clausit

is

januam).
In
col. 1, line 4,

the god of the infernal regions

is

called

Perhaps he was the same as Urgal or Urugal, a deity who in 2 R 30, 13 seems to be identified with Hades, or the land of Aralliy
Irkalla.

This

name

not otherwise known.

which

is

only another

name

for

it.

Urugal

Aralli

In
is

col. 1, line 54,

.

Schrader
I

is

of opinion that

^^y

*"^^T

the

name

of a jewel.

the

Accadian

name
^^^It
is

for

have since found that it is see 2 R 40, 59 the Emerald

;

Jx7^ *"^By

^^II
the

*"I^I

translated
p"T^
'

Airakhu,

which
:

Chald.

by the Assyrian smaragdus viridis

Translate

(Schindler p. 811)
therefore
waist."
" there

derived from

py>

viridis.

was taken

off the

emerald girdle of her

BAttKISON

AND

EONS, PRINTEB8 IN

ORDINARV TU HEB HAJLbTY,

ST.

MAKTIN

LANL, LONDON.

TRANSACTIONS

SOCIETY
Vol. III.

OF

BIBLICAL ARCHAEOLOGY.
DECEMBER,
1874.

Part

2.

ON FRAGMENTS OF AN INSCRIPTION
GIVING PAET OF THE

CHRONOLOGY FROM WHICH THE CANON OF

BEROSUS WAS COPIED.
By George
Smith.

Read 4th November, 1873.

Berosus the Chaldean

into

historian, in the time of the suc-

cessors of Alexander, translated the records of his conntry

the

literature of Assyria
tablets,

Greek language and as the whole body of the and Babylonia was inscribed on clay it was doubtless from such tablets that Berosus
;

compiled his history.

the thousands of inscriptions which have been discovered, embracing every variety of subject, there has

Among

been hitherto a remarkable absence of any fragments of the general chronology of the country. In various inscriptions chronological notices have been found stating the number of years that had elapsed between particular reigns or events, and these extracts served to show the existence
Vol. III.

24

362

On Fragments of an

Inscription giving part of the

of a regular scheme of chronology,

making

it

appear more

singular that such a chronological scheme had not hitherto

been discovered.

Some
Museum,

years ago,
I

among

the clay tablets in the British

found a fragment of an Assyrian copy from a chronological work, but it was too small for publication, containing, in fact, only three or four words, so I copied it and put it away, in hope of finding at a future day a larger portion. Since my return from Assyria I have discovered a much larger fragment and another small one both of these join my former one, and enable me now to give to the world the first instalment of the long expected official clu'onology of
;

Babylonia.
I have found belong to a terra-cotta on both sides, and containing six columns Each column of writing I suppose to have of writing. had, when complete, from fifty to sixty lines of inscription. My fragments belong to the first, second, fourth, and fifth columns of the tablet, at about the middle of each column. The colophon containing the date when this tablet was written is not preserved on the present fragments; but the copy probably belongs to the period of the seventh century B.C., when most of these Assyrian works were inscribed. There is no evidence as to the date of the original document, and it is probable that the list after its first compilation was added to from time to time, so as to bring

The fragments which

tablet, inscribed

the record

down

to the periods of the successive writers.

In comparing the fragments of the new document with the scheme of Berosus it will be necessary to go over some
of the particulars of his
list,

but

this list has so often

it

given in
the

full

that I shall not repeat

now.

been Together with

new

tablet I will notice

some other

inscriptions bearing

on Babylonian chroi\ology, so as to complete, as far as possible, the list of Babylonian kings. The first dynasty of Berosus consists of ten kings, who reigned before the flood, and whose united reigns are given as 120 sari, that is 432,000 years. The first name in the list of Berosus is Alorus, and in my Early History of Babylonia
I

have

identified

him

ynih.

name found

in the inscriptions

Chronology from ichich the Canon of Berosus was copied.

363

wrongly read " Ur," which is only part of the name, the whole 1 now read |y ^Tjif= >=^ *^*-]f ^i4w-^ ^Tg^T A-di-i-ur. Adi-nr {meaning " devoted to the god Ur ") is spoken of by Sargon as if he were the founder of the monarchy. The fifth monarch in the list of Berosus is named Amegalarus, and I would suggest that possibly this name represents the Cuneiform ^^^ ^^'^ {meaning Bf*^ Amil-ur-gal ''Man of UrgaV). A king of this name is mentioned on some Babylonian fragments in the Daily Telegraph Collection. The Cuneiform names of the last two kings of this d ynas ty are given in the Deluge tablets; they are
of Sargon, but
I
I

^L^_I

'"'^y

*"fc^y *~E^I

Ubara-tu-tu,

the Otiartes of

Berosus and Y -^J '"Ij V" Si-sit, his Xisuthrus. Ubara-tutu means servant of the god Tutu, and as the Assyrians used the word Ardu for a servant, the variant in one copy of
Berosus, Ardates, for this
error,
for

word

is

not, as I first supposed,

an

but a Semitic form of the word.

The reading

Sisit

is only conjectural. however, to retain it until we know the true form. The first character -^Y has also the value His. The name appears to be different in composition to most of the others, and may be compounded of ^^ "the sea" or "flood," and *^YY^ " life " or " escaped," meaning him who escaped the flood. The names of the kings before the flood are ordinary early combinations of two elements, such as are often met with in proper names, but the extravagant length of their reigns prevents our considering them historical. The second dynasty of Berosus included 86 kings, whose united reigns are said to have amounted to 33,091 or 34,080

the

name

of the hero of the flood

think

it

best,

years.

The fragments of Cols. I and 11 of the new tablet probably belong to this period, but both in this and in other parts of
the document the large groups of Berosus are broken
into smaller dynasties.

up
is

The fragment
preserved
is

of the

first

column of the tablet which

very small, only containing the ends of three lines. One of these has the fi-agment of a mythical reign as follows " years 600 (or more) he ruled," and the next line
:

has the last word of a dynastic summation, " altogether."


364

On Fragments of an

Inscription giving part of the

of the

This fragment shows the mihistorical nature of this part list, as we have here similar extravagant reigns to
contains four names,

those in Berosus.

The fragment of the second column

second dynasty of Berosus.

which, from their position, I suppose also to belong to the

These four names are .... nini, and Abil-kisu. The last of these names is Semitic, and means son of Kisu. Kisu was a great town in Babylonia, now represented by the mounds of Hymer. According to the general opinion of Assyrian scholars,
Ilu-kassat, Mul-agu-nunna,

the Valley of the Euphrates

that reason

was

at the period of the second

races,

dynasty of Berosus inhabited by Turanian

and

for

we

should not expect to find Semitic names

;

among their princes but the presence of the name Abil-kusu may be accounted for by the practice of the later Babylonians, of occasionally translating

Turanian names into their

earlier

own

language, having regard in this to the meaning and not

I

the sound of the names.

instance of
this,

have already quoted an

the Semitic

name

Ardates, in Berosus, for

Ubara-tutu.

nothing unhistorical in the character of the four names preserved in the second column, but all the lengths of the reigns are lost After the fi-agment of the second column no more is preis

There

served, until

we come
is

to the fourth

column on the reverse of

the tablet.
Fii'st

This

the largest break in the document, and to

this lost portion

belong some of the most important reigns.

among these is >--T J:T TTT^T >?- Iz-du-bar, a monarch who appears to come somewhere about the division
which separates the age of romance from the historical While on the one side various extravagant stories are told of this monarch in the " Legends of Izdubar," on the other there are Assyrian copies of tablets, which appear One of these has to have been written during his reign. the follo^ving passage twice
line

period.

j{?

<

^T

H
for

^y iiie!
Iz
-

+
-

^:w
Sar
the

-11?

-^
-

mm

9
^th

du

bar

dan

nu

omen

Izdubar

powerful

king

Chronology from lohich the Canon of Berosus was copied.

365

gabwho

ri

la

isn

sar
the

dannu
king

ina
in

rival

had

tiot,

poioerfid

mati
the

basi

land

is.

Izdubar had a son bearing in the inscriptions the Semitic y YJ J^T Za-ai-du, meaning "the hunter," but this may only be a translation of the original Turanian name. There is no evidence whether Zaidu succeeded his father. Another prominent monarch belonging to this interval is

name

Kudur-nanhundi, an Elamite
the twenty-third century B.C.
text referring to this

who conquered Babylonia in I found at Kouyimjik a new

kmg, but am not able to throw any more light on his reign. There is an inscription referring to Kudm--nanhundi in Cuneif. Insc, Vol. Til, p. 38, which may some day aid in the matter. Nearly all the first thirty-three names in my Early
History of Babylonia also belong to this period, but as I have no new facts respecting them I do not repeat their

names

here.

The fragment

of Col.

IV of the

tablet exhibits traces of

to the
fifth

several lines probably belonging

dynasty of

Berosus, which contained forty-nine kings and ruled 458

years.

The
lon,

first

reign on the fragment

is

but the
is

name

of the king
is

is lost.

connected with BabyThe second name,

which

incomplete,

The

third king is

Sumu, but this monarch is unknown. Zabu, the same as No. 6 in my Early
;

History of Babylonia

he is known from the cylinder of Nabonidus as the founder of the temples of Sippara. The next name is mutilated, it is formed by the combination of
Abil,
lost.

meaning

" a son," with the

name

of some deity

now

king named Abil-sin is No. 18 in my former list, perhaps he is this monarch. The next name, which is again mutilated, has only the first element, Sin, remaining. After this there is space for six names, all of which are lost, and


366
then

On Fragments

of cm Inscription giving part of

ilie

we have fragments
and again ten
(or

of

reigns,

more) reigns.

two siimmationg, ten (or more) Then commences a

new dynasty, the name of the first king being lost. The name of the second commenced with the syllable Ki, and of the third one only the initial wedge of the name is left.
Here I have given which are preserved,
all

the fragments of

in the

names and lines, hope that they may lead hereentnely lost until

after to the identification of the monarchs.

From
fi-agments

here the record

of Cols.

is

we come

to

the fragment of Col. V, and to the interval between the

IV and

most probably belong the

56,

names
I

in

my

Early History of Babylonia, No. 34 to

:

but

have three names to add to this list two are the son and grandson of Kuri-galzu (No. 50 in the list) these are from a monolith belonging to the Daily Telegraph Collection, and the tliird is from a broken obelisk referring to the reign of Tiglath-Pileser I, king of Assyi'ia. The passage on the monolith reads
;

MarudukMerodach

pal

idina

sar

kissati

sar

Baladan

king of nations,

king

Ki

in -

gi

ki

ur

abil

Mi -

li

si

hu

of Sumir and Akkad,

son

of

Mili-sihu

sar

Din

tir

lib

pal

pal

king of

Babylon,

grandson

of

Ku

ri

gal

zu

sar
tlie

la

sa

na

an

Kuri-galzu

unequalled

king.

The third monarch ] ^::|y J^ Ka-araX:t]] bur-ya-as, occurs on the broken Kouyunjik obehsk, referring
to the reign of Tiglath-Pileser
I,

^^

in the following passage

367

Chronology from which the Canon of Berosus was copied.

" In the

month ....

in the

eponymy

of Assur-ram-nisi-su,

from Miu-zi he captured, and in the same year in the month Sebat his chariots and warriors from the city of Assur he sent. The cities of Suindisula and Al sande, cities in the neighbourhood of Dur-kuri-galzn, had revolted and to Kara-bm-iyas turned, the goods (?) of their country they captured."
.
.

the city of Bari

The next and

tablet

largest fragment of the

new

chronological

belongs to Col. V, and contains seven reigns and

four dynastic
follows
1
:

summations, the translation of which

is

as

"

The Kuabar

of the land of the sea, altogether."

Here follows a straight line, which divides this summation from the dynasty which follows.
2.

"

The

leader of the Kuabar

of

the land of the sea,

in

Simmas-sihu son of
3.

Iriba-sin,

whose reign was prosperous, and his god him triumphant, 17 years he ruled;
in the

war made

4.
5.

6.
7.

Ekal of Sargina buried. the king wjio set himself up, son of Kutmar, 3 months he ruled In the field of Bit-kutmar buried. Kassu-nadin-ahu son of Sappai, 6 years he ruled in the
Hea-mukin-zii-a
;

ekal.

Here a straight Ime drawn across

the summation follows.
8.

closes the dynasty,

and

These 3 kings were of the dynasty of the country of the

sea,

23 years they ruled.

line

Another straight

follows,

dividing the summation

from the next dynasty, which proceeds

9.

Ulbar-surki-idina son of Bazi, 15 years he ruled; in the

10. 11.

ekal of Kar-maruduk buried. Nabu (?) -kudur-uzur son of Bazi,

2 years he ruled.
in

Amil(?)-8uqamuna son of Bazi, 3 months he ruled;

the ekal of

Lu ....

buried.

368

(M Fragments of an

Inscription gicing part of the

Here a straight liiie again divides between the dynasty and its summation, which follows
12.

Bazi, 20 years

These 3 kings were of the dynasty of the house of and 3 months they ruled.
line divides this

Another straight

from the next dynasty,

but the royal name which headed the next line of writing, and which belonged to the only king of the dynasty, is lost

by a
13
14.

fracture

what remains reads as follows

(name lost) descendant of the race of Elam, 6 years he ruled in the ekal of Sargina buried.
this
is

FoUoAving summation.
15.

the

usual

straight

line

and

the

This king was of the dynasty of Elam, 6 years he ruled.

After this comes the straight line before another dynasty,

the record of which

is

entirely lost.

This

is

evidently an important fragment of Babylonian

first

chronology, and the

point in connection with

list

it is

to

names belongs. On this point there is the following evidence. About B.C. 1120 there ruled in Babylonia a king named Maruduk-nadin-ahi, and in some contracts dated in his reign one of the witnesses is
decide to what period the
of " Ulbar-sm-ki-idina son of Bazi, chief of the prefects."

The

same person is named as the fourth king in this fragment, from which I suppose that these monarchs followed Maruduknadin-ahi, and the summation at the commencement of the fragment will then refer to the dynasty to which he belonged.
This identification will give
for the

seven kings the approxi-

1100 to 1050. This date is not without its difficulties but I put it forward as a temporary place for these monarchs, until we know more of the chronology of the country.
B.C.
;

mate date of from

Casting up the totals given in the fragment

23?/

+ 20z/ 3w

would appear that the seven reigns only occupy a total of 49 years and 3 months, or on the average 7 years From the position of this fragment in Babyfor a reign.
it

+ Qi/,

Chronology from
Ionian chronology,
Berosus, which

lohicli the

Canoit of Berosus was copied.

369

it must belong to the seventh dynasty of mcluded 45 kings, who ruled 526 years, the average lengths of the reigns over the whole period being between 11 and 12 years. The summation at the commencement of the fragment, and the notice of Simmas-sihu both mention a race, the name of which is mutilated in both instances, and which I read Avith much doubt, Kuabar. No such name is known, and it does not appear to be Semitic. The tablet itself is written in a mixture of Turanian and Semitic words, but the meanings of most of them are so obvious that I need not stop to discuss them. The prmcipal Turanian words are Y ^t:Y *">^y a-ab-ba, which equals the Semitic ^^ >--^j^ tamte, "the

sea,"

^yyy
^

kit,

a Turanian particle meaning "

of,"

jT^f^

nigin, equal to Semitic pahar,

"collected" or "together";

/Y-

equal to Semitic damiqtu, "good";

"

^Y

I^
kinu,

equals

war " equal mahaz

tugultu
;

or " fighting "

-<^*^yT

^^Y

>--Y

verbal prefix ^iz

" self

*^TT-<^

equals

raman

t^iz^^ *~I^ equals Jij^ "^j- ^f^f e-pu-us, " he There is only one ruled " ^Yl JI^^^Y sign of plural. phrase which needs particular notice. The expression occurs several times, ina ekal, followed by a proper name, and then
raised "
; ;

the

palace,"

word Mhir. Now, and if we could

ina ekal generally means "in the translate kibir " lived " or " ruled,"

we might suppose
is

these passages to give the

therefore suppose

palaces in which the kings ruled, but the

names of the meaning of kibir

in

"buried,"

and
I

ekal in this case to

mean

" tomb."

however only transcribe the word

in this

my

translation.

The

first

summation

fragment and some subsequent

is

passages, mention the land of the sea,

near the Persian Gulf.

other inscriptions,
list,

This country

meaning the district mentioned in several

among

others in a curious geographical

where

it

occurs under the Semitic form " Tamte," this

-^Y >-"iji^

list

of peoples gives

tam-te (land of the sea),

*iTT

^t^y

Su-bar-tu;
-^

(Assyrians);

Jryf >-^y

^ jy

J:yyys:

^TIT^ Kas-su-u (Cosseans);

As-su-ru-u B] ^E-la-mu-u
^JS.
(Elamites)
;

-^yy -tgy

Sryyyj^

370

On Fragments of an

Inscription giving part of the

^^ '-^J m <-]^ IeU *^- -w

Sii-tu-u (Shuites);

5:111?:

Qu-tu-u (Goim)

Lu-ni-h.-i.u

^a -^id =^ ^w
name Simmas-sihu; he

Ak-ka-du-u (Babylonians). The first king in Col. V bears

is

the

had a prosperous reign for seventeen years, and to have been bui'ied in the tomb of Sargon. There is a
said to have

contract tablet in the British

year.

Museum dated

in his twelfth

His successor, according to the tablet, was Hea-mukin-ziru,

a pretender, whose short reign of three months
is

not in-

cluded in the dynastic summation.

nadin-ahu, nothing
for
is

Of

his successor,

kno"\vn

beyond the

fact that

Kassuhe reigned

These three kings are considered by the omittmg the three months of Hea-mukin-ziri, his reign being probably contemporary with that of the third monarch, the duration of the dynasty is twenty-three years. The next dynasty also consisted of three kings these were brothers, sons of Bazi, and the sum of then- reigns is said to have been twenty years and three months; but there must be some error in the lengths of the reigns, as the numbers, when cast up, only make seventeen years and
six

years.

writer of the tablet to constitute a dynasty, and,

three months.
reign, where, instead of three months, I

There appears to be something wrong about the third would suggest three years and three months. The first king of this dynasty is Ulbar-surki-idina,

who appears a
In

witness in the reign of Maruduk-nadin-ahi.

there
is

one

document

variant
^

for

this

name

y sryyyy i^^]^

>f

<Ef ^'

beheve that the Greek

of a late

form,
king,
idina.

Laborosoarchodus, the
is

name

Babylonian
Ulbar-surki-

a corniption of the Babylonian

name

The successor of Ulbar-surki-idina was his brother, kudur-uzur it should whose incomplete name reads probably be completed Nabu-kudur-uzur. The name of the
;

next monarch, another brother,

part reads

is

also mutilated, the last

suqamuna.

I conjecturally restore it

Amil-

suqamuna.

Chronology from which

the

Canon of Berosus was

copied.

371

After these kings the dominion passed to a man of Elamite descent, whose name is lost, all but a fragment of the last character, which was possibly " uzur."

One thing remarkable in this fragment is the small average in the lengths of the reigns. In this period it is only about seven years, and we have similar results in examining other portions of Babylonian history. The average of the reigns in the fom-th dynasty of Berosus is about nine years in the sixth dynasty between eleven and twelve years and from Nabonassar to Nabonidus about ten years while the average of the Assyrian reigns is nineteen
;

years.

This fragment of Babylonian chronology is not perfect enough to affect the general questions of Babylonian history and antiquity, but I have some hopes of obtaining further portions of it, and by means of it solving some of those problems in early Biblical and Babylonian chronology which are

now

so difficult

Fragment of Babylonian Chronology,

Column

I.

nir
[years]
. .

in

ak

600

ruled

an

nigin

altogether

372

On Fragments of an

Inscription giving part of the

II.

Column
4.
7C''-7Cr-7tr-

WWni
-

fcVI

7L'-7C.'-7C'-7C'-7'-r-7^''-7Cr-7i.'-7C.'-7C.---7(r-7Cr-

ni

nini

Ilu - kas-sat abil

Iluhassat

son of the same

Mul

agu

nun

na
,

Mulagununna

bil

kisu

abil

Ahilkisu

son of
III

Column

{Entirely

lost).

Column IV.

Din

til'

Babylon

Su

mu

[ru ?

Sumu-[ru ?]

Za - bu Zabu

bil

Ahil'

Chronology from ivhich the Canon of Berosus teas copied.

373

Sin Sin
\_Lines
.

13

to

18

Zos^.]

1 9.

<

7 i,--l7 cr-- cr- 7 cr- 7 cr-V L'- 7 ^'-7 e-7 tr-V C-- 7 cr-V cr- 7 L'-7 cr-7 e- 7 L-7 C'-V e'>>SrTi-A tTc-^^t, ''>N"?'CSSt. -i"->T. '^^NrT'A'S'n C-->-n i<Sr\ 'i^S'n i--N-jr'',-Nr, -;'>N'?<>-'>t. -^St.
<.^'sr.

-'--^

10 10

10 10

Iz

_ 99
_.

w
T
I

/*-w y T > T
\ r
I

:r'/

^\/^^'C/^^\''^^\/^^^'~/^-^\/^'^'T/^-^\>^^'\/^-^L^/^-^'0'^-^lv'^^"i\/^^^l.v'^^!.^'^-^!.\>^ -v -jT/ *-r/ -v -irv\.\ iT/Vn irv >^ tT/V^ tr/\A uT/ ,^ ^?^^ --r;\-^ i:r/\A --^/ .r/\-\ :r/ ^v iT/

>

>

^:^-'>\7r''>N- -i^NT, ':.-^\Tr'',^\-

'/--nt,

'an- <.--^t. -S^at. '/At, 'x^v- -i^S- '--a- '-'At. i'A- '.<

Ki Zi
23.

^^?^^^?Jl^'ii<-^iC<^^Y^<y:?^^^^^

2^-

^^
an
-

Column V.
ll
T?
-

+
-

(?)

^
mat
the

T?

^-1 --T -HT

-

Ku

bar (?)
of

ba

ba
the

kit
sea,

Kwihar^f)

land

of

nigin

altogether

374
25

On Fragments of an

Inscription giving part of the

^m^l
ner
-

^]
us
of

t:^
the

m
Kii
-

T?

+(?)
-

V
mat
land

bar

(?)

The

leader

Kuahar(J)

of

the

y?

|
-

^^i ^nr
-

^]<Y^ >f
Sim
-

<^
- si -

^T<T

tS
abil

ab

ba
the

kit
sea,

mas

hu

of

Simmas-sihu

son of

-^^l
Iri
-

--T --T <

ba
-

sin

Iriba-sin,

sa
xchose

palu
reign

damiqtu
icas

ilu

sii

iz

ku

ta
xvar

prosperous,

and

his

god

in

ba

an

pa
him

gi

in

sanati

17

made

triumphant,

17

years

in he

ak

rided

ina
in

e
the

kal

Sar
of

gi

na

ki

bir

ekal

Sargina

buried.

28.

..y^yyyy

y?
-

^
-

m\ <^
-

^::^
sar

A4f-n4
im
-

He

mu

kin

- ziru

Hea-m,ukin-ziru

the king ivho set himself

j^f
abil

->^ j^yy- -::^f yyy

5^^ -0
in
-

Kut-mar
of

arahi

3
montlis

ak

son

Kutmar,

he

inded

Chronology from which the Canon of Berosus loas copied.

29.

375

xy

^|<

37 G

On Fragments of an

Inscription giving part of the

[Nabu?]

kudur

uziir

abil

Ba

zi

Nebuchadnezzar

son

of

Bazi,

^
2
34.

yy

[tECml-S
[in]
lie

sanati 2
years

ak

ruled.

e;s??]

-! JT ^T -^ -^T <HJ
-

[Amil?]

su
-

qa

mu

na
same 3

*
.

TTT -;:^f 3 arahi

.
.

[^mi7 ?]

suqamuna

the

and

months

in

ak

ina
in

e
the

kal

he

ruled;

ekal of

Lu - .... lib Lu ... huried(?)

3'-

[TTT

e^H?; -T?]
sar
-

=^cT
-

i^T'^ ^TTTT
palu
bit

--T -TT^
Ba
-

[3

e]

ni

zi

[3] kings of the dynasty of the house of Bazi,

-^
20

-^?
and
3

TTT

[^Cw]
[in]

-0 T
-

sanati 20 aralii
years

ak

mis

months

they

ruled.

3"-

W^mm
<n
Elam,
5

'^TTT
lib -

-*^T^
pal
-

-^T^
pal

<T-M
u
the
-

-eT
tu

descendant

of

race

of

ET <IiT -^ _!I? sanati 6 NiLtn-ma

years
he

^^ -B
in
-

ak

ruled

='

ina
in

^TTTT
e
the
-

ETkal

^v^
Sar
-

-TTA -^T
gi
-

<m A^^
ki
-

na

bir

ekal

of

Sargon

buried.


Chronology from which the Canon of Berosus teas copied.
38-

377

U
[1

j^^SS]
sar]

-^!^ [V <rT]
palu

EI <IeJ

>^
sanati

!R
G

[Num] -ma
Elam,

[1 king] of the dynasty of

6 years

in he

ak

ruled.

Column VI

lost.

NOTES.
In consequence of the discussion, I have added the
following explanatory notes
First,
:

Oppert pointed out " Les Fastes de Sargon," line 110, "indea diebus remotis usque " I had not noticed this passage because ad periodum Dr. Oppert had not translated the last word. Dr. Oppert has since the publication of the "Fastes" completed his translation, and reads, " From the days remote to the period of the moon"; taking adi (which I give as part of the proper
as
to

the

name

Adi-iir.

Dr.

his

own

translation

of the passage in question in

name

Adi-ur) as the preposition "to,"

answering to ultu

"from."

Dr. Oppert believes the "period of the

moon"

to

indicate a cycle, which he supposes to have

ended

in the

reign of Sargon.

The passage

in question occurs at

two

different dates in the annals of

Sargon

from

this reason,

and because

do not see any evidence of the use of a lunar

cycle for dating at this period, I do not think Dr. Oppert's explanation possible. Sir H. Rawlinson on this point called

attention

to

a cast

of

this

the variant in the Cyprus monolith. From inscription, supplied by Dr. Lepsius, I

made out
Vol.

the passage,

and published the translation

25

in

III.


378

On Fragments of an InscAption
fib'

giving part of the

the Zeitschrift

Agyptische Spraclie, Mai 1871.

:

The two

passages involved are

S argon's Inscription in Hall at Khorsabad, Line

<j.y^
ul
-

110.

^t|y
tu
the

^y

y
immi
days

^'

From
\}
<Irif:
-

tE ^^T e:s?
i

m
II,

di

ur

Adi-ur

Monolith of Sargon from Cyprus, Col.

Lixe

32.

[ul

tu]
the

immi
days
remote

ruquti

zi

bit

Assuri
Assyria.

From

of

the

foundation

of

Second, on the succession of the names.

Sir H. Rawlinson

expressed a doubt

if

the

list

was. a royal one, and stated

in support of this that " there

was only one instance among

the names mentioned of the person being called king," and there was not a single instance showing that the son

had succeeded the

father.

The summation

after the reign

of Kassu-nadin-ahi says distinctly, " these three kings," and gives their united reigns as twenty-three years. As

regards the second objection, the mutilation of the list prevents our ascertainmg the relationship of the monarchs mentioned in it, except in one place, where in a period of

monarchs ruled, there being frequent revolutions, and apparently no opportunity for the succession of father and sou. In the neighbouring country of Elam, by law brothers succeeded in preference to sons, and this may
forty-nine years seven

have been the rule in Babylonia. Note on the loord " Kilnr."' In giving for this word the value " buried," I have been partly influenced by a passage

Chronology from which the Canon of Berosus

in Norris's Dictionary, p. 532,

tvas copied.

379

VoL

II, p. 49,

Mr. Norris gives the vahie "tomb," /T^Y "tll^ M-bi-ru. and quotes the Hebrew l^p " tomb," and 'V'2 " destruction." In my Assurbanipal I have given ^f^Y ^~^ '"11^1 ^i-bi-ri
" burial,"

where he quotes Cuneif. Ins., hne 25, where we have ^J^ t^ M-dii, equal tc

see pp. 240

and 334.

afterwards found

^T^Y ^5=^ is equal to kibir ^y >^ni ^I' Here the monogram and makiddu, forms of the two words already given. This monogram is also equivalent to gibil, kilutu, and sarap, the last two of which mean "fire" or "burning." These meanings, "destruction," "burning," and "burial," being all connected in this way, suggest the question whether some of the races in the Euphrates Valley did not burn their dead in the Assyrian period.
fragment of syllabary, which gave

T^

J^

J^

380

ON FOUR SONGS
CONTAINED IN AN

EGYPTIAN PAPYRUS IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM.

By
C.

W. Goodwin, M,A.
1th April, 1874.

Read

The Papyrus Harris 500 contains, upon the side which I have designated as the front, from its being rather less chafed and frayed than the other side, portions of eight pages of writing. The first page wants the beginnings of all the lines, but its purport is to some extent ascertainable. The last page has nothing but the initial words of the lines, and is practically useless. The remaining six pages are legible, with the excej)tion of a few lines and words wanting here and there. The text consists of four songs, of which tlu^ee are of an amatory kind, bearing no inconsiderable resemblance to parts of Solomon's Song. The remaining one is a composition, intended to be sung to the harp and its theme is the words which Herodotus tells us were pronounced at feasts when a mummied image was carried round and presented to each Then drink, and rejoice, " Look upon this of the guests The song in our papyrus is for thou shalt be as this is." said to be taken from the House of King Antuf, and must, It bears a great therefore, be as early as the 11th Dynasty. resemblance to the song of the harper in the tomb of Nefer;

hotep, published
PI.
fiir

by M. Diimichen,

II Historical Inscriptions.

XL,

wliich has lately been translated in the Zcitschrift

iEgyptische Sprache, by Herr

Ludwig Stern, from

a copy


On Four Songs
contained in an Egyptian Papyrus.

381

made by himself
song
jjjme

iii

in our

papyrus

Partie, PI.
illegible in

A fragment of the identical found in the Leyden Monuments, XII, and has enabled me to supply a word
the tomb.^
is

or

two

our text.
is

The

style of these pieces

evidently poetical, and

many

peculiarities

of spelling

and of language occur which are

not found in the tAvo plain prosaic pieces on the other side
of the papyrus, of which I have in previous papers given an

Without giving a complete transcription of the would be hardly possible for me to comment advantageously on these peculiarities, and such remarks or explanations as I may be able to give must be reserved for separate notes on some other occasion. My object at present is to give something approaching to a translation of the four songs, in order to convey a general idea of their contents. The first song is so fragmentary, that nothing but deaccount.
text, it

tached phrases can be given.

sections or paragraphs

The

piece

is

divided into

by

an arm, or rather the leg

and

claws of a bird -rr^ written in red ink, and in some cases the claw is surmounted by an eye ^^. I cannot say whether there is any distinction between these marks of division.

The song seems

I

to be in the

mouth

of a

woman

addressing
this

her lover, or perhaps soliloquizing about him.

Beyond

can give
I

which
selves.

and must leave the fragments have endeavoured to translate to speak for themlittle

explanation,

The First Song

{wanting the coTnmencemeni).

recto.

Papyrus Harris 500

Page
LINE
1

1.

2
I

am with (thee). Give thy heart (to me) .... amusement. Thou scekest to touch my leg, whilst
didst thou not come, seeking food

was
(?)

not empty
^

of stomach

Wast thou ? Wast thou not

Herr Stern seems not to have been aware that this text had already been pubUshed by M. Diimichen. Hr. Stern's copy supplies a line which is wanting
in

M.

Diimichen's.

382
LINE

On Four Songs
of clothes, while I

contained in an

4
5

was nch
;

in

clothes ?

Didst

6
7

thou not come to thou tookest my breast thou didst revel in its abundance, in the day of ... Section. Thy love penetrated .... millions .... like gums of water rerem on the (?), abounding
.

all

kinds, Avith essences ....

runnest quickly to behold thy brother, like a mare

spying
9
his axles (?)
like the

10
11

he exalts her wings of a hawk.

;

love, like ....

Section .... grass for

the mares
sister,

one of the

lihes,

her breast of rerem

{?),

her

arm
12

Page
1. I

2.

2.

am like a bu-d .... his Do I not turn my heart

....
is

nestling
to
I

....

Section.

thy bathing

(?).

thy love, will not

my

wolf's cub

3.

leave him, for .... on the vigil of the inundation

(?)

for

the land of Khara (S^nria) with staves

4.

and rods
the

for the

land of Kash (Ethiopia) with masts

(?)

for the

high-land with khai (wood of some kind) for

5.

with

tauisati

(wood of some

kind).
Section

I will

not listen to

them
6.

to leave

my

love.

with .... of him

who

provides

my

.... boats .... path with flowers

7.

lord of truth ....

is

Let

me

in the night, the flood,

what

it?
lilies,

8.

... of shrubs, .... his

Nefer-Tum the
Memphis, a

9.

enlightening the earth with her beauties.

vessel of rerem

(?) set before Nefer-ha (the beautiful-

10.

faced. Section. I lie down in the chamber. Yea (I am) vexed with injuries yea my neighboui's come to (console ?) .... come amongst
1 ; !

Egyptian Papyrus in
LINE
11.

the British

Museum.

383

12.

them; they apply remedies with .... voice; yea! they know my pain. Section. The tower of ... her pool is m the midst of her house her doors open
.

my
13. porter.

sister issues forth angry,

(uttering)

all

sorts of

exclamations at the

She is irritated. Yea! listen to her voice, the youth is in dread of offending her. Section. I sail down

Page
1
2.
3.

3.

came
(?)

to ...

the Sun.

barges

watch the upon .... the pool of waters.

desire
is

My

to go to

4. I
5.
6.

began

to

run

spoke not,

my
!

heart remembered ....

the coming of the

Yea

behold

7. I

stood with thee at the

mouth

of the pool of waters; thou

(Heliopolis).

(didst tm-n)

my

desire to

An

Yea

turn

back ....
9
10. I

of acacias, to the houses ....

11

took the acacias of the houses .... with my fan. I beheld

12. his doings.

13.

My

face

was towards the ....

I
. . . .

His bosom

was

full

of persea-fruit.

with

Page
1.

4.

gums

the king ....

first

Section.

Here ends the

first line

song.

of the fourth page,

page

6.

The text

is

The second commences on the and extends to the first line of now far more perfect but there are
;

several words which

do not understand.

Page
1,

4.

The beginning
sister,

of the song of joy and beauty of thy

to the

beloved

2.

of thy heart.

Come

meadows,

my brother, beloved
who
art beloved
(I)

of

my
all
!

heart, (come) after

me, thou

thy doings. (I) say to thee, see what in done I have come prepared.

have

384
LINE
3.

On Four Songs

contained in an

my

net (?) in my hand, in my hand is my teh (some instrument used in bird-catching ?), and my cage of all

birds of Arabia,
4.

5.

which alight in Egypt. One who annoints with precious oils comes with the choicest (spices), carrying my uai (?) he brings his odours from Arabia. His claws are full of gums. My desire, thou knowest, is that we may unloose them together. Do thou listen to the voice I am with thee alone.
;

6.

of the singing of

my

anointer Avith choice

I

oils.

Thou

art near me, art with me.

7.

bring the net

(?)

ihou

fair

one, thou

who
8.

loves him.

Section.

who comest to the garden of one The voice of the bud re(?)
;

sounds, occupied with his uai

di'aws

thy love
it
;

me back
(?)

know
(?).

not

how

to unloose

pre-

pare
she
9.

my nets
to

Shall I call to

my

mother that
I

may come

me ?

Every day

am

laden with birds.

The net

is

not ready to-day.

10.

11.

bird flies burn with thy love. Section. and perches. He feeds on the granaries. The many birds gyrate around (thou) art my love alone my heart is bound to thy heart go not far (from me). Section. (I) go forth ....
;

The

Page
1

5.

my

love.

The

desire rises within

salt,

me

that

may

behold the food .... the

2.

the strong liquors ....

is

that which
bu'd.
I

is

sweet in the mouth

I find

like the gall of a

is he who .... hath given to me

smell, I snuff up.

Solitary

my heart,
for
3.

him

whom Amen
Thou
fair

ever and ever.

Section.

one

my

heart ....
laid

when thou wast in thy chamber. upon my arm thou didst survey
;

Thy arm was

4.

5.

thy love. I (poured forth) my heart to thee, in the .... my .... in the night. I was as one in my bower. Yea art not thou the strength of (my) life, the thou didst strengthen my heart, to seek joy
!

Egyptian Papyrus in
LINE
6.

the British

Museum.

385
It

thee.

Section.

The

voice of the swallow resounds.

saith the earth

is

enlightened.

How

do

wait for

7.

8.

thee, thou bird, whilst thou chirpest (?) found my brother in his bed-chamber. My heart .... go not far from me. Let thy hand be in my hand. When I go to walk Give me let me be with thee, in every pleasant place. they things, of fair .... not my choicest heart. the
I

Section.
9.

Ah

turn thy face towards the gate of

gomg

forth.

Behold, my brother comes to me. My eyes look forth, my ears listen to the growling (?) of the dog (?)
10.

Give

me

the love of

my

Nothu

at once

my

feet

hasten
11. to go. to proclaim

how he has deceived me. Yea I say thou hast found another woman she .... looking in
;

his face.

Ah

his heart turns (?) to another, so that

he despises me.
12. Section.

My

heart .... thou lovest

me

...

running to

seek thee

Page
1.

6.

2. I

put aside my spinning end all my work.

is

I finish

my web

From the number of new meaning which of I have been only directed words, to the more or less imperfectly by the context, the above translation must be taken as only a rough draft, susceptible of much amendment. The third song is of a very different character, being (as before mentioned) one of those solemn and lugubrious compositions by which the Egyptians in the midst of their feasts were reminded of the shortness of human joys. Probably there were numerous varieties of this class of song. The Theban tombs, if well explored, would most likely
This
the close of the song.
furnish us with

other examples besides those given in M. Diimichen's work, Historische Inschriften, Vol. II, PI. XL and XLa.

38 G

On Four Songs

contained in an

Page
2.

6.

The Song

of the house of
in front of

King Antuf, deceased, which

is ("vvTitten)

3.

the phiyer on the harp.

All hail to the good prince, the worthy good (man). The body is fated (?) to pass away, the atoms (? or perhaps the little ones, the

children ?)
4.

remain,

ever since the time of the

ancestors.
;

The
the

who mummies
gods
5.

were before time rest in their tombs

of the saints likewise are

They who
see!
6.

built houses,

enwrapped in their tombs. and they who have no houses,

7.

I have heard the Avords of what becomes of them. Imhotep and Hartataf. It is said in their sayings, " After all, what is prosperity ? Their fenced walls are

8.

Their houses are as that which has dilapidated. never existed. No man comes from thence, who tells of then- sajnngs,

who
9.

tells

of

their

affairs,

who encourages

(?)

our

hearts.

to the

Ye go place whence they

return not.

heart to forget

how thou

Strengthen thy has enjoyed thyself. Fulfil

10.

11.

thy desire whilst thou livest. Put oils upon thy head, clothe thyself with fine linen adorned with precious metals with the gifts (?) of God. Multiply thy good things; yield to thy desire, fulfil thy desire with thy good things
thou art) upon earth, according to the dictation of thy heart. The day Avill come to thee, when one hears not the voice, when the one who is at rest hears not

12. (whilst

Page
1.

7.

their voices

{i.e.

of the mom-ners).
is

Lamentations deliver

not him
2.

who

in the

tomb ....

Feast in tranquillity, seeing that there is no one who Yea, behold, none carries away his goods with him. who goes (thither) comes back agam."

Egyptian Pajvjvus in

the British

Museum.

387
is

The

allusion to the sayings of

Imhotep and Hartataf

very interesting.

Imhotep, the son of the primgeval god Ptah. was the mytliical author of various arts and sciences. In an inscription copied by M. Dumichen (Tempel In-

I, PL 97), a certain part of the Temple of Edfou is have been restored, "as it is in the book of the model of a temple, composed by the chief, Kher-lieb Prince Imhotep, eldest son of Ptah." The Greeks spelt the name 'Ifioudr}^, but more often substituted the name 'A(TKX'^7no<; or /Esculapius. One of the Hermetic books entitled K6pi] Koa-fxov

schriften,

said to

(quoted in Fabricius Bibl. Gra3ca,

Avords in the
" Wv)((t)V
rjryefjLcov.

p. 52),

puts the following

mouth
Se

of

Isis,

who

addresses her son Horus

fiiv ^'Ocripi'i 6 irarrjp

aov, croifjbdrwv he eKacTTov eOvovi

iravTcov

Bov\rJ9

Trar'ijp

Kol

KaOri'yrjrr]'?

TpL(7fj,e<yLaTos "Epfirjs.
^Icr')(yo<i

^larpLKrj'; he 6 Aaic\')]'ino<i 6

'Hcpaiarov.

he

ical

pcofirj^;

irdkLv "Ocrcpis-Med^

wv

S)

reKvov avro^
he ttoXlv
6

(TV.

(f}t\oao(f)ia'i

he

Apve^aaKrjvos,

7rotr,TiKrj<;

A(TK\i]7nos 6

^IfJbovOrjs.

appears that not only architecture, but the healing art and poetry were amongst the inventions of
this it

From

Imouthes.

The name Arnebaskenis, which

It

occm's in this

passage, requires elucidation.

appears to

me

to refer to

the elder Horas, Aroeris

Har-neb ....

Horus, lord of
for

some

attribute or place, the

Egyptian word

which

am

unable to suggest.

The name Hartataf in our papyrus is that of the son of King Menkara, to whom the discovery of the 64th Chapter of the Ritual is attributed, and whose name is also mentioned in Papyi'us I Anastasi, as the author of some mystical
work.

The
of
it

is of the amatory kind. Only ten lines remain, of which the following partial translation will

fom-th song

give some idea.

Page
3.

7.

The beginning of the song of joys of the fragrant flowers. Thou enchainest my heart, thou hast caused

me

to be as one

who

388
4.

On Four Songs
seeks, tliat I

contained in an Egyptian Papyrus.

may

be in thy bosom.
of bis beart.

]\Iy

prayer

(is)

to

bear the
brightness
5.

Tbat

may

beboki tbe

of (bis) eyes.

man
0.

of

my

beart
;

fawn upon thee, to beboki thy love, Most delightful is my hour

!

8.

9.

an bom* of eternity, when I lie down with thee, and thou .... my heart Section. ... I am thy eldest sister. I am unto thee like tbe garden wliich I have planted with flowers with all sorts of sweet herbs and sweet odours. It is watered by thy hand refi-esbed by the breezes, a pleasant place to walk in. Thy hand is in my band, I remember, and my heart
of going forth
is

joyful at our walking,

10. drinking together,

life

how
it.

listened to thy voice.

All tbe sights

It
I

was

to

me

to hear

which

beheld

they were
11.

better than eating and drinking.

I

Section

bring thy garlands,

12. drinking.

Thou

best

when thou comest down on thy couch.

behold thy

feet ....

In the commencing and concluding words of each of the

sections of this song, there
is

a species of alliteration which

appears not to be unintentional.

In concluding this account of the Harris Papyrus 500, based upon a somewhat rapid inspection, I would express a hope tbat tbe text may be soon published, and made Mature consideration would accessible to Egyptologists. doubtless develop many points of interest which have escaped me.

\J

The Phtenician Inscription commonly called Melitensis Quinta.

l^4'\^w^Af^

'

'Tt

VA

I
^^^ii^p^^ir--

389

ON THE PHCENICIAN INSCRIPTION GENERALLY KNOWN AS THE "MELITENSIS QUINTA."

By Professor William Wright, LL.D.
Read
'Jth

June, 1874.

This inscription was first published by Michelangelo Lanci/ and soon afterwards re-edited by the Due de Luynes.The treatise of the Italian scholar I have not myself seen, but Blau has given some extracts from it in the Zeitschriffc
der Deutschen Morgenlandischen
p. 634,

Gesellschaft,

vol.
first

xviii,

whence

it

appears that Lanci received

a copy

and afterwards an impression of the stone from the Abbate Luigi Marchetti, who then resided at Malta. As to the place where it was discovered, or the name of its possessor at that time, Lanci seems not to say a single word. The genuineness of the inscription was doubted by E. Quatremere,^ and Ewald'* seems also to have cherished some slight suspicions regarding it but Blau maintains its genuineness,' even though the Prussian Consul at Malta in 1863, H. G. C. Ferro, did not hesitate to declare it " an indubitable forgery," on the authority of the Librarian and Director of the Museum and Collection of Antiquities, D. C. Vassallo, a friend of Marchetti, who said that no such
;

Ragionamenti di M. Lanci intorno a nuova stela fenicia cliscoperta in Malta. Roma, 1855, 8vo. 30 pp., with plate. ^ Memoire sur le Sarcopliage at I'inscription funeraire d'Esmunazar, roi de Sidon, par H. d' Albert de Luynes. Paris, 1856. Appendice, Inscription punique de Make, p. 63.
'
''

In his review of the

;

Due de Luynes' Memoire, Journal

des Savants for

1856, p. 300 sqq.

''

in particular pp. 312-315.

siebenten

Erklarung der grossen phbnikischen Inschrift von Sidon, etc. (aus dem Bande der Abhandlungen der kouigl. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften zu Grottingen), 1856 in particular pp. 66-68. Zeitschrift der D. M. G., vol. xiv, pp. 650-653.
;
'"

390

On

the Phoenician Inscription

stone was ever lieard of at

his

]\lalta.*

Schroder speaks of
at pp. 51

it

in

work on the Phoenician language,^

is

and 234, and

says that " the original

imknown."
All doubt as to the

This
slab

is

happily no longer the case.

genuineness of the inscription vanishes in the face of the

itself,
^

which
tlie

is

at this

moment
its

in the

hands of Dr. Birch,

the Keeper of
land, of Malta,

Antiquities in the British IMuseum, having

been deposited with him by

present owner, Mrs. Strick-

who

also possesses the inscription

known

as

" Melitensis tertia,"

and various other Maltese

antiquities.

The
by
5|-

slab

is

of white marble, about 6^ inches in length

inches in extreme breadth, and 1^ in thickness. The inscription, which touches the left-hand side of the stone, occupies a space of about 4^ inches

by

3|-.

The margin on the

other three sides varies from three-quarters of an inch to an

inch and a half in breadth, according to the state of the stone. For the satisfaction of students, I here reproduce the
transliterations

and renderings of the Due de Luynes, Quatremere, Ewald, and Blau.

The
p. 66)

first

named

scholar prefaces his translation (Memoire,

"

gauche de cette que toutes les phrases commencees ne sont pas continuees au dela des deux tiers environ de la pierre sur laquelle elles etaient gravees." The

by remarking

que toute

la partie

belle inscription a disparu, de sorte

following

is

his decipherment.

[n^i
[n'^^T
[

ti?^ti'

n^b^

^i:i

dv

mm
n n
['<]

^^d
trhp^^

i.

n^n

^iripl

n^b^i ^i^n^f!^
n^t^"i

'tr]

-rp^

n^ntry
tnt^

n n

[^]
[">]

N tinp^

2.

3. 4. 5.
e.
7.

^h]^-p
^b^ hl^-]n
[

nna^ ii ini?n
^StrS^a nnt

ptr^5in:^>-p Dpn^r^n i^ctr

]]

n\r^^-rnv" 1^ :n-]n
"

^]

[1]

ni^no

^^t

-^vj-'-p

Dbrp. t^^i

Zeitschrift d.

J).

M.

G., vol. xviii, pp. 633-636.

Die Phonizische Sprache, Halle, 1869. 3 Already carefully described, from actual inspection, by Von MaUzan in the Zeitschrift d. D. M. G., vol. xxiv, p. 232, who did not, however fiu-uish a copy of the photograph in his possession.
-

generally knoiun as the " Melitensis Quintal

" Fecit et renovavit et)

391

cum

exsultatione tres
et sacraria

sacraria templi

Sadam-Baal

et)

sacraria templi Astartse

et sacraria
filii

in largitione extensa asrarii Ores,

(N.)
sufFes,
filius

Joel
filii

Ziubecom,

filii

Ebed Esmun, Ebed Esmun

Joel
sacrificavit Baalsillec, filius Hannse,
filii

(filii

....
Belas,
filii

filii

....)..-.
filii

Zalam,

Jaezer

attendit ad opus a lapicidis

Joel (et fecerunt et consecraverunt)

cum
by

exsultatione."

Quatremere seems to have been actuated in his criticisms than a desire to find fault with or mortify the Due de Luynes. The first reason which he alleges for doubting the genuineness of the inscription is " le soin avec lequel on a separe les mots qui composent I'inscription." And yet
little else

in Citiensis

2da (Schroder, pp. 228, 229) the words are usually separated (as on the Moabite Stone) by a single point. For

us this argument of Quatremere has no weight whatever,

because in Carthag. 90 Brit. Mus. (Schroder, pp. 247, 248), of which Euting's Carthag. 196^ is a part, the words are divided in the same way as in Melit. Quinta as also in some
;

Quatremere next remarks that orduiarily ' quand un mot place a la fin de la ligne ne pent y tenir en entier, une partie est renvoyee a la ligne suivante"; bat that in this inscription " chaque ligne offi-e un nombre de mots bien alignes, dont aucun n'enjambe sur la ligne The simple answer is, that not a single line is suivante."
other smaller inscriptions.
really complete.

Thu'dly, says Quatremere, " a la fin de la

seconde ligne, on trouve un

isole.

Comme la ligne

suivante

t2}"Tp^, on pourrait etre tente de croire fabricateur de I'inscription a voulu imiter un usage que le observe dans les manuscrits syriaques et rabbiniques." There is, however, a trace of a letter after the D (see below)) and even if there were not, the damaged state of the inscription disposes at once of this argument. Next, " la particule Jl''^?,

commence par

le

mot

'

de St.-Petersbourg,

See Eutiiig, Punische Steine, Memoires de I'Academie Imperiale des Sciences vii s^rie, t. xvii, no. 3, 1871.


392
Oil the Fhceniciaii Inscription

jusqu' aujoiird'liui,

actif, ne s'est rencontree, que dans rinscription de Sidoii," which therefore served as a model to the forger Supposing that I alone/ I fail to see the ri"^^ were still found in Sidon. Further, "les noms de divinites et force of the argument. d'homraes que presente I'inscription out une physionomie etrange, qui n'offre point la caractere de noms pheniciens." I'his arbitrary remark Quatremere applies not only to the
!

qui indiqiie le rcgimo du verbe

even to such words as ti;it^, D^T and ^^n. Of "SX^"^ he cannot deny (a Avi'ong reading), DpH^'T, in the Bible " il se trouve embut the Phoenician aspect, ploye comme un nom de ville et non pas comme un nom in d'homme"; as if the occurrence of the local name the Old Testament could decide such a question. So far does Quatremere go in this respect, that he actually pretends to believe that the name of t^72 in hue 7 was suggested to the forger by that of " Abela, auquel nous devons une description de rile de Malte," or by that of " Vella," a literary
really difficult Si^2Dl!i, but
'^.'Pi^'!!

impostor of the last century

Finally, according to Quatre-

mere, the forger of this inscription

was

so ignorant of

Hebrew

and Chaldee that he wrote, in the fourth line, -)lt>^ "iHi^l instead of '^'^^^ "^^^^5, " in the place of tlie threshing-floor,"
the following

suggested to however, Quatremere gives his

tion as follows (loc.
cit., p.

name TSTW him by the

(another
Biblical

wrong reading) being name ]31i;^ After all, own reading and interpreta!

315)

'

It is

found in several
art. Jl'^^^),

buch, 1864,
Taf. xii).

othei- inscriptions (sec Levy's Phonizisches Worternotably in Carthag. 195, line 1 (Euting, Punischc Steinc,


(jenenilli/ /iiioicu

as the

*'

M(dit('.nsis Qaiitta.^^

3'J3

"Fecit et renovavit populus Goli

Sacraria
:

tria

Teraplum Saram Baal, et Sacrarium Templi Astartes, et Sacrarium In loco arepe Adnat-Ares {sic), filii loel Suffetis, filii Zibkam, filii Ebed-Aschmun, filii loel Sacrificavit Baal-Malak, filius Hanna, filii Ebed-Aschmuii,
(filii)_

Bala,

filii

Zalam,

filii

lazer, custodis lapicidiuarum

Popiili Goli."

Ewald
(loc.
cit.,

seems, as
p. Q^), "

we have

said, to

doubts as to the genuineness of the stone.

have had some slight At least he says

der Stein welcher
sie

Wo

imd von
sei,
:

wem
oder

enthalt in Malta gefunden

werde, ersehen wir hier nicht

in

es

wo er jetzt aufbewahrt sind aber in den neuesten

Zeiten wiederum soviele erdichtete Alterthiimer betriiglich

Umlauf gesetzt dass wir auch deswegen desto strenger nach solchen Dingen fragen miissen." He assumes that very few letters are wanting, two in the third line, and three in the sixth. The great inequality in the length of the lines does not seem to have struck him as at all remarkable and as for the D at the end of the second line, he believes it was put there by the stone-cutter merely to fill up a space which was not large enough to contain the word ll^TpD. His

reading and version are

?:j

n^i^i ^irnn"i!i

ni

\rr-rpQ

2.

p^^llir

Dpin

tDDtl?

5.

^i!^rra

yom

's\t

D^t ]n b^^n

heilige Bild des

neumachen das Volk von Gaulos das dreifache Hauses Ssurmu-baal's und das h. Bild des Hauses der Astarte und dieses h. Bild, durch Hiilfe des ehreuwerthen Arash Sohnes Hael-schufet's Sohnes Zaibeqams
"

Es

liess

Sohnes
Vol.

'Abdeshmun's
III.

Sohnes

Jizbach-baalmilik's

Sohnes
26

394

On

the

Phwnician Inscription

Channa's Soliues 'Abdeshmim's Sohnes Balla's Sohnes Zilim's Sohnes la'zer's, des Aiilsehers der Steiiiliauer des Gaulo8Volkes."
Blaii successfully defends the

genuineness of the inscrip-

tion against the

arguments of Quatremere and the doubts of

Ewald. He agrees with the latter scholar, against the Due de Luynes, in believing the stone to be only slightly injured, and interprets it as follows.

Gemeindo von Gaulos den diitten im Tempel der Sadambaal, und die Halfte des Heiligthums im Tempel der Astarte, und das Heiligthum im Tempel der Hatlior. Es verwaltete die Tempelsteuern Aris, S. luel des Richters, S. Zebqam, S. Abdaschmun, S. luel. Die Opfer brachte Baalscliillekh, S. Hanna, Die Aufsicht S. Abdaschmun, S. Balla, S. Zallam, S. Jaazor. fiihrten die Steinmetzen der Gemeinde von Gaulos." Subsequently Blau emended his reading of line 7 into ^"^ " die Zimmerleute der Gemeinde von !l!Jn D'^DII?,
"

Es

liess

neubauen

die

Theil des Heiligthums

Gaulos."

My own

oj^inion is that the

Due de Luynes

is

right in

assuming the loss of a considerable portion of the stone. The slab has not been violently broken or smashed, hke the tablet of Marseilles and Carthag. 90 Brit. Mus., but apparently, as Von Maltzan has already remarked, dehberately cut or sawed through and I think we may safely say, judging fi-om the dimensions of the stone, that fully one half is gone. An important commemorative insci'iption, doubtless placed ill a conspicuous position on a public building, would never have been engraved on a diminutive tablet of say 8 inches
;

generally

known as

the " Melitensis Quinta.'^

395

by 6 in breadth.^ To me it appears that the inwas set up in commemoration of the execution of a certain work at the pubhc expense and that the latter part of it, like tlie inscription of Tucca in the Brit. Mus., mentioned the names of the persons connected mth and engaged in the work, down to the masons and carpenters. 1 read and
in length scription
;

translate as follows.

xih"^ n^ h^>

nv

ti^ni hv^

i2.

ni ^ipt2 ipn n^i rr\r!^v ni ur-fpr^

12

n^i hv^iyri

3. 4.
5.

[n]
i<^

^i^"'

]i itri rcryv

-n^ nnirn

]^it>^^in^ ]i Dpn^t

t^Qtzr

^^-Qir
h] ^ i!jnD

p ^Sxrr^^n nit sm} -^^T p D^i p ^i

Gozo made and
o?'

:n

e.

7.

1.

"The people newed {i.e.

(municipality) of
rebuilt

re-

repaired) the three

2.

sanctuary of the s(anctuary)

(ary)

temple of Sadam-Ba'al, and the

3.

sanctuary of the temple of 'Ashtoreth, and the sanctu^

4.

with the money (?) of the most worthy son of Yu el, (the)
Shafat, the son of

(?)

'Aris,

the

5.

Zybkm, the son

of 'Abd-'Eshmun,

the son of Yu'e(l)

6.

sacrifice, {or sacrificed) Ba'al-shillekh,

the son of Hanno,

the son of 'Abd-'Eshmu(n)

7. Ballo,

8.

the son of Kim, the son of Ya'azor, the superintendent of the carpenters the people (municipality) of Gozo."

append a few remarks by way of commentary.

1.

Line

\Z?"im 7i^Q

may

either be singular,
^tlJin'l ^T'i^S.-

tlj^n"]

7^S,

or plural with scriptio defectiva,

^

The word

Massil.,

Compare, for instance, the shape of Sard, triling. 1, Cit. 2, Carth. 195 Tucc, and several others, in all of which the length of the stone greatly
its

exceeds
^

breadth.
xii).

See Carthag. 195, line 1 (Euting, Punische Steine, Taf.


39()
^11
flu'

Fhanncian Inso'iption

Di^ admits of either coiistniction.

^^X more prol^aMy

voh

^^5

(Movers, Das
Sin than
^i:i

Plionizische Altertlium, oter Tlieil, p. 159) or

(Blau, Z. d. D.

M.

G.,

xiv, p. (550) is the

name

of a small island close to Malta, in Greek PauXo? or

FavSoy,

and

KavSo'i,

in

Arabic

/\jiJ-

Gliaudesli,

which

latter forms with d are the parents of the modern name of y\^ QJ^, " the mmiicipality of Gozo," as on coins Gozo.^

il^nO
is

DJ^,

"the municipality of Panorraus (Palermo)."

H"'^
Tl^^,

the Phoenician equivalent of the

;

Hebrew

r\"l^^

or

prefixed to the accusative

pronunciation uncertain (see

;

Schlottmann, Die Inschrift Eschmunazars, p. 97) (Poenulus) heard yth.

Plautus

Line

2.

On

7j^lt2"T!i (tlie

stone has distinctly T, not

cit.,

")),

^a\aiJ,/3d<;f

HaXa/x/^o), Salambo, see Blau, loc.

p.

(551.

The interchange
is

of

and

d,

however, causes a

difficulty,

and

perhaps scarcely justified by the analogy of FaOXos and FavSos. At the end of this line Blau discovers, in Lanci's

copy at

least,

part of one limb of a

first

(Avhich has induced

him

to

read in the but

I

line

ntPT'tT,

and

in the

second

n^n^)

cannot see anything of the kind on the stone.

is

All that I can there descry

a very small apex

apparently

the extreme right-hand point of a T^, the second letter of

This is the most difficult portion of the inscripIf Blau's rendering were correct, lilVl could hardly tion. be anything but a miatake of the carver for "^HV H^^ " the temple (jf Hathor," which seems unlikely in so carefully executed an inscription. It may be that IJli^ is here = Ileb. Some rich citizen may have given a large lU?i^, " wealth." sum to be expended in repairing and adorning the temples,

Line

4.

under the direction of the governing body of the island. It seems natural to take T\yy^ "^"It^, with Ewald, in the sense of " hochwurdig," "^"I^^ being tlie well-known equivalent
of

the Heb.

1''^i<!,

and r\y^V
"^"^^

^':}V.-

My

difficulty lies

in a
'

doubt as to wlu;ther
Sep also Movers, 2\ov

admits of the meaning which

;

Tlicil, p.

350

Gesonius, Momiinni. Vhcrn.

p. 301.


geiieralli)

knoion as the " Melitensw Quintal

o97

we

attach to personal " worth."

Perhaps JlD^i^

may come
or
to

nearer in signification to n^"^2^^

and

JllD'^^i??^,

the

Chaklee and Rabbinical

justice."

ni^|11i^?
it

"magistracy,"

"court of

The

latter word,
;

the Greek

ap-^^i]

but of that

may be objected, comes from Admitting I am not so sure.

"^"[^^

either of these conjectures, HDIi^

might mean

'-the

chief edile," " the superintendent of public works," or " the chief magistrate "

of

the

little

island.
xii),

In Carthag. 195
of is made DtT^n VTWV

(Euting, Punische Steine,

Taf.

mention

" decemviri" in charge of the temples,

hv

t2}

DUJlpDn- In that case, the enumeration of the officials connected with the undertaking, which the inscription of Gozo commemorates, would commence with these words;

and we would have

to connect ini^l (meaning uncertain) with the preceding portion of it. Ai'is and Yuel are only guesses at the Phoenician sounds. For t}"1i^, or possibly
tt?"1^^,

a
;

name

of frequent occurrence,

classical authority (see Gesenius,

we Monumm.

have, perhaps,
Phoen., p. 401,

Avis)

Yuel
i.e.

7S!V, following the analogy of sufet (sufes,

sufetis),

"judge." At the end of which might be the righthand limb of any of the three letters H, H) or "^, most proshufet, "^^l^y
tODitl),

this line a thick stroke is visible,

bably the

first

(the article).

Line 5 commences with a word which may be the above mentioned sliufet, "judge," in which case the article ri, if expressed at all (see Carthag. 195, line 1, Euting, Punische Steine, Taf. xii, and Sard, triling. 1, line 2), must have stood at the end of the previous line. More probably, however, it is a name = Heb. I3D117, which occurs, for instance, in Tucc, line 7, and several other inscriptions. The pronunciation of

the

name
^

Dpl'^t (see Carthag. 218, line 4, Euting, Punische

;

Steine, Taf. xxiv) is uncertain

but

it

seems unlikely that

state

the

should be merely a mater

G.

lectioyiis.

Line

It

is

impossible, in the present

of the

stone, to say for certain

or,

whether Hit
likely,
is

is

a verb

m the perfect,
" offering,"

which seems more

the noun

TXl),

" sacrifice."

The name 'Ty^^))1

nunciation certain from Lept. triling.

1,

common, and its ]irowhere the Latin text

398

0)1 the Phcenician Inscription

has BalsilecUs, and the Greek ^a\(7t\XijX'

is

'^'he

name of b^:n

need explanation, Lat. Hanno. Anno; Gr. "'Avvoav.Oi the final ] of jD'C^i^ the apex is just visible at the edge of the stone.
too well

known

to

Line 7. The true sound of the name h^7!2 is uncertain. see It seems to occur also in an inscription from Ghelma
;

liQXj, Phoniz. Studien, 2tes Heft, p. 106.

The interpreters

of the inscription, doubtless misled

by Lanci's copy, have

all

read the next

and not
is

t-

name as dSt but The pronunciation is

;

the stone has distinctly 3,

doubtful {Kalhhn ?).
"^Ti?"'

probably to be pronoimced lTi^\

0)i the stone ^yo)!^ is

distinctly separated from 21^rT2, Avhich

it

obhges us to regard

as a singular
or, in

Heb.

"^Tpt!?.At

the end of the Ime the

thick stroke of a letter

is discernible,

which can be nothing

"n,

but n, n,

this case

most probably,

viz.

l!^!!'^.
"^i^!,

The word

^i

means

in Phoen. " wood," " timber,"

= Heb.

as ui Tucc, line

6, 1'lUr

DU^inn,

i-e.

"Il^^

Q^^^nn, "the carvers

of wood," "the carpenters" (see Gesenius,

p. 390, art. Tar). l^n, " to cut" ;

Monumm.

Phoen.,

Consequently

^TV2

is

a derivative from

probably ^-^Hp, particip. plur. Pi"el with

scriptio defectiva

(compare the Pu'al in Isaiah

li.

1).

As to the antiquity of this inscription, it must be conThe character belongs to the best period of the siderable.
Punic or Carthaginian type, and we shall not be far wrong if we assign it to the same age as the inscription of ]\Iarscilles and Carthag. 90 Brit. Mus. = Schroder's Karth. 1, that is to See Lenorsay, about the middle of the tliird century B.C.
mant, Essai sur
pp. 154, 155,
la

Propagation de I'Alphabet Phenicien,

t. 1,

and Blau in the Z. d.D. M. G., vol. xxiv, p. 653. Blau and Ewald are agreed that the inscription relates to works executed by the people of Gozo in the island of The latter scholar says (loc. cit., p. 67) " Es lasst sich Malta. denken das dessen (des Eilands Gaulos) Bewohner Antheil an den Heiligthiimern in Melite suchten und so drei kleinere Heihgthumer, zuniichst wohl nur h. Bilder, in drei Tempeln errichteten das eine von diesen stand dann uber dem Steine
: ;

Blau says with greater precision (loc. unsrer Inschrift." " Ewald fuhlte schon richtig, dass es sich dabei cit., p. 649)
:

generally

knoum

as the " Melitensis

Quintal

399

um einen Antheil der Gaiiliter an den Heiligtliiimern der phonikischen Colonisten auf Malta liandelt in einfacher Verfolgung dieses Gedankens giebt sich die richtige Deutung
:

der Worte und die Erganzung der Liicken

Zeilen gleiclisam von
selbst.

am Ende

einiger

Bei

dem Neubau
fiir

der drei
die

Heiligthiimer, die darin erwahnt werden,

waren namlich

Gauliter bei

dem

einen

fiii-

ein Drittheil,

die Hdlfte bei

dem

zweiten betheiligt, und batten das dritte ganz aus eignen

in favour of Ewald's

Mittehi renovii't."

There being no evidence

readings, but

and Blau's

the ground.

much against them, this whole fabric falls to The inscription, even in its imperfect state,

seems to mention not three but four shrines, viz., line 2, li^lpT^ 7i^lD"T2 m, and a second, of which the name is lost,

12
the

n''^^

line 3, n^ntlTir
is

ni

^'\p^, and a fourth, of which

tV^^,

name

likewise gone,

1p^

But

I really find

no proof of the stone having been actually discovered in Why may it not have been brought thither from Malta. Gozo ? In that little island there was a famous temple of Calypso-Aphrodite, mentioned by the compiler of the Etymologicum Magnum (ed. Gaisford, col. 1549, note on p. 543, 49), iv he KavSw kul K.a\vy^ovs iarlu ^A^pohirrfs lepov ; and the researches of the Count Delia Marmora and other travellers have made us acquainted with a large double temple, each portion of which comprises two courts. See Gerhard, " Ueber die Kunst der Phonicier," in the " Philologische

und

historische

Abhandlungen der

konigl.
;

Akademie

der Wissenschaften zu Berlin," 1846, p. 579 sqq. in particular pp. 600-602, and Taf. II. Is it not probable that the inscription,

of which

we have
Gozo

treated,

is

connected with

extensive repairs of this building, which was doubtless one

of the principal temples in
?

400

CALENDAR OF ASTRONOMICAL OBSERVATIONS

FOUND IN

ROYAL TOMBS OF THE XXth DYNASTY.

By
p.

Le Page Renouf.

Eead 2nd June, 1874.

Astronomical Calendar of which a translation is here given was discovered in 1829 by Champollion in two of the royal tombs at Biban-el-moluk, near Thebes, and was

The

supposed by him to present a table of the constellations and their influences for all the hours of each month in the year. The copy of the text, which is given in the plates of Champollion's Monumens, is unfortunately a mere chaos, made up out of tioo texts, identical indeed in many parts, but different and even contradictory in others. Champollion had carefully noted the discrepancies, which have been The only trustworthy wholly disregarded by his editor. copies of the two texts are thi>se contained in the Denkmaeler of Dr. Lepsius (Abth. Ill, Bl. 227, 228 and 228 bis.). The most elaborate comment on this Calendar is to be found in a dissertation of the late eminent French astronomer, M. Biot, in the twenty-fourth volume of the Memoires de V Academie des Sciences. A French translation of the Calendar, by M. Emmanuel de Rouge, is appended to M. Biot's dissertation. The fundamental hypothesis of this dissertation is that the Calendar is a record, for astrological purposes, of the nsings of stars and constellations. This hypothesis is entirely without foundation in the Egyptian text, which contains no
allusion wliatevor eitlier to astrology or to risings of stars.


Calendar of Astronomical Ohservations.

401

M. Biot's mistake was suggested by the old version of Champollion, " la constellation d'Orion (influe) sur le bras

gauche."

Had

not the unfortunate word

influe

been interpo-

lated by the translator, M. Biot could hardly have missed the sense of " Orion sur le bras gauche," or " au milieu." The

document simply records the star's position in the shy. The Calendar, which is unfortunately imperfect in many parts, consisted of twenty-four columns, two being assigned to each month, or one to every fifteen days. Each column
contains thirteen entries, one for the begirming of the night,

and one

for each of the twelve hours. Throughout the Calendar a star occurs in one of seven positions, "the

middle," the right eye, ear or shoulder, or the left eye, ear or
shoulder.
l)ut

The

position

is

graphically indicated.

not merely described in words, The perpendicular line passing

sitting figure,

through each of the positions corresponds to the limb of a which is drawn underneath the diagram, and represented as facing the spectator. The line of " the middle" passes through its axis. If the text were Greek instead of Egyptian, there never would have been a doubt as to what was meant by a star being in " the middle." The verb fieaovv, " to be in the
middle,"

when

applied to sun, moon, or star,

in

is

equivalent to

fjieaovpavelv.

Agamemnon
SeLpia,

the Iphigenia in
;

Auhs

asks,

Ti? TTOT ap' aarrjp 68e iropOfievec

and he

is

answered

iy<yv<; tt}?

eTnairopov
/iiaa^pr]<;.

nXecdSa

aaacov, ert
its

star is in tlie

middle of
its

course or in mid-heaven at
culmination.

the

moment

of

transit

or

The
^

technical

expression for this in the Egyptian Calendar

now before us is

<=>
j

er dk, literally "in the middle."

A synonymous
I shall

expression

or -|-

amtu appears to be used in the

same sense

in another

very curious document, which

speak about later on.

This explanation, which I first published in the Chronicle, January 25, 1868, was promptly recognised by M. Chabas as the true one. It has also been adopted by Dr. Brugsch in his Dictionary, and has not been controverted by any
'

Egyptologist.

"

402

Calendar of Astronomical Observations.

This explanation of the expression "the middle"

is

the
its

key to the whole Calendar.

As the

earth turns

upon

axis in very nearly four minutes less than twenty-four hours,

a star which to-day culminates at six o'clock will in fifteen

about an hour Accordingly in our Calendar the head of Sahu, for instance, which culminates at the eleventh hour in the first column of the month Thoth, does so at the tenth hour in the second column of the same
five, or it loses

days culminate very nearly at position every fifteen days.

month, and the entries in each successive column imply the loss of an hour. The entries, however, do not by any means always place a star in the same position which it held in the previous column. The head of Sahu, which was in the middle in the second column of Thoth, is on the right eye on the 1 Paopi at the ninth hour, on the left eye on the 16 Paopi at the eighth hour, and again in the middle both on the first and the sixteenth of Athyr, at the seventh and sixth hours The head of the Two Stars is in the middle at respectively. the twelfth hour on the first night of Paophi, on the right shoulder at the eleventh hour on the sixteenth night of Paophi, and in the middle once more at the tenth horn- of the The conclusion which I draw from these facts first Athyr. is that " right eye," " left shoulder," and the like, signify certain relative short distances from the meridian " left eye being nearer to the meridian than " left eai*," and this again Even less distant fi'om the meridian than " left shoulder." from the meridian must have distance been this extreme short, for a star which is said to culminate at the twelfth hour on the first night of a month, and two hours later on the thirty-first night, cannot possibly be many degrees distant from the meridian at the eleventh hour of the sixteenth night. This is true, even upon the supposition that the hours of the Calendar may vary in length according to the season.^ It must, moreover, be remembered that in the climate of Thebes the difference between the lengths of
;
'

To

this

clement of uncertainty we must add

tlie

doubt whether

tlie

actual

hours of the night were marked out to the observer by any instrument of
precision.

Calendai' of Astronomical Observations.

40o

days and nights

is

not so great as in northern climates, and

in that latitude does not

that the difference between the twelfth parts of the longest

and of the shortest night

to

amount

many
real

minutes.
then, in

The whole Calendar

but

my

opinion, records nothing

or approximate

transits

of stars.

Once

in

the
the

course of every fifteen nights, the observer appears to have

noted down, at each

principal star

successive hour,

the

name

of

which was either actually upon the meridian or close to it. We do not know how he determined his meridian, what instrument he used, or by what contrivance he limited the field of his observation. But he seems to have noted the passage of stars over seven different vertical lines. If a star Mvere crossing the first line, beginning from the east, it was noted down as being on the left shoulder if it were on the fourth line which represented the meridian, it was put down as in the middle if on the fifth, it was " on the right eye/' and so on. This general view of the document is open to no serious There are, however, difficulties objection that I am aware of. to be encountered as soon as we endeavour to understand Part of these difficulties arise from the state all the details.
; ;

We are not in possession of the original, or even of a copy intended for general perusal. Our copies were made inside tombs, and were never intended to be seen by mortal eye after the tomb was once closed. The Egyptian texts, which were made under these conditions, are always grossly inaccurate. The inaccuracy often arises fi'om the ignorance or carelessness of the artist but it is as often occasioned by the text being made subordinate to
of the text.
:

decorative effect.

The two

texts

we

possess betray the

most shocking confusion between the Egyptian signs for " right" and "left." This is perhaps the less to be wondered at when we sometimes find two such exceedingly intelligent and accurate scholars as Champollion and Lepsius at variance on this very point in their copies of the same text. The
graphic indication
worthless in the
of the position
of
stars
;

is

absolutely

tomb of Rameses IX in the tomb of Rameses VI some portions of this part of the work are

404

Calendar of Af<fronomical Observations.

carefolly done, others

most negligently.
at the

Some

of the entries

are manifestly

made

wrong

hour.

At the beginning
is

of the

first

night of Pachons, for instance, Menat

left ear,"

said to

whereas two hours later it appears on the " right eye." The correct entry at the beginning of the night Avould be Many Stars. Menat is also a manifest error at the beginning of the sixteenth night of Pharmuthi. If the artist ever discovered his mistake he made no erasures the only approach to a correction which he made was as follows at the fifth hour of the night of Epiphi, having placed a star on the right eye instead of in the middle, as his text says, he subsequently added a second star in the middle line Avithout efiacing the first. At the sixth hour of the sixteenth Phamenoth, Menat is said. to be " in the left middle." The artist, after having written " in the middle," discovered that he should have said " on the left ear"; but instead of effacing "middle" and substituting " ear," he left the word he had written and added the adjective "left," which in Egyptian always follows the noun. At the seventh hour of the sixteenth Payni the artist has skipped a line, and put down the star belongmg to the eighth hour, and the only compensation for this blunder is the insertion at the eighth hour of the entry which ought to have been made at the seventh. " II a sacrifie," as M. Biot says of the artist of Rameses IX, " le sens du document, qui apparemment ne lui importait guere, a la symetrie du dessin." For a vast number of errors like these the original But even this Calendar is not to be held responsible. document no doubt may have contained very serious errors. It suggests many questions, which we have unfortunately no Is it the work of one man or of means of answering. made from direct observation, Are all the entries ? several deduced from observations of them been or have some
: :

be on the "

already

made ?

Were
for

all

the

observations corresponding

column made on the same night? These are but specimens of important questions which naturally arise from the inspection of the Calendar, and on which it is impossible even to hazard a guess.
to the entries of each

How

was the time

each observation determined?

Calendar of Astronomical Obseroations.

405

This

is,

interesting

however, the proper place to mention another document, to which I have already alluded.

There is in the British Museum a calcareous stone, No. 5635, upon which a note in hieratic character gives the names of
certain persons

Waters from the

altogether,

some year of and

I
I I

who observed the transit of the Star of the fifth Phamenoth till the seventh Payni of an unknown king. There are thirteen entries
all in

the following form

:
'

<:=>

/^N jN<==>
<?
I

M V ^
.

~v
i

'

v/*s

+.
I

fc

Abt 6 ^pirt

13 an urhi

Ken

seh en ma, dmtu,

"on the 13th Phamenoth

the

by the observation of Ken the Star of middle." The observations recorded were
6th,

Waters in the

made on

the 5th,

and 13th Phamenotli, the

7th, 9th,

and 13th Pharmuthi,

the 16th and 23rd Pachons, the 5th, 16th, and 21st Payni, and the 4th and 7th Epiphi. The names of the observers
are Nebnefer, Pennub,

Ken, Penamen, Nechtu, Het, Mes, Nebsemennu, Panebtma. No indication is given of the hours at which the observations were made, or of the name of the
reigning king.

The names

of the constellations and stars mentioned in

:

our Calendar are as follow 1. Necht, with his feathers, top of sceptre, neck, back,

knee and
2. 3.
4. 5.

footstool.

Arit.

The Goose, with The Chu.

Sarit,

its

head and rump.

6.
7.

Sahu.

Sept (Sothis) and

its train.

8.
9.

10.
11.
>

The Two Stars. The Stars of the Water. The Lion, with its head and The Many Stars.
first

tail.

Dr. Birch

called attention to this stone in the Zeitschrift f.

Mgypi.

Sprache, 1868, p. 11.

His transcription, however, of the passage here quoted

-4-

omits the important sign m, which gives to the group

of " in the middle." Bib. Aroh. II, 301.
Cf.

dmtu the

sense

my

paper on Ihc Egyptian prepositions, Trans. Soc.

406
12.

Calendar of Astronomical Observations.

The Lute Bearer. Menat, with his scouts and followers. 14. The Hippopotamus, ^\^th its two feet,
13.

leg,

pizzle,

thigh, breast, tongue,

and

feathers.

Some
extent.

of these constellations must have been of enonnous

The entries for the whole of the first night of Epiphi are confined to stars belonging to the Hippopotamus and Necht. The head and rump of the Goose culminated
and Sahu and the also have two entries the Lion each in nights when the}^ are mentioned. The Egyptian constellations of the northern sky, the Thigh (Great Bear) and the Leg (corresponduig, I believe, to Cassiopeia) do not appear at all in this Calendar, which probably contains only stars more closely approaching the equator. Two of them are known to us independently of this Calendar; Sahu is Orion and Sothis is Sirius. From the acknowledged identity of Sothis and Sirius I
at an hour's distance from each other,

endeavoured, some years back,

identify a certain

first

of

all

to ascertain the

date at which the Calendar was drawn up, and, secondly, to

number of the asterisms which it contains. The method which I adopted was this " A^Tiatever may
:

have been the length of the Egyptian hours of the night, the sixth hour undoubtedly corresponds to midnight. Now Sothis, that is Sirius, is said by the Calendar to be 'in the middle' at the sixth hour in the first column of the month Choiak, the fourth Egyptian month. The question, therefore, arises in what year did Sii'ius culminate at midnight at Thebes withm the first fifteen days of the Egyptian month Choiak ? Through the very great Idndness of the Astronomer Royal and of his First Assistant, Mr. Stone, to whom I am also indebted for a table of the approximate Right Ascensions of certain stars which I had specified, I am

able to say this transit took place about the year 1450 before
Christ.

remarks,
'

This inference of date, as the Astronomer Royal is necessarily a very vague one but from
M.
Biot, " ne peuveut etre rigoureuse-

" Les dates de jours et d'hcui-es," says

tipplicablos
le

iiieiit

qua unc

scale des nuils comprises dans la quiiizii^mc designee,

([uelle est cette

sans que

tableau nous ajiprt'iine

nuit la."

Calendar of Astronomical Observations.

407

the whole nature of the case a vague date is all that can be asked for. It is sufficient for us to know that the Calendar records observations of the fifteenth century before Christ, or thereabouts. It does not at all follow that the tomb of

Rameses VI is of the same antiquity. The very same Calendar was found in the more recent tomb of Rameses IX, and it may have been inscribed on much earlier tombs. The
decorators of those magnificent chambers did not think
it

necessary to alter the

document

in

consequence of the
^

changmg positions of the heavenly bodies." Many successive editions of a popular work like Keith on The use of the
Globes, reproduce in like manner, without the least alteration, the same " Table of the culminating of the Zodiacal Constel-

lations

on the first day of every month, and the Semi-diurnal London." The approximate date of the Calendar being known, the next question is, what remarkable stars at that date culminated at the intervals before and after Sirius, which are assigned by the Calendar to its asterisms ? And finding, for instance, that in 1450 B.C. the approximate Right Ascension of a Arietis was 23^ 5^, whilst that of Sirius was 4:^ 11

Arc

in

in identifying

have no hesitation a Arietis with the Goose s head. In the same manner I identify Arit as probably y8 Andromedse, the Chu (a group of stars) with the Pleiads, Sdrit with a Tauri (Aldebaran), the Lion with part of our own constellation of the same name, the Many Stars with part of the Coma Berenices, the Lute Bearer with a Virginis a Bootis and a Scorpionis are probably parts of the Constellation Menat. Castor and Pollux, which at the present day come to the meridian about thi-ee- quarters of an hour after Sirius, seem at first sight to claim identity with the Tioo Stars, but tlieir position in the sky with reference to Sirius was quite difierent at the time of our Calendar to what it is at present. It is not necessary to give the process by which each of these results has been attained. If the method I have indicated be the right one, the results can easily be verified
(the difference therefore being 5^ 6"), I
:
'

Chronicle, Vol. II, p. 82.

408

Calendar of Astrononiical Observations.

if

and corrected,
I

necessary,

by any one wlio

is

familiar with

astronomical science.

have only to add that the translation of the Calendar is made from the text of the Tomb at Biban-el-molnk, numbered IX in the Denkmaekr of Dr. Lepsius. The first columns of Thoth and Phamenoth, which fail in this text, are supplied
from the text of
Epiplii

Tomb

VI.

The

latter text contains only

the months of Thoth, Paopi, Athyi', Payni, and portions of

and Phamenoth. The month of Mesori is destroyed Each text has very serious defects peculiar to it, but some defects are common to both, and show that the Calendar was already corrupt at the date of the earlier
in both tombs.

tomb.
earlier.

The

star Sarit, for instance, is

Arit,

columns with the star

confounded in certain which culminates four hours

Calendar of Astronoiidcal Observations.

409

Diagram

to

illiist^ute

the

Phrases used in the Egyptian

Astronomical Calendar.

.
b.

Left shoulder

Left ear
Left eye

...

c.

...

d.
.

In

tlie

middle

Right eye
Eight
ear...

/.

g.

Eight shoiilder

Vol. hi.

410

Calendar of Astronomical Observations.

Thoth.

^^

M
")

(Only found on

Tomb

VI.)
d.
e.

f.

^,7jSght^}*^^e

two feathers of Necht

+i
^

Horn-

1,

head of the sceptre of Necht J

neck
his

r L

"l

ear
'

2, his
3,

in the

middle

back

in the middle

* * *
I

4, his
5,
6, 7,

knee

on left shoulder

his footstool

on

left

eye

Arit

in the

middle

head [of Goose]

star of

in the middle

8, its
9,

rump Chu

on right eye
in the

*
I
I

middle

10, star of Saret

11,

in the middle in the middle

head of Sahu

12, star of

Sahu

Jon

the [ shoulder

16-15 Thoth.
^ofr^t'l^^^^d of Necht

on
on

left

eye

Hour

1,

his

neck

left

eye

2, 3,

his

back
knee

in the middle

his

on left shoulder
in the

4, his footstool 5,
6,

middle eye

Arit

on

left

head c>f Goose

in the middle
ditto

7, its

rump
of the

8, star
9,

Chu

in the middle

star of Arit

on

left

eye

10,

head of Sahu

in the
in the

middle
middle
-5^

11, star of

Sahu

12, star of Sotliis

Con right shoul-

Calendar of Astronomical Observations.

411

Paopi.
a.
1

of^Nii!t" f

^6ck of Necht in the middle

Hour
,,

1,

his

back
knee

on

left

eye

2, his
3,

in the middle
in the

his footstool

middle
middle
eye

4,
5,

Arit

in the

head of Goose

on

left

6, its

rump
Chu
of Sar

m the middle
in the

7,

star of the

middle

8, star
9,

on right eye

head of Sahu

10, star of

Sahu

on right eye on right eye on

J

11, star of Sothis

left
^j^^

eye
^^^^^^^

" 12, head of the btars

TavoV

412

Calendar of Astronomical Observation,'.

Athyr.

^^
I
I I

*o

H
in the
in the

^fNighT } foot of Necht

middle
I

Hour

1, liis

footstool

middle
eye
I

2, 3,

Arit

on

left left

head of Goose

on

eye

4, its
5, 6,

rump
Chu

in the
in the

middle
I

star of the

middle
I

star of Arit

in the

middle
I

7,

head of Sahu
of Sahu

in the middle

8, star

on right eye
-^

"

9'

*^^j^ of Star of |q^^ igf^ Sothis j

^'''starr^'''^^

" ^^'

'''''}"' *^'^ '^^'^'^^'^'

" 11' ^tars

of

the V^^
j

Water
12,

^j^^ ^^^-^^^^^^

^^

head of the Lion

in the

middle

16-15 Athyr.
Beginning of Night
"1

footstool

of

Necht

in the

middle
eye

Hour

1,

Arit

on

left

*
I

2,

head of Goose

in the middle
in the
in the

3, its

rump

middle
middle
r-

vV

4,
5, 6,
7,

star of the Clrn

star of Sarit

on right eye
in the middle

head of Sahu
star of

Sahu

on
on

left
left

eye
eye

8,
9,

train of Sothis

head

of Stars

Two
the

in tlie

middle

10, stars

of

Water
11,

un the middle
I

head of the Lion

tail

in the in the

middle

12, his

middle

Calendar of Astronomical OOservatiotis.

413

Choiak

^^
I I
I I

II AO
c.
I

e-

Beginning-) * , /Allt of Night

on (....?)
I

Hour

1,

head of Goose

in the

middle
I

2, its 3,

rump star of Chu

of Sarit
star of Saliu

on

left

eye

on left shoulder

4, star
5,
6,

on left shoulder
on right eye
in the middle
I

* *
*

train of Sothis

7,

head
the

of Stars

Two
Stars

on right shoulder

*
Y^

8,
9,

Two

on
on
on

left
left

eye
ear

stars of

Water

10,

head of Lion

left shoulder

11, his tail

on left shoulder
I

12, the

Many

Stars

on the right

[ ]

16-15 Choiak.
^oft;i:?}l^^^dof Goose

in the in the

middle middle
ear

Hour

1, its

2, 3,

rump star of Chu

star of Sarit

* ^
I

on on

left
left

ear

4, star
5,
6,

of

Sahu

in the

middle
I

star of Sothis

on left shoulder
on left shoulder

Two
stars

Stars

7,

of

the
J-

Water
8,

on right eye on right eye on right eye

in the

*
I

head of the Lion

9, his tail

10, the

Many Stars

middle

11, Lute-bearer
12, scouts of Menat

in the

middle

m the middle

414
Tybi.

Calendar of Astronomical Observations.

n
1
<ik

o
ill

d.
I

Beginning

ofNight |itsi-iimp
1,

the middle

Hour

star of Sarit

on right eye
in the middle

*
*

2, 3,

head of Sahu
star of

,,

Sahu
Stars

on

left

eye

4,
5,
6,

train of Sothis

on right eye
on right ear
)

* *
* *

the
star

Two
of

the

Water

7,

on right ear

head of Lion
the

on right eye
in the

8, his tail
9,

middle

Many

Stars

in the middle

10, Scouts of
11,

Menat

|^^^g^^*

t^^^^"*

Menat
of

on right eye
ion right eye

12, followers

Menat
16-15 Tybi.

S^ht" } ^^^^^^
TT Heur
-1

^ ^'^^^^
1

^^
foil
<

"S'lit ear

1,

p o star oi bahu
J.

right shoul,

*f

2,
3,

star of Sothis

in the middle
I

head of the
Stars

Two |.^
J

^j^^ ^^^-^^^^j^

,,

4,
5,

the

Two
of

Stars

on right ear
j-^^ ^^^^
J

*
I

stars

the

Water

6, 7,

^^-^^^^

head of Lion
his tail

in the

middle eye
^A

on
Stars

left

,,

8,

the

Many

in the

middle
'^'''''^^

9,

scouts of

Menat

{"""^If^

10,

Menat
Menat
potamus

on right eye
of ")on right shoul- -j^ der J
I

11, followers

12, foot of Hippo- ")on right shoul- -)}c

J

der
|

Caleiida7'

of Astronomical Observations,

415

Mechir.
i I

* o
Oil ri^llt sllOul-'^

Beg:inmnffl of Night /star

,

of Sahu

^^
on
left ear

Hour

1,

star of Sotliis

r^

2,
3,

the

Two
of

Stars

on right ear
)
.

*
^^

stars

the

Water

4,
5,

}on right eye

head of Lion

on right ear
in the

Many

Stars

middle

* *

6,
7,

Lute-bearer
scouts of

in the middle

Menat

m the middle
on right ear
in the

*
* *

8,
9,

Menat
followers

of

Menat
10. foot of

}
HippoI
J

middle

potamus
11,

between Menat

{sic)

*
'*

12, its thigh

middle

mutilated in

[The Second Column of Tomb IX, and

the
is

Month of Mechir

is

extremely
F/.]

quite destroyed in

Tomb

416

Calendar of Astronomical

Observci,tio7is.

Phamenoth.
I I

(From Tomb
a.
b.

VI.)
c.

d.

Hour

3,

4,
5, 6, 7,

Scout

Menat

....

follower

of

ion right eye

Menat

8,

* *

feet of Hippo-

^^

->

potamus

9, its

f-on ns;ht o

eye J

leg
its

in the

middle

10,

between
its
its

legs in the middle

in the

11,

thigh
breast

middle

*
1

12,

in the

middle

16-15 Phamenoth.
Beginning 1 of Night J

*
Two
Many
Stars

Hour

1,

the

on the

left

2, his tail
3,

in the middle

the

Stars

in the
in the
left

middle

4,
5,

Lute-bearer

middle
eye

Scouts of Menat on

6,

Menat

rin middle left

*
on
left ....

7,

10,

11,

12,

" '

Calendar of Astronomical Observations.

417

Pharmuthi

1.
1 1

n A O
d.
I

e.

/.

in the

middle
I

Hour

1,

his tail

on right eye on on
left

2,
3,

Many

Stars

eye

Lute-bearer

left

eye

*
I

4,
5,
6,

Scouts of Menat right eye

follower of Menat left eye

two feet of Hip- Ion right eye popotamus

leg
"

7, its

in the middle
j-in

8,

between Menat
its feet

the middle

9, its

tliigh

in the

middle
ear

10, its

breast

on on

left
left
left

11, its 12, the

tongue

arm
ear

two feathers Ion of Necht

Pharmuthi

I.

16-15.
I

Sgh?}Menat
Hour
1,

on the

left

Many

Stars

on right eye on
left
left

2, 3,
4,

Lute-bearer

eye
I

Scouts of Menat

on

eye

follower of Menat on right eye

* * *

5,twofeetofHip-|^^^^.i

popotamus
6, its 7, its

j^^

leg
pizzle

in the middle

in the middle

8, its tliigh
9, its

on left shoulder
left

*
^^
ik-

breast

shoulder

10, its

11,

tongue left shoulder head of the fea-" thers of Necht j^^*---top of the
staff"),

*
*

12,

ofNeoht

)lelt....

p,

418
1

Calendar of Astronomical Observations.

Pachoxs.

d.

e.

f.
I

!?NS?}Menat
Hour

1,

on

left ear

Scouts of Meuat on right eye

2,
3,

Menat
of

on right
Hippo-

eji^e
I

follower of Menat right eye

4, feet

potamus

5, its
6, its

v^^j^,,^^^!,
j

* *

leg
pizzle

in the
left

middle

ear

7, its 8, its
9, its

thigh
breast

left

shoulder

left ear

10,

two feathers left ear head of the two jj^^^ feathers of Necht )

*
12,

top of the staff -j^^ I ) of Necht

^^j.

Pachons 16-15.
I

STM^Scout....
Hour

1,

on right eye

Menat

on

left

eye

* *

2,

follower of Menat on right eye

3, feet

of HippoO^j^ ) potamus

^i^g j^i^l^llg

4, its
5, its
6, its

leg
pizzle
thig:h

in the

middle
shoulder

on left shoulder
on
.
.

7, its

breast

.... ear

8, its
9,

two feathers left ear head of two feaO j ^ thers of Necht i *=

.

10,

two

feathers of
I

Necht
11, top of
liis

right car

staff

middle
.... shoulder

12, his throat

Calendar of Astronomical Observationn

419

Payni.
a.
0.
c.

d.

e.

f.
I

''ofTgirflMeiat

middle

Hour

,,

1,

feet of

potamus
2, its

Hippo- V^j^^I^
;

^r

leg

right eye

*
I

3, its [pizzle] 4, its 5, its

6, its

middle
middle
right eye
I

thigh
breast

tongue
feathers

right eye
left

7, its

ear

*
*

8,

head of feathers jj^^ ^^^ of Necht J

^'

*\

JMecht

^rf'"''-^

ofjmiddle
)

10, his throat

middle
I

11, its breast

12, his

middle
middle
I

back

Payni 16-15.
Beginning) feet of Hippoof Night j potamus

[middle

Hour

1, its

leg

middle
I

2, its [pizzle]
3, its 4, its
5, its
6,

middle
I

thigh
breast

middle
left
left

eye

tongue
feathers of

eye

feathers

left ear

* ^
I

7,

two
top

Necht

8,
9,

right ear

middle
middle
left
left

his throat

10, breast 11, his

.,

shoulder
ear

* *

back

12, his leg

middle

420

Calendar of Astronomical Observations.

Epiphi.
a.
b.
c.

d.

c.

/.

g.

Begmnmg|.
of Night
J

of Hippo- ^^.-j^^
)

Vr
"^

potamus
tliigh

Hour

1, its

middle
right eye

2,
3,

breast

tongue
feathers

middle
I

4, its
5,

middle

head of feathers I middle of Necht

6,

two feathers oi^-^^^ Necht i ^

neck
back
leg

*
1

1, liis

middle middle
middle
right eye
(?)

8.
9,

breast
his

10, his

11,

liis

sebekes

middle
1

12, his footstool

middle

Epiphi 16-15.
Beginniug"! of Night J

'

Hour

1, its

breast

middle
I

2,

tongue
feathers

middle
I

3, its

middle middle
,.,
I

.,

4,
5,

head of Necht

two

feathers of],

Necht

6,

i^"-"

^^

his throat

middle
I

7,
8,

breast
his

middle middle middle

I
I

back
leg

9, his

10, 11, 12,

*
middle

Calendar of Astronomical Observations.

421

In the
paper,
it

discussion which

followed the reading of this

was suggested by the Rev. Basil Cooper that the Calendar represented not the vague Egyptian year of 365 days, but a fixed one of the same length as our astronomical
year.

Into this question I do not wish to enter, but

it is

well to observe that the hypothesis of a fixed year does not

affect the essential points
1.

on which

wish to

insist.

The
The

true philological

meaning of the Calendar remains

undisturbed.
2.

asterisms are identified by their relative positions

as indicated

in the sky,

before or after Sirius

by the time of their culmination and each other in the year 1450 B.C.

For

this identification the

map

of the sky in 1450

B.C.

is

sufficiently correct as

regards any year within the millennium

(2000-1000
belong.

B.C.)

to

which the royal tombs undoubtedly

422

ON THE CYLINDRICAL MONUMENT

OF NECHTHARHEBES
IX

THE MUSEUM OF TURIN.

By Joseph Bonomi.
Read 2nd June, 1874.

When

I visited Turin in the

autumn of

last year, I did

so \vith tlie intention of particularly examining

some of the Egyptian monuments in the Museum of that capital, many of which I knew had not been published or described except in a brief but excellent handbook ^vi-itten by the late learned M. Orcui-ti, in 1852, " Catalogo dell' Museo di Torino." Among other fine Egyptian monuments in the Museum was the one of which I now present a dra'\\dng to the Society. This antiquity is a large disk, or rather cylinder, of dark granite, 3' 4^" in diameter by 10^" in the upper and V 3" in the lower periphery. The upper cylinder is completely covered with 68 vertical lines of beautifully executed hieroglyphics, divided into four unequal sections by as many vignettes, representing an Egyptian monarch and an attendant priest, who is probably his son, making a libation before an altar to the deities of

the

foin-

cardinal points

or

quarters of the land, North,

South, East, and

West

these deities, together with the

names of the towns

between each

in Avhich

represented in the hieroglyphic inscriptions which

picture.

they were venerated, being occur

all

They

are nearly

goddesses or
Avorshipped in

feminine forms of the

different

divinities

The style of art is excellent, although Upper Egypt. not archaic, and it does not need the CAadence of the half

On
obliterated

the Cylindrical

Monument of

Neclitliarliches.

423

that

it

is

cartouch of the Pharaoh Nectanebos to prove a work of the XXXth Dynasty, that is, the

Persian period.

The

subjects are well grouped,

and
is

in all

the representations of the younger figure, there

di-awn a

peculiar article of di'ess which I do not recollect to have

met

Egyptian intaglio or painting. This unique vestment is a long narrow scarf or cloak worn round the waist, and ha\ang one end thrown over the left arm of the officiant; its shape and use are singular, reminding one strongly of the linen maniple used hj the catholic clergy. The upper surface or top of this monument is roughly depressed, and m the centre there has been cut a square hole having several irregular lines radiating from it but as these marks seemed to be of a recent date, 1 did not examine them closely, concluding that, like the slab No. 135* in our own collection in the British Museum, which is similarly mutilated,^ the Arabs had used it for a mill-stone. I now regret tliis omission on my part, as it has been suggested to me since my return that the monument might possibly have been a sun-dial, in which case it would certainly prove the oldest on record, and the first ancient dial of Pharaohonic times hitherto cUscovered in Egypt. Orcurti describes it as " un altare nero," under which title it is generally known, but which its great size and remarkable form render somewhat unlikely.^ In the long inscription of Una,^ a monarch of the Vlth Dynasty, there is distinctly described a very great monolithic altar, of which there now exist no remains, and that a similarly large monument is preserved in the Museum of Boulaq,^ and this being the
in
a,ny other
;

mth

case, Orcurti

may

after all be right in his description of the

object.
I cannot conclude this brief note without publicly acknowledging the courtesy of the Cm^ator of the Turin Museum,^

who
1

off^ered

me

every assistance in obtaining impressions

Museum,
p. 89.

Sharpe, Egyptian Antiquities in the British

Catalogo Moimmenti diversi, No. 23, p. 80. See Records of the Past, vol. ii, jj. 3.
Description de la

^ * *

Musee de Boulaq. No.

95, p. 97.

Cavaliero Fabretti.

424

On

the

CyUndrical Monument of Neclitharhehes.

of this and other Egyptian relics and I musi further also thank onr President, Dr. Birch, for having at so short a notice prepared the translation of the Egyptian text which follows my paper, and to which I shall listen Avith peculiar
;

interest.


f
/vwvvyw

lJi_

t
-^r

'^.^

u
Cr

Ftuf paqe

*i-Z

or

20

/S

/<?

^^

/6

/S

'4-

/3

'Z

//

.'0

y>

cP

A
ci

LI

n
i%
o
1

iirrt
t
1

A o

o
o

H o
3S-

ft
L(

'^

1 ct
3e
34-

o
/^
33
32
31

30

29

2S'

27

26

25-

24-

Zi

22

Zi

IA A
o

PL

fftl

8^

/
o

9.

-^^

(t

n
r

Q
^cP

J-z

S6

SS^

S-4-

S3

S^

S/

SO

4.S

-f<P

4?^

46

4.S'

^4

4-S

-42

4-1

40

3<)

3^

3?^

AAA A o 2T o
L

AA

(^ IT

A HI
o

+
- o
-

o
-

^
o
f

J.
o
1

11
o *
kJLx

-.

A
\v
O

It

A
I-

lull

If
o

I
6cP
<5>

\
63
<^^

^<$

^r

6^

6/

^0

S9
I

^1

I
o

^
LT
O

I!
r r

flAI

n
( ( (

fO

^
r

425

TRANSLATION OF THE HIEROGLYPHIC INSCRIPTION UPON THE ALTAR OF NECHTHARHEBES.

By
S.

Birch, LL.D.

Read 2nd June, 1874.

Mr. BONOMl, in addition to the base of the altar at Turin, which he copied on his recent visit to that city, has laid before the Society a second inscription, which is found on a cylindrical monument, the use of which is not known. The monument terminates below in a smaller plug or cylinder, as if it fitted into some other portion of stone. The upper surface has a number of lines running from the centre like the spokes of a wheel but these radii are not sufficiently well made to have formed part of the original design of the monument, or it might otherwise have been conjectured that the object was a dial. The cu'cular face of the upper or larger cylinder has round it small scenes or pictures and 68 perpendicular lines of hieroglyphics, the names and titles of as many deities, and their adoration by the monarch Nekht-har-hebi or Nechtharebes I. of the XXXth Dynasty.
;

It is in fact

a kind of register or calendar of the principal

ings.

to whom the monarch addresses his offerThese comprise all the leading gods of Egypt. It does not appear to be known whence it came, so that even the temple for which it was made is unknown. The order
deities of

Egypt

followed

is

that of the cardinal points of the compass, be-

gmning with the South, which was placed by the Egyptians

before the North, on account of the civilisation and' emigration of the earlier settlers

having been directed to the South

28

from the North.

Vol.
III.

In this respect the Egyptians followed the

42

Translation of the Hieroglyphic Inscnption

same plan as the Chinese, Avhose compass is also adjusted from the South, that being the leading- point to which it may have been supposed that it acted as a guide. There is no proof, however, of the Egyptians having had any knowledge of the use of the magnet, although it was fomid and worked by the Egyptians and their neighbours or contemporaries the Babylonians. Now there is one remarkable
thing in the present monument. It was evidently placed so that the sides respectively faced the foiu- quarters of the

compass, and these points are indicated still more strictly by placing the hieroglyphs indicating them facing the deities of the quarters, while the rest of the inscription
reads in the other direction.

Such a variation must

liave

had a

special object, perhaps to indicate the

actual South,

tangential points of the S. W. N. E. on the periphery of the As in the case of the inscription already communialtar.

cated by Mr. Bonomi to the Society,

of the towns and hitherto knowledge places named are contributions to the possessed of Egyptian geography, and also of the local
deities

many

who

particularly presided over them.

They

are given

in the vertical lines, each

his district.

god being mentioned along with

is

The scene preceding

the register

uniform

in all cases.

water out of the namms, Egyptian on a small in called spout, with a vessel spout, and from the streams flow Two stone. stand or altar The esoteric meaning. an doubt these two jets had no skin anem en panther priest wears a scull cap namms, and a ahu wrapped round the loins, the tail of the skin is throwm
priest or prophet oflFers a libation of

over the

left

fore-arm of the priest.

The

inscription before

him reads Ta kahh

the prophet."

en hent neter " the giving of a libation

is

by

The prophet

followed by the king,

who

holds in his hand an incense vase, cup-shaped, in which is seen a flame and tW'O grains of incense. The king raises his

He wears on his head the royal head-dress surmounted by the urseus serpent, a tunic shenti, namms, tail-shaped ornament descending from and a loins round the Before him are his name and title. The good his waist. god, lord of the two countries, Nekht-HER-HEBI beloved of
left

hand.

iqjon the

Altar of Nechtharhehes.

427

Anhar or Onouris the Egyptian Mars. The large horizontal Hne above his head expresses * making divine ceremonies in the South,' or making to the gods of the cycle over the South.' Then follow the names of the gods of the South.
'

LINE
1.

A.

2.
3.

Nut in the abode of Nut. Nebankh in the heaven resident

m Ka

[Athribis].

Amen
Sebak

in

Ha

Amen

[abode of Amen, Thebes].

4.
5.
6.

Osiris in

in

Aat kabh [Elephantine]. Rukama.

7.

Anemher in Ar-ma. Ran t in the Hat-shennu [abode of granaries].

8.
9.

Nunu

ill

Hat.

Amen

in

10.

11. 12.
13.
14.

15.
16.
17.

Rant in Ant who loves her mother. Nubn or Nuhem in Nishem [Eileithya]. Ten em dwelling in Ab-kat. Merhu presiding over Nahes or Hes. The kha neter or Thousand gods in Ha kha. Uat [Buto] in Ha-uat [Buto]. Khem in Per-khem [Panopolis].
[Thoth] in Sesen [Hermopolis].
in

Hat mehn. Aat rant.

18. [Seb] in Sha-har. 19.

20
21. [Isis].

Shept [Oxyrrhyncus].

22. [Athor].

23
B.

Same scene
24.

Ha

to the gods of the West. ma. [Lions] in the upper abode of the Empyreal
*

region.
25.

26.

Khent khratu lord of the foreign land Khaset. Sebak proud lord or lord of Tenten
[Busiris].
I,

27. Osiris in Atai'-^

'

In the Teutyrite nome. Brugsch, Geogr. The Ninth Northern nome. Ibid. I, 123,

251.

4.

'

428
LINE

Translation of the Hieroglyphic Inscription

28.

29. Klionsu

Sekar in Sheimt. iii Kentu. 30. Athor mistress of Mafka [Sinai]. 31. Neith mistress of Khem ka [Sinopion 32. Sebak lord of Ru.
34.

oros].

33.

Sebak Sebak

in

Hat

Delia t [Tentyris].

in

Smen [Memphite nome].

Nefer
sliuu.

35. Sekliet in

C.

Same
36.
37.

scene to the gods of the North.

38.
39.

40. 41.

Things of the gods and divine clothes. The clothes, sacred wraps, and festival garments. Isis in Hat hesi [Libyan nome] Horus the boy. Athor resident in Aha [Athribis].

Neb hetp

in Hat-athor [Tentyris].

42.
43.

Hapi [the Nile] in Aat ha-kat [Saitic Branch of Nile]. Osiris lord of Tattu [Bushis], great god lord of Abuti
[Abydos].

44.

Har [Horus]
ill

in Ait.

45. Isis 46.

Ait.
in Khetrans.

Thoth

47. Sekliet in

Rekhet [Thmuis].

48. Osiris in Bashu.

49.

50. 51.

Sekhet in Bashu. Sekhet in Amakhu or Sail [Hermopolis].

52.
53.

54.
55.

Uat [Buto] m Nefert. Sebak lord of Aatensha [Prosopis]. Aa [Old Man] in Aat. Horus in Hat ant [Antseopolis].

56. 57. 58.

Ba in Baklien. Har [Horus] in Maks. Har [Horus] in Aatur [Philai]. Har [Horus] in Aat-ab [Abaton,

Pliilse].

59.

The same scene to the gods Sekhet, Nut in Hat nut.

of the East.

60. Osiris in
'

Neter aat [Menouthis].

Brugscli, Oeogr.
I,

In the First Northern nome.

150.

ujjon the

Altar of Nechtharhehes.

429

LINE

61. Tsis in
62.

Neter aat [Menouthis]. Hapi ankh [living Apis] in Ha shaat or Ha-nut.

63. 64.
65.

Ban

t in

Parsha.

Sebak

in

Ka

[Athribis].

Bast or Sekhet in the Eastern empyreal region. 66. Bast or Sekhet mistress of Khabes.^
67. 68.

Reshpu [Reseph]

in

Hat reshpu.
noble,

The

prince,

the heir, the

chief

of

Anamat

Bakennefi."

of the dedicator of the

This name at the end of the inscription probably is that monument. This name Bakennifi
is

occurs in the Stele of Piankhi, where he

chief of the troops.^

also said to be
1,

In

my

former paper, Vol. HI, Part

it

the

town of Pa Kar was given

is

as the "Arsenal" its meaning,

the actual site

the Egyptian Babylon, of which

was

the name.
'
'

City of Lamps.'
site of

Sais,
2

but the

This expression recalls to mind the Feast of Lamps at Khaibes is unknown.

See the Rev. Canon Cooke's

"The

Inscription of Pianehi," 8vo. Loudon,

Leipzig, 1871, page 332,

1873, page 22.

Lieblein, Diction, d.

noms Hieroglyph.

No. 1016.

430

ASSYRIAN NOTES. No.

By
II.

I.

F. Talbot, F.R.S., &c.

Read

2:ul June, 1874.

1.

On

the ancient use

of Papyrus as a writing material in Assyria and Babylonia.

343 of the Transactions, Mr. Sayce has adduced reasons for supposing that papyi'us was used in Babylonia for writing upon, as it was in Egypt, quoting the
In vol.
1

p.

testimony of Pliny to that

I

effect.

have arrived at similar conclusions on other grounds. In vol. 2 of Rawlinson's B.M. inscriptions, plates 33 and 44,
the word
T*

alal or

YI

V'

Y^^
and

alallu
;

is

explained by

nazabu sha kani the

considers to

plant of a reed
|wp?/rMs;
it

mean
which

is
'

also

which Mr. Sayce explamed by

child
'

^Y

>^yy,

and by the same with

inserted,

thus,

JiTTtvY

means perhaps a
resh,
'

child's

first

book,
or

elsewhere called dippi

'first tablet.'^

tablet of the

beginning,'
1,
'

In the same plate

2R

33, col. iv,

we

find

^^y|]f| ^y<y "^^yy ^ "^ ^ ""^IT akMuz ska tzu peeling off the skin,' which words standing only two lines before nazabu sha Jcani appear to relate to the same subject. Theii* meaning is incontestable as they are often used in saying
that the

King flayed off the skins of his prisoners see my Glossary No. 219. Thus in the first volume of Rawlinson's
;

inscriptions

pi.

19,

93 Yy

T^

""^^TT
is

*"^TT

^^"'^ tzu-su

detraxi
'

cutem

ejus.

The same
'

repeated in line 92 and in

Syriae ^^2-

Arabic nasab or nasb

to plant
to

'

Hebrew and
'

Mr. Sayce considers TI

mean

water,' so that the sign

would imply

" papyrus growing in the water."

: : '

Assyrian Notes.
Oppert's Kliorsabad inscriptions
related to the
vi, 4.

431
This verb klmz seems

Hebrew

2Jin the exterior of anything.

We find also the remarkable word ^^Tf-*^ ^^^W Nigin a volume,' which is given in 2 R 34, 64 as the explanation of the symbol f_T Tj[ and of the similar symbol

^^

'

J^0

in2R32,
is

15.

Nvfin

explained in the former passage by the words

^^^^' ^^* 'a ]\i 'tin . . Tt ^^T (i"^) P^'^^''^^ collection of papyri,' that is to say a Volume.' It is true
'

that the last letter of the

word

alcdi is

broken

off,

but

think

Now, this is very strongly confirmed by the fact that the word Nigin is still retained in Chaldee with the meaning of volmne ; history ; or memoirs
is

my restoration

probable.

see Buxtorf's dictionary p. 1298.

He
i^ i^

says:

p'^^^

Niginin:
the

memoriaa
nigin

historias

rerum gestarum.

And

since

word

explains the symbol f f^T

probable that this

symbol was originally a hieroglyphic representing an open

volume (which
this
'

it

still
'

greatly resembles).

It is curious that

open volume

with something

indefinite

written in
'

it,

M^'K^T is the symbol which is used to express so and so,' or 'any one': in French 'un tel'; as I pointed out for the first time in my Assyrian Glossary No. 285.
thus
:

In another passage, writings upon vegetable skin ^Y *"^TT are mentioned, which I think must mean papyrus. This is found ni 2R 36, 11 where Assurbanipal apparently
'

says that he copied his tablets

aspect) of ancient tablets

'

according to the tenor (or

and

pajyyri of Assyria

and Accadia

'

<iEi

^E
ki

^T- ^B
pi
the tenor

*imy Idippati

<
u
and

f f --TT
alali ?

h-

according

to

of

the tablets

papyri

urati
old

gabri

Assuri
of Assyria

u
and

Akkadi
Akkad.

432
Urati.

Assyrian

Azotes.

The word Ur

'

old' occurs frequently.

It

appears

an Accadian term, and not Semitic. For example, it is said on the tablets K 137 and 52 h, and elsewhere, " I copied
to be
this tablet" ura hi

In
>-^y

2R

46, 13

we

him " like its old one." find the following gloss: ^f^l^lj ^X:\]
Ura.
is

^>:^

>^I^

Labirtu.

The

latter

word
one

signifies " Old."

Gahri

a frequent word, and generally

means

Rivals, Equals, or things parallel or comparable to

another.

Applied to 'tablets'

it

appears to be the

name

which they gave to those bilingual tablets in which the two languages alternate in successive lines, which therefore are
parallel to

each other or stand

side by side.

2.

Assyrian books.

That the Assyi-ians had books appears plainly from the passage I have given in the Transactions Vol. II, p. 55, " In the night-time bind around the sick man's head a sentence taken from a good book." But this writing may have been on parchment, since that would be more suitable for the other sentences, which were to be spread out on the threshold of
'

the door.'

(ibid.)

Again, among the goods which were to be held of no value as compared with the mamit, we find (see Transactions
vol.
2,

p.

41)

'

the newly written

books.'

neioly see

5pf_

A-T ^^T

'^>- issish nikathu

4
503.

^^JSi^ ^^^
Issish

7,

10.

means
un-

my

Glossary

No.

Nikathu

seems

doubtedly the passive of the verb katab

Assyrian books
its
is

IPD

to write.

But the most copious source of information concerning

to be found in 2

R
(jri

pi. 24, if

understand
to

meaning rightly. I must premise that

Tl^p,

>-TT-<^

is

known

be the

Accadian equivalent of the Assyrian

Heb.

i3k-Y

*">^ Ka7i, a reed,

believe that

Greek
*->^

Kavva, Latin Canna.

*^yY^
or

and

iX"!

Papyrus. (3) Mr. Sayce

meant (1) a Reed. (2) Reed-paper, a book written on such paper.

(p.

344) gives the following gloss

i*^-

^yy-<^

^yyyf ^^tl

"^TT

^^ means

" a written tablet,"

which

Assi/rian. Notes.

433
in his " phonetic

gloss

is

also referred to

by Mr. G. Smith

values" No. 59.

Now, 2 R plate 24 contains a long list of names, 36 in number, but some of them imperfect or broken, all of which
begin with this syllable *^YT-<^'
I

consider therefore that

we have
I will

here the catalogue of some ancient library.

give some specimens of this catalogue. It begins some books on the Mysteries of the Babylonian Religion. The first of them is named, in the Accadian

with

language,
Hades''';

>^yy^ ^PJI^

^j

^]i^

Jy

" the

Book of going

to

perhaps an account of the soul's adventures after death, similar to the Todtenbuch of the Egyptians. In

analysing this

name

I observe that

^1^) du
Tt
i^

means "to go"

in Accadian, and that *pYYjt

^J^

probably the same

as

^]]^ t-]]^ Tt /Y^ have the phonetic

:

''Hades"

(since
di).

both

value

^^ff-c^ and That the phrase

thus

*JiYY^ ^*^yT-<^ Tt means Hades can, I think, be proved In the legend of Ishtar, Hades is called Bit sha erihu-su la atzu, the place whose entrance has no exit (or, which none

can leave).
in

Now,

this phrase la atzu (no exit)

is

translated
"
^'-'^^^^^out

Accadian (see 2
"
;

62,

42)

return

which

is

the

name
in

of

with the particle

^,

the

A Hades more form ^ ^*^TT<^

*^]]^ ^^TT
*'^^

Tf

usually written
Ty-

The

three next volumes in the library were parts of one

work, called

^ff^

^W^ ^^^I "tTH

^o^ ^^

*^^^

namniru. This was the Accadian word for the mamit of the Assyrians, which was certainly some great mystery, but of what nature has not yet been explained. That there was salvation in the mamit I have already shown (Transactions This is confirmed by the present passage, Vol. II, p. 37). since the book on the mamit follows immediately the one on the descent of the soul to Hades.

The Assyrian
^y ^XXis

translation

of gi namniru

is

i^J

*->?-

"^T"^

^'^^

mamiti

where we observe,
by mamitu.

first,

that gi
is

translated kan
it

(papyrus), and secondly, that namniru

is,

translated, as

usually

434

Assyrian. Notes.

The next volume was

'

called

kan magarri the book of worship, or "the Prayer Book." Magar is worsliip.' Impious persons or foreign heretics are

^J

*^*{~

^I

*"yi^T

The King of Assyria often calls himself of the great gods. Mahhar or worshipper migir Hi rabi, makhir to pray is another form of the word ex. gr. Jssur Amkhar sakuti I prayed to those gods.' u Istar amkhur I prayed to the lofty Ishtar.' [star,
called la magiri.
' '
;

'

'

After the " Prayer Book " comes >-Jf- J= '^V kan tapsarti the Book of Explanations,' probably a sort of Tapsarti commentary or Targum upon the sacred books.

^J

^tJ

'

comes from the verb pasar

Chaldee
"^U^D.

'

to

explain,'

It

is
;

the

verb specially

which is the used by the

Assyrians in this sense for example, A lihsur B, that is to say, the (Accadian phrase) A may he explained by the This book of explanations kan (Assyrian phrase) B. tapsarti is rendered in the Accadian column by
' '

"^yf^
'

jy <;f^

]}

the book of
tliis.

a conjectm-e as to
tm-n': hence

jy {]^ ]]. l can only ^y is the hand,' ^]^ ]j

'

uller

to

^y

^y^
kan

y}

may mean

Version or Transla-

tion or Uebersetzung.

The next volume

-^y
in

in the Library
tililti,

was the i^y

:

>^>y-

^/^^

>~<y<
'

Hebrew 7711
Hebrew,

to praise.'

or Book of Hymns from the The same word (nearly) is found

:

viz. Tilit,

Hymn

see Gesenius v. n^Iin.

the ,^y ^>^ {ct A^flff ^yy<T ^ from Book, mikhir Prayer prayer.' another kan mikhri, had decidedly Library a the religious that Thus we see The rest of the Catalogue is of less interest, character.
'

The next was

owing

to the Assyrian column being broken off. Before quitting this part of the subject I will give

another example of the word

tablet or papyrus.'
dippi, or tablet,

We
t^tJ
^
^'

read

in

'-yy^ used for a written 4119 "This ^yyyy "^y*'

belongs to Ishtar-mu-kamish, chief of the

tablets

(t^yyyy
^y*^

^yy<y)

^^
also

son
^^Xxx

of

Nebo-zir-sidi
"^yy-*^

who was

^^^^S Assm-bampal, chief of the books

chief Librarian.

Assyrian Notes.

435

Let us

now

pass on to other words illustrative of the

literature of the Assyrians.

A
is

tablet, or writing,

was usually
Lamn.

called

^Hyy
pagina.

which

explained in Syll. 114 by the words

^J ^^
the Chaldee
;

^-^
Q"f

Duhha and >-^Y "t^ /

tabula
;

Duhba

is

in Rabbinic literature folium lihri

It is

word very frequently employed, ex. gr. masal as dupti dahti "a sentence out of a good book" (Transactions, vol.2, p. 69). It is sometimes written dubbat, dup>pat, dippat, &c. The other word Lamu 'a writing' is found also in 2 R 24, 43. It is there explained again by the words ^^TYYI and J^T j:^>:
or Dup.
lamie.

In line 50 r_lZl (^ book) is rendered zadit ska This brings us to the word zada (of uncertain
It
is

meaning).
in 2

also
it is

written

zaidu

yy

TI
'

Y*

fz^ ^i^Y

R 24,

where

explained

Tjyf f^flj

^^^ ^''

^^ ^

book,'
find

and glossed by
ly yj

nigin (tablet).

Also in

34,

73

we

^^y Words derived

'

zadu

among words
>y'

that signify
'

loriting.

fi-om

a writing
'

*~>^yy

zu

'

skin,'

kunna

a reed,' and

^=yyyy
all

dup

a tablet,' are the three

following which are

in

explained ^yjt V"*" ^ ^^^^^ (tablet) 2R49, 64:-(l) >f ^y^-flff -^y, (2) ^^]] >f, The latter, or zu-dibbu appears again (3) *~>^yy ^=yyyyin 2 R 5 where we find ^>i=yy S^yyyy t^ i^]} <^y>. a treatise on men >--<y< zudibbi nisi ditto yy ^y ^^^ followed by (jiisti), many more on women' 'treatises' on

'

'

'

dogs, oxen, birds, &c.

tablets)
is

similar

word

to zu-dippi

(skin

gi-dippi (papyrus tablets).

seems derived from Kan (a reed), quasi Kantu. In 2 R 32, lines 37 and 40, we read Katu Katu musaru (papyrus for sha dippi (papyrus for tablets)

The word Katu A-y

^J^

writing).

Then

hatu sha dippi returns again aiid

is

repeated

seven times, being translated the last time by

suku which I suppose
I

^y

T^

return to the

means 'a reed.' word Kan a reed.' There

'

are tv/o very

interesting glosses which stand next to each other in 2

51

R 34,
of

and

52,

and are therefore probably connected.

One

436
these (line b2)
''

Assynan
is

N^otes.

j^Y *~>\^T *^W^ ^^E ^'^'^ Makkan the papyi'us of Lower Egypt." Upper Egypt was called Milukha, and Lower Egypt Makkan. These words are frequently placed in two consecutive lines showing the correlation between them.
for instance 2

See

R 46,

lines 48, 49,

and

also lines 77, 78.

is

The

other gloss, in the next line 51,

^
from

^^yj ^^jy
:

-^yyy

rakrakshalibbikani,^m.einhriines ^I^ *^Ty-*^ the intei'ior of the reeds.' I consider rak to be the

n^

Heb. pi
subtilis/

which

Schindler

renders

'

membrana

charta

a word derived from pi

tenuis.

follow^'3:

Another example is found on the tablet K 221, as '^yy-^^ Reeds; ^^yyyf green; J^y} "^y epar, the
;

produce

V" ^yt
ana, for;

saddi-sii,
]

of his country

(loords lost)

cut them;
nikilti

^yy >-jj^ -'^y

I

>~<y<

^^
'

which

ihtiqu su, tliey

'skilfully
tinut.

made.'

timut baskets (?); Cfj^ ]Qf '^y< suppose timut to be a variant

fc^it;^

form of
in

The Hebrew

a basket

'

occurs twice

Deuteronomy.

The word j^y *^>^ Kan

'

a reed

'

occurs in a very

remarkable passage, which illustrates in a curious manner a chapter in the Book of Revelations. We read in Rev. xxi
that St. John

saw the Holy City Neiv Jerusalem coming

down from Heaven. And the angel who showed it to him " had A GOLDEN REED to measure the City and the gates thereof, Compare the following lines, which and the wall thereof.'' are found in 4R 6, 37
:

1.

A Golden
The

Reed

very long.

Reed, very precious

scale

2.

splendid passur OF THE GODS.

3. It

was a Reed OP pure gold, whose nmgly divided.

lines are the
I

was cunpiece of

These three

commencement of a

poetry, of which

do not understand the further tenour.

It may perhaps refer to the construction of the Ark, for we read two or three lines afterwards something about "a

Assyrian Notes.
divine

437

the messenger of Marduk," and then bitumen the door of the ship." But, whatever the meaning, the jDassage as fer as it goes is very
follows, "

command from
/
closed

np

tvith

remarkable.
a golden reed
gisuk,

I
;

annex a verbal

analysis.

'^ff-s^ <^yY '^TT'*^

;

^|^ ^y^ ^^J

gcdgalla

very long

'-'\]^

a reed;

^^

J^IIf-^

very precious;
ilia,

iz^

"^ ^t]^^]
i^]]

the passur;

t^^lfy ^^^
of the gods.

splendid;

>->Jf-

^]]<]

t^Xi'l
A-J
;

J=y|y
>->]f-

^y< pazti of pure jjfz T^ gold ska, -^^ ^J salima, the scale taramu was cunning (or skilful). ^f ^^yy "^ ^yyy^
;

Kan, the reed

of which
;

The passur
gold, but
I

is

often mentioned, and said to be

affix

made

ot

am

unable to

a definite meaning to the

" the
;

word.
>iz\] 5=yyy meaning Jf- ^yy<y in the Accadian language frequent extremely gods Assyrian I believe always translates it by Hi gods.'

The

phi-ase

^^^y

" is

the

'

word.
Bible

^^
It
it

>-<y<
is
:

pazti, " of

pure gold,"
'

is

a most important

Buxtorf says
Salima
is

the " TD

Hebrew fD Paz aurum purissimum.' aurum solidum et purgatum." In the

scala,

occurs in several passages.

the

Hebrew 12hO

which occurs
'

in the

story of Jacob's ladder (Gen. xxviii, 12).

Taramu is probably from Aram cunning Heb. 72"}^, But perhaps it is a verb in the second person cujus scalam calles, 'whose divisions thou dost understand.'
'

callidus.

proceed to notice a few other words which appear to

denote books or writing materials.

Karatan

^^zj^

^::yy
It is

<I<

(2

R 48,

23)

is
'

very

like the

Latin word Chartam.

book,'

and

<<

' rendered *^yy-<^ IIT Papyrus kissu a volume.' The latter word
'

appears to be the Syriac

b^tZ^D

colligavit

compegit

in

'

438
fascicules.

Assyrian Notes.

The passage

is

as follows

Kissu (alone)

is

exT-<^

plained ^yj-*^
(of wintingsj,

^d
is

book.' Kissu 'P'^Py^"^^ explained by >X- (writing).

Try >^yy<T izXi

^ t^]y

Kissu
is

^ >^ j
23).
I

{sha musari,

of writings)

explained by

>?- >?-

(see 2

R 48,

which is merely the plural of >^ gave an example of this plural in vol. 2
'

of the Transactions p. Q^. written sentences >?- >^ [spread out upon the thresliold of the sick man's door], where the Assyrian version has ^Y V, ^>- Masi.
It will

be remembered that

we had

the

word

>X- before, 64) both

in the phrases

>^

Jcunna

and

*">^TT >-

(2 R 49,

of which appear to

mean 'papyrus

v/riting.'

The word Alal

" Papyrus," has

or

Alain,
I

not yet
think

Semitic root.

it is
'

cate form of Heb.

Tlh^

which has been translated referred to any T^hyhv ^ii ancient and reduplia leaf,' and therefore meaning
believe been

'leaves' or a book consisting of leaves collected together.

So folium in Latin, " foliis ne carmina manda " ( Virgil), " folium recitare Sibyllee " {Juvenal). And so in Arabic,
paper
I
is

called urrak,

i.e.

'leaf.'

have to add that the word

37

YI Y*^
y}

alal is explained in

R 48,

by

<^y^IIII

"^-^y
'

^yy<y

siUn nari
river.'

" the

.... of the

river,"

perhaps

the reed of the

Likhutsi.

]\Ir.

Sayce has called attention

,

(p.

344) to the
cuppi,

phrase

j:y

'^^B:y<y '^y<y **^yy

^yyyy \*^ ukhusi

which occurs in a table of Moon portents. I liave found the same phrase in 2 R 42, 22, where it is said they were written in the tongues of Assyria, Sumir, and Accad (the name of As8;sTia being however broken off, except the
final letter

^I^

'country').

think that likhutsi

is

is

the

Hebrew

I0p7

collectio,

which

word

used of collected

writings, sentences, &c.

; :

Assyrkui Notes.
I

439
signifies
'

have shown that

will

J^JJl

sometimes

wi-iting.'

This
says

liitherto
:

enable ns to explain some passages which have In Tiglath 8, 36 the king been misunderstood. " In return for my constant piety, may the gods

place

Ashur, for

oR

history ?=TJJ '^T^) i^ the book of time firmly as a rock " Again, in all futiu-e 15, 3 Esarhaddon, on hearing of the death of his father,
(or
!
:

my

name

my

says

?^yy

>~<T<

^S^f ^'\^ >f^ uspir, I wrote (IQD to write) C^Ty niy letters [saying that I claimed the

succession].

from Nineveh by Mr. G. Smith contains the following, which confirms what has
Syllabary recently

brought

been .aid:
the latter
collection.

Efil

-TIA ESi

CD

-^HK

^JH
or

showing that f^fj was pronounced

is

nigin

and napklmmi
list

a niphal form of pakharu, a volume,

3.

On

the

amount of accuracy
in

noro sometimes attainable

Assyrian translation.

I believe it is now generally acknowledged that the cuneiform inscriptions have been in great measure success-

fully deciphered,

translation

or at any rate that sound principles of have been established. But if we look back twenty years or so, we shall find that at that time very

great

doubts

prevailed

among

scholars,

including some

names of

celebrity in

the study of Oriental languages

who could not be induced to bestow a fair examination upon doctrines which they had condemned a priori.
If

we

inquire w4iat has caused the cessation of these

to study the

doubts in the minds of candid persons open to conviction, but

who have not time themselves

written

and Babylonia, the chief cause is doubtless the increased number of translators, and the general agreement which their translations exhibit. For, it would be
tablets of Assyria

strange indeed

if

many

persons living in different countries

440

A ssi/7'ian

A^oten.

sliould fancy that they read in those ancient records long

and circnmstautial narratives of the exploits of Sargon and Sennacherib: Assurbanipal and Darius, if there were in fact no mention of those monarchs, and if the whole decipherment were but "the baseless fabric of a vision." The agreement of many translators, if they are really independent, is therefore the simplest and readiest argument The first, or at any rate the most that can be employed. this was the Version of the long example of conspicuous Tiglath Pileser the first, by four translators, inscription of working without any communication with each other, which was published by the Royal Asiatic Society in 1857. The same argument is available at the present day. Although I admit that in obscure and difficult passages, or when the
subject-matter
is

new

or imusual, there

is

much

discrepancy

between
subject
is

different

when the easy and the text of the tablet in good preservatranslators,

yet

think that

tion there is almost as much concordance as would be found between two translators of a passage in Herodotus. Of this I propose to offer an instance. In Vol. I of the Transactions p. 108 I gave the translation of a simple and pleasing prayer for the temporal and eternal happiness of the King, which is found in vol. 3 of Rawlinson's British Museum inscriptions plate i^6. M. Lenormant in his Pr'emieres Civilisations p. 177

has recently published a transla-

tion of the

same prayer.
it

lation nor allude to

in

As he does not mention my transany way, I presume that he had not

seen
place

it.

It is

upon

this supposition (viz. that of the perfect

independence of the translations), that I now propose to them side by side, and then to ask any candid inquirer whether they do not agree as well as any two translations from the Greek would do ?
1.

Days long

I)es jours jirolonges

2. 3.

years long lasting

des annees durables

4. 5.
0.

life

a sword strong long

un glaive puissant
une longue duree
:

years of glory extended

un
la

vaste

renom de

gloire

preeminence
kings,

among

preeminence sur

les rois,

A ssyrian
7.

A'ote.s

441
roi
notre
seigneur,
le

to

the

king

ray

lord

au

grant
8.
9.

jiisticier,

who

these things

qui toutes ces choses

10.

11.
12.

13.

14.

gods has given. Limits vast and wide to his empire and to his rule may he enlarge, and may he complete. Over all kings, soveto his

ses dieiur

a offert

Des

frontieres larges et vastes

a son empire

[omitted]

Quil
paix

vive
I

(juil

soil

en

Au

dessus des rois la

souve-

reignty
15. royalty
1 (J.

rainete
la royaute, et le

and empire

comman dement
aux
chevenx

exercising, to grey hairs

en

Teccercant,

blancs

17

and old
attain

age

may

he

et

la viellesse

quilparvienne

18.

In addition to the gift

of days these

Et p)ardessus
la region

tout cela

19. the

land of the silver sky,

qui hrille

comme V ar-

the conrts refulgent

20. the

gent, les autels splendides,

le

abode of blessedness

hienfait de Vetat de bene-

diction

21. in their feasts

parnii

leurs

banquets

(des

dieux)
22.

and the

fields delightful

et les

jardins bienlieureux

23. in then24.

hght
dwell a
life

dans leur hinder quil dans

les habite, la vie

may he

25. eternal, holy 26. in the presence

joyeuse
le

voisinage

27. of the

gods

des dieux

28. inhabiting Assyi'ia

qui habitent VAssyrie!

Vol. hi.

29

442

Assyiian Notes.

Addendum to the preceding Paper,

On
I find

considering again

tlie

obscure line in page 437,

Kan pasti
that
it is

sha salima taramu

susceptible of a different interpretation.

is

The person who

>,^

speaking says

y ^yy<y ^
:

^>y_

Marcluk anaku

"I

am

]] Igf the {prophetic'^) son of

<;^^y

in

the next
^''
^^^'^'

line
^''

Marduk."

The speaker of these words can hardly be any other than the god Nebo (or Mercury) who was the son of ]\hirduk. And just as here he holds in his hand a golden reed (or rod), so in Homer Hermes has the epithet ;^puo-oppa7rt9 bearing a
'

golden
parted

rod.'
i^u^oTrOjU-Tros

He was

or

^\rv^a'yu><yo<i

'

the leader of de-

spirits.'

See Homer Odyss.

'\^v')(a<i

24,

1,

'Epfirjs Be

KvWr)vco<i e^eKoketro
'

AvBpcov fiVTjarrjpwv
KaXrji', y^pvaeirjv

e;^e

Be pa/3Bov fxera ^^epaLU

....
their spirits

and the long account that follows of his leading Also Horace to the realms of Hades.
:

Tu

pias

laetis

animas reponis

Sedibus, virgdque levem coerces

Aured turbam.
It will

be seen on referring to Liddell and Scott's lexicon

that yfrvxaycoyecv

had

also fi'equently the

meaning of

raising

the spirits of the dead by magic arts or divine power (Plato

and -^schylus).
''

Thus
I

in Euripides (Alcestis 1147)

where

Admetus says "Do

I

not see a spirit?" and Hercules replies

of departed sphits)."
iv,

am

not

'^u)(^aya)jo<;, (a raiser

So Virgil describes Mercury (^En. Turn VTRGAM capit

Pallentes
:

242)

hac animas

ille

EVOCAT Orco

These things being duly considered

in

I tiiink

that the line

question

:X-]

>^>^-

^ ^

>-<y<

^Y ^^yy

*^

^ ^

-^j^

^^

^1

1^ ^^^^ pasti sha salima taramu,

may mean

" the rod of pure gold which raises departed spirits."

Assyrian

A'otes.

443

Rama is the Heb. tTTy or ^'^'^ri to raise up' and Salima have shown by several examples in vol. 2 of these Transactions, page 30 and 32, to mean the soul of a deceased
'

person.
I will also

quote the following passage from tablet 173

which

is

written in praise of Ishtar.

.

'^TT
\

^T . "^T ^-11 t] . t-t] ^l:TT "211 tarama, airaru la (the rest is broken
-<^ khi
is

^t]

^msha salima
edition of

"^^

off).

explained by

f:->-

kaii,

a reed (or rod) in Mr.

of

Smith's

new

syllabary S 15 (see No.

(38

my

it)':

and atraru or hatraru seems evidently the Hebrew 11:211 hatra which is the usual word for virga a rod,' so that the words seem to imply the divine rod which raises the spirits of the
' '

departed.' If this explanation is the true one, it connects the Assyrian with the Greek mythology in an interesting

manner.
I

now

think that the words ought to be divided thus

(Kmipastisha)

^
:

^>^ ^f ^f
salmmnata
'

tt]] >^^ ^]]]i^

ramxi
'

find that
:

imago

salumma means a shadow Heb. J^h"^ .umbra simulacrum all which words are fi-equently used to
the eiScoXa
line therefore

express the spirits of the departed,

KafioPTrnv.

remains as before, "the rod of pure gold which raises departed spirits." I will give some examples of the word salumma 'shadow.'
In 2

The meaning of the

plate 49

is

a tablet relating to the stars.

At

line 13

there

is

mention of a Comet.

as

arki
it

su
a

kun
a shadow.

kima

salummu

After

ivas

tail like

The simile is a rude one, but when a man advances towards the sun his shadow may be said to follow him like
'

tail.'

I will

add some other examples.

In an ode to the Sun

R 25,

42

^:r ^y ^^^y

^^I<y-

salummatu

nasi.

444
lift

Assyrian Notes.

up the shadows
4

(or darkness).

And

in

an ode to the god

ikliti
'

of

fire

R 2^6,

No.

3,

he

is

called
^

immammir

enlightener

of the darkness,'

and
'

*gyy

^>^

B^]]

>^ <

sha salummat ramu,

he who lifts up the shadows.' And in 4 R IS, 10 we read: salummatu ramu,\\e raises the spirits [fi'om the gate of the Abyss, and sends them to heaven].

^72
tsillu

is

derived from Heb.

:

also 'protection,' tutela

proesidiuni).

72 umbra (whence it means This 72 is the Assyrian

:

which is in frequent use thus in the inscription of Xerxes (Rich, plate 15, line 8), " This house was
or
sillu,

built
tsilli

under the shadoio or protection

of Oromasdes."

^^TT

t*>-Tyy

'"BBl^T

The verb ramu occurs

important passage.
rarnmu,
'

in a similar sense in the following

hil

Atta Marduk

ta

Marduk deus

misericordias, qui

rimnu sha miti buUuda mortuos ad vitam

revocas.'

return to the passage quoted in p. 436 rakrak sha

'

lihhi

membranes from the interior of the reeds.' Another and more important example of the word is found in 2R ^Q, 51
hani

^^yy *"]^
to

^^11

^^^

raqraqu which seems evidently

It is not derived from pi from the Heb. py^ 'white' or pale green.' This appears manifestly from the cognate words which accompany and explain it in lines 50-55

mean papyrus

or membrane.

tenuis, as I there said, but

'

namely <;y- ^yy<y

Yjy
Yjyf

>-yy<y

^^

"^t^
un-lqu

"rqu
.

]]

^t]]

^Q

\]

(^^aqa
.

>^yyyj=

^^yy
'

umk

and
the
is

^y^y C^t^ urkUu.

if

we compare
'

these with

Arabic word urak or warak

manifest.

paper

the

resemblance

More words
'

follow,

still

referring to
-"^y*-

'whiteness' and

paper,' such as

^^ explained

and

V.

^^^y<y

^.^

ciTT-

^/"^ ^TTT^ P^'~'' (^^Wf s), . -HA siniT -^TT

This

paper) of a book.' phrase receives five explanations, one of which is

(i.e.

buzzu sha gi-dib-zu 'the white

most

Assyrian Notes.
remarkable, namely in line 52 where
Bahar, that
is
it is

445
explained >^>^T >{-

B and P differ seems then that the Greeks borrowed the word JTaTTupo? from the Assyrians. The word just quoted, buzzu white' may well be compared with the Hebrew ^1^ hutz or huz which Gesenius
to say, Paper, for the Assyrian

very

little.

It

'

renders, as a verb,
It is well

'

albus fuit/ and as a substantive

'

byssus.'

known

that the byssus

was exceedmgly

white.

In page 432 I have suggested that the tablets called

which the two languages, Accadian and I have lately found that Delitzsch (Assyrische Studien, page 3, note) has given the same explanation of the word as meaning Parallel
gabri

were those

in

Assyrian, were given in parallel columns.

columnen.

It

may

therefore be considered as almost certain.

In Mr. Smith's
is

new

tablet

marked 340 the sign i^

and ^^>-

explained by

-^Y>- ^TVi *^>?- pisan,

]

^^

*^*4- *7^

pisannu,

and
is

YI

alal.

This

to be
'

added

to the former evidence that

t^

often signified

writing.'

44(3

ACCOUNT OF RECENT EXCAVATIONS AND DISCOVERIES MADE ON THE SITE OF NINEVEH.

By George Smith.
Read 1th
July, 1874.

After

the brilliant discoveries of M. Botta, Mr. Layard, and

their successors, the subject of Assyrian excavations slum-

bered for many years. Meanwhile, from the results of these discoveries, Assyrian scholars were throAvicg from time to time new and remarkable light, on the history

and

civilisation of

empires long

buried and almost forgotten.

most important of the discoveries made on the sites of the cities of Assyria, was that of the Royal Library of the Assyrian kings, a large portion of which was found during the excavations at Kouyunjik, and brought to the British Museum.
far the

By

At first, after the arrival of these treasures at the British Museum, it was supposed that the inscriptions were nearly complete, and that they would supply a perfect collection of Assyrian literature but as time passed on, and Sir H. Rawlinson and other scholars gradually published the contents of the tablets, it became apparent that not half of the library was in the British Museum. This fact becoming known, and great interest being taken
;

in the " Daily

Deluge Tablets at the time, the Proprietors of the Telegraph " came forward, and offered one thousand

Account of recent Excavations and Discoveries,

cj-c.

447

guineas, to reopen the excavatious at Kouyunjik, and recover

more of these
British

library tablets.
offer

This liberal

was accepted by the Trustees

I

of the

Museum, and

received leave of absence to carry out

these excavations.

At the
British

close of these explorations, the Trustees of the

to continue the work, and the Proprietors of the " Daily Telegraph " having made over to

Museum determined
Museum

the British

the firman and excavating plant,

again

started for the east for six months to reopen the excavations.

The
in

fii-man expired in

my way
I

dient to

March, and the impediments thrown by the Turkish authorities rendering it inexpecontinue the work, the excavations were then closed,
vv^ith

and

returned to England, bringing

tliis

me

the smaller

antiquities discovered during the expedition.

My purpose
site of

evening

is

to give

some account of the

I

Nineveh, and of the excavations and discoveries made on this spot.

I visited

many

other

sites,

and obtained

antiquities from
site of

some, and

excavated
sites

for a

month

at

Nimroud, the

the Calah of Genesis, but I do not intend entering into an

from want of time. It must be understood at starting, that as my commission on both occasions was to excavate on sites already worked, with a view to complete our collections, I could not possibly make such new and startling discoveries as those of Layard, and my excavations must be considered rather, to use the words of Professor Rawlinson, as gleanings in the field which he has already reaped. I should have preferred to go to a new site, as I believe that tlnngs of greater importance are to be found at some other places, but the short space of time, and small extent of the expeditions, rendered it more advisable to reopen the old sites, and this course has been
account of these

amply repaid by the valuable inscriptions and objects obtained. The results of my work at Nineveh will serve to show that in spite of the great discoveries of Layard and his succesnot exhausted while there are numerous other important sites either unsors,

the site of the great Assyrian capital

is

touched or only slightly woi'ked.

448

Account of recent Excavations and Discoveries

The
sist

ruins of

Nineveh are situated on the eastern bank of

]\Iosul,

the Tigris opposite to the modern town of

they consur-

now

of a large enck^sure covered witli low

mounds

rounded by the ruins of a magnificent wall, about eight miles in circuit, and broken on the western side by two great artificial mounds, Kouyunjik or Tel Armush aiid Nebbi Yunas. Through the middle of the city flows the stream of the Khozr entering through the eastern wall and passing out through the western wall by the southern corner of the mound
of Kouyunjik.

The mounds
places even

of the wall of

Nineveh are said to be

i^i

some

now

nearly

fifty feet

high, while the breadth of

is from 100 to 200 feet. Diodorus states that the walls of Nineveh were 100 feet high, which was probably not beyond the truth but, as the

the debris at the foot

upper part of the wall is everywhere destroyed, it is impossible to prove the matter at present. The breadth of the wall was probably 50 feet excavation, however^ might determine this watli certamty. The western face of the wall of Nineveh is over 2\ miles long; its faces towards the town of Mosul, and the River Tigris. At the northern and southern corners the river closely approaches the wall, but between the two points the Tigris bends out to the west, making a bow-shaped flat of land about a mile broad between the wall and the river. On the western side with their outer border in a line -^dtli the wall lay the two palace mounds called Koujainjik and Nebbi Ymias, to be described later. Where the western wall at its northern corner abuts on the Tigris, it is joined by the northern wall, which is about a mile and one-third long. There is a considerable mound in one part of this wall, which marks the site of a tower and of the great northern gate of Nineveh. The entrance which was excavated by Mr. Layard is adorned by colossal winged bulls and mythological figures, and paved with large slabs of limestone it appears to have been under the centre of the tower which had a depth from front to back of 130 feet. The northern wall is continued from the north-eastern corner by the eastern wall, which is three and one quarter miles

made on
long.

the Site

of Nineveh.

449
wall
is

Nearly half

way along

this side, the

broken by
Tigris.

the stream of the Khozr, which coming from the east passes
right through the site of

Nineveh and runs into the

Where

the stream of the Khozr breaks through the wall, the

floods have destroyed a portion of the defences enough remains however to show that the lower part of the wall in this part is built of large blocks of stone, probably to resist the water, and in the river itself, in a line with the wall, stand fragmentary blocks of solid masonry, which Captain Jones,

who made
remains, of a

the best survey of the ruins, considers to be

dam

to turn the

Khozr

into the city ditch.

am

rather inclined to think they are part of a bridge over

which the wall was carried. South of the Khozr, where the road to Ervil and Baghdad passes through the eastern wall, stands a double mound, marking the site of the Great Gate of Nineveh, the scene of so many triumphal entries and pageants of the Assyrian kings. As this was the grandest gate in the wall of Nineveh, it would be an important spot to excavate.
Outside
the
eastern

exposed, Nineveh
strong.

wall, where the city was most was shielded by four walls and three

moats, making this side of the fortification exceptionally

The

eastern and western walls are connected at

by the south wall, which is the and least important of the defences of Nineveh, measuring little more than half a mile in length. The two palace mounds, called Kouyunjik and Nebbi Yuuas, are situated on the western side of the city, and at one time joined the wall. Nebbi Yunas is a triangular shaped mound, crowned by a village and burying ground. It is called Nebbi Yunas from the supposed tomb of Jonah, over which a mosque is erected. Excavations were made here by Mr. Layard, and afterwards by the Turkish Government. The Avorks showed the existence of palaces here, the first built by Vul-nirari B.C. 812, the next by Sennacherib, B.C. 705, who, after finishing his great palace on the Kouyunjik ]\Iound, built a new one here late in his reign. From this building came the fine
their southern extremities

shortest

memorial cylinder, with the account of the expedition against

450

Account of recent Excavations and Discoveries

The tliii-d palace at Nebbi Yunas by Esarliaddon, son of Sennacherib, B.C. 681, and from here came three memorial cyHnders containing the history of this reign. North of Nebbi Yunas, just above the stream of the Khozr, lies the largest mound, on the site
Hezekiah, King of Judali.

was

built

of Nineveh, Kouyunjik.

The whole southern

face of the

east to the south-west corner, is the Khozr, which has been artificially diverted to flow round The mound at one time was surrounded by a casing it. of large squared stones, and some former excavator had

mound, from the northbounded by the stream of

cleared a considerable space of this facing at the northern part of the mound. The Turks have since built a bridge

part of the
pulled

way across the Tigris, and for this purpose, they down and carried away the exposed facing wall of

Kouyimjik, and the basement wall of the palace of Assurbani-pal.

The northern

part of the Kouyunjik

mound

is

occupied

by the palace of Assur-bani-pal, called the North Palace, and the south-western part by the palace of Sennacherib. Between the two palaces, and on the eastern part of the mound, there exists a wide space of gTound, on which no Assyrian building has been discovered. According to the Assyrian inscriptions, there were at least four temples in
this space

two temples to

Ishtar, the

goddess of Nineveh,
dis-

a temple to
tower.
I
if

Nebo and Merodach, and a ziggurat or temple

determined to search this space in order to

any traces existed of these buildings. There were trenches from the former excavations, and detached monuments and inscriptions had been found here, including tAvo important obelisks, which were already in the British Museum. My operations here brought me on traces of a palace entirely ruined, the walls being pulled down and the sculpcover

already

many

tures

and

inscriptions broken.

inscription " Palace of Shalmaneser,

One of the King of

bricks bore the

Nations, son of
is

Vulnirari,

King of Nations

also."

This inscription

the

most ancient palace text from Nineveh, and shows that the city was a capital much earlier than we formerly supposed.

7nade on the Site of Nineveh.

451
Nineveh, reigned
Avas

This Shalmaneser,

who

built the palace at

1,300 years before the Christian era.

He

great

conqueror, and subdued the land of Nairi, the region at the head waters of the Tigris. On the same spot I found bricks
of the
Islitar.

same monarch from an adjoining building, a temple

to

The

inscription reads, "

To

Beltis his lady,

neser, viceroy of Assur,

King of Nations."

Shalmathird legend

from this spot belongs to the renowned monarch Tugultininip, son of Shalmaneser, the conqueror of Babylonia. This
reads, " Tugulti-ninip,

King of Nations
built."

also,

King of Nations, son of Shalmaneser, the temple of Beltis the wife

.

In another part of the

this

the

war between

found an account of Tugulti-ninip and Nazi-murudas, King

I

mound

of Babylon.

The centre of the mound also produced a broken block of black stone, with part of an inscription of Mutaggil-nusku, a monarch who reigned in the 12th century before Christ.
Memorials were also found of Assur-nazir-pal and Shalwho reigned in the 9th century before Christ. These kings made additions both to the palace and temples, and some portions of fine sculptures of their age v/ere found cut to pieces and employed
maneser, his son, two celebrated monarchs,
in later buildings.

On

the eastern side of the

mound

worked

at a spot

where former excavators had obtained bricks of Sargon, King of Assyria, belonging to the temple of Nebo and Merodacli. Some of these turned up as usual, and with them others which came from a palace of Tiglath-Pileser King of Assyria, the monarch who assisted Ahaz, King of Judah, and conquered Rezon of Damascus.

The
As

position of Tiglath-Pileser's palace

it

is

well marked.

bend of the River Khozr. So far as my excavations went, the building seemed entirely ruined. Shattered sculptures and inscriptions, and the broken fragments of a winged bull, which must have been more than 20 feet high, were all that could be found. The
his inscriptions state,

was

at the

inscriptions

Nebo

and.

which I discovered belonging to the temple of Merodach were of the time of Sargon and Assur-

bani-pal.

452

Account of recent Excavations and Discoveries

In the temple area I found two chambers. One of these had plastered walls traced with a simple pattern, one end of the room having a circular recess. In it I only found a bronze lamp for two lights. The other chamber, which was some distance to the east, Avas square in shape, built of irregular blocks of stone, containing numerous inscriptions of
Assur-baiii-j)al, dedicated to the

goddess Ishtar.
for

doubt

if

either

of these

chambers

is

Assyrian,

the

cuneiform
I also

inscriptions did not appear to be in their original places.

In the northern palace, built by Assur-bani-pal,

made some

excavations, pi-incipally in the southern corner.

Here there was a considerable deposit of clay tablets, and from this spot I obtained the majority of the tablets presented by the Proprietors of the " Daily Telegraph " to the On reopening these trcmches this year, British ]\Iuseum. they did not turn out nearly sa productive, but among the few I obtained from here there are some of great interest. One of these is an Assyrian copy of an early Babylonian
is

This monarch have restored the temple of Bel or ]\Ierodach, at Babylon, and I procured from this site a brick of Assmtext written in the reign of Assur-bani-pal.

known

to

bani-pal, stating the fact.

On

the tablet I found in the north palace, Assur bani-pal

has copied and preserved an inscription of a more ancient King of Babylonia who, like him, had restored the temple of Bel.
of this new Babylonian monarch was Agu, son of Abi .... son of Agu-rabi, son Tassi-gurubar, son of

The name

of Ummih-zirriti of the race of Suqamuna.

all

The names

of

these inonarchs are early in style, and totally different

names common in the known historic period. The titles of the monarch are King of Kassu and Akkad, King of Babylonia, King of Padan, and Alman, King of Guti The great exploit of or Goira. and King of the Four Races. Agu was the recovery of the images of Merodach and Ziratto the

which had been carried to the land of Hani, a place This remarkable tablet carries us than the discovered ruins in remote earlier age, back to a Babylonia, and j^et Agu relates, in his inscription, that he restored the temple of Bel. at Babylon, which already existed
banit,

north-east of Babylonia.

made on
in his time.

the Site

of Nineveh.

453

We must remember that Babylonia had a and chronology reaching far into the past, and the doubt that now hangs over its early records arises not from any defect in these early inscriptions, but from our ignorance
history

respecting them.

Another tablet from this spot was a perfect bihngual In this tablet belonging to Assur-bani-pal, King of Assyria. full. in given the titles of his father, Esarhaddon, are There was a ruined entrance to the palace near where this inscription was found; there, buried under heaps of charcoal, stood two bases of columns one of these I gave to
;

the Turks, and the other I brought to England. The greater part of the north palace has been ruined at an early age, and there are no sculptures there now to rival those in the
British

Museum.
principal

My

work was executed on the

site

of the

The palace of Sennacherib, called the south-west palace. formed and these search in most cases was for tablets, In the great here the great bulk of my discoveries.
court of Sennacherib's palace,
if I

made

several trenches to see

anything had been left in the enclosure. Near the western side, and not far from one of the entrances, I found the lintel of a doorway it had fallen on the floor of the court, and was broken into two. This lintel is the first yet found in the Assyrian ruins, and is altogether of a remarkable character.
;

has not belonged to one of the larger entrances, for its length is only six feet. The ornamentation of the lintel shows two winged dragons
It

looking

towards the middle, sejDarated by a vase in the centre of the piece. Over the backs of the dragons there is an ornament of honeysuckles. The figures in this sculptin-e are lengthened out to suit the shape of the lintel, and boldly and roughly cut, as their position was high above the spectator. In connection with this sculpture I must notice another architectural object in the
fine stone of a

new collection. It is a small model in human headed bull, similar to those that stand
artist

at the entrances of Assyrian buildings.

the model the Assyrian

Over the wings of has carved the base of a

of Assyrian
buildings,

column.

Now

in

his

restorations

454

Account of recent Excavations and Discoveries

lias placed columns over the backs of the an arrangement by many considered very doubtful, but which this model shows to be correct in principle. The base of the column on the model of the bull is of the same conventional form and stjde of ornament as all the otlier bases found in Assyrian ruins, and the top has a hole for a plug just like the large ones, a specimen of which I have brought to England. The shafts of Assyrian columns were, as a rule, of wood, and the capitals, two of Avhich I found, resemble the Doric and Ionic orders. I have never seen any tra':e or evidence of capitals with bulls' heads, like the early Persian ones. I reopened the grand entrance of the palace of Sennacherib, which was excavated by Layard. I was in search of foundation records, but found none, the pavement being broken and the place pillaged. With reference to this entrance I can correct a prevalent impression. It has been supposed that all the Assyrian winged bulls have five legs, and 1 have seen a published picture of the entrance of Sennacherib's palace with each of the bulls having

Mr. Fergusson
bulls,

five legs

so

far

as

this

entrance

is

concerned,

this is

imagmation, these bulls only have foui-, although at other sites they have five. In the northern part of Sennacherib's palace I foimd a fragment of a curious cylinder belongmg to one of the last kings of Assyria, a successor of Assur-bani-pal, who
bore the name Bel-zikir-iskmi. The records of this monarch have unfortunately been broken and scattered they appear to have originally come from the temple area, which is not well examined. Over what may be called the library space of the palace of Sennacherib, I made a large excavation, and cleared away the top rubbish over a space about 700 feet round but my time was so hmited that I could not reach the floor in the whole of the space, and I had to contract my operations in It was order to finish AvitLin the period of the firman. necessary here to remove all the top earth over the places Avliich requu'ed excavating, for the whole space had been tunnelled in Mr. Layard's excavations, and there was not sufficient support for any new tunnels.
; ;

made

on the Site of Nineveh.

455

In all the chambers where I searched I found clusters of fragments of tablets and cylinders on the pavements, and for some distance above the floor fragments were thinly scattered, the place having evidently been disturbed at some In one or early period, probably in search of treasure. two places there was nearly thirty feet of earth over the

lowest fragments, which were below the general level of

the
I floor.

recovered from the palace of Sennacherib over 2,000

tablets

and fragments of Cuneiform

inscriptions of various

ages, the earliest being of the time of Assur-risilim, King of

Assyria, 1,150 years before the Christian era,

and the

latest

belonging to Assur-bani-pal, the Sardinapalus of the Greeks,

in the 7 th century B.C.
It is

British

only a few days since the collection arrived at the Museum, and I have not had time to estimate the
;

contents of the inscriptions

I will, therefore, this

evening
collec-

choose a few prominent representative fragments for description, tion.

and give some account of them, as types of the

historical inscriptions,

Commencing with the

the most interesting,

which are

I will notice a fragment of the synchronous history of Assyria and Babylonia. Translations of

this

document have already appeared

in the
it

Transactions of

the Society, so a short description of

will suffice.

The

copy in the Museum was discovered and published some years ago by Sir Henry Rawlinson it describes the wars, treaties, and other transactions between the kingdoms of Babylonia and Assyria during sevei'al centuries, and is a most important document in relation to the history of those In spite of some smaller fragments which have countries. since been found, there still remained some parts of the history which were wanting. One of these parts lay between the time of Bel-nirari, B.C. 1370, and Bel-kudur-uzur, B.C. 1250.
;

was well known that within this period occurred the conquest of Babylonia by Tugulti-ninip, King of Assyria, an event which marked one of the great epochs in the history of the country. One of the fragments from the palace ot Sennacherib is the upper corner of the second column of the
It

45()

Account of recent Excavations and

lyiscoveries

syncbi'oiious tablet, with the account of this conquest.

All

the Imes of the

new fragment

are mutilated, but the most

important parts are preserved, and some of the lost parts can be restored. I gave an accomit of this fragment in the

Athenaeum " since that I have had it cleaned, and some of come out clearer. The King of Babylon at this the name Nazi-murudas he was of the race of bore time monarchs called Arabian by Berosus he engaged in war with Tugulti-ninip, King of Assyria, and was defeated at a
"
;

the words

city in northern Babylonia

tliis

named

Kar-istar-agarsal

after

the Babylonians submitted to Tugulti-nuiip, who established a Semitic race of kings at Babylon. The new empire
of Tugulti-ninip
to a place the
is

said to liave reached the city of Pilazki of

name
is

which

is

lost,

and Arman-agarsal

on the

Tigris, to

Kullar in the land of

Zamua

(the Persian

mountains).

There

a fragment of the next reign which

appears to state that the son of Bel-kudur-uzur, King of This monarch killed his Assyria, was King at Babylon.
father in battle,

and twice invaded Assyria.

The

reverse

of the
to

new fragment

of synchronous history contains the

end of the accomit of the expeditioii of Shalmaneser II Babylon, and shows that this document also contained the record of the Babylonian wars of his son
Samsi-vul
I

III.

umst next notice some fragments relating to the history of Egypt and Assyi'ia in the 8th and 7th* centuries, before the Christian era. The oldest of these I have already noticed
in the " Daily Telegraph"
:

it

relates

to the revolt stirred

up by Pharaoh, King of

Eg)'pt, in Philistia. Judah,

Edom,

and Moab, B.C. 711, which revolt was suppressed by Sargon, King of Assyria. In an earlier part of his annals Sargon mentions an Egyptian ruler named Sibahe, who has been hitherto supposed to be the Sabaco of Herodotus, but on one of the new fragments we have the Egyptian royal

name Sabaku,

the exact equivalent of Sabaco.

The

annals

of Assur-bani-pal relate that on the death of Tirhakah, he Avas succeeded by Urdamane, who is called the son of his
sister.

Two

ment, that

new copies give us the variant stateUrdamane was son of Sabaku. This enables us
of
tlie

made on

the Site

of Nineveh.

457

to fix, in conjunction with the Egyptian inscriptions, the foHowing succession and relationship of the Ethiopian Kings

of

Egypt :
Sabaku, the Sabaco of Herodotus.
Sabatiik,

his

successor,

of

whom

no

particulars

are

known.

Urdamane, son of Sabaku, and the

Tarqu, or Tirhakah, brother of the wife of Sabaku. sister of Tarqu.

The following new facts in the history of Th-hakah and Urdamane, are from fragments of tablets and cylinders in
the

new

collection.

I relate

them

as they took place, without

pointing out the particular fragments.

Dm-ing

the reign of Esarhaddon, Tii-hakah,

King of

Ethiopia, led Bahal,

King of Tyre,

to

throw

off the

yoke, and form an alliance with himself.

rebellion,

To

Assyrian punish this

Esarhaddon marched against

Palestine,

and

laid

siege to Tyre, in his tenth expedition, about the year 672, before Christ. Leaving part of his army before Tyre, he

marched from Aphek

to

in

Lebanon, along the coast of Palestine

Esar-

Raphia, in the south-west corner of Palestine.

tells

haddon

us that between Aphik and Raphia was a dis-

is about 200 miles. Here the assistance of the King of Arabia was seciued to convey water for

tance of 80 kaspu, that

the army, as the boundary river of

Egypt was

dry.

The

Assyrian monarch describes the distances marched by his army, the nature of the country, and the suffering of his soldiers by thirst. The object of the expedition of

Esarhaddon was Miluhha or Miruhha, probably Meroe, the

stronghold of Tirhakah.
prevents us ascertaining

The mutilation
if

of

the record

he reached it; but we know from other sources that he conquered Egypt up to Thebes, and annexed it to Assyria. From this time there was Avar between the Assyrians and Tirhakah for the possession of Egypt, until the latter fled before the forces of Assur-bani-pal, left the country, and died. Tirhakah was succeeded in Ethiopia by his nephew Urdamane, who appears to correspond with the Nud-mi-ammon of the Egyptian texts. Urdamane continued the war with Assyria, and took and
fortified the cities of

Niha (Thebes), the

No

of the Bible, 30

ToL. III.


458
Account of recent Excavations and Discoveries

aud Unu (Hennopolis).

adherents collected in

The Assyrians then with their Memphis, which city was besieged

and captured by Urdamane. In the next expedition by Assiir-bani-pal to recover Egypt from Urdamane, we gain some new details, including the weight of the two obelisks which the monarch removed fi-om Thebes as trophies to Nineveh. There is also in the new collection a perfect copy of the account of Gyges, King of Lydia, and Psammitichus of Egypt.
Passing from the historical fragments, I will give a short notice of some additions to the curious myths current in

For this purpose I choose two the history of the Seven Evil Spirits and the Izdubar legends. The Assyrians beheved that all natural phenomena were the work of spirits, and diseases, misfortunes, and calamities were caused by evil
Assyria.
spu'its,

lian

of whom they counted several classes. In the Assysystem it was the especial work of the god Hea and his son Merodach to check and reverse the work of these demons. The history of the Seven Evil Spuits is written on a large
clay tablet, part of wliich
is

in the old

Museum

collection

another considerable portion has

cherib's palace.

now

tm-ned up in Senna-

The
spirits

story of these evil spirits

tii'st

is

as follows

In the

days there existed evil gods and rebelhous in the lower regions of heaven, and they were the

authors of misfortune.

There were seven of these

in the

spirits,

who were

the messengers of the vengeance of Ann, the

supreme god of heaven, the third one was

leopard, the seventh one

shape of a
;

was the maker

spirits

of the tempest

all

the others had distinguishing characteristics, but the

mutilated.

list is

These seven

were

let loose

on the earth;

they went fi'om city to

city, holding the wind and travelling on the tempest, causing darkness on a clear day they had with them the tempest of Vul, god of the atmosphere they came in the west like the lightning, and went down to trouble
; ;

the rivers.

In

all

the heaven of

Anu

the king they set

uj) evil,

and

there Avas none to resist them.

made on

the Site

of Nineveh.

459

At that time the god Bel heard of their doings and weighed
liis mind. He took council over these things with Hea, wlio was the great sage among the gods. Considering that Ann did not govern heaven, which was his

the matter in

division of the universe,

properly,

and did not keep the

wicked

spirits in order, Bel,

who

ruled the earth, and Hea,

who
Sin,

ruled the sea, resolved on intervention, and they placed

the moon-god, Shamas, the sun-god, and Ishtar or Venus, three children of Bel, in the lower part of heaven to rule it, and they established them with Anu in the government of the whole of the celestial regions, and Bel sup-

ported them day and night, and urged them to be united. When the seven evil spirits in then- wanderings came to the lower regions of heaven and saw the new rulers, they came fiercely round the moon-god to attack him, and the noble Shamas, brother of the Moon, and Vul, the god of the
atmosphere, son of Anu, they persuaded to come over to their side, while Ishtar, sister of the moon-god, joined King Anu,

him on his throne, and shared his empire. Sin, the moon-god, was now abandoned and hardly pressed by his enemies while meditating new mischief, the seven evil messengers of Anu, uncontrolled by the Moon, swept down from the midst of heaven to earth. Bel, seeing the trouble of his son Sin, called to himself his attendant god, Nusku, and dhected him to go to Hea, who dwelt in the deep, and inform him of the trouble that had happened to Sin. Nusku departed, and arriving at the sea, told the message of his lord to Hea. Hea on hearing of the breakdown of his plans, was very angry, and calling to him his son Merodach, described to him the conduct of the seven spirits who came like a tempest on the world and fought against Sin, the son of Bel, and he directed him to go
sat with
;

to his assistance.

The

rest of this curious

is sufficient

but there

to

myth has not yet been discovered, show the character of the story.

Izdubar legends

There are several fragments giving new additions to the these belong principally to the story of
;

Ishtar, the story of the missions of Zaidu, the

and the Deluge

tablet.

My

son of Izdubar, comparison of these fragments is

460

Account of recent Excavations and Discoveries

not sufficiently advanced for me to give any translations now, but I can point out a few of the results.

Of Izdubar
clearer ideas,

himself, the hero of these legends, I

have

now
The

and
is

am

confii-med in

my

first

suggestion
Bible.

that Izdubar
attention,

the same as the

Nimrod of the

question of the identity of Ximrod has lately attracted some

and has been discussed

in the Society's Journal.

The widely different opinions formed on the subject serve to show its difficulty. I believe myself that the passage about Nimrod in Genesis is historical, and is to be understood in its natm-al sense. The hero whom I provisionally name Izdubar,
corresponds in period, character, and exploits with Nimrod

and when we

find the phonetic reading of his

name

believe

this identity will

be proved.

In the new collection there is the opening of a fine- table, with a prayer to the hero, Izdubar, who has the titles usually given to Nergal, the god of hunting and war. Izdubar is called huvalu, "the giant," the equivalent of the title gabber, given in Genesis to Nimrod he is also called buvalu emuhi
;

The account of Izdubar in the inscriptions is that he was a giant, a subduer of great animals in the times after the Flood, and he acquired the sovereignty of Babylonia, one of liis capitals being Uruk
" the giant in might," or " mighty giant."
or Erech.

The
hunter

Bible represents

Nimrod

as a

mighty one or

giant,

who obtamed

the dominion of Babylonia, and men-

tions four of his cities, one of

of Izdubar correspond also with

them bemg Erech. The stories some ancient traditions

respecting Nimrod, and from the form of prayer to him, which

have noticed; he appears to have been deified after his death. I have also found his name on a second tablet, which is part of a series on witchcraft he is there supposed to watch over the country. Numerous fragments of the new collection refer to the astrology and astronomy of the Assyrians one interesting fi-agment is part of an Assyrian astrolabe. The Assyrian astrology and astronomy is the same as the Babylonian, and came originally from that country. However fanciful and incorrect many points in their system may be, we must
I
;

^nade on the Site of Nineveh.

4G1

always remember that it was the foundation of the astronomical science of later nations, even including our own.

The
circular

astrolabe,
in form,

of which

we have now
its

a portion, v/as

divided in

circumference into twelve

parts, corresponding to the

the twelve signs of the zodiac.

twelve months of the year and The sign of each month is

placed in

its division, with the name and figure of the prominent star in that sign of the zodiac. Each division or sign

of the zodiac

degrees

may

is considered to consist of 20 degrees, but these only be for astrological purposes, as the signs of

the zodiac had astronomically 30 degrees.

circle

a second circle

presenting a circle
typical star.

Within the outer drawn, half the size of the other, reof the heavens nearer the pole, divided
is

again into twelve parts containing each the

name

of a

The

inner divisions are stated to be each of

10 degrees.

On
rently

the back of the astrolabe are

directions for use.

lists

of stars, and appa-

is the type on were formed, and I saw in the East an old Arabic one of the same shape divided also into twelve parts, with the signs of the zodiac round it. In the division of tablets relating to commercial and

This astrolabe

wliich later instruments of the kind

private matters, there are

contracts, letters, &c.

many specimens, including dated Among these I choose to notice a corn

tablet

it is

a perfect and beautiful specimen, conical in shape,

seals, a cuneiform legend, and a Phoenician At the base of the tablet there is a hole, through which the string passed, which was fastened to the mouth of

impressed with
docket.

the sack containing the corn. the tablet states that

sent
it

The Assyrian

relates to thirty

inscription on omers of barley

by Nabu-duri to Tebetai, a charioteer of the

city of

Maganizi, and the Phoenician docket corresponds, giving us

barley.

the phonetic reading 1i^U^ sheor for the cuneiform signs for There are also several fragments of a longer Phoenician text, but I
I

have not yet examined them. cannot pass fi-om the Assyrian tablets without men-

tioning a useful class of inscriptions, the syllabaries, instruction tablets, bilingual tablets,

the

new

collection.

and lists, many of which are in Most of these tablets had their origin

462
fi'ova

Account of recent Excavations and Discoveries

the fact that the cuneiform system of writing was the invention of a race having a Turanian language, totally different to the Semitic language of the Assyrians and Baby-

race, coming into the country at a borrowed fi-om the earlier race its science and literatm*e, and it was necessary to prepare comparative syllabaries, grammars, vocabularies, and similar tablets to enable the Semitic people to understand and translate the older works. The syllabaries give the sound and meaning of the various cuneiform characters in the Turanian, and the equivalent words in Semitic. The cuneiform signs were written in a column down the centre, and the Turanian equivalents were placed on the left hand, while the correspondmg Semitic ones were arranged on the right. One of the explanatory tablets in the new collection is most valuable as it gives the explanations and phonetic readings of some of the complicated geographical names found in the cuneiform inscriptions the list includes the explanation of the names of Erech, Ur, Nineveh and other capitals. The document is divided into four columns the first containing the Turanian phonetic readings, the second column the monograms of the cities the third having the explanations, and the fourth the Semitic names. Most of these tablets are very dry and without mterest except for the knowledge they give. In some cases, however, the labour of learning is lightened by tablets with short sentences and translations. Most of the fragments of cuneiform tablets which I have described will join on to other portions of the texts already in the Museum, and thus the new inscriptions will be to a great extent absorbed into the old collection, but 'very much more requires to be done in this direction before

lonians.

The Semitic

later period,

the cuneiform texts will be complete.

Beside the
described.

cuneiform tablets, there

is

a considerable
I

collection of miscellaneous objects,

some of which
is

have

Among

the stone objects there

the shoulder

of a colossal statue and fragments of an obelisk, both with

cuneiform inscriptions.

up

in early

times,

like

These objects have been broken most of the larger antiquities at

made on
Kouyiinjik

the Site

of Ninevcli.

463

fact one of the most striking facts at this amount of destruction that has taken place. Among other things I must notice a curious bronze fork with two prongs, and a bronze style with which the cuneiform

in

ruin is the

characters have been inscribed.

objects, including a
dish.

There are many other metal

cuneiform inscription on lead and an iron

The

class of terra-cottas is represented

curious portions of ornamental vases, lamps,

by some very and figures of

it

Roman

time,
is

and pottery of all ages.

contains

There

only a small collection of glass, but

some beautiful specimens, particularly a Roman bottle with two feces. In the palace of Sennacherib I found numerous fragments of a beautiful crystal ornament which had been broken up there is also a portion of a fine crystal cup with the name of Sennacherib upon it in cuneiform characters. The seals and impressions of seals are numerous, and some of them very curious among these is the royal seal of Sargon, King of Assyria, with his name and date. I have dwelt in my paper rather on the particulars of the collection which I discovered and not on my personal experience in the East. The account of my journeys I have reserved for the " Daily Telegraph," and it is my intention afterwards to publish in a permanent form an account of my excavations and the collections I have procured. For this work I shall reserve complete translations of the deluge series and other
;

interesting inscriptions.
I cannot close w^ithout pointing out some of the work which ought to be done and on the site of Nmeveh. Ist. The great library in the palace of Sennacherib ought to be completely excavated and all its treasures recovered, I calculate that there must be 20,000 fragments of cuneiform

tablets

still buried there, and it would require three years' work and the expenditure of 5,000 to complete the excava-

tion.

Considering the remarkable interest ot the inscriptions which have already been found there, it seems most important that this work should be completed and the whole
library obtained.

464

Accoimt of recent Excavations and Discoveries,

2nd.

^-c.

The

centre and eastern portion of the

Kouyunjik reqmres to be fui'ther investigated. here are of an earher age than those fi-om the palaces of Sennacherib and Assur-bani-pal, and Avill throw light on the

mound of The relics

more ancient period of Assyrian history. 3rd. There should be as complete an examination as
possible of the
4th.

mound

of Nebbi Yunas.

The

ruins of the wall

and body of the

city should be

investigated.

Examination should be made round the wall for Assyrian tombs, particularly for Royal tombs, as with
5th.

reference to

them we

are at present totally ignorant of

Assyrian customs. These suggestions only refer to the

site

of

Nineveh,

while there are numerous other sites in the country which

would

also repay excavation.

My
for

explorations in the East have

now

closed,

and the

subject of Assyrian excavations will probably again slumber

some time
studies,

but as the public take a wider interest in

these

and

in

the

remarkable

monuments which

abound in the Valley of the Euphrates and Tigris, I hope

that at a future day excavations

of the objects

have in view

may be reopened, and some may then be accomplished.

465

THE LANGUAGES OF THE CUNEIFORM TIONS OF ELAM AND MEDIA.

By the Rev.
A. H. Sayce, M.A.
1874.

INSCRIP-

Read 3rd November,

One of the first points that

of cuneatic decipherment

attracted notice at the beginning

revelation of a language

was the

belonging to the Turanian or Ural-Altaic group.

In

all

the

Akhgemenian inscriptions the place of honour next to the Persian legend was given to an agglutinative idiom, and this agglutinative idiom sometimes appeared alone, without any Persian transcript. Naturally, it excited some interest

among

scholars

but, with the exception of Westergaard,

Mordtmann, and, above all, Norris (in the Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, XV, 1, 1853), no very special attention has hitherto been paid to it. The reasons of this comparative neglect are obvious enough.

Beyond the Akhae-

menian epigraphs, little, if anything, remains of this particular language and the agglutinative character of what we have renders it pecuharly difficult to determine the meanings of any new words we may meet with when they are untranslated by the Persian; while the supremely valuable Assyrian records have absorbed the chief care and study of scholars. The second Akhtemenian idiom, however, deserves
;

It was but one out of many dialects spoken over the mountainous country to the south-west of the Caspian. It was closely allied to the languages of the powerful monarchy of Elam, and more distantly to those

further investigation.

of the primitive population of Babylonia,

the cuneiform system of writing,

who

the

inventors of
into

had descended

Chaldea from the highlands to the east of the Eupln-ates. The principal dialect spoken by the latter was the Accadian, in which the brick-legends of the earliest kings are inscribed, and of which we possess grammars, dictionaries, and reading

4()6

Jlie Slanguages of the

books with Assyrian translations annexed. I shall say but little of the Accadian here, beyond pointing out its extreme importance as being what may be called the Sansla-it of the Turanian family, and consequently the future starting-point of Tuj-anian philology, and mentioning that its nearest kindi'ed are to be found in the Vogul [-Mordvinian] division of the Ugrian group, which it exhibits in the most primitive and transparent form. But besides the Accadian and an allied Babylonian idiom, which chiefly differed from Accadian by preferring m to h, ma to ha (" ille "), &c., we have frag-

more or less related These are the languages of the inscriptions copied by Mr. Layard at ]\Ial-Amir, of the Cassi or Koss8eans, who conquered Chald^a under Khammuragas, and established a d^masty there which lasted to the 13th century B.C., and above all, of the Susians, or Susianians proper, who had their seat at Shushan. The only writer, so far as I know, who has as yet worked He has not only at these languages, is M. Fr. Lenormant.
ments of
at least three Susianian dialects,

to the second Akhaemenian.

published

all the Susian inscriptions at present known in Europe,^ but has also, in his admirable work on " La Magie

chez les Chaldeens" (pp. 315-326), done much toAvards the elucidation of them. The aim of the present paper will be
to extend these researches in as brief a form as possible,

and

to lay the foundation of future investigations into a subject

so
fruitful

and interesting to the Turanian and general

philologist.
It is not difficult to settle who were the speakers of the second Akhsemenian language. Its prominent position, the care taken of it by the engraver, the occurrence of inscrip-

unaccompanied by Persian or Greek texts, all must have been the vernacular of the lower classes who inhabited the country in which the monuments of the Persian kings were erected in other words, of the Medes. This conclusion is confirmed by various indications While Ormazd is explained in the inscriptions themselves. to be "the god of the Aryans" {annap Arriyanam, Beh. Col. Ill, 77, 79), Rhagse, the old Median capital, and Autiyara, a canton on the frontier of Armenia and Media, which
tions in
it

show that

it

'In his Choix de Textes Cuiieiformes, Pt.

2,

1874.

Cuneiform Inscriptions of

Elam and Media.

467

are described in the Persian version as provinces of

Media and Armenia, are simply named, without any further description, in the second Akhgemenian (Beh. II, 13; III, 1). It is
therefore, that

clear,

the bulk of the population of

]\Iedia

was Turanian, the aristocracy alone, along with a few ruling tribes, belonging to the Aryan conquerors, of whom only we The mixture of the two popuhave, until lately, heard. lations serves to explain, as M. Lenormant has pointed out,
the engrafting of Turanian spirit-worship under the forms of the Fravashis, or fetichistic spu'its, upon the pure theology of The very name of Media is best Aryan Zoroastrianism. explained by the Accadian mada, " the country " par excellence, and might well be applied to a land which was thought to be the cradle of the Tm'anian race. The Accadian word has close analogies throughout the Ugrian group and we can thus understand how Berosus could term the dynasty founded at an early date at Babylon Median. At the same time, the name itself, as a geographical or national title, does not seem to have become known before the 9th century B.C., and to
;

have been confined to a particular part of the population. The Assyrians first became acquainted with the Medes, or Amadaai, as they called them, in the reign of Shalmaneser III (B.C. 840), when they lived far to the East,^ the Parsuas, or Parthians (not Persians), intervening between them and Assyria. It is not till the age of Rimmon-nirari, about 790 B.C., that they had advanced into the country known as Madia Rhagiana to the classical geographers and many indications lead me to think that it was not the Turanian natives but the Aryan emigrants who are really meant. At any rate, it was the latter who are designated Medes by the classical writers and on this account, while fully allowing with the French school that the language of the second Akhasmenian texts belonged to the aborigines of Media, I prefer to call it Elamite, as less likely to lead to ambiguity and misconception. It is possible, indeed, that the most correct designation ol the language would be Amardian. Susiania is always called Khapirti or Khalj^irti in the texts, and this distinct and special title given to a country whose name appears as IJAvaja in the
;
;

'Lenormant, Lettres Assyriologiques,

I, p.n26.

468
Persian,

The Languages of

the

and Elamu "the highlands" in the Babylonian might seem to imply that the texts themselves were addressed to a population which included itself under the same appellation. Elamu, however, is but a translation ot the old Accadian name of Susiana, Nwmna- a word connected with the Vogul numan " high," and khaph'ti may have a similar meaning in the second Akhgemenian, like har in Accadian. On the other hand the " Apharsathchites " and " Apharsites" are mentioned separately in Ezra iv, 9, by the side of the Susanchites and Elamites, and Strabo (xi, 13 3, 6) states, on the authority of Nearkhos, that " four bandit nations " inhabited the mountainous region eastward of the Euphrates, the Amardians or Mardians who bordered on the Persians, the Uxians and Elymeans on the frontiers of Persia and Susa, and the Kossseans contiguous to the Modes. In the Cuneiform Inscriptions of Western Asia, Vol. II, 50, 51, Khubur is given as a synonyme of Subarti or Elatu (" the highlands "), and the inscriptions of Mai-Amir, which
version,
;

we
in

are about to consider, call the persons

commemorated

and Behistun being in the same part of the country, it would follow that the readers for whom the second Akhsemenian text was intended Avere the first of Strabo's four tribes and as they were the representatives of the rest of the Turanian subjects of Darius, the name which properly belonged to them alone was extended to the whole of Susiana. A similar extension
Aipir-irra or

them

Amardian.

]\Ial-Amir

meets

us

in the
^

Persian

title

of

Susiania,

Uivaja,

" the

aborigines,"

being clearly the Uxii of Strabo, and the Khuzi-

stan of the

modern Arabs. ^

It would be out of place here to go over the ground already trodden by Norris and others, and to subject the second Akhsemenian texts to a new examination. We may take the results already obtained, and see in these Elamite or Amardian inscriptions a language which bears a close relation, both

grammatically and lexically, to the Finnic division of the Ugrian branch. The conjugation of the verb shows the

same

semi-inllectional cliaracter, although, as

'

we

shall see,

According to Mordtmann, Jiowever, from

-

]^^

"sugar reed."

Lenormant, La Magie,

&c., p. 319.

Cuneiform Inscnptions of

Elam and Media.

it

469

the Accadian will enable us to analyse

form.
All I shall do here
is

into its original

list

to give a revised

of the

powers of the Elamite characters, which can now be determined by means of the Assyrian Syllabary. The numbers attached are those of Norris (Journal Royal
Asiatic Society,
1.

XV,

1,

pp. 47-49)

470
51.

The Jjanguages of

the

Cuneiform Inscriptions of

Elam and Media.

471

The forms of the

Armenian
;

characters prove that the syllabary

was

and not from Assyria like the and when we consider the close resemblance of the Susian to the archaic Babylonian of Accad, and the independent though parallel development to the later Babylonian which it has undergone in the Elamite texts, we arrive at the result, that while the Susian syllabary was borrowed from Chaldsea at an early epoch, the Elamite was a further modifiThe modernness of this modification leads us cation of it. to believe that the culture of the Amardian tribes was a late growth and this conclusion is confirmed by our finding most
derived from Babylonia,
;

of the terms expressive of civilised political

life

taken from
siydtis

the Persian.

Thus

siyatis "

power,"

is

the Persian

dadim "law," the P. data; pirrahmadarahim "sovereignty," the

P. framdtar ; saksabamana "governor of a province," the P. khshathrapdwa ; ddyduis " district," the P. dahyaiis ; haruzanaini

and mishazana "omnilingual," the P. paruzana and vigpazana ; nuyakka " grandfather," the P. nydka ; dakdrahim "palace," the P. taiara ; isdana "monument, the P.
"multilingual,"
ctana
;

hhahadana " temple," the

i,

P.

apaddna (Lenormant,
list,

Lettres Assyriologiques,

p. 18).

We cannot add to this

tablet"

however, dippi " a tablet," as Mr. Norris believed, in spite of its curious resemblance to the Persian dip)i and Sanskrit lipi,
since the

word

dip

"an engraved

is

one

common

among

the Accadians from the earliest times, and borrowed

from them by the Assyrians under the form duppu. Dikh was another form of the Accadian word, and Professor Max Mliller has pointed out to me that whereas the Elamite dippi

engraved inscription," the Aryan root is used only in " with ink. Such verbal coincidences turn up all the world over, and it is not more wonderful that these Turanian and Aryan vocables should assume the same appearance than that loliole and oKos should mean the same The verb rilu, used in the second in English and Greek. Ahksemenian in the sense of " writing," is purely Ugrian, as
is

an

"

the sense of " smearing

the

Magyar

iro

shows.

Indeed, the art of inscribing

was known

to the

Amardian
is

populations at a period earlier than the Akhaemenian, as

made

clear

by two rock

inscriptions copied

by Mr. Layard at

472
Shikafti

The Languages of

the

Salman and Kul Faraun, at Mai-Amir (Lay. Inscr., These inscriptions are of the highest interest, as they are the only ones of any length which we possess besides those of the Persian epoch; and it is mnch to be wished Until accurate copies have that we had better copies of them. been made, indeed, any connected translation is out of the The dialect, however, is the same as that of the question. second Akhsemenian, with a few unimportant variations and the forms of the characters presuppose an older age. As the inscriptions have not before been examined, it would be well to go somewhat into detail. They seem to have been engraved by order of Sutur-Cit, the son of Khanni-Cit the Amardiau (36, 10; 32, 20), "the constituted king" {cinin khuttac^), and dedicated to the gods Dipti and Tnutur. The second element in the royal names is the Sun-god, who was called Cit
31-32, 36-37).
;

in Cassite, as "^ve shall see hereafter.

Sutur

is

Sutruk,

common element

in

the names of

but a form of the Susian

monarchs, and probably means "worshipper." KJianui must be connected with khanic " princely " (Accadian, khan),

which occurs as a

title

in 31, 4,

and

7.

Throughout the

inscriptions, Kha.pir is written Aipir"^; an Amardian is Aipirii'va ; " the gods of the Amardians," annajipi >~- Aipir-ip-na
(36, 18);

and "the aforesaid Amardian," Aipir khuyan

(36, 14).

The

loss of the guttural aspirate is to

be noted here.

The

same uncertainty about the initial aspii'ate meets us in Accadian, where the precative may be marked by ga, kha and simple a, as well as in the second Akhaemenian texts where we have khu as well as hu for the first personal pronoun. The latter, by the way, is hu in these Mai-Amir legends, as well as in the Susian and since the gutturalised form is only met with in the Artaxerxes inscnption, its occurrence would seem to be a mark of lateness. The names of the two deities, Dipti and Tiru-tur, remind us of dippi " a tablet," and tiri "to speak"; and they seem, therefore, to have been gods of literature. In 36, 1, they are said to be
;

annapii'

kliir

hmcip-ri " the gods

who

rule him," where

we have
'

a combination of the plural, such as

we

get in

m -yi T t--

'

- T? n

" "

Cuneiform Liscriptions of
sinn-ip "

Elam and Media.

473

they came," with the thuxl personal pronoun which meet us in nan-ri "he said"; es-ri "he was" and " they were"; and addi-ri "his father." The pronoun takes the

form

it

often has in Elamite.

JiJsri

of the

same

inscription, joined

with

occurs in the second line sisni-r " magnificent,"

word cidic, which I would connect with the Accadian cuda and the Elamite citi/a "to see" and cit-ip " palace." It clearly signifies " an image " or " work " of some kind and the same passage gives us not only cidic but also the plural cidicci-mes^ "images," and cidic-ni-na " of his image." It will be noticed that the plural affix 7nes " many," requu-es a short vowel to precede it, with a consequent accentuation of the last syllable of a word. Sometimes the affix itself may be omitted; and so we read (36, 18) a'ak annappi > Aipir-ip-na " and the gods of the
in reference to a
;

Amardians."

noun
is

In other cases the affix may form a collective thus in 36, 17, we have > a-mes pi-ri-in " the river Where this river may have been Pivin," from a "water."
:

as little

known

as the situation of the "country of Khiti"

or
36,

"Khidi" or "of the Khiticians " {EJiitic-inni) (31, 10; The simple theme may be united with irra 16). 11
;

" every individual," as in an7iapp-irra-na " of all the

(literally "

gods

of every god") (31, 11, 18, 19); and the latter

to ir as

word is not unfi-equently shortened Thus we have (36, 4 8, 20) annapir

;

Elamite.

khiq)ak-ir as well as

annapir kliupah-irra "

all

the chief gods."

;

Khupa-k occurs as
shall see

khupa in the Elamite texts

but, as

we

when we
was

come

to speak of the Susian inscriptions, a final guttural

used to change a substantive into an adjective or nomen agentis. More especially it gave a passive or neuter force to a root, as in Magyar and in Elamite we sometimes have the So we get khnttak full form ka {e.g., 7%ibba-ka " chained "). " made " or " constituted," fi'om khui, in the Elamite and Susian legends as well as at Mai-Amir (36, 10, &c.) and in the latter inscriptions, Sutur-Cit is called "the proclaimed son" {sak inra-k) oi Khdcmii-Qii. The ideograph of " king CyiT^O ^s^d in these inscriptions, as well as in the Elamite
; ;

'

Vol. III.

<i m}

-T<T<

<i

!<
31

474
texts,

The Languages of

the

was pronounced issep (W.A.L II, The Susian inscriptions, however, show
value of the character Avas anin which sented by the IMal-Amir aiin (36, 5).

3o, 31) in Accadian.

that the Susianian possibly be repre-

may

the nouns in the ]\Ial-Amir inscriptions wliicli we can identify with those found in the Elamite texts are batin ' a district " (31, 9), connected, perhaps, with the Accadian

Among

bat

"a
;

fortress"; anman, naman-mes

"race"

(37, 21, 10),

and

anman-na "by race" (36, 6); dina "law" (32, 21, 36, 12, " or " flimily " (36, ea " house " (Ela8) 23) idkhi^ " house mite, eva) (31, 22, 24); kmci "kingdom"; and 2^i'>'uri "all" or " collected" (32, 8), a fi-equent word in Susian, and found in Elamite in the plural participle pii'ru-ir-sa-irra-ibba " assemThe post-positions na or inni " of,'^ and icci " in," are bling.'^ Among the pronouns we may detect hu uncommon. not "I"; mi, "mine'' (in bukhu-mi-na, 31, 7), khir or ir "him,"
;

apin (37, 20) and cqnni (32, 28) "them," khu and Mi " this," "that"; a ah- (36, 3), "this here," answering to the ar/ahe

of the Antaxerxes inscription, akka (32, 28, 23, 31) who," and 7-t " his " or " him." Ri is the possessive

"

he

tliu-d

personal pronoun which might be attached to nouns or participles, and was frequently suffixed to certain nouns of
relationship, like addi-7^i

" his father,"

It is

and

sak-i'i

or sakarr

by

the side of sak "son."

plainly connected

with

Khupirri, which the Elamite uses for the nomikhir or ir. native of the thii-d personal pronoun, seems to be khupa "chief" with ii postfixed, though the first part of the word may be identical -vvith the Mai- Amir MifftaA (36, 8; 17, 20), which answers to the Elamite khube " that." The Elamite verb has been so fully treated by Mr. Norris that I will confine myself to signahsing the forms in -ri and
-ip,
is

whicli I
at

have quoted above. Just as in Turkish dogur-lar once "strikers" and "they strike," so hincip "they
is

ruled"

properly "rulers," and behtip

"they

rebelled,"

literally "rebels."

This plural in

-ih (or -l>e

after a consonant)

meets us again in Susian, and when we compare the Elamite ab and the Accadian ib and ba or bi "he," "they," and

Cuneiform hiscriptions of

Elam and Media.

475

remember that the

like

latter

when used

as a suffix forms nouns

anna-h "god," khili-h "deity," just as ri besides ab does in Susianian, we are led to the belief that this pronoun

may have been

the origin of the plural

affix.

The ordinary

and plural of the past tense of transitive verbs in -cS {turnas "knew," mar'ris "took," &c.) can hardly be separated from the plural suffix 7nes " many." In Accadian, while the third person plural of the present is formed by the
third person singular

plural suffix ene, the third person plural of the past is

made

by

which sometimes loses its initial m. Analogy would appear to have extended what was properly the mark of the
mes,

third person of the plural to denote the third person of the

Perhaps the similarity of the ending of the second {-nti), where we clearly discover ni " thou,'' and of the first person plural {-kut, -hut, -nt) may have the
singular.

person singular

same explanation. The kings commemorated at Mai-Amir entitle themselves monarchs " of peoples and of Anzan " {sulra-irra dak anzana, 3(i, 12 32, 8, 18), and thus prove their substantial identity with the royal scribes of Susa, whose common title is " lord of the empire of Anzan." Anzan was properly that part of Elam which bordered upon the Persian Gulf; but the dynasty which established itself in Susa caused it to become the common name of the whole country. The word is found in the ancient asti-ological tablets of Babylonia, where the
;
>

second character

is

one that ordinarily has the value of du

and the
ever,

signification of " going."

One

of

its

powers, hoAv-

was

sa;

and a gloss (W.A.I.

II, 47,

18) tells us that

Anduan, which is translated Elamtuv, ought to be pronounced Ansan. It would seem, therefore, that sa or za meant " to go" in the old language of Susiania. The imperial title of the earlier rulers of Elam was "king of Yavutbal." Thus, Nitakh-En^u calls his father Cudur-Mabug "lord of Yavutbal," and the word is clearly the same as " Yatbur of Elam " of which Sargon speaks (Botta, 66, 27, 87, 1), I and r being interchanged, as in Lagamal and Lagamar, and u taking the
place of
a.

This difference of vowel, indeed, seems to have distin-

guished the northern from the southern dialects of Susiania

47(5

The Languages of

the

The language
it,

of the Cassi or Kossa^ans, so far as

we know

was characterised by liaving a where Susian or southern Susianian had u. So, too, the KJiupur of the south becomes The Cassi once conquered KJiapir and Aipir in the north. under leader a named Khammuragas, and estabBabylonia
;

dynasty there, which lasted until Tiglath-Adar overthrew it circa B.C. 1300. A short fragment (W.A.I. 65, 2) gives us the Assyrian renderings of the names of some of the Cassite princes and we are thus enabled to see that the Cassite vocabulary agreed on the one side with Elamite, and Cadar, the Susian Cudur, is on the other with Susian. ulam is " offspring " (Ass. lidanu), in explained " servant" which we may perhaps see the same root as in the Elamite 7dkhi "family" and ilmannu "at home"; nimgiragas is "the arranger," akin, it would seem, to the Elamite nuisgis "protect," the Susian nigas and nagi, and the numerous nouns of agents which terminate in a sibilant remind us of the third persons of the Elamite verb. But the Cassite dialect also preserved a good many vocables, which re-appear in Accadian, but seem to have dropped into disuse in the other idioms. Thus, meli is " man," Ace. mulu, giving us possibly the true pronunciation of the Elamite character No. 101 hliall is " great," Ace. gal or gula, a word which we also meet with at Susa cit is the " sun," as in Accadian and M. Lenormant may be right in regarding ragas as meaning " to beget," the Other words of this dialect are less easy to Ace. rak. compare: hurna "law," nazi "prince," and the names of
lished a
;

divinities, KJiarhat or Murhat,

whom

the Assyrians identified

with Bel, Sibarru the Assyrian Simaliya (where the interchange of h and m, and of ? and I has to be noticed), Sumu the Assyrian Snhmmna, Buryas, Ihmyas, and Sipak called Sapak at Susa.^ Here we find a Susianian a represented by a Cassite ^, which renders it more easy to understand Aipir by the side of Khapir. The name of Ammi-dicaga, again, the successor of Khammuragas, seems to contain that of the
Susian god

Umman.

Even

at Susa, however,

Umman

might

also be

pronounced

Amman, when compounded with a word in which the a-vowel

'

Smith's Assur-bani-pal, p. 228.

Cuneiform Inscriptions of

Elam and Media.

477

preponderated. Thus a valuable list of the Susian deities given by Assur-bani-pal includes Amman-ca^imas. This list comprises both gods and godesses, and we are thus tempted to infer that Carsa and Cirsa-mas, whose names follow one after the other, were male and female. Mas and

immas formed

collectives

and abstracts

in Elamite,

and the

transition from the idea of an abstract to the idea of a female

divinity is a very simple one. Another god was Aipak-sina, which we can hardly refrain from comparing with khiqxtk " chief," when we remember the change of Khupur to Aipir. Susa, in the days of Assur-bani-pal, was the capital of a powerful sovereignty which had absorbed the various tribes of Susiana, and there would be nothing surprising in the gods of these tribes with their local names being gathered together in one common pantheon. Before passing on to a description of the language, it would

be well to give a list of the divinities of the Susians. Besides those already mentioned, we are told that, in the
sack of the
city,

the soldiers of Assur-bani-pal carried off the

images of Susinak, " the god of their oracle " (piristi), whose statue was concealed from vulgar sight, Sumudu, Lagamar or Lagamal (whose name enters into that of the Biblical Chedor-Laomer), Particira, Uduran, Ragiba, Sungur^ara, Sudunu, Bilala, Panintimri, Silagara, Napsa, Nabirtu and Cindacarbu; and to these we must add Laguda of Cisik Nakhkhunte, Khumba or Khumbume, and Armannu of Sushan, who is said to go " to Dilvun, to the passage (of the sea) " (W.A.I. GO, 9). Armannu seems to be the proper but secret title of Susinak "the Susian (god)." The phonology of the Swsian, as might be expected in a civilised language, seems to be distinguished by a greater avoidance of the guttural aspirate than is the case with the Elamite. While the objective case of the first personal pronoun might be khun as well as hun in the latter idiom, we find only hun in Susian. I have already spoken of its preference for the vowel u, as well as of the interchange of I and r or b and wi or v ; but attention must be drawn to the frequent loss of a dental between two vowels. Thus the royal
'

Smith's Assur-bani-pal, p. 29.

478

The Languages of

the

name Khulludus
liarity is

is often written Khullus, and the same pecu-, met with in Cassite w^here Cava appears by the side The two most prominent modern examples of of Cadar. this dropping of the dental are Armenian and Basque, more especially in the Labnrdin dialect, where bauzu, for example,

stands for baduzu, ditu for aditu.

The
as
Avell

plural

is

formed, as in Elamite, by mas or mes and me,

snncib,

Lenorraant 37, 3; ktnci-mas 37, 5), and the idea of the genitive is denoted by the postposition na. It may, however, be expressed by simple juxta-position, as in
as ib
(e.g.,

Accadian, the governed word following that which governs. But, unlike Accadian, the adjective precedes its substantive,
Adjectives are differing herein from the usage of Elamite. formed from substantives by the suffix ah, like libak " strong " and nomina agentis by the suffix ik, as iuncic " sovereign," fi'om iimci the two forms, however, have the same origin, and kmkuk in Elamite is " empire " taken in an abstract sense.
;

Adjectives, too, in the latter dialect, may terminate in ici, like kharici " faithful," and M. Lenormant is doubtless right
in tracing this suffix back to

the Accadian ga

" holding,''

which

is

used to form adjectives.

Susian
"

This

is

confii-med

by the

fact that the addition of ka serves to like Susunka a "

from Susun.

make gentilic names The first personal pro-

noun

is

the same as in Elamite, hu "I" and hun

"me "

(Len.

38, 1).

The conjugation

of the verb appears to agree with the

Elamite, the 1st person singular of the past tense of transitive verbs ending in -ah or -ih (this being represented

by

-e

at

Mai-Amir), and the passive participle ending in ak like the

adjective.

Mas

collectives, irn

or immas is used to form abstracts and being merely the lengthening for accentual
final short

purposes of the

vowel which we have in annappi-r word with mes " many," the plura Isign, is clear. Thus the long inscription of SutrukNakhkhunte speaks of bukrir-mas, as well as bukrir-mes, buknr being apparently the name of some work of art which appears as bekra at Mai-Amir (36, 2.). The numeral preceded the noun thus 2655 pieces of these bukrir are mentioned (Len. 32, 32), and another inscription (Len. 43) speaks of 30 and

and the

original identity of the

23 raanehs (viana) of certain objects, as well as the employ-


Cuneiform Inscriptions of Elam and Media.

479
will

ment of 480 and 258

observed,
is

bricks.
:

The termination
however,
is

in

r, it

be

unknown, and perhaps, therefore, the r in words like bukrir has the same origin The possessive pronoun ri is as the Accadian suffix ra or r. This also wanting as at Mai -Amir, "son " is sak, not sakri. word, by the way, must be compared with the Elamite verb saga-hnt " we are descended " and the Cassite saga " offplentiful
irra,
;

spring

"

in the royal

name

Saga-saltiyas.

The

following translations will give

:

some idea of the

character of the Susian language

Len.^ 35.
1.

va

D.P.
D.P.

Cu - tir D.P. Nakh - khu - un - te sa - ak Su - ut - ru - uk D.P. Nakh - khu - un - te

-

The palace of Cudur

hhunte

Nakliklmnte the son of Sutruh

Nahh-

2
gi

li -

ba

ak
-

ig

^u

kha - ni un - ci - ic

ic

an

in

Su

- si -

na

ak

the strong, the princely, king

of the Susians, the pyoioerful

sovereign

3.

An

za

an

su

su
-

un

ka

^"

I
-

va D.P.
sa
-

La
-

ga

bar

- ri

mas

mi

si - ir -

ma na

ra

ah

of Elam, the Susian, the servant of Lagamar. a foundation I founded

For

the futihve (?)

ir -

ma
-

khi
pir
-

a'ac

cu

- si -

e
-

anin
ta
-

Su

si -

na

ac

na

hu

- ri

khu
the

ut

ac

(?)

and I built.

King of

Susians all (of them) con-

stituted

5.

[li -

im
ni
-

-] li -

cu

mes

40

sa

ma - nu
me

te

la -

ak

na
(?)

provinces (?) 40 in riumher (?) have been given

^

Choix des Textes Cungiformes,

pi. 85.

48U

The Languages of

the

Len. 31.
1.

hii

D.P.
sa
-

ak
ac

Su - ut - ru D.P Klial

uk D.P.
hi - dii
-

Nakh
us

khu
-

an

in

un Su

- ti - si -

na
[ Sutruk
-

Nakhkhunti, son of Khalludus. king of the Susians

2.

gi

ig
e
- ri

su

un
-

- ci - ic

An
ti -

za

an

Su

su

un

ka

zu

ib

us

bu

khi
...

the

powerful sovereign of Elam,

the Susian, the servant (?)

3.

ak u

khi
- ri -

ya

an
a
-

mas

an - in Su kha - an

- si -

na

ak

na

pir

and

the

same king of

the Susians all {of them) here

4.

kha

h
in

pa

bar

an

Su

- si -

khu - ut na - ak -

in

kha

ik

hu

mas

am
5,

great

become great

am I (?),
ua
te

king of the Susians

na

pir

- [ri]

in
(?)

- li -

la - ac - ni
(?)

all (of

them)

empire

has been given

me

Until more inscriptions have been brought to Europe, our knowledge of the Susian vocabulary must remain scanty. Here and there we can pick out a word which occui-s in exactly the same form in the Elamite texts, but such inThus, murun " earth " is found stances are necessarily few. and in the same line the king (Sutruk Nakhin Len. 32, 27 khunte) calls himself " the builder of Susan " (cms Susun). Elsewhere we have khu^si " large " (42, 8), khaHzzi in Ela;

mite,

varbib-da, or

"all" (32, 7, 16) like the Elamite perhaps the Mai-Amir tabubab (36, 4), and ta, " great," the local Susian value of the ideograph which Mr. Norris notices that Assurbanipal in denotes that idea. giving the names of the cities destroyed by him in Susiania, speaks of Dur-Amnani beside Dur - Ainnani - ma, of Dururbnbbakkara

Brick-legHjia from Susa

LENORMANT

Choix de Texts Cuneiformes

31.)

translated

-180.

/.

%m

^r

**f

4ir ^^'t^T>

tE-TTTT

^A

Tt-W^

^^r-^

K>^

'^^'

^
3.
rf

0^

-T^iH
!'*

>w- <>

If

^^

-^^i;!

:3^ 7^\ ^v^ -^^

it^^ti^

4V

^/ '^ -^ ^^

Bnc.k-le^end fi-om

Su...a

LENOHMANT

ChoTx de Tex+es Cuneiformes

36,) ti-aiislt.ld

p.

4-70-

-^I

^I;^^

5In^ -T<r

^wT

^T
.i^^^

-^ -^^

-fl^'O^

-'^^

2^1

l^rfff-I

^^

^"

"IT'^i.a^ir^STM

III

I-

4M<

r'^t>cT

-i*

st>'i

-"-Igl

-%^

-^J

Cuneiform Inscriptions of Elam and Media.

uncla^i beside Dur-undasi-ma, of

481

Kabima beside Kabima-ma and he conjectures that ma may have meant "upper" or "lower," "great" or "little." It seems to me, however, more probable that tna is a shortened form of mas, as me is of mes, and that it has merely a collective force in these citynames, so that Dur-Amnani-ma would signify the villages dependent on Dur-Amnani. All that now remains is to compare these agglutinative
languages of Susiania with the Accadian of ancient Chaldsea, Here, also, I have been preceded by M. Lenormant and a glance at his tables of Susian and Elamite words, compared with similar Accadian ones, will convince the reader of the connection between the languages. I need not repeat his lists, although m-any more instances might be added to them, such as the plural affixes me and mes " multitude " and "many" (from me + es, "heap") in Accadian, where they both
;

also occur as signs of the plural, a

"water"

(the

same

in

These coincidences in the vocabulary cannot be explained on the hypothesis of borrowing, since they extend in too many cases to the objects of common life, while the distant and barbarous Cassi, for example, could not have borrowed a word like meli "man" from the Accadian mulu, since they did not come into contact with Chaldea until Accadian had long been supplanted by Semitic. Moreover, a comparison of the grammar fully bears out the evidence of the vocabulary. Although the Accadian shows us the grammar of agglutinative speech in a singularly primitive form, the machinery of the verb being as simple as it still is in the Tungusic dialects and incorporating the pronouns like Basque and the Vogul-Mordvinian idioms, yet it is at bottom identical with that of the Susianian languages. These have approached a state of semi-inflection,
Accadian), or
esrit

" bank," usar in Accadian.

or rather

what looks like semi-inflection, as nearly as the modern Finnic idioms but the Accadian enables us to trace without difficulty the origin and beginnings of this.
;

I have already spoken of the Elamite third person in -s, which is explained by the Accadian where the plural affix mes has passed through ves into simple s, in-sunnu-s "they gave,"

for instance,

being exactly parallel to the Elamite emidu-s

482
" (they) deprived."
for bi) wliich

The Languages of

the

Tlie sliortened demonstrative pronoun sometimes forms nouns in Accadian, such as (J) annab "god," reappears in Elamite substantives like anyiaj? " god," by the side of anna and an. As M. Lenormant has ah-eady remarked, the ka or k of the Susianian passive participle and adjective goes back to the Accadian adjectival ga^ and the affix ir or ij'ra, which in certain cases has the force of a reciprocal pronoun, is the Accadian ra which makes the reciprocal and co-operative forms of the verb. We may add that the same affix forms the tirst person of the Elamite perfect, and, in conjunction Avith man or van denotes the future, but it may in this case be derived from the postposition ra, though this has ultimately the same origin as the verbal on. The Elamite past gerund in raska may be decomposed into 7'a + ves + ka. Da, which forms the thu-d person of the perfect in Elamite (as in apjja addada khiittais-da " whatever my father has done "), seems to go back to da, a common uidividualising affix in Accadian, which may explain the Elamite adda-da "my father," and marri-da "all" by the side of marrihih-da, or hhuhe-da "that" by the side of
kliuhe.

"

The

indefinite " affix di (as Norris calls it) has the

i

same
in

origin,

being weakened from a as in Cutir by the

side of Cadar.

The passive past termination which the Elamite tiii-van " called" and tiri-van-ium "
and the Susian
khut-in
khutti-jvan-ra

we find we are
re-

called"

"become," and wliich

appears in the Elamite singular

khutti-in-iun-uha " about to

and

plural

make,"

may

what M. Lenormant terms the

jBfth

be compared with form of the Accadian

In the
ra,

verb in vmn, just as ra characterises the third form. Elamite future, van becomes simple an or in before
tid-ln-ra

as in
shall

" (he

who)
first

shall lie "

hatur-an-ra

" (he

who)

peruse."

The

person singular of the past tense of

i

transitive verbs in Elamite, a or aya,

at ]\Ial-Amir),

or

iiia,

u or nva (and e
in Susian, goes

which become

ah, ih,

and

uli,

back to the characteristic of the present tense of the Accadian verb. As we have seen, the Susianian third person represents the characteristic suffix of the third person (plural) of the Accadian preterite, the initial pronoun being dropped; and I would explain tlie first person by the charac-

Cuneiform hiscrijytions of
teristic suffix of

Elam and Media.

a,
i,

483

the Accadian present,

the
root,
tlie

or

u,

according to

the vowel of

pronoun being again omitted. Very frequently, however, the pronoun is prefixed, as in Accadian (e.g., hukhutta '"I made," hu-rilii-rah "I have written"), but what had originally been merely the mark of
initial

a tense came in time to express by itself the force of the The incorporation of the objective first person singular. pronoun, which is so prominent a characteristic of Accadian
as of Basque, Mordvinian
in

and Vogul, has become very rare

with instances of
it,

Susianian, though

we meet

like

]iu-ap-tiri-7xih " I

have told them."

The superficial resemblances of the pronouns in Susian and Accadian are not striking, and it requires a little examination to bring them out. The possessive of the first person mi, recalls the Accadian mu, and adda-da " my father" may contain the same pronoun which is found in the Accadian da-h, but the normal form of the first personal pronoun hliun in Susianian has no corresponding pronoun in the tongue of Accad. The analogies of the second personal pronoun ni are,
again, not forthcoming in Accachan, except in nemen " vos."
It is

otherwise with the third person.

or ap answers to the
recall the

Here the Elamite ab Accadian ab {abba) or ib, Tdiir "him" may

Accadian gai' Avhen we remember that initial g in Accadian may become hli and even A and actually corresponds with a Cassite ; while even the possessive ri may be reduced to the Accadian ni. We find tV^z taking the place of inti in the termination of the second person of tlie Elamite verb, and this shows the possibility of n passing into r in that language. Kliu and kki go with the Accadian demon-

stratives hhu
is

and gan (the

original of hhu)

the relative appa

is

the Accadian aba, and the demonstrative suffix da common to the old idiom of Chaldea.

M. Lenormant has ah-eady drawn attention to the fact that both languages possessed a kind of labio-dental intermediate between m and v ; and we may add the tendency in each to soften kh into h, to allow m or v to pass into b or |), and to affect a guttural nasal, iunhik for instance being once written sunuk, just as the Accadian ng (developed out
of a primitive m)
is

represented in

Hebrew by

y2.

484

The Languages of

the

The relation sliip between tlie postpositions is very striking. M. Lenormant has instanced the genitive na and the locative
icci

ma

or icca {Accad. cw), and he points out that the Accadian " country " and mar " path " explain the origin of the

Elamite postpositions ma " in," khati-va " among," and 77iar "from" (Mordvinian maro). So the plural and collective mes, mas, or {i)mmas is the Accadian mes " many," the plural
affix
;

and even the plural

ib

or he

may

be related to the

thu'd personal pronoun, just as the Accadian plural suffix ene

seems to be a shortened form of nene " they." The affix ir, irra has already been discussed, and although postposition is the general rule in Elamite, M. Lenormant points out exceptions Hke the augmentative jnr (as in pir-satanika, from
satanika,

Ace. sud " extended"), or the localising

it

(as in

it-kat " place"

in

by the side of kata). It, by the way, is used the same manner in Accadian. I have already stated that

pronominal preposition, as well as incorporation, occui'S in the verbs. The Elamite adjective follows its substantive as in Accadian, differing here both from Susian and from the usual practice of modern Turanian speech. But in both
Elamite and Susian, as well as in Accadian, the genitiverelation may be expressed by simple position though whereas in this case the Susian and Accadian genitive follows the
;

substantive which governs

it,

the reverse holds good in

Elamite.

Susian, therefore,

may

be regarded as standing in
;

a nearer relation to Accadian than does Elamite and this is not to be wondered at, when we consider its greater geographical proximity and higher level of culture.
early civilisation

of writing and the development of an seem to have stereotyped Accadian at a much less advanced stage than that at which the dialects of Susiania had arrived when they first come before us. But even Accadian has had a long past behind it, and shows

The invention

traces of phonetic decay.

final nasal,

The

participial affix a has lost its

the particle a'an appears to have come from the

-s is

demonstrative gan, and the plural ending of the aorist in

all

that

is left

of the plural affix mes, which

is itself

compound

of

But the interval me " multitude " and is " a heap." between the languages of Accad and Susiania is not so

Cuneiform Inscriptions of

Elam and Media.

;

485

great as it seems at first sight to be and when we turn to the most highly developed modern members of the Turanian family we find them differing but httle from the Susianian
idioms.

And

this

resemblance

is

not formal only

in spite of

distance in time, in space,

and

in social relations, even the

lexicon is sm-prisingly ahke. Here, then, is a sure basis afforded for researches into the Turanian group, from which

may be expected to those which a scientific comparison of the Aryan group has elicited while the fixed and permanent nature of Tm-anian grammar, which has remained true to its agglutinative character throughout,
similar results
;

despite

much

that looks like inflection, gives an unmistake-

able contradiction to the theory which

would evolve the

plienomena of
stage.

jflection

out of a preceding agglutinative

486

INSCRFPTION OF HAREMHEBI ON A STATUE AT TURIN.

By Samuel
Read
\st

Birch, LL.D.

December, 1874.

which it is liere proposed to give some one that has for some time been known to Egyptologists, although it has not to my knowledge been pubHshed. It occurs on the back of a black granite group of two seated statues in the ]\Iuseum of Turin, and an impression in paper was made of it by Mr. Bonomi on the occasion of his visit to Italy last year, and from it the accompanying drawing has been made. The group and purport of the inscription have been several times described and once figured, but the text of the inscription has not yet been published, as already mentioned. The group was originally nearly nine feet high, and represented the monarch Haremhebi or Horus^ seated on his throne, holding a sceptre of life in his left hand, and a sceptre in his right hand, which is raised against his breast. The female figure is evidently a queen, for it wears on the head the vulture attire, emblem of a queen mother, and above a cylindrical headdress or modius of uraei, and above that were formerly the two plumes of the goddess Athor, a common She places characteristic of goddesses and royal persons.^ her left hand on the shoulder of the king in mark of affection. There were originally three inscriptions, one on each side of the throne, and one behind. That on the side of the king
inscription of
is

The

acconnt,

has disappeared.
EoscUini, M.R., no

Of the
liv.

other, at the side af the queen,

li)

'

quinquies A. gives

tlic figures.

See also Gazzcra,

Dcserizione d. Museo. R. d. Torino, pp. 45, 46.

- The vulture indicated Mut "mother," but it is not quite sure tliat all queens were mothers, thougli generally so. Many (juccns have no such diadem. The king was lord of the vulture and ura;us, that is, lord of the two diadems, which represented j^Jishein of the upper, aud Uat or Buto of the lower country.

Fctce.pcugf

Mvv'^w 'TlL- /sAAAAA^

__*^

IL

4'"

aI

^
"^M/.N

/vvaaaaa,

,\

'

V^LlA^^G^T^i
!^/r^9l
1'
I 1

V.

_>

rv ^//^l^mllfi
i^"^_-^

^^

"I /W\V^>^-,' // ^CV^/VVWV

i^^^a^"
AS
/3

A/i^fJL X-M^^ri:!

Facepagtr

'/^t!4^:::^l5ai/^^u,Slll*^^T:T^S^Al:^E^B^=:
It.
S/-

i_i

91
7
s

Wj.

Jj

'Ji-cn

,?yv^t^'5]fe4ti^^s%'
/%,

;ssQiFf:;
L_4. zn i-ji ai'9

^n

Efl>sgTtf
re

^r/*^o^s>*>f=cifTsit*nenj/i3r-= :^f^ ;iYaifE:^si3^:

-I:

V.^*

10

'l\m r: U'z=;m^'xA^'r:BzI.^Z^'MW'.

//

Facs paat, ^86.

i4

/>^^5^

V_/

'^'****^

^I>- /"^f^ O V
^

frT^rS,^?ii^5x*
->.\.

lP?>f'=;.12BLl!r'^B?
-lis

/9

^rn^^R

iT^n

^:^.t

-j;s$Liifi^^^3if
22 2S
I

afUfe^^z^ivf^^oT
>
>

^HTi(^'iIr?::iffff;^
AA^-WAV^

'/^r;<iErrr^rif:Srffe
)

24-

-f-^cn.^^
);

I-fS.W=liT^:!l
^*%e./iK
/^o*fOt*i, ,'ll*.

^6

Face paae- ^86.

is ^TsL*t?S>ii1tll^-2.1w5M.riC>^"fl>i*I-

S-1H:SM^,nbt?J="=t5fiY^^*ja-lW4BlM^it.?^x
SE5L"ffis[vt^;LSMj[Fi5^xiiii7'^r^^i=iijyQ?tf^^

53=r<^2ifera:^::*^4ag'fes^if"f'ie"f^i^'*2f^e;^

m^':mm^m'z%^z^Mv^z^m'(^i^j-m:m%^'

:^i:!>(li3a>r:E^^Q5i^1f7^ii^5MJ!ll\^^T^I\2fe^aT

26

'

Inscription of Uarotihebi on a Statue at Turin.

liieroglyplis Avcre alone visible,

487

but amongst them are the

name

Netemmut, called the mother " or pleasing mother." At the side of the throne, where the queen is seated, she is represented as a sphinx, and is the only female one found on all the monuments of Egypt. The scene behind the throne apparently repreof the royal laclj Mutnetem, or
'

" gracious

sented the king kneeling in adoration to one of the prmcipal deities of Egypt, probably Amen Rsl. To this god, indeed, in
his various types,

Horus showed the greatest homage and

on which

deference.

He

is

represented of smaller proportions, standing

at the side of a throne,

Amen

Ra^

is

seated,

and he

stands also of smaller proportions at the side of the god Khem on a monument of the British Museum. ^ It was in

Horus that the revival of the worship of Amen Ra, and the abolition of the heresy of the worship of the disk, was due. The inscription at the back consists of 2(3 lines, and there was apparently about 40 more hieroglyphs at the commencement of the first, which contained the date of the erection of the statue, which was supposed by Champollion"' to have been due to a decree of the priests to place the statue of Horus and Mutnetem in one of the temples, probably of Karnak, and the text appears to refer to the coronation of Horus. After the praises of the monarch, Horus is supposed to compare the queen to Sati, Nishem, Buto, Isis and Nephthys, and to institute great honours to Horus, and to inaugufact to

rate the j)lacing of other statues in the different temples of

Egypt.
Stone.

In fact

it

The queen

has been called the prelude of the Rosetta is supposed to be the daughter and

successor of her father Haremhebi or Horus,

and

it

is

with
is

her that the

XYHIth dynasty

is

supposed to end.^
is

It is this

statue that has given rise to the hypothesis that the queen

the daughter of Horus, for in the 15th line

nobl-e daughter,'"

mentioned "his

supposed to refer to this queen. The succession of the dynasty, however, after the fall of the usurper
'

Champollion Figesec, L'Egypte, PI. 85, p. 320. Egypt. G-alleries, No. 5 Birch, Grallery of Antiquities,
:

PI. 36,

No. 152.

'
*

ChampolKoii, Lettres eerites, 1824, p. 48 etc. This idea was started by Champollion, Lettres 6crites,
Rosellini,

p. 48,

and followed by

other writers.

Monumenti

Storici, torn,

iii,

pt.

i,

241, p. 291, hesitates

between

"

daughter " or " wife."

Lepsius gives " wife."

488

Inscription oj Ilaremhebi on a Statue at Turin.

Ai, is not

very

clear, for altlioiig'h

Ai figures in the court of

the heretical Khuenaten as a priest and leading person of the period, on his elevation to the throne he appears to have

Amen Ra, or at least conformed to There is one remarkable fact, that the princes of Ethiopia, Hui and Amenhetp, who acted as viceroys in the reign of Amenophis III, also held the same posts in that of the monarch Tutan;i^amen, which renders it possible either that Tutankhamen succeeded Amenophis III, or that the heretical monarchs never obtained the jurisdiction over the south. " Although conquests of Horus over the " natives of Kush are mentioned in the inscriptions of Silsilis, no Ethiopian prince of his reign is known, but Horus showed his aversion
reinstated the worship of
it.

of the heretical worship of the disk

by demolishing

their

Theban monuments, and applying the materials, with their faces reversed and placed inwards, for the elevation of his pylon or triumphal gateway at the south side of Karnak. At Luxor he also built a grand portico with enormous columns,
in honour

of

Amen
made

Ra, in his type of

Khnum

or

the

demiurgos, and
sphinxes.

a dromos or alley of ram-headed

be observed that Horus was one of the to the worship of Amen, yet the scruple to mention, in the 20th Ime, " that not inscription does " solar disk " was handed over to the circuit of the aten or him," showing that the name of the disk was not forbidden to
It will

monarchs most devoted

is

be mentioned although its cultus had been overthrown.^ It probable that Horus had come to the crown when quite a
lad, for

he
au

is

mentioned as

J ^= V
f,

(y

f em
up."^

hun nen sand

"

He was

a boy, he had
it

some female who had the and if Mutnetem may not hereditary right to the crown, be his mother, for her association as equal to the king, and
fi'om
1 Orcurti, Monuuienti del R. Museo di Torino, 8vo. Torino, 1852, p. 59, 60 Gazzera, Deserizionc, p. 46-51. Rosellini I, p. 240, iii, 271-290. - This word sart recurs line 11. This will be commented on in the text,

grown Horus was not descended

not

This fact seems to render

doubtful

if

p. 474, n. 2.
' 8.

Or without intelligence, not

arrived at man's estate.

Sec Brugsch, Worth.,

rut

1263.

person

intelligent

or eloquent.

The

root

means grown,

determined.


Inscription of Ilaremhehi on a Statue at Turin.

489

her appearance as a sphinx shows that she enjoyed the right of sovereignty in her own person. If she was the daughter of Horus she might of course have been associated with him

male issue, but these equal rights were more often shared by mothers and sisters than by daughters, nor will it be observed is any queen or wife of Horus known on the monuments. It will be also seen from the seventh line, that the declarations of the monarch gave
satisfaction to the party of the restoration, but unfortunately

in the empire in default of

no infoiTnation

is

afforded of the

at the close of the

manner in which the heretics XVIIIth Dynasty fell, nor is there any

allusion to the immediate predecessor of the king.

In the 10th line the usual submissions or embassies of the Ninebows or foreigners of the North and South are mentioned. In the 12th line there seems to be an allusion to his elevation of

heir-apparent, for it states " passed by these the eldest or preferred son of Horus in the gate of heaven as prince of that land like him i.e., Horus for that noble god made him

Horus lord of the palace it pleased his heart to set up his son on his throne for ever " It appears from hne 13 that
; !

Horus was
the
lines to

l^\

hes^

'proclaimed' or 'exhibited' as king in

And this seems from the subsequent have taken place on the occasion of one of the great festivals in honour of Amen Ra at Thebes.^ It is on the 15th line that a singular piece of historical information is conveyed
Temple of Amen.
:

them to that chief, the heir-apparent dwelling in the two lands Haremhebi he went to the royal palace he placed him before him at the home of his very noble- daughter."
led
;

"

He

appears that she too subsequently participated in the ceremonies on the occasion, for " she laid the offerings before the gods of the altar, who rejoiced at the coronation of the king." The gods are subsequently mentioned, and in the following paragraphs is their speech, and not that of the
It

priests
^

on the occasion of

his coronation.

For

it

must here

Southern Apet.
It
is

usual to read
seps,

^^

1 1

as seps in the sense of noble, but seps occurs as

Lepsius,

Deukm.

iv,

70

d.,

apparently in the sense of

lawful or legitimate

Yol. III.

32

490

Inscription of Ilaremhebi on a Statue at Turin.

bucIi expressions as
giviiii;-

be remarked that

to the

king

" the festivals of the Sun," " and the years of Horus," are more appropriate to a discourse of the gods than to the

who could have possessed no proof that the three principal cities of is a It power. such same, for the the power or will of the king remained Egypt in Thebes, Heliopolis, and Memphis. prevailed is said to have full royal titles. The king, It is on this that he received the it also states, repaired the temples, which no doubt had after which been overthrown by the disk Avorshippers
declarations of the priests,
;

follows the unusual expression " the body of Ateh and Kenus." The first has been recognised, a city of the Northern

nomes, and in Takans the nome of Nubia. The gods also state that the king "made all their forms" or ^' akhem^" each before and behind beautiful and true, for he made things at which the Sun rejoiced when he saw them, what of former
time was defaced," a marked expression
sequently
it is

f^ ^.

kam

Sub-

stated that " he sought (line 24) the

in the places of this land,

cities, in

which the gods were them as they were

;

and restored

in times

past and before."

He

also

endowed the temples with various gifts for the daily service of the god Amen appointed to their management different priests, and a select c6rp8 of soldiery, and gave fields and It will be cattle for the morning services of the god Ra.
seen from this inscription that the queen is not mentioned as his daughter, and her relationship was probably mentioned
at the injured side of the throne,

where she was seated.

The

identification of her with Akencheres has been incorrect, for

Akencheres

is

now

discovered to be a form of the

name

Khuenaten

Her or Akucnaten, the heretical Amenophis IV. name, Netemmut or Mutnetem, has no resemblance to it, while Akhuenaten is like Aklientheres, probably the true reading of the name. But all the cpitomists make Horus
succeeded by a daughter called Akenchres, or Chencheres, although, as three persons of this name appear in the lists,
there
is

evidently a confusion or misplacement

and Netemmut
is

neither has her figm-e borne in the ancestral procession, nor

registered in

tlie

regular

succession

of monarchs.
in her reign.

The

ecclesiastical writers placed the

Exodus

Inscription of
It will

Haremhehi on a Statue

at Tnrin.

491
is

be seen fi-om this inscription that the queen

;

not

actually mentioned as his daughter

and Lepsius appears to

have read her titles on this monument as "royal wife, mistress of the two countries." This identification of daughter is apparently due to the phrase about "the house of his noble daughter" but if she was a royal lady or wife, who except Horus could have been her husband ? Should she have had before this half-erased title that of " royal mother," it would explain the fact of her having been the mother of Horus, and a wife. Wasshe the wife of the monarch, the divme father Ai, and a daughter of one of the heretical kings or usurpers ? It is impossible to tell for although Tutan;)j;umen and Ai both adored Amen Ra, their remains have been as remorselessly destroyed as those of the heretics. There is another statue of Horus m the British Museum very like in its adjuncts and composition to those of the Shej)herds as pointed out by ]\I. Mariette, and the sphinx of Mutnetem has on its head an attire very like Asiatic, and very unlike Egyptian style. There are a tablet and two jambs of a door in the collection of the British Museum^ of a person of the same name as the monarch, Haremhebi, who was a standard bearer of the period. This person was also heir-apparent or repa, and it may be suspected the same individual mentioned in line 15, and entitled " that chief who dwells in the two lands Haremhebi," for the Haremhebi of these monuments above cited wears an mgeus on the forehead as emblem of royalty, although his name does not appear in a cartouche. This remarkable fact is unique on Egj^tian monuments, and can only be explained on the supposition that this Haremhebi was either an individual who had raised himself to the crown, or an independent ruler, or a king who had been deposed, but who had been allowed to retam in his sepulchre the
;
;

emblem
Line

of his former power.

1.

[The year the

hawk

day of the month

of] the
two

living Harema^i^u, the powerful bull, maturing plans, lord of

the vulture and urseus diadem, chief of the Treasures in

Thebes, the

of gold] delighting in truth engendering

the world, king of upper and lower Egypt, lord of the

'

Guide

to the

Egyptian

Galleries' Vestibule, p. 36, Nob. 550-552.

492

Inscription of Haremliehi on a Statue at Turin.

countries

Ra Tser KHEPERU

SATP en Ra, son of the Sun,

lord of diadems Har-em-heb, beloved of

Amen, Har,

lord of

the palace, good god.

Line
him,

2.

Kamutf, A.men Ra king of the gods nursed

Har sa

hesi protected in the rear of his limbs, he pro-

ceeded from the belly of Tebemssaf, a divine type in it, name. Lme 3. ... he has been laid on the arm as a child, he^ protected the land from the great to the little, he carried to it food and aliment. He was a youth he had no prejudice. Line 4. of mankind a divine type in his shape to behold, victorious form of his father Horns he placed him behind him for the protection of his created race, brmging all Line 5. letting him know the day when he was at peace, he gave him his kingdom for that god appointed his son in the face of mankind, he delighted to enlarge the breadth of his step when he proceeded, the day of his receivmg his title, he gave

Line

6.

...

in face of the king, at rest in his property,

rejoicing in his election,^ he placed

him

at the gate of the

country to conduct the laws of the country as prince [or heir-apparent] of this land like him, one alone without a
second, the plans

Line

7.

of

men which came

;

out of his mouth

addressed before the prince of the palace, he went along to the opposition against him he answered the king, he made
pleasant to him that which came out of his

mouth

daily,

not

Line

8.

all his

plans in the footsteps of the

Ibis,^

his services

were the drops of the

lord of Heser, exulting in

his rights like Teti,'* ravished at

them

like

Ptah watching

the morning, his things belonging to him, giving

\
Jcra

'

^^^
"^^^g"*

J^

cf.

Brugsch, Worterb., p. 1167, who

cites this passage.

Cf. Brugsoli, Worterb., pp. 1263-64, sart or

2

cXhTT

'

olTence' or 'contrivance.'
)iot

satp 'election' or 'selection,' referring to a choice, but

stated

by whom.
'

^^^

^^'

'

Thoth.'

That

is

the bird

Hah

or

'

Messenger,' the Ibis.

'

^14^

Teti.

This form occm-s on the Turin

altar.

Inscription of

Haremhebi on a Statue

at Turin.

493
path,
it

Line

9.

bis property,

treading on

its^

makes it was

his protection

on earth

for the length of eternity.

to

him directing the two countries

10.

for a time of

Lo many

years, appointed

Line

the principal persons submissive to the

royal bouse, the chiefs of the nine

bows

[barbarians] of the

North and South came to him, their hands spread out at his repulse. They adored him like a god, all things done were performed according to [his] orders. Line 11. at his approach, the great fear of him was before mankind, entreating of him health and strength he opened his mouth, father of millions of perfect proposi-

tions^ of divine gifts to

moor

Line 12. passing by them the approved son of Horus from the gate of heaven as prince of this world like
.
.

him.

For

lo to

him

this noble

god Horus,

lord of the palace,

delighted his heart by establishing his son on his throne for

ever [he] [he] ordered

Line
at

13.

... of the house of

;

Amen, passed Horus

his

in

exultation to Uas,^ all eternal city

son at his installation

Thebes to be crowned in presence of Amen, he conferred on him his title of king, making his time. Lo Line 14. crowned in his good festival, dwelling in Southern Apet. The majesty of that god Horus, lord of the palace, beheld his son with him as king he was shown he gave him his title and throne. Lo to him made Amen Ra to be penetrated ^vvith joy he saw. Line 15. the day he made his peace offerings he brought them to that chief, the heir-apparent, residing in the two lands Haremliebi he went forth to the palace he placed them before him at the great shrine of his very noble

daughter.

Or her

path.

She made his protection.

it

" So she was."

is

The feminine

pronoun
2

'^^
f)
'

renders

doubtful

if

a goddess or the queen

Cf.

not intended.

\ \

^ "^ ^
'

keh sarut.

Brugsch,

Wort

1263, sarat

'

proposers
^

declared or

thought.'

Western Thebes.

494

Inscription of Haremliehi on a Statue at Turin.

in honour, she united his beauties; she Line 16. placed them in his fore part the circle of the gods, lords of the abode of fire rejoiced at his crowning Nishem,' Uati,^
;

Nit,^ Isis,

Nephthys, Horus, Set, and the

circle of

the gods,

altogether* dwelling in the great seat

Liue 17
to the peace of

proclaiming to the height of Nut, rejoicing

Amen,

for

Amen

let his

son come before him

to the temple to place his cro^vn on his head, to elevate his

period of
glorify
porter.

life like

him, our images he placed to us.

Line 18

Amen

he gave us the decorations of the Sun, we through him, thou hast brought us our sup-

Give to him the triakonterides^ of the Sun, the He has made thy pleasure in Apet,*^ An and Hakaptah ^ he ennobled them. Line 19. [beautiful] is the great name of that good god; he is entitled like the majesty of the Sun, "Horus, the powerful bull, great in plans, lord of the vulture and uraius diadem, great in treasures in Apet, the golden liawk, pleasing in truth, the engenderer of two lands Ra TSER KHEPERU approved of the Sun, the son of the Sim Haremhebi beloved of Amen, giver of life, j^roceeding to the back of Line 20. the house of the Sun in the palace to the .majesty of that noble god Amen king of the gods, his son before him, he united his beautiful decorations crowned in the helmet, for he conferred on him the circuit of the disk, the Nmebow barbarians were under his sandals, heaven
years of Horus as king.
''

[was] in a festival, the two countries rejoicing.

the gods of the

The

circle of

him created beings in joy cried to heaven above. Great and little, they earned their joy throughout the Avhole earth they rejoiced upon the celebration of this festival of the dweller in Southern Thebes Amen Ra king of the gods coming in peace [to]
Line
21.
!

Ta Lo

Mera,^ their hearts [were] delighted.

at

'

Or Nuneb.
Buto.
Neith.

lil

set heb.

'

thirty year festivals.'

* 7

Thebes, HeHopohs.
HeliopoHs.

**

-^

him.
'

Memphis.

Northern Egypt.

Inscription of

Haremhehi on a Statue

at Turin.

495

Line 22. [to] Uas.-^ His majesty went sailing as the image of Harmachis; for lo he took possession of that land, he obtained it for the time of the Sun. He repaired the temples of the gods [of] the body of Atah'^ and Takans,^ he
chiselled the types.

for

Line 23. of us all as before, behind, in good truth he made things at which the Sun rejoiced to see them. The destroyed ^ of former times he transported [them] to the

house of his making, then conducted by the guardians of all tribes appointed with all that noble stones. Line 24. He sought the cities of the gods, which are in the places of that land. He possessed them as they were in times past, and before he a,ugmented to them divine offerings

daily

all

the vessels of their

Line 25. temples, gilded with gold and silver, he prepared them with the priests and spondists with the elite of his army. He appointed for them fields and herds prepared with all things. They were timed for the adoration
of the Sun.

Line

2(3.

Every morning thou

hast been exalted by the

dominions of thy Son doing thy will. Ra Tser KHEPERU approved of the Sun. Give thou him millions of triakonterides give them his powers over all lands, like Harsiesi for he has given satisfaction to thy heart in An,"* united to the circle of thy gods.
;

'

Western Thebes.

**

One

of the ISTortheru cities.

Name

of Nubia.

The form kammhnt with the same determinative of hair is found, Lepsins, Todt. e. 146, 8. Brugsch, Worth., who reads this word widow.' Here it must mean defaced or spoiled. Possibly a variant of learn black.
^
'

496

FOUR NEW SYLLABARIES

BILINGUAL TABLET.
EDITED, WITH NOTES AND EEMAEKS,

By H.

F.

Talbot, F.R.S., &c.

Read 3rd November,

1874.

These precious documents were brought from Niniveh by Mr. G. Smith during the summer of 1874. He has kindly allowed me to copy them, and has assisted me in deciphering the complex and intricate signs with which they are covered. The syllabaries which were originally found by Layard were published in the second volume of Rawlinson's inscriptions plates 1-4. Their value was speedily recognized by Assyrian scholars, and a wish has often been expressed that other tablets of the same nature might soon be discovered. Mr. Smith has fortunately secured those which are here for the first time published and there is reason to believe that many others would reward the researches of future explorers
;

of the ruins of Niniveh.

The
S 12

present tablets are

in the British

marked S Museum.

23,

15,

14,

S 17 and

The Syllabary S

23.

Iftn or iddu

This
the

first first

word
column.

is

very interesting, although effaced in

Mr. Smith has already given
it

it

in his

Phonetic Values No. 318 and explained

to

mean Bitumen.

NeAo

Glofisories.

497

Herodotus says

(I.

179) that the bitumen used in Babylon

The modern name of Is. and the bitumen is still abundant there. Herodotus merely gave a Greek termination to the word. It is now evident that Hit was the Babylonian term for
was brought
is

fi'om

a city called

the place

Hit,

bitumen Ittu in our tablet is merely the full form of the word which ends in u as all the words do in the third column of the syllabary. In 4 R 6, 45 Yy T^<Fy is translated
:

^^^y ^yy

yr

*'^^^^

^^ idda.

nigin

....

naphharu

ku

....

nadu

til

zuhatu (a victim)
in

have given examples

my

Glossary No. 475 of this use

*~^-\

of

]^

in

Accadian to express *->^yy

*^^

Victims.

zi

....

himu
of
2,

Here we see that ^|[^

f:!! >T*^

kimu.

Tg ku had sometimes the jneaning An example of this is found in 4R

where it is said of evil dsemons that matu kima kimi igammu 'they devour men like kimi^ which I have elsewhere translated 'sparrows': at any rate it must mean some small animal. Here the Accadian version has ^^ kic
col. iv, 20,

for kimi.

us

ku
signify
'

dimu
masculine.'

Us and
7.

Ku

^^ i^]
guk

B]^ ."^
....

^L]
ktikku

"B

498

Neiv Glossaries.

Id

....

dalahhu

An example
in
in

of

^Tg
37.

rendered

^YT
is

>^^Y

dalakhi

is

found

4 R 2, col. 4 R 7, col.

v, 17.
i,

And
It

it

rendered >-YT<Y *^T<T dalkJm

injurer.

It is

seems to mean a disturber or often the epithet of an evil spirit.

did

....

katamu

Katamu

is

explained in 2

23,

48 by
I

J^JJ

^|^ J^
is

edilu

the bolt or bar of a door.

Hence

suppose katam

the

HebreAv ^I2n obtura\dt.

The following
of the syllabary in

lines

10-23 are a greatly improved copy

lines 57-70.

3R

kar

....

dapalu

The middle

sign

is

No. 108 of Mr. Smith's phonetic values.

udti

'lu

immiru (a sheep)
{effaced)

12.

-jVi^

^Fl
(jukkal

^\]]

^^ ^J^

ii]]] -J^jr

(jukkaUn
is

The word here

(3 R
70).

effaced

J^JJ in the British

Museum

plate

dil)

In
is

tishatu ?

The middle

sign

partly efifaced, and therefore doubtful.

.

>^-^T-^TI.
jnsh

Ill

ili

-T<T

^m^elT khutsirn

kattin
|iOp

Compare the Hebrew words

and l^p, both of which

mean

'short.'

Arabic kasir (short).

New
!= <IeJ ;=^TT
hish
.

Glossariefi.

499

Ill

<Ii

^T- -T? -.STT

jnzu

kattiu

Pizu generally means 'white'; hence perhaps this second kattin is the Arabic hotn, whence our word Cotton. Kish

means
Heb.

'

dress,'

Heb. JlDD-

Mahish

is

also in use,

which

is

the

nD:Dt2.

The next

six signs are

composed of the
This
is

syllable

T^TT^ sak
it

or sik with various additions.

No. 357 of Smith's

phonetic values.

by A.
'

Its

For the sake of brevity 1 will denote compounds frequently denote woven objects.
.

-TT -r<T^
sik

A
sak

JT s^

Tf

=^^

supatu

Supatu seems to be the same as sipatu 'cloth' or 'web.' See the following example (4 R 8, col, 3, 28) Accadian T^IT^ "^T
is

rendered by the Assyrian (^*(with a white cloth),

sipati pizati
is

^ and
*^

]] ]} ^^\ the Accadian T^TT^ ^*->^

j} "^J

^^*-

rendered by the Assyrian ^y>-

^1^

"^Y

5f^

^>^

sipati

salmi (with a black cloth).

The

first

column of No. 16 says that T^IT^

Accadian.

(cloth)

was

pronounced

sik in

IT.

Kyy

E^yy

a <:rTT
I

STT

^-f
T?

-^

18-

^^

<
sis

J|^

JT
the

pasasu

On

seeing this gloss

ol

suspected that

word pasas
husiis

denoted the hyssus

strengthened
in

the ancients.

This conjecture was

i^

when

found that

^^ff

rendered
Sis
is

Smith's phonetic values No. 357.

Finally
in the

the

Hebrew 1^"^ Byssus frequently named

good deal will be found relating to this and following lines. The same symbol T^TT^ *TT is there explained Jri T pasasu saku (woven j^asas) and also jnssatu, and "^>^tK J^J ^| J hussus, and >--^I^

Old Testament. word in 2 E, 25, 26

500
*^>-

Neio Glossaries.

>^T^ napsastxi. *^yy ^Y^y luzus, and ^^][ Tliese indications, although not very clear, appear to point
to the
19.

^ ^

word

Bijssus.

-^

tyjf

jy

ttt

^A
sidh

Eld
khirtu ?
'

J:^IE

munsup

The meaning
are
'

is

doubtful.

(Arab, nasb to plant, Heb.

12ii)

Munsup may be a plantation' and khirtu likewise, for kin

H'^'C?

woods.'

Sukh
^^riTlI^
is

is

the Heb.

a tree, grove, or

Syriac Sukha

has the same meaning.

also

wood The reading in

:

3R

(Syll.

No. 66)

a^^-s^

gur
21.

kart'i

tf? ^iT<T
erz'/i

ks

A -im

^]] -ri<r -?^

erinu

Erinu means a Cedar tree, Heb. p^. In fact, this symbol I^TJ^ *^yyyi with t:y (wood) prefixed is constantly used for the Cedar. But in the published texts 1 find the name almost always written T^IT ^*^yyyy thus detaching ^ from the first part of the word and adding it to the latter part.

The word seems composed and '-yyyy 'royal,' as being JgJJ^ the royal tree. The Cedar of Lebanon certainly deserved the name. This simple explanation does not seem to have
rectifies this.

The new syllabary

of

Sik 'a tree' Heb. TV^^

been given before.

sd

damaqu
is not unfrequent, No. 236 of Smith's

This symbol for damaqu (holy or pious)

good deal in form. phonetic values. Another form of it

but
it

varies a

It is
is

^J

^-TTTT'

23.

^yi4i^ <y^

A4f tTIis

'"-

-114 r:^IT

^jn

gisiminar

gisiminarii

The

central sign

the same as in 22.

New

Glossaries.

501

gal

ik

basil

This agrees with a bilingual tablet in which

explained by
col. 1 ih is
bit

bit

ikla

is

basd.

(2

9,

21.)

Also in

2R

27,

18

explained basu.

Reverse of S
25.

23.

{broken off)

{effaced)

^TIT^

26.

{effaced)

{effaced)

^rZ^^ff

>^

simmu
27.

{effaced)

>f ^Jf{f

^ ^^
.

<

to^Mi

zubru
'

Tabin

is

the

Hebrew pjl
>J- >iiy|yY

straw,'

central sign

^^fj

and the very comphcated lias the same meaning, as I

which occm's
in

think

may be shown

fi'om the following line

tablet 174.

lutashatsi
let

tabin

subulti

him throw forth

straw

of corn

<m ET
kima
like

-^Id
kasu
straw
sulmlta

- ^^TT
as

-m

raktii

for

a bed

n /111?
Kasu
is

is

used for various kinds of corn, as barley

'

or oats (Baxtorf).

the Heb. I^p

straw.'

Raktu

is

perhaps from ytp^ to spread out.

502

New

Glossaries.

SrtA'iV ?

kilhi

Perhaps these words mean bolts and bars a door-bar, and h572 'clausit/
30.

we have

sakkul

<y^ j^^ -y<y^

sinih

^^
'

^t

::::

-^ "^
binu

Sinik

may

possibly be

p^''^

a prison.'

gallabu

Za(/ar ?

lagaru

hahilu
34.

(./aa^j)

<yr,y
^

>f --j-j

35.

{effaced)

{%]

>f -^Z^J V"

but probably differed in the
is

The two
column.
tablet.)

last are similar,

first

(At this point there

a great fracture in the

36. 37.

{effaced)
{effaced)

{effaced)

C^^Jg
Tf

^1;\^
27, 45

T^

MJ
inserted
'

umilu (a man)

According to 2

means

'

male,'

and with

*^yy^ (homo) witli ^JJJ Y^ inserted means female.'

kakkadu (the head)

JVew Glossaries.

503

shaib

urukkhu
the
four following a letter
is

In this sign and

inserted

This between the two portions of the sign *>^yY rfzIn No. 39 the inserted letter is frequently hapjDens. doubtful. Whatever it is, it probably means 'white,' so that the complex sign is 'white headed.' For urukkhu is Heb. pi'i 'pale' or 'white': and shaih has the same meaning: Heb. n12^, 1^11^ and nitlT gray hair/ old age.'
'
'

raukli

mukkJiu
'

Mr. Smith thinks that this means

It is

the brain.'
'

Heb.

m^.
This

composed of

Jjil

inserted in *>^, >t:

the head.'

J7I probably stands for >^Sl No. 161).

41.

which

is

muk

(see old syllabary

^.^ miy
guthu

tyya
.

5^

e^ E^yy
adaru

c;<y

garradu (a hero)

^an
43.

'-^y
^a?^

>^>f-

^e

symbol
^

Jf

^fyif
adirtu

-^f

The

central sign

is

the same as
'

^jY J^ ^^^ which

Adaru seems

occui's

frequently in the sense of

a King.'

to be the

Hebrew

n"ll3!y a

Crown, or Diadem.

The word Tg
think that
head.'
it

J:J^J=

^J

X7t?>5?

is

several following lines.

The passage
'

explained in 2 R 25, 24 and is mutilated but I

'

shows that hihsu meant a crown' or a crowned

JT

IfcJ

E -TT^

^y

^TT

504

^^eiu Glossaries.

Compare the old syllabary No. 483, which reads ^^]] ]J*^] Zuv. The central sign is often rendered by izzu which means Thus in Syll. 473 S=^ '^H ^TfT^ ^^-^ i^ rendered fire.' by ^I^^^T fire.' Similarly Sur means fire,' see Syll. 284 and 2%b where surru is explained by kalu to burn,' and both have the same symbol.
' '
'
'

kci

ha
'

hit

Both of these words mean

the mouth.'

ha

ahhu (or appu. the face.

23.)

Heb.

Dt^)

(End of Syllabary S

The Syllabary S

15.

This has been found to join on to an old tablet marked

K62. The

Nos.

48-65

agree with

Rawlinson's

Syllabary

Nos. 682-700 but give several variants.

^8-

tITT -I<I
tal

-TT<T
tal

-Tr<T

*t
^ffl
from the old

tallu

In the

first

column
682,

have supphed
in

Syllabary No.

which also

the third column has

4i.

first

tE
bi

:^
hi

-cid
hasu

]}

In the

colinnn I have supplied

^
T?

from the old Syllabary

No. 083.
50.

^^Id
has

& ^
.

-^Id

has

hasu

Neio Glossaries.
51.

505

ni

ni

But instead of the simple

is like

in this

and the two

following^^"''

lines the old Syllabary (No. 685)

has Jr^Jf ^111^

which

the Greek divuie

name
.

law.

52.

\]

ti<y .Ety<y
^aZZz

^
zal
i

tE
i

For

^a^Z^

the old Syllabary 686 has

?:J^

^rt^.

Hi (god)
54.

or perhaps ya.

j^^

-^^y<y
^7^

:^ ^

jrE:

<--

^^
has

-^^y

::::

z'mm nahi
7iabi

Instead of imin

the old Syllabary

'd^d>

tsi

nahi

&^;

hii

sirxi

In this and the next line

into ^yi.

tlie

old Syllabary 689 changes

^^

56.

"^^yy

^
5;r

^^-

*^yy

^t

^jra

57.

>-^yy tyyyt

^ -ffl
siV

^TT

cw
SM-

t^-^

i- <

gunu
gunu.

The

old Syllabary 691 agrees in this

word

sir

58.

tyyyc
ku

jfef

^sey ^<^
tukullu
lines.)

^t
(which
is

ku

repeated in

the four next

Tukullu signifies
Vol. III.
'

cloth

'

Heb.

JlT^n

cloth

but more
33

50H
especially that
It is

New

Gloi<sarie^.

here rendered by the Accadian T^T

which has been dyed with the Tyrian purple. ku ; which very
I find

frequently occurs in the sense of cloth, dyed with various

colours; for instance in the Accadian tablet 174

the

following line:

JgJ ^]

(white cloth)

JgJ

(^XX-

(black

cloth) Jgf >J- (yellow cloth) JgJ *^]]]] (green cloth). Tukultu has likewise another meanings that of service' or armed service,' and tliis, T believe, is also expressed by the
' '

symbol J^.
59.
-^Y>-

J:^

]^
doubtful

tukullu.
it

The

first letter is

may be

^y>-

6*2.

{effaced)

Tg
^

(scone).

63.

(efaced)

)^
lu

^]]]iz

^|
udu

Jrlffj.

Then follows the 64, 65 are an exact repetition of 63. column of another set of woi'ds, which at first sight seems not worth copying, for it is so broken that in general only the first letter remains. But on comparison it is found that these letters are identical with the first letters of words Tliey are in the old Syllabary ranging from 751 to 766. useful therefore in confirmmg the accuracy of that part of the old Syllabary. I will notice two or three of them.
Linos
first

/Yjjz frt^Sf^
dincjir

is

part of

the curious

word

'a god' in Syllabary 755.

>-^VJ ?:KT
in Syllabary 762

"^>- kalhu 'a dog' stands instead of fiTYI

^>-

And

in

which equally sounded kaJhu. Syllabary 764 is a most valuable variant,

di,

for in

that line the old Syllabary has ^Tjli

but the present one

^I^^^T, by whicli Ave learn that

the sound of
di.

^^^^J
p.
QJ^t^.

had occasionally
102 and 428

Sec Norris's dictionary

Y>^

who

compares ^I^^C^T

with the Hebrew

New

Glossaries.

507

Reverse of S
66.

15.

^r ^

mr

^
*r^
.

rlin ^TYTT

(#^)

agrees with the old Syllabary No. 129.

<^7-

T?

-B
^a^
j^B
.

<
zak

TT

-B
zaggu

t^'^

68.

j^^
kan

-T<T

^W
khi't

khi

60.

^^Id
kab

-Til

-Til

Vleft]

khahhu [the

A-'z/y

kih

kihhu

n.

VT Cw
^iV

^^J:}??}
tir

<'gTT!^IE
kishatu (spoil
:

plunder)

^itA;

duk

tukii

'^-

t^TTT

-a

^????

-Tf

-TT^
ezibu

^tak.

tak

Smith's Phonetic Values No. 10 gives ezihu but not

74.

^y

<y. .yy<y
iar

eQ 0
.

j?b

^v

'parakku

75.

<T- -TT<T
sar

* jMeT
jparakku

The

old Syllabaries

IR

255 and

3R

142 agree, but write

these words as

^>^

^Czyf

hara and

B^ff

^'^*'"-

508
After 75 there
is

New

Glossaries.

a line drawn across the tablet, and the

itself,

next word stands by

76.

thus

^y
it

This

is

the Heb. T(p1 naqa 'to pour a libation.'

is

The word
E, 24, 50.

^2^y
Again,

explained by YI in a similar manner in 2

comparing

4R5

col.

i,

74 with

col.

ii,

71

^^^T

answers to YX, and in that passage seems to mean help or

assistance.

The word
in 2

YI is explained

by *~^\

Yr

^^^

libation also

R 45,

35.

Mr. Smith informs me that the meanmg of the line thus standmg by itself is that it is the first line of the succeeding tablet and was intended to catch the student's eye and direct him to the next tablet. Another set of words then follows of which only the first column remains, and is therefore not of much use. But I will give a few of the words, as they are unusual.

*">^j

*"n~

^11

^^^^<^'

t^^

>^

dumu.

The Syllabary S

14.

ana

an

samii

Sand (Heaven) is the singular of Sami (the Heavens). In Hebrew the plural only is found, written iQ^ it is therefore
;

very interesting to find the singular of

it

in Assyrian.

New

Glossaries.

509

dingir

ilu

(a

god)

79.

^1
nab

tt]

tt
nab

tt

^?)

nabbu (gods

Compare the old Syllabary Nos. 753-755. (The rest of this column is broken off.)

Column

II.

The next following

old Syllabary

lines

80 to 96 agree mainly with the

list.

2R

Nos. 74 to 91 but supply a large number

of signs which are broken off in that

80.

^nyt
is

t^w
gr.

^ni- -^
'

The J-^
words

supphed from the old Syllabary No. 74. These every,' and occur t^TTTt; and >=TyTs= *^ signify
ex.

frequently,

^^
^r

Y>-

5=yyy?= ^ ^y uncertain whether fzyty^ >-^ should be transcribed

'~<y< ^
'

V"

i=yyy^

^tlT^

^T

'

^very

day'
It is

>-<y<

every year.'

uniu or

samm2i.
81.

^ET A->fflf
lakh

m<
lakh
.

<-

-^IT <
75.

ndtzd

have supplied the / from the old Syllabary

82.

jy ^:^EE ^n?
sukkal

-iTT<

mm
sukkallu

^^

kaskal

kas ?

khai'ranu

Kharran

signifies (1;

a Road,

(2)

an Inroad or Raid, or

hostile incursion.
84.

-^yy
Illat

-,<
.

\<

:r^yy \<
illat

Illat is

'an army' see numerous examples No. 355. Probably the Heb. 7^n exercitus.
;

in

my

Glossary

510

New

Glossaries.

The

old Syllabary No. 79 has

^g

instead of ^^^f.

sa?w

to??i

tcDnu (the

day)
day.'

These words signify 'the Sun' and 'the

,sfli

s?<

erib T YJ

samsi (sunset)
it

is

more frequently written

an Accadian term,

when

means

'

sunset.'

It is

89.

t|?

^T

^T

T?

t^^
it

<

The vowel

here stands alone, as

does in the old Syllabary

376 where it is explained by jX-J y|[ "^>- Qalm, wliich probably means a pool or fountain in Hebrew ^1:1. This word occurs in the annals of Assurbanipal, see my Glossary
;

No. 513.
water.

Atzic also mean a spring or uprising of phrase i^ ^J y bab atzi the gate of the fountain' twice in the tablet 173 where it is said to be opened and shut, and to supply drink to men and women.

Uddu and

I find the

'

ukhu

Tuhitu
-s^'^'-fflf-

For uklm the old Syllabary No. 426 has uhh

itu

arkhu (a month)

itu

arkhu

For

itu

the old Syllabary has f:^

^1 idu.

New
93.

Glossaries.

511

-^ ^jn
muru

^<2<7f

jr^

t^^

gahlu

In this and the four following signs the old Syllabary begins with ^ and not ^<. This graphic variation occurs frequently.
94.

^ ^yy^
nisak

^<2<I't

^
.

:::^::^

-III-

niqu

For

?=yyyj= the old

Syllabary has

umun

mummu
is

The
>-^

central sign

rendered
?m<n

>^

^y][f

in

2 R 33, 56.

Instead of
"1*^

>^

Jry|][

the old Syllabary No. 89 has

which

is

also mun.

di

sikitu

The word
No. 90.
in 2

s/^7it is restored by help of the old Syllabary This sign ^^<< l is also explained by ^y>f= i^'lr 30, 13 where we find ^ sa^-zt instead of

^ ^^

Si

nappaJihu
is

The

last

word

restored from old Syllabary No. 91.

Reverse of S
(Nos.

14.

97-105

agree with the old

Syllabary in

2R

Nos. 327-332 and the small fragment there placed after

line 332,

but siipply
Ft

many
.

deficiencies.)

"

T'r

^jn

:m I&

^I

S^ -ET

azalah

(hou^o) kupar

azlaJcu

The name of some trade ? the

Syllabary No. 327. the timmu of a
carpenter?).

last word is restored from old Perhaps 'a carpenter' for, in 2R 22, 12 i^ spoken of (bench of a B^^

J^

"^f

Compare Heb.

h'^'i^ arbor.

512

A^^ii>

Glossa7'ies.

duiik

(homo)

mm

sihzu

Sihzu is restored from the old Syllabary 328. It seems to be the name of some trade perhaps 'an embroiderer' from
:

khara

(homo) kab
is

iskabhu

The

last

word

restored from the old Syllabary No. 329.

100-

m th
letter

-^^m
sar
is

iH

^jn
King).

sarrii (a

The

last

^H^

restored from the old Syllabary

No. 330.
101.

Bt]]

-^T
is

-^5^
rah

^t^ ^rabbu

raba

The

letter

^>-

restored from the old Syllabary.

dim

rab-gam

makutu
"^"^

In the middle sign the old Syllabary No. 332 gives

erroneously, instead of ^.
103.

^^>}^
makh

.^n
.

tEiT

-E
tsiru

">* TT

-^11

E=TT

y-

<

rabu
yy

means
.05.

" the same."

iV^ <ty^
gul

<cTT
kul

Tf

-^T
abatu

^T

100.

-iyy
2:w)i

cyfj

<t2:y
c?<;2

jyc t^yy *^.

lib

dabii

New
This same explanation of

(jrlossaries.

513
lib

^J: < Y

2R

'^

zun as

dahu

is

found in

30, 68.

Lib dabu means a cheerful heart, or happiness. I know we may infer that zim had sometimes that meaning. It seems to occur in Tiglath viii 27 when the
not whether

king prays to the gods that his piety may be rewarded with z^mi dakhduti sanat, happiness for many years, written

107.

(efaced)

^
g=

<;y^ ^yy<y

^-yy ^y

cn^ratu (a curse)

108.

{effaced)

-^yy ^^- ^]
tsibutu (a

wish)

This is the Syriac i^nil!^ voluntas, from t^2!J voluit. In often means a wish.' Mr. Smith informs me that the sense of 'a curse' it occurs in 4 R 7 line 1, where it

'

is

translated

by the Assyrian
39-42 where

arrat

^*-

>^yy<y "^yy*"

o^'

S:Jj= >-yy>-

in lines
:

we
See

find

of a father

^
and

y}
:

the curse

^yy>vFy

the curse of a mother

^ B^W"^
Transac-

the curse of a brother, &c., &g.

tions, pp. 58

vol. 2 of these

This sign
desideravit.
applies to
'

72.
is

explained in
:

2R
is

7,

49 by ]]{
'

^y<y

khasakhu a wish, or desire

the Heb. plI^H cupiit, This verb also signifies ligare to bind' which

which
'

in the sense of

a curse' or

'

spell,'

as

we say

spell-bound.^
'

In the Michaux inscription we find, May the gods curse him (liruru-sii) with curses or spells which cannot be untied
{arrat la napsuri).^

The Syllabary S
109.
>-/l^

17.

{effaced)

{effaced)

zir

110.

^yyy^
u or sain

I^
la

{broken off)

514
Ill-

Neto Glossaries.

tU
H)

ISI

(P^'ohn).

(hi

113.

121.

oK)
naptitu derived

N^ew Glossaries.

from the Hebrew verbs

nHQ and
col.

nt^D

'

to

open.'

Indeed,

we

find in the

same plate

3 line 39 the

explanation

^J

lock, related to the

^yj '"^I^J >^^^ sikkatu, a gate or ^ Heb. ')2.D, but here the last syllable tu is

broken

off.

ElscAvhere

(2R45
i.e.

lines 21

and 24) ^Y ^y~

sikkatu.

is

rendered

^JJ

^[JJ
also
'

sikkat

and ^JT

*^^V'f Jl^T^

Sikkat are

gates,'

defiles

or
19.

narroAV passes,

Sr^ means

J:^ the sign This explains the term ^T J=^ TI wliich occurs so often in 2R plate 8 in the sense of 'hand.' It is not the 'hand' simply, but the open hand,' palma.
'

between high mountains. See Tigl. iii, In the phrase mentioned above ^T
open.'

J^

'

127.

^:;s -y<y^
(homo) mut
Xri
'

^yy
sha

j^tarpi

^I-

In these hsts
Avhich either

t''t

^^

means the man'

.

frequently rendered by *^yy -'^ha or he who' the man who.'

' : '

128.

E:5f ^y t<]
(homo) uddu

-gyy -y<y^^

}}

%i\

sha nainzaki

129.

b:^
e:;^

W
<is

^-^V
y? E:^y

(homo) sakakti
.30.

sha namzaki (as before).

^y
^^^

h<^e^^T
khaida

(homo) vda dudu

The first word watchman ^J:^

:

'the

man going by

night': the night

yy

(night)

^y

(going).
tlie

The second

appears to be khaidu the Patrol, going

rounds, Arab, toin

and

lOi^n ambiit, circumivit.

131.

ESS -jn
(homo)
is

^1 ^1 E^T!
rit tatara

-B^B
kanniku
'

Tatara

explained in
It

bright.'
.32.

4R19 by the Assyrian word nammir comes from ^^ 'bright' or wliite.'

<!-

ESS

+ + E^TT
si

"glT

^y

-A< -t

CI}

(homo)

harharra

sha piti imt

New
/y>piti

Glossaries.

517

means 'the eyes'

inu
is
'

in

Accadian: >f- >f- 'open.'

eyes'
i.e.
'

Sha

the
In

watchman.'

man with open 2 R 39, 4, we find

barra, pitu,

the vigilant
:

this gloss

>^ ^^

M>- >"^BT ^yyy^

Accadian
is j)itn

which means that barra

curious
list

in

(open) in Assyrian.
of the

We now come to a long and who were set to guard the city,
133.

watchmen

apparently Babylon.

.II

4- tTU
inniui

ET

<y. .iy<i ^eet

vtazartu

Both of these words are well known and frequently employed. Mazartu (custodia) is a verbal substantive derived from the Hebrew verb "^^ii custodire. The custos himself was called

more simply mazar ^Y ]^|T. Since all the words of this column begin with >-TT >4- >=Trr written at full length, I have thought it sufficient to write
ditto.

134.

mo
;

<IEJ .II .{- tfff

:

Ef

-Efl

^m ^]<

innun ki innim, the guard of the guard-house {ki meaning a place'). The Assyrian phrase is mazar tsibitti the guard of the prison. Mr. Smith informs
is
'

This

a curious phrase

me

that
135.

tsibitti

often

means a
'

prison.'

ditto

<-mia

]}

<Tjny

>^

j^yyyjr

<y^
constantly used

innun

mazar musi
of the night.'
'

That
read

is,

'

watchman
'

/T^TTT
'

is

to express
it

the same
I will

or

'

ditto

here therefore
it

we must

mazar.

write 'idem' for

in the rest of the

column.
136.
ditto

j=yyyy

^y^

idem szyyyy

^y^ ^y^

hehal
i.e.

hekalli

the guard of the palace.

137.
ditto

jr:^f J^yyyy ^yhahi

hekalli

^dem

-^y

-yyyy ^y^
hekalli

^y

babi

i.e.

the guard of the palace gate.

518

New
ditto

Glossaries.

138.

i:-^} ^y^
hahi rahi

idem

jf

-:i<^^

^"^i^i^

*^^^A
is
^

ahxdli
city.

i.e.

the guard of the gTeat gate of the

Ahulli

new

word.
139.
ditto >-V"y

^^ ^I^
nakantu

id^m ^^|

^^JJ ^-^
nakanti

^<

i.e.

the guard of the Treasury.

140.
ditto j-v^y

<^y^
naditu

^^

idem )-^y

<^y^ ^y<
iiaditi

This

beheve means the guard of the King's Corn-store or

Heb. 12 acervus.
^

Granary.
141.

ditto 5=yyyy
Z'ii!

idem

^
biti
^

jr^

>--<y<

i.e.

the guard of the house.

142.
ditto j^yyyy

^>y- ^^yy

u7^? j=yyyy

^>f-

i.e.

>->y- ^C^yy is

the guard of the house of god the guard of the temple. used in Accadian as the genitive case of >^>y-,

as in the well
'

known name

of Babylon >^^Ily ^>{- ^^^,^

gate of god" Bah-ili.

143.

duto ^yyyy

->f

^]]

;r^-y

idem j^yyyy

^y{

^>y-

i.e.

very

the guard of the temples (houses of the gods). This is curious. ^>{- >^\ ^^^^y (go^s) is the Accadian
of ^>{--,
^^iid

plural
J:yyyy.

>=yyyy

^yy

^^

an Assyrian plural of

We

frequently find this sign of the plural -t^yj

which means 'multitude': see the explanation of it given m 2R42, 27 4^^>y- t^] ^"^ mahadutu [plurality]. ^ ^y The Accadian plural *~>^ ^'^ ^I^^^y 'gods' is also found in 2 R 22, 16 which relates to the holy vessels of the

^]

temples.
144.
i.e.

ditto ]]

^yyy J^yyyi^
fields.

idem >-]<y >-tt]<]

(^'^'^o

J kit Chald. rendered by yy '^yyy iu Accadian. the guard of the

hpH

ager

is

usually

N^ew Glossaries.
145.
i.e.

519
(kiri)

ditto J^y

ttJJ

idem

<^JgJ ^yy<y

the guard of the

(The

rest of this

woods or plantations, or cokimn is broken off.)

fruit orchards.

Reverse of Tablet S
This contains a long
146.
list

12.

of

titles

of honour.

{broken)

^JJ

^y

"^^

{bil

gubhu)

This means a nobleman:

see 2 R 32, 19
*"|^|

where we read
.

^^j^

^i^y *">^y

*^^II

^III^

gubba

makkim (a

nobleman).
147.

Heb.

Tl'2^ altus,

elatus, eminens.

{broken)

^JJ

J^

S^TIT

'^

Bil kumrnu,
148.

lord of the palace.

{broken)

^^] ]^

^]]] >^

Nin kummu,

lady of the palace.

kisib gallu

/J^
^55ky
is

^y>-

][^yy

kisib

explained J^JJ^

rit,

and

*~yy<y
it is

>^I^

rittu,

in the old Syllabary

No. 120, where

Kisib

placed

among words meaning rank

or dignity.

probably the Arabic y^OTl a nobleman. Schmdler says nobihs generosus (p. 668) Hasib vir magnas existimationis
:

patricius.

In Rabbinic literature ITVl^n

is

vu- honoratus,

raagnse existimationis.
.50.

tyyn
Bit

tV
gal

tt] ET- i^t

ap gallu

Here ^^y ap is rendered by >^yyyy a house. This is confirmed by the old Syllabary No. 188, which renders ^^^ by

t:^ Jl^f^

bi^t^i'

Esarhaddon
aj?

(col. vi,

25) calls his

new

building the

^^y

^y-

gal or palace.

520

New

Glossaries.

Since all these words are names or opitliets of a king or nobleman, it follows that No. 150 f^TTTT ^T*^ also meant 'the kmg,' as I have already remarked in my notes to the legend of Ishtar; just as Pharaoh is now known to mean " the great house " i.e. " the king." Of course, ^^TTTT ^T*also meant the king's residence the context will generally show which is meant. The next seven numbers all commence with >^yTTT T*nibu mi, a very common phrase, which rubu signifies king or prince,' but Y>- has not been explained.
:

'

'

'

151.

.yyn

y ^]
y^

.gf

.yT<y
al'ri(jv,

-^

152.

^yyyy

-^

^4f

^::::

{hnqu).

Iniqu

is

pressive of the profound

probably the Heb. p}2V profundus, an epithet exwisdom of the king. The word

in

"Hea seems to occur in the legend of Ishtar col. 2, 11. the profound wisdom of his heart > -<:^*W- T^IT But the ""^yyy I ^^nqi lihhi-su formed a plan," &c. niphal form nimiqi is much more common. It expresses deep thoughts, mysterious wisdom, &c. &c.

153.

.yyyy y.
'

-s^

.^

t;:<y

^yyy^

Mudu
154.

^dse

'

is

a frequent epithet of the King.

.yyyy y.
is

-^ t^
is

tU
itpisn

^T'

JT
a very conmion

Jppisu

probably the same as

active,'

epithet of the King.

i..

.yyyy y^

??<

^Sr

>-^yy

an unusual spelling of yl^ ^yy >o^yy a very frequent epithet of the King. kJiasizu For example in Layard's inscriptions 43, 3 the king calls
Kliazzu or Khazizii
'intelligent,'

himself irsu-mndu the wise leader

nzni nimiqi with an
.56.

kJiasi:ir

intelligent

pit

expanded mind profound.

.

.yyyy y^

t^

^^

^yyy Ey c^:

Neiv Glossaries,

521

This epithet of
the
faith,' i.e.
'

tlie

king, tar ummani,

' :

may mean

'

son of

rehgious

but this

is

doubtful.

157.

^riTT f^

-^

-II ii-VyV, -<T<

Bil

tarti,

an epithet of uncertain meaning.

rubu

ruble

(a

king or

lord).

hi
160.

(a lord)

Tiihii

(a lord).

t-%
wm

^jn

-j^y ^ccy
ruhatu (a queen or lady).
nin,

(a lady)

This

is

hieratic

an old form of the sign form of it.

almost reverting to the

[great
162.

man]
^

surhii

(king or chief)

^
[man]

j.y}

^>,

hilu

The
in

words are also explained by Bilu, written the same way. Although No. 162 is merely a 'man' or
six following
all

perhaps 'husband,' 'lord of the house/

lords or
163.

the others express

men

of rank. (king)
.

i^t^
.-J J

hilu.

164.

(lord)

bilu.

165.

>-Y3f

hiJu.

This
lord,'

is

important

for it

shows that *-]^ Ah meant

'

and therefore when Nebo is called >->^ *"]^ ^^ only means that he was " the Lord," and not that Ak was Another word for 'a king' was Uh, his proper name.
apparently related to
Vol. III.
..4^'.

34

522
166.

Neio Glossaries.
Ulu.

.(

^ very
167.

frequently
Jrf

means
hilu.

'a king.'

J^
'

Here we see that a chief oir nobleman was called ^Y fpy which means a Sword.' So also in Western Europe. In

German Degen means 'a sword' but anciently it meant a brave chief or warrior: as in the Nibelungen Lied. The corresponding Anglo-Saxon word is Thegen or Thcegn a
soldier or knight but more especially one ser\"ing the king a THAXE, nobleman, or baron. Bosworth's A.S. dictionary p. 99 k.
;

168.

JgJ

{sib)

hilu.
'

This

is

a vfery frequent word for

king.'

sib

rihii

This word

is
it

separated from the others by a line

is

shows that
rihu

the

first

word

of the next tablet

means 'a king' we

titles

see that the next tablet

of honom-.

which and since also began

;
:

with another Kst of

in this line

By

the side of jJz T^JJ

some one has written *>~i^ *"^T *^^^> showing how he pronounced it. These marginal glosses are frequently useful.

This

is

not the whole of the interesting tablet S 12.

There are yet two columns on one side, and one on the other, but they are injured, and in other respects seem less valuable than those I have given.

Neio Glossaries.

523

Addenda to the Preceding Syllabaries.

I have sought to find other passages in which these words occur, in order to ascertain their meaning more accu-

rately, as well as to confirm the

I will here

annex some of these which seem

orthography of the tablets. likely to be

useful.

No.

4.

YSf

Ku and
mean
'

Zuhatu both mean 'a victim'; but

It is therefore uncertain

they also both

is

cloth.'

which
for

meant
No.
6.

here.

Us and

Ku

also

mean

'

King.'

See No. 159

Ku in

this sense.

The

inscriptions of the old Accadian kings

'

employ
No.
dalakh.
itallakhu,

us danga in the sense of

great king,' where the

Assyrians would have written sar dannu.

8.

I will

add some more examples of

it is

^T^

used as

In

4R

26, 55,

rendered

itallakh.

'they disturb.'

In

4R

11, 2, ittatlahli,

In 211 47, 10, in the T con-

jugation.

No. 10.
fortress.

Here >^7Y
:

is

explained Kar, a wall, or walled

VJ^

Example

^t^Y ^yJZrJTr

^
a
'

Kardunias, other-

^^ ancient wise spelt V'ITt ?yY" ^E See Norris's dictionary, p. 596.

^I

name for Babylonia.

vitulus, for I think

No. 12.

Gukkal

may

be Heb.

"'^J?

that T^yy Lu, occui's in both senses,

viz.,

sheep in No. 11,

'

and a calf
'

in No. 12.

No. 15.
2

TIT <T< '^

39, the
'

is

^Iso the

name
caUed

of a constellation

m
>^

49, 49.

In

2R 57,

god Nmib
as

is

^^j
vesfis.

JJJ

<T< ^>f-

Nin kattin barzil, armour which he wore

the
'

the lord of the coat of

god of war.
':

meaning tlie Hence kattin must be

iron,'

Hebrew Xpi'D a coat means linen.' Gesenius

'

also tunica,
it is

In Syriac |r)D

thinks

also

cognate with the

Arabic kotn (cotton),

conjecture.

so

that his authority confirms

my

'

'

524
No. 16.
dress.

Neic

Glossarie-''.

Here we
is
;

This

luhustu (dress)

T^TT^ Si^ meant cloth or confirmed by 2 R 89, 52, where it is rendered and in the next Hne ]^ Ku is rendered
see tliat

nalhasu (dress), a niphal form of U^i7.

as

Supatu

is

the same

t^^
'

'^

Zul>(it

'

dress

'

See the legend of Ishtar, Znhat

ejus.

hulti sha zumri-sha,

velum pudoris corporis

In
in

In 2

25,

40, zuhat sarri, 'the dress of a king.'

eliti
'

2R

30, 21, zubat

a royal

dress,'

Accadian

1^

>?-

^^TT ^m harra
is

dress of a king or prince.'

The

tablet S 13 brought

home by Mr. Smith

jij^

chiefly
it

about clothing.
several times
;

The
also its

Avord

^j

^I^
find
'

supatu occurs in
'SzX'

Accadian equivalent T^TIB

cloth.'

Among

the kinds enumerated

'

we

the cloth of

Elam
;

t^ie cloth of Martu (Phoenicia) I^II^ . K^T ^T <^I^ and the cloth of Canaan, written i:^^ YJ *"**"! Kanana.

No

17.

This

explanation
is

^YY
No.

^>->Y- *-^
it

fully

TBJJ^ > by dahiniu, confirmed by a gloss in S 13,

of

which explains
18.

^^11

-<^*-'7-

Jy

>^I^

dahimatu.

attention before

This sign T^JJ^ ^,>^T^ ^^"^^ evidently require great it is properly understood. It answers to the

Assyrian pasas or busu&, not only in the sense of bi/ssus, but For instance, biisns in Assyrian in several other meanings.

means
V"*^

'to pour' (Heb. U^HD spargere), ex. gr. Esarh. vi, %^

'

^T ^YY^ Y pour a
'

libation

' !

and though

this has

nothing

to do with

byssus,' yet the same Accadian monogram is See the following passage m 4 R 26, 49, " Pour this magic liquor seven times over the body of the sick man"!

employed.

Here the Assyrian has '^>-

Accadian ][^JJ^ ^^ff* redoubled (which has a very complicated appearance), for example in 4R 19, 11, where the Assyrian has usafha, 'he came or he went.' The Hebrew verb^'C^Q to walk or go,' seems, to give a clue to this meaning, at least if it is susAnother and quite ceptible of tlie reduplicate form ITti^Dto groan or cry.' different meaning of the double sign is
'

^yy^ Y bums 'pour it'! The These two signs are sometimes
iz^

'

'

'

New

Glossaries.

525

See 4 R 19, 59, where it is rendered by the Assyrian adammum, I groaned (perhaps Heb. i?n"T lacrymavit). A more remarkable instance is found in 4 R 10, 60, " I cried aloud for help, but no one drew nigh." Here " I cried aloud " is rendered
'
'

in

Accadian by
No.
19.

this

same reduplicate
sign

sign.

This
it

I^TI^

-<^^^

occurs

also

in

17, 6

where

appears to be translated by zumri (body).

-<^^4^ is rendered in Syll. 260 zumur (body or trunk) and kimmatu which may be the Arab, hurrnat trunk of a tree,' see Catafago's dictionary. In our gloss No. 19 Munsup
'

is

probably the trunk of a

Suk/i is its

tree,

from root nasb

khirtit is

'

tree.'

trunk or stock.
is

No. 20.
in the

The
it,

central sign

written T^IT^

'*^*"'"TTT

!*"

syllabary 3

No. 67
is

which

believe to

be the
3, 13.)

correct form ot

for it is

found again in 4

14.

(No.
kai'u

In our text this

consider to
murus.

sign
'

explained gur and

which

mean

a wall,' in
is

The

gloss karu

Hebrew "^p and "Vp paries : well confirmed by the aforesaid

kari,
'

example

m 4R

14 which reads, Bil kabtu mustappiki

the

great lord, the builder of the wall.'

astappak, 'I raised

Elsewhere

we

find karu

up the wall'; and

kari iisepik, see Norris's

dictionary p. 594

who

also quotes the gloss in 2

13,

20

No. 21.

It

must be admitted however that the

scribes

themselves sometimes wrote I^TI >^'"fff]^ foi" the name of the Cedar, as in 2 R 50, 65. No. 24. Ikla is also explained Basu in 4 R 28, 7 and
29, 37.

Basu generally means

'

to be,'

and
ik

in the tablets of
'

portents ik often

and nu it will not be.' Thus 2 R 39, 44 Corn in the land will be " (^y<y^). Jk is however rendered nasu, not hasu, in 4 R 25, 42 salumrnatu
'

means

it

will be,'

"

nasi, lift

up the shadows,

or the darkness.

This complicated sign is confirmed by the No. 29. passage in 2 R 16, 61 where >j^ ^}}}} **--]^ ^ explained in
Assyrian by
of that
killu,

name

and

R 61, 7 a temple be rendered the Bit in the next line a similar temple having a
'^y<Ti^ fjf t!^J= ikkillu.
is

In 2

mentioned, which

may

'

splendid base.'

52

New
No. 30.
This word
is

(xlossaries.

very

difficult,

but evidently of
the sign for a tree

great importance.

It generally
it,

has
^

iz],

or plant, prefixed to

thus

translated

^ *^ Unu
it is

J^j

>J-

^i?
5.

>?if

^^'^^^^^^

^^

ha 4

2(3,

37 and 27,
is

This agrees

perfectly with our No. 30.

I suspect that

But what

the meaning of

Unu ?
St^T

closely related to the Latin vinum (wine) or

vinea (a vine).

It is often

followed by

5=111?=

^^^
and

*jf~

Uinmis which appears to me to be the Greek Oi,vo<; (wine). If it is not that word the coincidence at least is smgular. This phrase therefore contains eight cuneiform signs. Ex-

amples of

it

are found in 4

plate 16, 31

25,

32 and

26, 36. The Hebrew language has the same name for 'wine,' in the form p'l, so that the word was very generally diffused

and might well be found

in Accadian.

This explanation receives

much support from

occurs. These of the passages in which iz\ ^ >{- ^j[ usually relate that Hea sends his son Marduk to heal a sick man, or at least to comfort him, which he is directed to do

the context

by givmg him precious

liquors to drink,

and pourmg them

over his body. It is evident that Wine is a most appropriate word in such passages as these. Moreover the word binu can hardly have any other meaning than 'wuie' in the

passage

Binu sha, as inusari, mi la ishtu: "Wine which among the songs {i.e. in the musical festivals) they drank without water." The uKparou fieOv or vinuni merum may have been enjoined by their religion. So in Homer
27, 5

4R

aKprjTOL (Jirovhai.

explanation

Since writing the above I have found the followhig ^^^ of J^f . 2 R 23, 17viz. j^f
>J-

YVi^ ^T Tt t^j: Gmnalu, which I think is the Hebrew '?2"13 Carmel ; a fruit orchard fruit garden or vineyard (Furst and Gesenius). The word Sinik by which it is translated in No. 30 is the Heb. pT^'^ an enclosure, derived from p;]2J to enclose, meaning a garden enclosed from the waste, and
; ; '
'

hedged around.
enclose.

Similar roots are

^212

and

J]];}

to

hedge or

No. 31.
plained

Gallahii

m 2R

46

col.

appears to be 'the hand.' It is exii, 47 by ^j J:^ which immediately

Nexo Glossaries.
follows
col. iv,

527

^y
50
it

X-] ^y<

'

the hand.'
'

And

in

same plate

stands next to kati

the hand.'
'

No. 58.

This word
various
J
issu

]^ Ku
'new':

'

cloth

occurs very frequently

in S. 13 with

epithets

added, such as
>--<

JI^^^Y

explained

<

explained "-^Y

''^][U

lahiru 'old':

Same
'

^|'-J^Tf ^t-W ura explained also labiric 'old.' tablet explains Ku by supatu cloth and ittu sha zuhati
'
'

kinds of cloth
Isf
"^^liich

?
'

Another important rendering of

be read saku or garku.

Ku

is

^
is

may

This

is

explained

in Assyrian

by Jg[J "^>lubus (di-ess) Heb. followed by the composite words Tgf

tXri^.

This

^
^

*^*4~

^^TT

explained YY *->{- (ditto of a god)

i.e.

'

the dress of a god,'

where observe that >->^ ^^ff

tive case of >^>^-

^^

merely the Accadian geni-

And

then

]^

*^^+W

explained

'*^*^ dress of a king.' yy ^^Itll *^]]^]

I also find this

'

word

Y^

in 2

25,
'

26 combined
a linen

-with,

jjasasu

byssus

'

so as to

mean

apparently

di'ess.'

No. 75.
find in 4
sarrut,
'

Here
9,

^T^

is

explained Sar

'

a Idng,' whence

we

35 the derived term naram

^]^

explained

royalty.'
76.

No.

sometimes means
g:
is y

'

a libation,' see 2
altars),

R
71;]

58, 31.

JSfadaluni (they sprinkle),

y^^ (the

> yi

y-^

(with Kbations).
Syr.
v>!Ji

Nadaluni
fiidit

probably the Chald.

nazal,

fluxit

super.

No. 88.

Kummu,

generally

means a
'

palace.'
'

This phrase

-^y Jiyyy
'

preceded by J^yyyy
in 2
-^y

bit

'

dwelling

and followed
'

by sara a king' occurs

king's palace.'
A^in

61,

4 and probably means

the

^yyy sara also occurs in 2

;

59,

30

as an epithet of the goddess Gula

2R

60, 13,

where Nin

is

exchanged
bil

are probably identical with the

and of a male deity in These titles kwmim and nin kummu of

for Bil?

the present paper (see Nos. 147, 148).

No. 91.
syllabary.

This

is

one of the most important words in the

is

*^ ^^^I

frequently used for

'

a month,' and so

528
is

New
is

Glossaries.

arkhu whicli here

oiu-

the Heb. Jl'V

'

the

Moon and
'

also

'

a month,'
also

Now

syllabary informs us that the

Moon was
r)

called Itu, or if

we

follow the older syllabary, Tdu.

Observe
rrapa

how beautifully this

XaXSaiots.

agrees with Suidas, Ai^o).

creXrjyr]

No.

96.

Napimkhu perhaps means

'

a Trumpet,' from the

y

Heb.

najpakli

nD3

'

to

blow.'

^Qj^

is

also

rendered

nappakhu in 2
battles.

R
in

58, 58

where

it is

an epithet of Hea god of

is

It will

be observed that the word

our
syllabary.
*>:^YY

also rendered

^YY

f:^

SI

means

'a

Horn'

in

Accadian.

This agrees very well.

Sihzu seems related to suzuhbu a kind of di'ess
S. 13.

No. 98. No. 99.

intellect, see

mentioned in

Buxtorf makes

2J1U? chlamys ocellata.

Iskabbu

may mean

a foolish

man

of

weak
is

Catafago's dictionary p. 128, 129.

Iskabbu

used as a term of reproach and contempt in Esarh. col. ii, 15. No. 123. Akir kisallukhi may mean the deputy of a kisallukh or his under-officer. "iHt^ is used in Hebrew for In the portion of this syllabary which I have second.' not printed, there is mention of an officer called a baru^
'

and then of another

bari,

called

jy

TT

^''^^

*"II^y *~^

^^'"'

the deputy of the baru.

' '

No. 124. Here iddu seems to mean the opener to throw.' gate, he who throws it open, from
'

of the

TW

'

No. 126.
see

have here translated ^YT

it is

4R
is

^JU sikkat
I

'

a gate,'

17,

5 where

rendered in Accadian by ^Y

Si

which confirms the former examples which There

an important variant
(see the marginal note there).
close to the root I

have given.

^JJ '"fT*^ sikrat in 2 R 62, 71 This brings the word very have suggested (Heb. IJiD clausit).
129.

Nos. 128
also in 4

and
'

This gloss
it is

tJT

^ ^y<
is

is

found

1 7,

4 where

rendered as here, namzaki, which

'

probably means
separate.'

gate opener,' fi-om the Ai*abic pTQ to Folding doors are separated when opened.
|[|

The word

>-y<y-^

>I^^

namzakxi

also

found

in

2R

23, 40 explained
is

^^

"^.^ arbu (Heb. Hl'^^^ door, or

in the preceding

window): which

governed by the word

New
line

Glossaries.

529
explained

"^ l^lj

>=yyyt^

muselu

(opener

of),

Cff- I^lIJ

*^B^y ^yyy>^ mptu (opener).

The word muselu

These confirma'to see.'

occurs in the preceding glossary No. 126.

tions are very satisfactory.

No. 131.

Rit

maybe

'sight,'
is

from

riN"^

But

the value of the sign >^yy

variable and uncertain.

No. 159.
In

Here we have

^^ Ku

explained Ruhu

'

a king.'

'royalty' in

accordance with which, naram ku is explained ruhut 4R 9, 18. This naram is a formative particle,

apparently the same as nam.

So

in 4

9,

35 from ^]C^

Sar

'

a king' (see No. 75 of this paper)

we

find the derived

word naram

^Mf

explained sarrut

'

royalty.'

530

THE ELEVENTH TABLET OF THE IZDUBAR

LEGENDS.
The Chaldean Account of
the Deluge.

By

G. Smith.

TEXT AND NOTES TO ACCOMPANY PAPER

Bead 3rd December, 1872.

paper on the Deluge Tablets, read before the December, 1872, I have fomid several new fragments in the Museum Collection; and in my two journeys to the site of Nineveh I have procured about a dozen other Since
Society, 3rd

my

fragments of these legends. This accession of new material enables me to supply many of the wantmg portions of the legend, and to correct other portions where, from the mutila-

was doubtful. Along with the text of the inscription I am therefore now able to give a more correct and complete translation, and at the same time to supply some of the details of the story which are of great interest, and the loss of which was before
tion or obscurity of the text, the translation

a serious drawback. The Chaldean text of the Deluge forces on our notice many questions in relation to the narrative in Genesis, and in my own opinion its statements differ more from those of the Book of Genesis than some suppose but it is my purpose to confine myself as much as possible to the translation of the iiiscviption and a few necessary notes. One of the most interesting points which comes out from
;

the

new

material

is

the phonetic

name

of the hero of the

Flood. This has been looked forward to with great interest, and its absence has hitherto been considered as a serious

want

in the storv.

The Eleventh
I

Tablet of the Jzdubar Legends.

531

have already pointed out the correspondence of the of his father Ubara-tutu with tlie Otiartes and Ardates of the Greek text of Berosus but the name of the hero of the Flood himself, written usually with the monograms

name

'

y "^y

*^yi^ ^^^

y '^I '"TI'^ '""1^'^' afforded

no satisfactory

phonetic reading.

netically in line 22 of

The name was however written phoColumn IV of the Deluge text, where at first I did not recognise it as a proper name at all, and transit

by the meanings of the elements "reverent and attenI, however, found a second example of it mutilated at the beginning, but perfect enough to set the question at rest This example is on as to the phonetic form of this name. the important fragment of Column I, lines 30 to 51, which I brought from Assyi'ia in 1873, and which were presented by the Proprietors of the Daily Telegraph to the British Museum. The two examples of the name are on line 45 of Column I
lated
tive."
:

[::^y ^::]yy }}<

Jl^y

^^A

and on

line

22 of

Cohmm IV

^^yy tK B^w"^ Ad-ra-ha-sis. name is composed of two elements,

It is evident that this

Adra-hasis, the reversal

of the position of which forms Hasis-adra, the Xisuthrus or

Xisithrus of the Greeks. Many of these ancient names with two elements were used with either element first, as Iriba-vul or Vul-mba, Assur-duri or Duri-assur, and among the Jews Jehoahaz or Ahaziah. Numerous other examples might be given from the inscriptions but this change is so well known that it requires no proving beside which, the monograms of the name of the Flood-hero appear to be arranged in this way, for while the phonetic reading given on the tablet is Adra-hasis, the second monogram in the name >^yy^ appears to represent ad7r(, as I have found ^1 *^1^^ equal to
; ;

'"^y ^^y 'tin na-ad-ru.

In rendering the ancient customary to make the Greek
.

names

into

Greek
thus 11^

it

was

X the
a

representative of \S?n
;

or

on

at the

commencement of

name

^^j*-'^

Hasis would be Xis, just as yy^ Ha-sa becomes Xa in Xathrites. In order to show how close a representation of
'

This coi-respondence was noticed independently by Mr. Basil Cooper and

Eev. D. H. Haigh.


532
Hasisadra

The Eleventh

Tablet of the Izdubar Legends.

we have in tlie Greek Xisitbrus, I give three, examples of cuneiform names and Greek equivalents
:

i^

^^Y ^^TT,

Ha-sis-ad-ra, Xisithrus.
Ha-sa-ad-ri-it-ti, Xathrites.

}]{

V ^^y ^]V] ^^T ^^' j^ /1^ ^i^l V

^'-'-T\<\ T

-*^'^I'

Hi-si-h-ar-sa-h, Xerxes.

have, therefore, in

my

translation adopted Xisitlii-us as

a
is

fair

representation of the cuneiform

name

and where

it

not phonetically written,

I transcribe Hasis-adi-a,

taking

^Y as equal to Hasis, and '^If'^ as equal to adra. same time it must be remembered that where it and stand Adra-hasis.

At the
is

twice

given phonetically in the tablet, the elements are reversed,

The following will be a comparison of the names of two last antediluvian generations from the Cuneiform
scriptions, Berosus, and the Bible
:

the
In-

Cuneiform.

TJie

Chahlcan Account of the Dehige.

Tutu,''

533
is

means " servant of the god

equivalent
to

and Ubara

certainly

^T^Y

<T<

Kidin'

(Castelli
if

pD)
is
;

enslaved,

or reduced to servitude.

Therefore

Tutu

a god,

my
is

former explanation would be very probable

but

>->-Y

sometimes merely a prefix, and

>->-Y *->^t:y ^^t^t^T

may possibly
" re-

mean

" reducer " or " subduer,"

making the meaning

is

ducer to slavery," in correspondence with wliich the

of this patriarch in Genesis, ^Tch, stated to

name

mean

" over-

The name of the tenth patriarch in the inscription, two elements, adra "fear," "reverence," or " worship," and hasis " attentive," " careful," and the meaning of the name is probably " attentive to worship," or
thrower."
Adra-hasis, consists of

implying the pious character of the patriarch, with the name of the father, just as the name of the tenth patriarch in Genesis, T\1 "rest" or "peace," is in direct contrast with the name of his father, which expresses " strife " and although Noah's name is not the
in direct contrast
;

" reverential,"

equivalent of the Chaldean Adra-hasis, his character for

piety
is

the same.
to the

With regard

meanings of these names there

will,

however, probably be much difference of opinion among students, and these remarks must be taken rather as suggestive in the present state of the inquiry, and not in any
sense as
It is
final.

a curious fact, which I have noticed with reference

Semitic,

to other early names, that the cuneiform phonetic reading

Adra-hasis
translations

is

and serves

to

show that

in later times

the inhabitants of the Euphrates' Valley often used Semitic

of the
early

Turanian names, and not mere

transcriptions.

'

In one of

tlie

syllabaries

we have

^TTT^

*"*^!

^^| I

^"^a-ra, equal to
in

^1^1

and

\^^

\|H-

^^i-iii-Jiu (wrongly printed

Another
in

Cuneiform

Inscriptions, Vol. II, p. 3, No. 254, Ki-di-du).

closely allied

form

is

^^
Kudin

*"*"[ Bur-na, which also

means Kid in

Buma-buriyas Cuneiform

Inscriptions, Vol. II, p. 65, Ihie 34, wliere, by ei'ror in htliographing, appears
for Kidin.

534

The Eleventh Tablet of

the Izdichar

Legends.

TEXT,
Interlinear Transcription,

and Translation of

the Eleventh

Tablet of the Izdubar Series.

Column
1.

I.

^^y ty
Iz
-

mgy >f
du
-

y?

-^y

v JI
sa
-

bar

a - na
to

su

eT -^ &!T I? -^] va izakkara a - na

also

Izdubar

him

said

to

^y

^yy^

^jra tyyy^
ru
the
-

<^
-

Hasis- adra
Xisithrus

ki

remote

2.

y?

-^y ^Ey E^yy -ey

-

t^^y
de
the

ey

^y

-yy^

a- na
"

ad

da

la
loith

-ma
matter

Hasis- adra
Xisithrus,

/ am burdened

3.

<^c
mi
-

^y
na
-

-Egy
tu
-

tid
ka

<^T^
ul
repeatest

V ^I
sa
-

T?
-

na
not

Why

thou

<m -t tB]}
ki
i

(y?)
(a) -

^]< t] tt] jyyy

ti

to

ya me

va

at

ta

from

thee,

11

at

ta
thou

ul

sa

na

ta

and

repeatest

not

m
ki
-

^t
i

m] <V f- -y<)
-

ET tET !TTT
va
at
-

ya

si

(v. ti)

ta

to

me

from

thee;

The Chaldean Account of

^-

the Deluge.

535

tv^ t-TTT
gu
-

A^
-

-^H
-

^ITT

:=:

T?

um
thy

^T

(to

1)

mur

ka

lib - bi

a- na
heart

(v. ana)

ceasing,

my
-

^^} E??<
e
-

-SET -^ti tTff ^T

tu
-

(v.

^y<)

pis

qu

un -tu
tvar

(v. ti)

make

na
2')resses,

da

at
thee,

ta

li

(v. lu)

of

come

up

-m -TT<T --Id
ze
-

ri

ka

after

thee

'

mmm m -e ^m ^-<t]^
ki
hoio
i

-^t+t
puhri

ta

az

-bat va ina
in

thoti

hast done,

arid

the assembly

-IFili

--T -ET t^TT

ba
- la -

IH (A-I)
tas
-

da

(liu)

^TTT um

of

the

gods

alive

thou

art

placed."

Hasis- adra
Xisithrus
to

ana sa him

su

va

izakkara
said

also

]}

^y
-

^>-y

j^y

mgy >f
-

na

Iz

du -bar

to

Izduhar

^m
Lu
-

^^
up
-

^T
te
-

--H
ka
to

-T
thee

^T
Iz
-

IIIiT

>f
- bal-

du

ing

revealed

Izduhar

a -mat
the

ni

zir

ti

concealed

story,

536

The Eleventh

Tablet of the Tzduhar Legends.

u
and

pi

sak

ti

sa

ili

ka
gods
to

sa

the

judgment

of

the

thee.

lu
be

uq

- [bi] to

ka

related

thee.

" -t!T .gT -TT<T

alu
Sii ri
-

HI
ip
-

-I<T

-^IT
alu
the
city

V
sa

-T<
ti
-

^] Ml
kin
thou

pak

su

7'he

city

Surippak

where

(v. su)

at

ta

....

ti

sak

nu

standest

placed

alu
that

su

u
city

la
is

bir

va

ili

ancient

....

the

gods

??<
kir
-

^- JT
bu
it

(- 1)

su

loithin

arad -su-nu
their

ili

rabati
great

servant

the

gods

A - nu I

he

god

A nu

,5.

^mmmmw^ --T
.'

-II -TIT Elu

qod

tlie

Eld

The Chaldean Account of

16.
7C'iVC'^7\'^7t'^Vt'^7t'-^--t'-i7L'-^>-'-T

the Deluge.

537

tV^T IMl
Nil! ip

the

god

Ninip

1^-

<meii(?)
11

-t
ilu

^mmm
u
he
-

-ii
bel
lord

-^ -iia
- nil
-

gi

and

the

god

of

Hades

a -mat
their

sii

nu

sa

an

na
in

ana
the

loill

revealed

ki

midst

va and

sim
[/J
/w's

?t'i7/

tus

su

si

mi
and

va

was

hearing

^E
i

tyyy^
-

y
-

[-

ga

ab

[bi

ctyf ya

yf
-

<y^
-

a
me']

si]

he

spake

\to

[Su]

ri

ip

pa

ku

abil

Surippakite

son

of

si
Ubara
-

[--T

-^T -^T]
[tu
-

tu]

Ubaratutu
''

mm
W
sa
this
A'OL. III.

sHTTT
ta

=^ -I
make
a

-HT A-TIT
elap
ship

tlH
-

bi - ni

ah

har

after

7ir-Vcr-7!.---

35

538

The Eleventh Tablet of

the Izdxtbar Legends.

ab

(?)

ku

ra
the

zi

ir

va
and

destroy (?)

sinner

iia

pis

life

23.

jy(o
su
(?) -

gy .<^ ^yy va
li

zir

tt} T? -^I< -^^Id -ET eT ka - ki -ma nap - sa - a - ti

seed

cause

to

ascend

the

of

life

all

of

it,

Vy

^y ^TTT
-

^T

MIT
shijy.

a
to

na
the

lib - bi

elappi

7nidst

of the

lap
r/ie

sa
shi'p

ta

ban

nii

si

at

[ta]

which

thou

shalt

make

2^-

T <(?)
(600)

^W
ammat

nis
-

!^T
du
-

STT
da

<^::

-^T -t^y
-

v
sa

mi

na
its

tii

....

cubits shall he the

measure of

length,

and

26.

y(?) cyyyt
(60)

AS
the

^jm
ru

^-

^-T<T
-

4s <T-M
-

ammat mit- bar

cubits

bu
of

us
its

sa

u
and

....

amount

breadth

mu - sal
its

sa

height.

27.

wm

ET
va

--n T
zu
-

T?

<Tsi

t>S
zu
-

Ki^!^
ul

E<X <Tlil

ab
the

sa- a-

it."

si

Into

deep

launch

The Chaldean Account of

^-

the Deluge.

539

[T?]
[a]
-

-^T
na
-

m
ku
-

*;
i

<T^
-

t]
va
and

EtTT
said.

T{

^]
-

di

izakkara

na
to

perceived

He
Hea

bi

ili

ya

my

lord,

lap
ship

bi

ni

sa
lohich

taq

the

making

thou

ba - a at - ta commandest me

ki

am

thus

na
it

ku
shall

ib -

bu

us

when
5'-

(?)

by

me

be

done,

ill [^E FH
abli

i^tm

E!

^ <^]gII <I- ^- ^lE

u
si -

um -ma-nu
derided
by']

bu

tu

[/

shall

be

young men and old men.

He
Hea

pa

su ibus

va

i]

qab

bi

opened

his

mouth

and

spake,

tE
i

t:'^<

-tid
-

tt\]
ra
to

zak and
-

ka
said

T --T I tETf T? *T ana arad - su ya - a - tu his me servant,

33.

wmmmmm^
STr'>>f;issrr'i^s7r<ss-f?':<sfr<.vT^<s

s^ytt ^
1 1

5=:^*^

-^t h
!

^
as

>
-

^*^ * -t^r
i

-^

ta
thou

gab- ba
shall

su

nu- tu
them,

say

unto

^*-

immmmm&^

t
sa
he

-j^ -i
i

T^
zi
-

^H^
ir -

5=1

an

ni

has

turned

from

me

va and

540
35.

The Eleventh

Tablet of the Izduhar Legends.

7'cri-7^>7-C'i

jMf
lu
-

<

i'^)L'ii^i'i'^'i'i>^-^

JrvyT
is
-

^TTjfc
sak
fixed
-

?:>--

kan

<-cH(?)
eli (?)

over

tET? ya me

ki

ma

kip

pa -

ti

like

caves

Ill

da

an

- lis

u
and

sap

- [lis]

above

below

pi
close

hi
the

[lap

ship

mm
[kiiv
to
-

Tf

-m
-

-^i
na

v
sa

t?

5?=tii
-

si^
-

^v

clan -

sap
will

pa - rak
send

the

jiood

which

va]

you.

[ki

rib

sa]
z7]

ru

uv -va
the

bab
of

elappi
the

\into

eyitev

and

door

ship

tir

[ra]

turn.

The Chaldean Account of

the Deluge.

541

[Tf

^^
-

m ^ V ^ + -^H V
lib - bi

JT
-

-^H
-

[a

na]
the

sa

se-par- ka
it

sa
thy

su

ka

Into

midst

of

thy

grain,

furniture,

sa

ga
thy

[ka]
goods,

and

[<?f

^TTW
-

-tfcJ
ka

<Ef
ki

V -tH
-nat-

4S

^"

--Id
ka
slaves

[ellat]

ka

sa -lat
thy female

thy

loealth (?),

thy women-servants,

u
and
43.

abli
the

um -mayoung

[iii]

men,

[^^
[bu
-

<tM
ul] beasts

t^^j
zeri

tyyyc ty j:;^

f^^^j
zeri

ty ^ty

u
the

-ma- am
the

mathe

la

the

of

field,

animals

of

field,

u
all

sim
loill

-mi-ir
gather

[va]

and

44.

[yf
[a

ji^HJ]
-

^ t- J^-I Ef t ^y tsu
-pa-rak- kuv -va
to
thee,
i

ff

^jm

sap]
will

na

az -za- ru
enclosed

send

and

they

shall

he

bab

[ka]

in thy door.

45.

[-y] Etyy
[Ad]
-

h< EhS^
sis

ra

-hahis

sf^ eT ^ pa-a-suibus
y?

--Id ^^^
iqabbi ....

va

Xisithrus

mouth

opened

and

spake

and

46.

[tE tJE<]
[i -

^m
-

-I

-TTTT Tf
Hcj
- a

>^
De
his

zak]
said

kar
to

ana

- ili -

[jy]
[su]

Ned

lord

542

The Eleventh Tablet of

the TzdiihaT

Legends.

[rtj]
[la]

ET
one

T?

-T -TTT <-T^
elap
ship ul
will

^^Tf

^-

^] WB
- lis

mau-ma-a
the

bu

"Any

not

make

[ina qaq] -

qa
on

ri

e
the

zir

u
Jia^ed

...

earth

mm

-et
tu

m 4^
111

et -t
e
the
-

[-nniiiiiiSi
[lap]
ship
^'^/^^'-^''^^'.^''^^:.v'^^i^/^

mur va
also

/
_
^'v'^^L^>^^'v'^
ST;'><-fr',<<-frc-^

tnay
*

see

*Y
I

*
I

W
-

'T

Ml
ri

^V *V
I

III

s-'.-sfT'.^s- '><-'><-'>

a ina
071

qaq- qa
the

elap
the

ground

ship

[elap]
the

ship

ni sa taq - ba - a making lohich thou commandest me

bi
-

52.

trTT

*~-

7t'-7^^--7C.---7l'--7C.'-

sa

ma

which in

Column

II.

dan

nu

strong
2.

f j<

ma ha on
3.

..y <y. ^y an - si im - mi
fifth

y^iiiili ^]
na
it
-

V
sa

the

day

^ 4iy
in
its

A Hi <V t^yiT
-

1?
-

iS^i^-^^ F>.
. .

ina gan -hi

sa

14 14

ta

a -[an]

iguri
its

su

circuit

measures

frame

Tlie

Chaldean Account of the Deluge.

543

4.

< vf jiTT
14
ta
-

Tf

H
-

4rn
ini
it

sfTIT
-

seH gUili
-

au

ta

sar

14

measures

measured

eli

sa
it

over

5.

cET
ad
-

<T^
di

-ET
la
-

H <^
an
its

V
sa
-

T?

<Tit

Hi^ie^

si

si

placed

roof,

sii-

si
it.

enclosed

ur

tag
rode

gi
in

it

ib

si

a
,

na
sixth

su
time,

on

the

ap

[ta

ra

its

as

suqut] on

su
the

na

7
time,

su

exam,ined

exterior

seventh

kir - bi - is
its
tVY YV* TY

su

ap

ta

ra

as on

na

interior
Y
i.

examined

th le

[8]

su

eighth time

iz-ruloith

mi
the

qabal
loaters

sa

lu

u
it

am
1

-qut

planks

from

loithin

stopped,

544

The Eleventh

Tablet of the Izduhar Legends.

mur /
(v-

pa saio

ri

su

u
the

hi

suh

ti

rents

and

wanting

parts

t<m
/

::ET

<\^
-

(v. tu)

ad

di

added,

tan(?)kiithree

up

ri

at

measures

of

-bak a- na I poured hitumen

-

ta

(v.

ana)

over

< tt]
kiri

(v.

<iEj
ki
-

tE
i

^yr<y)
-

(v.

ri)

the

outside,

H. TTI
3

<X

Tf

!Bi:T ^ET jfTTf -T<I

[at -

If

^T
-

^TTT

tan (?) kuupri

ta

bak]

na

lib - bi

three measures

of hitumen

I poured

over

the inside,

12-

m <X *H
3 tan
(?)

-^]^^] -.SIT
na
-

^-I<I -S\]
-

<^v
-

zabi

as iz

su

us

su

ul

...

men

carrying

its

baskets (?)

sa

-zab-bi

lu

bissati

they

constructed

boxes

"

-I?
e
-

>-.IT

^1^
-

O;
tan
for

Jfr
ivldch

-I
they

V
sa
had,

-E
i

IeI
-

su
(?)

ur
tlie

bissati

ku

gave

boxes

sacrificed

IglJ
lu
-

^ -w ^^
ni i(|

qu

an

offering (?)

TliP

Chaldean Account of the Delufje.

545

tan(?)

bissati

u
boxes

pa

az

zi

ru
the

two

measures

of

had

distributed

to

ma

lahi

boatmen,

''

Tf

^! iisiSii ^imt^ Arm

-

-]^

F-

na

\\d- dib - bi
tvei'C

ih

alpi
oxen,

to

sacri/jced.

as

im

mi

sam

ma

for

every

day,

ina
in

[ku - ru]
loine

un
in

nu

bissati

ii

karan
wine

receptacles

and

ki

-ma
waters

mi
of
(v.

nar
a
river,

va
also

[/
19.

collected']

like

the

mmmmmrnm^
[/oo(^]
like

<lgf tl ki -ma

jr^)

^y
tu
-

/-mi
the
-

y;

(v. i)

the

dust (?)

of

irziti

va
also

earth,

20.

mmmmmmmmt^
[/
collected
in'\

^lu
bis
-

w
sa
-

n
a
-

^y<
ti

xy
qa hand
-

^y<
ti

boxes,

ivith

my

f El
ad
-

<IS?=
di

placed.

546

The

Eleventli

Tablet of the Jzduhar Legends^

Sliamas

ra

be

elappi

Sliamas

material of the ship

gam

rat

completed,

22

^l^::^:^^^^^:::^!:^^^

-^YYY

^Y ^^^^
-

s^y
-

ru

su -

qu

va

strong

and

gi
the

ir

ma

ru

us

ta

bi

lu

- lis

reed oars{?) of the ship

caused

to

bring above

sap

- lis

and below.

2*-

^m^m
[il]

-^TT
li

m
-

<tsi -

^ <v
id
-

^stt
-

ku

pat
of

su
it.

they

went

in

two

thirds

nin

[su

e]

zi

in

si
it,

nin
all

All

2'wssessed

the

strength

of

=E^T^m T?^TT-II<T-<f?^T
i -

su

e
the

zi

in

si

kasap
silver,

/
^<^-

possessed

strength

of

it

T^ET -t
nin
all
i

ji
su
-

m^
u

^]} -EiT -II <T- <?f-rT'4 huraz e - zi - in - si

the

possessed

strength

of

it

gold,

The Chaldean Account of

2T.

the Deluge.

547
-<'^
zir the

t-t]
niu
all

^t JI
i

[!=TTT[-U
the

-Tf
e
-

-ETT -II]
zi
-

<Tsi
it,

su

iu] -

possessed

strength

of

-nvT -=H-TET
napsati
seed

ka
life,

la -

ma

of

the

whole

us

te

li

a
to

na
tip

elappi
into
the

kala
ship,
all

caused

go

kina-

ti -

ya

sa

lat -

ya
servants,

my
29.

male servants and

my female

V-

<j.y^ ^-4^^f
bill

i^w
u

t]

^^

j^^^f
zeri
field,

-T
abli
the sons

zeri

-ma- am
animal of the

the beast

of

the field, the

um-ma-a-ni
of
the

ka
all

li

people,

of

u -su-nu I caused them

-seto

li

go up.

a -dan- ua
a
flood

8amas
Shamas

is

-ku- nav -va and made

31.

^ 5m m
izakkir
he
jryyyj.

^SK
-

^JCH
ru (?)

-s^TT -B]
li

Tf -<]<
-

ku

uk

(?) -

la

ti

spake

saying (?)

" In

the

night

v
-

<Si ^!
-

H
-

"t^
-

V
from

^
mu
heaven

^T
ta

sa

az
cause

na
it

an

nu

tvill

to

rain

ki

ba

ti

heavily,

548

Tlte Eleventli Tablet of the

Izduhar Legends.

ru

lib

ana

lib

bi

elappi
the

entei'

to

the

midst

of

ship

va pi - hi shut and

bab

ka

(v.

elappi)

thy door

(v. the ship).

33.

Tf ^TT?

-^ JT -TTT^ -]<h
su
-

-TT<y tSTT
ri -

a-dan-nu
That

u
happened

ik

da

fiood

[of whic]{\

34.

^ j^
izakkir
Ae
-

jEj

:2if 'an
-

^tgyy ^ty
li

yj

^y<
ti

ku
spake

uk

ru

saying

ina " /

la -

the

flight

V ^^ -^I ^T mu
sa
-

(- f E
(v.
i

Jf

H -^T
-

"?^)
-

az

na

na

za
it

an
tcill

na

nu)

loill

cause

it

to

rain

(v.

rain)

sa - mu

tu

ki

ba

ti

from

lieaven

heavily^

35.

V
sa

^T im
In

<t^
-

^ey
at
-

tryyy -yy<y
ta
ri

ybn
his
-

^y
na

b
su

mi
day

the

celebrated

festival^

30.

^y

^
the
-

y;

^y
-

p
i

ira-rau

na

jgyj -^yy -tab- lu - si

of

^.
pu
-

tyyy<
lull -

^yyy
ta

day

watching,

fear

^ <y
si

/ had

The Chaldean Account of

3^-

the Deluge.

549

^\}
e
-

"m tt^
ru
-

^TTT
the

^T -TIT
elappi

ub

ana
to

lib - bi

entered

midst

of

the

T ^T <^ va ap - te - he ship and shut

*^\

IT -

>~<
- bi

ba
7ni/

door.

38.

TJ

^y
-

^y.
pi
-

^
he
-

ty;
e
the

^y ^yyy
elappi
ship

yj

^y
-

na
To

na

close

to

-^ -^yy
Bu
-

ity
-

^+
-

\<
sadi
-

b]- :sf -TIT l?

rabi
the

zu

ur

ma

lah

Buzur-sadirabi

boatman

.39.

tyyyy
e
-

tv
kal

^ et jTTI
at
-

<2i

]}

<T* ^-

v ^]}
-see

ta

-din

di

bu
its

su

the

palace

gave

with

goods.

40.

^. .^ ^yyyt
rag-muThe

^ ^y? -y^y ^ ^y
se- e of a
ri

sy .yy<y
ri

ina
in

na -mathe

raging

storm

morning

. t
i

CIV,
-

ET

^V
is -

-Eil
tu

-
i

-jn
-

-+ ^T?
same
heaven

lam

ma

sit

arose,

from

the

horizon

of

Ifcy

St

^Ie H
and

<Tsi -

^lE
tu

ur-pa- tu
extending

za-

wide.

42.

^yyi :=: .jf- ^.yy ina lib - bi - sa Vul

Vul
in the

V
of

i^
ir
it

^T

El

^^^
-

T
va and

-tam-ma- av
thundered,

midst

550

The Elecenth Tablet of

the

Izduhar Legends.

Nabu
Neho
44.

il Saru mid Saru

la loent

ku

ina
in

mah

ri

front,

^^iT
il
-

^ET
la
-

iej

^.^
gu
bearers
-

ff

T^
- lii -

y
i

<^

m^
sadu

ku

za

the

throne

ivent

over

mountains

'T
11

ma- a
a7id

tu

plains,

45.

-T^

-<^ -EglT
li

-+-:=!
Dabara
Nerqal
-

E^ITsTrabii
(v.

m
daunii)

Nil -kill
the

destroyer

1
i

<Si
-

J^TIT
-

na

as

sih

overturned,

46.
il

lak

Nin
went

ip
in

mi

ih

ri

Ninip

front

(v. ra)

u
and
cast

sar

di

doivn,

47.

^jf-

Tt

-titt
-

-^!
-

<
-

t^iT
is
-

iT
su
-

^m-u

nun
</e

na

ki

spirits

carried

sa

pa

ra

ti

destruction,

The Chaldean Account of

48.

the Deluge.

551

^ .y<7v .yy<| la

.-m
ri

nam

-sii-nu

^e ?k t;^ Ef n^T -ha -am -ma- du

i

glory

they

swept

552

The Eleventh Tablet

oj the

Izdubar Legends.

4.

<=T^
ul

A4f
ini

^TT-

y?

-T<!
-

1}

}\i
-

<^T^
ul

-mar
saio

a
not

irn

a
brother,

ha-su
it

Brother

his

did

not

ta

ad

da

a
people.

nisi

ina

same
heaven

spare
5.

the

In

^^ .jfili

^
ip
-

.yy<y .y<y yj
tal
-

.^^ .^y
-

^^

^y

hu

a
the

bu

ba

the

gods

feared

tempest

av - va and

it

te

eb
refuge

su
they

to

ki

u
the

ana

sought

ascended

to

f tT{ V -+ Tf CI]
same
heaven
7.

sa

Ann
Anu.

of

^Hf-

T
ili

<gj
gods

El kima

ItJ
like

IeJ

-TA"ffl
kun
dogs
-

^
nu
-

-s^

kalbi

nu

The
>ina

fixed

--Id
ka
in
-

ET

T?

-T<
ti

s^ t^S
rab
-

ma- adroves

zu

/>?'Os^;'a^g.

8.

c e:s^
i

-it
-

->f

J^^TT
Is

-^

<^
ki
like

ET

T?

<:r -<V
-

sis

si

-tar

-ma

a a

Ht

ti

Spake
(v. (v.

Ishtar

child,

cy

.g^yy ^y<)
- li
-

ma

ti)

(v. in fullness (?)

.

tyyyt .y<y*^ u
-

- bi

.seii jSIT
her

- ^^TT
siv'

eT
:

nam

Riibat

da -bat-

va

uttered

Rubat

speech

The Chaldean Account of

the Deluge.

553

raul

-mu

111

lu

na

di

id

di

All

to

co7'ruption

lu

-tur

are

turried,

va and

"

V
8a

T?

-^T
-

Uku
ina
the

Ag^ -+ -+ -a ^--TITili

a - na
then

ma- bar
of

aq
gods

bu

in

presence

the

prophesied

limnuti
evil.

ki

aq

bi
in

ina
the

ma

liar

ili

As

prophesied

presence

of

the

gods

limnuti
evil,

13-

<MH HSi^iSZ
uk
were
devoted
to

s=T??T
nisi
-

ana limnuti
evil

^1? ^-T ya qab- la

and

all

my

people,

-0
aq

S
- bi

T va

I
H.
T}

prophesied

-^r
-

ley
-

na

ku
the

t^HT T um - ma
mother

<^T^
ul
-

-T
la
-

SIT
da

have

begotten

^ JT m^
ni
-

TH?
ai

T
va
36

sn

mij
YoL.
Til.

people,

and

554
!=

The Eleventh

Tablet of the Tzdnhar Legends.

<IEJ
ki
-

^E
i

^S F-abli
the

{?<

AT?
the

'^TIT^ ET tI<J

-ET
- la fill

T?

mini
of

-ma-

al

-a

like

^T !TIT tam - ta
the

^
-

young

fishes

they

av

EI va

sea.

ili

su-par
concerning

a-nun
the

na

ki

ba -ku- u
weeping

The gods

spirits

were

^T-^T<
it
-

ti

tET? ya (v.
(v.

V
sa)

ivitli

me

her\

ili

ina
in

subti
seats

as

- bi

na

bi - ki

ti

the

gods

seated

in

lamentation,

s-

^iii ET ji^Hj s^m i-^ qat -ma sap ta -su-nu

covered

m^m
for

t?

v-

a
the

bn

with

their

lips

A"ffl
ah
-

-TT<T ^Tf '-T<

re
-

ti

coming

evil.

K
6

Ifcl ur

EclT
-

<T^M -^
u

V
-

n
-

-<T<
ti

ra

mu
and

sa

Six
20
il

days
TT

nights

-jn
-

V
sa
the
-

Tf

"m
-

T?

^- V-

lak

ru

bu

passed,

ivind,

deluge,

-t<t tTn^ bu mi - bii - u and storm,

*!dl <^T
sap
-

7"
-nii

pan

overivhelmed.

The Chaldean Accotnit of

the Deluge.

bbb

si

bn

u
the

ini-

mu

na
in

ka
its

sa

di

On

seventh

day

course,

[Tf

V] -^
rain

^T

JT

m^
-

T?

V- ^- -V
-

-t]
la

[zuunu sa] -mu-ut su

the

bu
all

bu
the

gab-

from

heaven,

and

deluge

22.

tf 4.^yy c^^: sa im - tab ivhich

t-^
zu

<iEj B] }}< T? N -I<J --!< ki -ma ha - ai - al - ti

like

had

destroyed

an

earthquake,

23.

f:E
i

^ v-ffl
nu
-

I't

^^T --T S^T

-

??<

-n<T
-

Jw
ir

uh
The

ab
sea

ba
he

us
caused

ha
to

ri

! va

quieted.

dry,

and

saru

u
wind

hi

bu

bu

ik

la

the

and

deluge

ended.

24.

ttj
ap
1
-

^
pa
-

m^
al
-

iBm
ta
the
-

ET
nia

!TTT
-

V
sa
-

m
kin
a

sa

ta

perceived

sea

making

qu

lu

tossing

2-

<T-IEII

-<^ \^ VI
kul
-

^
-

'^ tf? ^y<

-

cE
i

^y Etyy
-

u
and
}}

lat

te

ni

se

ti

tu

ra

the

whole

of

mankind

turned

^y
-

<T!^
di
-

^y
id

<ys:^
di

na
to

corruption.

556

The Eleventh Tablet of

the

Izduhar Lecjends.

ki
like

-ma

u
reeds

ri

-bat
the

pag-

rat

ii

-sal- lu
floated.

corpses

27.

T ^1
ap -te

::^?

5^

V ^ t]
-

nap-pa-sa- av
opened
the

^I ^!T va iiamarii

A4f
im
-

tHIIT
ta

-kut

icindow,

and

the

light

broke

eli

dur
over

ap

pi

ya

my

face,

uk
it

-tarn-

mi

-is

va at

ta

sap

a-bakand

ki

passed,

sat

down

wept,

2..

<.-H
eli
-

^B
dur
-

^-I ^I ^ETf
ap
-

^.^TT -ET -^Id

il -

pi -

ya
face

la -

ka

over

my

flowed

di

ma

ai

my

tears.

ap

pa

li

is

kip
shore

ra
at
the

ti

pa

tu

/
I?

perceived

the

boundary

of

t^T -^T
-

ab

ba

the

sea,

3i-

If

-^T
-

<TT
12

j^m
ta

I?

->f -E vr -Ef
i

^i t'-^m^
iia - gii -

na

-a- an
))ieasiwes

te
the

- la

for

firpire

land

rose.

The Chaldean Account of

the Deluge.

obi

- iia

Ni

zir

te

- bil

elappu
the

To
^.<

the

country

of

Nizir

toent

ship

33.

trift
u

rir

^^-m<
zir

sad-

Ni-

-I -TTT -T -< ! T? elappa iz-bat va athe

ship,

^!
iia

the mountain of Nizir stopped

and

to

na
pass

si
it

ul
it

id
ivas

din
able.

over

not

34.

^11
edin

^y

^
-

yy

yj

*y

-^

sad
-

^yyy^ u

im
first

mu

sana
the

immu

The

day, and

second day, the mountain of

-s^
Ni
-

^yyy< <rEm
zir the

kimin
same.

Nizir

35.

tv

^y im
-

^
mu

^yy<y
ri
-

-^y
ba
-

y?

^y
im -

-^
mu

\- tyyys.
sad -

sal - sa

The third day, and

the

fourth day,

the

mountain of

Ni

zir

kimin
same.

Nizir

the

36.

:j

m y
sissa
fifth,

.^.

.yyy.

j^
Ni
-

^.yyy<
zir

<;TjTry

hamsu
The

sadsixth,

kimin
the

and

the

mountain of Nizir

same.

37.

???

y}

^y ty
ira-ma
seventh

t
i

^y ^^H V
-

<T*
-

siba
0)1 the

na
in.

ka
the

sa

di
it.

day

coarse

of

558

Tlie

Eleventh Tablet of the Jzdnbar Legends.

u /

-sesent

zi

va
forth

summatu
a
dove

ii

-vasit

sar

and

left.

il

lik

summatu
loent

tu

rav

va

The
3.

dove

and

turned,

and

}]

-^yy <ti^ fE!fc

ul
it

man-za- zu
resting-place

-si^ Ef s| -^niE^TT i-pa-as- suv -va is- sih - ra

not
enter,

could

and

it

retuiiied.

-se-

zi

va
forth

sinuntu
a
sioalloiv

u
and

-vasit

sar
left.

sent

^^TT
il

IfcT
lik

-VY^

-T<T sinuntu
went

-E -Eiy
i

k^
-

tu

rav

ey -va

The
4..

sivalloio

and

turned,

and ^y vyyy t-yy

is- sih
-

??

.^yy <cy^
zu
ul
it

^B^^ti^ sy
i

man-za-

-pa- as -suv -va

not
enter,

ra

a resting-place

could

and

it

returned.

42.

tyyyt u
-

y tt]]
se
-

zi

t] va

\}

-\A
ri
-

:=:
bi

m- +
u - vas and it

sH
sar
left.

a
a

/
.

sent

fortli

raven

^^yy
il

ifcy
-

y? -yy<y

lik

ri

bi

ey va
the

A-y ^jn t^yy

qa
-

v
sa
ivere

ru

ra

The

raven

ivent,

and

corpses

tvhicli

in
me
071

^EAgEsy
i

mur
saw,

va

the water

il

and

The Chaldean Account of

the Deluge.

559

ik
it

kal

-sa

ah

hi

-tar

ri

ul

did

eat, it

swam, and meandered away, and did not

^!
is -

-TIT
sih
-

&TT
ra

return.

45.

t^w
u
-

^
se
.seni

cETT
zi

ET va

]}

-^\
-

V
4
the

Afl
sari

na
to

[^Ae

animals]

forth

four

ivinds,

cTt^nT<lEj ^F-^TTf
at
-

ta

ki

ni

qa

/
46.

poured

out

libation,

^
as
-

.y^fff
kun

.V mil

<--Id

560
49.

The Eleventh Tablet of

the

Izdubar Legends.

.jf-

y^^ PE
ili
i

cTI -^ zi - nu
at

-
i

-TT<T
ri -

V
sa

-+
ili

The
i=E
i

gods

collected

its

burning,

the

gods

cETT
-

"7^

tE
i

-TT<T
ri -

V
sa

A^)\U
dabu

zi

nu
at

collected

its

good

butming

,0.

^^y^
ili

m
ki

EI

-^iT
zu
-

^tm
flies

-]}
e
over

<-^id
eli

-11
-in

-ma
like

um -be-

the

gods

the

niqi

ip -

tah

ru

sacrifice

gathered.

5..

<!.y^
ul
-

^T
tu

<ty^ ^t\ i- ^t\V, ET

ul
-

-f

-=EII

la

nu

uv

va

Rubat
Rubat

From

of

old

also

ina
52.

-^id
ka
in
-

V
sa
-

<r*
di

su

her

course

^w iv <n T-is
- si

ETrab-

F- V -f
i

T?

<t^T
nu

numi
the

sa

Awhich

carried

great

brightness

Anu

tE
i

^- kiej
-

!^
i

t>s
zu
the
-

A mm
hi
.
,

bu -su

ki

had

created.

When

ghry

ili

an
gods

nu
on

ti

In

those

kisadi

the

u charm

abni

ukni

round

tEl? ya

1} r,
ai

Jr;Si

<T-

am

si

mil neck I tcould not leave;

The Chaldeaii Account of

the

Deluge.

561

Reverse
,.

Column
ah
1

IV.

*y

y^^ .4.
an
-

^ ^y<
nu ti

^yyy .^yy
sii
-

- ^^ ty
sa
-

immi
in

av

va

those

days

desired

that

ana

da

ris

ai

am

si

for ever
2.

might not leave them.

..f y^^ <:<

ili

.^yy gy c^
li

yf

-^y ^v
-

Ul ^
-

HI

ku -

ni

na

sur

qi

ni

May

the

gods

come

to

my

altar,

-^TII -T!T Elu

Tf Tf
ai

^.^TT -e^TT

-tU

T?

-^T

562

Tlie Kleventh

Tablet of the IzduhaT Jjeyends.

^-

<^T^ -Ei
111

<^v
111

tu

-ET -^ la - nu old

^m
uv
-

ET
va

-m m
Elu

From

of

also

Eld

ina

-tfcl
ka
in
-

V
sa
-

<T*
di
-

su

his

course

mur
saw

elappa
the
shij),

iz

te

bat
icent

Elu
Elit

and

JT= --T
lab
-

--T<
ti

A^ tHTII -seTT V
im
-

+ -f
ili

ba

ta

li

sa
the

with

anger

filled

to

gods

-+ V TT
anunnaki
and
spirits

^-

]}]]
ai

^m
um
not
-

ET

^m^-ETT -^IEH<--T<
u
-

"^

T?T?
ai

ma

zi

na
out

pis

ti
let

Let

anyone

come

alive,

not

IdJ ty}^ E^fs

ib
-

ina

-tid
ka
the
-

Etyy
ra
deep.
-

<^
si

lud

nisu

man

he saved

from

'>

->f t>Ey
Nin
-

tn
ip

*:
pa
his
-

TM
mouth

Ey a - su epus va
opened,

-tu tm^
iqbi

Ninip

and

spake

-^^^^ ^t^ E^yy

izakkar ana
and,
qii
to
-

i]^
-

-tyii ^yyy
Elu

ra
the

du
ivarrior

said

Elu

The Chaldean Account of

the Deluge.

563

man-nu Who

iiv

-va
will

sala

Hea
Hea
the

-ma- tu
ynatter

then

ask

ban [-nu - u
has
done.

(?) ]

he

-M

564

The -Eleventh Tablet of

the

Izduhar Legends.

bethe

el

hi-

de

-mid hi- da
does
his

a-su

bethe

el

doer

of

sin

sin,

doer

kil- la

ti

-mid kil-lat-[su]
his
evil.

of

evil

does

ru

um

mi
prince

ai
let

ib -

ba

ti

ik
off,

su - du

tu

the just

him not

he cut

the faithful

IT

IT <~^,<<Ty.<<i:c<

let

him not

[be destroyed (?) ]

n.

^^B]m
am - ma- ku
Instead

b- <lJ]
(v.

!U
tas
-

IeI -5^

T?

^-

-.ty
-

ki)

ku - nu
a

bu

ba

of

thee

making

deluge,

may

^IH-SI
nesu
lions

a -^T=^
lit
-

T
-

^T?n
nisi

ba

av

va

increase

and

men

11

-zabe

ah
reduced

hi-

ir

18.

:=4

ET la' IfcT !j -5^ am -ma- ku tas -ku-nu

instead

I?

'^- --1 ^ IfcJ -f

-

&TT

a- bn a

ba

barbaru

of thee

making

deluge,

may

leopards

<Z -^!^ ET -Wry- -e!1 !? [-^!T! A:w]

lit-ba
-

av -va
and

nisi

li

-za
be

[-ah
Ted need

-hi-

ir]

increase

nuui

The Chaldean Accormt of

19.

the Deluge.

565

:::4

t]
-

am

ma

ku
of

tas

ku

nu

a
a

bu

ba

instead

thee

making

deluge,

-V] --^,

cHH ;t IeII eT - hu lis - sa - kin -va mat lis hu sah may a famine happen and the country he destroyed
-

-M

^ ^iS

am

ma

ku
of

fas

ku

nu

bu

ba

instead

thee

making

deluge,

^^r
may

^^T

E^TT
pestilence

<:= --T
lit

dabara

ET ^T}? va -va nisi increase and men

ba
-

=^

V-

(v.

mati)

lis -

par ....
destroyed.

(v. the country)

be

na /

ku

ul

ap

ta
into

a
the

pi

sak

ti

did

not

peer

judgment

ili

rabati

of the great gods.

22.
T

tETTT
-

Ad

ra

ha

SIS

su

na

ta

Adrahasis

dream

sap

ri

suv -va
the

pi

sak
of

ti

they

sent,

and

judgment

the

TH

566

The Eleventh Tablet of

the

Tzduhar Lecjenrh.

niu

iia

va

me

lik
loas

su

mil

ku

When

his

judgment

accomplished

^ <;rTI
i

T lam -ma
went

-T
to

-^

^in
midst

::::

^T -TIT
elappi
the
ship>.

Elu ana
the

lib - bi

Elu

up

of

24.

j.y

^ xy
-bat

^y< -t]] t]
-

i^]^ ^^T -^T

ul
-

!
-

^
ni

iz

qa

ti

ya
mif

va
hand

te

la -

an

He

took

and

raised

tETf T? <Tya - a - si me up,

25.

5^1
us
-

'ii^y

^E^yy s^y
-

t^
tak
-

<r^ ty <
mi
to
- is

^y<
ti

te

li

us
to

es

nis

he

caused

raise

and

bring

my

wife

tE <T^ tET?
i

di

ya

to

my

side

20.

^^TT ^il

^T
-

^^- ^T
-

Jfl^
ni

he

bu ut bu ut bond, a made

T va

-T
iz -

?T

-SU
-

za

az
in

ina a

he

established

2T.

.yy<y
ri

^x^
-

^ ^t
-

^TTI e^TT
-

<^T -^T <T-

bi -

in

ni

qar

ra

ban

na

- si

covenant,

and
'^y

gave

this

blessing

tE^y
i

na
the

in

y- lai eT Hasis- adra a -mi- In - tum -ma pa- na presence of ITasisadra. and the people, thus
T

^ ^y

-yy^^

yf

{-Ml

The Chaldean Account of

the Deluge.

567

28.

ty;
e
-

^.ET
nin
-

^y
na

ey va

When

Uasisadra,

^v y .yy*^ < Hasis - adra va amtu su and his and the toife,
y

^y

lu

-II

-mu- u
to

ki
the

-ma

ili

na

si

va

people,
29.

be

like

gods are carried aioay

-^ tyyye
lu then
shall

yj

sib

y^ ey va

^y
Hasis

^]y^
-

^^ ^yyy^
ru
-

<Igf
-

adra
in

ki

dwell

Uasisadra

remote

place

ina
at the

^T-t
pi
i

T?ST
nari
the rivers.

mouth of

30.
il

qu

iu
7ne,

iii

va ina
in

ru

ki

They

took

and

remote

place

ina

-^Id
pi
at
the

It

y-^ S^I
nari

'!'!

<I-

^-f^-

sf^w
-

^
ni

us
the

te

si -

bu

in

mouth

of

Hvers

they

seated

me.

31.

ty? tVET
e
-

-^! ET
-

-^IdTIV
thee

^ HT
ili

nin

na

va ana
to

ka -a-sa man-nu

When
tyyyt
u
-

whom
et va

the

gods

jy^
pah
-

??<

t>

j^^i
-

ha - rak - kuv
thee

liave

chosen

also,

32.

-^y .ty t=yy

ba
-

^
sa
I?
-

-giT --I
tu
-

A-I
-

^Tyyt
-

la

da

ba

hu

for

the

health

which

thou

seekest

-eeT
tu
-

'^T

!T1T
-

^Eit^yyy
at
-

ut

ta
thou

ta

and

askest,

5G8

The Eleventh

Talilet

of

tin-.

Tzdubar Legends.

ga

na

e
he

ta

at -pe

ur

ra

thu

done

six

days

u and

mil
seven

sa - a

ti

nights,

. <iEj ET
ki

^ ^^as
-

-ma
like

bu

ET va ina
on
the

:^ -jn
bi - rid

^- -m <T*
bu
of
ri -

di

-su

sitting

edge

his

seat,

35.

s=in .tEI <IEJ ET ki -ma minu- tu

the

A-IT --I -TM ^E

im
a
-

-? ^- S^I
- pii -

ba

vi

-nap

us

way

like

storm

shall

be

laid

eli

su

upon
30.

himr
^yy^^
- adi"a

i]
Hasis

v
sa
-

<I- El
si

-^

t^
to

ana
to

va

izakkar
said

ana

Hasisadra

her

also

tyy^

A
-

--T<
ti

I
-

mar

hi

su

his

wife,

37.

t;^-yi<y E^s^ii? idlu am - ri

V
sa

tE-THi --I-Eyin

ri i -su ba - la - du " T announce that the chief 'who grasps at health,

33.

=iU
minu-

-m
tu
the
:y
-

m
ki
loay
-

ET

A-IT
im
a
-

--!
ba
-

-TW
ri

ma

like

storm

shall

^^ ^1
-

<^::Id
eli

iiap

pvi

us

8U

be

laid

upon

him.

The Chaldean Account of

3.9.

the Deluge.

569

e\y
mar
His

4 ty >-^n
- hi - is sii

V
him,

JT
sii -

ET
va
also

-^^

^^
said

T?

-^!
to

ana sa
to

izakkar

a - na

wife

Hasis

adra
the

ru

ki

Hasisadra

remote

In -

bu

us

su

'^Piinfi/

him,

va and

li

ik

- kil -

ta
sent

let

the

man

he

nisa

away

".

A^ m\ Es:
bar
the
-

^.:^TT
il

"Egyy
li

-tu -s^n tf
-

ra

ni
that

ka

li

tur

road

he

came,

may

he

yetnrn

"^
ina

\T^TTTT
sul
hi
-

r
mi

peace,

bab
the

rabu
great

u
gate

za - a

li

tur

na
to

open,

and

may

he

return

ET

-^T<
ti -

ma

su

his country."

43.

^y
Hasis
-

.yy*^
adra

v
sa
her

<ysi

fcT

-^^tfe
izakkar
said

ana
to

-va
also

ana
to

Hasisadra

tyy^

^V

570

The Eleventh Tablet of

the

Izdubar Legends.

-w

The Chaldean Account of

the

Deluge.

571

istat
first

sa
the

bu -sat ku
of

rii

um-matkurummat,

su

sabusat

hix

sanatu
second

mus
the

su

qat
third

salsatu
the

radbat
radbat,

mussukat,

Tf ;r<IE
ribatu

HJ VT
ip
-

;:ETT--H
zi
-

te

ka

man-su

fourth she opened his zikaman,

51.

^^
fifth

^y
si -

.^y
ba

^y ^yyy ^yj^
it
-

n,^

j-<g

hamsatu

ta

di

sissatu
sixth

the

cloak

she

placed,

ba

as

sat

the bassat,

Column V.
1.

tyr
si -

v^
bu
-

c<iE
tu
in
the

>ina
opening

^y^
pi
she
-

^y
it -

^^a,
tiv
-

ey
va

seventh

purified

him

and

ri^yy V- ^'y<y -ay t]

il

>-w
ik

D
go

t^TTT
ta
-

I?

ess
nisa

bu
let

us

su

va
tnan

- kil -

the

free.

2.

^jf- ty
Iz
-

mgy
du
-

Jf-

y?

-^y
-

v
sa
-

jy
su
-

ey
va

-^

bar

a
to

na
him

-tfe izakkar
said

Izdubar
]}

also

^y
-

*y
Hasis
-

-yyy
adra

^jn (^yyyt)
ru
-

<!:Ey
-

na
to

(u)

ki

Hasisadra

the

remote

572
3.

The Eleventh Tablet of

^Jfail
-

the

Izduhar Legends.

^
ni
li

cjrt

tjii
-

tig
-

^
ir

.y<y
-

minu

minu

tu
teas

hu

tTITc u

" this

loay

compassionate

ya
me,

over

4.

.jf-

y ^y<T
-dis
tal

<;r
-

ha- au
joyfully

lid

t] ^\]\ -dan- ni va

>b]] tt]
ta
-

iW
-

=
i

ad

di

thou

hast

made

me,

and

thou

hast

ni

at restored

ta

me^

^-

'^T

-TT-s^ Tf

-^I [V J!
to

Hasis- adra

a- na

Hasisadra

I -^1 ^^V. I? -^T izakkara a-na [sa-su-va ] said to him also

Iz

du

bar

Izduhar
6.

'tmr^^^^^r^^y^^^r'^^

>^
mu
-

>-rY
ua

Y!

ku

ru

um

mi -

ti

ka

thy

kurummit
tf^
*^IT

<-fr'-v\'-fr',<<^'>sfr<,<?:^/v<:frc>\'^/><^^^^

"tttT

*~t
-

In

e -

dak

ka

separated

ka

sa

The Chaldean Account of

the Deluge.

573

[is -

ta

at sa

bu

sat]

ku - ru
thy

um

mat -

ka

kurummat,

9.

^mtA^tm^^m^W^^^W^^
[sanatu
second
the

TTT
qat]

i:^lB
salsatu
the

-ITradbat,

mus

su

rad -bat

mussukat,

third

10.

wmmmmmt^
[ribatu ip
-

-^U
ka
the
-

-::H

te]

zi

man - ka

fourth

she

opened

zikaman,

[liamsatu siba
fifth
the

it -

ta] - di she

sissitu

ba

as

sat

cloak

placed,

sixth

the

bassat,

si -

bu

tu ina pi

- it -

tiv

va

al thee

seventh in the opening

I purified

bu -ut- ka and let thee

na

ku

go

free."

izakkar
Izdubar after
this

na

Hasis - adra

ru

ki

manner

also said to

Hasisadra afar off

^^m

^T.-IT^ NT? -tid fe)

Hasis-adra
Hasisadra
ai
to

il^IH
-)

ka
thee

(ni
ive

HI

- lik

may

not

come,

tu

ik

ki

mu

collected

16.

mmmmmn v
a
-

>^
mu

jtYyyjt

^r
-

sib

f-u]
in

tu

dtvelling

death.

574

The Eleventh Tablet of

the

Izduhar Legends.

iz

kuii
his

su
hack

u
(?)

mil

tuv

va

dies

also."

Hasis

adra

[a

na

sa

su

va izakkar]
also

a
to

na

Hasisadra

to

him

said

Ur

hamsi

ma

la

hi

Urhamsi

the

boatman

Ur

hamsi

di
to

ka
thee

ni

bi

ru

" Urhamsi

we

cross

-mi
li

-<^ -^id
-

zir -

ka

to

preserve

thee.

20.

V sa

I?

A V ws^-hi
is

iei

A--Tn
-

v
-

ina

sa
beside

ku

uh

sa

Who

the

of

su

um

mi

support;

nis
the

sa

tal

la

ka

pa- na
thou

as

su
before^

yuan

whom

comest

-!<K tHTiT -^iT

ik
-

ta

su

m^ ma- m -w * V
El
u
lu
-

pa -gar su
body

has

filled

his

The Chaldean Account of

22-

the Deluge.

575

>f

igf
-

jryrr^

^szr
uk
has

mas- ku
illness

^nr
-

^t]
-

-^y -m-

ta

at

tu

destroyed

the

du -muq
strength

seri

su

of

his

limbs.

23.

^en<^
li

ki

.ITET TIfcl 'ii T -H^-^n^T? su-va Ur -hamsi ana nam - se - e

Urhamsi,
to

Carry

him

be

cleansed

bil

su-va
him,

take
24.

ty

.^yy
li

J
-

_
in

y^

.y,
-

(,.

|rr

y^^)
to

ma

su ina

me

(v.
ivater

me)

^-,y kima

his

disease

the

beauty

el

it

li

lim
be

si

may

cleansed,

lid- di

mas-

ki

-su-va
illness,

li

bil

tam- tu
it

may

he

cast

off his

and

the sea

carry

away,

da

-a-bu
health

lu -za-

bu

zu

mur

su
skin,

may
26.

cover

his

HI
lu
-

tyyy^ ^y ii^
u

-ud-du
it

^
us

(..

+
bar

(v.
(v.

^y) .pyy^v^
par)
si

(v. su)

gu

may
(v.
(v.

restore

the

hair (?)

^yy^)
gi)

V
sa

=f=

^I
-

qaq-qa
his

<l!f= I di -su
head,

of

576

The Eleventh

Tablet of the Izduhar I^egemh.

te

di
the

ki
vail

lu

(it

u)

la - bis
the

zu
cloak

bat

may

cover

pal

ti

-su
body.

of
28. ]]

his

i]^ ^^yy
di
il

-Ey jey
-

y?

--y
to

(v.

y)

.^yy
ali

(v.

\-)

a-

la

-ku a- na
go

(v.

ana)
his

(v.mati)

That

he

may

country,

y}

<y^ tE
di he
i

^ V =^
take

su

athat

-kas-sa- du ana

Ifcl I ur -hi-su
road,

may

his

29.

^y <y^
te
-

--

iy
si
-

^
pa
he
T
-

yj y;
ai
cast

skl
id
off,

<\i!p
-

di
vail

qu
cloth

di

eT va

the

may

not

but

alone

!=T?

<T*:
-

-eeTT
li

di

-su
he

dis

may
30.

leaved

^^yy
il

<iEy
-

jy
-

ki

su

ey va

m
-

<<<<<
^

Ur -hamsi ana
him,
to

-y<yv -^yy ^y? nam - se - e

be

Urhamsi

carried

cleansed

u
he
8>.

bil

su

va

took

him,

t]

-ggyy jy
li

>^
ina
in

y?

y^
me

<%]] ^vyyy ^^mtt

kima
loater
el to
li

ma
his

su

disease

the

beauty

im

si

as cleansed,

The Chaldean Account of

32.

the

Deluge.

bll

^y <T^
i

>-aT JT ET
maski - su
his
illness,

di

he

cast

of

va and
'r?

m=^-T ^I ^m u tam
-

bil

tu

the

sea

carried

it

away.

^ STT
da
-

W Va
-

^T
iz
-

^T-

--IT <^Se
zu
his
-

I
-

bu

za

pi

mur

su

and
33.

health

covered

skin.

tTiTt u he

vy
te
-

^y
ed
-

[<yj?=
[

^yy
-

+
bar
-

-TT i^-^
si
-

V]
sa]

di

is

gu
of

restored

the

hair (?)

^yyjfz siy
qaqqadi
his

^y <y^
te the

J-y ^sy eh<

-

i>S ^
zu
-

su
head,

di

qa

la - bis

bat

vail (?)

covering

the

cloak

>-i-]^
pal
-

^y<
ti

su
body.

of
3^-

his

liiiiT? <yi^ tE
a
-

^V
-

^
-

di

kas

sa

du

m A\
ur
-

ana

hi - su

That he might go

to his

coimtry, that he might take his road,

li

dis

the

vail

cloth

he

did not cast

off,

but

alone he

left.

36.

^^ ey miy
Iz
-

-y

<
u and

ity

<<<<<
^

^ ^tu vir -

du -bar
Izduhar

Ur -hamsi
Urhamsi

ka
in

bu

rode

the

elappi
ship,

[sa

id-]
vjhere

du
they

u
placed

su

nu

ir

tak

bu

them.

they

rode.

578
38.

The Eleventh Tablet of

the Izdrihar Legends.

t.]y

A ^T -^n
-

.IT ET
-

-^ ^t^ U -^T
izakkar
said

mar

hi

- is -

su

His

loife

ana sa - su him to

va
also

na

to

Hasis

adra

ru

ki

Hasisadra
39.

the remote

^jf- ci
Iz
-

mil
du
-

jf-

Eif

^tu
he

-E -^I
i

T?<

^t J!
i

bar

illaka

na

ha
he

m
-

su

da

^^Izduhar
40.

goes

away,

is

satisfied,

performs

<^t me

^T
-

!m
ta
thou
-

^ET
at
hast
-

!TIT
ta
given
-

tlT?

-'T ET
-

na
ivhich

dan
him,

that

na - va and

';E^mt*
i

*.\I

ta

ar
to

ana mati su
his

returns
41-

countryr

iVm
u

JT
su
he
jry
-

^TTTu

^TT
is -

<Tsi

^ pa

-TT<T
-

4s
-

ri

sa

And

carried

away

the

breaches

of

->f

ttthT
-

Hh
-

Iz

du

bar

Izdubar,
*^-

^I elappu and
y

-m

^I :^::! ud- de the

A-m ha
eh
-

??< T? I? -^I - a kip a - na

the

^}
-

-n<T
ri

ship

touched

shore.

43.

^y

.yyy
-

.^^
adi-a
to

v JT
-

Hasis

Hasisadra

ana sa - su him

ET va
also

[-^

^^
said

T?

^T]
-

[izakkar

na]

to

Iz

du

bar

Tzdubar

T'he

Chaldean Account of

the Deluge.

579

Iz- du -bar

tal -

li

ka
art

tan

na

ha

" Izduhar thou goest away,

thou

satisfied,

thou

ta

su

da

performest

45.

<^::

^f
-

y?
-

cy
ad
-

tyyj

^-gij
-

t^-y
-

ty
-

me
that

na

dan

nak

kuv

va

which

have
^-^

given

thee,

and

!!TT s^ryy
ta
-

^^
-

-^ti
-

ta

ar
to

ana mati
thy

ka

thou

returnest

country.

M
lu
-

ttfc

^T
-

-+
to

^i

niiT
-

+
-

n
a

*-^

ub

te

Iz

dn

bar

-mat
the

Be

revealed

thee

Izdubar

ni

zir

ti

concealed

story

uq
and
48.

bi
to

ka
thee^

the

judgment

of

the

gods

he

related

i=yyyt

^ jy
sum su
-

s^yyy^

<Ef
ki
-

gy

^y <y:^ ^y
id
like
-

>ina

u
account

ma

di

id

This

bitumen

sa

ri

580

The Eleventh Tablet of

the

Izduhar Legends.

si

hi

il

su
like

kima
the

mu
sight

din

niv -va
of

its

1'enown

sum

ma

sam
the

ma

sa

su

kas

sa

da

when

account

hand

qa

ta

shall

take

51.

..f t| mey
Iz
-

+
-

.4an
-

:^
ni
-

^y
tu

^ ^
ina
se
-

y^

dii

bar
this

mi-su

Izduhar,

in

his

hearing

ip

ti

va

heard,
52-

and

^w tu
he

m
-

-T
-is

Cfv^?!
abni
great

-!ii

-m mmm
-

-rak- ki

kap

tu

collected

stones

Column
,.

VI.
y

r:<:^yy j;iy t;<y

il

^y
su

ey
va
it

^i^^^^^^^
to

du

du

ana zu

they
2.

dragged

and
^yyys.

jytyyyc :r<^yy <gy

su
he
-

gy t]
-

^mm
iz

il

ki

u
the

ma - ma

carried

account ....

The Chaldean Account of

the Deluge.

581

u -batcarved

ti

iq

abni
great

kap
stones

tu

the

4.

^YJ^
imiri
to

jrY
is -

->^YY
su
-

r<
bi -

W^MM/!^
-^

ana

su

his

mule

r,.

.jf- tf
Iz
-

TTTii

>f
-

y;

^1 V
-

JT

du

bar
to

na
him

sa

t] su - va

E^TT

izakkara
said

fzduhar

also

[a

na

Ur

hamsi]

[to

Urhamsi]

Ur -hamsi sam
" Urhamsi,

mu
this

an

nu -

account

7.

V h5 sa

'^TTT
lib -

^
bi
in

-E :^
i

V
-

"mm. P^]|.....
[du]
take

nisu

ina a

su
his

-kas-sa
heart

If

man

8.

m
lu
-

i^^^T
bil
-

JT
su

^TTT
lib
to
-

^
bi

E<HT
Uruk

<E

ana
him

may
-itTT
su

they

bring

the

midst

of JErech

^-

HT<y]
-

bu

[ri]

Suburi

il

sa
(?)

si

bu

iz

he

made

speech

582

The Eleventh Tablet of

the

Izdubar Legends.

na

ka
give

lu

sum - ma
account

lu

tur
to

luill

an

and

turn

zi

il

na

10 kas- pu
kas2)u

ik
miles)

su

pu

ku

sa

pu

For 10

(70

they

journeyed the stage,

^ ^-mm
kas
-

ana 20

pu
stage.

for 20 kaspu (140 miles) they journeyed the

mur
and

va

pu

(u)

ra

Iz

du
the

bar

Izdubar

saw

tu
well

'

^m(?) <m(?j
ultu

^-

v^

-^!
-

*m

^m
....

13

kas- pu
to the

na

lib - bi

For 13 kaspu (91 miles)

midst of Freeh Suburi.

14.

^.yn< tE
zir
i

^im^^wmm
-

te

nis

noble

of

men

15.

-(?)
iiia(?)

;m -iM
ta
his
li

<^^im^^
di

-su
return

in

The Chaldean Account of

the Deluge.

583

.... ....

li

mi

Iz

[du

bar]

Izduhar

approached

eli

dur
over

ap
his

pi

su

illika

di

-ma
his

[-ai]

and

face

coursed

tears,

[va izakkara ana Urhamsi]

and he said
.8.

to

Urhamsi

y}

^1 c^
-

na
"i^or

man-

ni

tB]} ya
to

T Ifcl

<<<<<

tE
i

^T
-

Ur
me

hamsi
in

na

what

my

ha

- i

da

ai

turning,

na
for

man what

ni to

ya me

ba

....
heart

lib

bi -

ya

is

my

troubled.

ul

as

kun
have
not

dum

qa

ana
good

(v.

na)

done

to

ram

ni -

ya

my own

self;

u
and

nesu
the

du

un

earth

584
22.

The. Eleventh

Tablet of the Izduhar Legends.

i^
e
-

^.ty
uin
-

--y
iia

If

--y
-

(v.

y)
ana)
(140

20

^
kas
-

vpu

na

(v.

Then

for

20

haspu

miles)

ty? Eiy (?) i.yyyc (?)

e

-^y

-du

(?) -

ti

(?) -

first (?)

/
t^yy
<igf
ki

tyyy^ ey na - as- sav - va and wenti^)

.3.

tsyy
da
-

y}

eg
i

^^y
ab
-

-gEy
tu
-

^yyy^
u and

da
cabin (?)

the

then

opened

[tm
[at]
-

t^yyy -!<t - bak ta

placed
the

^m^
u
-

^
nu
-

^T
tu

/
24.

instrument,

^y tam-

jtyyy
ta
sea

yn?
ai

-^
i

t^m
-

V W
-

m
ki
-

-^
i

ta

sa

sa
tvall

the

not

to

its

then

na

(?) -

ku

lu

ah

hi

- is

could
25.

get"

< cy tyyy ^yf

u
elappi

^y
-

>- :^? ^yy<y

ri

^ y-

e - te
ship

zib ina kip left

ana 20 kas - pu
shore,

And

the

they

by

the

20 kaspu

ik

su

pu

ku

sa

pa

(140 miles) they journeyed

the stage.

2-5.

<
30
30

^
kasjju

^- ^yy 1^
is
-

r?^
-

-?^
-

-^
bat
-

c^yyy
ta
ascent,

-^

ana

kas - pu

ku

For

(210 miles)

they

nu nu made

the

Tlie

Chaldean Account of

the

Deluge.

585

-I<K JI
ik
-

^! [-tm
-

sn

du

uv
to

El T va aua
the

^m
lib

t^ -<2<IT<]E!
bi

Uruk
of

thei/

came

midst

Erech

>iTT ^^- -TT<T

su
\>\\

ri

Suhuri.

2T.

^^T ty HiEy
Iz
-

+
-

V
-

jy
su
-

ey

-^^

g^yy
to

yj

-^y
-

du

bar ana sa
also

va

izakkara

na

Izduhar

said

him,

ifcj

<<<<<

y -ET

Ur -ham si
Urhamsi
28.

mathe

la - hi

boatman

e -

li

va

Ur -hamsi
over

ina
lohere

eli

dur
loall

"

Ascend

Urhamsi

the

T
sa
29.

-<KT
Uruk
of

<ll

^E
i

'TT<T
-

m
-

tal

lak

Erech

toill

go

<^y
te
-

y. mi

41
-

-^y
-

^tB
bir
scattered.
-

<]^
di
the

i^^ii
libni

in

na
are

the

cylinders

bricks

tv^
zu
of
-

fct^

:^-^Ey
-

(?)
(?)
its

V
mati mass

(?)
(?)

^Ey
la

ub
its

bi

su

va

ana

su

interior

also

for

are

not

t;

-tt -ii-

gur

rat

made,
Vol. III.

38


586
The Eleventh Tablet of
the

Izdubar Legends.

us

si

su

la
is

id

dii

u
to

sa

and

its

foundation

not

laid

f<3<I
zik
thi/

(?)
-

-n<T <!J
ri

ki

height;

1 1

ir

ki

kiri

measure

the circuit of the city, 1

measure of plantations, 1

<x
...

^r
is -

-^TT
su
the

^ini

-^K?) -i(?) ^s(?)

Na
-

an

tur

measure

boundary of

tlie

temple

of Nantur

Bit
the house

Is

tar

of Ishtar,

82-

TTT

<^ <!-IeU
. . .

-TTIT
the

'^

^SIT

<^

u
together

bit - ru
divisions

uruk
of Erech

*T?i-T<T ut hu
. .

3 m,easures

First Line of next Tablet

33.

r^ii Ef t;un-ma - bu - uk - ku in tammabukku the the

'^y

v^

>ina
house

tyyyy
bit

t:^
nisi

t-<
- g-ur

of

the

gur

In

(-u)

e
left

zib

was


The Chaldean Account of
Numbei' of Tablet in series

the JJeluge.

587

duppu

11

(sa

naq

- bi

-mnhad

ru

tus-kar
the hero

lltli tahlef

{of

'*

the fountain he

seen,)

Iz

du

bar

Izduhar.^^

Statement of copying
35.

fi'om older

documents
(v.
(v.

<T^IeIJ
its

Bt]]
old

;4^T
sn
copy
.

<^T
kima
lUe

<Si]
kima

-<

I)

labira

labiri su)

(v. like its old copy)

ab

sar

an

ba

nd - du

ivritten

and

made

clear

36.

-,*

_y^

y;

-.<

..y^

<;igj

mat

Assur -bani-pal sar

kissati sar

Assuri

country of

Assurhanipal king of nations hing of Assyria.

588

The Eleventh Tablet of

the

Izduhar Legends.

Notes.
Line
is
1.

Izdubar.

I
I

have already stated that

only provisional.

am

of opinion that the

it.

this name name was

Nimrod, but at present cannot prove

characters of the
into

The Cuneiform
and
TJT^j

name

>->-Y JrY TTT^y

>^
fire

resolve themselves
or flame,

two

parts, >->-Y JiY >-

meaning

probably meaning a staff or holder, and 1 conjecture that the meaning of the group is the torch or firebrand. The phonetic reading of the first group >->-y irj >^ is unknown,

but

it

certainly

ended
it

in

r,

as in Cuneif. Ins., Vol.

last letter

II. p. 18,
a,

line 11,

where
its

doubles

its

and adds

we

get

Perhaps this word was Namur, allied to the Chaldee lii ignis. Dan. 7, 9. In Assyrian, words with weak middle radicals often have a second form, in which the vowel changes into or adds m. Thus we have both {{< <^:::: ^yy<y ha-mi-ri and ]]{ ]]
^C^yy ra as

addition

>->-y

t^

>J[-

^'^^

ha-ai-ru

for

><*^y -^y>- y

yj ^J{] husband," and *"^y ^y *^yy<y na-ma-ri and -'^yy na-h-a-ru for " dawn or morning." The
"
du.

second element in Izdubar TTT^y has the sound

the sound of the

So

far as

name
it

>->-y S:y

TJT^y

>^

can be conjectured

from these grounds,

contains the
it

would be

radu, and as this part

it

two
is,

last

consonants of Nimrod,

is

possible

should be completed Namuradu.

The

character of this

king and hero

however, not so doubtful as his name.

He

is

called

^>- ^y ^J] ^^^

giant,"

A^

"the

powerful

or

"the

K^I^ bu-mas-la e-mu-ki, powerful leader," and

ti;^
If

'^^ ^y IgJ
""^I

" the giant king."

>y ^y ^ ^^^ translated this previously manner (also)," but I have since ascertained that t^y sasu is the pronoun " him," and it regularly changes into the feminine in every case where a female is addressed, the feminine being '^ ^y*^* *^^^^s when Izdubar speaks
" after this

to Hasisadra

we have yj --^y ^y ^y a-na sa-su-va, "to him also"; but when Ilasisadra speaks to his wife, Col. IV, hues 36 and 43, we have y} ^^y t] a-na sa-si-va "to her also."

{^


The Chaldean Account of
the Deluge.

589

The pronouns
will thus be
:

of the third person singular in Assyrian

Nom. mas.
Dative mas.

^
m.

^ITI^

'^^'^"^

^*^ /
;

f"^-

Accu.

initial

and
fem.

Ace. and genitive after verb or noun mas.

sa

^ ^

^ ^

^J sa-su hiin sa-a-su him; ff ^J

^*~ ^^ si-i she. fem. "^ (^^ sa-si her.

fem.

j}

''^

sa-a-sa

sa-a-si her. y^ ^y>-

^Y su

hiui or his

and /Y>-

si lier.

is

Line 3. ^J:^ *^^\ ^i-ii^'-'tu, "number" or account, ""t^I here used for " why." It is commonly so used in questions, especially in the Izdubar legends. This line is literally " why of thee not repeatest to me also thou." The nomi-

native in these texts generally stands at the close of the line or phrase.

Line

5.

The commencement
>^^yy

of this line

is

broken and

doubtful.

Line
line 20

11.

^y

"-yyKy

jyy

'-y<y Su-rl-lp-pak,

and

in

^-yy

jy

^yy<y

tJJ

^ igf

j=yyy;r sur-ri-ip-pa-ku-u,

which must at one time have been the on shore of the Persian Gulf. It appears by this legend that Surippak was considered to have been the city of Hasisadra, and his father Ubara-tutu, and the city of the ark. This city is the one mentioned in Cuneif, Ins., Vol. II, page 46, line 1, where the lithograph copy is defective, it

" Surippakite," this city,

Su-rip-pak-tu, a " Surippak ship."

the place

is

" the ship city," a

the tradition that the ark

Here the monogram for name evidently derived from was made there. In an ancient

geographical

list

belonging to the early Chaldean period,

the city bears the same name, and again in an inscription of

Hammurabi, who captured the city and added it to his empire. These notices show the extreme antiquity of the legend of the Flood attached to this city. The god of
Surippak
is

called,

Cuneif, Ins.,

Vol.

II,

p.

60,

line

21,

"the god of the deluge," Hea, kiag of Surippak.

590

The

Eleoe)tth Tablet

of the Izdubur Legends.

I

Line
this
I

15.

>->-Y >-TT t^TTT-

have previously supposed that

god bore the

it

name

of Bel, but in the bilingual

2870,

find

^vlitten

phonetically twice as iz^y

in

Akkad, and >-]W >^1M ^ap-tu

determinative of divinity.

Semitic,

-^iz ^-lu in without the

Museum

occm-s the

On an amulet in the British phonetic name of another of these

^
y

divinities, ->-Y

JI^T^ the wife of Anu, written

*^^

>3][B

A-na-tu in the passage jj >--^y >-^I^ t?"^! K-^ ^ ^^y <^^ " Anatu lady of death and hfe."
Lines 17 to 19.

*"^T

Broken and doubtful.

Ubaratutu. Li addition to my former notes Line 20. on this name, I must call attention to K 2107, where
>-*-Y

>^iB^ *-t^^

appears as the god of generation, the phrase

is

-M -^!
Tu
-

-Eg.! tu

-^
mu

^I<J
-

<:z
-

--TT -^
ili

^I

<I*
- di
-

=^!T
is

al

lid
the

mu - ud
gods,

Tutu

generator

of

restorer

ih

of

the gods.

Line 22.

Doubtful.

Lines 25 and 26. Numbers of cubits very doubtful. Line 31. The reading, " sons of the people " or " young men," was suggested to me for the passage in Col. II, line 29, by Mr. Fox Talbot. See also his identification of sibutu as
grandfather.
F. Talbot's Assyrian Glossary.
I

Lines 35 and 36.

am

uncertain if there

is

anything lost

between these lines. Line 45. Here Adrahasis is spoken of in the third person,
as in Col. IV, line 22
;

these passages are not in accordance

It is possible that

with the rest of the inscription.

Lines 51 and 52.

some matter

is

lost

between these two

lines.

Column
Line
12.

II, line 10.

<^.

This appears to be a measure.

I find the character is a variant of .<^.

Jjtjp >^-,

sometimes J^, appears to be a box, bag,

equivalent to ^yy^

or enoloBure,

and

is

>--^I^

bis-sa-tu.

y L

The Chaldean Account of

In Cuneif.
Ins., Vol. II, p. 25,

the Deluge.

59

No.

2,

we have the names of several

29

kinds of boxes or bags, and

m hne

^|Y

V ^f ^
j[<

'--(Y<

da-lat bis-sa-ti " door (or lid) of box." This will give us a better

reading of the passage, almost always found at the end of

cylinders which were buried in receptacles in the walls and

foundations of Assyrian buildings,

bissati

C^

(j=y)

^>^

^ ^^f
it."

lab-su-us,
Ins.,

"in
Vol.

a receptacle
II,

may he

enclose

No. 8, there is a curious series of equivalents connected with this word we have
p. 44,
:

In Cuneif.

>^yy ^Ij I^

su-lu-ku, equal to T^JJ >:V^ V"*^ lu-ub-bu " interior or enclosed," and in line 69 ^-^Tf I^IJ T^T ^j^yT t:T " enclosed in a box " is given as the equivalent of
f^l
1

*^

1^

*"y^l

iiu~ii-t^i^-

This will give us a

new meaning

for the

name Noah and perhaps the

17.

derivation of the word.

Line

JI^T^ Karan "wine."

S=yY^

On

a tablet I found at

Kouyunjik we have
*-X^^^^z\

^i<

equal to

'^yy}

^^
lines

^^yy
it

^i^^

karpat kara[ni] "jug of wine,"

and a few
**"!!)

under

a curious

combination
^y>^

t^y^i^

(KI^

4f

equal to "^yir
sinatu see

kar-pat si-na-a-ti yf '^y^ " answering to our chamber utensil." For the meaning of

^^

*~^y

my

syllabary p.

5.

Line

19.

Doubtful passage.

Line 23.
Line 24.

Damaged and
/y>-

doubtful.
si-ni-pat, two-thirds.
p, 15, line 44,
fiir

^^ /^
Vol

See Lion
Ill,

weights, Cuneif. Ins.,

p.

II,

and Vol.

70,

line

*3,

and

Zeitschrift

Agyptische

Sprache,

September, 1872.
Lines 31 and 34.

^ ^^

Jg[

t^^

^IT damaged

in

both cases; text and translation conjectural.

Line 35. Line 36.

as the

Meaning doubtful.
5:^ =

I^U

**~yy i-tab-lu-si,

from the same root

Col. Ill, line 30.

words appalsa in Col. Ill, line 24, and appalls in I have fomid several other forms, including
*^yy nap-lu-si,

^^T I^yy

2870

the root

means

to watch,

observe, perceive, &e.

592

The Eleventh Tablet of the Izcliibar Legends.

Liue 38.
*^]]]->

*^i

t^y
|

inalah

is

composed of the two signs

jjl

a ship, which

is

given

^J

ma-a in Cuneif.

Ins.,

Vol. go,"

II, p. 2,

Syllabary 280, and |g|, given as >-^y ^,^,^YYY la-ah in Cuneif.

to ' propel," or "

make

Ins., p. 48. Col. II, line

62, the phonetic reading of the two signs thus being ma-lah. With the determinative ^^J^, meaning "man," the word means "sailor," or "boatman," he who propels the ship. The word occurs in several places in its phonetic form

^y >-^y

ma-la-hi,

it

is

given in a fragment of a
ma-la-lm, "boatman," and
.

list

^t;^|t;^'^yyy
lis^

^J
III,
>-<y<

^y >-^y

of ^o^A,

tf

>-y<y

ma

TT

^yy n?
The
first

ET -ET
I

mm
had
I

[kussu] sa ma-la-[hi] " bench of a rower."

Column
^y '-^^yy

line

8.

copy

found
error,

ma-H-ti,

"fuH,"

probaUy an

but

subsequently found one with the clearer reading

y}

^J^

^y

<^^
Line

>-(!\<

ki-ma

a-lit-ti,

" like a child."

I

9.

-.-y

>^^TT-

This goddess

believe to be the

^yy
in

'-^y
72.

>~<y< Ru-ba-tl

who

is

called

"lady of the gods"

Line
the last

16.

Here the writer has inserted two words at the

end, one over the other,

is

^^yj

ya, " me,"

and Vf
one

sa,

*'

her,"

probably the right one.

19.

Line
^y<y-^

Here

for

....

mut-su

copy

inserts

jT yyy

^
^J

y^ ^y<y
iifzl

>^yy|>^ ik-ta-sai mi-hu-u.

Line 27.

^^V<y

^1*^ dur-ap-pi
It
is

or circuit of the nose. " cheeks " or " face."

would be the tower used here with the meaning

in these tablets

^^jy yj ^y< kip-ra-a-ti. The use of kipru shows that its meaning must be "shore," or '^boundary," and not "tribe," or "race," as we have before
Line 34.

Line 30.

supposed.

^^jyy

is

most probably compounded of

688,

ki,

"with," or "like," and yy "ditto." to be min, see Cuneif. Ins., Vol.

The reading of yy appears

II,

p.

4,

where we

should read f:^ yy

>"**"y

^,

there being a variant in S. 15

The Chaldean Account of

the Deluge.

593

t^ \^^
twice,

>^t=Cjppf-

*~^y

i-min-na-bi
"
i

meaning

?',

men

and nabi pronounced

>-S:^y
>^y<y

twice pronounced."

Line 38.

the love bird, the dove or turtle

phonetically in genitive
I

>^y| ^^III
iL<l,c.~>.

^I

'^T'^

su-um-ma-ti.
is

conjecture that the Arabic

hamamat "pigeon"

derived from the same root, the s being softened to hAnother Assyrian name is iz\^^ ^"W^^ V'*^ e-ri-bu, Heb. m^h^ dovecote. Isa. 60, 8.

>-]<Y^ >-]<}, phonetically ^JJ ^yy|^ Jr<]g Si-nun-tu, swalloAv. Heb. Castelli il"i2"liD Huamdo.
Line 42.
Vol.
II, p. 37,

Line 40.

j^ '^yy<y
line 3.

a-ri-bi, "

raven."

See Cuneif.

Ins.,

Line 46. >-^ ][^J{ "5^ sur-qi-nu

conjecturally read "altar."

very doubtful word,

Line 47. iz\]^ phonetically "^"W]

(^

kar-pat " a jug."

The meaning of this word was discovered by Mr. Fox Talbot. The signs 11 ^yy *-^y'J^^y probably indicate some wine or diiuk offered as a libation.
Line 48.
J:y

T^JJ^

^^yiT*"

qiras
;

"pine" here probably

indicates sticks or logs of

" spice" or " incense."
I

wood

^^yy
its

>-^yyY indicates

do not

know
>^]}

phonetic value.

Line

50.
;

^^yy >=^yyy

zu-um-be-e, plural ot

see Delitzsch Assyrische studien, p. 63. The are generally of Delitzsch Dr. excellent, identifications but

zumbu, "fly"
in

p. 63,

^>i=yy Sr^yyy
'

t^
^yT

^
iz^^i

^^yf <^y^

zu-um-H

ne-e-si

should be
TJ>-y

lion

fly,"

^y>-

being equated with

p.

*-^TT

in S. 954

and zumbi
zu-um-bl

sai in
m.e-e,

64 should be
fly."

j-^yy 5=^yyy

^ y^

J^y}

"the water

Here the lithograph copy of Cuneif.

being inserted instead of
y>-.

Ins., p. 5, is in error,

Line 52 to Col. IV, line 1. Difficult passage. I give a new version, but the whole passage is obscure ^*~*Y is the monogram for zumbu, "fly," but I cannot venture to
;

translate

it

so here.

594

The Eleventh
5.

Tablet of the Izdubar Legends.

*"C^|y ^^11 means "stomach," then

phorically
''

Line

^*^

ka-ra-si.

This word primarily

'"bag"

or "baggage,"

and meta-

the mind," Assm-banipal p. 11. In this passage I have translated " the deep," but there is no proof for this

reading

it

may

be " a net."

Line

7.

After ship, translation doubtful. It

maybe "went
this

Bel, in heart

he pondered of the gods and

rather obscure

spirits."

line,

Line but
Line

10. T
it is

have now given a better translation of

still.

11.

all

Perhaps better, "And Hea had " probably i-de-e is the permansive.
13.

knowledge and

Line

*^TyTf

|*^
is

is

literally just

prince.

Among

other passages there

one bearing on this in the tablet,

with warnings to kings against injustice.

Line 10.

i\^^]
di
-

Tn?<J=4
a
-

>ina

<\I

na

ha

av
his

mati su isakan
shall place.

Another judge

in

country

y^ y>]^ y <y^ <::y El .yyyy y^ < <yri^^^ -mi ana di - niv - la -mi -mi dain va rum -mi u and a just prince and just judge instead of unjust judges.
Here we see the contrast between
y-

^
y>-

just

and

unjust.

The double

Y>- is only the sign of the plural.

Line 14. ^T^l J:^ >-^Y '^T ki-i-la-tu, form of Irila " adverse " or " against." This word appears to be derived " " " la not." See Norris's dictionary, p. 599. and from Id with
Line 16. Rum-mi I derive from rub-mi. the words in this line is uncertain.
Line
17.

The

division of

^Ij^ ^T "instead
it

of." I

have no other examples

''

of this word, but I believe

to be a form of

ara-ma-te " the other or the opp(.)site," see

in
(hnicif. Lis., Vol. II,
8().

^i:^ E| V^I " opposite bank

III.

p. 24, line

50.

and Vol.

p.

8,

line

Line 20.
or proof.

>->^T

>-X^T B^TT*

From
I

number of

notices

believe this indicates pestilence, but

have no direct reading

The ChaUlean Account of

Line 22.

the Deluge.

595

^^yyy su-na-ta"(iream." Generally in disappears, being replaced by the doubling of the t; but we have both sunatu and suttu in use, just as we have sanatu and sattu for year. This hue is in the third person, it reads like a gloss on the original narrative.
>-<^y
this

word the n

{{{ {{ )-<y< es-nis-ti " woman." I am still in doubt about the phonetic reading of the first character, but the value of the second is shown by the example in Cuneif.
24.
Ins.,

Lme

Vol. Ill, p. 53. line 30 "^>-

< ^^

^ tt]
now

es-ni-sa-at.

Line 26.
but
I

^^

^pfi bu-ud-ni, I

read " a bond,"

have no
33.
11

direct proof of this

S^yyy-^
*~<

meaning.
;

Line
J^y^

*~**"I
is

ga-na,

meaning unknown the verb

^^y

here

from the same root as the impera-

tive in line 45 J^yj -^y>- fz^

I

and the form

in line 47 J^yj ^y>-.

do not know its meaning. I 'conjecturally translate " do," but it is more probably " cover," " conceal," or " protect," only
I

cannot make these meanings fit the sense of the passages. Line 34. Doubtfid. My present translation is, however,

very probable.
of the body.

J^JJJ "^j- '"II^T

K]>^

^'

'

^^^' some part

Lines 49 to Col. VI, 1. The things here enumerated were probably parts of the clotliing of Izdubar, but my translation
of the whole
is

conjectural.
mali, in lines 24

Line 21.

and

31, evidently

^y I^IJ ^fTJ^ ma-lu-u and mean some illness.

^III*"

Line 22.
for skin)

>^ T^

mas-ku-u (derived from the word See

lines 25

has a similar meaning.

and

33.

Line 26.
par-si-gi.

>^

*5^yy

5;^^ bar-si-gu: var.

is

-^y

*;:=yy

*-yy^
I

My

translation here
<[y*3fz

conjectm-al.

Line 27.
" veil,"

^y

< Jgf

te-di-ki,

hue 29

te-di-qu.

read

but with some doubt. Line 35. I cannot understand the form should have expected e-dis.
Col. VI; lines 6 to 16.

li-dis in this line.

Defective and doubtful

it

is

better to leave the discussion of these lines until the text

is

m6re complete.

596

The Kleventh Tablet of

Line
19.

the Izdiibar

Legends.

^^ ^y7" maii-ni,

take fi'om ^^

^A

'

avIio,"

and

read "what."
Lines 22 to 24. Text mutilated and meaning uncertain. Lines 31 and 32. Damaged and doubtful.

Line 33.

Heading of next
This
is

tam-ma-bu-uk-ku.
its

tablet ^] ^] gTyTr Tgf the animal which had killed HeaI

^^

bani, the servant of Izdubar.

have, however, no clue to

fly or insect.

nature,

it is

probably some poisonous

Line 34.
word.

T^Y

^^^

ku-gar perhaps tus-kar.

" hero,"

Unknown

I conjecturally

read

but

it is

only a guess.


597

SOCIETY OF BIBLICAL ARCHEOLOGY.

CONDENSED EEPOET OP THE PROCEEDINGS DUEING THE THIED SESSION, November, 1873, to July, 1874.
Tuesday, November
4,

1873.

Sir

Heney Eawlinson,
;

K.O.B., Vice-Presideut, iu the Chair.

:

The
Rev.

W.

following candidates were nominated for election Eev. D. Parish Eev. Dr. Stuart Eobinson {Kentucky).

G-.

C. G-eldart

The
1.

following papers were read

On Fragments of an

Inscription giving part of the Chronology from which

the

Canon of Berosus

loas copied.

By

Geo. Smith.

Mr.

Smith commenced by

describing the fragments of the tablet, which he believed to belong to the seventh century B.C. He then gave an account of the kings on the new tablet, and some others recently discovered. These monarchs included several belonging to the mytliical period, and others of the historical. Among these were Sabu, who founded the temples of Sippara, Mili-sihu; and Merodach Baladan I, his son, who reigued in the fourteenth century B.C. Simmas-sihu and his six successors, who reigned in the eleventh century B.C. The positions of the vai-ious monarchs and their reigns were discussed, and attention was drawn to the short average of the reigns in the best preserved fragment, seven kings only occupying forty-nine years and three months.
;

2. On a New Fragment of the Assyrian Canon ielonging to the Reigns of Tigtath-Pileser and Shalmaneser. By Geo. Smith. The account of a fragment This fragment belonged to an of the Assyrian liistorical canon followed. important epoch about which there has hitherto been very little information, viz. the period from B.C. 732 to 722, including the reign of Shalmaneser lY. The new fragment showed that there was no break or irregularity in the succession of the Assyrian eponymes at that period, and proves the accession of Shalmaneser to have been in B.C. 727, a fact previously doubted by some scholars. The bearing of the new fragment on various Biblical dates and statements was gone into, the author being of opinion that this fragment, in conjunction with some other Assyrian inscriptions, tended to materially confirm the accepted Biblical

Chronology.

Tuesday, December
S.

2,

1873.

BiECH, LL.D., President,

in the Chair.
:

The following candidates were duly elected Members of the Society Eev. Eev. Dr. Douglas (Glasgow) Prof. Campbell (Montreal) Capt. E. Dumergue; Albert J. Mott Prof. T. Hayter Lewis, F.E.I.B.A. Alexander Peckover
; ; ;
;

r.E.G.S.

The following papers were read

1.

The Future Punishment of the Wicked, a Doctrine of the Assyrian Religion. By H. Fox Talbot, F.E.S. In this sequel to the learned author's former papers, he tried to prove from his " Legend of the Descent of Ishtar to Hades," especially lines 32-6, " of the lighting up of consuming flames to envelop the abusers of the


o98
Condensed Report of

the Proceedings.

conjugal tie," that torments for the wicked in the world after life must have been doetrinally taught in the Assyrian reUgion whicli position he ilhistrated by many grammatical and archjeological notes.
:

'

2. Notes from Borneo, illmtrative of Passages in Genesis. By A. M. Cameron, Esq. In this paper the author cited a Dyak tradition, that at an archaic general inundation, the ancestors of the Chinese, Malay, and Dyak had to swim for their lives and (possibly foisted ou this tradition) the Dyak preserved liis weapons, and the Chinaman his books. A second tradition stated than an ancestral Dyak made a ladder to go up to heaven, but unhappily one night a worm ate into the foot of the ladder and brought it all down. Mr. Cameron further stated that one of the two Dyak names for the Supreme Being was Yaoxjah. He drew attention to the fiimilarly sounding names Jehovah, and Yahveh, of the Bible.

Tuesday, January
S.

6,

1874.

Birch, LL.D., President, in the Chair.

:

Tlie following candidates were duly elected Members of the Society Eev. Eobert Clerk Burton, M.A. Eev. W. E. Blackett, M.A.; Eev. W. H. Boscawen, M.A. Lady Burton C. Harwood Clarke Eev. William David, M.A. Rev. William Denton, M.A. E. L. Garbett, F.E.A.S. Mrs. Kinloch Eev. Miss Moberly T. L. Kingsbury, M.A. Eev. Dr. Manning (Tract Society) Rev. Gc. E. Phillips Eev. Archer Thompson, M.A. William Henry Brown Rev. J. Wordsworth, M.A.
; ;
; ;

The following papers were then read

1.

Barneses Meriamun with the Khita [Hittites). Translated, with annotations, by Professor Lushington. This well known text was supplemented by a fragment from the Raifet Collection it contains perhaps the most vivid picture of a pre-Homeric battle extant the king himself, the chief actor, frequently speaking in the first person. The two finest )")assages, the prayer of Eameses to his father Amun, and the defeat of the Hittites, possessing peculiar beauty, in addition to the interest attaching itself to a ))('ople who were hereafter so troublesome to the Jewish nation, and who about 1200 B.C. were formidable enemies to the Egyptians themselves. The value of the translation was enhanced by many philological notes.

The

Saltier,

Papyrus contnininq

the

Wars of

the Assyrian Inscriptions. paper the learned Assyriologist produced corroborative evidence from the Annals of Assurbanipal of the extreme forms of -% punishment by a Fiery Furnace and the Lions' Den, as related by Daniel, the Assyrian monarch stating that having conquered his brother Saulmugina he executed him by throwing him into a burning fiery furnace, together witii many The date of this event was about the seventh century B.C. of his adherents.
2.

On some Illustrations of the Book of Daniel from

Talbot, F.E.S.

By H. Fox

In

this

Tuesday, Tehrua/ry

3,

1874.

SiE

Henry Rawlinson,

K.C.B., in the Chair.

:

The

following candidates were

;

WiUiam Bugby

duly elected Members of the Society Henry Fell Pease {Darlington) William TurnbuU Pilter.
;

After some introductory observations by the Chairman on the generally

unscientific character of the Assyrian Astronomy, upon which, however, much of the mediffival astrology was based, the following paper was read for the

author by Mr. E. Cull

On

the

Astronomy of

Inscriptions.

By

the Assyrians, with translations from the Cuneiform Rev. A. H. Sayce, M.A. After a review of the references


Condensed Report of
the Proceedings.

599

fouud in classical authors to Babylonian astroiioiny aucl astrology, a translation was given of the Catalogue of the astronomical works in the Library of Sargon The of Agane, and the Chaldean Calendar and its formation, were discussed. Chaldean Calendar was shown to be closely connected with the Signs of the Zodiac. Next followed an account of the names given to the planets by the Babylonians, the order in which they were arranged, and the origin of the
week. Translations were then given of the records of eclipses, the conjunctions of the sun, moon, and planets, the vising and setting of the stars, and other heavenly phenomena, together with the observatory reports sent in from Nineveh, Arbela, and Assur. A long appendix contained interlinear translations, with philological notes, of the portions of the great astrological work published in the 3rd Vol. of the Cuneiform Inscriptions of Western Asia.

Tuesday,
S.

Mwrch

3,

1874.

Birch, LL.D., President, in the Chair.

:

The following candidates were duly elected Members of the Society Rev. J. A. Paine Miss Mary E. Rogers. Rev. Charles Bowden, {Oratory)
;
;

The following papers were then read

1. Translation of an Tlqyptian Fabidous Romance, " The Tale of the I>oomed This curious Prince." From the Harris Papyri. By C. W. Groodwin, M.A. Romance, which is unfortunately only a fragment, relates how a certain Egyptian King, in answer to his earnest prayers, obtained a son, of whom the Seven Athors (Parcsei foretold that he would die by one of three deaths, either by a To preserve his son, the king shut him up in a Crocodile, a Serpent, or a Dog. tower with every luxury, and numerous attendants, who were charged to, tell him nothing of the existence of those three animals. One day the prince saw an Egyptian go forth to hunt, accomijanied by his Dog, wliereupon lie desired This led to the disclosure of his destiny but he to have such an animal. worried his father into letting him have liis way, saying "it is useless to fly from After that he also prevailed upon the king to let him go out and see the fate." world. Agreeably to this wish he travelled alone to Naharanna (Meso23otamia), and passed as the son of an Egyptian horseman fleeing from the cruelty of a stepmother. Arrived at the court of the monarch of the country, he mingled with the courtiers, by whom he was told of the siugidar circumstances which surrounded the king's daughter, who was shut up in a tower, from whence she could only be liberated by that lover who should successfully scale the window of her prison. All the princes of Naharanna had tried to do this, and failed but the young Egyptian, whose personal appearance won the heart of the princess, was successful. Upon this the king her father refused to give her but as she threatened suicide in the event in marriage to an unknown fugitive of being contradicted, he consented, and the lovers were united. Soon after the prince and his wife returned to Egypt on a tour, and on entering one of the temples to worship, the prince was attacked by a sacred Crocodile, which he repelled, and also by a Griaut, whom he overcame. Weary with his exertions, the prince returned home to rest, while his wife watched beside liim. Presently a Serpent came out of a hole to sting him during his sleejD but the princess offered the reptile some intoxicating drink, and when it was drunken, drowned the creature in her bath. On the prince awaking, he and his wife offered prayers and thanks for his deliverance from two of the foretold dooms. He then went out for a walk, and was again met by the Giant and Crocodile, who warned him of his certain fate, to which lie paid no heed. Two months afterwards the prince again walks out, taking his Dog with him but at this crisis the romance is suddenly broken off by the loss of the remainder

of the papyrus. The learned translator drew attention to the peculiar features of this ancient story, resembling in so many points the romances of the mediaeval period, which may have had a common oi-igin.


GUO
Condensed Report of
the Pi-oceedin<js.

Translation of an Historical Narrative belonging to the Reign of 2. Thothmes III. By C. W. Groodwiu, M.A. This translation, the original text of which is also contained in the Harris Papyi'i. related the manner in wliich a certain chief ofBcer of state, named Tahutia {Thoih), treacherously delivered up

the fortress of the Imu (a people hitherto unknown to Egyptologists) to the armies of King Men-cheper-ra (Thothmes III), and enumerated further the amount of the spoil thus surrendered, and the rewards obtained by the traitor.

By Prof. William Observations iqmn the Assyrian Verbs Basic and Qabak. This paper consisted of a critical analysis of the roots of the above verbs, and their cognate analogues in other Semitic languages.
Wright.

Tuesdaif, April 1, 1874.

S.

Birch, LL.D., President,

in the Chair.
:

The following Candidates were duly elected Members of the Society Percy Read J. Winter Jones Jonathan Peckover and Henry Dauby Seymour.
; ;

The following papers were then read contained in an Eggpfian Papgrus in the British Museum. Of these four songs three Translated, with notes, by C. W. Groodwin, M.A. partook of the same nature, and were amatory compositions, written in a highly imaginative and poetical style with much voluptuousness of expression, having
:

1.

On Four Songs

a very striking resemblance, extending throughout whole passages, to the language Structurally the verses possess both rhythm and alliterative of tlie Canticles. The first song is unfortunately in construction, with regular pauses or strophes. a very fragmentary condition, and is, besides, imperfect at the beginning and the ' In the second song these marked parallelisms occur " The beginning of end. " Come to the " the song of joy and beauty of thy sister beloveil of thy heart" meadows my brother beloved of my heart " " Sister, one of the lilies " and further on, " The voice of the swallow resounds, it saith the earth is enlightened" ; " Let thy hand be in my hand when I go to walk, let me be with thee in every Nearly similar pleasant place"; "Thou lovest me running to seek me." passages occur in the third song, which is also a fi-agment. The fourth song or hymn is of a very different nature, and is evidently one of the solemn dirges used at festivals during the exhibition of the figures of Osiris, as related by Herodotus. This Hymn is in the text ascribed to King Antuf, a monarch of The ancient relic is fortunately almost perfect, and the the Xlth Dynasty. " Put oils composition is of a high order, as the following extract will testify upon thy head, clothe thyself with fine linen adorned with precious metals, with the gifts of Grod. Multiply thy good things, yield to thy desire, fulfil thy desire with thy good things, whilst thou art upon earth, according to the The day will come to thee when one hears not the dictation of thy lieart. voice, when the one who is at rest hears not the voices of the mourners yea, behold none who goes thither returns back again."
:

Par Josef Grivel (read in les Ecritures Cuneiformes. essay the author maintained that Merodach, under his " Accadian name of Amarud the eldest son of the Lord of Urhi," was identical with Nimrod "le geant chasseur" of the Sejituagint.
2.

Nimrod

et

English).

In

this

Tuesday,
S. BiRcn, LL.D., President, in the Chau'.

Mag

5,

1874.

The following candidates were duly elected Members of the Society William Boscawen, Jun. ; John Dryden Miss Eunice Bagster Horatio Bland Kev. J. M. Fuller Rev. Canon Lane John H. Lydall.
:


Condensed Report of
The
1.

the Proceedings.

601

following papers were tlien read

Synchronous History of Assyria and Judah, B.C. 745 688. By J. W. Bosanquet, F.E.A.S., Treasurer. This was a paper in sequence to a previous one by the learned author (Trans. S. B. A. II, p, 147), in which he lowered the dates of the Jewish kings by 25 years, a view supported in the present paper by an examination of the published Cuneiform documents, B.C. 745-688 so that the assumed uncorrupted Hebrew text was proved to corroborate this disjjlacement. The grounds upon which Mr. Bosanquet based his argimient were as follows (1) Menahem (reigned in Samaria 10 years) became tributary to Tiglath-Pileser in tills king's 8th year (b.C. 738), Cuneif. Insc, though the common reckoning makes Menahem to have died 24 years before (this is rectified by substituting Pekah). (2) Some Assyriologists assert that the Assyrian scribes omitted from 30 to 40 archons, to suit their respective theories. (3) Isaiah makes Sennacherib invest Jerusalem in 14 Hezek. (713 B.C. Old Reckoning) and the Assyrian Canon makes the accession of the former 705 B.C. (rectified by changing 14 to 28 Hezek.). (4) Jotham's reign doubled over Uzziah and Ahaz is rejected by them in toto to suit their system. (5) Mr. Gr. Smith {Trans. S. B. A. II, p. 324) allows ten years lower in the death of Pekah (729 v. 739 B.C.) but Mr. Bosanquet believed that 716 was the true date. (6) B.C. 738, New Reckoning, is 49 Azariah, and Sennacherib's third campaign, Jerusalem B.C. 701, or 2 Hezek. (see Chron. ch. 29-32 for coincidences coniirmed by Annals of Sennacherib, and five monumental authorities, as well as the Bible, Josophus, Herodotus, &c. (7) Syrian tribute hst of 3 Tiglath-Pileser, 8th year's hst, where Pekah displaces Menahem in Samaria. (8) Solemn religious rites, B.C. 787-727-667, celebrated every sixty years apart, new Babylonian Cycles or Kharru ; wherein Mr. Bosanquet investigated the cycle change from Belus B.C. 2286, confirmed by Greuesis xi, written 1500 B.C. and revised 500 B.C. by Ezra and his associates. (9) Assyrian tribute list gives Yuhukazi, formerly supiDosed to be Ahaz, but shown to be Uzziah = Kazi-yahu. (10) In 718 occurred Pekah's spoliation of Judah TiglathPileser, Shalmeneser, and Sargon, coeval rulers in 717 (2 Kings xxviii, 16; Isaiah ix, 10; x, 8). (11) The dates occurring upon some old Crimean gravestones indicating that Samaria fell B.C. 705-696 (Smith, 720) Hezekiah became ill B.C. 689 (Smith, 712) former agrees with eclipse as calculated by Sir G-. Aiiy and Mr. Hind from modern astronomical data. Compare the author's " Messiah the Prince," and other writings. This interesting paper was

illustrated
2.

by

six jilates.

Revised Translation of the Descent of Ishtar, with a further Commentary. By H. Fox Talbot, F.R.S., &c. In this paper the learned Assyriologist showed that the Legend of the Descent of Ishtar was, in its present form, dramatically arranged as a species of Mystery or Miracle Play. The translator was now able to render the whole text more complete by the addition of a fragment of a duplicate copy, containing ten hues, recently found by Mr. Geo. Smith in the British Museum. In an appendix to his revised translation, Mr. Talbot presented the authorities for the various philological alterations introduced, and an exegesis of the more important words and variants in tlie Assyrian text.

Drawn by Joseph Bonomi, and 3. On the Egyptian Altar at Turin. described by Samuel Sharpe. This Altar, or more properly base of an altar, is of dark granite, with four vertical columns, each containing twenty-one lines of finely executed hieroglyphics. At the lower part of the altar is a figure of a priest " beloved by Ptah of Memphis," who is named in the cartouche Pepi, a monarch of the Vlth Dynasty. As the name of the monarch has evidently been recut, and the style of art approaches that of the Ptolemaic period, Mr. Bonomi was inclined to believe that the monument was of that later date. The paper was accompanied with three plates, which, with those illustrating Mr. Bosanquet's paper, will appear in the Transactions.

Translation of the Hieroglyphic Tnscription upon the Granite Altar at By S. Birch, F.S.A., Presideiat. -This paper showed that the Altar was probably one of those in the Hephtesteum at Memphis, and that it was interesting as giving the names of the deities then worshipped. The first columu (A)
4.

Turin.

Vol. III.

3d


602
Condensed Report of
tlie

the Proceedings.

contained the Ark of

tlie

God

Soeharis,

and the

Coffin of Osiris Tat,

and below

name and titles of Pepi, " The Good God Pepi, the giver of life, beloved of Ptah, who is the chief of the southern wall, approved of Sekhet" in the third compartment stands Thoth of Eshmoun (Hermopolis) with his speech to the gods of the South. The other columns (B and C) contained the names and epithets of the various deities of the West and South and the fourth (D) a list of the offerings presented to them, iu which occur many new words, of which
;

the meanings were given.

Tuesday, June
S.

2,

1874.

BiECH, LL.D., President,

iu the Chair.
:

following candidates were duly elected Members of the Society Rev. J. M. Dalton, M.A., Marlboro' House Robert Mrs. Crosbie, Ardfert Darbyshire, B.A., F.S.A., F.G.S. Charles I. Hemans Miss Margaret Henderson ; John Gurney, Norwich Mrs. Lennox, Sutton ; Mrs. C. D. Marston H. S. Mitchell; John Muir, LL.D., D.C.L., Ph.D., Edinburgh; J. Linton Palmer, M.D., F.S.A. ; C. D. Purdon, Belfast ; Col. J. Roxburgh.

The

The following Papers were then read

1.

By Prof. W. Wright, paper reviewed the earlier readings of the inscription by the Duo de Luynes, Quatremere, Ewald, and Blau and gave a revised text and translaIt was accompanied by a tion, based on an examination of the stone itself.
0)1 the Fhcenician Inscription " Melitensis Qiiinfa."

LL.D.

This

facsimile of the stone described.

Egi/ptian Calendar of Astronomical Observations of tlie XXth P. Le Page Renouf, F.R.S.L. This paper was a collation and a correction of the famous Calendar of Star Culminations, which had been published by MM. Champollion and Biot, the latter savant having, however, been misled by believing the document to be astrological only. The text was accompanied by a full exegesis and a diagram of astral positions.
2.

On an

Dynasty.

By

3. On the Cylindrical Altar of Nechtharhehes at Turin. By Joseph Bonomi, (with two plates). This interesting monument, which, although noticed by Orcurti, is now published for the first time, is a lai'ge cylindrical altar of black granite, finely wrought, and covered with 68 vertical lines of liicroglyphics, and four vignettes, representing the Pharaoh Nechtharhehes of the XXXth Dynasty making offerings, and uttering adorations to the various deities of the four cardinal points.

4. Translation of the Mieroglyphic Inscription upon the Granite Altar at By Samuel Birch, LL.D., President. In this paper, the learned Turin. Egyptologist gave a literal translation of the hieroglyphic text, which showed it to be a series of Adorations to the Deities of the South, North, West, and East, mentioning the particular cities in which they were worshipped, thus adding some fi-esli names to the geographical lists of ancient Egypt under the Persian Dynasty.

Assyrian Notes. By H. Fox Talbot, F.R.S. (1) The use of Papyrus the Ancient Accadians. In his recent investigations as to tlie original meanings of sonic of the Assyrian roots, Mr. Fox Talbot found that the terms Nazabu Shakani, "the stem of a reed," and Nigris, "a volume," and "writings upon vi getablo skin," occur among the Assyrian inscriptions published by the British Museum, tlius attesting the accuracy of the statement of Pliny, that the Papyrus was so usc;l by the Babylonians, a fact whicli, till Mr. Sayce first called attention to it, had been disputed. In this paper, the (2) Assyrian Books. following sentences were adduced to show that the Assyrian literature was not confined solely to inscriptions upon tablets of baked clay " In the night-time bind around the sick man's head a sentence taken from a good book," (for a
5.

among

Condensed Report of the Proceedings.

;

(j03

cliarm) and " care not to save the newly written books," &c. (3) Oii the amount of accuracy now sometimes attainable in Assyrian translation.- This paper was a retrosiJective summary of what had been done in Assyriology for the last twenty years, showing that the very discrepancies of different translators was an evidence of their general agreement, in proof of which Mr. Talbot gave a translation in parallel coliunns of an Assyrian Hymn, translated in English by himself, and in French by M. F. Lenormant, which differed only in the most
trivial points of idiom.

Tuesday, July

7,

1874.

Sib H. Eawlinson, K.C.B., Vice-President, in the Chair.

The

following candidates were duly elected

; ;

Members of the
;

Society

George
; ;

John Gurney Barclay Miss Emily Buxton Prof. A. H. Charteris (^Edinbvrgh) Princijoal Greenwood (Oivens' College) Rev. Bryan Dale, M.A. John llarman Miss Hollond Geo. H. Lee Mrs. John Dendv Pilcher Dr. Franz Proetorius {Berlin) Rev. Dr. Robinson, F.R.S. (Armagfi) Rev. Alexander Ross, M.A. Edward Sewell, B.A. Gregory S. Walters Buxton Whalley.
Alexander
;
; ; ; ; ; ;

The following Paper was then read

Account of Hecent Excavations and Discoveries made on the site of Nineveh. George Smith. Mr. Smith commenced by relating how the subject of Assyrian researches was revived through the action of the " Daily Telegraph," and be then described the site of Nineveh and position of Kouyunjik, where the principal excavations were carried on. Passing on to the collection obtained the lecturer described tlie inscriptions of Shalmaueser, Tugulti-ninip, and other early kings, and afterwards a curious text of an early Babylonian monarch, which Mr. Smitli described as follows The name of this new Babylonian monarch was Agu, son of Tassi-gm'ubar, son of Abi son of Agu-rabi, son of Ummih-zirriti of the race of Suqamnna. The names of all these monarchs are early in style, and totally different to the names common in the known historic period. The titles of the monarch are King of Kassu and Akkad, King of Babylonia, King of Padan, and Alman, King of Guti or Goim, and King of the Four Races. The great exploit of Agu was the recovery of the images of Meiodach and Ziratbanit, which had been carried to the laird of Hani, a place north-east of Babylonia. This remarkable tablet carries us back to a remote age, earlier than the discovered ruins in Babylonia, and yet Agu relates, in his inscription, that he restored the temple of Bel, at Babylon, which already existed in liis time. We must remember that Babylonia had a history and chronology reaching far into the past, and tlie doubt that now hangs over its early records arises not from any defect in these early inscriptions but from our ignorance respecting them. The lecturer then pointed out the peculiarities of an Assyrian lintel, ornamented with two winged dragons and a centre vase referring again to the inscriptions, those from the palace of Sennacherib were nest mentioned, and a selection described. He next proceeded to notice a fragment of the Synchronous History of Assyria and Babylonia, translations of which have already appeared

By

"in the

Transactions of the Society, so a short description of it sufficed. The Museum was discovered and published some years ago by Sir Henry it describes the wars, treaties, and other transactions between the kingdoms of Babylonia and Assyria during several centuries, and is a most important document in relation to the history of those countries. In spite of some smaller fragments which have since been found, there still remained One of these parts lay some parts of the history which were wanting. between the time of Bel-uirari, B.C. 1370, and Bel-kudur-uzm-, B.C. 1250. It was well known that within this period occurred the conquest of Babylonia by Tugulti-ninip king of Assyria, an event which marked one of the great epochs in the history of the country. One of the fragments from the palace of Sennacherib is the upper corner of the second column of the synchronous

copy in the Eawlinson

;


604
tablet, with the

Condensed Report of

tlie

Proceedings.

account of this conquest. All the lines of the new fragments are mutUated, but the most important parts are preserved, and some of the lost An account of this fragment appeai-ed in the " Athena?um" ; pai'ts can be restored. The since then it has been cleaned, and some of the words come out clearer. King of Babylon at this time bore the name Nazi-murudas ; he was of the race of nionarchs called Ai-abiau by Berosus ; he engaged in war with Tugulti-ninip king of Assyria, and was defeated at a city in northern Babylonia named Kar-istar-agarsal after this the Babylonians submitted to Tugulti-ninip, who established a Semitic race of kings at Babylon. The new empire of Tugulti-ninip is said to have reached from the city of Pilazki to a place the name of which is lost, and from Arman-agarsal on the Tigris, to Kullar in the land of Zamua (the Persian Mountains). There is a fragment of the next reign which appears to state that the son of Bel-kudur-uzur kmg of Assyria was king at Babylon. This monarch kUled his father in battle, and twice invaded Assyria. The reverse of the new fi-agment of synchronous history contains the end of the account of the expedition of Shalmaneser II. to Babylon, and shows that this document also contained the record of the Babylonian wars of his son Samsi-vul III. Mr. Smith next referred to some fragments relating to the history of Egypt and Assyria in the 8th and 7th centuries before the Christian era. The oldest of these he had already noticed in the " Daily Telegraph" it relates to the revolt stirred up by Pharaoh king of Egypt in PhUistia, Judah, Edom, and Moab, B.C. 711, which revolt was suppressed by Sargon king of Assyria. In an earlier part of his annals Sargon mentions an Egyptian ruler named Sibahe, who has been liitherto supposed to be the Sabaco of Herodotus, but on one of the new fragments we have the Egyptian royal name Sabaku, the exact equivalent of Sabaco. The annals of Assiu'-bani-pal relate that on the death of Tirhakah, he was succeeded by Urdamane, who is called the son of his sister. Two of the new This copies give us the variant statement, that Urdamane was son of Sabaku. enables us to fix, in conjunction with the Egyptian inscriptions, the following Sabaku, the Sabaco succession and relationship of the Ethiopian kings of Egypt Sabatuk, his successor, of whom no particulars are known. of Herodotus. Tarqu, or Tii'hakah, brother of the wife of Sabaku. Urdamane, son of Sabaku, and the sister of Tarqu. The following new facts in the history of Tirhakah and Urdamane are from fragments of tablets and cylinders in the new collection. During the I'eign of Esarhaddon, Tirhakah king of Ethiopia led Bahal king of Tyre to throw off the Assyrian yoke, and form an alliance with himself. To punish this rebellion, Esarhaddon marched against Palestine, and laid siege to Tyre, in his tenth expedition, about the year 672 before Christ. Leaving part of his army before Tyre, he marched from Aphek in Lebanon, along the coast of Palestine to Raphia, in the south-M'est corner of Palestine. Esarhaddon tells us that between Aphik and Raphia was a distance of 30 kaspu, that is about 200 miles. Here the assistance of the King of Ai'abia was secured to convey water for the army, as the boundary river of Egypt was dry. The Assyrian monarch describes the distances marched by his army, the nature of the country, and the suffering of his soldiers by thirst. The object of the expedition of Esarhaddon was MQuhha or Miruhha, probably Meroe, the stronghold of Tirhakah. The mutilation of the record prevents us ascertaining if he reached it but we know from other sources that lie conquered Egypt up to Thebes, and annexed it to Assyria. From this time there was war between the Assyrians and Tirhakah for the possession of Egypt, until the latter fled before the forces of Assur-bani-pal, left the country, and died. Tirhakah was succeeded in Ethiopia by his nejihew Urdamane, who ajipears to correspond with tlic Nud-mi-aramon of the Egyptian texts. Urdamane continued the war with Assyria, and took and fortified the cities of Xiha (Thebes), the No of the Bible, and Unu (Hchopolis), the On of the Bible. The Assyrians then with their adlicrents collected in Memphis, which city was besieged and captured by L^rdamane. In the next expedition by Assurbani-pal to recover Egypt from L'^rdamane, we gain some new details, including the weight of the two obelisks which the monarch removed from Thebes as trophies to Nineveli. There is also in the new collection a perfect copy of the account of Gyges, King of Lydia, and Psammiticlius of Egypt. Next came a notice of some additions to the curious myths current in Assyria. The Assyrians
;
:

Condensed Report of

the Proceedings.

605

believed that all natural phenomena were the work of spirits, and diseases misfortunes, and calamities were caused by evil spii-its, of whom they counted several classes. In the Assyrian system it was the especial work of the god Hea and his son Merodach to check and reverse the work of these demons. The history of the Seven Evil Spirits is written on a large clay tablet, part of which is in the old Museum Collection ; another considerable portion has now turned up in Sennacherib's palace. The story of these evil spirits is as follows In the first days there existed evil gods and rebellious spirits in the lower regions of heaven, and they were the authors of misfortune. There were seven of these spirits, who were the messengers of the vengeance of Anu, the supreme god of heaven, the thii-d one was in the shape of a leopard, the seventh one was the maker of the tempest all the others had distinguishing characteristics, but the list is mutilated. These seven spirits were let loose on the earth ; they went from city to city, holding the wind and travelling on the tempest, causing darkness on a clear day ; they had with them the tempest of Vul, god of the atmosphere ; they came in the west like lightning, and went down to trouble the rivers. In all the heaven of Anu the king they set up evil, and there was none to resist them. At that time the god Bel heard of their doings and weighed the matter in his mind. He took council over these things with Hea, who was the great sage among the gods. Considering that Anu did not govern heaven, which was his division of the universe, jjroperly, and did not keep the wicked spirits in order, Bel, who ruled the earth, and Hea, who ruled the sea, resolved on intervention, and they placed Sin, the moon-god, Shamas, the sun-god, and Ishtar or Venus, three children of Bel, in the lower part of heaven to rule it, and they established them with Anu in the government of the whole of the celestial regions, and Bel supported them day and night, and urged them to be united. When the seven evil spirits in their wanderings came to the lower regions of heaven and saw the new rulers, they came fiercely round the moon-god to attack him, and the noble Shamas, brother of the moon, and Vul, the god of the atmosphere, son of Anu, they persuaded to come over to theu* side, while Ishtar, sister of the moon-god, joined king Anu, sat with him on his throne, and shared his empire. Sin, the moon-god, was now abandoned and hardly pressed by his enemies ; while meditating new mischief, the seven evil messengers of Anu, uncontrolled by the moon, swept down from the midst of heaven to earth. Bel, seeing the trouble of his son Sin, called to himself his attendant god, Nusku, and directed him to go to Hea, who dwelt in the deej), and inform him of the trouble that had happened to Sin. Nusku departed, and arriving at the sea, told the message of his lord to Hea. Hea on hearing of the breakdown of his plans, was very angry, and calling to him his son Merodach, described to him the conduct of the seven spirits who came like a tempest on the world and fought against Sin, the son of Bel, and he directed him to go to his assistance. The rest of this curious myth has not yet been discovered, but there is sufiicient to show the character of the stoi-y. Descriptions of various other tablets and objects followed, and Mr. Smith concluded in the following words " explorations in the East have now closed, and the subject of Assyrian excavations will probably again slumber for some time ; but as the public take a wider interest in these studies, and in the remarkable monuments which abound in the Valley of the Euphrates and Tigris, I hope that at a future day excavations may be reopened, and some of the objects I have in view may then be accom:

My

phshed."
short discussion ensued, and the thanks of the Meeting were voted by acclamation to the industrious Explorer and Assyriologist.

606

INDEX TO VOL.

III.

A.
PAGE

Ab

or Abbu,

tlie

month,

called

by the Assyrians " the Month of Light

....

"....
....

Abil-Istar, an Assyrian astronomer....

....

.... .... ....

....

164 233

Abilkisu, "

Man

of Kisu," an early king of Babylonia

....
.... ....

.... ....
.... ....

364
365 20 45 229 257 465 481 484 161 160 166 167 161 363 377 531 532 533 558 565 567 569 579 147 41 42 42 39 452 10 144 488 32 38 162
145 163 362

Abilsin, king of Babylonia, succeeds king Abraham, dates of his ancestors ....

Zabu
....

....
....

....

.... the Holy Land promised to him, B.C. 1962 .... .... Accad, anciently called " Ur Land," from its capital Uri .... Omens against the king of Accad .... .... .... .... ,, .... .... .... Accadian Language, its extent and importance and Susian compared .... .... .... .... exhibits traces of phonetic decay .... .... .... .... Accadian months, named from the signs of the zodiac .... ... .... .... .... Accadian year, account of the .... .... Accadian or Assyrian mythology, its solar basis .... .... .... .... .... Acu, the Accadian name of the moon Adar, the month called " the Dark Month of Mists " .... .... Adiur, " devoted to Ur," the first Babylonian king justification of the reading of the name .... .... .... ,, Adrahasis, the name of the hero of the Flood, formerly called Sisit .... probably the same as Noah .... .... .... .... .... .... a Semitic name .... .... .... sends forth a dove, a swallow, and a raven from the ark

.... ....

....
....

.... ....
.... .... ....

....

....
....

.... ....
....

his

dream

after the

Deluge

....

....

....
....

.... .... .... .... .... ....

....

....
....

retires with his wife into a distant country .... directs the pui-ification of Izdubar .... his parting injunctions to Izdubar .... .... .... Agane, the capital of Sargcm .... .... Agathocles invades Africa, B.C. 310 .... the route of his fleet described .... interrupted by an eclipse .... path of the eclipse of .... .... .... .... .... Agu, an ancient Babylonian king .... Ahaz king of Jndah, date of his visit to Tiglath-Pileser

....
....

....

....
.... ....
....

....
...

....
....
....

.... .... ....

.... .... ....

....

Ai,

.... .... .... Aburamazda, similar in some respects to Mcrodach .... .... .... .... an usurping Egyptian monarch..,. .... Airey, Sir Geo. B., his views upon the lunar theory and ancient eclipses .... .... .... liis elements for the eclipse of 689 .... ... .... Aiyar, month called by tlie Assyrians " the Prosperous Bull " Aktis, the son of Hehos, claimed by the Bhodians to have discovered .... .... astronomy .... .,.. .... .... .... ....

.Mala, or Alilat, an Assyrian goddess

....

.... ....

....

.... ....

.... ....

Alorus, or Adiur, the

first

Babylonian king

....

INDEX.
some were of great size .... .... ..., .... Altar of Nechtliarliebes, described by Mr. Bonomi.... .... .... inscription translated by Dr. Birch .... Amardian, the true name of the Median language.... .... .... Amarud, the same as the deity Marduk or Nimrod .... .... Amatory Egyptian songs, translated by C. W. Goodwin .... .... Amman-Casim, an Elamite deity .... .... .... .... .... Amen Ra, the worship of, restored by Horus Haremhebi .... .... Amegalarus, king of Babylonia, the same as Amilurgal .... .... Amilurgal, king of Babylonia, meaning of the name " Man of Urgal " Amilsuquamuna, king of Babylon, his brief reign of three months Amos, his testimony to the independence of Damascus, &c. .... Auaximander, the inventor of gnomons among the Greeks ....
Altars, Egyptian,
.... ....
....

607
PAGE

.... .... .... ....

.... ....

.... .... ....

....
.... .... ....

Antediluvian kings, the

first

dynasty of Berosus

....

....

....

dynasties, uuhistorical .... .... .... .... Antuf, a king of the Xlth Dynasty, a solemn song ascribed to him Annanak, an Assyrian genius or judge .... .... .... .... Anatu, an Assyrian goddess .... .... .... .... .... Anu, the supreme god of heaven .... .... .... .... .... Anzan, empire of, that part of Elam adjacent to the Persian Gulf Apharsathchites, the, who they probably were .... .... .... Apharsites, the, who they probably were .... .... .... .... Apro-nadius, see Assur-nadin-mu .... .... .... .... .... Arabia and Ai-menia conquered by Sargon .... .... .... .... Arbacha, earthquakes in .... .... .... .... .... Architecture invented by Imouthis .... .... .. .... Ardates, a variant form of the name Ubaratutu .... .... ....
.

.... .... ....

....

....

.... ....
....

.... .... .... ....

Ardates, or Otiartes, possibly the same as

Aris, the son of Yu'el, gives

Lamech

....

....

423 423 425 467 136 381 477 487 363 363 367 8 49 362 364 380 124 590 458 475 468 468 75 25 59 387 363 532

money

to restore various temples at

Aristotle receives a long series of astronomical observations

Gozo .... from Chaldea

....

Aristophanes, extract from " The Birds "

Arit,

....

....

....

an Egyptian constellation identified with ^ Andromedse .... the star often confounded in the calendar with the star Sirit Ark, the, dimensions of .... .... .... .... .... .... .... Ark of Tamzi (Sisit), rested on Mount Nizur .... .... .... Armenian syllabary, derived from the Assyrian ... .... Aryan analogies, with Accadian mythology.... .... .... .... .... .... .... Ascalon, chronology of the king of .... Ashtoreth, the temple of, restored by the people of Gozo .... .... .... Assur and Merodach, distinctions and analogies between .... .... .... Apura, the, by some thought to be the Hebrews .... .... .... .... Assan, omens concerning the king of .... .... .... .... .... Assur founds the city of Nineveh .... .... .... .... city of, date of two earthquakes in .... .... .... or El Assur, ceases to be the capital of Assyria .... .... .... .... Assur-acherib, a title of Sennacherib .... .... ,.,. .... Assurbanipal conquers Urdamane .... .... .... .... .... his palace at Kouyunjik
.... .... Assur-nazirpal, his additions to Nineveh Assur-nirari, king of Nineveh, date of his accession .... ....

395 146 35 .... 405-407 408 ....

53^8542
.... ....
.... ....

....

....
.... ....

.... .... .... .... .... ....

....
....

....
.... ....
....

Assur-nadin-mu, made king of Babylon by Sennacherib .... .... .... .... Assur-risilim, an early Assyrian king Assyria and Judah, synchronous history of, from B.C. 745 to .... .... .... .... .... to Mr. Bosanquet Assyrian astrotheology, not developed earlier than 2000 B.c Books, notes on, by H. Fox Talbot

....
....

229 471 169 66-74 395 143 341 352 136 57 61 27 458 450 451 61 75 455
1

688.,

according
....
.... ....

notices of

some

lost ones

....

....

....

....

....

176 432 434

608

INDEX.
PAGE
.... ....

.... .... .... Assyrian astrolabe, found by Mr. Smith bulls only occasionally represented with five legs columns, how placed .... .... .... .... kings, the royal library discovered at Kouyunjik syllabaries, several new ones found by Mr. Smith

....
....

461 454

....
....

.... .... .... ....

....
....

tablets,

many found by Mr. Smith

at

Kouyunjik

tombs remain to be discovered .... .... .... Canon, the, considered by Drs. Hincks and Oppert to be
chronology, materials for .... .... .... .... chronological tablets, scarcity of .... .... .... day, anciently divided into watches, then into casbu language, its affinities with the Syriac .... .... lunar eclipses, records of .... .... .... .... Notes on the ancient use of Papyrus in Assyria.
Talbot, F.R.S
portents, table of
Syllabaries,
....

....

....

454 446 462 452 464

2 5 361 238 150 216

ill

compiled
.... .... .... .... ....

.... .... ....

.... ....

By H. Fox
.... ....

....

....

....

....

on Four New. By H. Fox Talbot .... Zodiac had twenty-four fixed stars Assyrians, their list of lucky and unlucky months.... preserved a complete record of the phases of had a very early calendar of theii* own ....

....
....

.... .... .... .... ....

....

.... .... ....

....

Mars
....
...

mountain .... .... .... Astrolabe, Assyrian, part of one found by Mr. Smith .... .... .... .... .... Astronomer Royal, the title known to the Assyrians .... .... .... Astronomers, names of Egyptian .... .... .... By P. Le Page Renouf Astronomical observations in the XXth Dynasty. .... Astronomical tablets, many found by Mr. Smith .... .... .... .... .... .... Astronomy, claims of various nations to have invented said to have been known to the Chaldeans for 720,000 years ... .... the first records inscribed upon clay tablets .... .... and Astrology of the Babylonians. By Rev. A. H. Sayce .... Astrotheology of the Assyrians, not introduced earlier than 2000 years B.C. .... Athor, plumes of, characteristic of Egyptian goddesses and queens .... .... Aunnu, the name of the rod of Thothmes III .... .... .... .... Azai'iah king of Judah, struck with leprosy in B.C. 734 .... and Uzziah king of Judah, the same king .... .... .... his name changed from time to time .... .... .... king of Judah, synchronous history of his reign and that of By J. W. Bosanquet Tiglath-Pileser.
believed the gods resided on the top of a

had an astronomer royal

(or chief)

....

430 239 496 177 159 172 238 229 152 461 229 405 400 460 145 146 146 145 176 486 342 7 21 22
1

B.
Babylon, the name means Bab-ili,
I.e.,

" Gate of God "

....

....
.... ....

....
....

.... .... .... ....

the monarchy founded by Adi-ur or Alorus

its special

star called Dilgan

.... .... ....

....

Babylonia,

great chronological antiquity conquered by Tugultininip ....

its

....
....

....

....

....

the birthplace of astronomy .... .... .... .... .... conquered by Kudurnanhundi .... .... .... .... .... ruled by the dynasty of " the Country of the Sea " .... .... ruled by the dynasty of "the House of Bazi".... .... .... Babylonian Calendar, corrected B.C. 747 .... .... .... .... .... the antiquity fixed by the precession of the equinoxes

cycle or BOSS described

tablets, date as

....

....

....
...

....

....
....

....
....

418 363 166 453 455 145 365 367 368 35 237 10
12

high as 1/00 B.C.

....

INDEX.
Babylonians, the astronomy and astrology of .... .... .... invented the sun-dial.... .... .... .... .... used intercalary months .... .... .... .... translated into Assyrian the early Turanian names .... acquainted with the use of the magnet .... .... Bahal king of Tyre aids Tirhakah in his revolt against Assyria .... Bakennisi, an Egyptian prince of the XXXth Dynasty .... ,... Balasi (Belesys), an Assyrian astronomer .... .... .... .... Basu, observations on the Assyrian verb hasu, by Prof. W. Wright .... .... .... properly explained by Prof. Schrader Bazi, House of, name of a Babylonian dynasty .... .... .... Bel and the deities convene about the Deluge .... .... .... .... .... .... .... ceremonies to, by Tiglath-Pileser .... .... .... his league against the evil spirits ....
.... .... ....
.... ....

609
PAGE

.... .... .... ....

....

....

....
....

....
.... ....

Bel-kuduruzur slays his father in battle .... .... Belsumiscun, an Assyrian astronomer (?) .... .... Beltis, an Assyrian goddess worshipped by Shalmaneser Belus, .said to have been an Egpytian .... ....
Belus, probable date of the era of table of the cycle of....
....
.... ....

....
....

....

.... ....
...

....
....

....
.... ....

....
.... ....

....
....

.... ....

....

.... ....
.... ....

Belzikiriskun, one of the last kings of Assyria

....
....

.... ....
....

Benares, equinoctial dial at.... .... .... .... Berosus, his account of the early post-diluvian kings his chronology agrees witli that of the Bible his statements as to Chaldean astronomy....

.... .... ....

145 149 160 364 426 457 429 215 104 109 368 563 10 459 456 215 451 145 11 16 454 35 15
19

....

....
....

....

fixes

the limit of human life at 116 years.... .... .... .... fragments of an inscription from whence the canon of Berosus was copied. By George Smith.... .... .... .... .... his first dynasty of antediluvian kings .... .... .... ....

146 147
361 362 364 71 169 496 400 113

On

unhistorical character of his early dynasties .... .... .... .... Biirchu king of Egypt, see Bocchoris .... .... .... .... Bilat, Accadian goddess, another form of Ishtar .... .... .... .... Bilingual Tablet, see Assyrian Syllabaries .... .... .... .... .... Biot, M., in error as to the meaning of the Egyptian calendar .... .... Birch, S., translation of the hieroglyphic inscription on the granite altar

,,

at Turin translation of the hieroglyphic

inscription

upon the

altar of

Nechtharhebas .... .... .... .... .... .... on an inscription of Haremhebi on a statue at Turin .... .... Birks, Mr., his theory as to the date of the desolation of Judea .... .... Biseba, the Accadian name of the sun .... ,... .... .... .... Birthday of the World, date of, according to the Babylonians .... .... .... Bu'th portents, specially studied by the Chaldeans .... .... Blau, supports the genuineness of the Melitensis Quinta .... .... .... .... .... .... his translation of the Melitensis Quinta .... Bocchoris or Biirchu, king of Egypt, made king by Sargon .... .... burnt alive by Sabaco .... .... .... .... .... .... Bonomi, Joseph, and Sharpe, S., on an Egyptian altar at Turin .... .... Bonomi, Joseph, on the cylindrical monument of Nechtharhebes at Turin copies the iniscription of Haremhebi .... .... .... " Book of Going to Hades," a lost Assyrian work.... .... .... .... " Book of Explanations," i.e., religious commentaries, a lost Assyrian work " Book of Hymns," a lost Assyrian work .... .... .... .... .... " Book of Worship," i.e., prayer book, a lost Assyrian work .... .... Bosanquet, J. W., F.R.A.S., synchronous history of the reigns of TiglathPileser

425 486 8 167 148 148 389 394

71 73

110 422 486 433 473 434 434

1

and

Azariah....

....

....

...

....

....

....

610

INDEX.
PACK

.... .... .... .... .... Bridge, indications of, at Nineveh .... British Museum, the Trustees depute Mr. G. Smith to excavate at Assyria .... .... .... .... Bull, the winged, conquered by Gisdhuhar....
.... what part of Nineveh they were found .... .... .... .... .... .... .... Bulludhu, an Assyrian astronomer .... Bunsen, E. de, his discovery of the starting point of the Assyrian calendar .... .... .... Buzursadirabi, the boatman of the ark of Adrahasis

Bulls, winged, in

449 447 165 448 206 164 559

C.
Cairn, a, erected by

Izdubar in witness of his cure and interview with

.... .... .... Adrahasis .... .... .... ... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... Calah, earthquake in, B.C. 646 .... .... .... .... .... Calah, the site now known as Nimrud Calendar, see Babylonian and Roman .... .... .... the Assyrian, starts with the sign Scorpio .... .... (Assyrian) of eclipses for every day in the month Babylonian, the date fi,Ked by the precession of the equinoxes .... (Egyptian) of astronomical observations, XXth Dynasty, not astrological but astronomical .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... shocking state of the original text .... of Egyptian deities on the altar of Nechtharhebes Callisthenes sends a long series of astronomical observations to Aristotle .... .... .... .... Captivity of Judah, Karaite record of

581 63 447

164 221 237

401 403 425 .... 146 .... 6 .... 9 Carchemish and Tyre, tributary to Tiglath-Pileser 41 .... .... Carthage invaded by Agathocles, B.C. 310 .... 397 .... .... Carthaginian temples entrusted to the care of the Decemviri 238 .... .... .... .... .... Casbu, an Assyrian measure of time 238 .... .... .... .... .... .... also a measure of length 508 .... Catch-lines used by the Assyrian scribes 500 .... .... .... .... .... Cedar tree, called Erinu in Assyrian 16 .... Chaldean astronomy, said to have been carried on for 720,000 years 165 .... .... .... .... deities sim])ly powers of nature .... 147 .... .... .... .... .... theories about the moon .... 146 Chaldeans said to have carried on astronomical observations for 720,000 years 533 .... .... .... often translated Turanian proper names.... 379 .... .... .... .... the, probably practised cremation 37 Chamber of Ahaz or Hezekiah, approximate illustration of 165 .... .... Chaos, according to the Babylonians, the origin of all things 352 .... .... .... .... .... Chara, the Egyptian name of Syria 83 .... .... .... .... ... Cheta, the, wars of Ramesis II with 89 .... .... .... ... .... defeated by Ramesis II 93 .... .... .... .... their embassy to Ramesis II .... 17 .... .... .... Chinese sixty-year cycle reaches to pre-diluvian time 35 .... .... determined the obliquity of the ecliptic, B.C. 1100 ,, 426 .... .... .... .... .... compass begins with the south 164 Chisleu, called by the Assyrians " Month of the Canals " 50-79 Chronology of the kings of Israel, Judah, and Assyria 361 .... .... .... scai'city of Assyrian chronological tablets 405-107 Chu, the, an Egyptian constellation, identified with the Pleiads .... 257 Cisurra, " Waste land of the Desert," omens concerning the king of Cisurra 472 .... .... .... .... .... Cit, the Ka.ssite name of the sun-god 454 .... ... .... .... .... Columns, Assyi-ian, described in detail 443 .... .... ,... .... .... Comet, an Assyrian mention of one.... 153 .... .... .... .... .... Comets recorded in the Assyrian tablets 426 Compass, the Egyptian, like the Chinese, began with the south

....

INDEX.
Conjunctions of the sun and moon, Assyrian records of .... .... Constellations, names of the Egyptian ... .... .... .... " Connaissance des Tems," extract from, on the Chinese use of the dial Cooper, Rev. Basil H., his views upon the Egyptian year .... .... Corn tablet, a beautiful one found by Mr. Smith .... .... .... Counsellor Gods, the Chaldean name for thirty stars .... .... " Country of the Sea," a Babylonian dynasty so named .... .... Cosmical Year, believed in by the Chaldeans .... .... .... Creation, days of, symbolic lessons to Adam .... .... .... Cremation, probably known to the Chaldeans .... .... .... Crimea, a colony of Jews settled there a.d. 6 .... .... .... Crimean Gravestones, the opinion of Newbauer upon .... .... Crown, a, a lunar halo so called by the Assyrians .... .... .... Culminations of stars recorded by the Assyrians .... .... .... how recorded by the Egyptians .... ....
Cycle, see Soss
....
....
.... ....

611
PAGB
.... .... .... ....
....

.... .... .... ....

210 405 47 421 461 148 367 147

13

....
....
.... .... .... .... ....

....

....

....
.... ....

Cycle of the Chinese reaches to pre-diluvian times.... .... Cycle of the Jubilees, deductions from the new arrangement of

.... ....

379 28 27 225 224 401 10 17 19

D.

" Daily Telegraph," the Descent of Ishtar, published by Go. Smith the mission of, to Kouyunjils .... .... ....
Damascus, chronology of the kings of
Daniel, the authenticity of the
....
....

in

....

.... .... ....

....

.... ....

....

....
....

Book of

....

.... Daniel foretells Mahometanism .... .... Date of the Captivity of Judah, Karaite record of Day, Assyrian, divided into casbu of two hours each Days of Creation, seven symbolic lessons to Adam....

....
.... ....

....
....

.... .... ....

....
....

....
.... ....
....

135 446 QQ 81 15 6 238

13

....
....
....

Dayan

or Judge, the title of several Assyi-ian divinities Decemviri, Carthaginian, had charge of the temples

Degen (German word), means both "sword" and "great

Deities, the Assyrian, surround the ark of Adrahasis
.... Delaunay, M., his views upon ancient eclipses Delitzsch, Dr. F., his agreement with Mr. Fox Talbot

chief"....
....

....
....

.... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... ....
.... ....

.... ....
.... .... ...

.... .... .... ....

....

Delhi, equatorial dial at, illustration of, Deluge, Hea called the god of the ....

.... ....

.... ....
....

,,

Tablet, the, part of a zodiacal series

see Izdubar Legends .... .... .... .... ... .... Deluge, the, caused by the deity Bel Demetrius, his date for the carrying away of the Ten Tribes Departed spirits raised by a divining rod of gold.... ....

interlinear text and translation

....

....

....

.... ....

.... ....
....
....

Descent of Ishtar, see Ishtar

....

....

....

....

Addenda

to the paper on.

By

II.

Fox Talbot

.... .... .... Dial of Ahaz, doubtless a scientific instrument .... .... .... Equatorial, at Delhi, illustration of .... .... .... .... Equinoctial, at Benares, illustration of .... .... .... .... Dilgan, the star of Babylon .... .... .... .... .... Dilmun, omens against the king of.... .... .... Dimanubar, an Assyrian king, jn'obably Shalmanesar Diodorus Siculus, his statements as to the dimensions of Nineveh.... .... .... .... Dirge festal, of the Egyptians, translation of

.... .... .... ....

....
.... .... .... ....

Disk Worship overthrown by Horus Haremhebi .... Dove, a, sent forth from the Ark ....

.... ....

.... ....

...

....

....

206 397 522 560 40 445 35 589 165 534 530 561 27 443 118 357 34 35 35 166 240 139 448 386 487 558

612
Doomed
Dragon

INDEX.
PAGE
.... Prince, the, an Egyptian Ronianec lintel, discovered and described by Mr. Smith

.... .... .... .... .... .... ....

....

Dreams, omens derived from the Assyrians.... Du Halde; extract from his History of China

....

.... ....

^..

350 453 152 48

E. Ea, or Hea, an Assyrian deity Earthquake of Uzziah, date of

.... .... .... .... .... .... .... ....

....

.... ....

.... ....
.... .... ....

....
.... .... ....

.... .... .... ....

in in

in Calah, date of, B.C. 746 Eclipse of 689 B.C., the elements of map of the shadow ,,

Arbachu Gozan

.... ....

....
....

....

of....

.... ....

....

.... ....
....

.... .... .... ....

.... observations, collection of Assyrian .... Eclipses, a long series of, compiled in the reign of Sargon calender of, for every day in the month .... ....

Agathocles, the path

of,

laid

down

....

.... .... ....

....
....

Ecliptic, the obliquity of, early

determined by the Chinese

.... .... to Assyria by Esarhaddou .... .... .... .... Lower, called by the Assyi-ians Makkan .... .... .... .... Upper, called by the Assyrians Milukha .... .... .... Egyptians, the, asserted to have been the first astronomers .... .... .... unacquainted with the use of the magnet Egyptian altar at Turin, account of, by Joseph Bonomi and Samuel Sharpe translation of the inscription on, by Dr. Birch .... .... .... deities, many enumerated on the altar at Turin .... .... .... towns, many enumerated on the altar at Turin .... altar at Turin, probably belonged to the temple of Ptah at

Egypt annexed

142 56 59 59 63 38 38 39 216 147 221 35 457 436 436 145

426 110
113 114 115 113 115 117 425 349

Memphis

lists

of deities and towns upon

.... .... ....

.... .... .... ....

....

partly described by Orcurti .... compass, the, began with the south .... .... romances, general date of

....

.... ....
.... .... ....

.... .... .... stellar observations, difficulties in .... .... .... year, not a vague but a fixed one .... .... .... .... Elam, omens concerning the king of and Media, on the language of the Cuneiform Inscriptions of. Rev. A. H. Sayce Elamites, anciently studied astronomy Elamitic language, only hitherto studied by Norris and Westergaard

402 421 249 465

By
193 465 468 .... 469, 470 471 471 .... 472 ....
.... .... .... ....
....

jj

^j

.... .... its Ugro Finnic affinities the syllabary of, in full the syllabary derived from the Babylonian borrowed many words from the Persian

....

.... ....

,j

the earliest inscriptions are at Mai the verbs fully treated by Norris

Amir

.... or Median language, should be called Amardian .... and Susian languages, difibrcnces and analogies between .... .... Elephantine, obelisks br.iught from, by Kauiescs II

474 467
477 88 61 471 536
56]

EI, Assur, the capital of Chaldca

removed from

....

....

.... or Amardia, the civilisation was of a late epoch See also Bel Elu, one of the deities of the Flood, the deity, causes the Deluge " Elul, month called by the Assyrians " the Erraud of Isbtar

Elam

....

....

Emim,

the, probably the

same as the Imu

153 341

IXDEX.
" Enclosed
in a box," tlie probable root of the

(]Vd
PAGE

name Noah

....

.... .... ....

....

...,

Enemessar, the same as Slialmaneser .... .... .... Eniel, king of Hamath, tributary to Tiglath-Pileser .... Epigenes records astronomical observations over 720,000 years Equinoctial tablets preserved by the Assyrians .... .... Ereeh, the place of Izdubar's return .... .... ....
repaired by Izdubar.... .... .... Erinu, the Assyrian name of a cedar tree .... "Errand of Ishtar," the Assyrian name of the
.... ....

.... ....
....

....
.... .... .... .... .... ....
....
....

....
.... ....

....

....

.... ....
.... .... ....
.... ....

month

Elul

Esarhaddon king of Assyria, date of his accession .... defeats Tirhakah and annexes Egypt to Assyria

Eshmoun,

,,

see Sesen

....
....

.... ....

....
....

....

.... ....
....

Evil Spirits, the war of

....
.... ....

combination of the gods against the

their partial success
belief in the
.... ....

.... .... ....

....
....

....
....

Ewald, his
,,

Crimean Karaite Inscriptions

Dr., criticism on his chronology .... .... .... .... .... .... his translation of the Melitensis Quinta .... .... .... Expedition against Hezekiah, the record of, found in Sennacherib's palace Ezra probably compiled his chronology from cuneiform tablets .... ....

591 26 9 16 229 582 586 500 163 10 457 114 458 459 459 Q 46 293 450 12

P.
Fall of Samaria, see Samaria
Fates, the, see Parcse, the
....

....
....

.... ....

.... ....

....
....

....

....
....

....

Fergussou, James, is correct in placing columns over the backs of bulls H. G. C, declares the Melitensis Quinta a forgery .... .... ... Flood, the name of the hero of, discovered .... .... Fork, bronze, found at Kouyunjik .... .... .... .... .... Fox Talbot, H., on Four New Syllabaries and a Bilingual Tablet .... See also Talbot. ., Fiirst, an untrustwoi'thy grammarian .... .... .... ....
Ferro,

.... .... ....

.,
....

30 351 454 389 531 463 496

105

....

'

G.
.... Gad, the Phoenician name of Jupiter .... .... .... Galilee and Napthali conquered by Tiglath-Pileser B.C. 735 .... Gisdhubar, or Isdubar, a solar hero, meaning of his name.... .... conquers the winged buU, a legend of the Second Month Gnomons said to have been invented by Anaximander .... .... Gods, the, supposed to reside on " the Mountain of the World" ....

.... .... ....

....
....
....

171 7 164 165

convene with Bel about the Deluge .... .... .... .... Golden Rod carried by the god Nebo, as raiser of departed spirits .... Fragment Goodwin, C. W., of an historical narrative of the reign of

49 152 563 442 340

349

Thothmes III Translation of an Egyptian fabulous tale, the Doomed Prince .... .... .... .... .... ....

On

four Songs in an Egyptian papyrus in the British

Museum

....

....

....

....

....

Goose, the, an Egyptian constellation, identified with a Arietis

....
....

Gozan, Earthquake in .... .... .... Gozo, the people of, restore several temples
Grivel, Josef,

....
....

.... .... ....

....
.... ....

380 405-407 .... 59 .... 395

.... .... .... ....

Nemrod

et les Ecritures

Cuneiformes

Gula, Assyrian goddess, the wife of Hea, the same as Ninkigal Gutium, omens respecting the king of .... .... ....

136 173 242

G14

INDEX.
H.

Hades, Assyrian account of.... .... .... .... .... Hakaptah, the Egyptian name of Memphis Halos (hmar) recorded by the Assyrians .... .... Ham, probably the Cosmos-Belus of Polyhistar .... Hamite and Shemite Traditions, their distinct difference
Cycles, their points of contact Hansen, his lunar tables erroneous .... .... ... Hanun, king of Gaza, tributary to Tiglath-Pileser .... Haremhebi, a chief so named .... ....

....
....

....

....

120
i94

....
....

....
.... ....

....
.... ....

225
15 12 17

....
....

.... .... ....

....

....
.... .... ....
....
....

....
....

.... ....

....
....
.... .... ....

proclaimed king in the temple of Amen .... .... his benefactions to the Egyptian priests revives the worship of Amen Ra .... .... conquers the natives of Kush .... .... .... on an inscription of, at Turin. By 8. Birch.... the inscription hitherto unpublished .... .... .... the inscription of, translated with notes Hiu'per, song of the, referred to .... .... .... .... Har-shaf, " terrible face," a surname of Khnum .... ....
Harris Papyri, their great interest .... .... .... .... Hartataf, the son of king Menkera .... .... .... ...; Hathors, the Seven, their office in Egyptian mythology " Hea, an Assyrian deity, called "Lord of Deep Thoughts

called also

Horus

.... ....

....
....

....
....

.... .... ....

....

his origin uncertain

.... ....
....

.... ....
.... ....
...

....
....

.... .... .... ....

.... ....

.... .... .... ..., .... .... ....

called the god of the Deluge

his special

....

....

....

....

....

duty to check the evil spirits .... .... .... partially defeated by the evil spirits .... .... .... .... Mukinzira king of Babylon, his short reign of three months Heabani, the servant of Izdubar, killed by a poisonous insect .... Heaven, called by the Assyrians the " Land of the Silver Sky " .... Hebrew and Accadian names of the stars .... .... .... .... Hebrews, the, by some Egyptologists identified with the Assura .... Hermetic Books, Kopr] Kdcr/xov, quoted .... .... .... .... Hermojjolis, the same as Eshmoun or Sesen .... .... .... .... .... Het, an Egyptian astronomer .... .... .... Hcrvey, Lord Arthur, his explanation of the word "begat" .... Hezekiah, the sign of .... .... .... .... .... .... Hezekiah's " Sign " explained in detail .... .... .... .... Hind, M. R., his views on the Eclipse of Agathocles .... .... Hincks, Dr., considers the Assyrian canon ill compiled .... .... Himyaritic Language, the pronominal suffix in .... .... .... Hippopotamus, the, an Egyptian constellation .... .... .... Hiram, king of Tyre, tributary to Tiglath-Pileser .... .... .... Hit, the modern name of a place where bitumen is found.... .... Hittites, omens against the king of the .... .... .... .... Holy Land, promised to Abraham, B.C. 1692 .... .... .... Horus Haremhebi, sep Haremhebi .... .... .... .... .... Hoshea, king of Lsrael, slays Pckah the invader .... .... .... Human life limited by Berosus to 116 years .... .... .... Hymer, the modern name of the town Kisu .... .... ....

....
....
.... .... ....
...

39 9 491 487 488 489 490 487 488 486 486 491 380 116 340 387 351 123 589 458 459 367 596
151 169 341 387 114 405 11 31 36

....
....

.... ....

....
.... ....

....
....
....

40
2

....
.... ....

....
....

....
.... ....

108 406 9 497 245 45 487 23

1 17

....

364

lau, this sacred

name found on an Assyrian

tablet....
....

.... ....

....

.... ....

Ilukassat, an early king of Babylonia

....

....

505 364

INDEX.
Imlietep, son of Ptah, inventor of various arts

(515
PAGE

and

sciences
....
....

....

.... ....

the same as the Imouthes of the Greeks Imu, a people not hitherto identified perhaps the Emim the, delivered to Tothines III .... ....
:

.... ....
.... ....
....

....
.... .... .... .... .... ....

.... .... .... .... ....

....

Inflectional Languages, their origin misunderstood

Heabani the servant of Izdubar Intercalated mouths used by the Accadians .... Interpreters, the Chaldean term for the five planets
Insect, a poisonous, kills
Irkalla, the deity of the infernal regions
....

.... .... .... .... ....

...

....

387 387 341 344 485 596 160 148 360

3 119 174 169 162 125 123 124 124 124 552 135 119 357 450 387 121 200 231 570

Isaiah, his statement as to the date of Sennacherib's invasion

....
....

Ishtar,

her jewels restored in inverse order .... .... .... .... her speech after the deluge .... .... .... .... .... .... '' the descent of, published by Geo. Smith in " The Daily Telegrajih revised translation of the descent of Ishtar into Hades .... .... addenda to the paper on the descent of .... .... ... .... the special goddess of Nineveh .... .... .... .... .... ,, Isis, her speech to Horus .... ... .... .... .... .... .... Istar deprived of her jewels at the gate of Hades .... .... .... .... Istar Sumesses, an Assyrian astronomer .... .... .... .... .... Istar-iddin-pal, an Assyrian astronomer .... .... .... .... .... .... Izdubar purified by Adrahasis and his wife ... .... .... erects a cairn to commemorate his cure and interview with Adra
hasis

an Assyrian goddess, the daughter of the moon-god Sau called also Ninsar .... .... .... .... .... and Bilat, two forms of one goddess .... .... the descent of, a legend of the Sixth Month .... loses her reason in auger at her reception in Hades grief upon Eai-th caused by her descent into Hades absolved by Anunnak .... .... .... .... drinks the water of life, and returns to Earth ....

....
....

....
.... .... ....
....

.... ....
.... ....

....

....

,,

his long journey

home
real

....

....

....

....

..;.
.... ....

....
....

king of Babylonia, a

monarch
.... ....

.... .... ....

.... ....
....

repairs the city of Erech

.... .... .... ....

.

and Urhainsi return to their country

Legends, the eleventh tablet
of.

....
.... ....

By George Smith
Smith

do not very exactly coincide with Genesis an historical person .... ... .... .... has a son named Zaidu .... .... .... .... prayer to .... .... .... .... .... .... his exploits succeed the Flood .... .... .... see also Gisdhubar .... .... .... .... ...

many new

fi-agments discovered by Mr.

.... ....
....

,.

....
.... .... ....
....

.... ....
....

580 584 364 586 578 530 530 530 460 459 460 460 365

Jars, soldiers concealed in

....

....

....

....

.... .... ....

.... ....
.... ..:.

....

Jews settled in the Crimea, A.D. 6 .... .... Jeroboam king of Israel, date of the death of,

....

....
.... .... .... .... ....

B.C.

760

343 28 58
5

Jerusalem, Hezekiah's repairs of, described by Sennacherib Jonah, his supposed tomb at Nebbi Yunas .... .... ... Josephus, his account of Shalmaneser's conquest of Tyre .... Jotham, king of Judah, difficulty of finding room for his reign probably the same as Yahu-kazi .... date of his accession .... ....
Jubilee cycle
otj

.... ....
....

449 68
3
1

.... .... ....

....

....

.... ....
....

table of the cycles....

of,

....
....

.... ....

....
....

the fallow year

explained

64 18 50

616

INDEX.
PAGE
....

,.., Judges, twenty-four stars so called by the Chaldeans "Judge of Heaven," the Assyrian name of the Pole Star.... Jupiter, the planet, called by the Assyrians Merodach .... his names in Accadian astronomy .... the deity, called by the Phoenicians Gad .... ....

....
.... .... .... ....

....
.... .... ....

148 206
141 170 l7l

K.
Kaaraburyaas, king of Babylon, wars with Tiglath-Pileser .... .... .... Karaite tombstones in Crimea, date of Kassunadinahu king of Babylon, the length of his reign .... .... .... .... .... Ken, an Egyptian astronomer .... .... Khar-ru-ri, does it mean " year of cycle " ? .... .... Khati, omens against the king of .... .... Khemosh-Belus, see Cosmos-Belus
Khiti, country
of, its
.... ....

366

.... ....

.... ....
.... ....

6
367 405 10 245 15 473 466 168 488 218 21 440 452 364 446 447 451 463 463 369 355
11

....
....

....

position

unknown
....

....

....

....

Khammuragas king

of the Kassi, conquers Chaldea, 1,300 B.C

.... ....

.... ....

Kharranians, their early knowledge of astronomy Khuenaten, an heretical king of Egypt .... Khusil, an Assyrian astronomer Khuzzi-yahu {i.e., Uzziah), the same as Yahu-kazi

Kin"' of Assyria, prayer for, translated by Messrs. Fox Talbot and "King of the Four Eaces," an early Babylonian royal title .... Kisu, an ancient Babylonian town now called Hymer Kouyunjik, the site of the royal library of Assyria its literary treasures far from being exhausted ....
ruins of the temple of Nebo and ]\Ierodach at .... .... .... everything found there was broken .... .... work which should yet be done at .... .... .... .... Kuabar, an unknown race .... Kudur-nanhundi king of Elam, conquers Babylonia .... Kudurnan-hundi, meaning of his name Kurigalzu king of Babylon, new mention of called the " unequalled king "

Lenormant
.... ....

....

....

....

.... .... .... ....

....

....
....

.... ....

.... ....

....

....

366 366

Laborosoarchodus, probably the same as Ulbarsurkiidina Laceration of the face practised by the Assyrians " Lady of Death and Life," the Assyrian title of the goddess Aiiatu " Lady of the Gods," the Assyrian title of the goddess Kubati .... Lamech, possibly the Ubaratutu of the Izdubar Legends .... " Land of the Silver Sky," the Assyrian title for the heavens
.... .... .... .... .... Latomias, its position Layard, A. H., copied the earliest Amardian inscriptions known
.... ....

....
.

,.

....
....

370 123 590 592 532 151 43

4-72

.... .... .... his great discoveries at Kouyunjik.... .... Leg, the, an Egyptian constellation corresponding to Casseopeia .... Lenormant, Francois, agrees with Fox Talbot in his version of the descent

447 406
135 137 441 466 458

of Ishtar
jj

....

....

....

....

....

....

his opinion

.... has published all the Susian inscriptions .... .... .... .... Leopard, evil spirits in the shape of .... Library of Assyria discovered by Layard at Kouyunjik .... .... .... Lintel, tlie dragon, discovered by Mr. Smith Lion, the, an Egyptian constellation, identified witli part of Leo ...

J,

.... on the name Silik Malukhi .... his translation of an Assyrian prayer for the king....

....
.... ....

446 453 405-407

INDEX.
Lord of the Stronsr Hand, ) ,.,, , .. . ^ , titles of the Assyrian deity T 1 r> 1 i t j j Nin Lord of Brightness ^ meaning Urasus, of the Lord of the Vulture and title .... " Lord of the Coat of Iron," a title of the god Ninib .... Loyang, account of the great gnomon at .... .... Lunar Table of Hansen very defective .... .... ...
,

617
PAGE
.

,.,..

357
....

.,

..

....
....

Eclipses, collection of Assyrian .... .... .... .... Halos recorded by the Assyrians .... .... .... .... Lushington, Prof., translation of the Third Sallier Papyrus .... Lute Bearer, the, an Egyptian constellation, identified with a Virginis Luynes, Due de, his translation of the Melitensis Quinta .... ....

486 503 47 .... 39 .... 216 .... 225 .... 83 .... 406-407 390 ....
....

M.
Mada, or Media, meaning of the name .... Magnet, the, unknown to the Egyptians .... Mahomet and his creed foretold by Daniel .... Maimonides on the Jubilee quoted.... .... Makkan, the Assyrian name of Lower Egypt Mai Amir, interesting Amardian inscriptions at Mamit, the, its mysterious nature .... ....
....

....
.... ....

.... ....

....
.... ....
....

.... ....

.... .... .... .... ....

....
....

....
.... .... ....

.... .... ....

....
....

Maneros, the sacred dirge of the Egyptians, translated by C. W. Goodwin..., Marchesan, the month called "the Prosperous" by the Assyrians.... .... Marduk or Merodach, considered to be the planet Jupiter .... .... ....

Marduk, son of the

see

lord of

Urdhi
....

....

....

.... ....

.... ....

....
....

....
.... ....
..

Nimrod

....

....

Mar-duk, analysis and explanation of the words .... .... Mars, the Planet, his names in Accadian astronomy .... a complete Assyrian record of its phases Maruduknadinahi, king or Babylon, period of his reign ....

....
.... .... ....

.... ....

Medes

first known to the Assyrians in the time of Sbalmaneser III .... Media, see Elam, on the language of the Cuneiform inscriptions of .... Melitensis Quinta, on the Phoenician inscription. By Prof. William

467 426 15 82 436 474 433 380 163 141 141 136 140 171 172 368 467 465 389 389 390 391 390 392 393 394 395 398 399 113 494 406 62 2

Wright by some considered a forgery

....

.... .... .... ...,

....

....
.... .... .... .... ....
....

....

now
its

in the British Museum imperfect condition

.... ....

.... .... .... ....

.... .... ....

the Due de Luynes' translation of M. Quatremere's translation ....

....
....

Memphiad

Dr. Ewald's translation Blau's translation .... Prof. Wright's translation probably as old as 250 B.c may have come from Gozo Triad, the account of .... ....

....

M.

...,
....
....

....

....

....

.... ....

....
.,..

.... ....

..

Memphis, anciently called Hakaptah .... .... ... .... Menat, an Egyptian constellation .... .... .... .... .... Menahem, date of his accession, 747 B.c .... .... .... king of Samaria, becomes tributary to Tiglath-Pileser.... his tribute to the king of Assyria, found recorded at Nimrud Menchepera, a title of Tothmes III Mentu, an Egyptian deity, Ramses II compared to .... .... Menna, the squire of Ramses II, his defence of his master .... Mercury, the planet, his names in Accadian astronomy .... .... called Seches by the Greeks .... .... .... Meridian Shadows, how observed in the East .... .... ....

....
.... .... .... ....

4
342
102 90 168 168 34

.... ....
.... .... ....

Vol.

Ill,

40

6 18

INDEX.
PAGE
.... ....
.... ....

.... .... Merodach, an Assyrian deity, written Marduk and Assur, distinctions and analogies between .... compared witii Ahura Mazda .... .... .... assists liis fatlier Hea in conquerins^ evil spirits .... .... Merodach-Baladan, tlie son of Milisihu .... .... .... .... .... .... Mes, an Egyptian astronomer Mesopotamia, anciently called by the Egyptians Naharanna .... Metenna, king of Tyre, tributary to Tiglatli-Pileser

....
....

....
....

....
.... ....

....

....
....
.... ....

....
....

Metinti, Icing of Ascalon, tributary to Tiglath-Pileser Micbaux Stone, translation of an Assyrian curse from

.... ....

....
....

" Mighty Giant," a title of Izdubar Milan Cathedral, the Heliotropion in Millenium, the, revealed to Moses ....

....

.... ....

.... ....

....
....

.... .... ....

....

general belief of the ancients in .... Milisihu, king of Babylon, father of Merodach Baladan

....

.... ....

....

....
.... .... .... .... .... .... ....
....

Mira, king of Egypt, his name appears on an altar at Turin .... possibly the Moeris of Herodotus .... .... Milukho, the Assyrian name of Upper Egypt .... .... Moeris, king of Egypt, probably the same as Mira.... .... Months, the, dedicated to various deities .... .... ....

....
.... ....
....

138 143 144 458 366 405 352 9 9 513 460 49 14 14 366 110

HI
436

HI
148 166 158 161 162 164 164 164 221 147 167 207 210 168 152 140 364 246 451 487 490 491 166

....

Accadian astronomy .... .... .... .... .... list of lucky and unlucky, among tlie Assyrians .... ,, " Month of Mists," the Accadian name for the month Adar .... .... "Month of Bricks," the Assyrian name for the month Givan " Month of Canals," the Assyrian name for the month Chisleu .... " Month of Light," the Assyrian name for the month Ab.... .... " Month of Want and Rain," the Assyrian name of the month Sebat .... .... .... Month, calendar of eclipses for every day in .... Moon, the, Clialdean theories regarding .... .... .... .... .... the, called Acu, by the Accadian astronomers .... .... the, considered to be prior to the Sun .... Assyrian records of conjunctions of Sun and Moon .... .... Morning Star connected with the god of Death .... .... " Mountain of the East," the Assyrian residence of the gods .... .... Moses of Korene calls Nimrod Nebrothes .... .... .... .... Mulagu-ninina, an early king of Babylonia ,,, .... .... MuUias, omens for the king of .... .... .... .... .... Mutaggil-Nusku, an early Chaldean monarch .... .... Mut-netem, her position a little uncertain ... .... .... ....

stars of, in

.... .... .... .... ....

....

.... ....
....

....

....
....

....
....

....
.... ....
....

takes part in the coronation of

Haremhebi
.... ....

....

....

was possibly an Asiatic

....

.... ....

.... ....

Mythology, Accadian, purely of

solar origin

....

N.
Nabu-u-sabsi, king of Chahlea, probal)ly the same as Nabius put to death, B.C., 732 .... .... .... Nabius, king of Clialdea, probably the same as Nabu-u-sabsi Nabua, an Assyrian astronomer .... .... .... ....

.... ....
....

.... .... ....

....

9 9
9

....
.... ....
....

Nabukuduruzur, king of Babylon, length of his reign Naharanna, Mesopotamia, so called by the Egyptians Namtar, the messenger of the Assyrian deities ....

....
....

....

....
.... .... ....
....

....

230 367 352 124

151

Namar-Bili, the name of the great astrological work of the Chaldeans Nantur, a temple of Ishtar so named .... .... .... .... Napier, Conque.st of Scinde, quoted ... .... .... ....

586 86

INDEX.
Napoleon and Agathocles, partial parallel between..., .... .... .... Nazaratus, said to have been the tutor of Pythagoras .... .... .... Nazimurudas, an early king of Babylon .... .... .... .... ..., an early Babylonian king .... .... .... .... .... Nebbi Yunas, one of the mounds of Nineveh so named .... .... .... why socaUed.... .... .... .... .... .... .... palaces of Vulnirari and Sennacherib at .... .... .... Nebnefer, an Egyptian astronomer.... .... .... .... .... .... Nebo and Merodach, temple of, at Kouyunjik .... .... .... .... Nebo-akhi-erba, an Assyrian astronomer .... .... .... .... .... Nebo-chadj-ezzar, an Elamite astronomer .... .... .... .... .... Nebo-ikbi, an Assyrian astronomer .... .... .... .... .... .... Nebo-kullani, an Assyrian astronomer .... .... .... .... .... Nebo-musetsi, an Assyrian astronomer .... .... .... .... 196, Nebo-sum-iddin, an Assyrian astronomer .... .... .... .... .... Nebo-zir-sidi, the chief librarian of king Assurbanipal .... .... .... Nebo, the leader of departed spirits .... .... .... .... .... a temple erected to Nebo at the termination of a cycle .... .... Nebrodes, or Nebrothes, see Nirarod .... .... .... .... .... Nebsemennu, an Egyptian astronomer .... .... .... .... .... Necht, an Egyjjtian constellation .... .... .... .... .... .... Nechtu, an Egyptian astronomer .... .... .... .... .... .... Nechtharhebes, on the cylindi-ical monument of. By Joseph Bonomi .... monument of. May have been a sun-dial .... .... .... altar of, translation of the inscription on the. By S. Birch Neser Atum, an Egyptian deity .... .... .... .... .... .... Nehrahruta, the name of one of the horses of Ramses II .... .... ....

619
PAGE

43 149 451 456 449

449 499
495 451 214 195

2OO 201 214 232 434 442

10 140 405 405 405 422 423 425 I13 92 136 218 487 27 431 136 136 447 460 137 ]40 136 357 357 136 448 448 448 449 449 449 450 446 357 523 357 120 120 173 122

Nemrod,

et les Sfcritures Cuneiformes

....
....

....

....

....
.... ....

.... ....
....

Nergal-edir, an Assyrian astronomer

....

..

Netem-mut, queen of Egypt, represented as a sphynx couchant Neubauer, Adolph, his opinion on the Crimean gravestones Nigin, the Assyrian name for a volume .... .... .... Nimrod, the same as the deity Amar-ud or Marduk .... the name found on bricks in the ruins of Babylon the site of the Calah of Genesis .... .... .... the same as Izdubar .... .... .... .... probably the same name as Selik-mulkhi.... .... called also Nebrodes by Josephus.... .... .... on Nemrod, founder of the Cushite dynasty .... Nin, means both "lord" and "lady" in Assyrian .... Ninbubu, " God of Sailors," a name of the deity Nin .... Nineveh, founded by the deity Assur .... .... .... description of the present site of.... .... ,...
,j

.... .... .... .... .... .... ....

.... ....
....

.... .... .... .... ....

....
.... ....

....
.... .... ....
....

....
.... ....
....

its
its

walls described
walls stated

....

....

....

....
....

.... ....

by Diodorus
....

to be

100

feet

high

.... ..., .... ....

how

anciently defended

....

.... .... ....

.... .... ....

....
.... '....

position of its great gate....

....

palaces excavated by Mr. Smith .... .... .... .... .... account of recent excavations and discoveries made on the site of Ninib, " Lord of Brightness," another name for the deity Nin .... ....
called " Lord of the Coat of Iron" Nin-it-gal, " Lord of the Strong Head," a
....
....

indications of a bridge over the

Khozr

....

....
....

name

of the deity

Nin
.... ....

Ninkigal, an Assyrian goddess, the queen of Hell or Hades the same as Proserpine .... .... .... .... the same as Gula, wife of Hea .... .... ....

.... ....
,...

,... ....

her abuse of Ishtar in Hades

....

....

....

..

620
Niusar, "

INDEX.
PAGE

Lady

of Rising," a

name of

Ishtar

.,..

....
....

....

.... ....
.... .... ....

Nizir, mouut, the resting-place of the ark of

Tamzi

.... .... .... ....

....

the moiintaiDs of, the resting-pUice of the ark .... Noah, the probable meaning of his name .... .... .... possibly the Adrahasis of the Izdubar Legends .... Northern Egypt, anciently called Ta-Mera .... ..,. Nubia, anciently called Takans .... .... .... .... Nud mi Amnion, possibly the Urdamane of Assyrian history Numa Pompilius, king of Rome, corrects the calendar .... Nusku, an Assyrian deity, the messenger of Bel .... ....

.... ....
.... ....

....
....
....

....

....

174 229 557 590 532 494 495 457 35 459

O.
Obelisks, removed

from Thebes

to

Nineveh by Assurbanipal
.... ....

.... .... ....

.... ....
....

Occultations and culminations recorded by the Assyrians

Otiartes or Ardates possibly the same as Lamecli
....

450 22
532 353 53 152 153 176 439 2 150 117 422 466 65

king of Babylonia, the same as Ubaratuta .... .... Olympiad, date of the first year of the first .... .... .... Omens, various Babylonian, described .... .... .... .... from the heavens .... .... .... .... .... .... .... from the fixed stars .... .... .... .... On the accuracy obtainable in Assyrian translation. By H. Fox Talbot .... Oppert, Dr. Jules, considers the Assyrian Canon ill compiled gi-eat value of his Assyrian studies .... .... Orcurti mentions the Egyptian altar at Turin .... .... .... published the Antiquities in the Museo di Torino.... .... Ormazd, called the god of the Aryans .... .... .... .... .... Oserkon, king of Egypt, date of his accession B.C. 734 ....

....
....

....
....

....
.... ....
....

.... ....
....

....

.... Panebtma, an Egyptian astronomer .... Papyrus used as a writing material by the Accadians Papyrus documents referred to by Assurbanipal .... Parcae, the, their affinity to the Seven Hathors ....

.... ....

....

....
....

....
.... ....

....
....
....

....
.... .... .... ....
...

405 430 431 351

3

Pekah, king of Samaria, date of his death uncertain king of Israel, date of his accession, B.C. 734 .... king of Samaria (?) slain by Hoshea Pekahiah, king of Israel, date of his accession B.C. 736 Pekin, Du Halde's account of the Observatory at
Peleg, date of his birth
....

....
.... .... .... .... ....

....

....
....

64 23

64
48
11

....
....

....
.... ....

....

.... .... ....

....

.... ....

Penamen, an Egyptian astronomer Ponnub, an Egyptian astronomer .... Pentaur, poem of, sep Sallier Papyrus
Pepi, king of Egypt, his

.... ....
....

.... .... .... ....

.... ....

....
....

name appears on an

altar at Turin

....

Persian (Julf, tlic district of, called the land of Tamtc Pctmutf, an Egj-ptian marine deity .... ....
Petubastcs, date of his reign
....

.... .... ....

....

....
....

....
.... .... ....

....

....

.... Pharaoh, oath by the name of .... .... Phcenicians claimed to have been the first astronomers .... .... Phoenicia, omens concerning the king of omens against the king of .... ....

.... .... ....

....

....

.... ....
....

....
....

Pirin, the river of, miidentified

Pisiris,

....

....

....

.... .... ....

king of Carchemish, tributary to Tiglath-Pilcser Planets, the seven, Chaldean names of .... ....

....
....

.... ....

405 405 85 110 369 114 53 345 145 254 260 473 9 167

INDEX.
Pliny states the Babylonians invented astral science .... .... Pole of the dial, explanation of .... .... .... .... .... Pole Star, its great importance in Assyrian astronomy .... ..,, Portents, table of Assyrian .... .... .... .... .... Powers of nature deified by the Chaldeans .... .... .... Precession of the equinox, the date of the Babylonian calendar fixed by Prenominal suffix, the, in Assyrian and Himyarltic .... .... "Prosperous Bull," the, Assyrian name of the month Ivar .... Pul, king of Chaldea, date of his accession, B.C. 759 .... .... king of Assyria, date of his invasion of Israel .... .... Pythagoras, said to have been instructed at Babylon by Nazaratus
....
.... ....
/...

621
PAGE

16

....
.... .... ....

34 206 239 165 237 108

162 59 62 149

....
....

....

Quatremere, his opinion of the Melitensis Quinta .... his translation of the Melitensis Quinta

....
.... ....

....
....

391 322

E.
Raifet Papyrus, connected with the Sallier Papyrus
.... ....

....
....

..,. ....

philological notes

on

....

....

Ram, the, in early times the chief object of sacrifice .... .... .... Ramses II, translation of the Sallier Papyrus, containing his wars against
the Cheta

84 95 162
83 88 86 87 89 90 93 102 558 239

his oiferings to his prayer to

Amnion
....
.

.... .... ....

.... .... ....

...

..

....

embassy of the Cheta to .... .... .... compared to the god Mentu .... .... .... Raven, a, sent forth from the ark .... .... .... .... Regal omens, see Portents, tablet of .... .... .... Renouf, P. Le Page, calendar of astronomical observations
dynasty Repa, the Egyptian title for the heLr-apparent .... Rezin, king of Syria, slain by Tiglath-Pileser .... Rhodians claim to have been the first astronomers.... Rimmon an Assyrian astronomer so named.... Rod of gold which raises spirits, Assyrian references to Rod. The wonderful rod of Tothmes III Roman Calendar, corrected by Numa Pompilius .... Rubati, an Assyrian goddess called " Lady of the Gods "
.
.

his personal bravery

.... ....

.... ....
.... .... ....

.... .... .... .... ....

....

Ammon
and

defeats the Cheta

their allies

....
....

....
....

ably supported by his squire

Menna

....
.... ....

.... ...

in the

XXt'i
....

....

....
.... .... ....

....

....
.... ....

.... ....

....
....

....

....

....

....

,,,.
,.,.

....

....

400 491 23 145 232 442 342 35 592

.... .... Sabaco puts Bocchoris, king of Egypt to death .... king of Egypt revolts, and is conquered by Sargon king of Assyria .... Sacrifice on entering the ark .... .... .... .... .... .... Sacrifice of Adrahasis on quitting the ark .... .... .... .... .... Sadam Baal, the temple of, restored by the people of Gozo .... Sahu, an Egyptian constellation .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... Sallier Papyrus, translated by Prof. Lushington .... .... .... commonly called the Poem of Pentaur ,.,.
.
.

73 456 545 560 395 405 83 85

622
Sallier Papjrus, translated

INDEX.
PAGE

by various authors

...

....

....

....

various texts of .... .... .... .... .... philological notes on .... .... .... .... .... .... .... .... Samaria, date of the fall of, contested Samsi, queen of the Arabs, tributary to Tiglath-Pileser .... .... .... Sargon, king of Assyria, rises into power, B.C. 722 .... conquers Samaria, Hamath, etc .... .... .... .... .... .... conquers Ai-abia and Armenia .... .... .... sets Bocchorls on the throne of Egypt .... .... the great astrological work compiled for .... .... .... suppresses the revolt of Sabaco, king of Egypt .... .... .... his relationship to Sabaku and Tirhakah .... .... .... the royal seal of, found by Mr. Smith .... .... .... .... .... Sarit, an Egyptian constellation the star, often confounded on the calendar with the star Arit .... .... .... Sarus, the, a cycle not of years but of days .... .... . >aturn, to the Babylonians a sinister star .... .... the planet, his names in Accadian astronomy Sayce, Rev. A. H., the Astronomy and Astrology of the Babylonians

....
.... ....

....

.... .... ....

.... ....

85 84 95 30 9 24 24
25 71 147 456 457

....
....

....
....
....

463 405 408

13 148 169 145

.... ....

....

,,

the Language of the Cuneiform Inscriptions of

Elam
465 109 86 163 463 164 168 113
3 5

and Media
.... .... .... Schrader, E., has properly explained the verb hasw .. .... .... .... Scinde, heroic incidents at the conquest of.... .... .... Scorpio, the sign, the starting point of the Assyrian calendar .... .... .... Seal of Sargon, found at Kouyunjik by Mr. Smith " Sebat, the month called by the Assyrians " the Month of Want and Rain
.... .... .... .... .... Seches, the Greek name of Mercury Sekhet, an Egyptian goddess, the wife of Pthah and mother of Nefer-Atum Sennacherib, king of Assyria, difficulties as to the date of his invasion of Judah .... .... his account of Hezekiah's repairs at Jerusalem .... .... evidences of a second campaign to Palestine .... .... .... .... makes Assur-nadin-mu king of Babylon .... .... .... builds a palace at Nebbi Yunas .... .... .... .... Sennacherib's palace, Mr. Smith's discoveries at ....

Senni, Egyptian scouts

....

....

....

....

....

....

....
.... .... .... ....

.... .... .... Sept (Sothis), an Egyptian constellation .... .... .... .... Sesen, the same as Eshmoun or Hermopolis Sethos, king of Egypt, defeated by Sargon at the battle of Raphia .... .... the same as Zeet .... .... .... Seven Hathors, the, their office in Egyptian mythology .... Shadow on the dial of Ahaz, the result of a natural phenomena .... .... .... Shalmaneser, king of Assyria, date of his accession .... the same as Enemessar .... his conquest of Tyre .... .... .... .... ....

....
.... ....
....

....

called also
his

his Shamas, the sun-god of Assyria

Dimanubar on the Nimrod obelisk early date, 1300 B.c palace at Nineveh discovered by Mr. Smith
....

....

....

....
....

.... ....
....

....
....

.... ....

....

Shanim

I/igaluthenu, this era explained

....
....

....

Sharpe, Samuel, account of an Egyptian altar at Turin Shem, the descendants of .... .... .... ....

.... ....
....
....

....
....

31 75 449 453 345 405 114 24 36 351 33 10 26 68 139 451 450 459 29 110

....

.... Shemite and Hamitc traditions, their wide difference " Seizer of Seed," the Assyrian name of the month Tammuz

....
.... ....

Siggarra ziggarat, an astronomical watch-tower Silik-muhikhi, the phonetic form of the name Nimrod or

....

....

Amarud
.... .... ....
;...

....
.... ....

Simmasihu, king of Babylonia, length of his

Sin, the

reign....
....

moon-god of Assyria

....

....

12 162 151 137 367 459

INDEX.
Sippara, the temples of, founded by king Zabu
Sisit,
.... .... .... ....

62'd
PAGE

king of Babylonia, the reading of his name uncertain .... .... Sisuthrus builds an altar on the peak of the mountain .... .... .... see Xisuthms and Adrahasis .... .... .... .... .... Sivan, month called by the Assyrians " the Month of Bricks " .... .... Smith, George, admits an error of ten years as to the date of the death of

365 363 152 532 162

3 118
361

Pekah
on " the Descent of Ishtar " .... .... on fragments of an inscription from whence the canon of Berosus was copied .... .... .... .... .... account of recent excavations and discoveries made on the site of Nineveh .... .... .... .... .... ,.,. discovers the palace of Shahnaneser at Nineveh .... .... discovers four new Assyrian syllabaries .... .... .... the Eleventh Tablet of the Izdubar Legends .... .... Society of Biblical Archaeology, condensed Report of the Proceedings .... Solar tablets, series of Assyrian, with their omens .... .... .... .... Soldiers, concealed in large jars by Tahutia .... .... .... .... Songs, amatory and sacred Translations of four Egyptian songs, by

his corrections

446 450 496 530 597 224 343

C.
Soss, the

W. Goodwin
name
of the Babylonian cycle of sixty years
....

380
....
.... ....

....
....

10

Sothis, the star, the

same

as Sirius....

....
....

....
....

....

406

Spark, the Assyrian epithet for a star

Spirits, see

" Evil Spirits" .... .... .... ... Stellar tablets recorded by the Assyrians .... .... Star, each person had one assigned to him at his birth the Morning, connected with the god of Death Star, Pole, its great importance in Assyrian astronomy

197 458 225 .... .... .... 148 .... .... .... 168 .... .... .... 206 .... .... .... 175 Star worship, gradually introduced among the Accadians .... .... .... 148 Stars, certain, called by the Chaldeans "Counsellor Gods," "Judges," etc 166 names of, in Accadian astronomy .... .... .... .... .... 166 early worshipped as deities .... .... .... .... .... .... the Twelve, Assyrian names of the twelve stars of the west 176 .... 148 thirty, called " the Counsellor Gods " .... .... .... .... 173 seven, called " Chiefs of the Week " .... .... .... .... fixed, Assyrian list of, and their consequent omens .... 176 .... .... 197 described as " sparks " by the Assyrians .... .... .... .... 401 the, how viewed by the Egyptians .... .... .... .... .... ,, 405 the Many, an Egyptian constellation .... .... .... .... 407 identified with Coma Berenices .... .... .... .... 405 Stars of the Water, the, an Egyptian constellation.... .... .... .... 174 Week, two sets of planets so called by the Accadians.... .... Sulum, or "rest," the name of the Babylonian Sabbath .... 207 .... .... Sumai, an Assyrian astronomer 212, 221 .... .... .... .... .... 365 Sumu, an unknown king of Babylonia .... .... .... .... .... 37 Sun, the, its declination and altitude B.C. 690 .... .... .... .... 167 called Biseba by the Accadian astronomers .... .... .... 149 Sun-dial, invented by the Babylonians .... .... .... .... .... 472 Sun-god, the, called Cit by the Kassites .... .... .... .... .... 123 Sun and Moon, the, petition of Hea for the release of the goddess Ishtar .... 210 Assyrian records of conjunctions .... .... .... .... 589 Surippak, called "the Ship City" 536 declared to be an ancient city .... .... .... .... .... 477 Susin deities, a list of the names of .... .... .... .... .... 477 Susinak, the local deity of Sushan .... .... .. .. .... ,.,. 478 .... Sutruk-nakhkhimte, a Susian king.... .... .... .... .... 479 inscription of .... .... .... .... .... ....
.... ....

....

....

....

'

624
Swallow,
a,

INDEX.
PAGE
sent forth from the ark
....
..., ....

.... ....

....
....

.... ... .... .... ....

Sweariug by the name of Pharaoh

Syllabaries, Assyi-ian, several

....

....

new ones found by Mr. Smith .... Synchronous history, a fragment found at Kouyunjik by Mr. Smith Syriac language, its affinities with the Assyrian .... .... .... .... Syria, omens for the king of .... .... .... .... called by the Egyptians Chara .... .... .... ....

....

....

558 345 462 456 105 293 352

T.
Tahutia, an Egyptian officer, account of his treason conceals his soldiers in large jars .... ....

.... ....

....
....

.... ....

delivers the Imu to Tothmes III .... .... .... probably the same name as Thoth or Tahuti .... .... .... Takans, the Egyptian name of Nubia .... .... .... .... Talbot, H. Fox, revised translation of the Descent of Ishtar addenda to the Descent of Ishtar .... .... on the accuracy obtainable in Assyrian translation ,, Ta-Mera, the Egj7)tian name of Northern Egyjit .... .... .... .... Tamte, Babylonian name for the district of the Persian Gulf " Tammuz, the month called by the Assyrians "the Seizer of Seed .... the same as Tamzi, the hxisband of Ishtar .... .... Tamzi, see Tammuz.... .... .... .... .... .... Tassigurubar, an early Babylonian king .... .... .... .... .... Tel Armush, one of the mounds of Nineveh so named ....

....
.... ....
....

.... .... ....

....

.... ....
.... ....

....

many in Kouyunjik .... .... .... .... The Doomed Prince, an Egyptian fabulous tale, translated by C. W. Goodwin " The Holy Altar," the Assyi'ian name of the month Tisri .... .... " The Prosperous," the Assyrian name of the month Marchesvan.... .... " The Ship City," the Assyrian name of the city Surippak .... .... .... " The Thigh," an Egyptian constellation corresponding to the Great Bear.... .... .... Thoth, the same name as Tahutia .... .... .... ....
Temples, AssjTian, originally

341 343 344 345 495 118 357 439 494 369 163 165 165 452 448 450

349 163 163 589 406 345 340 343 342

1

Thothmes, or Tothmes III, translation of an

event in his reign
....

historical narrative
.... ....
....

of

an
....

....

....

Tothmes

III. called

Menchepera

....

.... Tothmes, his wonderful rod described .... .... .... .... Tiglath-Pileser, kiner of Assyria, synchronous history of his reign and that of Azariah, by J. W- Bosanquet .... conquers Galilee and Napthali .... .... .... partial list of his tributary kings .... .... .... .... .... .... performs ceremonies in honour of Bel .... conquers Damascus, and slays king Rezin.... .... Shalmaneser, and Sargon, all at one time associated together .... .... .... .... site of his palace at Kouyunjik "Tir-anna," Judge of Heaven (Dayansamc), the Assyrian name of the

7 9 10 23 25 451

Pole Star

Tirhakah king of Egypt, his

affinity

with Sargon
....

....
....

....
....

.... .... ....

....

....
....

his revolt against Assyria

.... .... conquered by Esarhaddon .... " Tisri, the month called by the Assyrians " the Holy Altar Tombs in the Biban-el-Moluk, Astronomical Calendar in .... .... ... Assyrian, should be sought for

.... ....
....

....
.... ....

.... ....

Triad, see Memj)hian Triad....

....

....

....

....

Tugulti-ninip establishes a new dynasty at Babylon Turanian names early translated into Semitic forms

....
....

....
....

....

206 457 457 457 163 400 464 113 456 364

INDEX.
.... Turanian spirit worship referred to .... .... Turin, an account of an Egyptian altar at, by S. Sharpe Tutankhamen, king of Egypt, his period .... .... .... .... Tutu, the Assyrian god of Death ...' .... .... a Chaldean deity .... .... .... .... .... an Assyrian deity, the god of generation .... .... Two Stars, the, an Egyptian constellation .... ... .... Tyre and Carchemish, tributary to Tiglath-Pileser.... .... .... Tyre and Sidon, chronology of the kings of .... .... Tyre conquered by Shalmaaeser .... .... .... .... ....

02 5
PAGE
....
.... ....
....

.... ....
....

467 110 488

165 533 590 405 9 66 68

....
....

.... .... .... .... ....

....
....

....
....

U.
Ubaratutu, meaning of his name .... .... .... .... means Servant of Tutu .... .... .... possibly the Lamech of Genesis .... .... king of Babylonia, the Otiartes of Berosus .... Ulbar-surki-idina, king of Babylon, length of his reign .... probably the Laborosoarchodus of the Greeks Ummih-zirriti, an early Babylonian king .... .... ... Urakhga, an unkno^vn Assyrian bird .... .... .... Urdhi or Eridhu, the father of Merodach .... .... .... Urdamane king of Egypt succeeds Sabaku .... ,
.... .... .... ....

....
.... .... .... ....

....
....

.... ....
....

....
....

165 533 532 363 367 370 452

204
141 456 457 458 584 585 229 21 56

....
....

....
.... ....

possibly the

same as Nud-mi-ammon
....

.... .... .... ....

.... .... .... ....

.... ....
.... ....
....

conquered by Assurbanipal Urhamsi, the companion of Izdubar

....
.... .... ....

....

assists in

the purification of Izdubar

Ur-land, i.e., land of Uri, the ancient name of Accadia .... Uzziah, or Jotham, king of Judali, the same as Yahukazi.... Uzziah, date of the earthquake of B.C. 762 .... ....

....
....

....
....

V.
.... Vul, the god of the atmosphere Vulnirari builds a palace at Nebbi Yunas
.... .... .... .... .... ....
....

....

....

....

458 449

W.

War

of the Evil Spirits, an Assyrian legend

its special

....

....
....

....
....

....
....

Week, Assyrian, each day had

star

....

458 174
104

Wright, Prof. William, observations on the Assyrian verb " lasu" compared with the Hebrew " hdi/d," he was .... on the Phoenician iuscription called Melitensis Quinta his translation of the Melitensis Quinta .... .... Writing, Assyrian words derived from .... ... .... .... ....

389 395 435

Xisuthrus, the same as Sisit of the Deluge Tablet the Adrahasis of the Izdubar Legends

.... ....

.... ....

....
...

.... ....

363 531

62 G

INDEX.

.... Yahubidi, king of Hamatb, flayed alive by Sargon .... Yabu-kazi, king of Judah, not Ahaz, but eitber Jotham or Uzziah .... .... .... .... .... Year, Accadian, tbe account of .... .... .... Cosmical, believed in by the Chaldeans

....
....

24
21 160 147

....
....

Z.
Zabibi, queen of the Arabs, tributary to Tiglath-Pileser

....

....

.... ....
.... ....

Zabu, king of Babylonia, founder of the temples of Sippara .... .... Zaidu or Zaaidu, king of Babylonia, the son of Izdubar .... the son of Izdubar .... .... .... .... Zeet, king of Egypt, considered by Lepsius to be the same as Sethoa Zodiac, the, of the Assyrians had twenty-four fixed stars .... ....

....
....

9 365 365 459 36

177

627

LIST OF BIBLICAL TEXTS.

628

CLASSICAL AUTHORITIES REFERRED TO.

PAGE

PAGE
Justin,

^neid, IV, 242,

Herodotus,
II,

quoted....

Euripides, Alcestis, 1147, quoted

141, cited

....

II, II,

141

....

109, quoted....

442 442 52 35 34

XXII, VI,

Odyss. Eitual

XXIV,
of

1,

tlie

quoted .... quoted .... Dead, Cap.

5,

42 442

CXLVIII,

cited

351

HARRISON AND SONS, PUXMtUS

IN

ORDINARY TO

IIER

MAJESTY

.ST.

MARTIN"s LANE.

List of Members.

629

SOCIETY OF BIBLICAL ARCHEOLOGY.

LIST OF MEMBERS, January,

Marked
thus * are

1875.

Members of

the Council.

AiNSWOETH,

W.

F., F.S.A.,

F.E.G.S., Eavenscourt Villa,

JN'.'W.

Ham-

mersmith, S.W.

Alexander, Geo., 1, Ulster Terrace, Eegent's Park, Amhuest, William A. Ttssen, F.S.A., F.E.S.L.,
Didlington Park, Brandon, Norfolk.

F.E.S., &c.,

Angus, Eev. Jos., D.D., Eegent's Park, N.W. Anderson, J. Corbet, Croydon, Surrey. Appleford, William, 8, Park Street, Victoria Park Eoad, N.E. Arnold, Eet. Dr. Mulheisen, 27, Bristol Gardens, W. Attwood, Eev. Geo., Framlingham Eectory, Wickham Market. Babington, Eev. Churchill, D.D., F.E.S.L., Cockfield Eectory,
Sudbury, Suftblk.

Bagster, Henry T., 15, Paternoster Eow, E.G. Bagster, Eobt., 14, King's Eoad, Gray's Inn, W.C. Baker, William, B.A., 1, New Inn, Strand, W.C. Barton, Col. N. D., 15, Palmeira Square, Brighton. Battersbt, Eev. T. D. Hareord, St. John's Parsouage, Keswic Beale, D. Chauncet, 12, Gray's Inn Square, W.C. Beechet, Eev. Canon St. Vincent, M.A., Hilgay Eectory

Downham,

Norfolk.

*BiRCH, Samuel, K.E., LL.D., F.E.S.L., &c., British Museum,

W.C.

{President.)

BiRDWOOD, Dr., F.G.S., India Office, Whitehall, S.W. Blacker, Louis, Flowermead, Wimbledon Park, S.W. Blackett, Eev. W. E., M.A., 65, Bedford Street, Liverpool. Bland, Horatio, Hill-Fields, Eeading. BoLDEN, Eev. C, Preston Bissett Eectory, Buckingham. *Bonomi, Joseph, Curator, Sir John Soane's Museum, W.C.

630

2Mt

of Members.

*BosA.NQUET, James W., F.R.A.S., M.li.A.S., &c., 73, Lombard Street, E.G. {Treasurer.)

BosANQUET, Samuel R., Dingeston Court, Monmouth. BoscAWEX, Rev. W. H., B.A., Marcliweil, AV^rexliam. BoscAWEN, William, 17, Nottingham Street, N.W. BouGHi, SiGNOR E., Camera Dei Deputati, Rome. BowDEN, E.EV. Chaeles H., The Oratory, Brompton, S.W. Boyd, Key. William, F.S.A., Scot., St. John's Manse, Forest
Hill, S.E.

Beamlet-Moore, Eev. W., M.A., 19, Woburn Square, W.C. Beewstee, Rey. Waldegraye, Middleton Rectory, Manchester. Beock, Rey. Moueant, M.A., 4, Gloucester Row, Clifton. Beown, J., F.R.A.S., Brantholme, Kendal, Westmoreland. Beown, J. RoBEETS, 84, Caversham Road, N. W. Beown, Wm. Henry, 35, Charlewood Street, S.W. Brown, R., Jun., F.S.A., Barton-on-Humber, Lincolnshire. Bboaynen, Geo., F.C.S., Althorpe Road, Wandsworth Common, S.W. BuGBY, AVm., 3, Wilton Villas, Shepherd's Bush, W. Bullock, Rey. W. T., M.A., Kensington Palace, S.W. BuNSEN, Eenst De, Abbey Lodge, Hanover Gate, N.W. Burns, Wm. Alfeed, 28, Hemingford Road, N. BuETON, Sis William W., 54, Chepstow Villas, Netting Hill, W.
BuETON, Rey. R. Cleeke, TaYersham, Norwich. Buxton, Wilmot, F.R.A.S., 77, Chancery Lane, E.G. Cameeon, Alexandee Mackenzie, Borneo. Camps, R., M.D., Campbell, Rey. Peincipal, Presbyterian College, Montreal,
Canada.
7, WhitehaU Yard, S.W. Cesnola, Genl. Di, U.S. Consul, Larnaca, Cyprus. Chalmees, John, Castle Bank, Merchiston, Edinburgh *Chaeteeis, Peof. J., D.D., University, Edinburgh. Cheyalliee, Edgecumbe, F.R.A.S., Knysna, Cape Colony. Cheyne, Rey. F. K., M.A., Balliol College, Oxford. *Cheisty, Thos., Jun., 155, Fenchurch Street, E.G. Cheistt, Thos. Howaed, 64, Claverton Street, Grosvenor

Gates, Aethue, F.R.I.B.A.,

Square,

W.

Claek, John, 133, Upper Kennington Lane, S.E. Glaeke, G. Haewood, B.A., F.S.A., Westfield, Bromley, Kent. Glibboen, Edw., Curator, Royal Irish Academy, Dublin. Corntuwaite, Rey. Tullie, M.A., The Forest, Walthamstow, E.

List of Members.

631

Coles, Rev.

J. B.,

M.A., AVoodham Walter, Maldon, Essex.

Collins, James, F.E.P.S., 17, Arthur Street, Deptford. Cook, Rev. Francis C.,M.A., Canon of Exeter, Devon. {VicePresident.)

Cooke, Geo. Edw., F.E.M.S., The Museum, Wisbeach. CooPEB, Eev. Basil, B.A., F.E.S.L., 68, Horncastle Terrace, Fonthill Eoad, N. *CooPEE, W. E,, F.R.A.S., 5, Eichmond Grove, Barnsbury, N.
{Secretary.)

CossoN, M. Le Baron C. A. De, F.E.G.S., L'Hermitage, boise, Indre at Loire, France. Cox, David, 2, New Park Eoad, Brixton, S.

Am-

Crespin, Edgar, 1, Harrington Square, N.'W. *CuLL, EiCHARD, F.S.A 13, Tavistock Street, Bedford Square,
,

W.C.
CuERET, Eev. Georqe, D.D., Master, Charterhouse, Aldersgate
Street, E.C.
St. George's Square, S.W. Dale, Eev. Thomas Pelham, M.A., 6, Ladbroke Gardens, W. Dale, Rev. Bryan, M.A. Halifax. Dalton, Rev. J. N., M.A., Marlborough Houso, St. James's, W. Darbishiee, Robt. D., B.A., F.R.S., F.S.A., Victoria Park,

CusT, EoBERT, 64,

Manchester.

David, Rev. Wm., M.A., Colleton Crescent, Exeter. Day, St. John Vincent, C.E., F.R.C.S., S.E,, Garthamlock, near Glasgow, N.B. De La Rue, Warren, F.R.S., D.C.L., F.R.A.S., 73, Portland
Place,

W.

Delitzsch, Dr. Friedrich, 54, Niiruberger Strasse, Leipzig. *Denton, Rev. Wm., M.A., 22, Westbourne Square, W.

*DoNALDsoN, Professor
Bedford Place,

W.

T. L., K.L., Ph.D., {Foreign Secretary.)

&c.,

21,

Upper

DouaLAS, Rev. Dr., Free Church College, Glasgow. *Drach, S. M., F.R.A.S., F.R.G.S., 74, Offord Road, N. Drtden, John, Control Office, Curragh, Kildare, Ireland. Dykes, Rev. J. Oswald, D.D., 74, Oakley Square, N.W.
Eadie, Rev. John, D.D., LL.D., 6, Thoruvilie Terrace, Glasgow. Ekmund, Oscar, Goteburg, Sweden.
EsPiN, Rev.
head.

Canon Thomas,

B.D., Wallasey Rectory, Birken-

Evans, J. L., Parkdale House, Tyndal Park, Bristol. Evans, Stephen, Bryntirion, Upper Hornsey Lane, N. Falkener, Edward, K. D., Glan-y-mor, Laugharne, Carmarthenshire.

632

List of Members.

Faerell, Isaac, 8, Leinster Square, Eathmiues, Dublin. Fergusson, James, D.C.L., E.E.S.A., F.E.I. B. A., 9, Langbaiu
Place,

W.
42, Inverness Terrace,

Ferry, Benjamin, F.S.A., F.E.I.B.A.,

Bayswater,

W.

Fidler, T. Claxton, 9, Victoria Chambers, Westminster, S.W. FiNLATSON, Eey. John, M.A.*, 60, Lower Baggot Street, Dubn Forbes, Alexander, M.A., G, Mackie Place, Aberdeen, N.B. FoESMAN, A. St. Johts, The Lodge, Cuhnore, Londonderry. *Fortnum, C. Drurt, F.S.A., Stanmore HiJl, Middlesex.

Fowler, Eev. J. F., M.A., F.S.A., Hatfield Hall, Durham. Fox, Charles, Trebah, Falmouth. Franks, Augustus W., M.A., V.P.S.A., F.E.S.L., British Museum, W.C.
Frasee, a. L., 22, Offerton Eoad, Clapham, S.E. Freer, William Jesse, Stonygate, Leicester, Fet, H. William, Walthamstow, Essex. Fry, Theodoee, Brinkburn, Darlington. *FuLLER, Eev. J. M., M.A., 67, Lincoln's Inn Fields. Garbett, E. L., 7, Mornington Eoad, N.W. Geikie, Eev. Cunningham, D.D., F.E.G.S., 3, Eosedale

Villa,

West Dulwich,

S.E.

Gelbart, Eev. G. C, M.A., 14, Haverstock Hill, N.W. GiBB, Eev. John, M.A., Presbyterian College, Queen's Square,

W.C.
Gibbon, J. A., Crescent Lodge, Peckham Eye, S.W. GiEEORD, Hardinge Stanley, Q.C, 12, Chester Place, Hyde Park Square, AV.
Gill, Thos. E., 39, Amersham Eoad,

New

Cross, S.E.

Ginsburg, Christian D., Ph.D., Binfield, Bracknell, Herts. *Gladstone, Eight Hon. W. E., M.P., D.C.L., F.S.S., 11, Carlton

House

Terrace,

W.

(Vice-President.)

Gladstone, J. Hall, Ph.D., F.E.S., 17, Pembridge Square, W. Goldschmidt, M., 35, Porchester Terrace, W. and 106, Gamle Kongever, Copenhagen. Gorman, Eev. T. Murray, 13, Campden Grove, Kensington, W. GossE, Phillip H., F.E.S., V.P.S.S., Sandhurst, Torquay. Graves, E. Edmond, British Museum, W.C.
;

Greenwood, Prof.

G., Principal,

Owens

College, Manchester.
Street,

Griffith, D. Clewin, F.E.G.S., 117, Gower Grove, George, Sydenham, S.E.

W.C.

GuRNEY, J. H., Marlden, Totnes. Gueney, John, Sprowston Hall, near Norwich.

List of Members.

633

Guest,

E.,

LL.D., Master,

(Jaius

and Gonville College, Cam-

bridge.

Haigh, Eev. D. H., M.A., Erdington, near Birmingham. Hale, C. G., 26, Austin Friars, E.G. Hamilton, Eight Hon. Lord Claud, M.P., 9, Eaton Square, W. Habman, JoH5f, 73, Lombard Street. ^Harrison, Charles, 10, Lancaster Gate, W. Harrison, J. Park., M.A., Cintra Park Yilla, Upper Norwood,
S.E.

Harrison,

J.

W., 45,

St.

Martin's Lane,

W.C.
K.G., D.C.L., 39, Gros-

*Harrowbt, Eight Hon. The Earl

venor Square, S.W.

or, {Vice-President.)

Hartland, Ernest, The Oaklands, Cheltenham. Hartland, E. Sidney, 5, Eutland Street, Swansea. Harvey, Eight Eev. and Eight Hon. Lord Arthur, Bishop OE Bath and Wells, D.D., The Palace, Wells, Somerset. Harward, J., AViuterfold, Kidderminster.
Hassell, Joseph, A.K.C.L., Hamilton House, Loraine Eoad, Hollo way, N. Hay, Eob. J., M.A., Nunraw, Prestonkirk, N.B. Heath, Eev. Dunbar I., E.E.S.L., Esher, Surrey. Hemans, Chas. I., 11, Eoland Gardens, South Kensington, W. Henderson, John, M.A., F.S.A., 3, Montague Street, Eussell
Square,

W.C.
J.

Hewlett, Eev.

Grigg, D.D.,

4,

Norfolk Villas, Broadway,

South Hackney, N.E.

Heywood, Samuel, M.A., 171, Stanhope Street, N.W. Hill, E. Morley, 6, Eichmond Grove, Barnsbury, N. Hodges, E. E., Ph.D., 56, Maitland Park Eoad, N.W. Holmes, John E., Holmsville, Methley, Leeds. Houghton, Eev. William, M.A., Preston Eectory, Wellington,
Salop.

Howard, J. E., E.S.S., HowoRTH, Henry A.,

Manchester.

&c.,

Lordship Lane, Tottenham, N.

F.S.S., F.E.M.S.,

Derby House, Eccles,

Hunter, Eev. Eobt., ALA., E.G.S., 9, Mecklenburgh Street, W.C. HuYSHE, Wentworth, 6, Pelham Place, S.W. Jenkins, B. G., 4, Buccleuch Eoad, West Dulwich, S.E. Jenner, Thomas, 31, Brixton Eoad, S.W.
Jones, Eev. Alfred, M.A., Master's House, Aske's Hospital Hoxton, N.E. Jones, Winslow, E.E.G.S., Heavitree, Exeter, Devon.
Jones,
J.

Winter, M.A.,

British

Museum, W.C.
.

Vol. III.

41

G34

List of Members.

Keane, Maecus, M.R.I. a., Beech Park, Eimis, co. Clare, Ireland. Kessen, Eev, Dr., Colombo Lodge, Dover. KiNGSBUET, Eev. T. L., M.A., Easton Eoyal Vicarage, Pewsey,
Wilts.

Lacet, Chaeles J., 1, St. John's Villas, Haverstock Hill, N.W. Laing, Alexandee R., F.E.Gr.S., Newborough-on-Tay, N.B. Lambeet, George, F.S.A., 10, Coventry Street, Haymarket, W. Lane, Eev. Canon, M.A., Wrotham, Kent. Lang, E. Hamilton, Imperial Ottoman Bank, Alexandria,
Egypt.

Laughton, Alfred, Constantinople. Lawrence, P., Brook House, Clapham Common, S.W. Lea, John Walter, B.A., P.G.S., 6, The Grove, Highgate, N. Lee, Eev. Chaeles, M.A., St. Leonard's, Bilstou, Staffoi-dshire. Lee, Geo. H., 8, York Street, St. James's Square, S.W. Lbitch, J. MuiR, 22, Canonbury Place, N. Lewin, Thomas, P.S.A., 6, Queen's Gate Place, W. Lewis, Eev. Samuel S., M.A., Librarian, Corpus Christi College,
Cambridge.

Lewis,

Peoeessoe

T.

Hatter, P.E.I.B.A.,

9,

John

Streoi,

Adelphi,

W.C.

Lighteoot, Eev. J. B,, D.D., Canon of St. Paul's, E.C. LoEWE, Eev. L., D.D., 1 and 2, Oscar Villas, Broadstairs. LowT, Eev. A., 160, Portsdown Eoad, N.W. Lushington, Professor E. L., M.A., The College, Glasgow, N.B. Ltdall, John H., 65, Ladbroke Grove, W. Maclaeen, G., 71, Lansdown Eoad, Notting Hill, W. IMahaffey, Professor J. P., Trinity College, Dublin. Malan, Rev. S. C, M.A., P.E.A.S., Prebendary of Worcester,
Broadwindsor, Dorset.

Malfait, Eev. C, St. Mary's, Oscott, Birmingham. Manning, Eev. S., LL.D., 56, Paternoster Eow, E.C. Mansfeld, Sigismund, 11, Lansdown Eoad, Notting Hill, W. Marshall, Eev. J., M.A., 113, Victoria Street, S.W. Mater, Joseph, E.S.A., E.E.A.S., F.E.N.S.A., Pennant House,
Bebington, Liverpool.

Merx, Adalbert, D.D.,

Giessen.

MiLAND, E., Clairville, Wimbledon, S.W. Miller, Eev. G., 10, Bessborough Gardens, S.W. MiLLEE, Eev. Josiah, M.A., 142, Brecknock Eoad, N. Mills, Llyweltn, 40, Lonsdale Square, N.
Mills, E. M., Mitchell, H.
13, Adelaide
S., 5,

Eoad,

N.W.

Great Prescott Street, E.

List of Members.

635

Mitchell, J. B., M.D., M.E.S.L., 14, Thistle Grove, S.W. MocATTA, David, F.S.A., 32, Prince's Gate, W. MoNTEiTH, Robert, Carstairs, Lanarkshire, N.B.

Moran, Rev. F. J. Clay, Cambridge Park, Twickenham, S.W. Moore, Septimus P., LL.B. B.Sc, 25, Maitland Park Villas,
Haverstock Hill, N.W. Morris, W. H., Clifton House, Ealing Road, Brentford. *MoRRisoN, Walter, 77, Cromwell Road, S.W.
President.)

{Vice-

MoTT, A. J., Claremont House, Seaforth, Liverpool. Muir, J., LL.D., D.C.L., &c., 10, Merchiston Avenue, Edinburgh. MuiR, W. J. CoCKBURN, Eildon Lodge, Amersham Road, Putney, S.W. Napier, Rev. Prebk. P., B.A., 8, Richmond Park Terrace, Richmond, S.AV^. Newman, Rev. Dr. (Chaplain to the Senate, U.S.A.), 11, Queen
T., M.A., E.S.A., British Museum, W.C. *NiCHOLSON, Sir Charles, Bart., M.D., D.C.L., P.R.S.L.,P.S.A.,

Square, W.C. Newton, Charles

F.E.S., F.G.S.,26, Devonshire Place, Portland Place, President.)

W.

{Vice-

Nicholson, William, A.S.A., Coleford, Gloucestershire. *NoRMAN, J. Manship, M.A., Dencombe, near Crawley, Sussex. NoRTHCOTE, Rev. Canon J. Spencer, St. Mary's, Oscott, Bir-

mingham.
Paine, Rev.
J. A., Beirut, Syria. J.

Palmer, Col.

Linton, R.N., E.S.A., 40, Rock Park, Rock

Perry, Birkenhead.

Palmer, William, M.A., 22, Portman Street, W. *Papworth, Wtatt, E.R.I.B.A., 33, Bloomsbury Street, W.C.
Parish, Rev.
Pease, H.

W.

D., Selraeston, Lewes, Sussex.

F., J. P.,

Briukburn, Darlington.
F.L.S.,

Peckover,
Wisbeach.

Alexander, F.R.G.S.,

Harecroft

House,

Peckover, Jonathan, P'.S.A., Wisbeach. Perigal, Henry, 9, Nortb Crescent, Bedford Square, W.C. Phene, J. W., F.R.LB.A., F.S.A., F.G.S., 5, Carlton Terrace, Oakley Street, S.W. Phillips, Rev. G. E., M.A., Corpus Christi College, Cambridge. Filter, Wm. Ttjrnbull, 7, Queen's Road, Upper Norwood, S,E. Peetorius, Dr. Franz, Royal Library, Berlin. Pritchard, Iltudus T., F.R.G.S., 57, Granville Park, Blackheath, S.E.

PtJEDON, C. D., M.B., 14, Wellington Place, Belfast.

f)36

Liiit

of Members.

Eansom, Edwin, F.K.G.S., Kempstone, Bedford. *Eassam, Hoemuzd, F.E.G.S., Ailsa Park Lodge, Twickenham, S.W. *Rawlinson, Eev. Cakon GtEOkge, M.A., D.C.L., Canterbury,
Kent.
(

Vice-President.)
Sifl

*Eawlinson,

Henet C,

K.C.B., D.C.L., F.S.A., F.E.S.,

F.E.G-.S., 21, Charles Street, Berkeley Sq.,

W.

(Vice-rresident.)

Eeady, E. Cooper, British Museum, W.C. Eeed, Pekct, 10, Upper Hornsey Eise, JN". Eendell, Eet. Artsue M., Coston Eectory, Melton Mowbray. *Eexouf, p. Le Page, 26, Lambourn Road, Clapham, S.E. Eobeets, E. Nevill, 8, Spital Square, E. EoBiNSON, Eev. De., F.E.S., The Observatory, Armagh Ireland. EoBiNsoN, Eev. De. Stewaet, Kentucky, U.S.A. Bobbins, Eev. De. John, S. Peter's Vicarage, Kensington Park
Eoad,
stead,

W.
J,

*Eodwell, Eev.

M., M.il., 28, Fellows Eoad, South

St. Phillip's Vicarage,

Hamp-

N.W.
Stepney, N.E.

Eoss, Eev. Alex., M.A.,

Eothwell, The Maequis de, 27, Morningtou Eoad, N.W. EoxBUEGH, CoL. JoHN, 1, Clarendon Eoad, Kensington, W. Eule, Eev. De., 10, Alexander Terrace, Clyde Eoad, Addiscombe,
Croydon. *Satcb, Eev. A. H,, M.A., Queen's College, Oxford. Seebohm, Fredeeic, nitchin.

Sewell, Edwaed, B.A., The College, Ickley, near Leeds. Seymour, Heney Danby, Athenaeum Club, S.W.

Sharpe, Eev. John, Gissing Eectory, Diss, Norfolk. *SiMPS0N, William, F.E.G.S., 64, Lincoln's Inn Fields, W.C.
(^Librarian.)

Small, Eev. Geoege, M.A., 71, Albert Eoad, .Croydon, S.E. *Smith, Geoege, British Museum, W.C. *Smith, Very Eev. Dean E. Payne, D.D., Deanery, Canterbury, Kent.
{Vice-President.)

Mary's, Oscott, Birmingham. Burnett, Tabeum, 1, Wellington Place, Commercial Eoad, E. Talbot, W. Heney Fox, D.C.L., F.E.S., F.S.A., F.E.S.L., Lacock Abbey, Chippenham, Wilts. Taylor, Eev. Alexander, M.A., Chaplain, Gray's Inn, W.C. Tayloe, Eev. Isaac, M.A., Holy Trinity, Twickenham. Thompson, A. Dyott, 12, Pembridge Square, Westboume

Sole, Eev.

S., St.

Grove,

W.
Yeovil.

Thompson, Eev. Aechee, M.A., Brympton, near

List of Members.

637

Tompkins, Rev. Henry George, Park Lodge, Weston-super

Mare. TooKE, Eev. J. H., M.A., Monkton Parleigb, Wilts. Tbemlett, J.D., M.A., "West End Villas, Frome, Somerset. *Teisteam, Eev. Canon, D.D., P.R.S., The College, Durham. TwELLS, Phillip E., Enfield, Middlesex. Walker, Eev. J., 67, St. George's Square, S,W. Wallis, GEOBaE, E.E.G.S., South Kensingtou Museum, S.W.

Walters, Gregory S., 12, Chester Terrace, Eegent's Park, N.W. Ward, Rev. Percival, M.A., 55, Onslow Square, W. Weeks, Caleb, TJniou Street, Torquay.
Weir, Prof. D. H., University, Glasgow, N.B. Wells, Eev. John, M.A., 8, Lloyd Square, W.C. Wualley, Buxton, Oriental Club, Hanover Square, W. Whitbread, S. Charles, E.E.S., F.E.A.S., Southill, Biggleswade, WiLKS, Charles, 4, Marina Terrace, Douglas, Isle of Man. WiLKiNS, Dr., Vienna. Williams, Eev. Watkin H., Boddelyddan, St. Asaph. Wilson, Major C. W., R.E., F.R.G.S., Cedar House, St. James's Square, S.W. WiNSTONE, Benjamin, 53, Russell Square, W.C. Wise, T. A., M.D., F.R.C.P.E., Thornton, Beulah Hill, Norwood, S.E.

W^ordswobth, Rev. J., M.A., 1, Keble Terrace, Oxford. * Wright, Prof. William, LL.D., St. Andrews, Station Road,
Cambridge.

Zachary, Henry,

Cirencester.

LADY MEMBERS.
Bagster, Miss Eunice, Old Windsor, Berks. Bassett, Miss Mary, Boverton House, Cowbridge, Glamorganshire.

Bentinck,Miss Ann Cavendish, 31, Norfolk Street, Park Lane, W. Best, Miss E., Park House, Boxley, Kent. Blacker, Mrs. L., Flowermead, Wimbledon Park, S.W. BosANQUET, Mrs. J. W., Claysmore, Enfield, Middlesex. Beogden, Mrs. John, 6, Highbury Park North, N. Brown, Miss Emma, 24, Montpellier Place, Brighton.

638

List of Memhers.

BuETON, Lady, 54, Chepstow Villas, Notting Hill, W. Buxton, Miss E., Easueye, Ware. Cattlet, Mrs., 34, AVoburn Square, W.C. CoLYiN, Mes. Maegaeet Home, Earquhar, Stow, N.B.
Daijbent, Mes. Cheltenham.
Ceosbie, Mes., A-rdfert Abbey, Ardfert, Ireland. The Grange, Charlton Kings, J. Clayton,
Mrs., 17, Palace G-ardens, Kensington, AV.

De Bergue,

Douglas, Ladt, Bursledou House, Dawlish, Devon. Edelmann, Mes. A., 24, Montpelier Place, Brighton. Edw.veds, Miss Amelia B., The Larches, Westbury-on-Tryni. EoRSTEu, Miss Saundees, 77, Coleshill Street, S.W.
Gage, Hon. Mes., Eirle Place, near Lewes. Gatvlee, Mes. Colonel, Tower of London, E.C. Geat, Mes. Hamilton, 2, South Eaton Place, Belgravia. Haeeis, Miss Selima, Alexandria, Egypt. Henderson, Miss, 20, Gloucester Crescent, Hyde Park, "W. Hollond, Miss, 33, Hyde Park Gardens, W. HoLLOND, Mrs. Eobeet, Cumberland Street, W.
*

Hope, Miss Louisa, 7, Ovington Gardens, W. HussET, Mes. S. M., Edenburn, Tralee, Ireland. Ifold, Miss Chaelotte, South Lodge, Campden Hill, W. Jones, Mes. Latinia, Bradford-on-Avon, Wilts. KiNLOcn, Mes., Gilmerton, Urem, N.B. Lennox, Mrs., Little Sutton, near Chiswick, S.W. Lipscombe,'Mes. F. M., Walton Lodge, Beulah Road, Tunbridge
Wells.

Maeston, Mes. C. Dallas, 25, Onslow Square, W. Maetin, Miss I. M., The Camels, Wimbledon Park, S.W. Mobeelet, Miss, 2, Lawn Terrace, Blackheath, S.E. Peckovee, Miss, Wisbeach. PiLCHEE, Mes. J. Dendt, 15, Taviton Street, Gordon Square, W.C. Eadlet, Miss M., 6, Belmont Villas, Leicester. Ranyeed, Mes. E., 13, Hunter Street, Brunswick Square, W. EoGEES, Miss, 21, Coburn Street, Bow, E. Rice, Mes. S. G., Grove Hill, Bentham, Lancaster. Tite, Lady, 42, Lowndes Square, W.C.

List of Members.

()39

HONORARY FOREIGN MEMBERS.

Beugsch, Heineich

:M:

GETTY CENTER LINRARY

Helmuth Halbach
Buchbindermeisler
K6nig<ein
i.
{

Ts.

3 3 125 00674 3906

,;,;;|;v,;,!.;,
;rtt5iJ{!(Ufi: